Columbia SJntoenrftp mtljeCitpoflrttigork College of ^fjpstcians ano gmrgeon* Hibrarp Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from Columbia University Libraries http://www.archive.org/details/dictionaryofdentOOharr DICTIONARY DENTAL SCIENCE HARRIS AND GORGAS THE STANDARD AUTHORITIES ox DENTAL MEDICINE HARRIS'S Principles and Practice of Dentistry. Including Anatomy, Physiology, Pathology, Therapeutics, Dental Surgery and Mechanism. By Chapin A. Hareis, m.d., d.d.s., late President of the Baltimore Dental College, Author of "Dictionary of Medical Terminology and Dental Surgery." Thirteenth Edition. Eevised and Edited by Ferdinand J. S. Goegas, A.m., 31. d., D.D.S. , Author of "Dental Medicine;" Professor of the Principles of Dental Science, Oral Surgery, and Dental Mechanism in the University of Maryland. 1250 Illustrations. 1180 pages. 8vo. Cloth, §6.00 ; Leather, $7.00 ; Half Russia, $8.00 Dictionary of Dentistry. Including definitions of such Words and Phrases of the Collateral Sciences as Pertain to the Art and Practice of Dentistry. Sixth Edition. Rewritten, Revised, and Enlarged. By Ferdinand J. S. Goegas, M.D., D.D.s., Author of " Dental Medicine ; " Editor of Harris's " Principles and Practice of Dentistry ;" Professor of Principles of Dental Science, Oral Surgery, and Prosthetic Dentistry in the University of Maryland. Octavo. 662 pages. Cloth, $5.00 ; Leather, $6.00 GORGAS'S Dental Medicine. A Manual of Materia Medica and Thera- peutics. By Feedinand J. S. Gorgas, m.d., d.d.s., Professor of the Principles of Dental Science, Oral Surgery, and Dental Mechanism in the University of Maryland. Sixth Edition. Revised and Enlarged, with many Formula?. 8vo. 592 pages. Cloth, $4.00 ; Sheep, $5.00 ; Half Russia, $6.00 RICHARDSON'S Mechanical Dentistry. A Practical Treatise on Mechan- ical Dentistry. By Joseph Richardson, d.d.s. Seventh Edition. Thor- oughly Revised and in many parts Rewritten by De. Geo. W. Warren, Chief of the Clinical Staff, Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery, Philadelphia. With 691 Illustrations, many of which are from original Wood Engravings. Octavo. 675 pages. Cloth, $5.00 ; Leather $6.00 ; Half Russia, $7.00 TOMES' Dental Anatomy. A Manual of Dental Anatomy, Human and Com- parative. By C. S. Tomes, d.d.s. 263 Illustrations. Fifth Edition. 12mo. 596 pages. " Cloth, $4.00 Dental Surgery. A System of Dental Surgery. By John Tomes, f.e.s. Fourth Edition, Thoroughly Revised. By C. S. Tomes, d.d.s. With 289 Illustrations. 12mo. 717 pages. Cloth, $4.00 "WARREN. Compend Dental Pathology and Dental Medicine. Con- taining all the most noteworthy points of interest to the Dental Student and a Chapter on Emergencies. By Geo. W. Warren, d.d.s , Clinical Chief, Penn- sylvania College of Dental Surgery, Philadelphia. Third Edition, Enlarged. Illustrated. Being No. 13 ? Quiz-Compend Series. 12mo. Cloth, $0.80 Interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 Dental Prosthesis and Metallurgy. 129 Illustrations. Cloth, $1.25 *#* Catalogues of Books on Dentistry, Medicine, Chemistry, and Sanitary Medicine sent free upon application. P. BLAKISTON'S SON & CO., Medical Booksellers, IOI2 WALNUT STREET, PHILADELPHIA. ■ DICTIONARY OF DENTAL SCIENCE AND SUCH WORDS AND PHRASES OF THE COLLATERAL SCIENCES AS PERTAIN TO THE ART AND PRACTICE OF DENTISTRY BY CHAPIN A. HARRIS, M.D., D.D.S. LATE PROFESSOR OF THE PRINCIPLES OF DENTAL SURGERY IN THE BALTIMORE COLLEGE ; MEMBER OF THE AMERICAN- MEDICAL ASSOCIATION ; MEMBER OF THE MEDICO-CHIRURGICAL FACULTY OF MARYLAND ; AUTHOR OF " PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF DENTAL SURGERY," ETC. Siitb JEMtion CAREFULLY REVISED AND ENLARGED PA' FERDINAND J. S. GORGAS, M.D., D.D.S. AUTHOR OF "DENTAL MEDICINE;" EDITOR OF HARRIS* "PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF DENTISTRY;" PROFESSOR OF PRINCIPLES OF DENTAL SCIENCE, ORAL SURGERY, AND PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND PHILADELPHIA BLAKISTON'S SON & CO IOI2 WALNUT STREET 1898 Copyright, 1898, by p. blakiston's Son & Co. Press of Wm. F. Fell & Co., 1220-24 SANSON! ST., PHILADELPHIA. TO ELEAZAR PARMLY, M.D., D.D.S., LATE PROVOST OF THE BALTIMORE COLLEGE OF DENTAL SURGERY, AS A TOKEN OF ESTEEM FOR GREAT PROFESSIONAL AND PRIVATE WORTH AND AS A TRIBUTE OF AFFECTIONATE REGARD, (Lbis Wioxk is HcsprcifnlltJ ptbicateb BY HIS FRIEND, THE AUTHOR. :X PREFACE TO THE SIXTH EDITION. The editor, in presenting the sixth edition of a . Dictionary of Dental Science, and of such words and phrases of a number of collateral sciences as may be useful to both practitioner and student, is encouraged by the favor which the preceding editions have met with and also by a feeling, not in any manner egotistical, that this new edition will be found to be greatly superior to the three previous editions which he has revised. The only work of the kind in existence, the editor in his revision of the sixth edition has endeavored, by the addition of thousands of words, phrases, etc., to supply a treatise which will meet the requirement not only for a dictionary of purely dental words, etc., but also one that will, in a single volume, define all the medical, surgical, and other terms which the dental practitioner and student may require. In meeting such a want, — seven years having elapsed since the publication of the fifth edition, — additions have been made to nearly all the pages of the preceding edition in the revision of the present one. It was formerly supposed that the large number of medical dictionaries published would supply the dental student with all definitions of terms which were not strictly dental ; but the rapid and extended advance of dental science and dental practice has rendered it absolutely necessary, at the present time, that a dental dictionary should also be a medical diction- ary, and include many words and phrases pertaining to other sciences, but all having a connection with dentistry. The additions to this new edition, therefore, consist of definitions and descriptions *of all of the latest terms and phrases which pertain to the dentistry of the present day, and also those of the collateral sciences. Among such additions may be found definitions of all forms of micro-organisms found in the mouth, electric units, electric words and phrases, and operations into which electricit}' has been introduced; as, electro-therapy or electro-motive power. It has also been the purpose of the editor to refer to all the new terms, methods, and vii Vlll PREFACE TO THE SIXTH EDITION. materials which have been introduced into dentistry during the past seven years, to modify some definitions, and correct a number of typographical and other errors, as well as to add new material throughout the entire volume ; all of which has been done with the hope that this new edition will prove useful and instructive. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas. Hamilton Terrace, Baltimore, Md. PREFACE TO THE FIFTH EDITION. The first edition of Professor Chapin A. Harris' " Dictionary of Medi- cine and Dental Surgery " was published in 1849, and a steady and increasing demand for the work encouraged the author to prepare a second edition in 1854. the first having long before been exhausted. The object of the author, at a time when dictionaries of medicine were few in number, and not easily accessible to the dental practitioner and stu- dent, was to present a work containing satisfactory definitions and tech- nicalities belonging to dental surgery, as well as to the other branches of medicine and to the collateral sciences, in the belief that such a work was greatly needed ; and subsequent reflection convinced him that a more extended view of the subject was necessary, owing to the fact that the scope of professional education for the dentist had become so widened that general medicine and collateral science had at that time become, to a considerable extent, embraced in the curriculum of dental study. The second edition, therefore, contained, as a result of such reflection, about eight thousand more- words than the first edition, and, to prevent an undue increase in the size of the work, the heavier and more elaborate articles were rewritten and abbreviated, and the bibliographical and bio- graphical departments were altogether omitted. All the words, techni- calities, and other subjects belonging to dental surgery proper were, however, retained, and all new terms, descriptions of subsequent dis- coveries and improvements in the art and science were carefully added. Numerous synonyms were also introduced, and no important word, in any of the specialties of medicine, was refused a place and a minute and careful definition. The author made, as he stated, free use of the dictionaries, lexicons, and other works on medicine, surgery, pharmace, physics, chemistry, natural history, etc., which at that time were availably He was also materially assisted by the late Professors A. Snowden Piggot and Washington R. Handy in the preparation of the second edition. The third edition of this Dictionary was not published until 1SG7. almost IX X PREFACE TO THE FIFTH EDITION. seven years after the death of its author, Professor Chapin A. Harris, which occurred in 1860. It was edited by Professor Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, as were also the succeeding editions, including the present one, who found it necessary to add to this third edition nearly three thousand new words with their definitions, etc. In this edition the doses of the more prominent medicinal agents were added to their definitions, and many obsolete formulae were omitted, while others were retained for their intrinsic merits, and a number of valuable ones were added. As the work entitled Harris' " Principles and Practice of Dentistry " contained full descriptions of the treatment of diseases of the dental organs, such were briefly referred to, and reference made to the work in which they were to be found. Due acknowledgment was made to the authorities from which interesting matter was obtained in the preparation of the third edition. Ten years elapsed before another edition of this Dictionary (the fourth) was published, and the object of the editor in preparing the fourth edition was to bring the work thoroughly up to the requirements of the profes- sion of dentistry at that time. Both the dental and medical portions were carefully revised and many additions made. All new agents of the Materia Medica emplo} 7 ed at that time in dental practice were added, so that nearly every one of its seven hundred and forty-three pages con- tained corrections and additions. The fourth edition was published in 1877, so that a still longer period has elapsed between its appearance and that of the present one. The object of the editor in preparing this, the fifth, edition of Harris' " Dictionary of Dentistry," has been to make it a more purely dental work than ever before. Such an object he has endeavored to accomplish by the addition of many hundred words and definitions which are useful to the dental practitioner and students in qualifying themselves for the study and, practice of the science and art of dentistry, and also by the omission of many words and phrases which do not in any manner pertain to dentistry. The many medical and other dictionaries now in use supply all words and definitions of medicine, chemistry, botany, etc., which are not neces- sary in a dictionary of dentistry. All new words and phrases which have been acknowledged and approved as correct and useful in such a work on dentistry have been carefully selected and used in the present edition, and the obsolete ones, which occupied a large portion of the PREFACE TO THE FIFTH EDITION. XI former editions, have been omitted. The best authorities, such as Gould, Buxton, Quain, Turnbull, Heath, Black, Bloxam, Watts, Fowne, Tomes, and many others, have been consulted, and the object has also been to include in such a selection brief but comprehensive descriptions of the many new operations and appliances which have been generally adopted by the dental profession since the publication of the preceding edition of the work. It is the cherished hope of the editor that the labor and time he has bestowed upon the present edition may be as favorably appre- ciated as have been his former efforts ; and, also, that the new features presented may give this edition of the Dictionary a great superiority over former editions. Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas. Hamilton Terkace, Baltimore, Maryland. January, 1891. DICTIONARY DENTAL SCIENCE. A. A. In some words of Greek derivation this letter is employed as a prefix, in a privative sense, denoting the absence or privation or want of anything; as, acepJialons, headless ; aphonia, voicelessness ; adynamia, loss of vital or mus- cular power ; apyrexia, absence of fever. A. or AA. is an abbreviation of the Greek ava, ana, of each, and is used in medical pre- scriptions to denote that an equal quantity of two or more ingredients is to be taken. See Abbreviation. A. or An. Abbreviation for anode. AAA. Abbreviation for amalgam. Abac'tus Ven / ter (from abigere, to drive out ; venter, the belly). An abortion pro- duced by artificial means. Abaliena'tion (from ab, from, and alienare, to estrange). The loss or failing of the senses or of the mental faculties. Abaptis'ton [abaptista ; from a, priv., and (Jaim^M, to plunge). A trepan which is shaped like a truncated cone to prevent it from sud- denly plunging into the brain. Abarticula'tion (from ab, from, and articur lus, a joint). That species of articulation which admits of manifest motion. See Biarthrosis and Synarthrosis. Aba'sia (from «, neg., and Baoic, a step). Motor incoordination in walking. Abbreviation [abbreviatio ; from brevis, short). In Medical Prescriptions, letters, parts of words, or certain symbols by which the thing meant is designated. Thus : Ana, of each ingredient. A Latin particle signifying from, A. or da. Ab, Abs. off, away. Abdom. Abdomen, the belly. Abs. febr. Absente febre, in the absence of fever. Abstr. Abstractum, abstract. A. c. Ante cibum, before meals. Ad. or Add. Adde, addatur, add, let there be added. Anodal duration. Ad lib. Ad libitum, at pleasure. Admov. Admoveatur, let it be applied. Ad pond. om. Ad poudus omnium, to the weight of the whole. Aej. Argentum, silver. At. Aluminum. Alt. dieb. Alternis diebus, every other day. Alt. hor. Alternis horis, every other hour. Alv. adstric. Alvo adstricta, when the bowels are confined. Ah. deject. Alvi dejectiones, the evacua- tions. Amplus, large. . Upon both sides. Up, through, again. Anatomy. Anodal opening. Aq. Aqua, water. Aq. astr. Aqua astricta, ice. Aqua bulliens, boiling water. Aqua communis, common water. Aqua destillata, distilled water. Aqua tenons, hot water. Amp. A mph i- Ana-. An at. A. 0. Aq. bull. Aq. comm. Aq. dest. A q. ferv. r ABB 18 ABB Aq. font. Aqua fontana, spring water. Aq. marin. Aqua marina, sea water. Aq. pluv. Aqua pluvialis, rain water. Aq. pur. Aqua pura, pure water. As. Arsenic. Au. Aurnni, gold. B. Boron. B. A. or B. S. Balneum arense, a sand bath. Ba. Barium. Bain, marise. Balneum rnarise, a salt water bath. Bain. tep. Balneum tepidum, a warm bath. Bain. vap. Balneum vaporis, a vapor bath. Bals. Balsamum, balsam. Bi. Bismuth. Bib. Bibe, drink. Bio. Life. Bis. ind. Bis indies, twice a day. Bol. Bolus. Br. Bromine. Bull. Bulliat, let it boil. G. Congius, a gallon. Centigrade. Carbon. C'a. Calcium. Cap. Capiat, let him take. C. C. Cubic centimetre. Cd. Cadmium. Ce. Cerium. Cm. Centimetre. C. M. 8. Cras mane sumendus, to be taken to-morrow morning. C. N. Cras nocte, to-morrow night. Co. Cobalt. Cochl. Cochleare, a spoon, a spoonful. Cochl. ampl. Cochleare amplum, a table- spoon. Cochl. inf. Cochleare infantis, a child's spoon. Cochl. mag. Cochleare magnum, a table- spoon. CocM. med. Cochleare medium, a dessert- spoon. Cochl. parv. Cochleare parvum, a teaspoon. Col. Cola, strain. Comp. Compositus, compound. Cong. Congius, a gallon. Cons. Conserva, conserve. Cont. rem. Continueter remedium, let the medicine be continued. Contin. Continuatnr, let it be continued. Coq. Coque, boil. Cort. Cortex, bark. Crast. Crastinus, for to-morrow. Crys. Crystal. Cs. Cesium. Cu. Cuprum, copper. Cuj. Cujus, of which. C. V. Cras vespere, to-morrow evening. Cyath. Cyathus, a glassful. D. Dosis, a dose. D. in p. teq. Divide in partes sequales, divide into equal parts. Decub. Decubitus, lying down. De d. in d. De die in diem, from day to day. Dep. Depuratus, purified. Dest. Destilla, distill. Det. Detur, let it be given. Di. Twice, double. Dia-. Through. Dieb. alt. Diebus alternis, every other day. Dieb. tert. Diebus tertiis, every third day. Dil. Dilutus, diluted. Dim. Dimidium, one-half. Div. Divide, divide. Donee alv. sol. fuer. Donee alvus soluta fue- rit, until the bowels be open. D. P. Directione propria, with a proper direction. Drach. Drachma, a drachm. E. Eb, Er. Erbium. Ec-, ecto-, ex-. Out, away from, outside. Ejusd. Ejusdem, of the same. Elect. Electuarium, electuary. Embry. Embryology. Emp. Emplastrum, a plaster. En-, Em-. In, within. Endo-, ento-. Within, internal. Enem. Enema, a clyster. Entero-. Pertaining to the intestine. Epi-. Upon, over, above. E.vhib. Exhibeatur, let it be given. F. Fahrenheit, fluorin. F. or Ft. Fiat, let it be made. Fe. Ferrum, iron. Feb. dur. Febre durante, during the fever. Filt. Filtra, filter. Fid. Fluidus, liquid, fluid. Flor. Flores, flowers. F. M. Fiat mistura, make a mixture. Fol. Folise, leaves. Fot. Fotus, a fomentation. Fract. dos. Fracta dosi, in a divided or broken dose. F. pit. Fiat pilula, make it into a pill. F. S. A. Fiat secundum artem, prepare skillfully. Galv. Galvanic. Gastro-. Pertaining to the stomach. Genio-. Pertaining to the chin. Gl. Glucinum. ABB 19 ABB Glosso-. Pertaining to the tongue. Gr. Granum, a grain. Gt. Gutta, a drop. Gtt. Guttse, drops. Gum. Gummi, gnra. H. Hydrogen. Hsema-, hemato-, or hemo-. Pertaining to the blood. H. D. Hora decubitus, at bed-time. Hemi-. Half. Hepat-. Pertaining to the liver. Hg. Hydrargyrum, mercury. HI. Hectolitre. Hm. Hectometre. Hor. interm. Horus intermediis, at interme- diate hours. H. S. Hora somni, at bed-time. Hydro-. Resembling water. Hyper-. Excess, abnormal quantity. Hypno-. Sleep. Hypo-. Diminution in amount. Jleo-. Pertaining to the ileum. Wo-. Pertaining to the ilium. In. Indium. In d. In dies, daily. Inf. Infusum, infusion. Inject. Iujectio, an injection. //-. Iridium. K. Kalium, potassium. Km. Kilometre. L. Litre. lb. Libra, a pound weight. Li. Lithium. Liq. Liquor, liquor. Lot. Lotio, lotion. M. Misce, mix. Mac. Macera, macerate. Macro-. Hypertrophy. Mai-. Bad. Man. Manipulus, a handful. Meso-. The middle. Min. Minimum, minim, the sixtieth part of a drachm by measure ; a small drop. Mist. Mistura, a mixture. Mg. Magnesium. Milligramme. Ml. Millilitre. Mm. Millimetre. dlod. prescript. In manner directed. Mon. Single. Morpho-. Shape, form. Mor. sol. More solito, in the usual way. Muc. Mucilago, mucilage. Multi-. Many, number. Myelo-. Referring to brain or spinal cord. Myo-. Pertaining to a muscle. N. Nocte, at night. Nitrogen. Na. Natrium, sodium. Xcphr-. Pertaining to the kidney. Neuro-. Pertaining to a nerve. Ni. Nickel. No. Numero, in number. 0. Octarius, a pint. Ob. In front of, against, obstruction. Odonto-. Of the teeth. 01. Oleum, oil. 01. lini. Oleum lini, linseed oil. Omn. alt. hor. Omnibus alternishoris, every other hour. Omn. bid. Omni biduo, every two days. Omn. bih. Omni bihora, every two hours. Omn. hor. Omni bora, every hour. Omn. man. Omni mane, every morning. Omn. noct. Omni nocte, every night. Omn. quadr. hor. Omni quadrante hora;, every quarter of an hour. 0. 0. 0. Oleum olivse optimum, best olive oil. Ophthalmo-. Pertaining to the eye. Ortho-. Straight, upright, correct. Osteo-. Relating to bone. Oto-. Relating to the ear. Ov. Ovum, au egg. Oxy-. Denoting the presence of oxygen. Oz. TJncia, an ounce. Para-. Through, near. Part. seq. Partes sequales, equal parts. Part. vie. Partitis vicibus, in divided doses. P. B. British Pharmacopoeia. Pb. Plumbum, lead. Pd. Palladium. Peri-. Around, about. P. G. German Pharmacopoeia. PH. Pilula, a pill. Poly-. Many, much. Pond. Pondere, hy weight. Pot. Potassa, potassa. Prse-. Before. P. rat. set. Pro ratione setatis, according to the age of the patient. P. r. n. Pro re nata, as circumstances may require. Pro-. Before, down. Prox. luc. Proxima luce, the clay before. Pseudo-. False, spurious. Pulv. Pulvis, powder. Pyo-. Pertaining to pus. Pyro-, pyr-. Relating to fire, heat, or inflam- mation. Q. L. Quantum libet, according as required. Q. P. Quantum placeat, as much as you please. ABB 20 ABD Q. S. Quantum sufiicit, as much as is suffi- cient. Quor. Quorum, of which. Q. V. Quantum volueris, as much as you wish. Ji. Recipe, take. Bad. Radix, root. Bb. Rubidium. Bed. Rectifieatus, rectified. Bep. Repetatur, let it he repeated. Betro-. Backward, behind. BJiin-, rhino-. Pertaining to the nose. S. A. Secundum artem, according to art. Sacch. Saccharum, sugar. Sb. Stibium, antimony. Sem. Semen, seed. Semi-dr. Semi-drachma, half a drachm. Semi-h. Semi-hora, half an hour. Seq. luce. Sequenti luce, the following day. Serv. Serva, keep, preserve. Sesquih. Sesquihora, an hour and a half. Sesunc. Sesuncia, an ounce and a half. Si op. sit. Si opus sit, if requisite. Si. vir. perm. Si vires permittant, if the strength will permit. Sig. Signetur, a label. Let it be labeled. Sing. Singulorum, of each. Sn. Stannum, tin. Sol. Solutio, solution. Soiv. Solve, dissolve. S. 0. S. Si opus sit, if there be occasion. Sp. Spiritus, spirit. Sp. Gr. Specific gravity. Sq. Squama, scale. Ss. Semi, one-half. St. Stet, let it stand. Sub-. Beneath, under. Subtep. Subtepidus, lukewarm. Succ. Succus, juice. Sum. Sumat, let him take. Super-. Above, upon, excess. Supra-. Above, superior to. Syr. Syrupus, syrup. Tr. or tinct. Tinctura, tincture. Trit. Tritura, triturate. Troch. Trochiscus, a troche or lozenge. XJmb. Umbilicus, the navel. Ung. Unguentum, ointment. Usq. ut liq. anim. Usque ut liquerit animus, until fainting is produced. Ulend. Utendus, to be used. Vesic. Vesicatorum, a blister. V. S. Vena?seetio, bleeding. Zn. Zinc. Zz. Zingiber, ginger. rt^. Minimum, a minim. Gr. Grana, a grain. Q. Scrupulum, a scruple. 3. Drachma, a drachm, troy. 5 . Uncia, an ounce, troy. f ^ . Fluiduncia, a fluidounce. lb. Libra, a pound. ss. Semissis, half ; iss, sesqui, one and a half. j. one ; ij, two ; iij, three ; iv, four, etc. See Prescription. Abdo'men (from abdere, to hide, because it conceals the viscera). The largest cavity in the body, bounded superiorly by the dia- phragm; inferiorly, by the pelvis; laterally and anteriorly, by an expansion of muscles; and posteriorly, by the lumbar vertebrae. Abdom / inal. Pertaining to the abdomen, as the abdominal muscles, abdominal viscera, etc. Abdominal Aor'ta. That portion of the aorta below the diaphragm. Abdominal Aponeurosis. The conjoined ten- dons of the oblique and transverse muscles on the front of the abdomen. Abdominal Gang / lia. The semi-lunar ganglia. Abdominal Regions. The abdomen is divided into three zones: (1) The epigastric, or upper ; (2) the umbilical, or middle; (3) the hypogas- tric, or lower, region. Each of these is sub- divided into three compartments or regions — a middle and two lateral. The middle or the upper, situated over the small end of the stomach, is the epigastric proper; and the two lateral, under the cartilages of the ribs, are the hypochondriac regions. The middle region is divided into the central, or umbilical, and two lateral, or lumbar, regions. The lower region is divided into the central, or hypogas- tric proper, and on each side there is an iliac, or inguinal, region. To the above anatomists have added a tenth region, called the regio pubica, and situated on the front surface of the pubic bone. Abdominal Respiration. Respiration carried on chiefly by the diaphragm and abdominal muscles. Abdominal Ring, External. A triangular opening in the fibres of the aponeurosis of the external oblique muscle, through which passes the spermatic cord of the male and the round ligament of the female. Abdominal Ring, Internal. An oval open- ing in the fascia transversalis through which passes the spermatic cord of the male and the round ligament of the female. ABD 21 ABR Abdu'cent. Drawing apart or from. The sixth pair of nerves are called the nervi abdu- centes. See Abductor. Abduc'tion (dbduetio ; from abducere, to separate). The action by which a limb or part is separated from the axis of the body. In Surgery, a fracture near the articular ex- tremity of a boue iu which the fragments re- cede from one another. Ccelius Aurelianus uses this word to express a strain. Abductor (from abducere, to separate). In Anatomy, a muscle which separates the part or member to which it is attached from some other part. Its antagonist is called adduc- , tor. Aberrant (aberration ; from ab, from, and erro, to wander). Deviating from the regular or normal type in appearance, structure, etc. Aberra'tion (aberratio ; from ab errare, to stray, to wander from). Deviated from that which is natural ; irregularity ; deviation from the healthy condition in the appearance, struc- ture, or functions of one or more organs ; the passage of a fluid of the living body into an order of vessels not destined for it ; the flow of a fluid toward an organ different from that to which it is ordinarily directed, as in vicari- ous hemorrhage ; mental alienation. In Optics, a deviation of the rays of light from a true focus, in certain lenses, producing a distorted, or colored image. When the image is distorted the aberration is said to be spherical; when it is colored by prismatic hues, it is called a chro- matic aberration. Abio'sis (from a, and Bioc, life). Death. Abirritation (abirritatio ; from ab, priv., and irritatio, irritation). Absence of irrita- tion ; debility ; asthenia ; diminished tissue irritability. Ablacta'tion (ablactio ; from ab, priv., and lacto, to give suck). Cessation of the periods of suckling as regards the mother. The same period with regard to the child is termed weaning. Abla'tion (from ablatio, removal). Re- moval or separation of a part, limb, organ, or tumor by accident or surgical operation. Ablep'sia (from a, priv., and BA£7rw, to see). Blindness. Abluents (abhtentia : from ablucre, to wash). Detergents; cleansing remedies. Ablution (ablatio, to wash away). The act of cleansing or purifying with water. Abnor'mal (from ab, from, and norma, rule). Not conformable to rule ; irregular ; contrary to the natural condition ; unnatural ; deformed. Abo'rad (from ab, away from : ora, the mouth). In an aboral position or direction. Abo'ral. Opposite to, or remote from, the mouth. Abo'rally. In an aboral position, or man- ner, or direction. Abort 7 (aboriri). To miscarry. To expel the foetus before it has the ability to live. Ab'or'tion (from abortus, a miscarriage 1 . The premature expulsion of the ovum before the end of the sixth month, or before the child is viable. It may be produced by various gen- eral diseases, such as syphilis, acute fevers, nephritis, etc. ; by reflex influences, emotional disturbances; by various poisons; by diseased conditions of the uterus, and its displacement ; or by diseases of the foetus, its membranes, or the placenta. After the seventh month it is premature labor. Some restrict the term abor- tion to premature deliveries before the fourth month, deliveries between the third and sev- enth months being called miscarriage. Abra'sion (abrasio ; from abradere, to scrape). The act of wearing or rubbing oft'; also, the state of a part some of which has been worn off by attrition. In Pathology, superficial ulceration, with loss of substance in shreds of the intestinal mucous mem- brane ; also, excoriation and ulceration of the skin. Abrasion of the Teeth (odontotribe). Abnor- mal wearing away of the teeth ; gradual loss of a portion of the substance of the teeth, which may be produced by a fault in the antagonism of the teeth which allows sliding movements when the jaws are closed, or by the use of the front teeth in mastication owing to the loss of the posterior teeth. When the incisors and cuspidati of the upper jaw shut over the corresponding teeth of the lower, it rarely happens that much loss of substance from mechanical causes takes place; it is only in those cases where the former tall plumb upon the latter that abrasion in any very considerable degree occurs; but when they come together in this manner, their crowns are sometimes worn down to the gums, or, at least, those occupying the anterior part of the alveolar arch. The reason of this is obvious. When the upper and lower front teeth strike upon one another, the lateral mo- tions of the jaw- are not in the least restricted : consequently, the cutting edges of the incisors ABS 22 ABS and points of the cuspidati, as well as the cusps of the bicuspids aud molars, though not to the same extent, are subjected to an amount of friction to which they are not exposed in any of the other relationships which the upper and lower teeth sustain to one another. The wearing away of the crowns of the teeth would expose the lining membrane but for a most curious and singular provision of nature, which consists in the gradual obliteration of the pulp cavities by the conversion of the pulp into osteo- or secondary dentine. By this wise provision of nature an event from which the most painful consequences would result is pre- vented, so that but little inconvenience results from it, or, at any rate, not until the crowns of the teeth are worn down to the gums. See Erosion of the Teeth. Abs. As a prefix, having a negative sig- nification. Ab'scess (abscessus ; from abscedo, to sepa- rate from or depart). A pus formation within some cavity of the body, which is formed by a disintegration and stretching of the tissues caused by the suppurative process. An ab- scess results from localized inflammation ter- minating iu suppuration. An abscess usually keeps on enlarging until it reaches the surface at some spot, when it is said to present or point, and where it subsequently ruptures and dis- charges its contents. Occasionally the abscess may dry up without rupturing. An abscess is acute when succeeding acute inflammation, and chronic or cold, one of slow and apparently non - inflammatory develop- ment; congest ire, when the pus appears at a point distant from its formation; idiopathic, when occupying the same site as the previous affection; symptomatic or metastatic, when oc- curring in a remote situation; critical, occur- ring at some critical period of an acute disease; gangrenous, one attended with death of adja- cent parts. Abscesses are designated according to the part in which they are situated, as alve- olar abscess, lumbar abscess, mammary ab- scess, etc., which see. Abscess is the result of severe localized inflammation which causes the destruction of a certain area of tissue, which dissolves or forms small gangrenous masses ami mingles with the fluid or corpuscu- lar exudates to increase the volume of pus. "While this is in progress, the exudation of coagojable lymph is filling the surrounding tissues and thus enclosing the abscess, which may continue to enlarge by a continuous de- struction of its immediate walls, the destruc- tion being greatest in the direction offering the least resistance, which brings the pus nearer the surface and favors its discharge. Au ab- scess is distinguished from an ulcer, which, being upon a free surface, is open from the out- set. An abscess cavity is surrounded by an indurated wall, formed by the infiltration of the neighboring tissues with inflammatory products. The contents of an abscess are pus, with fragments of broken-down tissue, and often a central neurotic mass called the core. An abscess may also contain blood, gas, etc. See Alveolar Abscess. Abscess of Dental Pulp. The occurrence of suppuration which begins in the form of a minute collection of pus just within the layer of odontoblasts and extends to the deeper parts of the organ. Abscis'sion (abscissio ; from abscidere, to cut off). The excision of a morbid or super- fluous part, especially of a soft part. Abscissio Prseputii. Circumcision. Absin'thia (dbsinthine). Wormwood. The bitter, uncrystallizable principle of absinthe, an aromatic, bitter plant containing a volatile oil, absinthol, a bitter principle, absinthin, ab- sinthic acid, tannin, etc Absinth'ism. A disease resulting from the excessive use of absinthe, and characterized by general muscular debility and by mental dis- turbances which may cause convulsions, acute mania, softening of the brain, or general paralysis. It resembles alcoholism. Ab'solute Alcohol. Rectified spirit in its anhydrous state, and of a specific gravity of 0.796. It is general ly prepared by adding 18 ounces of lime to one pint of rectified spirit, exposing the mixture to a gentle heat, and distilling off some 17 ounces of absolute alco- hol. A simple method of preparing it is to add 1 part of carbonate of potash to 4 parts of common alcohol. In Pharmacy , absolute alco- hol is employed as a solvent. In Dental Prac- tice it is a useful agent for drying cavities preparatory to filling them, as it at once evap- orates and causes almost perfect absorption of moisture. Absolute E'ther. Sulphuric ether freed from the small portion of alcohol and sul- phurous acid it contains by the process of rectification. In Dental Practice it is em- ployed in the form of spray for a local anaes- thetic. Absorbents (from absorbere, to suck up, ABS 23 ACC to imbibe). In Physiology, an organ or part whose function is to absorb, withdraw, or take up, such as the lacteals and lymphatics. In Materia Medica, any medicine which produces absorption or exudation of diseased tissue. In Surgery, a substance which mechanically ab- sorbs or takes up excreted matter, as sponge, cotton, etc. ; that part of a water dressing which absorbs the pus as fast as it is formed. It is composed of old rags, from linen or cot- ton, sufficiently worn, and is placed over the sifter. See Water Dressing. Absorbent System. Glands. The vessels and glands of the body which exercise the function of absorption. See Lymphatics. Absorption (absorptio). In Physiology, an organic function common to all things en- dowed with life, plants or animals, whereby the former take up from without, and the lat- ter from the interior of their own bodies, the materials necessary to their sustenance. The process by which nourishment, medicines, morbid products of tissue changes, etc., are taken up by the lymphatic and venous sys terns. In Chemistry, the action of certain solids aud liquids in taking up gases and va- pors, which may or may not enter into chemi- cal composition with the absorbent. Absorption, Cutaneous. A function of the skin by which substances applied to the sur- face of the body are taken into the circulation and produce the same action as when taken internally. Absorption, Interstitial. The function by which the particles of the tissue filling the meshes of the capillary network are removed, as in the pupillary membrane of the foetus, and in the development of the cells in bone. Absorption of Roots of Teeth. A physio- logical process for the removal of the roots of the deciduous teeth, and one independent of pressure, and caused by the presence of a vascular papilla in close proximity to the sur- face of root acted upon, and which is rich in giant-cells called "osteoclasts." The surface of the root undergoing absorption becomes ex- cavated by shallow cup-shaped depressions, which deepen and coalesce until the whole root is eaten or dissolved away. The ce- meutum is first attacked, and then the dentine, and even the enamel is invaded. The part of the dentine immediately sur- rounding the pulp appears to have more power of resistance than any other part of the tooth, but at length succumbs. Abstemious [abstemius; from ribs, with- out, and ti mi turn, wine). Abstaining from the use of wine. Also temperate living, with re- gard to diet, etc. Abster'gent (from absiergens, to cleanse). Any application which cleanses the part to which it is applied ; cleaning, detergent. Abster'sion (Latin, abstersio). The act of cleansing. Ab'stract, Abstraction (from alfstraho, to draw from). A preparation containing the soluble principle of the agent evaporated, and mixed with sugar of milk. It is equivalent to twice the strength of the agent or its fluid ex- tract. In Chemistry, the distillation of a liquid from any substance. Abu'ta. Pareira Brava. Aca / cia (A/ca/aa, from ant], a point). The pharmacopoeial name for gum Arabic. See Acacia Gum. Acacia Catechu. The tree which produces the Catechu, or Terra Japonica. Acacia Gum. Gum Arabic, which is color- less or of a pale yellow; it is hard, brittle, soluble in water, but not in alcohol. It is mucilaginous, aud used as a demulcent and for suspending oily medicines. Acacia Mucilago. Acacia, 34 parts; water, 100 parts. Acacia Syrup. Mucilage, 25; syrup simp., 75, demulcent. Acan / tha (from ant], a sharp point). In Bot- any, a thorn or prickle of a plant. In Anat- omy, the spinous process of a vertebra; also the spina dorsi. Acar / diac {acardia ; from a, priv., Kaptua, the heart). Without a heart. Amarus (from a, priv., and ne/pio, to cut, too small to see divided). A numerous genus of insects. The tick or mite. Acarus Scabiei. The itch tick. Accel'erans Nerve. A nerve in the me- dulla of the heart. Accelerator Urina?. A muscle of the penis which expels the last drops of urine, the semen, and assists erection. Ac'cent. Inflection of the voice. Acces'sion (accessio; from aeeedere, I ap- proach). The commencement of a disease, but usually restricted to the phenomena which sig- nalize the recurrence of periodical diseases, as intermittent fever, comprehending their cold, hot, and sweating stages. Accessorii Willisii. The accessory nerves of Willis, so named from the discoverer. The ACC 24 ACE superior respiratory nerves, a pair arising from the spinal cord and joining the par vagum. Accessory (accessorius; from accedere, I approach). Connected with or dependent upon anything; helping to produce an effect. In Anatomy, a name given to several auxiliary muscles and nerves, joined to other similar parts and assisting them in their functions. In Botany, additional, supernumerary. Accessory of the Parotid. A small gland which accompanies the parotid duct, and is usually a mere prolongation of the parotid itself. The duct of this lohe enters the parotid duct where it crosses the masseter muscle. Accidental. Happening hy chance, casual. In Morbid Anatomy, all structures developed as the consequence of disease. Accidental Hemorrhage. Hemorrhage from premature or accidental detachment of the placenta. Accli / mated (climati assuetus; from ad, and clima, climate). Accustomed to a climate. Accouche ment. Parturition; childbirth; the expulsion or extraction of the foetus from the uterus. Accrementition. Growths which in- crease hy interstitial development from blas- tema, and also by reproduction of cells by fission. Accretion (accretio; from ad, and crescerei to increase). Growth ; also a growing together of parts naturally separate. The process by which nutrient particles are added to the vari- ous tissues. A. C. E. Mixture. An anaesthetic mix- ture, consisting of alcohol, 1 part ; chloroform, 2 parts ; ether, 3 parts. So called from the initials of its constituents. An anaesthetic less depressing than chloroform alone. Aceph'alus (acepJiala; from a, priv., and KEcpaAr], head). Without a head. In Anatomy, the young of any animal born, from defect of organization, without a head. In Zoology, one of the divisions of a class of molluscous ani- mals which have no head, as the oyster and mussel. Ac'erate. A salt of aceric acid. Acerbity [acerbitas ; from acer, sharp). A sour, bitter, and astringent taste. Acidity com- bined with astringency. Acerv'ulus Cerebri. A mass of yellow sandy concretions, collected under the tela choroidea, near the posterior commissure of the brain, after the age of puberty. Aces / cent (acescens ; from acesco, to grow sour). Turning sour ; a tendency to acidity. Aceta (plural of acetum). Pharmaceutical preparation of vinegar. See Acetas. Acetabulum (from acetum, vinegar, because it resembles the old saucer in which viuegar was held). A name given to the cavity which receives the head of the os femoris, or thigh bone. Ac / etal {acetum, vinegar). Ethidene di- ethylate ; a colorless liquid of the composition C 6 H u 2 , and formed by the oxidation of com- mon alcohol. Acet'amide. A colorless crystalline sub- stance, C 2 H 5 NO. It is produced by distilling ammonium acetate or by heating ethyl acetate with strong aqueous ammonia. Acetan / ilide (antifebrin). A white, crys- tallized powder without odor. Dose, gr. iv-viij. Employed to lessen fever and to diminish func- tional activity of motor and sensory nerves. Ac / etas (from acetum, vinegar). A salt formed by the union of acetic acid with an earthy, alkaline, or metallic base. An acetate. The medicinal acetates are those of ammonia, potassa, zinc, aud lead. Ac / etate (acetas). A salt of acetic acid. Acetate of Lead. Plunibi acetas, which see. Ace / tic (aceticus ; from acetum, vinegar). Pertaining to vinegar. Acetic Acid (cicidum aceticum). The acid of vinegar. The sour principle which exists in vinegar. It exists free and combined with bases in several vegetable products, and is the principal result of acetous fermentation. It unites readily with most of the earths, aud acts slowly upon the teeth, increasing their sensi- bility and putting them on edge. In Medicine, it is used as a rubefacient. Dose of the diluted acid, gj to 5 ij. In Dental Practice, it is em- ployed in cancrum oris, indolent ulcers of the mouth, scurvy, fungous growths of gum and pulp, a strong acid being employed. Acetic Ether. See Ether, Acetic. Ace'tica. Pharmaceutical preparations consisting of vegetable principles dissolved in vinegar. Acet / ification (from acetum, and facio, to make). The act or process of making vinegar. Acetom / eter. An instrument for ascer- taining the strength of vinegar. Ac / etone (from acetum, vinegar). Dimethyl ketone. Methyl acetyl. Associated with pyro-acetic spirit. Erroneously called naphtha and wood naphtha. The term is also applied ACE 25 ACI to pyroxylic spirit. A limpid, colorless, in- flammable liquid, having a peculiarly pene- trating and slightly empyreumatic odor, with a disagreeable taste, like that of peppermint. It is obtained by distilling a mixture of crys- tallized acetate of lead and quicklime. It has been used in phthisis pulmoualis and as an ex- citant in chronic bronchitis. Dose, gtt. x to gtt. xxx, diluted with water. Formula, C 3 H 6 0. Acet/onyl. The hypothetical radical of acetone. Ace'tum (from acer, sour). Vinegar; a sour liquid, produced by fermentation. There are four varieties — viz., wine vinegar, malt vine- gar, sugar vinegar, and wood vinegar. Common vinegar contains less than five per cent, of pure acetic acid. Acetum Lobeliae. Vinegar of lobelia. Dose, Acetum Opii. Vinegar of opium, or black drop ; composed of opium and distilled vine- gar. Dose n^x, or twenty drops ; equal to one grain of opium. Acetum Sanguinarise. Vinegar of sanguin- aria-sanguinaria and diluted acetic acid. Dose, tt\,v to 3 ss. Acetum Scillae. Vinegar of squill. (31V- Oij.) Dose, li\xx-3J. Ac'etyl. (C 2 H 3 0.) A hypothetical com- pound radicle, produced by the abstraction of two atoms of oxygen from ethyl by deoxidat- ing processes. It derives its nature from acetic acid, which, with a series of other compounds, it pervades. Aldehyd is its hydrated oxide. Its formula is C,H 3 . Acet/ylene. A series of hydrocarbons hav- ing the structure CnH 2 u- 2 . A name also applied to ethinr, a gaseous substance formed during the imperfect combustion of hydrocarbon fuels. Acet/ylide. A compound of acetylene with an element or radical. Ache (from a%og } affliction). A continuous throbbing pain. Achei'lia (from a, priv., and x E '^°C, lip). A malformation consisting in a deficiency of one or both lips. Achei'rous (from a, priv., and X El P, hand). Without hands. AchilPes Tendon. The strong, round ten- don of the gastrocnemius and soleus muscles of the heel. Ach / lys. Dimness of sight. Cloudiness of the cornea. AchoTia (from a, priv., and x°^V, bile). Non-secretion or non-excretion of bile. Defi- ciency of bile. A'chor. A pointed pustule, containing a light, straw-colored matter, changing into a brown scab. Crusta lactea. A / choristus (from a, priv., and x u P l $ u , to separate). A sign or symptom which invari- ably accompanies a particular state of health or disease. Ach/roma (from «, priv., and xp°P a > color). A colorless state of the skin. Achromatic (from a, priv., and xp u , ua , color). A lens constructed so as to correct the refrangibility of the common lenses. Achro'matin. The matrix of the nucleus of a cell ; so called because it is not readily colored by staining agents. Achromatopsia (from a, priv., xP u P a , color, and o-ropai, to see). Inability to distin- guish different colors from one another. AchyTosis (from a, priv., and x v/oc , juice). Deficient formation of chyle. Achymo'sis (from a, priv., and x v P°C, chyme). Deficient formation of chyme. Acic'ular (from acicnla, a little needle). In Crystallography, needle-shaped crystals, and in Botany, leaves that are long, stiff, and pointed. Ac / id. In common language, any liquid, solid, or gaseous body imparting to the organs of taste a sour sensation. In Chemistry, a com- pound capable of neutralizing an alkali ; the electro-negative compound of a salt consisting of more than two elements. The acids constitute a very numerous class of chemical substances. They are called mineral or organic as they are derived from inorganic or organic bodies. The names of those formed from the same base change in their terminations according to the quantity of oxygen they are presumed to con- tain. Those which terminate in ic contain the largest proportion of oxygen ; those in ous, a less amount. Those which begin with hyper, denote an excess of oxidation ; those with hypo, the lowest proportion. When combined with the alkaline and other bases they form a class of bodies called salts Acids are generally re- frigerant and antiseptic. Acid Phenyl Sulphate. A solution of 3 grammes of phenol in 20 c.c. of strong sul- phuric acid. Employed for the detection of nitrates in water. Ac'id=al / bumen. Derived albumen. A proteid dissolved in stronger acids, and yield- ing an acid reaction. Acidi / ferous (from acidum, an acid, and fero, to bear). Bearing or containing acid. Acidifi able. Capable of being converted ACI 26 ACO into an acid by uniting with an acidifying principle. Acidification. The act of being changed into an acid. Acid'ify (from acidus, sour, and facio, to make). To make sour or acid ; to convert into an acid. Acidifying Principle. That which forms an acid. Acidim'eter (from acidum, an acid, and /isrpov, a measure). An instrument for meas- uring the strength of acids or the amount of free acid. Acid / ity. Sourness. Acid'ulate. To render slightly acid. Acidulous. Slightly acid. Ac'idum (from acer, sour). An acid. Acidum Aceticum. See Acetic Acid. Acidum Aceticum Camphoratum. Camphor- ated acetic acid. Acidum Aceticum Concentratum. Concen- trated acid of vinegar ; vinegar deprived of its water. Acidum Acetosum. Acetum. Acidum Arseniosum. See Absenious Acid. Acidum Azoticum. Nitric acid. Acidum Benzoicum. See Benzoic Acid. Acidum Boricum, Boracicum. See BOBACIC Acid. Acidum Borussicum. Hydrocyanic acid. Acidum Carbolicum. See Caebolic Acid. Acidum Carbonicum. See Caebonic Acid. Acidum Chromicum. See Cheomic Acid. Acidum Citricum. See ClTEIC ACID. Acidum Gallicum. See Gallic Acid. Acidum Hydrobromicum Dilutum. See Hy- deobeomic Acid, Diluted. Acidum Hydrochloricum. Hydrochloric acid ; Muriatic acid. Acidum Hydrocyanicum. See Hydbocy- anic Acid. Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum. See Hy- deocyanic Acid, Diluted. Acidum Iodhydricum. Hydriodic acid. Acidum Lacticum. See LACTIC Acid. Acidum Muriaticum. See MUEIATIC ACID. Acidum Nitricum. See NiTEic Acid. Acidum Nitricum Purum. Pure nitric acid. Acidum Nitro-muriaticum. See Niteo- mueiatic Acid. Acidum Nitrosum. See Niteous Acid. Acidum Oxalicum. See OXALIC ACID. Acidum Phenylicum. Carbolic acid. Acidum Phosphoricum. See PIIOSPHOEIC Acid. Acidum Pyroligneum. See Pyeoligneous Acid. Acidum Salicylicum. Salicylic acid. Acidum Santonicum. Santonin. Acidum Succinicum. See Succinic Acid. Acidum Sulphuretum. See SULPHUROUS Acid. Acidum Sulphuricum. SeeSuLPHUElC ACID. Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum. Aro- matic sulphuric acid. Acidum Sulphuricum Purum. Pure sul- phuric acid. Acidum Tannicum. See TANNIC Acid. Acidum Tartaricum. See Taetaeic Acid. Acidum Trichloraceticum. Trichloracetic acid. Acidum Valerianicum. See Valeeianic Acid. Acidum Vitriolicum. See SULPHUEIC ACID. Acies. Sharpness, keenness ; a sharp cut- ting instrument. Iron or steel as a medicine. Ac'iform (from acus, a needle, and forma, form). Needle-shaped. Acine / sia (from a, priv., and iuvtioiq, immo- bility). Loss of motion. Ac / inus. A grape stone. In Anatomy, the ultimate secreting follicles of glands. The granulations of conglomerate glands, as in the liver, etc., are called acini. Ac / me (from aicfiTj, the top). In Pathology, the height of a disease. Ac / ne. A term designating lesions from pustular inflammation about the sebaceous glands and hair follicles. Among the forms commonly recognized are Rosacea, Varioliformis, and Vulgaris. Acne Rosa / cea. Pimples on the face ; the conspicuous eruption, of a bright rosy hue, on the nose and face of drunkards. Called rosy- drop. Acol / ogy (acologia ; from aicog, a remedy, and ^oyog, a discourse). The doctrine of thera- peutical agents or remedies. Ac / onite (aconitum). The tuberous root of the Aconitum napellns, or common monk's- hood, or wolf's-bane. It is an active narcotic poison. It is obtained in Europe and Asia. A genus of plants of the order Ranunculacese. Dose of powdered root, gr. j to gr. v. It acts as a powerful sedative to the nervous system, and reduces the force of the circulation. In Dental Practice, the tincture, combined with an equal quantity of tincture of iodine, is employed successfully in the early stages of periodontitis and alveolar abscess. It is also useful em- ACO 27 ACT ployed alone as an application to an inflamed dental pulp ; also in pulp cavities to prevent peridental inflammation. For dental uses, see Gorgas' "Dental Medicine." Aconi'tia. An alkaloid constituting the active principle of aconite. A powerful poison. Aconit/ic Acid. A white crystalline acid, obtained from the Aconitum napellus. Aconitic Ether. Aconitate of oxide of ethyl. A colorless oily liquid, with an odor like cal- amus. Acon / itine (aconitina ; from aconitum, the name of a plant). A very poisonous alkaloid extracted from several species of aconitum. A / cor (from aceo, to be sour). Acidity, acrimony. Aco'ria (from a, priv., and nopeo, to satisfy). Insatiable hunger ; canine appetite. Aco / rus Calamus. Sweet flag ; calamus aromaticus. Acou'meter (from amvu, to hear, and fier- pov, a measure). An instrument invented by Itard for measuring the degrees of the sense of hearing. Acoustics. The science of the cause, nature, and phenomena of sounds. Acra / nia (from a, priv., and upavtov, cra- nium). Deficiency of a part or the whole of the cranium. Acrat/ia (from a, priv., and Kparoc, strength). Imbecility ; weakness. Ac'rid (from acer, sharp). Having a hot, pungent taste. Ac'rimony (acrimonia ; from acer, sharp). A quality in substances which irritates, cor- rodes, or dissolves others. Acri'sia (from a, priv., and iayu, to eat). A voracious appetite; insatiable crav- ing for food. Addita'mentum. A small suture some- times found added to the lambdoid and squam- ous sutures. Addu / cent (adducens ; from ad, and ducere, to draw). A term applied in Anatomy to muscles which perform the function of adduc- tion. Adduction. The action by which a part is drawn toward the axis of the body or of a limb. Adduc / tor (from ad, and ducere, to draw). In Anatomy, a muscle whose office consists in drawing the limb, or part moved by it, toward the axis of the body or of the member to which it belongs. Adductor Brevis Femoris. The short adduc- tor of the thigh. Adductor Indicis Pedis. The adductor of the first toe. Adductor Longus Femoris. The long adduc- tor of the thigh. Adductor Magnus Femoris. The great ad- ductor of the thigh. Adductor Minimi Digiti Pedis. The adduc- tor of the little toe. Adductor Pollicis Manus. The adductor of the thumb. Adductor Pollicis Pedis. The adductor of the great toe. ADD 29 ADN Adductor Tertii Digiti Pedis. The adductor of the third toe. Adec'ta. Sedatives. Adel / phia (from adeAcfroc, a brother). A monstrosity. Ademo'nia (from ade/ioveu, I am grievously tormented). Restlessness; anxiety of mind. A / den {Adrjv). A gland, a bubo. Adenal'gia (from adrjv, and a/.yoc, pain). Pain in a gland. A'denemphrax'is (from adr/v, a gland, and e/uppaijig, obstruction). Glandular obstruction. Aden / iform (from adqv, a gland, and/or»i«, resemblance). Adenoid. Resembling a gland. AdenPtis. Glandular inflammation. Ad'enodyn'ia. See Adenalgia. Adenography (from ad-qv, a gland, and ypa, I describe). A description of the glands. Ad'enoid {aden, gland). Resembling a gland. Adenoid Tissue. Retiform tissue. See ANI- MAL Tissue. Adenol'ogy (adenologia ; from adr/v, a gland, and Aoyoc, a discourse) . A treatise on the glands. Adeno / ma (from aapvy$, the pharynx). Inflammation of the tonsils and pharynx. Adenophtharmia (from adrjv, a gland, and o(p&a?,fiog, the eye). Inflammation of the Mei- bomian glands. Adeno=scIero / sis (from a6?/v, a gland, and Gnhjpoc, hard). A name given by Swediaur to tumefaction and induration of the glands which do not terminate in scirrhus. Ad'enose (from adrjv, a gland). Having many glands; glandulous. Adeno'sus (from adrjv, a gland). Gland- like. Adenot/omy (adenotomia; from adrjv, a gland, and re/ivu, I cut). Dissection of the glands. Adeps. Lard; the fat of the hog. Adeps Anserinus. Goose grease. Adeps Ovillus. Mutton suet. Adeps Praeparata. Prepared hog's lard. Adeps Suillus. Hog's lard. Adhe'sion (adhsesio ; from adhserco, to stick to). In Pathology, the morbid union of parts naturally contiguous, but not adherent, by adhesive inflammation. In Surgery, the re- union of parts which have been separated by accident or design. Adhesive. Sticking fast to ; sticky. Adhesive Inflammation. Inflammation which terminates by an adhesion of the inflamed and separated surfaces. Adhesive Plaster. A plaster possessed of adhesive qualities, used by surgeons. Com- mon name for the Emplastrum resinse. Adiaphore'sis [adiaphoresis ; from a, priv., and Siaoopeu, to dissipate). Defect of cutane- ous perspiration. Adiaph'orous (from a, priv., and dtaoepei, it differs). A volatile and inodorous principle obtained from tartar by distillation. Neutral: applied to medicines which have no effect either for good or ill. Also used to express neutral salts. Adip'ic Acid. A volatile and fusible acid, obtained by treating oleic with nitric acid. Ad / ipocere (adipocera; from adeps, fat, and cera, wax). A fat-like substance into which the human body is converted by long immersion in water or spirit or by burial in moist earth. Chevreul showed it to be an imperfectly saponified human fat. Ad'ipose (from adeps, fat). Fatty. Adipose Arteries. Branches of the dia- phragmatic, capsular, and renal arteries, which supply the fat around the kidneys. Adipose Membrane (menibrana adiposa). The membrane which encloses the adeps or fat. Adipose Tissue. See Animal Tissue. Adipo'sis. Excessive fatness. Adip'sia (from a, priv., and dnpa, thirst). Absence of thirst, usually symptomatic of cerebral disease. Adip'sous. Allaying thirst. Applied to medicines and fruits so acting. Adj'uvant (from adjuvo, to aid). A medi- cine added to a prescription to assist the opera- tion of the principal ingredient. Adna'ta. In Botany this term is applied to parts which are closely united to one an- other. In Anatomy, the tunica adnata is that portion of the conjunctiva which covers the sclerotic coat of the eye. ADO 30 AFF Adolescence (from adolescere, to grow). Growing ; applied to the human race ; the period hetween puberty and the full develop- ment of the body. Ad Pondus Omnium. To the weight of the whole. Used in prescriptions to indicate the proportion of some particular ingredient. Adula'ria. A miueral ; the most perfect variety of feldspar. Adultera'tion. The admixture of noxious or inert ingredients with that which is pure. Adus'tion (adustio ; from adurere, to burn). Cauterization; the action of heat applied to the body. Adventitious (advent itius ; from advenio, I come to). Accidental; not inherent. In Medicine, acquired diseases. Adyna'mia (from a, priv., Swa/iic, power). A defect of vital power; debility; asthenic. /Edoi'a. The pudenda. /Edoi'tis (from aiSoia, pudenda, and itis, inflammation). Inflammation of the pudenda. /Edopsoph'ia. A name given by Sauvages to a fetid air issuing from the vagina or urethra. /E'gides. Small white spots on the pupil. /Egid'ion. A collyrium. /E'gilops (from aiij, aiyuc, a goat, and wip, the eye). A sore under the inner angle of the eye, so called because goats were supposed to be subject to it. /Egoph'ony (JEgoplionia ; from ai^, aiyog, a goat, and (puvrj, voice). A peculiar sound of the voice resembling the bleating of a goat. It is diagnostic of pus in the pleural sac. /Eolipile. A hollow metallic ball with a small pipe, for the conversion of water into steam. Also an alcohol blowpipe. Aer (Ar/p). Air, gas ; often used as a prefix denoting the presence of air or gas. A'er Aixus. Fixed air, or carbonic acid gas. A'erated. Impregnated with air. Also liquids impregnated with carbonic acid gas. Ae'rial Acid. Carbonic acid gas. Aerif / erous (aer, and ferre, to carry). An epithet for tubes which convey air, as the larynx, trachea, etc. Aeriflux'us (aer and fiuere, fluxum, to flow). The discharge of gas and the fetid em- anations from the sick. Flatulence. Ae'riform. Air-like ; a term applied to gaseous fluids. Aerology (aerologia; from ar/p, air, and Aoyof, a discourse). The doctrine of the nature and properties of air. Aerom'eter. An instrument for ascertain- ing the weight of ai r or bulk of gases. ^Erose (from aes, aeris, copper or brass). Of the nature of copper ; coppery. A'erotonom'eter. An instrument for deter- mining the tension of gases in the blood. /Eru'go. Verdigris ; properly the rust of metal, but especially of copper. fizs, Es. Copper ; brass. /Es'chos (aLoxog). Deformity of the body generally, or of some part. /Esecavum (from aes). Brass. /Esthe'sia (from aiotiavojuai, to feel). Per- ceptive sensation ; feeling. /Esthesiom 'eter (JSsthesis, and uerpoy, measure). A measurer of sensation. /Es'thetical. Diseases or agents affecting the sensation. i^Estua'tio. Ardor ; ebullition ; fermenta- tion. /Es'tus Volat'icus (from vastus, heat, and volo, to fly). Transient heat or flushing of the face. /Etas. Age. /Ethal. See Cetyl. /Ether (from ai-Srip, air). A highly volatile and inflammable fluid ; oxide of ethyl. iEther Acet'icus. Acetic ether. /Ether Hoffmanni (Spiritus eetheris sulphur ici compositus) Hoffmann's anodyne solution. ./Ether Hydrocyan/icus. Cyanuret of ethyl. Hydrocyanic ether. ./Ether Muriat/icus. Chloride of ethyl. Mu- riatic ether. ./Ether Nitro'sus. Nitrous ether. /Ether Rectifica / tus. Eectified ether. ./Ether Sulphu / ricus. Sulphuric ether. /Ether'ea. The ethers. /Ethe'real Oil. Oleum setherium. etherization. Stupefying with ether. ^Eth / moid. Ethmoid. /Eth'ogen (from ai duv, brilliant, yeivojuai, to become). A compound of boron and nitrogen, so called from the brilliant phosphorescent light it gives when heated before a blowpipe. /Eti'oi Phlebes ( Asnol tylEJieg, eagle veins). Temporal veins. /Etiol'ogy (setiologia; from aina, a cause, and Aoyof, a discourse). The doctrine of the causes of disease. Aff 'aires. Menses. Affec / tion (affectio). In Medicine, a disease ; in common language, an emotion or modifica- tion of the mind. Afferent (affero, I bring). Conveying in- AFF 31 AGE ward. The vessels which convey the lymph or chyle to the lymphatic glands are called afferent ; also nerves which convey impressions to the brain. Affinity (affinitas). In Chemistry, attrac- tion, or that tendency which different sub- stances have to unite and form another body. Chemical attraction. Affinity, Compound. Affinity is called com- pound when three or more bodies, by their mutual attraction, unite and form one homo- geneous body. Affinity, Double. Double elective attraction. "When two bodies, each consisting of two elementary parts, come in contact and are decomposed, so that their elements become reciprocally united and produce two new com- pound bodies, the decomposition is then termed decomposition by double affinity." Affinity, Elective. The preference mani- fested by one body to combine with another, rather than with a third, a fourth, etc. Affinity, Single. The power by which two elementary bodies combine. Affla'tus (from afflare, to blow upon). A term applied, in Pathology, to a species of ery- sipelas which attacks persons suddeuly. . Afflux (from affluere, to flow in). The de- termination of fluids to a part. Afflux'ion. Accumulation of fluids. Affu'sion (affusio ; from affundere, to pour upon). The pouring of any liquid upon the body. After=birth. The placenta and membranes of the ovum are so called from their being expelled after the delivery of the foetus. After-pains. The pains succeeding child- birth. Agace'ment des Dents. Teeth set on edge, caused by contact of acids. Agaricus Mineralis. One of the purest of the native carbonates of lime. Agaricus Quercus. Boletus iguiarius Agaric of the oak ; a fungus formerly used for arrest- ing external hemorrhage. Age. In Human Physiology, the duration of the life of man ; also a certain period of life marked by a difference of state. The ancients divided life into six stages: (1) Infant ia vel pueritia, reckoned from birth to the fifth year of age. (2) Adolescentia, ,rtas bona, youth reckoned to the eighteenth, and youth, properly so called, to the twenty-fifth year. (3) Juvenilis, from the twenty-fifth to the thirty-fifth year. (4) Virilis setas, setas firmata, thirty years ; setas const ans, forty years ; setas matura, fifty years : manhood, from the thirty-fifth to the fifty fifth year. (5) Senectus, setas provecta, setas mala, old age, from fifty to sixty. (6) Crepita setas, setas ingravescens, setas discrepita, setas affecta, setas exacta, setas extrcma, decrepit age, ending in death. The most common division of life is into four stages or ages ; namely, infancy, youth, manhood, and old age. But the division of Halle seems to be more distinctly marked by changes in the economy than any other. He divides life into : Infancy, extending from birth to the seventh year of age. To this, three subdivisions have been proposed : (1) The period of the com- mencement of the eruption of the temporary teeth, which is usually about the seventh month from birth. (2) The period of the com- pletion of first dentition, which is ordinarily about two and a half years after birth. (3) When the temporary teeth begin to be replaced by the permanent teeth. Childhood, from the seventh to the fifteenth year, during which period the whole contour of the face and expression of the countenance is changed by the elongation of the jaws, de- velopment of the alveolar borders, and den- tition of all the permanent teeth, except the dentes sapientise, or last molars. Adolescence, or adolescentia, extending from the fifteenth to the twenty-fifth year of age, during which period the jaws elongate suffi- ciently to admit the last molars, the eruption of which completes the dentition of the perma- nent teeth. Adult age, or virilitas, a period of life extend- ing in man from the twenty-fifth to the sixtieth year of age, and in women from the twenty- first to the fiftieth. This period is divided, again, into increasing, established, and decreas- ing virility, during which the teeth undergo no change except that which they experience from disease. Old age, or senectus, embracing that period when the powers of the body are declining, ending in death. During this time the alveolar processes often waste away, causing the teeth to loosen and drop out. Agenesia (agennesia; from a, priv., yewau, to beget.) (1) Impotence; male sterility: in- ability to beget offspring. (2) Atrophy and imperfect development of the brain. Agent (from ago, to act). Anything which produces an effect. In Pathology, the extrane- AGE 32 AIR ous causes of disease are termed morbific agents. In Therapeutics, anything used in the treatment of disease is termed a therapeutic agent. In Chemistry, any substance capable of producing chemical action is termed a chemical agent, etc. Ageu'sia (from a, priv., and yevopai, gusto, to taste). Loss or diminution of taste. Agglomerate (from agglomerate, to wind up, to collect together). Applied to tumors or glands in aggregation. Agglutination (from agglutinate, to glue together). The act of being united by means of some tenacious substance. In Surgery, the adhesion of divided parts, as the lips of a wound. Aggregate (aggregatus ; from aggrego, to assemble together). Bodies of the same kind, when united together, are called an aggregate. Glands which are in clusters are called gland- ulas aggregates. Aggregation. A form of attraction usu- ally termed cohesion, by which particles are aggregated or retained in the state of a solid. Agita'tion [agitatio; from agito, freq. of ago, to act). Eestlessness ; constant movement of a patient ; inquietude. It often arises from the irritation attending dentition. See Den- tition, Moebid. Ag / lium. A glossy tubercle on the face ; also, a white speck on the eye. Aglo / buIia. A deficiency of red blood-cor- puscles. AgIos / sia (from a, priv., and yluaaa, the tongue) . Absence of the tongue. Ag'ma (agme; Aypa, gen. ayuaroc). Frac- ture. AgmatoIog / ia (Ayp,a and 7.oyoc, a descrip- tion). The doctrine of fractures. Agmin'ated Glands. Peyer's glands. Ag'nail. Hangnail. Agna'thia (from a, priv., and yvadog, jaw). A malformation consisting in the want of the jaw, especially of the lower. Agnoi'a (agncea; from «, priv., and yivuano, I know). Want of memory ; forgetful ness. Agomphi / asis [agomphosis ; from a, priv., and yo/ufoti, I nail). Looseness of the teeth, usually caused by disease in the gums and the gradual destruction of the alveoli. See Gums, Diseases of ; also, Alveolae Processes, Destruction of the. Ag'one. Henbane. Agon / ia. Impotence, sterility. Agonis'tica (Ayuv, a combat). Very cold water, given internally to calm febrile heat. Agon'os. Barren. Agos'tus (Ayooroc, from ayu, I lead). The forearm from the elbow to the fingers. Also, the palm of the hand. A'gra (Aypeu, I seize hold of). A seizure ; as odontagra, a tooth seizure, toothache. Ag / ria. Holly. Also, a malignant pus- tule. Agryp'nia (from a, priv., and vnvoc, sleep). Sleeplessness ; watchfulness. Agrypnoco'ma (from aypvirvia, sleepless- ness, and nufia, drowsiness). Lethargic watch- fulness. A'gue. Trembling ; shuddering ; inter- mittent fever. Ague and Fever. Intermittent fever. Ague, Brass-founders'. A series of morbid phenomena, resembling ague, in those who are exposed to the fumes of zinc in brass foundries. Ague, Brow. Neuralgia frontalis. Ague-cake. A hard tumor on the left side below the false ribs, caused by a visceral ob- struction, generally of the spleen, which may be felt externally. It is the effect of inter- mittent fever. Ague, Dead. Ague, Dumb. An irregular or masked intermittent. Ague-drops. A solution of arseniate of po- tassa in water. Fowler's solution. Agu'ios (from a, priv., and yvcov, limb). Mutilated or wanting limbs ; weak, feeble. Agyr'ias (Ayvpic, a collection). Opacity of the crystalline lens. Aiguille (from dim. of acus). A needle. Ail. Disease. Ail'ment. See Ail. Disease. Air (Atjp ; A'er ; from au, I breathe). At- mospheric air ; an elastic, invisible fluid, sur- rounding the earth to the height, it is said, of fifteen or sixteen leagues. Air-cells of the Lungs. Bronchial cells. Air, Fixed. Carbonic acid ; mephitic air. Air, Inflammable. Hydrogen. Air Injector, Hickman's. An appliance de- signed for use with a dental engine. A rubber bulb or bellows is compressed automatically by a simple mechanism, which is connected with and driven by the engine pulley. The air is forced from the bulb through the con- necting rubber tube to a fixed nozzle at the hand-piece, whence it is thrown into the cavity of the tooth. The air thus driven out of the bulb leaves a vacuum, which is instantly filled again with air, so that a continuous stream is AIR 33 ALB kept up. This appliance is intended to keep the cavity clear of bur-dust and cuttings, and also to keep the bur cool while in use. Air-passages. The larynx, trachea, bron- chia, etc. Air-pump. A machine by which air in a ves- sel may be withdrawn. Air, Vital. Oxygen. Aisthete'rion (aestheterium). The senso- rium commune. Aitch. Pain. Aithomo / ma (atdoc, black). A black con- dition of all the humors of the eye. A'la Auris. The wing of the ear. This is the upper part of the external ear. Ala Nasi. The cartilage which forms the outer part of the nostril. Alabas'ter. A variety of compact gypsum ; it has a white or grayish color. It was at one time much used in dentifrices, but at present it is seldom employed for this purpose. When used upon the teeth, no matter how finely pul- verized, it gets between the free edges of the gum and necks of these organs, where its me- chanical action is often productive of much injury. There are two kinds of alabaster : (1) Gypseous alabaster, a natural semi-crystalline sulphate of lime, forming a compact gypsum of various colors, employed in making statuary, vases, etc. (2) Calcareous alabaster, a mixed carbonate and sulphate of lime, deposited by the dripping of water in stalactitic caves. Al'aeform (ahxformis ; from aJa, awing, and forma, a resemblance). Resembling a wing ; wing-shaped. A'la? Majores. Labia externa of the pu- denda. Alae Minores. The nymphse. Alae Nasi. Wings of the nose. The lateral or movable cartilaginous parts of the nose. Alae Vespertilionis. Bat wings. The broad ligaments between the uterus and the Fallo- pian tubes. Alan'in. A alkaloid obtained by acting on aldehyd ammonia with hydrocyanic acid. Alarms Vena?. The superficial veins at the bend of the arm. Alalia Ossa. The lateral processes of the sphenoid bone. Ala'ris {alar; from ala, a wing). Winglike ; belonging to a wing. Albamen turn. The white of an egg. Albumen. Alba tion (albatio). The act of becoming white. 3 Albican'tia Cor'pora (from albico, to be- come white). See Corpora Albicaxtia. Albi'no (from albus, white). .A Spanish word applied to the white progeny of negro parents. The skin has a pallid hue ; the hair on every part of the body resembles bleached flax ; the iris has a pale reddish color, and is so sensitive that it can scarcely bear the light of day. The term is also applied to all persons who have these characteristics. Al'bite. Soda feldspar ; a silicate of alum- ina, possessing properties similar to common feldspar, with the substitution of soda for potash. Al'bolene. Obtained from petroleum, with a specific gravity of .865 at 60° F. The liquid form is colorless, tasteless, and odorless. It is soluble in absolute ether, chloroform, oil of turpentine, oleic acid, benzole, toluol, and car- bon bisulphide. It may be used in the form of spray. Al'botim. Turpentine. Albugin'ea Oculi. The white fibrous membrane of the eye, situated immediately under the conjunctiva. The white of the eye. Albuginea Testis. The thick, white mem- brane which immediately invests the testicle. Albugin'eous (from albus, white). A term applied by anatomists to textures and humors which are white. Albu'gO (from albus, white). A white opacity of the cornea of the eye. Albu'men. A protein compound, the chief constituent of the body, or rather the material from which the tissues are mainly formed. It is found in great abundance in the serum of the blood, and constitutes the white of the egg, whence its name. Heat, creasote, and the acids (excepting the acetic) coagulate it. J'er/etable albumen, found in most vegetable juices, is identical with, and is probably the source of, animal albumen. Albumen Ovi. The white of an egg. Albuminate of Soda. When albumen is treated with soda, it loses some of its properties. Heat does not coagulate it, but changes it to a jelly. When the solution is boiled, a film forms on the surface resembling that of casein under similar circumstances. Albu'minose. See Peptonic Albu'minous. Of the nature of, or con- taining, albumen. Albuminous Group. A term of Trout's classi- fication, signifying that class of animal aud alimentary substances the composition of ALB 34 ALI which is analogous to albumen. It includes albumen fibrin, gluten, legumin, globulin, casein, and the substances called oxides of protein. Albuminuria. A disease in which the urine contains albumen. It is commonly applied to Bright's disease. AFbumose. A proteid formed as the first stage of the pancreatic or gastric digestion of other proteids, and by further digestion con- verted into peptone. Albumosuria. The discharge of albumose in the urine. Albur / num. The soft white substance found between the inner bark and wood of trees ; in time it becomes wood. Alcales'cent. Becoming alkaline. AFcali. Alkali. Alcana or Alkana. The name of the root and leaves of the Lausonia inermis, a plant employed in the East for dyeing the nails, teeth, and hair, etc. Used in Mechanical Den- tistry to color wax. AFchemy. The mysterious art which pre- tends to transmute the baser metals into gold, and to find a panacea for all diseases. AFcohol. Pure or highly rectified spirits of wine. It is a powerful, diffusible stimulant, and is used both as a medicinal and pharma- ceutical agent. Chemically pure alcohol is styled absolute alcohol. See Absolute Alco- hol. It is an oxyhydrate of ethyl, and is represented by the formula C 2 H 5 HO. The common alcohol of the shops, however, con- tains a variable quantity of water. When di- luted with an equal weight of water, it is termed proof spirit, or Spiritus tenuior of the Pharmacopoeia. The first product of the dis- tillation is technically called loiv wine, and is again subjected to distillation. The latter por- tions of what comes over are called feints, and are reserved for a further process in the wash- still. The second product is termed raw spirit, and when again distilled is called rectified spirit. The strongest alcohol is called absolute • alcohol or anhydrous alcohol, to denote its entire freedom from water. Alcohol is employed in Dental Practice as a styptic and antiseptic, and the absolute alcohol as an obtundent of sensitive dentine. As a solvent it enters into a number of dental formula 1 . Alcohol, Absolute. See ALCOHOL. Alcohol Ammoniatum. A combination of alcohol and ammonia. Alcohol Amylicum. See Fusel Oil. Alcohol of Sulphur. Sulphuret of carbon. Al'coholates. Officinal medicines in which alcohol is first impregnated with medicinal principles by maceration, and then by distilla- tion, so that it only retains the volatile por- tions. Also, compounds of alcohol with salt, called alcoates. Alcoholism. The alcohol habit, which undermines the constitution and transmits a variety of evils, such as congenital lunacy, epilepsy, and nervous lesions. Physically, it causes only deterioration, disease, impairment of strength, etc., which are reflected in the teeth. It is supposed to thicken or thin the membranes and tissues of the developing tooth by alcoholic saturation, resulting in the rapid loss of the pabulum or the retention of effete matters. The teeth are thus directly injured and the blood rendered impure and poisonous and unfit for the development of normal organs. AlcohoIonVeter (from alcohol, and fierpov, a measure). An instrument for ascertaining the quantity of alcohol in any fluid. AFdehyd. The hydrated protoxide of acetyl, an ethereal fluid. Abridged from alco- hol dchydrogenatus, alcohol deprived of hydro- gen. See FOKMALDEHYD. Ale (alia). A fermented infusion of malt, usually combined with hops. AIei / pha (from a'XeKpu, to anoint). Medi- cated oil. AIe / ma (from a, priv., and Ai/xoc, hunger). Anything which satisfies hunger. Boiled meat. Farina. Alem / bic (alembicus). A vessel made of glass, metal, or earthenware for the reception of volatile products from a retort. Alexiphar'mac (from aA^eiv, to repel, (pap/iaKov, a poison). An antidote to poison. AFeze or AFese (from ale^u, to prevent). A cloth folded several times in order to protect the bed from discharges of blood, etc. Alge / do (from a'hyoc, pain). Pain in the region of the neck of the bladder and anus, caused by sudden suppression of gonorrhoea. AlgFda Fe / bris. A malignant fever char- acterized by icy coldness on the surface. AFgor. Chilliness, rigor. AFible (from alo, to nourish). Nutritious. AFices (from a^u, to sprinkle; or alica, a kind of grain, from their size). The reddish spots which appear on the skin previous to the eruption of small-pox. Alienation (alienatio ; from alieno, to estrange). Applied to a wandering of the ALI 35 ALL mind ; insanity ; mental derangement ; delir- ium. AFiform (aliformis ; from ala, a wing, and forma, likeness). Pterygoid; wing-like. Aliment (alimmtum; from alo, to nourish). Food. Any substance which, when introduced into the alimentary canal, may, after being subjected to the action of the digestive organs, afford nourishment to the body. Alimentary. Pertaining to food or ali- ment. Alimentary Canal. A musculo-membranous tube, through which the food passes. It ex- tends from the mouth to the anus. Alimentary Duct. Alimentary canal. Alimentation. The act of nourishing; the assimilation of food. Alitu'ra (from alo, nourishment). The process of assimilation or nutrition; food or nourishment. Alkales'cent. Any substance containing manifest alkaline properties, or in which these properties are becoming developed or predomi- nant. Al kali. A term applied to certain oxides soluble in water, possessing the power of neu- tralizing acids, so as to form a saline compound, and of changing some vegetable blues to green and some vegetable j'ellows to brown. There used to be reckoned three kinds of alkalies : (1) The vegetable, or potash ; (2) the mineral, or soda; (3) the animal, or ammonia, also called the volatile alkali. Modern chemistry has added to these, lithia. Soda and potassa are fixed alkalies, while ammonia is a volatile alkali. Alkali Causticum. Caustic alkali. Alkali Fixum. Fixed alkali. Applied to pot- ash and soda, because they are permanently in a solid state. Alkali, Vegetable. Another term for potash. Alkali, Volatile. Another name for ammonia on account of its volatile nature. Alkalig'enous (alkali, and yevvau, to gene- rate). Producing alkaline qualities. Alkalim / eter. An instrument for deter- mining the purity of the alkalies of commerce. Al'kaline. Substances which contain or partake of the nature of an alkali. Alkaline Earths. Earths which possess alka- line properties, as magnesia, lime, baryta, and strontia. Alkaliza'tion. The impregnation of any- thing with an alkaline salt. AFkaloid. A salifiable base existing as a proximate principle in some vegetables, and possessing the properties of an alkali in a greater or less degree. Al kanet Root. See AnchusaTinctoria. Alker'mes. A celebrated electuary, in which kermes is the basis. AlPanite. A mineral of a brownish black color, having associated with it mica and feld- spar. Allantoic Fluid. The fluid filling up the space between the allantois and the amnion. In the cow it contains allantina, albumen, lac- tates, phosphates, and chlorides. AHan'toine. A crystalline substance ob- tained from the allantoic fluid of the cow. Its formula is C 8 H 4 N 3 5 + HO. Allan'tois (membrana allantoides ; from a?Jiac, a sausage, and eitiog, likeness). A mem- brane of the foetus, found in most of the mam- malia, situated between the chorion and am- nion. Allen's Fusible Silicious Cement. A composition for uniting single porcelain teeth to a plate and to one another, the use of which was secured by Dr. John Allen by letters patent. Employed in the construction of con- tinuous-gum work. Alliaceous (alliaceus; from allium, garlic). Pertaining to garlic; similar to garlic. Alliga'tion (from alligo, to bend). An arithmetical formula for ascertaining the pro- portion of the constituents of a mixture when they have undergone no change of volume by chemical action. Al'liuni. Garlic. A genus of plants of the order Asphodelea?. Allium is stimulant, diuretic, expectorant, emmenagogue, diapho- retic, and anthelmintic. Externally it is rube- facient and repell ant. Dose, ^ssto 3j. Alloeo'sis (alloiosis ; from avJ.oiu, to change). Alteration in the character of a disease or in the constitution. Alloeot'ica (from alloc, another). Altera- tive medicines. Allogno'sis (from a'/'/oc, another, and yiv- uGiM, to know). Perversion of mind ; incapa- bility of distinguishing persons. Allopathic. Pertaining to allopathy. Allo'pathist. One who practises or advo- cates allopathy. Allop'athy (allopathia; from <;//<><;, an- other, and Ka&og, disease). An empirical des- ignation applied to the practice of medicine in contradistinction to homoeopathy, or that sys- tem of medical practice which proposes the ALL 36 ALO cure of disease by establishing in the system a condition opposite to, or different from, the disease to be cured. Al'Iophane. The name of a mineral of a blue, and sometimes of a green or brown, color. Allotriodon'tia (from a?./.orpiog, foreign, and odovg, a tooth). The transplantation of teeth. See Traksplaktation. AlIotriopha / gia (from allorpiog, strange, and oa; «, I devour). A desire or morbid long- ing to eat inedible substances, as chalk, leather, coal, etc. ; depraved appetite. Allot'ropism. Allotropy. Tbe property witnessed in elementary bodies, as carbon, sul- phur, etc., existing in different modifications. Alloxan. Erythric acid; purpuric acid. Its formula is C 8 H 4 N 2 O 10 . It is formed by the action of nitric upon uric acid. AU'oxanic Acid. An acid discovered by Wohler and Liebig in decomposing alloxan with alkalies. Its formula is C 8 H 2 N 2 8 + 2HO. AlIoxan / tin. A crystalline substance formed by the deoxidation of alloxan. For- mula, C 8 H 3 N 2 O 10 . Alloy 7 (from the French word aloi, a con- traction of a la loi). A compound of two or more metals by fusion. Alloys partake of the nature of a solution of one metal in another, and are not true chemical compounds, because they do not unite in true chemical proportions. When one of the constituents of an alloy is mercury, the combination is known as an amalgam, the constituents of which, as in all chemical compounds, are united in exact pro- portions by weight. Amalgams are alloys in the nature of solutions in which one of the metals is mercury. Such properties of metals as malleability, ductility, and tenacity, de- pendent upon molecular cohesion, are greatly modified by alloying, and these properties are inferior, in a great degree, to that of the pure metals possessing them in a high degree. Gold is impaired to such a degree by a small ad- mixture of lead or tin that its malleability and otlur properties are destroyed. See Gold Plate ; also Gold Solder. Allspice. Jamaica pepper. Sec Myrtus I'l MENTA. All'yI. Oil of garlic, obtained by distilla- tion of garlic with water, and purified by re- distillation. Formula, C 8 Ff 5 . Al'mond. The nut of the Amygdalus com- munis. Amygdala. AI'monds. A term applied in popular language to the exterior glands of the neck and to the tonsils, as the almonds of the ear, etc. ; the almonds of the throat. Almonds, Bitter, Oil of. Volatile oil of al- monds. A golden-yellow oil, obtained by dis- tillation with water, or with water and salt, of the cake of bitter almonds from which the oil has been expressed. It is a deadly poison. Almonds, Oil of. Fixed oil of almonds. A bland fixed oil, usually obtained from either sweet or bitter almonds, but chiefly the former, by compression. It has a mild, oily taste. See Oil of Almonds. Al / oe. A genus of plants of the order As- phodeleye. AFoes. The inspissated juice of the sev- eral species of aloe. The three principal com- mercial varieties are cape, socotrine, and the hepatic, or Barhadoes. Cathartic, emmena- gogue, anthelmintic, and stomachic. Aloes act chiefly on the large intestines, and produce catharsis by increasing the peristaltic or mus- cular action, and not by increasing the secre- tions. Dose to act as a cathartic, gr. ij to gr. x ; as an emmenagogue, gr. j to gr. ij . Aloes, Cape. The aloes obtained from the Aloe spicata and other species, which grow in great abundance in Southern Africa, near the Cape of Good Hope. This variety is used almost exclusively in the United States. Aloes, Hepatic (Barbadoes aloes). The name was originally applied to a product from the East Indies, but from a supposed resemblance between this and the aloes from the West In- dies the name is now very generally applied to the latter. Aloes, Socotrine. The aloes produced on the Island of Socotra. The species of aloe which yields this variety is supposed to be the same as that which produces the cape aloes. Aloes, Wood {lignum aloes). A fragrant resinous substance, consisting of the interior of the trunk ; the Aquilaria ovata. AIoes / in. The peculiar bitter principle of aloe. Aloet/ic. A medicinal preparation contain- ing aloes. Aloetic Acid (aloetinic acid). The precipitate obtained by heating nitric acid on aloes. Alogotroph'ia (from aTwyog, disproportion- ate, and Tf>E(j)o>, to nourish). Disproportionate nutrition, as of the bones in rickets. Hyper- trophy of a part or organ. AloVn. The bitter principle of aloes after the resin is removed. ALO 37 ALU Alope'cia (from aXurrr^, a fox). Falling out of the hair ; haldness. Al'phoid (from alphos, a skin disease). Like Alphos, as Lepra alphoides. Alteran'tia NervFna. Nervous altera- tives, such as spirituous liquors and nar- cotics. Alteration (alleratio ; from alter, other). In General Pathology, a change in the structure of an organ, or iu the nature of excreted fluids. In Dental Pathology, applied to the changes which occur iu the structure of the enamel of the teeth, or the dentinal tissue of these organs, from the action of morbific agents. Also, to changes which take place in the gums. Alterative [alterans ; from altcro, to change). A medicine given for the purpose of restoring the healthy functions of the body by acting on morbid structures and conditions without causing any sensible evacuation ; act- ing in an insensible manner. Althae'a. A genus of plants of the order Malvaceae. Marshniallow. Althion'ic Acid. An acid obtained from the residue of the preparation of defiant gas. Al'um [alumen). A sulphate of ammonia and alumina, crystallized from solution in water. A white, slightly efflorescent salt, which is astringent and styptic, and is employed both externally and internally. Dose, gr. x to gr. xx. In large doses it is emetic. Dried alum is alone used externally. In Denial Practice dried alum is employed as a styptic, also in stomatitis, diseases of gums, cancrum oris, ulcers, and fungous granulations. Alum should never form an ingredient of dentifrices, as it causes erosion of the enamel and dentine. Alum Curd. A coagulum made by briskly agitating a drachm of alum with the white of an egg. Alum Earth. A massive mineral of a black- ish-brown color. Alum Ointment. Common turpentine, lard, and powdered alum. Alum, Potassa. See Potassa At.tm. Alum Root. Heuchera americaua. Alum Stone. A silicious subsulphate of alu- mina. Alum Whey. A whey made by boiling two drachms of alum in a pint of milk, and then straining. Alu'men. Alum. Alumen Catinum. Potash of commerce. Alumen Commu'ne. Common alum. Alumen Exsicca'tum. Dried alum ; burnt alum ; alum melted until ebullition ceases. Used as an escharotic. See Alum. Alumen Fixum. Potash. Alumen Roma'num. Roman alum. Red alum. The purest variety, containing no am- monia. Alumen Rupeum. Native alum. Rock alum. Alu'mina. (Aluminum oxide, ALO :{ , the crystalline form of which is the ruby, sapphire, and corundum.) A substance which occurs very abundantly in nature in the state of silicate, as in feldspar and its associated minerals, and in the various modifications of clay thence derived. The earth of pure clay. Alumina; Sulphas Fusus. Alumen exMo- catum. Alu'minite. An opaque, dull-white min- eral ; the hydrated subsulphate of alumina. Aluminum or Aluminium. Symbol. Al. Atomic weight, 27. This metal was first obtained by Wohler, and is a metallic element occurring in various minerals, and forming an essential constituent of clay. It is a whitish, lustrous metal, not readily tarnished, is light, malleable, and ductile. Its melting- point is 450° C, or 840° F. It is the metallic base of alumina, and was formerly known to chemists as a gray powder resembling spongy platinum, but it is now produced in large quantities as a perfect metal, having a lustre and whiteness almost equal to silver. When cast into ingots it is soft like silver, and has a density of 2.56, but after hammering or rolling it is almost as hard as wrought iron, and has a density of 2.67. Bunsen obtained this metal by electrolysis, as did also Deville, who has prepared it in large ingots from the chloride of aluminum by sodium. It is obtained on a large scale by heating, for some thirty minutes, equal parts of chloride of potassium and cryo- lite with two parts of sodium and five of cryo- lite. The chloride of potassium fuses the fluoride of sodium which is formed. When cold, the melted mass is immersed iu water, and alter twelve hours it is crushed, and the glob- ules of aluminum separated. To obtain a mass, the globules of aluminum are melted with chloride of potassium. The properties of this metal render it peculiarly adapted for use as a base for artificial teeth, but the soldering and casting of it have been attended with much difficulty. Some French artists, however, suc- ceeded in soldering the metal in an atmos- phere of pure hydrogen. The late Dr. J. B. Bean, of Baltimore, perfected, with .meat labor ALU 38 ALV and original research, a method of casting aluminum plates, but it proved a failure. Swaged aluminum plates are, however, still used successfully in combination with vulcan- ite, to Avhich material it adheres with great tenacity. Dr. C. C. Carroll has suggested a process for casting alloyed aluminum bases for artificial teeth by pneumatic pressure. The metal, which is an alloy of aluminum, is melted in a plumbago crucible and forced into a mould containing the artificial teeth by air pressure. See Harris' " Prin. and Prac. of Dentistry." Alu'sia (from a7ivu : to become insane). Illusion ; hallucination. Alvea'rium (from alveare, a bee-hive). The bottom of the concha or hollow of the ear, terminating in the meatus audi tori us externus, or external auditory canal. Alveo=Iabialis. The buccinator muscle. AIve / olar (aloeolaris ; from alveus, a cavity). Pertaining to the alveoli, or sockets of the teeth. Alveolar Abscess. A collection of pus in a sac formed in or near the alveolus of a tooth. An abscess having its seat in the apical space, and resulting from apical periodonditis or pericementitis consequent upon the death of the pulp. Alveolar abscess is the result of inflammation of the peridental membrane more frequently in the apical space, and terminating in the formation of pus. The term ''traumatic alveolar abscess" designates a form of this disease which occurs on the side of the root of the tooth as the result of injury, while that of "alveolar abscess" is confined to the collection of pus resulting from inflam- mation consequent upon the death of the pulp, such as apical periodontitis or peri- cementitis which has terminated in the for- mation of pus. The gums about the affected tooth become greatly congested and inflamed, and the pain is very severe and may be ac- companied with rigor, followed by fever in severe cases of the acute form. The pus generated is confined in the apical space between bony walls, which results in great tension, causing the rapid absorption of the surrounding bone, which is softer in the neighborhood of the apical space, than that of the external lamina, and, as a consequence, is readily destroyed before the pus finds its way to the surface. During the time the pus is penetrating the bone the pain is not only very seven;, but assumes a throbbing character, which indicates the formation of pus, and the gums become greatly congested and frequently much thickened by engorgement with blood. The lymphatics about the angle of the jaw become very painful and swollen. With the escape of the pus through the bone, in which a large cavity is often formed, the intense pain abates but does not cease, and the features be- come swollen, and in some cases greatly cede- matous and disfigured. The eye on the affected side may close and the jaws become so stiff that the mouth can not be opened to any considerable width. A large tumor of the gum is apparent over the affected root, either on the outside or inside of the alveolar ridge ; this will fluctuate, and if not opened will discharge, generally on the gum over the root of the tooth. P»ut this result should be prevented by an incision, for the pus is liable in some cases to collect between the tissues of the gum and the bone, and finally escape at the gingival margin, which compli- cates the successful treatment of the abscess. After the escape of the pus the inflammatory symptoms subside, the pain within a short time and the swelling within one or two days. Chronic alveolar abscess is caused by a con- tinuation of the conditions which originally brought about the acute form. Septic gases, generated by the decomposition of organic matter in the root canal and tubuli of the dentine, escape through the foramen into the apical space, causing periodontitis and the formation of pus. Chronic alveolar abscess exists in the following forms: Abscess with a fistulous opening in the gum, and which is reached through the root canals and foramen of the root; abscess with a fistulous opening which is not reached through the apical fora- men; and an abscess from which the pus makes its way through the apical foramen and root canal, with no external opening through the gum. For the treatment of alveolar abscess see Harris' ''Prin. and Prac. of Dentistry." Abscess is one of the most common affections to which the alveolar cavities are liable. Its effects are always exceedingly pernicious, not only to the alveolus in which it is seated and the gums covering it, but also very often to the general health. Whenever severe inflammation of the peri- dental membrane of the tooth is excited, an effusion of coagulable lymph takes place, which, becoming organized, attaches itself to ALV 39 ALV the root, around its apex, and ultimately a sac is formed. This, as suppuration takes place, distends and presses against the surrounding wall of the alveolus, causing an opening to be formed through the socket and gum for the escape of the matter. A direct lateral passage, however, is not al- ways effected through the alveolus and gum. The confined matter sometimes makes for it- self a passage through the roof of the mouth, the cheek, or lower part of the face; at other times it traverses the jaw for a considerable distance, divesting it of its periosteum, causing necrosis and exfoliation; at other times, again, it is discharged into the maxillary sinus. The formation of an abscess in the alveolus of a dens sapiential of the lower jaw is some- times attended with severe inflammation and swelling of the tonsils, so as not infrequently to render deglutition exceedingly difficult At other times it induces inflammation and rig- idity of the muscles of the cheek. The pus of an acute alveolar abscess may separate the periosteum from the bone and form a cavity between the two tissues, often inducing necro- sis of the bone, or the pus may follow the peridental membrane along the side of the root, or it may be discharged at the margin of the gum. The pus may also open on the face or under the jaw, and a disfiguring scar is the result. The immediate cause of alveolar abscess is inflammation of the peridental membrane of the tooth, and whatever tends to produce this may be regarded as its exciting cause. It often happens that a filling in a tooth in which the pulp has been destroyed gives rise to the formation of abscess by preventing the escape of the matter forming at the apex of its root. Its egress being thus prevented, it accumu- lates and becomes a source of irritation to the peridental membrane in its immediate vicinity, which, in consequence, thickens, forms a tubercle, aud ultimately suppurates. The roots of teeth, too, on which artificial crowns are placed, for the same reason often give rise to abscess. Chronic alveolar abscess generally follows the acute form if the latter is not checked, and is due to the irritation caused by a dead pulp remaining in the pulp chamber of the affected tooth. In other words, the cause which induced the acute form remains to keep up the chronic form, such as the discharge of septic matter from the pulp chamber into the apical space, and it is generally recognized by the presence of a fistulous opening over the root or in its neigh- borhood. Chronic alveolar abscess may also result directly from chronic periodontitis, without acute inflammation being present at any stage of its progress. When the pus of an acute alveolar abscess is discharged, the parts appear to resume their natural appearance, except that a fistulous opening remains, and in some rare cases this may close and a spontaneous cure result. As a general rule, however, the fistulous opening continues, a flow of pus is maintained which is gradually reduced in quantity, and the orifice may close over and open again every few days. In some cases it closes permanently, but a mass of tissue, intermingled with more or less pus, remains in the enlarged apical space. This latter form is known as blind abscess, and a tooth thus affected is liable to periodical attacks of soreness with symptoms of chronic periodontitis. Cases of alveolar abscess also occur which assume a septic condition, the pus becoming sanious or thin and watery, followed by considerable destruction of tissue, with several openings for the discharge of pus. In cases of chronic alveolar abscess, the pulp is not only dead, but the tooth is discolored by the absorption of coloring matter from the decomposing pulp or the subsequent formation of the dark sulphurets. In acute forms of alveolar abscess the pus should be evacuated as early as possible. Constitutional treatment is often requisite in connection with the local treatment, such as an active saline cathartic, followed by a stim- ulant tonic. All fomentations or poultices applied to the face or jaw should be strictly condemned, as they favor the escape of the pus on the surface of the face or jaw. The root canals of the tooth should be thoroughly disinfected and antiseptic treatment resorted to, especially in the chronic form of alveolar abscess, and all irritants, such as calculi, re- moved from the roots. See Harris' "Prin. and Prac. of Dentistry." Alveolar Arches. The margins of the two jaws in which the teeth an- implanted. They are more or less elliptical in their shape, the lower more so than the upper. The num- ber of cavities which they contain corresponds with the number and shape of the roots of the teeth. They consist of two bony plates, ALV 40 ALV an external and an internal, with transverse septa, Ys-Meh form the alveoli. At first, the growth of the alveolar arches keeps pace with, and for a time outstrips, that of the teeth, enclosing them in cells, by which admirable provision of nature a firm support is given to the gums previous to the eruption of the teeth. The structure of the outer and inner plates of these arches is compact, while interiorly it is cellular. Each alveolus is pierced at the bottom with one or more minute foramina for the transmission of the vessels and nerves which go to the lining membrane of the tooth. See Dental Arches. Alveolar Artery. This artery arises from the internal maxillary, and winds around the maxillary tuberosity from behind forward, sending off twigs through the posterior dental canals which supply the molar teeth and go to the maxillary sinus, while the main branch passes forward, furnishing the gums and alveolo-dental periosteum. Alveolar Border (limbus alveolaris). The parts of the jaws in which the alveolar cavities are situated. Alveolar Exostosis. See Exostosis of the Alveoli. Alveolar Necro'sis. See NECROSIS OF THE Alveoli. Alveolar Processes. The alveoli, or sockets of the teeth. The alveolar processes are first formed as crypts with overhanging edges en- closing the deciduous teeth ; then they are re- moved in great part to allow of the eruption of the deciduous teeth, after which they are re- constructed about the necks to form the sockets of the deciduous teeth ; after the loss of the deciduous teeth the alveoli are again removed, the crypts of the permanent teeth are widely opened, and the permanent teeth make their way through the orifices, when the bone is re- formed so as to closely embrace their necks. This occurs at a period when but a small por- tion of the root has been completed. Alveolar Processes, Destruction of the. A gradual wasting of the alveoli, causing the teeth to loosen and sometimes to drop out. It is an affection of frequent occurrence, and in the majority of cases results from a diseased condition of the gums. See Harris' " I'rin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Alveolar Pyorrhoea. A morbid action which is characterized, according to Prof. C. N. 1'eiree, as a molecular necrosis of the reten- tive structures of the teeth (their ligament, the pericementum), au atrophy of the alveolar walls, together with a chronic hyperemia of the gum-tissue which leads to limited hyper- trophy. After a variable period the teeth drop out, and the morbid action ceases with their loss. The disease is generally, though not always, attended by a flow of pus from the alveoli. The treatment consists in first removing every source of irritation ; rest ; the use of pyrozone, three per cent. ; the chloride of zinc, twenty per cent. ; solution of iodide of zinc, twenty per cent., or equal parts of tincture of iodine and alcohol ; trichloracetic acid has also given much satisfaction, followed by hydronaphthol, 31J ; alcohol, 3W. Alveolar Structure. A name given by Hewson to the minute superficial cavities observed in the mucous membrane of the stomach, oesophagus, and small intestines. Alveolar Vein. The distribution of this is similar to that of the artery. Alve'oli. The cavities in which the roots of the teeth are implanted. Alveoli, Inflammation of the (odontobothri- tis). The immediate cause of this affection is inflammation of the alveolo-dental periosteum, and when continued for a considerable length of time, and especially in bad habits of body, it is apt to terminate in necrosis. Alve'oliform (alveolus). Formed like alveoli. Alve / olo=dental Periosteum (peridental membrane; pericementum). The membrane which lines the alveoli and invests the roots of the teeth. See Peridental Membrane. Alve / oIus (odontobothrium) (a diminutive of alveus, a cavity). The bony socket of a tooth. Al / veus. A cavity. Alveus Ampullas / cens. The enlarged part of the thoracic duct. Alveus Communis. The common duct of the ampullar of the semi-circular canals of the in- ternal ear. Alviflux / us (from alvus, the belly, and fluo, to flow). A diarrhoea. Al / vine (from alvus, the belly). Relating to the belly or bowels. Alvine Concretion (enter olithus). A calculus in the stomach or bowels. AI'vus. The abdomen, stomach, and intes- tines ; the belly. Alvus Astricta. Constipation ; costiveness. Alvus Coac / ta. Costiveness. ALY 41 AMA Alvus Renum. The pelvis of the kidney. Alys'mus (from a/ivo/xog, a wandering). Anxiety ; restlessness arising from disease. Amadou. Literally, touchwood, a kind of fungus. A substance used iu graduated com- presses ; also to support varicose veins and protect abraded surfaces. AmaFgam (amalgama ; from apa, together, and Ao//.£7i', to marry ; or a/ua and /laAarru, to soften). A combination of mercury with some other metal or metals. Amalgams, therefore, are alloys in which one of the metals is mer- cury. One form of amalgam is composed of pure silver, five ounces ; pure tin, four ounces. Some preparations contain gold filings in com- bination with the silver and tin, others con- tain platinum, and some, gold and platinum and copper. Perhaps the majority of amalgams consist of silver and tin. If the silver is not in excess there should be requisite quantities of gold and platinum or copper and zinc. Where tin is the chief constituent, discoloration is lessened, and Dr. Flagg regards tin as the second in importance as a constituent of amal- gams, but an alloy that contains more than forty-five per cent, of tin is slow in setting and wanting in edge-strength ; gold and copper in such an amalgam impart hardness, hasten the setting, and control the shrinkage. Copper, as a constituent of amalgams, gives a white alloy if gold, tin, and silver are in the proper pro- portions. Copper is regarded as giving an alloy tonic or therapeutic properties, dimin- ishes shrinkage, hastens the setting, is con- genial to tooth structure, and favors the toler- ance of a metallic filling near to the tooth pulp, and is, therefore, regarded by many as a valu- able constituent of amalgams. The importance of gold in amalgams is a disputed question with many. According to Dr. Bonwill, a mixture of seven per cent, of gold with the mercury used in an amalgam gives smoothness, renders the mass more plastic, reduces oxida- tion, and hastens the setting. Mr. C. S. Tomes contends that gold prevents the shrinkage, but is does not make a white amalgam, although it resists corrosion and discoloration and imparts edge-strength. Zinc is regarded by many as having a marked influence on an amalgam in maintaining a good color, controlling shrink- age, and counteracting the effects of silver and tin in causing softness and discoloration. An amalgam containing silver in excess should also contain gold and zinc. Zinc with silver and copper and platinum gives hardness, and controls change of shape or shrinkage. Tin and gold give to an amalgam easy-setting and quick-setting properties. The merits of plati- num in an amalgam are also disputed. Dr. Flagg regards platinum as being detrimental to an amalgam, while others claim that this metal gives hardness and controls shrinkage when combined with silver, copper, and zinc. Amalgams containing gold and platinum require more mercury than those composed of tin and silver. Dr. Bonwill employs bibulous paper to absorb the mercury as it is forced to the surface in packing amalgam into a cavity ; others use tin foil, spunk, cotton, or linen for the same purpose. It is also claimed that a cavity for amalgam should be ball-shaped, that it may conform to the spheroidal tendency of the material as controlled by the mercury. Amalgam is also employed for filling the roots of teeth as well as crown cavities, and for such a purpose has its advocates and opponents. The following directions are given for pre- paring amalgam : Put into a small Wedg- wood or glass mortar a small quantity of mercury and so much of the filings as may be required for the time being, and with the pestle rub the contents into a stiff paste ; add a drachm of alcohol, and continue the rubbing until the liquid becomes quite dark ; then pour it off, after which it is again washed in diluted sulphuric acid, and when freed from the acid by again washing it in alcohol, it is dried by removing the amalgam to a dry cloth, wdth which the moisture is completely absorbed. Press out the superabundant mercury by means of chamois skin or flat pliers, and it is ready for use. In one form of the preparation of amalgam a solution of the bicarbonate of soda is used for washing it, instead of alcohol. Some, however, omit the washing as unimportant, if not injurious. Recent researches seem to show that the ideas formerly prevalent of the injuri- ous effects of amalgam on the health were mainly unfounded. The composition of these alloys has, of late, been much improved, and their value as a material for fillings greatly in- creased. The teeth best adapted lor amalgam fillings are those belonging to Class First. See Copper Amalgam. See Harris' "Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Amalgam Carrier and Plugger. An instru- ment designed for carrying and introducing amalgam into the cavity of a tooth. Amalgam Manipulator. An instrument used by dentists for preparing amalgam fillings. AMA 42 AMI Amalgamate. To convert into an amal- gam ; to combine or coat with mercury. Amalgamation. In Metallurgy, the pro- cess of combining mercury with some other metal, as practised in separating silver and gold from some other ores. Ama'ra MedicamerTta. Bitters ; tonics. AnParin. The bitter principle of vege- tables. Ama'rus. Bitter. The principal bitters used for medicinal purposes are gentian, quas- sia, calumba, cinchona, etc. Amase'sis (amasesis; from a, priv., and fiaoT/ijic, mastication). Impaired or imperfect mastication. Amauro'sis (from a/uavpou, to darken or obscure). Gutta serena. Partial or total loss of sight, without any apparent alteration in the eye, arising from paralysis of the optic nerve, and generally characterized by dilata- tion of the pupil, immobility of the iris, and want of natural expression. Dental h'ritation may prove an exciting cause of this affection of the eye. Amaurotic. Affected with amaurosis. Amaurotic Cat's Eye {amblyopia senilis). An amaurotic affection, occurring chiefly in very old persons, and accompanied by remarkable paleness of the iris. Am'ber (succinnm). A hard, brittle, taste- less, bituminous substance, sometimes trans- parent, but often semi-transparent or opaque. Various colors are met with, but yellow or orange is most frequent. See Succinic Acid. Am'bergris (ambragrisea). A concrete substance, exhaling a pleasant aromatic odor, found in irregular masses floating on the sea, near the Molucca Islands, Madagascar, Suma- tra, on the coast of Coromandel, Brazil, Amer- ica, China, and Japan. It is thought by some to be produced in the intestines of the whale. Ambidexter (from ambo ; both, and dex- ter, right). One who uses both hands with equal facility. Amblo'sis. Miscarriage ; abortion. Amblyaph / ia (from a/i(llvc, dull, and «, the eye). Dimness of sight; partial amaurosis. Dental irritation may prove, an exciting cause of this affection of the eye. Amblyopia Dissitorum. Short-sightedness. Amblyopia Proximorum. Long-sightedness. AnPbon. The margins of the sockets in which large bones are lodged. Am / breas (ambreate). A salt formed from ambreic acid with a salifiable base. Am / breine (ambreina). The fatty sub- stance which forms the greater part of amber gris ; it is somewhat analogous to cholesterine. Am'bulance (from ambulare, to move about). A light wagon, furnished with everything necessary for attending upon the wounded on the field of battle ; also used for conveying wounded soldiers. Ambus'tion (ambustio ; from amburo, to burn). A burn or scald. AmePification. The formation of the enamel of the teeth by means of the enamel cells — ameloblasts. AnPelin. A new base, precipitated in the alkaline solution, from which melamin has been deposited on being super-saturated with acetic acid. Amelin'ic Acid. An acid generated by the action of chlorine upon caffeiu. AmePoblasts. The cells forming the enamel of the teeth. They are columnar in form, with the nucleus of each situated at its outer end. Amenoma / nia (amcenus, pleasant). A gay or cheerful form of mania. Amenorrhoe'a (from a, priv., /ajv, a month, and peu, to flow). A partially or totally ob- structed menstruation. Amen'tia (from «, priv., and mens, the mind). Imbecility of the mind. American Hellebore. Veratrum album. American Ipecacuanha. Euphorbia ipecac- uanha and Gillenia trifoliata. American Spikenard. Aralia racemosa. Am'ethyst (from a, priv., and /J.e-&vu, to be intoxicated). Purple rock crystal, a variety of quartz. Ame / tria. Intemperance. Amian'thus (from a, priv., and /uaivu, to pollute). Mountain flax ; asbestos, an incom- bustible mineral consisting of fine, silky fibres. AnPides. Saline compounds containing a base composed of one atom of nitrogen and two of hydrogen. AmPdin. The soluble part of starch, ob- tained by solution of the latter in hot water. Amid / ogen. A compound of nitrogen and hydrogen, N1I 2 , existing in combination with a few metals and organic substances. Kane re- yards it as the basis of all the ammoniacal com- AMI 43 AMCE pounds. According to him, ammonia is an amide (AdH) and ammonium a subamide (AdH 2 ) of hydrogen. Its symbol is Ad. Am'iline (ami/Jen). A liquid hydrocarbon, obtained by distilling hyd rated oxide of amyl •with anhydrous phosphoric acid. Amine. A base derived from ammonia by the substitution of a basic radicle for hydrogen. Ammo'nia (ammonium). Formula NH 3 ; often called ammonia gas. A transparent, col- orless, elastic, alkaline gas, of a penetrating odor and acrid taste, obtained by the destruc- tive distillation of animal matters. It is com- posed of three parts hydrogen and one nitrogen, and is supposed to contain a metallic base, am- monium. By Priestly it was called alkaline air. It is called the volatile alkali to distinguish it from the fixed alkalies — soda and potash. Its present name is derived from sal ammoniac, of which it constitutes a basis. In Denial Prac- tice, ammonia and ammonium carbonate are used as stimulants in the narcosis of anaesthetic agents. The chloride of ammonium is em- ployed in facial neuralgia, and the acetate of ammonium in periodontitis as a diaimoretic and refrigerant, when it is often combined with aconite or opium. Ammo'niac. Muriate of ammonia. Ammoni'acal ALum. A double salt, con- sisting of sulphate of ammonia and alumina. Ammo'niaco. A term prefixed to salts in which ammonia has been added in sufficient quantity to combine with both the acid and the base. Ammoni'acum. Gum ammoniac. The inspissated juice of the Dorema ammoniacum, an umbelliferous plant which grows in Persia. It is brought to this country in small white globules, clustered together, or in lumps of a brownish color. Dose, gr. x to gr. xxx. Ammo'niae Acetatis Liquor {aqua am- monia acetaire). A solution of acetate of am- monia. Ammoniac Carbonas. Subcarbonate of am- monia. It is stimulant, antacid, diaphoretic, and antispasmodic. Dose, gr. v to gr. xv. Ammoniae Liquor. Liquor of ammonia. Spirits of hartsborn. A concentrated solu- tion of ammonia. Ammoniae Murias. Muriate of ammonia. It is aperient and diuretic, but seldom used intern- ally. Externally it is employed — producing cold during its solution — in inflammations, etc. Ammoniae Nitras. Nitrate of ammonia. Composed of nitric acid and ammonia. It is diuretic and deobstruent. Externally it is discutient and sialagogue. Nitrous oxide gas is generated by decomposing this salt by means of heat. See Nitras Ammostue. Ammoniae Phos'phas. Phosphate of ammo- nia ; excitant, diaphoretic, and discutient. It is recommended in gout and rheumatism, as a solvent for uric acid calculus, and for diseases of the lithic acid diathesis. Ammoniae Subcarbonas. Subcarbonate of ammonia. See Carbonate of Ammonia. Ammonias Subcarbonatis Liquor. A solution of subcarbonate of ammonia. Ammoniae Sulphas. Sulphate of ammonia. Formed by adding sulphuric acid to sal am- moniae or to ammoniacal liquor. Its properties are similar to those of muriate of ammonia. Ammoniae Tartras. A salt composed of tar- taric acid and ammonia. Ammoniae Valerianas. Valerianate of ammo- nia. Used in neuropathic affections, like val- erian, etc. See Valerianate of Ammonia. Ammo'nium. A name given to a hypo- thetical compound of hydrogen and nitrogen, NH 4 , the supposed metallic base of ammonia. Ammoni'uret. A compound of ammonia and a metallic oxide. Amne'sia (from a, priv., and /noetic, mem- ory). Loss of memory ; forgetfulness. Am'nii Liquor. The fluid contained in the amnion. See Amnios, Liquor of. Am'nion (amnios). The innermost mem- brane which surrounds the foetus in utero. In Botany, the innermost membrane which sur- rounds the seeds. Am'nios, Liquor of (liquor amnii). The fluid exhaled \>y the amnios, and which envel- ops the foetus during the whole period of utero- gestation. The false liquor amnii is the fluid contained between the amnion and chorion in the early periods of foetal existence. Am / niotate. Amniotic acid combined with a base. Amniot/ic Acid. Same as allantoic. Amoeba. A genus of microscopic organisms belonging to the Protozoa. An amoeba consists of a single nucleated cell composed of granular protoplasm, which continues changing its shape by sending off irregular processes from various parts of its circumference. Amoeboid Cells. Cells, such as the white blood corpuscles, which move from place to place by a change of shape, and envelop parti- cles of foreign matter. Amoeboid Movements. The movements AMO 44 AMY of the motile, nucleated masses of protoplasm known as amoebae. Amo'mum Cardamo'mum [cardamomum minus). Lesser cardamomum, an East India plant, the seeds of which, when chewed, impart to the mouth a grateful aromatic warmth. Amomum Granum Paradisi {cardamomum majus). The plant which affords the grains of paradise, or the greater cardamomum seeds. Amomum Zingiber. The plant which affords ginger. Amor'pha. The name of a genus of plants of the order Decandria, of which only one species is known. The bruised root of this is said to possess anti-odontalgic virtues. Amorphous. Of an irregular shape ; with- out a determinate form. Amorphous Quinine. The substance Quin- oidine ; so named because its salts can not be crystallized. Ampel'ic Acid. An acid obtained from oils of bituminous schist. Am'perage. The electrical strength or force of a current measured by amperes. Amp'ere. The electro-motive force of one volt produced in a circuit with one ohm of re- sistance; equal to ^ centimetre-gramme-second. It is sufficient to deposit 3 grains of copper on the plate of a copper voltameter. The unit of strength. Ampere Hour. A unit of electric quantity equal to one ampere flowing for one hour. Ampharis'teros (from a/j.c, both, and ap&puaig, an articulation). A mixed articula- tion in which the articular surfaces of bones are united by an intermediate substance which ad- mits of but little motion, as the vertebras by the intervertebral cartilages. Amphibious. Capable of living in two elements — air and water ; as the crocodile, bea- ver, frog, etc. Amphiblestroi'des (from afifi^eapov, anet, and mS'ir. a resemblance). Reticular ; like a net. Amphidiarthro'sis (from ap.fi, both, and dcap&pocng, a movable articulation). The tem- poro-maxillary articulation is so designated by Winslow, because Lt partakes both of ginglymus and arthrodia. Ampulla. A term applied in Chemistry to a large-bellied bottle ; in Anatomy to the dilated part of the membranaceous semi-circular canal in the ear ; and in Pathology to a water-bladder on the skin ; hence, pemphigus is sometimes called Febris ampullosa. Ampullas'cens. See Alveus Ampullas- CENS. Ampul'lula (dim. of ampulla, a bottle). A term sometimes applied in Anatomy to a sac slightly enlarged in the centre. Amputa'tion [amputatio ; from amputare, to cut off). The removal of a limb, or any pro- jecting part of the body, by means of a cutting instrument. Amputation, Circular. Where the integu- ments and muscles are divided circularly. Amputation, Flap. When one or two flaps are left so as to cover the stump when the limb has been removed. Amputation, Joint (exarticulatio) . Wheu the limb is removed at an articulation. Amputation of Roots of Teeth. The cutting away of oue of the roots of a tooth, such as a molar, which has lost its socket from any cause — alveolar abscess, for example, or phage- denic pericementitis. The amputation is per- formed by means of a fissure-burr operated by the dental engine, or a common drill, by which a number of holes are drilled close together through the root and the interspaces cut out with the fissure-burr. The root should be cut off close to the bifurcation and the entire surface made very smooth. Amputation of the Apex of a Root. An operation performed in cases where a neglected alveolar abscess has produced a pus cavity which involves the alveolus to such a degree as to destroy a considerable portion of the peridental membrane of the end of the root, the cementum losing its vitality and the af- fected portion of the root becoming the seat of septic matter and proving a constant source of irritation. The affected portion of the root is exposed by means of an opening made through the soft tissues with a lancet or trephine, and gradually enlarged with a tent of cotton or lint, when the necrosed end of the root is removed by a fissure-drill and the end smoothed. Amyg / dala (from apv^u, to strain milk, from the resemblance of the blanched almond to curd, or milk strained and separated from its serum). The almond, of which there are two kinds — the amygdala amara and amygdala dulcis. The tonsils are also called amygdala?. Amygdala Amara. The bitter almond. Amygdala Dulcis. The sweet almond. See On, of Almonds. AMY 45 ANiE Amyg'dalae Oleum. Oil of almonds, which see. Amyg'dale. The tonsil. Amyg'daline. The bitter principle of almonds. Amygdalitis (amygdalae, the tonsils). In- flammation of the tonsils. Amygdaloid [amygdala, an almond, and eidoc, form). Having the form of an almond ; as the amygdaloid glands. Amyg'dalus. The common almond tree. Am'yl. The alcohol radical of a class of bodies resembling the ethyl series. It is, as now obtained, a colorless, transparent fluid, of slightly etheric odor and varying taste. It is found as an oxyhydrate in fusel oil from potato whiskey. Its formula is C 5 H n . Amyl Hydrate (amylic alcohol). Fusel oil. Potato starch alcohol. Composition, C 5 H 12 0. Obtained by the continued distillation of fermented grain. A valuable hypnotic. Em- ployed in mental disorders. Dose, Ub 15-75. Amyl Nitris (nitrite of amyl). Formula, C 5 H n N0. 2 . A clear, yellowish liquid, ether- eal, aromatic, volatile. It belongs to the class of compound ethers, and powerfully paralyzes the action of the smaller arteries and relaxes the inhibition of the heart. Employed as a remedy for spasmodic affections of the respi- ratory tract, and in threatened chloroform narcosis, in which it antagonizes cerebral anaemia by causing capillary dilatation and thus favoring the influx of blood to the brain. Also used in angina pectoris and in tetanus. Amyla'ceous. Having the properties of starch. Amy'Iene. Formula, C 5 H ]0 . A compound of equal parts of carbon and hydrogen. Ob- tained by distilling fusel oil with chloride of zinc. It is a transparent, liquid hydrocarbon, causing anaesthesia, but is dangerous to use. See Anaesthetics. Amylene Hydrate. A tertiary alcohol, caus- ing hypnotic effects. Dose, n\xxx-3j. Am'yloid (from amylum, starch, and £«5o,,-, form). Starch-like. Amyloid bodies are patho- logical products found in the membranes of the brain. They resemble starch grains. A / mylum. Starch. C 6 H 10 O 5 . Amylum Marantae. Arrow-root. Am'yos. Weak in muscle. Amyo'sis. Imperforate iris. Am'yous (Mi>oc, muscle). Without mus- cle, fleshless. Weak ; deficient in muscular strength. Amy rida'ceae. An order of dicotyledom ins plants, abounding in fragrant resin. Amyx / ia (from «, priv., and fivi-a, a mum- . Deficiency of mucus. A'na. A word, in Medical Prescriptions, signifying, of each. Its abbreviations, R and aii, are more frequently employed. It is also used as a prefix, denoting through, above, up- ward, etc. Anab'asis (from avafiauvu, I ascend). Aug- mentation or paroxysm of disease. Anabex'is (from ava[3//-Tu, to cough up). Expectoration. Anablep'sis (from ava, again, and /?/t-<„>, to see) . Eecovery of sight. Anab / ole (from ava, up, and fiaXXu, I cast). Vomiting ; expectoration. Anabroche / sis (froniava, again, and jipoxeu, to absorb). Eeabsorption of matter. Anacathar / sis (from ava, upward, and na-daipetv, to purge). Purgation upward ; ex- pectoration. Anacathar'ticus. Expectorant or emetic. Anachremp'sis. Exspuition. Anacla / sis (from ava/cAaw, to bend back). Peeurvature of any part. Anacrotic. Of a pulse marked by anac rotism or the presence of two or more distinct expansions of the artery in the same beat, the lesser expansion occurring before the principal one. If there is one minor expansion the pulse is anadicrotic ; if two, anatricrotic. Anacte / sis (from avanraoiiai, to recover). Eecovery of strength ; recovery from sickness. Anadiplo'sis (from ava, again, and fWAow, I double). A redoubling or frequent return of paroxysms or disease. Anad / ora. Excoriation. Anaemia (from n, priv., and aiua, blood). Without blood ; deficiency of blood, arising either from repeated hemorrhages or disease, characterized by paleness of the face, lips, and general surface of the body, by quick, feeble pulse, impaired appetite, etc. Spontaneous anaemia denotes a deficiency of the red cor- puscles occurring without any direct loss of blood. Essential or pernicious anaemia denotes a marked reduction in the number of Ted blood corpuscles. Chlorosis, a form of anaemia com- mon to females, is due to a deficiency in the formation of the red blood corpuscles. Local anaemia is due to diminution of blood in a part. Anajmot'rophy (anssmotrophia ; from «, priv., aiua. blood, and rpoipr/, nourishment). Deficiency of sanguineous nourishment. ANJE 46 AN.dE Anaesthe'sia (from a, priv., and aia^avofiai, I feel). Want of feeling ; loss of the sense of touch ; insensibility. Anaesthesim'eter. An instrument for nieas-uring the amount of an anesthetic administered. Anaesthe'tic. Pertaining to want of feel- ing ; as, anaesthetic agents — those which prevent feeling. They are divided into general and local anaesthetics : general anaesthetics being capable of producing complete insensibility throughout the entire system ; local anaesthetics possessing the power of paralyzing a certain part only. Anaesthetic Agents. The agents employed to prevent pain during surgical operations and parturition. The inhalation of the vapor of ether, chloroform, or of nitrous oxide gas will have this effect. The practicability of produc- ing it by the inhalation of a gaseous substance originated with Dr. H. Wells, a dentist of Hartford, Conn. ; but the credit of fully demonstrating that the inhalation of the vapor of sulphuric ether will anaesthetize has been very generally awarded to Dr. W. T. G. Mor- ton, a dentist of Boston, though the idea of employing this particular agent in this way is said to have been suggested to him by Dr. C. T. Jackson, an eminent chemist of that city. More recently Professor Simpson, of Edin- burgh, discovered that the vapor of chloroform would produce the same effect, and more promptly than that of ether. A recently pub- lished article by Dr. J. Marion Sims presents a strong array of evidence to prove the claims of Dr. Crawford W. Long, of Georgia, as the discoverer of the anaesthetic properties of ether. A mixture of chloroform and ether, known as chloric ether, is also used to produce anaesthesia. Its advocates claim for it the prompt action of chloroform and the safety of ether. Another mixture lor inhalation, known as strong chloric ether, or as alcoholic solution of chloroform, has been recommended by Dr. Warren. Other agents have also been used, such aschloro- hydric and nitric ethers, bisulphuret of car- bon, chloride of olefiantgas, amylene, benzine, alrtehyd, light coal-tar naphtha, etc. The following are the agents most commonly used : Chloral Hydrate, indirect and incom- plete in its action ; Carbon Tetrachloride, more dangerous than chloroform, but not so irri- tating : Chloroform, largely employed — death results from cardiac paralysis ; Cocaine, em- ployed as a local anaesthetic on mucous tissues, eye, and throat ; Ether, largely employed, and considered to be safer than chloroform ; Ethylene Chloride, closely resembles chloroform, but less of a cardiac depressant ; Ethylene Dichloride, chloride ether — rapid and power- ful, paralyzing respiratory centres ; Nitrous Oxide, used principally for the extraction of teeth, its effects resembling those of asphyxia; Methylene Bichloride, not much employed, as death from cardiac paralysis has followed its use. Anaesthetic Mixtures — Nussbawri 1 s : ether 3, chloroform 1, alcohol 1 ; Vienna Mixture : ether 3, chloroform 1 ; Vienna Gen. Hospital : ether 9, chloroform 30, alcohol 9 ; Medico- Chirurgical Soc. of London ; ether 3, chloro- form 2, alcohol 1. See Ether, Chloro- form, Nitrous Oxide Gas, etc., etc. Much judgment and care are required in the employment of these agents, as loss of life has resulted from their use in a number of in- stances. In general surgery and during par- turition they may often be used, no doubt with great advantage, but they should seldom be resorted to in so simple an operation as the extraction of a tooth. See Resuscitation. A variety of instruments have been invented from which to inhale the vapor of these agents, but the usual method of administration con- sists in pouring three or four teaspoon fuls of ether, or from fifty to one hundred and twenty drops of chloroform, into the interior of a hollow sponge, or on a pocket handkerchief or napkin, and holding it to the mouth and nose. In this way the vapor may be freely inhaled, and the desired effect will generally be produced in from seven to ten minutes with the former, and in from thirty seconds to two minutes with the latter. Rapid and deep respiration of the ordinary air is claimed by Dr. W. A. Bonwill as a partial anaesthetic. Anaesthetics, Local. The fatality attending the inhalation of the vapors of anaesthetic agents led to the introduction of what are known as local anaesthetics. Among the earliest of these is the method of producing insensi- bility of a part by applying a mixture com- posed of two parts of ice and one of salt. An instrument for applying this mixture to the tooth to be extracted, and the gum surround- ing it, is known as Branch's apparatus. See Branch's Apparatus. The danger from this mixture is in reducing the temperature of the parts so low that reaction will not follow, the result of which is loss of vitality and sioughing. AUJE ANA Another apparatus, known as Richardson's spray apparatus, invented by Dr. Benj. W. Richardson, of London, acts upon the princi- ple of directing on a part of the body, such as a tooth and the surrounding gum, a volatile liquid, ahsolute ether, having a boiling-point at or below blood heat, in a state of fine sub- division or spray, such a subdivision being produced by the action of air or other gaseous substance on the volatile liquid to be dis- persed. Dr. Richardson prefers absolute ether for use in this way, to any other fluid. Some prefer rhigolene to produce the freezing, as being surer, more convenient, and more easily controlled. See Richaedson's Speay Apparatus. See Rhigolene. Another method of producing local anaesthesia is by the application of the electro galvanic current. One pole of the battery, either the positive or negative, is attached to the handle of the forceps, and the other to a metal cylinder, which is held by the patient. The handles of the forceps are either wrapped with silk or coated with some non-conducting sub- stance, as gum-shellac, to prevent the shock from being communicated to the operator. This method was brought to the notice of the dental profession by Mr. Francis, in 1858, but is very uncertain in its results. Many other methods for producing local anaesthesia have been tried, such as compression and the use of benumbing or obtunding mixtures composed of cocaine and other agents. See Pain Ob- tundees. Anaesthetiza'tion. The condition of the nervous system induced by anaesthetics. A / nal. Pertaining to the anus. Anal dia. Defective nutrition. Analep'sis (from avaAfiTrriKog, restorative). Recovery of strength after disease. In Surgery, the support of a fractured limb by means of a suitable apparatus. Analeptic. Restorative ; applied to medi- cines and food which restore health and accel- erate the progress of convalescence. Analge'sia (from av, without, and ). Friction upon the body. ArPatron. Soda. An / atrope. Turning. Anau / dia (from a, priv., and avfiri, the speech). Privation of speech. Catalepsy. Anazotu / ria (from av, and azotum, azote, and ovpov, urine). A variety of chronic diu- resis in which there is a deficiency of urea. An / chilops (from ayx'-, near to, and onj>, the eye). An inflammatory tumor in the inner angle of the eye. Anchora'lis. A name applied to the cora- COid process. AnchiPsa Tincto'ria. The alkana of bhe pharmacopoeias ; the alkanet plant, used in me- chanical dentistry to color wax for taking im- pressions, etc. AnchiPsin. A resinous coloring matter extracted from alkanet. Anchylo'sis (ancylosis; ankylosis; from ayicvAoc, crooked). A stiff joint. True anchy- losis is a joint permanently rigid. False anchy- losis is a stiff joint deemed curable. Anchylosis of Lower Jaw. Inability to com- pletely separate the jaws. Stiffness and im- mobility of the temporo-maxillary articulation. . The causes are tumors, spastic or reflex spasm of muscles, disease of the temporo-maxillary articulation, adhesions, and cicatrices. It also results from chronic rheumatism or gout, or old age. Some disease of the synovial mem- brane, cartilage of the joint, or articular sur- face or extremity of the bone may interfere with the movements of the jaw. The general treatment consists in the gradual stretching of the cicatricial bands, combined with small in- cisions into resisting structures. The pressure should not be made directly upon the teeth, as they are forced out of position ; but plates should be adapted to the crowns of the poste- rior teeth, and the pressure be thus distributed . Very thin plates may be used first, covering a few of the teeth, wedges of rubber inserted, and, as space is gained, thicker plates, covering more of the teeth, may be employed. When there is great injury of the articulation, ex- cision of the condyle is necessary. An / con (from ayictov, elbow). The elbow; the olecranon process of the ulna. Anconse'us (from ayicuv, the elbow). The name of a muscle situated on the back of the elbow. Anconaeus Externus. Triceps extensor cubiti. AncorPoid. Resembling the elbow. Anc / ter. A fibula or clasp to connect the edges of a wound. AncunnuerPta. A menstruating woman. ArPcus (from ayicuv, the elbow). A dis- torted or stiff elbow. AncylobleprParon (from ayKvkr], contrac- tion, and fi'Acfapov, an eyelid). A disease of the eye, by which the eyelids are closed. Ancyloglos'sum (from ayicvXr/, contraction, and y'Auaaa, the tongue). Tongue-tied. Ancylo'sis. Anchylosis. Andranat'omy (avr/p, man, and avare/xvu, to cut up). Dissection of the human body, particularly the male. Androjpynus (from awjp, a man, ywi], a AND 49 ANG woman). A hermaphrodite. An effeminate man. Androma / nia (from avrjp, a man, and uavia, fury). Nymphomania. Androtom'ia (androtome ; from aw/p, a man, and re/ivu, to cut). The dissection of the human body. Anecpye'tus. That which is not likely to suppurate. Ane'mia. Anaemia. Anemo'nia. A camphor obtained by dis- tillation from Anemone nemorosa, Pulsatilla and praetensis. Its formula is 15 H 6 6 . Boiled with baryta water, it is converted into ane- monic acid, C 15 H 7 7 . Anenerg'ia. Debility. Ane / sis (from avijj/ii, to remit). Remission of a disease or symptom. Anet'ica (from aviripu, to remit). Medicines that ease pain. Anodynes. An / etus (aveotc, a remission). A generic name for intermittent fever. An / eurism (aneurisma ; from avevpweiv, to dilate or distend). A tumor formed, by the dilatation of an artery or of the heart. There are three varieties of aneurism: (1) When the blood in the dilated artery does not escape, but is covered by the arterial coats, it is called true aneurism; (2) when there is an opening in the artery and the blood escapes into the cellular tissue, which forms a sac around it, it is called false, or spurious, aneurism; (3) when, in opening a vein, an artery is wounded and blood escapes into the vein and causes it to become varicose, it is called varicose aneurism. Aneurism by Anastomosis. A purple spot in children caused by anastomosis of the minute arteries. Aneurism of Heart. Enlargement or dilata- tion of the heart. Aneuris'mal. Pertaining to an aneurism. Aneurismal Needle. A slender instrument for passing a ligature under an artery in order to tie it. Used in operations for aneurism. Aneurismal Sac or Cyst. The sac or pouch of an aneurism. Aneurismal Varix. The dilatation and pul- sation of a vein from the passing of blood into it from an artery. Anfractuos'ity (anfractus ; from am, around, and fractus, broken). A winding or curvature; applied in Anatomy to a winding depression or groove. The furrows which sep- arate the convolutions of the brain are called cerebral anfractuosities. 4 Ange'ial (from ayyeiov, a vessel). Vascular; abounding with, or full of, minute vessels. Angeiol'ogy. See Angiology. Angeio'ma. See Angioma. Angeiopathi'a. See Angiopathy. Angeiosteo'sis (from ayyeiov, a vessel, and oareuacc, ossification). Ossification of vesseLs. Angeiot'omy. See Angiotomy. Angel'ic Acid. An acid found with vale- rianic acid in the roots of Angelica. Formula, C 5 H 8 2 . Angiec / tasis (ayyeiov, a vessel, and enraaic, extension). Dilatation of a vessel, as aneu- rism, etc. Angi / na (from angere, to strangle). In- flammation of the throat and air-passages. Angina Maligna. Malignant sore throat. Angina Parotidea. The mumps. Angina Pectoris. A disease characterized by severe pain about the lower part of the sternum, accompanied by difficult breath- ing, palpitation of the heart, and great anx- iety. Neuralgia of the heart. Disease of the nerves of the heart. Angina Tonsillaris. Cynanche tonsillaris. Quinsy. Angina Trachealis. Cynanche trachealis. Croup. Angiography (angiographia; from, ayyeiov, a vessel, and ypaapov, the eyelid). Adhesion of the eye- lids to each other. AnkyIoglos / sia (from aynv/.oc, crooked or contracted, and yAuooa, the tongue). Re- stricted or impaired motion of the tongue, due to abnormal shortness of the fraenum lingua;. For shortness of franuni, it may be carefully clipped through with a curved pair of scissors, the points being directed downwards, and the tongue held upwards and backwards with the left handle of a director, as in the operation for ranula. Ankylomeris / mus (from aynvh], a con- traction, and//e/wf,a part). Morbid adhesion between parts. Ankylosed. Made rigid by anchylosis. Ankylosis. See Anchylosis. Ankylot/omus (from aynv?.oc, crooked, and teuvelv, to cut). A curved knife. Anneal (from the Saxon, annelan, to heat). To heat and cool slowly, as glass, gold, or other metals. Anneal'ing. The process of applying heat to a metal for the purpose of removing brittle- ness and increasing its ductility and mallea- bility. Glass is rendered less frangible by the same process. Without annealing, glass flies to pieces very readily, as may he seen in Prince Rupert's drops. In many of the arts the process of annealing is a matter of great im- portance, and in none more so than that of the dentist. Certain forms of gold emploj^ed for filling teeth, unless thoroughly aud uniformly annealed, can not be introduced in a suffi- ciently thorough and substantial manner to prevent its liability of coming out, and at the same time to secure the perfect preservation of the organ. Recently prepared gold foil does not require annealing, but after it has been exposed for some time to the influence of the atmosphere this process is necessary. During the process of manufacturing gold into foil it is necessary frequently to subject it to the process of annealing, which consists, after it is reduced to leaves, in heating each leaf separately to a cherry-red heat, either over the flame of a spirit-lamp or on a plate ANN 52 ANO of stone or metal over a furnace. But in annealing gold foil different methods are adopted by different manufacturers. See Gold Foil. In annealing gold during its prepara- tion for plate, less nicety is required. It simply consists in bringing the metal, after it has been cast into ingots, before it be planished, and also frequently during its lamination, to a cherry -red by putting the gold upon charcoal — or rather peats, which have a more equal and lively flame — and covering it quite up, tak- ing care that the thin parts of the gold do not become hotter than the thick. When the gold has by this process acquired its proper heat, it should be removed to hot ashes to cool, without coming in contact, more than possible, with the cold air, by which its temperature would be too suddenly changed. But gold, and even silver, are not so much affected by a sudden transition from heat to cold as are many of the other metals ; yet it does, to some extent, increase their brittleness. See Gold, Annealing of. Annealing Tray. A device heated by elec- tricity for annealing gold uniformly. Annel'ides (annelidie, annellati ; from an- nulus, a little ring). The lowest order of Cuvier's class Articulata. Their bodies consist of a number of segments, each of which is a ring. The leech and earth-worm belong to this order. An / nular (annularis; from annulus, a ring). Shaped like a ring. Annular Bone (circulus osseus). A circular bone, situated before the cavity of the tym- panum in the foetus. Annular Cartilage. The cricoid cartilage of the larynx is so called from its resemblance to a ring. Annular Ligaments. A name given to certain ligamentous bands, as the annular ligament of the radius, which is of a fibro-cartilaginous structure, and which, with the lesser sigmoid cavity of the cubitus, forms a ring around the head of the radius ; and the annular ligaments of the carpus and tarsus, to each of which there are two. Annular Vein. The name of a vein situated between the annular, or ring, finger, and little finger. Annularis. The finger between the little and middle lingers is so called because this is the one on which the wedding-ring is worn. An'nulate {annulatus). Furnished with rings or belts ; surrounded by rings. An nulus. A ring. In Anatomy, a cir- cular orifice traversed by a tube, vessel, or other organs. In Botany, the name of the membrane which surrounds the stem of the fungi. Annulus Abdominis. The abdominal ring. Annulus Albidus. The ciliary ligament or circle. Annulus Ovalis. The rounded border on the septum, occupying the place of the foramen ovale in the foetus. A / no. A prefix denoting above. Ano / daI. Taking place at the anode. An'ode (from ava, upward, and oSoc, away). The positive pole or electrode of a galvanic battery. That part of the surface of a body decomposing under the influence of electricity at which the current enters. An / odon (from a, priv., and odovq, a tooth). In Zoology, the name of a genus of lamelli- branchiate bivalves, the shell of which has no articular processes or teeth at the hinge. An'odous (from a, priv., and o8ovq, a tooth). Edentulous. Without teeth ; toothless. Anodyne (anodynus ; from up, priv., and oSvv?/, pain). A medicine which relieves pain ; as opium and belladonna. Anodyne, Hoffmann's. Spirilus setheris sul- phurici compositus; which see. An'odynia. Absence of pain ; insensibil- ity. Anod'ynum riar / tiale. Ammonio- chloride of iron, precipitated from water by potassa. Anodynum Minerale. Nitrate of potassa. Anomalot/rophy (from a, priv., o/iaXog, regular, and rpofr/, nourishment). Irregular nutrition of organs. Anomalous (from«, priv., and o/m'aoc, regu- lar). Irregular ; deviation from that which is natural or from the normal order. In Medicine, something unusual in the symptoms which properly belong to a disease. In Odontology, something unnatural in the conformation or growth of a tooth or of the alveolar arches ; and in Denial Pathology, in the phenomena of the diseases to which the teeth are liable. Anomalies of the Teeth and Maxillae. These may consist of deviations of structure and development in the character of the teeth and jaws. They may consist of an excess or deficiency in numbers, a lack of individual teeth being of frequent occurrence, while an excess of such teeth, commonly known as "supernumerary teeth," is also often met ANO 53 ANT with. Multiple or third dentition is another anomaly, some very interesting cases being re- corded. The total absence of teeth is another, though a very rare anomaly. Deviations from the normal manner of arrangement of the teeth are very common, and may consist of malfor- mation of the whole or part of the arch, or in the malposition of certain teeth in the arch. Other anomalies are imbedded or imprisoned teeth, migrated or misplaced teeth, abnormal size, form, and structure of both the roots and crowns of teeth, the union of two or more teeth, nodulated teeth, connate teeth, and ex- cess and deficiency of the roots of teeth. Anomaly. Deviation from ordinary laws, as sometimes seen in the development of certain organs or parts of the body. Anorexia (from av, priv., and op^iq, appe- tite). Want of appetite without loathing of food. Anor / maI (from anormis, without rule) . Abnormal. Irregular ; not in accordance with ordinary laws. Anorthop'ia (from opdog, upright, and oipig, vision). Vision in which persons are unable to determine when objects are not parallel or not symmetrical. Anos'ia. Health. Anos / mia (from a, priv., and off////, odor). Loss of the sense of smelling. Anos'tomous (ano, upward, stoma, mouth). Having the mouth above the nose. Anoxasm'ia (an, oxus, acid). Deficiency of oxygen in the blood. Ant, Anti (from avn, against). Prefixes to compound words which signify against, opposed to, counteracting, etc. Antacids (from anti, against, and acida, acids). Agents which neutralize acidity by combining with the acid and counteracting it, as prepared chalk and lime-water ; also medi- cines which remove acidity in the stomach, as the carbonates of soda, magnesia, etc. Antagonist (antar/onistes, counteracting). A term applied, in Anatomy, to muscles which act in opposition to each other, as the flexors and extensors of a limb. It is also a term ap- plied to drugs that neutralize the therapeutic effects of one another. AntaFgic (from avri f against, and alyog, pain). Medicines or remedies which relieve pain. Antal'kaline (from am, against, and alkali, an alkali). That which neutralizes alkalies. Antaphrodis'iac (antaphroditie ; from am. against, and acppodiaianog, aphrodisiacal). A term applied to medicines which repress the genital appetite. Antapodo'sis (from avraTvoch^u/u, I return in exchange). Succession and return of febrile paroxysms. Antarthrit'ic (antarthriticus ; from nvn, against, and ap&ping, gout). Remedies against gout. Antebrachial. Relating to the forearm. Antecenden / tia. The premonitory symp- toms of disease. Antela'bia (from ante, before, and labia, the lips). The extremity of the lips. Antem'basis (from avn, against, and £ju/3aivu, I enter). The mutual reception of bones. Anterior Aur'is. The name of a muscle of the ear. Anterior Intercostal Nerve. A branch of the great intercostal nerve, given off in the thorax. Anterior Splint. A suspended splint con- structed of iron wire, the invention of Prof. N. R. Smith, of the University of Maryland, for the treatment of fractures of the leg. By the use of this splint the patient with a frac- tured limb is placed in a position of ease and rest, instead of being in one immovable and constrained. Antever'sion (from ante, before, and verto, to turn). Displacement of the uterus in which there is a morbid inclination of the fundus forward . Ant'helix. See Antihelix. Anthelmintic (anthelminticus ; from am, against, and eX/uvc t a worm). A remedy for the destruction or expulsion of worms. An / themis (from avtieu, to blossom). A genus of plants of the order Composita\ The chamomile. Anthemis Cotula. The systematic name of the plant called Cotula foetida. Mayweed, dog-feunel, or wild chamomile. Anthemis Nob'ilis. The systematic Dame of the common chamomile. Anthemis Py'rethrum. The plant from which the pyrethrum is obtained. The Spanish chamomile or pellitory of Spain. An'thracene. A volatile substance ob- tained from the distillation of coal in company with naphthalin. Formula, C :!0 H n . Anthra'cia (from av&pai;, coal). Carbumu- lar exanthem. An eruption of imperfectly suppurating tumors with indurated edges. ANT 54 ANT An 'thracine. A poisonous substance or pto- maine obtained from pure cultures of the bacil- lus anthracis. Anthracite (from av&paij, a burning coal). A species of stone coal containing no bitumi- nous substance and yielding no inflammable gases by distillation. Anthraco'sis {anthracia carbopalpebrarum ; from av&paij, coal). A disease of tbe lungs pro- duced by tbe inhalation of coal-dust or otber solid particles. Anthraro / bin. Pheuol derivative. A yel- lowish powder used for parasitic skin diseases. Anthrax' (from av&paij, coal). A bard, cir- cumscribed, inflammatory tumor, resembling a boil, seated in a cellular membrane and skin on the back, which soon becomes gangrenous and discharges an exceedingly fetid sanies. A car- buncle. Anthrop'olite (from av&pu-rrog, a man, and /udog, a stone). A petrifaction of human bones. Anthropology (anthropologia ; from avdpu- nog, a man, and ?-oyog, a discourse). The doc- trine of the structure and functions of the human body. Anthropometry (from av&pwrrog, a man, and fierpov, measure). The admeasurement of the proportions of the different parts of the human body. Anthropot'omy (anthropotomia ; from av- dpuivog, a man, and reuvu, I cut). The dissec- tion of the human body. An'ti (avn). A Greek preposition signify- ing against, opposed to. Anti'ades. The tonsils. Antiadi'tis. Inflammation of the tonsils. Antia'gri (from avnag, a tonsil, and aypa, a prey). Swelling of the tonsils. Antebrachial Aponeurosis. A portion of the aponeurotic sheath which envelops the whole of the upper limb is so termed. Antibro'mic (from avn and fipu/wg, fetor). A deodorizer or deodorant. An agent that de- stroys offensive odors — as chloride of soda, etc. Anticar'dium (from avn, against, and KapSia, the heart). The scrobiculns cordis, or pit of the stomach. Anti'cheir. The thumb. Anticne'mium. The shin. Antidote (ardidolum; from avn, against, and 6l6ujil, I give). A remedy for combating or counteracting the effects of poison. See Poisons. Antifebrile (antifebrilis ; from avn, against, and febris, a fever). A febrifuge, or that which opposes fever. Antifeb'rin. Formula, C 2 H 3 NO. A white, crystalline powder, soluble in alcohol, but in- soluble in water. It is one of tbe antipyretics. Dose, gr. iv to gr. xv. Antihe'lix (from avn, against, and eXit-, the helix). The inner circle of the ear is so named from its opposition to the outer, which is called the helix. Antilith'ics (antilithica ; from nun, against, liOog, a stone). Remedies to prevent the for- mation of urinary calculi. Antilo'bium (from avn, against, and Twfiog, the bottom of the ear). That part of the ear which is opposite the lobe. Antimo'nial (antimonialis ; from antimo- nium, antimony). A preparation in which an- timony is an ingredient. Antimonial Powder. A peroxide of antimony combined with phosphate of lime. Antimonia'le Caust'icum. Chloride of antimony. Antimo'nic Acid (acidum stibicum). A combination of one part of antimony with five of oxygen (Sb0 5 ). Its salts are called antimo- niates. The best known of these is antimoniate of lead — the Naples yellow of the painters. Antimo'nii et Potas'sae Tar'tras. Tar- trate of antimony and potash. Tartar emetic. Antimonii Oxydum. Oxide of antimony. Antimonii Sulphure'tum Prsecipitatum. Precipitated sulphuret of antimony. Antimonii Sulphuretum Rubrum. Eed sul- phuret of antimony. Antimonii Tartarizati Vinum. Wine of tar- tarized antimony. Antimonii Vitrum. Glass of antimony. Antimo'nious Acid. Acidum slibiosum. A white powder formed by oxidating antimony with nitric acid. Its salts are called antimo- niates. It colors glass and porcelain yellow. Antimo'nium Diaphoret'icum. White oxide of antimony. Antimo'ny (antimonium; from avn, against, and fiovog, alone, because it is not found alone ; or, according. to others, from avn, against, and moine, a monk, because, as some affirm, Valen- tine, by a careless administration of it, poisoned his brother monks). Antimony is a heavy, solid, brittle metallic substance, seldom found in its native state. It has a slight inclination to a metallic lustre and a steel-gray color. Its sym- bol is Sb ; its combining number 129.24. Sp. gr., (5.8. ANT 55 ANT AntiodontaPgic (antiodontalgieus ; from avn, against, and o(hvra?/~co, to putrefy). That which is opposed to putrefaction. Applied to sub- stances which possess the power of arresting the process of putrefaction ; germ-destroying. Important antiseptics are corrosive sublimate, iodoform, iodol, carbolic acid, thymol, salicylic acid, boric acid, eucalyptol, etc. Antiseptic Gauze. Open cotton cloth im- pregnated with carbolic acid, resin, and par- affin. Antiseptic Ligature. Catgut or other material made aseptic by immersion in antiseptic solu- tions. Antiseptic Treatment. Consists, first, by ex- cluding all organisms from the wound ; second, by removing the organisms which may already have gained entrance ; third, by destroying the organisms which remain ; fourth, by re- moving dead and dying tissues and establish- ing free drainage for the escape of the dis- charges. Antispasmodic (antispastnodicus; from avn, against, and cxaopoc, a spasm). A class of medicines which possess the power of allay- ing or removing spasms and composing nervous irritation without any special or decided ten- dency to the brain . Antispas / tic (from avn, and a-au, to draw). Counteracting spasm. Antithe / nar. Abductor pollicis pedis, a muscle of the foot. Antither'mic. Antipyretic. Antitrag / icus ((tntitragus). A small muscle of the ear. Antitrag / US (from avn, against, and rpayoc, the tragus). An eminence opposite the tragus of the outer ear. Antizymot'ic (from avn, and ^vpoc, yeast). That which prevents or arrests fermentation. Ant'lia. A syringe. Antlia Gastrica. Stomach pump. Antod'ynus. Anodyne. AntrPtis (from antrum, a cave, and itis, a terminal signifying inflammation). Inflamma- tion of any cavity of the body, especially of the maxillary sinus. Antrum (avrpov, a cave or cavern). A cavity which has a small opening into it. Antrum Auris. The cochlea of the ear. Antrum Dentale. The pulp cavity of a tooth. See Dental Cavity. Antrum Highmorianum. Antrum of High- more, called so after the name of the anato- mist who gave the first correct description of it. See Maxillary Sinus. Antrum Maxillare. Maxillary sinus. Antrum Pylori. A cavity of the stomach near the pylorus. ANU 56 APH Anu'ria (from a, priv., and ovpov, urine). Literally, without urine, but the term is usu- ally used synonymously with ischuria, retention of urine. A / nus (a contraction of annulus, a ring). The opening at the inferior extremity of the rectum. The term anus is also applied to an opening of the third ventricle of the brain, which communicates with the fourth. Anus, Artificial. An accidental opening giving passage to the faeces. Anus, Imperforate. A malformation in which the anus is wanting. Imperforation of anus. An'vil. A mass of iron with one smooth surface, on which metals are hammered and shaped. It is used by smiths, jewelers, and mechanical dentists. Aor'ta (from aopr//, a vessel). The great trunk of the arterial system. It arises from the left ventricle of the heart, passes upward, forms a curve, and descends in front, rather on the left side of the spine, into the abdomen. When it reaches the middle of the fourth or fifth lumbar vertebra it bifurcates to give origin to the common iliacs. Aorteurys / ma, or Aorteuris / ma {aoprtj, and avEvpwu, to dilate). Aneurism of the aorta. Aortitis (from aorta, and itis). Inflamma- Apasr'esis. The amputation or extirpation of a superfluous or injured part, tion of the aorta. Apalol/ica (from mvalorr/c, softness, ten- derness). Accidental lesions or deformities of soft parts. Aparthro / sis (from a/ro, and ap&poc, a joint). Diarthrosis. Apatite. Native phosphate of lime. Apep / sia (from a, priv., and ■ketttu, to con- coct). Dyspepsia. Ape / rient ( aperiens; from aperire, to open). A mild purgative, or medicine which operates gently upon the bowels. Aperistat/um. Aperistation ; a small ulcer not surrounded by inflammation. Aper'tor Oculi. The lavator palpebral superioris. A / pex. The point or extremity of a part, as the apex of the tongue, nose, root of a tooth, etc. Apha'gia (from a, priv., and ayu, I eat). Inability to take food. Aphakia (from ", and *>//-", to say). A form of speechlessness which is of cerebral origin. Aphelx'ia (from mpeA/cw, I separate or ab- stract). A disease which induces absence or abstraction of the mind. Aph/esis (from a(pi?//u, I relax). The remis- sion or cessation of a disease. Ap'hodus. Excrement. Apho / nia (from a, priv., and }0f, white ; because it is of a white color). Silver ; Ag. = 108. A malleable, ductile metal of a brilliant white lustre. Argentum Folia / tum. Silver leaf. This, when not too thin, is sometimes used for fillingteeth, but in consequence of its hardness and great liability to be acted upon by the secretions of the mouth it is seldom employed for this pur- pose. Tin is by far preferable. Argentum Musi / vum. Mosaic silver ; a pre- paration of tin and bismuth melted together, with the addition of quicksilver. Argentum Nitras Fusum. Stick caustic con- taining four per cent, of silver chloride. For local use. Argentum Nitra'tum. Nitrate of silver. Lu- nar caustic. Argentic nitrate. A powerful as- tringent ; also escharotic. It stains the skin and other tissues black. In small doses it stimulates the heart and nerve centres. Used as a styptic in alveolar hemorrhage ; also to obtund dentine. Dose, \ to £ of a grain. Argentum Wrum. Quicksilver ; mercury. Argil'la (from apyog, white). Argil ; white clay. See Alumina. Argilla Pu / ra. Pure argil, or alumina. Argillaceous. Of, or belonging to, clay or aluminous earth. Argillaceous Tooth-polisher. See Tooth- polisher, Argillaceous. Ar / gilloid (argilla, clay, and emJoc, a form). Kesembling argil. Arici'na. An alkaloid, analogous in its- properties to cinchona and quinia, found in cusco bark. Aridity (ariditas). A term employed in Pathology to express dryness of any part, espe- cially of the chin and tongue. Arid'ium. A metal discovered by M. Ul- gren, of Stockholm. It is found in the mineral chromate of iron of Keoras. Its oxides are analogous to those of iron, but exhibit distinct reactions. Ar'istol. Dithymol-diiodide, C 26 H. 26 ^OI) 2 . A brownish-red powder, used as a deodorizing an- tiseptic and drying agent in wounds, abscesses, etc. Used as a substitute for iodoform. Aristolochia Serpenta / ria. Virginia snakeroot. This species of Aristolochia is an ARK 62 ARS herbaceous plant with a perennial root, consist- ing of numerous slender fibres, proceeding from a short, horizontal caudex. It is a stimulant, tonic, diaphoretic, and diuretic, and when taken in large doses occasions nausea, griping pains in the bowels, sometimes vomiting, dysentery, and tenesmus. Arkan'sas Stone. A stone used by dentists for removing file-marks from the surface of a filling and smoothing the abraded surface of tooth-tissue, also used for removing file-marks, etc., from metal plates of dentures. Arm (brachium). That part of the upper extremity between the shoulder and elbow. Armenian Bole. See Bole, Armenian. ArmiFla (armilla, a bracelet). The name of the membranous ligaments confining the tendons of the carpus. Armora'cia? Radix. The root of the Coch- learia armoracia. Horseradish root. See Horse- radish. Ar / nica. A genus of plants of the order Composite. Arnica Monta'na. The systematic name for the arnica of the pharmacopoeias, leopard's- bane. The plant, flowers, and root are nar- cotic, stimulant, emmenagogue, and diuretic, and have been used in amaurosis, paralysis, all nervous affections, rheumatism, gout, etc. The plant applied to bruises is also efficacious ; also the tincture. Large doses are dangerous, acting as an acro-narcotic poison. The antidote is vinegar. Dose, gr. v to gr. x of the powder ; of the tincture, gtt. xx to f 3 j. In Dental Prac- tice the tincture of arnica is employed for irri- table pulps of teeth ; also in periodontitis to prevent suppuration, and for wounds of mu- cous membrane. Largely diluted, it forms an efficient mouth-wash during operations on the teeth. It also prevents ecchymosis. Ar / nicin (arnicina). A bitter resin, the active principle of Arnica montana. Aro'ma apo/na, perl'ume ; from apt, intensely, and ofw, to smell). Spiritus rector. The odorous principle of plants and other substances. Aromat / ic (aromalicus; from apo/ia, an odor). Anything which has a grateful, spicy scent and an agreeable, pungent taste, as cin- namon, ginger, cardamom, mint, etc. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid. See Sulphuric Acid, Aromatic. Aromatic Vinegar. An acetic solution of cam- phor, oil of cloves, rosemary, and lavender. Aro / mine. A peculiar alkaloid obtained from urine. Arrache'ment (from arracher, to tear out). The separation of a part of the body, tearing it from the part with which it was connected. The term is sometimes applied to the extrac- tion of a tooth. Ar'raphon (from a, priv., and pa7/ t a su- ture). Without suture. A term applied to the cranium when it has no sutures. Arrhoe'a (from a, priv., and peu, I flow). The suppression of any natural flux. Amen- orrhcea. Arriere / Dent (dens serotinus). A wisdom tooth. Ar'row Root. The fecula of the root of the Marauta arundinacea, a plant which grows in the West Indies. See Maranta. Arse / niate (from arsenicum, arsenic). A salt formed by a combination of arsenic acid with salifiable bases. Arseniate of Ammonia (ammonise arsenias). A crystallized salt, formed by a combination of arsenic acid and ammonia or carbonate of ammonia. Arseniate of Iron (ferri arsenias). A salt formed by double decomposition by adding a solution of sulphate of iron to one of arseniate of soda. It precipitates in the form of a dirty green powder. Arsenic (arsenicum). The name of a metal of a blackish or steel-gray color. It is found native as an oxide and a sulphuret. Its symbol is As ; its combining number 753. Arsenic and its various preparations are among the most active of all poisons. The only known anti- dote is the hydrated sesquioxide or peroxide of iron. It should be preceded by the use of emetics or the stomach-pump. See Arsenious Acid. Arsenic Acid (acidurn arsenicum). See Arsen- ious Acid. Arsenic, Iodide of (arsenici iodidum). A com- bination of arsenic and iodine. Used in cu- taneous diseases ; also in form of an ointment in the proportion of three grains to the ounce of lard. Internally, the dose is a tenth of a grain. Arsenic, Oxide of. White arsenic. Arsenious acid. Arsenic, White. Oxide of arsenic, or arsenious acid. Arsen'ical Caustic. A preparation com- posed of two parts of levigated antimony and one of white arsenic. Arsenical Paste (pate arsenicale). A French composition, used as an application to malig- ARS 63 ART nant ulcers, composed of seventy parts of cin- nabar, twenty-two parts of dragon's blood, and eight parts arsenious acid, made into a paste with saliva. Arsenica'Iis Liquor. Fowler's solution ; arsenical solution. Arsenicum Album. White arsenic. Arse'nious Acid. White arsenic. Oxide of arsenic. This compound is prepared by di- gesting the metal in dilute nitric acid. It com- bines with the earthy and alkaline bases, form- ing arsenites. In small doses of ^ to T V of a grain it is tonic, alterative, and antiperiodic, while in large doses it is a virulent, irritant poison . This powerful agent has been extensively employed, both in America and Europe, for destroying the pulps of decayed teeth ; but in consequence of the great liability of a tooth, after the destruction of its lining membrane, to give rise to abscesses and inflammation of the peridental membrane, its indiscriminate use is rapidly falling into disrepute. Dr. Spooner, of Montreal, was the first to use arsenious acid for the destruction of an exposed dental pulp, but the discovery was first made known to the dental profession by his brother, Dr. S. Spooner, of New York, through the medium of a popular treatise on the teeth, published in 1836. The application of a fortieth or fiftieth part of a grain, with an equal quantity of the ace- tate of morphia, to an exposed dental pulp, will destroy its vitality in from three to seven hours, and often without causing any unpleas- ant sensation, but in most instances it is pro- ductive of more or less pain. It should always be used with great care to prevent it from coming in contact with the mucous membrane of the mouth, or from becoming displaced and being swallowed. To prevent any accident of this sort, the cavity in the tooth should be tightly and securely sealed up with wax or cot- ton saturated with sandarach varnish, or with a concave cap of metal over arsenical application and a temporary filling in the crown cavity. The following preparations, known as nerve paste, are in use : r£ . : Arsenious acid, gr. xxx ; Sulphate of morphia, gr. xx ; Creasote, q. s. M. To form a thick paste. J& . : Arsenious acid, gr. x ; Acetate of morphia, gr. xx ; Creasote, q. s. M. To form a thick paste. Dr. Kirk's formula is : Arsenious acid, in fine powder, gr. xx ; Cocaine hydrochlorate, gr. xx ; Menthol, cryst., gr. v ; Glycerine, enough to form a stiff paste. M. Arsenious acid is also employed to obtund sensibility of dentine, but is a dan- gerous agent, as its effects often extend to the pulp of the tooth. The opinion so generally entertained that danger to the peridental membrane and socket of the tooth might result from allowing the arsenious acid to remain longer in the pulp cavity than is neces- sary for the devitalization of that organ is combated by Dr. Flagg. The theory so long held that arsenic is soluble iu creasote is also disproved; nor is it probable that the addition of morphia is useful in allaying the pain inci- dent to the action of the arsenic. See Gorgas' " Dental Medicine." Ar'senis Potas'sae. Arsenite of potash. Ar / senite. A salt formed by the union of arsenious acid with a base. Arsenite of Copper. Scheele's green. Arsenite of Potash. Liquor arsenicalis. ArsenovLnic Acid. An acid produced by the action of arsenic upon alcohol. Art. The application of a system of rules to the performance of certain actions. Art, Dental. The application of the rules of dental surgery to the treatment of the diseases of the teeth and the replacement of the loss of these organs. Arte / ria (from cu/p, air, and r?/p«i>, to keep, because it was supposed by the ancients that they contained air). An artery. Arte / ria2 Adipo'sae. The arteries which secrete the fat about the kidneys. Arte / rial (arteriosus). Belonging to the arteries. Arterial Blood. The red blood is so called be- cause it is contained in the arteries. The pul- monary veins also contain red blood, on which account they have been called arterial veins. Arterial System. All the arteries of the body. Arterializa'tion. The conversion of the venous into arterial blood ; a term applied to the change which the blood undergoes as it passes through the lungs, produced by the evolution of carbonic acid and the absorption of oxygen. Arteri'ola. A small artery. ArterioLogy (arteriologia ; from aprr/pta, artery, and /"}y<;, a discourse). A treatise on the arteries. Arteriosteo'sis (from apTiipta^ artery, aud offreoi', a bone). The early ossification of an artery. Arteriosus Duc'tus. See Ductus Arte- riosus. ART 64 ART Arteriot/omy (arteriotomia ; from apTTjpia, an artery, and teiivu, I cut). The opening of an artery to draw blood. Arteritis (from apr?jpia, an artery, and trig, inflammation). Inflammation of an artery. Ar'tery {arteria). A firm and elastic cylindrical tube, composed of three mem- branes, — a common or external, a muscular, and an internal, — for conveying the blood from the heart. There are but two main arteries, the pulmonary artery and the aorta ; all the rest are branches. The first originates from the right ventricle of the heart, and the second from the left. It is by means of the arteries that the blood is conveyed to every part of the body. The pulsation of the arteries cor- responds with that of the heart. The principal arteries of the body are men- tioned in. the following table: Table of the Arteries. I. The pulmonary artery. The pulmonary artery, soon after emerging from the right ventricle of the heart, divides into two branches, a right and a left, which are distributed to the lungs. II. The aorta. The aorta arises from the left ventricle of the heart, and is the great trunk from which the other arteries of the body are derived. These are given off in the following order. At its origin it gives off" : 1. The anterior cardiac, or right coronary artery. 2. The posterior cardiac, or left coronary artery. At the arch it gives off three branches: (a) The arteria innominata, which divides into the right carotid and right subclavian. (b) The left carotid. (c) The left subclavian. The carotids are divided into external and internal. The external gives off : 1. The superior thyroid. 2. The lingual. 3. The labial or facial. 4. The inferior pharyngeal. 5. The occipital. 6. The posterior auris. 7. The internal maxillary, which gives off the spinous artery of the dura mater, the maxillary, and several branches which go to the palate and orbit. 8. The temporal. The following branches are given off from the internal carotids : 1. The ophthalmic. 2. The middle cerebral. 3. The communicans. The following are the branches given off by the subclavian arteries: 1. The internal mammary, which sends off the thymic, comes phrenici, pericardiac, and phrenieo-pericardiac arteries. 2. The inferior thyroid, from which the tracheal, ascending thyroid, and transversalis humeri are derived. 3. The vertebral, which forms within the cranium the basilar artery, which gives off the anterior cerebelli, the posterior cerebri, and many other branches. 4. The cervicalis profunda. 5. The cervicalis superficialis. 6. The superior intercostal. 7. The supra-scapular. When the subclavian arrives at the axilla it receives the name of the axillary artery, and the latter, when it reaches the arm, is called brachial. The following are the branches given off by the axillary artery : 1. Four mammary arteries. 2. The sub-scapular. 3. The posterior circumflex. 4. The anterior circumflex. The following branches are given off by the brachial artery : 1. Many lateral branches. 2. The profunda, humeri superior. 3. The profunda humeri inferior. 4. The great anastomosing artery. At the bend of the arm the brachial artery divides into the ulnar and radial arteries. The ulnar gives off : 1. Several recurrent branches. 2. The common intei~osseal. 3. The palmaris superficialis, the palmar arch, and the digital. The radial artery gives off the following branches : 1. The radial recurrent. 2. The superficialis volss, after which it divides into the palmaris profunda and the digitals. The arteries given off by the descending aorta in the thorax are : 1. The bronchial. 2. The oesophageal. 3. The inferior inlercostah. 4. The inferior diaphragmatic. ART 65 ART In the abdomen the aorta gives off : 1. The cceliac, which, at the distance of half an inch from its origin, divides into three branches: (a) The gastric or coronary artery ; (b) the hepatic ; and (c) the splenic. The hepatic artery, before it reaches the liver, gives off: (1) The right gastro-epiploie and (2) the cystic artery. The splenic artery gives off the pan- creatica magna, the left gastro-epiploic, and the vasa brevia. 2. The superior mesenteric, which gives off: (a) the colica media; (b) the coliea dextra; and (c) the ileo-colica. 3. The inferior mesenteric. 4. The emulgent or renal arteries. 5. The spermatic*. 6. The lumbar arteries. 7. The middle sacral. After giving off the foregoing, the aorta divides into two branches, called the internal and external iliac arteries. The internal iliac or hypogastric artery gives off: 1. The ilio-lumbar. 2. The lateral sacrals. 3. The obturator. 4. The middle hemorrhoidal. 5. The gluteal or posterior iliac. 6. The ischiaiic. 7. The pudica interna, from which the in- ferior hemorrhoidals, the transverse perineal, and the dorsalis penis arise. The external iliac or great artery of the lower extremity gives off : 1. The epigastric. 2. The circumflexa ifii. After passing under Poupart's ligament, the artery of the lower extremity takes the name of femoral artery, and gives off : 1. The profunda. 2. The anastomotica. When it reaches the ham it is called the popliteal artery. It here gives off articular branches, and below the joint divides into the anterior and posterior tibial. The anterior tibial gives off : 1. The recurrent. 2. The internal malleolar. 3. The external malleolar. 4. The tarsal. 5. The metatarsal. 6. The dorsalis hallucis. The posterior tibial gives off the following : 1. The peroneal or fibular. 2. The nulrilia tibise. 3. The internal plantar. 4. The external plantar, which passes ob- liquely outward and forward to the base of the fifth metatarsal bone. It then turns obliquely inward to the interval between the bases of the first and second metatarsal bones, where it inosculates with the communi- cating branch from the dorsalis pedis, thus completing the plantar arch. The digital branches are four in number, and supply the three outer toes and half the second toe. Artery, Angular. See Facial Artery. Arthralgia (arthronalgia ; from ap&pov, a joint, and a/.yoc, pain). Pain in the joints. Arthrit/ic (arthrilicus ; from ap-8ptnc, the gout). Pertaining to the gout. Arthritic Teeth. Gouty teeth are character- ized by short and thick crowns, heavy shoul- ders on the lingual surfaces, very dark color, square, dense, and hard, with markings which consist of transverse or encircling grooves. Arthritis (from ap-dpov, a joint). The gout. See Podagra. Arthroc / ace (from apftpov, a joint, and naiaa, defect). Disease of the joints, and espe- cially caries of the articular surfaces. The term is also applied to spina ventosa. Arthro'dia (from apfipov, a joint). A mov- able articulation or connection of bones in which the head of one is applied to a super- ficial cavity of another so that it can be moved in every direction. Arthrodyn / ia (from apdpov, a joint, and otiwy, pain). Pain in a joint; chronic rheuma- tism. See Rheumatism. Arthrol'ogy (arthrologia ; from apdpov, a joint, and /o;of, a description). A description of the joints. Ar'thron (aptfpov). A joint. Arthron / cus (ap&pov, a joint, and oyKoc, a mass, a swelling). A distinct cartilaginous body (one or more) which sometimes forms within the knee-joint. Sometimes applied to tumefaction of a joint. Arthropathia {ap-dpov, a joint, and -adoc, disease). An affection of the shoulder-joint with violent pain and swelling of the brachial portion. Arthrophlogo'sis [ap&pov, and u/o;. <>w, to inflame). Inflammation of a joint. Arthropuo'sis (from «/"''/""', a joint, and ■nvov, pus). Suppuration, or a collection of pus in a joint. Arthro'sia (from ap&pou, to articulate). Arthritis: inflammation of the joints. A genus ART 66 ART of diseases in Good's "Nosology," embracing rheumatism, gout, and white swelling. Arthro'sis (from aptipou, to articulate). An articulation. A joint. Arthrospon'gus (from ap&pov, a joint, and cr-o; }oc, a sponge). A white fungous tumor of the joints. Artic'ular {ariicularis ; from articulus, a joint). Pertaining to a joint. Articular Arteries of the Knee. Several small branches are given off from the popli- teal artery, which surround the tibio-femoral articulation, and, from their situation, are des- ignated by this name. They are divided into superior and inferior, and there are generally three of the former and two of the latter. Articular Veins of the Knee. These gener- ally follow the course of the arteries. Articula / ta. A term applied in Zoology to a primary division of the animal kingdom, characterized by an external articulated cover- ing, consisting of a series of rings, correspond- ing to the internal skeleton of verteb rated animals. Articulation (artieulatio ; from articulus, a joint). The connection of bones with, one another. Articulations are generally divided by anatomists into three kinds — namely, diarthro- sis, synarthrosis, and amphiarthrosis. Synarthro- ses, immovable, subdivided into schindyleses, or grooved joints ; gomphoses, in sockets, as the teeth ; and sutura, as the bones of the skull. Diariliroses, or movable joints ; gingly- mus, or hinge-like ; enarthroses, or ball-and- socket joints, and amphiarthroses, or joints of a mixed type. In Physiology, the formation of dis- tinct syllables or words by the organs of speech. Articulation, Confluent. The clipping of words or the running of syllables together — a symptom of cerebral disease. Articulation, False. A false joint formed between the united extremities of a fractured bone or between the articular extremity of a luxated bone and the parts with which it is in contact. Articulation of Artificial Teeth. The adjust- ment and arrangement of one or more artifi- cial teetli, so Ilia! it or they, if there he more than one, when placed in the mouth, shall sustain the same relationship to the organs with which they antagonize, when the jaws are closed, as the natural teeth do previous to their loss. Articulation of Models. See MODEL, AN- TAGONIZING, FOE ASTIEICIAL TEETH. Articulation of the Teeth. See Teeth, Articulation of. Articulation, Temporo-maxillary. See Tem- PORO-MAX1LLARY ARTICULATION. Articulator. An instrument used in Mechanical Dentistry for holding the models in position while the artificial teeth are being arranged and antagonized upon the plates. An articulator devised by Dr. Bonwill consists of brass wire one-eighth of an inch in diame- ter and of such shape and movements as to correspond with the mechanism of the human jaws. Articulat'us. Articulate ; jointed. Artificial (artificialis). That which is formed by art. Artificial Crowns. Porcelain crowns of teeth designed to be united to the roots of natural teeth : what is commonty called by the mis- nomer " pivot tooth." Artificial Dentine. A preparation composed of pure gutta-percha, while in a softened state, mixed with mineral substances, and used for temporary fillings. See Hill's Stopping. Artificial Eye. A sort of hollow hemisphere, painted so as to represent the anterior part of the globe of the eye, and enameled, applied beneath the eyelid. The manufacture of arti- ficial eyes has been brought to such perfection in Paris that it is difficult lor a common ob- server to distinguish the difference between them and the natural organs. Artificial Joint. A fracture united by the broken ends of the bone becoming rounded and smooth, and connected by a fibrous, liga- mentous substance ; a false joint. Artificial Lower Lip and Chin. It sometimes happens that persons are deprived of the lower lip and chin by wounds or other causes, so as greatly to interfere with the utterance of speech and the retention of the saliva. To remedy such loss, various contrivances have been invented, varied in their construction to suit the peculiarity of the cases to which they have been applied. In the construction of an appliance of this sort the first thing to be done is to take an im- pression of the lip and chin of a person, re- sembling, as near as possible, in these parts of the face, the individual requiring such substi- tute. From this impression suitable plaster or metallic models, dies, or casts are obtained, upon which are constructed vulcanite or cel- luloid substitutes. An old method was to ob- tain dies and counter-dies from plaster models ART 67 ART obtained from impressions. Between these a platina plate may be stamped, which, after be- ing fitted to the parts to which it is to be ap- plied, should be enameled and properly col- ored. Artificial Nose. As in the case of artificial lips, it is impossible to construct a substitute for the nose that can be worn without some inconvenience, yet the latter is by far more frequently called for, and happily can be made to subserve a much better purpose, as it can be more permanently and securely applied. The methods of attachment are various. The simplest is by means of a slip of leather, painted flesh color, passing up over the middle of the forehead and made fast under the hair. But this method is objectionable. The leather is visible, and it does not afford a firm and secure support to the artificial appliance. Another method consists in attaching to the interior of the nose a superior and two lateral wings, which are made to act above and on each side in such a way as to retain the piece in its place ; but it has been found that these cause not only a loss of the soft tissues against which they are made to act, but that they are liable to give rise to disease. Mr. Ballif, however, reports the case of a woman who had lost her nose in consequence of a syph- ilitic disease, for whom he constructed an artificial substitute with three wings, which he moved by means of a spring made to work by means of a button fixed in one of the nostrils. Although it caused a little pain at first, he states that this did not last long, and that she did not ultimately suffer any serious inconvenience from it. Celluloid (which see), from its plasticity and natural flesh color, produces the best results ; the lost feature may thus be restored in a most life- like manner. When the loss of the organ is the result of disease, as is almost always the case, it is generally complicated with the loss of other parts, generally of the hard and soft palate, which also, as far as practicable, require replacement ; aud in this case the two may be connected together in such a way as to serve as a mutual support for each other. Artificial Palate. A mechanical contrivance for supplying the loss of the whole or a por- tion of the hard or soft palate, or both. The simplest description of substitute of this sort consists in a thin plate of gold titted to the gums covering the palatine portion of the alveolar border, behind the dental arch ; con- cave inferiorly and convex superiorly, and confined by means of clasps fitted to one or more teeth on each side of the mouth. But this, while it prevents, to some extent, the passage of fluids and food from the mouth into the nose, remedies but very partially the defective utterance of speech, while the sharp edge of the plate posteriorly, if it be extended sufficiently far back to separate the buccal from the nasal cavities, is apt to interfere with aud irritate the tongue. But whatever may be the description of substitute employed, the advantages derived from it will greatly depend upon the accuracy of its adaptation and the extent of its surface. Vulcanite is now employed as a substitute for metal. In the application of an artificial palate it often becomes necessary to connect with it one or more artificial teeth, which can easily be done by extending the plate over so much of the alveolar ridge as may be required for the last-named substitute. Delabarre, Desirabode, Stearns, Hullihen, Blandy, and Kingsley have invented substi- tutes of this sort, some of which, especially Kingsley's, answer a most excellent purpose. For a full description of the various appli- ances which have been employed for remedy- ing defects of the palatine organs the reader is referred to Harris' " Prin. and Prac. of Dentistry." Artificial Respiration. See RESPIRATION, Artificial. Artificial Teeth. Contributing, as the teeth do, to the beauty and pleasing expression of the countenance, — to correct enunciation, to the function, of mastication, which they are the chief agents in performing, and to the health of the whole organism, — it is not sur- prising that their loss should be considered a serious affliction, and that art should be invoked to replace such loss with artificial substitutes. So great, indeed, is the liability of the human teeth to decay, and so much neglected are means of their preservation, that few persons reach even adult age without losing one or more of these invaluable organs. But, happily for suffering humanity, they can now be replaced with artificial substi- tutes so closely resembling those planted in the, jaws by the hand of nature as almost to elude detection, even by t lie most critical and practiced observers. Though there is a perfection in the works of nature that can ART 68 ART never be equaled by art, artificial teeth can, nevertheless, be so constructed and applied as to subserve, to a considerable extent, in the majority of cases, the purposes of the natural organs, though not so perfectly nor with the same convenience to the person wearing them. There are difficulties connected with the inser- tion of artificial teeth which none but an experienced practitioner has any idea of. Besides those of properly constructing and applying them in such a manner as that they may be easily removed and replaced by the patient, and at the same time be securely fixed in the mouth, and in such a way as not to produce injury to the parts with which they are connected or associated, there are sometimes others equally difficult to over- come. For example: the loss of a tooth in one jaw is generally followed by the gradual protrusion from its socket of the one with which it antagonized in the other, so that if that be replaced with an artificial tooth of equal size it will strike against this at each occlusion of the mouth, and prevent the other teeth from coming together. This ten- dency of the teeth in one jaw to protrude is always in proportion to the number lost in the other, and if not soon counteracted by the replacement of the latter with artificial substitutes, it often gives rise to an obstacle to their proper application which will require no little ingenuity and tact to overcome. If it were necessary, the author could mention other difficulties connected with this branch of practice equally great, but will let it suf- fice to state that there are few, formidable as they oftentimes are, which the well-informed and skillful dentist can not overcome. Substances Employed for Artificial Teeth. — Among the substances which have been em- ployed for replacing the loss of teeth are: (1) The crowns of human teeth ; (2) the teeth of neat cattle, sheep, etc. ; (3) the ivory of the elephant's and hippopotamus' tusk ; and, lastly, mineral or porcelain teeth. Human Teeth. — The crowns of human teeth are preferable to any other osseous substance, and when used for this purpose they should be of the same class as those whose place they are designed to supply. If well selected and properly inserted, the artificial connection with the alveolar ridge can not easily be detected. The durability of these teeth, when thus em- ployed, depends on the density of their structure, the soundness of their enamel, and the condition of the mouth in which they are placed. If they are of a close texture, and have sound and perfect enamel, and are inserted in a healthy mouth, they will last from six to twelve, or a greater number of years. Teeth of Cattle. — Of the various kinds of osse- ous substances employed for dental substi- tutes, the teeth of neat cattle are, perhaps, after human teeth, the best. By slightly altering their shape they may be made to resemble very closely the incisors of some persons ; but a configuration similar to the cuspidati can not be given to them, and in the majority of cases they are too white and glossy to match any of the human teeth. There are other objections to the use of these teeth. In the first place, they are only cov- ered anteriorly with enamel, and, in the second, their structure is less dense than that of human teeth, and consequently they are more easily acted on by chemical agents. They are, therefore, less durable, seldom last- ing more than from two to four years. Ivory of the Tusk of the Elephant and Hippo- potamus. — -The employment of ivory for arti- ficial teeth has been sanctioned by usage from the earliest periods of the existence of this branch of dentistry, but we must not hence conclude that it has been approved by expe- rience. On the contrary, of all the substances that have been used for this purpose, this is certainly the most objectionable. The ivory of the elephant's tusk is more per- meable than that obtained from the tooth of the hippopotamus. So readily does it absorb the fluids of the mouth that, in three or four hours after being placed there, it becomes completely penetrated with them. Conse- quently, it is liable to chemical changes ; and when several teeth formed from it are worn, they affect the breath to such a degree as to render it exceedingly offensive. The ivory of the tusk of the hippopotamus is much firmer in its texture, and, as it is cov- ered with a hard, thick enamel, teeth may be cut from it which will, at first, very much resemble those given us by nature. There is, however, a peculiar animation about the natural teeth which those made from this substance do not possess. They, moreover, soon change their color, assuming first a yellow, and then a dingy or dark bluish hue. They are also, like those just mentioned, very ART 69 ART liable to decay and to give to the air return- ing from the lungs an insufferably' offensive odor, which can not be corrected or prevented. They may be washed half a dozen times a day, and taken out and cleansed again at night, and it will still be grossly perceptible. But objectionable as this substance is, it is still employed by a few practitioners, and sixty years ago it was used by one-half of the dentists in the country. Mineral or Porcelain Teeth. — The manufacture of porcelain teeth did not, for a long time, promise to be of much advantage to dentistry. But, by the ingenuity and indefatigable exer- tions of a few, they have almost entirely superseded every other kind of artificial teeth. The French, with whom the invention of these teeth originated, encouraged their manufac- ture by favorable notices, and the rewards offered by some of the learned and scientific societies of Paris contributed much to their improvement. They were still, however, deficient in so many qualities that they re- ceived the approbation of very few of the profession, and then only in some few cases. It is principally to American dentists that we are indebted for that which the French so long labored in vain to accomplish. A want of resemblance to natural teeth in color, translucency, and animation was the great objection urged against the porcelain, and had not these objections been obviated they would have prevented them ever being extensively employed. Formerly, all that were manufactured had a dead, opaque ap- pearance, which rendered them easy of detec- tion when placed alongside of the natural teeth, and gave to the mouth an unhealthy and sickly aspect. But so great have been the improvements in their manufacture that few can now distinguish any difference be- tween them and the natural organs. The advantages which these teeth possess over every sort of animal substance are numerous. They can be more nicely fitted to the mouth, and be worn with greater convenience. They do not absorb its secretions, and, consequently, when proper attention is paid to their clean- ness, they do not contaminate the breath or become in any way offensive. They never change their color. They are not acted on by the chemical agents found in the mouth, and hence the name "incorruptible," which has been given to them. Artificial Teeth, Different Methods of Applying. — The methods of applying artificial teeth are : (1) On the roots of the natural teeth; (2) on a plate with clasps; (3) with spiral springs; (4) by atmospheric pressure. The peculiar advan- tages of each of these methods we shall point out briefly, as well as the cases in which they are particularly applicable. Artificial Teeth Placed on Natural Boots. — This method of inserting artificial teeth, on account of its simplicity was formerly more exten- sively practised than any other. If the roots on which they are placed be sound and healthy, and the back part of the jaws sup- plied with natural teeth, so as to prevent those with which the artificial antagonize from striking them too directly, they will subserve the purposes of the natural organs very perfectly. When thus placed they rest on firm bases, and if they are properly fitted and secured their connection with the natural roots can not easily be detected. But, unfor- tunately, the incisors and cuspidati of the upper jaw are the only teeth which it is proper to replace in this way. The insertion of an artificial tooth on a diseased root, or on a root having a diseased socket, is always followed by injurious effects. The morbid action already existing in the root or its socket is aggravated by the operation, and often caused to extend to the contiguous parts, and sometimes even to the whole mouth. Nor is it always proper to apply a tooth im- mediately after having prepared the root. If any irritation is produced by this preparatory process, the tooth should not be inserted until it has wholly subsided. The neglect of this precaution not infrequently gives rise to in- flammation of the alveolo-dental periosteum and alveolar abscess. See Bridge-work. For the manner of preparing a root and apply- ing a tooth to it, see Harris' "Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Artificial Teeth Mounted on a Plate with Clasps. — This method of applying artificial teeth, on account of its more extensive applicability, may be considered as more valuable even than that of placing them on natural roots. By this means the loss of a single tooth, or of several teeth, in either or both jaws, may be supplied. A plate may be so fitted to an aper- ture in the dental circle, and secured with clasps to the other teeth, as to afford a firm support to six, eight, ten, or twelve artificial teeth. ART 70 ART Teeth applied in this way, when properly con- structed, may last for many years. But it is necessary to their durahility that they should be correctly arranged, accurately fitted, and substantially secured to the plate, and that the plate itself be properly adapted to the gums, and attached to the teeth that are firmly fixed in their sockets. Gold was, for a long time, almost the only metal employed for making the plate and clasps. This, for the former, should be from twenty to twenty-one carats fine, and from eighteen to nineteen for the latter. If gold of an inferior quality be used, it will be liable to be acted on by the secretions of the mouth. Platina, when the teeth are to be united to the plate by means of a fusible silicious cement, answers a good purpose ; but there are few dental practitioners who have the facili- ties for melting and reconverting the scraps into plate, and when this can not be done, the use of it is attended with some loss. Artificial Teeth with Spiral Springs. — When at- tached to plates, the only difference between the method last noticed of applying artificial teeth, and the one now to be considered con- sists in the manner of confining them in the mouth. The former is applicable in cases where there are other teeth in the month to which clasps may be applied ; the latter is designed for confining whole sets and parts of sets, where clasps or other means of attach- ment can not be conveniently employed for their retention. When plates are employed, the teeth are at- tached to them in the same manner as when clasps are used, but instead of being fastened in the month to the other teeth, they are kept in place by means of spiral springs, one on either side of the artificial denture, between it and the cheeks, passing from one piece to the other. . I l.iiiosplicric or Suction Method of Applying Arti- ficial 'firth. — The method last described of confining artificial teeth in the mouth is often inapplicable, inefficient, and troublesome, es- pecially I'm the upper jaw ; and it is in such case-;, more particularly, that the atmospheric or suction method is valuable. It was, for a long time, thought to he applicable only for an cut ire upper set, because it was supposed that a plate sufficiently large to afford the necessary amount of surface, for the atmos- phere to act upon could not, be furnished by a piece containing a smaller number of teeth. Experience, however, has proven this opinion to be incorrect. A single tooth may be mounted upon a plate presenting a surface large enough for the atmosphere to act upon it sufficiently for its retention in the mouth. For a like reason it was thought that the nar- rowness of the inferior alveolar ridge would preclude the application of a plate to it upon this principle, and in this opinion many den- tists participated ; but they have succeeded so perfectly in confining lower pieces by perfect adaptation that they rarely find it necessary to employ spiral springs for double sets. Spiral springs are now but seldom used, and only in cases where malformation exists to such a degree as to render the use of the at- mospheric method or retention by means of clasps impossible. The firmness of the adhesion to the gums of the plate or base, to which the teeth are at- tached, depends upon the extent of the surface which the plate presents and the accuracy of its adaptation. It is also important that the teeth should be so arranged and antagonized that they shall strike those in the other jaw all the way around at the same instant. This is a matter that should never be overlooked ; for if they meet on one side before they come together on the other, the part of the plate or base not pressed on will be detached, and the. admission of air between it and the gums will cause it to drop. The application of artificial teeth on this prin- ciple has been practised for a long time ; but the plates formerly used were ivory instead of gold, and could seldom be fitted with suffi- cient accuracy to the mouth to exclude the air ; so that, in fact, it could hardly be said that they were retained by its pressure. Un- less fitted in the most perfect manner, the piece is constantly liable to drop, and the amount of substance necessary for such a base renders it awkward and clumsy ; and, besides, ivory absorbs the fluids of the mouth so read- ily that, after being worn for a few weeks, it becomes exceedingly offensive. Gold, platina. vulcanized rubber, aluminum, and celluloid are the bases upon which artificial teeth are now placed, and all of these materials answer an excellent purpose for plates constructed on the atmospheric or suction method. See Aluminum, Vulcanite, Celluloid. The application of artificial teeth upon this principle originated with the late Dr. Gar- dette, of Philadelphia ; and we believe that ART 71 ARY soon after he made his first successful experi- ment, Mr. John Woffendale, of New York, constructed a dental substitute for the upper jaw which was retained in the mouth in the same way ; and at the time he did it he was not aware that it had ever been done before. The adhesion may be greatly increased by the formation of an air chamber in the plate open- ing upon the gum or roof of the mouth. Artificial Teeth, Arrangement of. The prin- cipal points to be observed are : The centre— as the median line of the face should exactly divide the space between the upper and lower central incisors. The inclination: the central and lateral incisors should lean slightly toward the median line; the cuspids also, but less than the incisors, and the bicuspids and molars al- most straight or perpendicular. The lap : the anterior teeth should lap slightly, the cutting- edges passing each other enough to prevent lisping. The length : the relative length of the teeth is shown by the articulator, especially of the anterior ones. In a full upper and lower denture the length of the posterior teeth is us- ually left to the judgment of the constructor. The expression : the upper lip should project slightly beyond the lower one when the mouth is closed, and the lower lip should be more prominent at its upper edge than where it joins the chin. Fullness of the gum immedi- ately under the nose should always be avoided, to prevent giviugthelip a swollen appearance. The lower posterior teeth should rest upon the ridge and occupy a perpendicular position, and sufficient room should be given to the tongue. The first bicuspids of the upper set should articulate between the first and second lower bicuspids, and the natural rule for each tooth to articulate with two of the opposing teeth should be followed as much as possible. The anterior teeth should form a somewhat flat- tened arch and All the full width of the jaw, and the first bicuspids should be placed slightly iuside the cuspids, so as to bring the anterior teeth well in view. The posterior teeth should form straight lines and diverge as they extend backwards. The articulation : the anterior teeth of both jaws should be so ar- ranged that the point of the upper cuspid will come directly between the lower cuspid and first bicuspid, and the teeth so placed that no spaces are left through which the air will pass in the act of speaking and produce a whistling or hissing sound. Artificial Teeth, Selection of. The principal points to be observed in selecting the teeth for artificial dentures are : The shape — whether the sides of the tooth are to be nearly parallel or divergent ; the size — the width and length, especially of the incisors and cuspids ; the character — whether flat, or curved transversely or from gum to edge, or both, whether thin, translucent, and delicate, or thick, dense, and massive ; peculiarities— the presence or absence of transverse or longitudinal grooves or lines, cutting edges straight or round, especially at the angles; the shade— color to match the natural teeth and to correspond with the complexion ; position of the pins — transverse or perpendicular and their nearness to the edge of the crown of the tooth. The width of the front teeth is usually determined by the posi- tion of the cuspid teeth. Artificial Upper Lip. In the construction of an upper lip the method of procedure is very similar to that for supplying the loss of the lower ; the only difference consists in the method of attachment. Besides the straps cov- ered with beard, two plates are fastened to it, which pass up along the nose, and are secured to a pair of preservers, whose branches serve as a means of attachment. We should think the best method of retainingan artificial upper lip in its place would be to fix means of attach- ment on the inner side, which might be se- cured to the teeth. But a substitute for either the upper or lower lip can not be so constructed as to be worn with- out inconvenience, and it is fortunate that they are seldom required. The method of procedure consists, first, in tak- ing an accurate impression of the void occa- sioned by the destruction of the natural organ ; then making a model to fit the inequalities of the parts ; and afterward obtaining a metallic model aud counter-model, between which a thin plate of gold or platina is swaged. A fter fitting this accurately to the parts, it should be enameled and painted to correspond witli the rest of the face. Celluloid maybe employed instead of metal. Artocar'pus Integrifolia. The jackfrnit tree. Caoutchouc. Arvi'na. Old name for hog's-lard. Ar'vum. Vulva. Arytae'no. Pertaining to the arytenoid cartilages. Arytaeno-epiglottidae'us, or Arytaeno-epi- glotticus. That which pertains to the aryta> noid cartilages and epiglottis. ARY 72 ASH Aryt/aenoid {aryisenoides ; from apvraiva., a funnel, and eidoc, shape). A term applied in Anatomy to two cartilages of the larynx, and the muscles, glands, etc., connected "with them. Arytenoid Cartilages. The name of two cartilages of the larynx. Arytaenoid Glands. Small glandular, whitish bodies, anterior to the arytaenoid cartilages. Arytaenoide'us. The name of a muscle which passes from one arytenoid cartilage to the other. It is divided by some anatomists into three portions. Arytaenoideus Major. See ARYTiENOiDEUS Teansversus. Arytaenoideus Minor. See ARYTAENOIDEUS OBLIQUUS. Arytaenoideus Obliquus. The name of a muscle of the glottis. Arytaenoideus Transversus. An azygos or single muscle of the glottis. Aryth / mus {apvdfiog; from a, priv., and pv$poc, rhythm, measure). A term sometimes applied to an irregular pulse. Asafce'tida or Assafce'tida (from the He- brew word asa, to heal). A gum-resin ; the concrete juice of the Ferula asafcetida. An um- belliferous plant. It is antispasmodic, expec- torant, emmenagogue, and anthelmintic when injected into the rectum. Dose in pill, gr. x to 3ss. As'agin. Dragon's blood. Asapha / tum (from a, priv., and aaqc, clear). A cutaneous affection, consistiug of col- lections in the sebaceous follicles of the skin, which, when pressed out, look like small black- headed worms. Asa / phia (from a, priv., and ffav^ig, pulse). This term was originally employed to signify privation of pulse, but it is now applied to suspension of all the vital phenomena produced by causes operating on the respiratory organs, but in which life is not actually extinct. This term is now generally employed to denote the effect upon the body of the non oxygenation of the blood ; the suspension of vital phenomena when the lungs are deprived of air. The ex- cess of carbon dioxide in the blood first stimu- lates, then paralyzes, the respiratory centre of the medulla. The remedy in cases of sudden asphyxia is artificial respiration. Dr. John Mason Good divides asphyxia into four varie- ties : (1) Asphyxia suffocationis, asphyxia pro- duced by hanging or drowning. (2) Asphyxia mephitica, chokedamp, or asphyxia produced by inhaling carbonic acid or some other irre- spirable exhalation. (3) Asphyxia electrica, elec- trical asphyxia, produced by a stroke of light- ning or electricity. (4) Asphyxia algida, frost- bitten asphyxia, produced by intense cold. The effects of asphyxia upon the teeth are peculiar. It causes their bony or osseous tissue to be slightly injected with red blood, giving to them a faint red or purplish tinge. This is particularly observable in the teeth of persons who have been drowned or hung, or who have died of the Asiatic cholera, and was formerly supposed to demonstrate the vascularity of the hard tissues of these organs. See Resuscita- tion. Asphyxia Idiopath'ica. Fatal syncope, caused by relaxation of the heart. Asphyxia, Local. Gangrene. Asphyxia Neonatorum. A term applied to asphyxia of new-born infants. Aspid / ium Fi'lix Mas. Male fern ; poly- pody. The root has acquired great celebrity for its effects upon tape-worm. Aspiration. Inspiration, imbibition. Aspre'do (Gr. syn., rpaxufia ; asper, rough). A hardness and unequal roughness between the eyelids. Assafoe'tida. See Asafcetida. Assay" (from the French essay er, to try). A chemical process, the object of which is to determine the quanta of metal contained in any mineral or metallic mixture by analyzing a small part of it. There are two processes, the dry and the humid or wet. By the first the metal is ex- tracted by the agency of fire and fluxes, and it is by this assay that ores are bought and sold. The second is more accurate, and is accom- plished by dissolving the ore or other substances in acids and precipitating the metals from the solution. When the term assay is used alone, without the qualifying name of any metals, it usually alludes to the analysis of an alloy of gold or silver, or both, and is sometimes equivalent to parting. Assimilation (assimilaiio ; from assimilare, to make like to). The conversion of food into nutriment, a function common to all organized things, animal and vegetable. Nutrition. Asso'des (asodes ; from op//, loathing). A fever attended with internal fever, anxiety, and loathing of food. Astat/ic (from a, priv., and crau, to stand). A term applied to the magnetic direction of one needle neutralized by another, the two standing in any position, but not constantly north and south. Asthenic (asthenia; from a, priv., and o&evog, strength). Debility ; want of strength ; adynamia. AST 74 ATH Asthenol'ogy. The science of diseases arising from debility. Asthenopia. Weakness of the eye. Asth'ma (from aalov, the encephalon). Imperfect de- velopment of the brain. Ateloglos / sia (from areAr/g, imperfect, and yXuaaa, tongue). Imperfect development of the tongue. Atelogna'thia (from arelrig, imperfect, and yva&og, the jaw). Imperfect development of the jaw. Atelomyel'ia (from nrfAijg, imperfect, and fivehtg, marrow). Imperfect development of the spinal marrow. Ateloproso / pia (from areh/g, imperfect, and irpoGUTrov, the face). Imperfect develop- ment of the face. AteIostom / ia (from areh/g, imperfect, and orofia, mouth). Imperfect development of the mouth. Athaman'ta OreoseIi / num. The system- atic name for the officinal Oreoselinum. Black mountain parsley. An oil obtained from the seed by distillation ; was esteemed a valuable odontalgic remedy. Athaman'tin. An alkaloid obtained from the last-named plant. Athelas / mus (from a, priv., and ■$>//>/, a nipple). Inability to give suck, either from want of a nipple or some other cause. ATH 75 ATR Athero'ma (from a-&qpa, pap or pulp). A soft, encysted tumor, containing a substance of the consistence of a poultice. Atheromatous. Pertaining to atheroma, as an atheromatous tumor. Atheromatous Disease. Fatty degeneration. Athlet'ic {atkleticus). Possessing great mus- cular strength ; vigorous. At/las (from a-'/au, I sustain, because it sustains the head). The name of the first vertebra. Atmiatri / a (from ar/zog, vapor, gas, and carpeta, treatment). Atmiatry. Atmidiatrice. The treatment of disease of the lungs or mucous membrane by the action of vapors or gases. AtmorrTeter or Atmidom / eter (from (iTfioq, vapor, and /xerpov, a measure). An in- strument invented by Professor Leslie for meas- uring the quantity of vapor exhaled from a moist surface in a given time. Af/mosphere (from a-ryzoc, vapor, and atyaipa, a globe). The elastic, invisible fluid which surrounds the earth. Atmospheric Pressure, or weight of the atmosphere, is measured by the length of a column of mercury. A mercurial column, thirty inches in length, presses on a given sur- face with the same force as the atmosphere at its ordinary state ; hence the force of a sixty- inch column is equal to the pressure of two atmospheres : that of fifteen inches to half an atmosphere ; that of one inch to one-thirtieth of the atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric-pressure Cavity. A cavity formed on the palatine surface of a set of artificial teeth, to retain them in the mouth. Atmospheric Tension. The pressure of the air per square inch on the surface of a body. At the sea-level it is computed to be about 14.7 lbs. It decreases T V in., or ^ lb., per square inch for every 90 feet of altitude. Above 10,000 feet the rarity of the atmos- phere is apparent in quickened breathing and a higher pulse rate. Ato'cia (from utokoc, a root, which, with the ancients, signified barrenness, not from physical causes, but from avoidance of the man). Barrenness; sterility. At'om (from , to per- ATR 76 ATR forate). Imperforation, usually applied to deficiency of a natural opening. Atre'tus (from a, priv., and rpau, to per- forate). Imperforate in the anus or parts of generation. At/rici. Small sinuses about the anus, but which do not perforate the rectum. A / trium. A name applied to certain cavi- ties of the body ; as atrium vaginae, the vestibu- lum vaginae ; atrium cordis, an auricle. At'ropa (from arpcnrog, the goddess of dis- tiny, so called from its fatal effects). A genus of plants of the order Solanacese. Atropa Belladonna. Belladonna. Deadly nightshade or dwale ; a powerful narcotico- acrid poison. It is powerfully narcotic, dia- phoretic, diuretic, and repellent. It is applied to the eye to dilate the pupil previous to operations. Dose, gr. i, gradually increased to gr. j, daily. Atrophia (from a, without, and Tpo?/, nourishment). Such diseases as are character- ized by wasting or innutrition. At/rophy (atrophia; from a, priv., and rpetiu, to nourish). Marasmus. Atrophy. A gradual wasting of the body, usually attended by fever, loss of appetite, and impaired diges- tion. Any organ of the body thus affected is said to be atrophied. Atrophy of the Teeth. Odontatrophia. A name formerly used to designate erosion of the teeth ; an affection characterized either by perforations in, or discolored spots on, the enamel, of a shrivelled, yellowish or brownish aspect, of two, four, or more teeth in each jaw. The applicability of the term "atrophy," as the two principal varieties of the affection consist rather in a congenital defect — and most frequently of some portion of the enamel of two or more teeth — than in wasting, from want of nourishment, of any of the dental tissues, may. perhaps, be considered as somewhat questionable ; and this would seem to be ren- dered still more so by the fact that neither of the two principal varieties occurs subsequently to the formation of the enamel. But as the congenital form of the disease is evidently tin- result of altered functions in a portion of one or more of the formative organs, if not of absolute degeneration from vicious nutri- tion, the term was formerly regarded as the most applicable of any that could be applied to it. ICrosion of the teeth may very properly be divided into three varieties, each having dis- tinctive peculiarities which characterize it from either of the others. The first variety is characterized by white, light, or dark- brown irregular-shaped spots on the labial or buccal surface of the affected tooth. This variety occurs oftener than the third, and less frequently than the second, rarely appearing on more than one or two teeth in the same mouth. The temporary teeth are rarely affected by it. The size and shape of the spots are exceedingly variable. The second variety, which may very properly be termed perforating or pitting, is character- ized by irregular depressions or holes in the enamel, extending transversely across and around the tooth. These holes or pits are sometimes separated one from another ; at other times they are confluent, forming an irregular horizontal groove. They sometimes penetrate but a short distance into the enamel ; at other times they extend entirely through it, the surface of the walls presenting an irregular, but usually a glossy and pol- ished appearance, a peculiarity which always distinguishes this variety from other forms of erosion. Teeth are sometimes marked with two or three rows of these pits. Two, four, six, or more corresponding teeth of each jaw are always affected at the same time, the disease never being confined to a single tooth. In the third variety the whole or only a part of the crown of the tooth may be affected, the dentine often being implicated as well as the enamel, and in this variety the affected organ has a pale yellow or brownish and shrivelled appearance ; it is also partially or wholly divested of enamel, and its sensibility and susceptibility to external impressions are greatly increased. The disease is often con- fined to a single tooth, but more frequently it shows itself on two corresponding teeth in the same jaw, and the bicuspids are oftener attacked than the incisors, cuspids, or molars. The first variety seems to be the result of the action of some cause capable of destroying the bond of union between the enamel and the subjacent dentine subsequently to the formation of the crown of the tooth. When the affection occurs previously to the eruption of the tooth, the intermediary membrane, which constitutes this bond of union, may, at the affected place, have perished, as a con- sequence either of local or constitutional dis- ease.; but when the erosion occurs subse- ATR 77 ATT quently to this period, the destruction of this membrane at the eroded spot is, doubt- less, the result of mechanical violence. The second variety of dental erosion — which is always congenital, we have every reason to believe — results from constitutional disease, whereby the secretion of earthy salts depos- ited in the enamel cells or secretory ducts of the enamel membrane is interrupted, and, by occurring at the time this process is going on, prevents them from being filled, causing them to wither and perish, and hence the pitted appearance which characterizes this variety of the affection. In other words, the secretion of the inorganic constituents of the enamel being interrupted for a short time, the horizontal row of cells in the enamel membrane, into which it should be deposited, will not be filled, and, as a consequence, as might naturally be supposed, they waste away, leaving a circular row of pits around the crown of the tooth ; but as soon as the constitutional disease has run its course the secretion of earthy matter for the enamel fibres will be resumed, and, unless the child experiences a relapse, or has a second attack of disease capable of interrupting the secretory functions of the cells of the enamel membrane, the other parts of the enamel will be well formed. It is to the occurrence of eruptive diseases that the interruption of this peculiar function seems to be principally attributable. Erosion, characterized by an imperfect devel- opment of the osseous part of the crown of a tooth, discoloration, etc., of the enamel, is doubtless the result of diseased action in the pulp at the time of ossification. The nature of this affection under considera- tion is such as not to admit of cure. The treatment, therefore, must be preventive rather than curative. All that can be done is to mitigate the severity of such diseases as are supposed to produce it, by the administration of proper remedies. By this means the effects may, perhaps, be partially or wholly counter- acted . It seldom happens that eroded teeth, when the enamel alone is implicated, decay more readily than others, so that the only evil resulting from the affection is disfiguration of the organs. In the pitting form, when the dentine is implicated, the opposite may be the case ; hence the proper treatment is to form the pits into properly shaped cavities and to fill them. When the cutting edges of the incisors only are affected, the diseased part may sometimes be removed without inflicting injury to the teeth, or the lost portion maybe restored with gold if necessary. Atro'pias Sulphas. Sulphate of atropine. Prepared by dissolving atropine in strong ether, to which solution a mixture of sulphuric- acid and strong alcohol is added, drop by drop, until a precipitate is formed. Like bella- donna, it is anodyne and anti-spasmodic, but more energetic in its action. Dose, rt^ ij = T -i a of a grain, to ff\, iv, ■£$ of a grain. Poisonous effects follow larger doses. The antidote is infusion of galls and lime-water, first evacuat- ing the stomach. In Dental Practice, sulphate of atropine is employed in acute inflammation depending upon periodontitis and alveolar abscess and to allay the sensitiveness of in- flamed dental pulps ; in facial neuralgia, in the form of an ointment, consisting of gr. j to lard 3J. It is also employed as a substitute for morphia in a form of nerve paste. At/ropine (atropin, atropia). A highly poisonous organic base found in all parts of Atropa belladonna, and possessing the property, in the minutest proportion, of dilating the pupil of the eye. One- fiftieth of a grain is dangerous. It is a narcotic and a powerful seda- tive. v At/tar Qui (attar, essence, and gut, a rose). Attar or otto of roses. Attar of Rose or Oil of Rose. An essence prepared from the petals of the damask rose by distillation with water. The oil collects and floats on the surface of the water when it cools. Used as a perfume in dentifrices. Attendants (attenuans; from attenuo, to make thin). Medicines which increase the fluidity of the blood. At'tenuation. Emaciation. Applied to a process by which a fluid becomes of less specific gravity, as when it undergoes fermentation and parts with carbonic acid. Attoriens (from attollo, to lift up). A term applied in Anatomy to certain muscles, the peculiar function of which is to lift up the parts to which they are attached. Attollens Aurem. A lifting muscle of the ear. Attollens Oculi. A lifting muscle of the eye. The rectus superior. Attoni'tus. Thunderstruck. Apoplectic. Attraction (attractio ; from attraho, to attract). Affinity : tendency of bodies or parti- ATT 78 AUR cles of matter to approach one another and ad- here together. See Affinity. Attraction, Capillary. The power by which a liquid rises in a fine tube or between two plates higher than the liquid which surrounds it. Attraction, Elective. Chemical attraction. The tendency of those substances in a mixture which have the strongest affinity for one another to unite. Thus, if sulphuric acid be poured into a solution containing baryta, magnesia, and soda, it elects the baryta, and forms, by its union with it, sulphate of baryta. Attraction, Electrical. The approach of bod- ies dissimilarly electrified. Attraction, Magnetic. The traction of a magnet upon certain metallic substances, gen- erally iron. Attraction of Affinity. The tendency of the atoms of different bodies to combine to form chemical compounds. Attraction of Cohesion. Cohesion ; the force which unites similar particles into masses. Attraction of Gravitation. The mutual ten- dency of bodies to one another. At/trahens (attrahent ; from ad, to, and traJw, I draw). Remedies which attract fluids to the parts to which they are applied. Stimu- lants. Attrahens Auris. Anterior auris. The ante- rior auris muscle, which draws the ear forward and upward. Attrition (from ad, to, and terere, to bruise). Friction ; bruising. An abrasion or chafing of the skin or teeth, which wears or breaks the surface. Attry / tus. Chafing. A'typic (alypus ; from a, priv., and TVKog, a type). Literally, without type. Abnormally constituted. A term applied to periodical dis- eases which have no regular type. All. Symbol lor gold. Audito'rius Mea'tus. External opening of i he ear. Au / ditory (auditorius; fromaudire, to hear). Belonging to the organ of hearing. Auditory Arteries and Veins. The vessels which enter l be auditory canals. Auditory Canals. See Meatus A.UDITOEIUS EXTEENUS, and MEATUS AUDITOEIUS In- TEBNUS. Auditory Nerve. The portio mollis of the seventh pair. Au'ra Elec'trica. A cold sensation, that of wind blowing on a part, occasioned by the reception of electricity from a sharp point. Aura Epilep / tica. The peculiar sensation experienced before an attack of epilepsy, as of cold water rising toward the head. Aura Sanguinis. The odor exhaled from blood immediately after being drawn. The halitus. Aura Semina'lis. The subtile emanation from the semen, supposed by some physiolo- gists to impregnate the ovum ; but the exist- ence of this aura is not established. Aura Vita / lis. The vital principle. Auran / tii A'qua (aqua florum aurantii). Orange flower water. Aurantii Cor / tex. Orange peel. Auran'tine. Aurantin. The bitter prin- ciple of the orange rind. Au'rate of Ammo'nia. Fulminating gold. Au'ri Chlori'dum. Chloride of gold. Em- ployed in kidney diseases, impotence, etc. Auri et Sodii Chloridum. Chloride of gold and sodium. Employed in nervous dyspepsia, amenorrhcea, etc. Au / ric Acid. The peroxide of gold, so called from its property of forming salts with alkaline bases. Aurichalcum. Brass. Au / ricle. The external ear. Au / ricles of the Heart. The two cavities of the heart which receive the blood from every part of the body ; the right from the two venae cava? and coronary vein, and the left from the four pulmonary veins. Auric / ula (diminutive of auris, the ear). An auricle ; the prominent part of the ear ; also a name applied to two cavities of the heart. Auric / ular (auricula via ; from auris, the ear). Pertaining to the ear. Auricula'ris Abduct'or. A muscle of the little finger. Auric / ulo=ventric'ular Openings. The openings between the auricles and ventricles of the heart. Auric'ulum Retrahentes. Three muscles of the ear. Aurif'erous (aurum, gold, am] faro, to bear). Bearing or containing gold. Au / riform (auriforrnis ; from auris, ear). Formed like the ear. Auri'gO. Jaundice. Auripigmen / tum (from aurum, gold, and pigmentum, paint). Yellow orpiinent. Sesqui- sulphuret of arsenic. AUR 79 AUT Au / ris. The ear. Auriscalp / ium (from amis, the ear, and acaipo, to scrape). An ear scraper or cleanser. Au / riscope. An instrument for exploring the ear to ascertain the condition of the Eusta- chian tube. It resembles a flexible stetho- scope. Au'rist (from auris, the ear). An otologist. One who occupies himself with the treatment of the diseases of the ear. Aur'ium Tinnitus. Buzzing or ringing in the ear. Alarum. Gold. Symbol, Au. Atomic- weight, 197. A noble metal of a brilliant yel- low color, which does not tarnish. It is the metallic base for artificial teeth, and the mate- rial of which the best fillings in teeth are composed. Aurum Foliatum. See Gold Foil. Aurum FuFminans. Aurate of ammonia. The precipitate formed by putting ammonia into a solution of gold. Aurum Graph / icum. A gold ore. Aurum Musi / vum. Mosaic gold ; a prepara- tion used as a pigment for giving to plaster figures a golden color. It is a bisulphuret of tin. Auscultation (auscidtatio ; from miseulto, to listen). Auricular exploration ; used as a means of diagnosis in diseases of the lungs, heart, etc. Auscultation is either mediate or imme- diate. In the latter the ear is applied directly over the walls of the chest ; in the former a stethoscope is interposed between the ear and the chest. Auscultation, Immediate. That practised directly by the ear of the practitioner, with- out aid of an instrument. Auscultation, Mediate. That performed by employing a stethoscope or some similar in- strument. Autog'enus {autogenus ; avrog, itself, and yevUj to be born). Applied in Comparative Anatomy, by Owen, to parts developed from distinct and independent centres. Automat'ic (from avro/zari^u, to act spon- taneously). A term applied in Phyxiolof/i/ to those functions which are performed indepen- dently of the will. Automatic Mallet. An instrument for con- densing gold and tin foil in filling teeth, which is operated by pressing the point upon the metal in the cavity, in the manner of an or- dinary hand-plugger ; the socket holding the point recedes into the handle a short distance, and a blow is given which can be varied in intensity at the will of the operator. Automatic Mallet, Redman's. An instru- ment in which the blow is communicated by au outside spring, of such an arrangement as to give an elastic stroke. Automatic Mallet, Salmon's. In this form of instrument the hammer is centred by the spindle to prevent friction, and, instead of a steel spring, a catch-plate is attached to the end of the hammer, which engages with the spindle, and is operated by a fine wire spring. The hammer can be loaded with lead, so as to give a blow like that produced by the lead hand- mallet. Automatic Mallet, Snow and Lewis's. This instrument has a series of distinct grades of blows, regulated by a tension knob on the top of the handle, and by the extension of the socket piece the hammer is allowed to descend through considerable space. The different degrees of blows are obtained by means of the milled head upon the top of the handle or case, which, being turned, carries a screw- follower down upon the spiral spring, thus compressing the spring and regulating the blow. Automatic Plugger, Buckingham's. An in- strument adapted to the S. S. White form of the dental engine, in which the force of the blow is claimed to be entirely under control, being determined by a set screw, to be turned either right or left to increase or lessen the force. A collar on the hand-piece keeps the force under control, it being moved up or down by the thumb according to the force de- sired in the blow. In the same manner the blow can be suspended altogether at any in- stant without interfering with the rhythmical movement of the foot propelling the engine. The bit-holder has a small spiral spring at its inner end, which, after each blow, draws it back instantly to receive the next blow of the plunger. Eighteen hundred blows a minute can be given by this instrument when the engine is run at moderate speed, or, if desired, no more than seventy-five or one hundred a minute. Autonom'ia (from auto, and vo/ioc, law). The peculiar mechanism of an organized body. Autopho'nia (from arr<:r, self, and ou>vij t voice). An auscultatory process of noting one's own voice when speaking with the head close to the patient's chest, which, it is said, will be AUT 80 AZZ modified by the condition of the subjacent organs. Autoplas'ty. The restoration of lost parts. Autop'sy (from avrog, himself, and oi/«f, vision). Ocular examination. Dissection of a dead body. A / va=ka / va. See Kava-kava. Ave'nae FarFna. Oatmeal ; used as an article of diet for the sick. Avoirdupois Weight (from avoir, to have, and dupoids, weight). The English weight for all commodities except the precious metals, gems, and medicines. a See Weights and Measures. AvuFsion (avulsio ; from avello, to tear asunder). Pulling or tearing from ; a rending or forcible separation. Axilla. The arm-pit, or cavity under the arm. Ax / iliary (axillaris; from axilla, the arm- pit). Belonging to the axilla or to the arm- pit. Axillary Artery (arteria axillaris). The axil- lary artery is a continuation of the subclavian, extending from the clavicle to the insertion of the pectoralis major. Axillary Nerve {nervus axillaris). Articular nerve. A branch of the brachial plexus and sometimes of the radial nerve. Axillary Plexus. The brachial plexus formed by the last three cervical and the first dorsal nerves. Axillary Vein. Vena axillaris. A continua- tion of the brachial veins which terminates in the subclavian. Ax / inite (from at-wri, an axe). A mineral so called from its axe-shaped crystals ; an alumina-silicate of lime and iron. Ax'is (from ago, to act). A right line pass- ing through the centre of a body. In Anatomy, the second vertebra of the neck ; dentatus. In Botany, the part around which particular organs are arranged. Axun / gia (from axis, an axletree, and unguo, to anoint). Hog*s lard. Azela'ic Acid. An acid closely resembling the suberic ; a product of the nitric or oleic acid. Azoben / zide. A substance obtained by heating a mixture of nitro-benzide with an alcoholic solution of potassa. Azocar'byls. A name applied by Lcewig to organic radicals composed of nitrogen and carbon, as cyanogen, paraban, etc. Azoeryth'rine. A coloring principle ob- tained from archil. Azolit/mane. A deep red coloring matter obtained from litmus. Azoodyna / mia (from a, priv., Cw?/, life, and fiwa/ug, strength). Privation or diminu- tion of the vital powers. Azo'tane. A compound of chlorine and azote. Azote 7 (from «, priv., Co»/, life). One of the constituents of atmospheric air. See Nitrogen. Azote, Protox / ide of. A gaseous oxide of nitrogen. Synonym of nitrogen. Azo'tic Acid. Nitric acid. Az'otized. Impregnated with azote or nitrogen ; nitrogenized. AzotlFria. The condition in which an excess of urea is discharged in the urine. AzotiFric. A class of diseases characterized by a great increase of urea in the urine. AzuFmic Acid. A black substance de- posited during the spontaneous decomposition of hydrocyanic acid. A / zure. Ultramarine, a bluish-green color. Azure Stone. An azure blue mineral, the Dapis lazuli, from which the unchangeable blue color, ultramarine, is prepared. Az / urite. Prismatic azure spar. See Lazulite. Az / ygos (from a, priv., and C^yof, a yoke, because it has no fellow). Applied to single muscles, veins, bones, etc. Azygos Muscle. A muscle of the uvula. Azygos Process. A process of the sphenoid bone. Azygos U / vulse. A small muscle of the uvula. Azygos Vein (vena sine pari). A vein situ- ated in the right cavity of the thorax receiving, its blood from the vertebral, intercostal, bron- chial, pericardiac, and diaphragmatic veins, and discharging it into the vena cava superior Az / ymus. Unfermented bread. Az'zle Teeth. Molar teeth. 81 BAC B. B, in the chemical alphabet, is mercury. It is also the chemical symbol of boron. B. A. Bal'neum Aquse. A water bath. Bal'neum Are'naz. A sand bath (which see). Ba. The chemical symbol of barium. Bab / bitt Metal. A non-friction metal, named after Isaac Babbitt, of Massachusetts. In Prosthetic Dentistry, this metal, according to a formula recommended by Dr. L. P. Haskell, but first suggested by Dr. D. H. Goodno, is employed for dies in swaging plates. This formula is as follows : Copper, 1 pound ; anti- mony, 2 pounds ; and tin, 8 pounds. As a counter-die for such a die, Dr. Haskell's form- ula is lead with about one-eighth tin. A formula by Dr. Haskell consists of tin, 72.72 ; copper, 9.09; antimony, 18.18. Fletcher's formula is Banca tin, 96 pounds ; regulus anti- mony, 8 pounds ; copper, 4 pounds. Bac / chi / a (from bacchus, wine). A red or pimpled face resulting from intemperance. Gutta rosacea. Acne. Bacillus (from baciltiim, a little rod). Micro organism of a cylindrical or club-shaped, straight, mobile or immobile form, and consid- ered to be directly or indirectly the cause of many diseases ; cylindrical or oval cells which connect and form rods or cells ; they always develop from a rod shaped organism ; many of them are pathogenic. Bacteraem'ia. A condition in which the blood contains bacteria. Bacteria (from fiaicTT/piov, a little staff). Micro-organisms or microbes now regarded as belonging to the vegetable kingdom. Accord- ing to Cohn, their characters are cells, cylindri- cal or elliptical, free or united in pairs, never in chains, sometimes in zoiigloea ; but the rod forms are now generally included under bacillus. Bacteria Pertaining to the Mouth. Defini- tions of: Parasites are defined as plants or animals living upon other plants or animals ; and, being in most instances microscopical in size, in the animal organism they are classi- fied as Micro-organisms, Microbes, or Bacteria. Bacteria are generally considered as belonging to the vegetable kingdom, the Micrococci be- ing the smallest of all the bacterial forms. Bacteria comprise the members of the genus 6 Bacterium — such of the genera as are desig- nated Bacillus, Bacterium, Spirillum, Micro- coccus, Diplococcus, Streptococcus, and Staphy- lococcus. Bacteria are classed as non-pathogenic — those which do not directly cause disease ; and as pathogenic — those which are the direct cause of disease. The non-pathogenic bacteria have no power to penetrate the tissues ; the patho- genic have such a power, and flourish in dead and dying matter. The non-pathogenic, on entering discharges and dying tissues, increase rapidly and produce certain poisonous sub- stances of an irritating character, called ptomaines, and their absorption by the system induces septic intoxication, ptomaine fever, or septicaemia. The pathogenic not only in- vade the living tissues and destroy them, but also enter the circulation through wounds and abrasions, and are carried to all parts of the body, increase very rapidly, and produce poisonous and irritating substances. Patho- genic micro-organisms are divided into micro- cocci and bacilli. Micrococci are tiny globe-like masses, in some cases separate, and in others united in two or more, or disposed in chains or chaplets. When two micrococci are united, they are called Diplococci ; when many are united in a cluster, they are called Staphylococci ; when in chains or chaplets, they are called Strepto- cocci. The Bacterium lactis is a short, straight, rod-like bacillus, which forms lactic acid and causes the souring of milk. It is an active agent in producing decay of the teeth (dental caries). The Oidium lactis (milk mold) is another micro-organism which is found in the mouth. The LeptotJirix buccalis is another bacterium common to the mouth, and closely associated with dental caries ; it is in the form of a long, unbranched, slender, thread-like bacillus, and is usually grouped in masses and multiplies with great rapidity. The slender threads (the common forms of this micro-organism) arc delicate, structureless fibres of various lengths, and are either straight or curved, as the fibre is long or short. Scarcely any part of the mouth is free from this fungus, and where particles of carious matter are removed from the teeth, or BAC 82 BAC matter taken from the interstices of the teeth or from about their necks or from the sur- face of the tongue, straight rods project like the bristles from a brush. On matter re- moved from the surface of inflamed or ulcer- ated mucous membrane or gums, the fibres of the leptothrix are long and curved, and spread out like diverging rays, resembling in form and appearance twisted masses of fine hair. In some cases these thread-like projec- tions are intertwined like the meshes of a net. The free ends of the fibres have a slight vibra- tory motion, and small particles are constantly being detached. The bacillus is an indi- vidual bacterium of rod-like form, aud in- cludes all the elongated forms of bacteria except such as are spiral and have a vibratory motion, which are classed as belonging to the genus Spirillum, which is also an individual bacterium whose elements are curved and spiral or screw- like. Bacilli are rigid or flexible, motile or non-motile, and are repro- duced either by direct fission or division or by the formation of a cell within the body of the parent cell — endogenous spore-formation, which is very rapid. Cohn has calculated that if it should take one hour to complete the process of segmentation and for the new cell to attain the size of the parent cell, one coccus multiplying by this process would in one day produce 16,000,000 cocci ; at the end of two days, 281,000,000,000 ; while at the end of the third day it would have reached the enormous number of 46,000,000,000,000. The cells of the bacillus form straight or bent rods, whose length is two or more times as great as the width. Bacillus dentalis viri- dans is found in the superficial layers of carious teeth in the form of slightly curved rods with rounded ends, single or paired. The Bacillus of Miller, found in carious teeth, is a non- motile, delicate, straight or crooked rod, often found in pairs forming S- or O-shapes ; it pro- duces caries of the teeth. The Bacillus pulpse pyogenes is found in putrescent tooth-pulps in the form of somewhat accumulated rods, in pairs or in chains. Bacillus ulna is found in the buccal cavity in the form of long straight rods, often in pairs. Bacillus Icrmo is found in the buccal cavity in the, form of very motile, broad, cylindrical, flagellate rods. The Micrococcus foetid us of Rosenbach is found in carious teeth in the form of very small cocci, and produces a fetid odor. The Micro- coceus I'asleuri is found in saliva in the form of immovable oval cocci, usually in pairs and often capsulated. Spirillum rugula is found in the buccal cavity in the form of rotating, motile, flagellate rods, thick, bent, or spiral. Streptococcus : cocci arranged in wreath forms. Streptococcus acidi lactici is found in curdled milk in the form of non-motile cells, thick, and arranged in long rows. Streptococcus flexuosus is found in the mouth in the form of circular or oval cells forming serpentine chains. Streptococcus nomse is found in gangrenous stomatitis (cancrum oris) in the form of broad cocci. Streptococcus putrefaciens is found in putrefying substances in the form of broad spherical cells forming short filaments. Vibrio is like spirillum, but more elongated, and the screw form less pronounced. Vibrio nasalis is found in the buccal cavity and also in nasal mucus in the form of non-motile curved rods, undulate filaments, and screw forms. Oidium is a genus of parasitic fungi. Oidium albicans is peculiar to thrush, and is in the form of white, spherical, oval, or cylindrical cells, or forming long filaments. Oidium lactis, found in sour milk and butter, bread, etc., is in the form of white, dense, undulating fila- ments, from which ascend other filaments that divide into rows of cylindrical spores ; it is not pathogenic. Saccharomyces are round or oval cells or in chains, increasing by budding or by spores ; sometimes forming filaments (myce- lium). Saccharomyces albicans is the same form as Oidium albicans and similar to this latter ; also peculiar to thrush. The term Microbe is applied to minute forms of life ; micro-organisms, animal or vegetable. The term Microzoa distinguishes microscopical ani- mal life from microscopical vegetable forms. A e'robic microbes are microbes requiring oxygen for their development. Pyogenic or pus mi- crobes have the effect of converting the inflam- matory exudates, leucocytes, and cellular elements of the tissues, by specific action, into pus-corpuscles, and are therefore called pyogenic or pus microbes. Micrococcus pyo- genes tenuis is found in the pus of an abscess, and is of irregular shape ; cocci without spe- cial arrangement. Streptococcus pyogenes is found under normal conditions in the saliva and mucous secretions of the mouth and nasal passages, usually alone, but sometimes with staphylococci. It is in the form of chains or rows, usually from six to ten being attached together. Staphylococcus is found in pus in the form of cocci, immobile, and arranged in BAC 83 BAN masses. Amoeba are motile, nucleated masses of protoplasm, exhibiting amoeboid move- ments, and spontaneously projecting part of their substance to form temporary processes (pseudopodia). Monas are rounded cells. Bacterial. Of or belonging to or derived from bacteria. - Bacte'ricide. An agent destroying bacteria. See Germicide. Bacteriology (from (iaK-npiov, a little staff, and A<>yof, science). The science which treats of bacteria or of micro-organisms. Bacte'rium. A genus of micro-organisms comprising the short, straight rod forms, usu- ally without spores. Bacte'roid. Eesembling bacteria or a bac- terium. Bailey's Flask. For making metal dies. It consists of two semi-elliptical rings of iron — one nearly straight, the other a truncated cone with four keys jointed so as to fit together. The straight ring is used as a casting-box for the sand as well as a form for the lead ; the other gives the proper shape to the zinc. BaFance (bilanx; from bis, twice, and lanx, a dish). Literally, the double dish. A pair of scales for weighing bodies, consisting of a beam suspended exactly in the middle, with a scale or basin of equal weight attached to each extremity. Balance Electrometer. An instrument for estimating the mutual attraction of oppositely electrified surfaces. BaFanios. A gem, a sort of carbuncle. BaFanism (Salavic, a pessary). The appli- cation of a pessary. Balani 'tis. Inflammation of the glans penis and prepuce. Balano=posthi'tis. Inflammation of the glan penis and prepuce, attended by a foetid, muco-purulent discharge. BaFanus (/JaAavoc, an acorn, a gland). The glans penis, the glans clitoridis. BaFbus. Tongue-tied ; a stammerer. Balbu'ties (from balbutio, to stammer). Stammering ; a defect of articulation, the causes of which are but little understood. Ballis mus (from ficrtufa, to dance). Chorea; St. Vitus's dance. BalloFtement (French). The motion im- parted to the foetus in utero by an impulse of the fingers or baud. BaFneum Animale. An animal bath. A term used to indicate that application of heat which was made by opening a newly-killed animal and applying it to a part or the whole of the body. Balneum Arenae. The sand bath. Balneum Mariae. Iu Chemistry, tte salt-water bath. Balneum Vaporis. The steam bath. BaFsam (bateamum ; from baal samen, Hebrew). The name of any natural vegetable resin, concrete or liquid, having a strong odor, inflammable, not soluble in water, but readily dissolved in volatile oil, alcohol, or ether. There are five natural balsams : namely, those of Peru and tolu, benzoin, solid styrax, and liquid styrax. Besides these, there are a num- ber of pharmaceutical preparations and resin- ous substances which have a balsamic odor that have received the name of balsam. But these last are termed artificial balsams. Balsam, Canada. Canada turpentine ; bal- sam of fir ; the product of the Abies balsamea. It is transparent when fresh, of a slightly yel- lowish color, of the consistence of honey; has an acrid, bitterish taste and a strong, agree- able odor. Balsam, Chalybeate. A mixture of nitrate of iron, alcohol, and oil. BaFux. A name applied to iron sands con- taining gold. Bamba Iia. Stammering. Bam'bax. Cotton. Bamboo 7 . A plant of the reed kind, grow- ing in India and other warm climates. Banan'a. A tropical tree ; a species of the Musa, the fruit of which is extensively used as an article of diet. Ban'dage. A piece of cloth for surrounding- parts of the body in surgical operations or for binding up a wound. A bandage may be simple or compound. The first consists of a simple piece of cloth intended to encircle a limb or part. The second, of two or more pieces united. Names expressive of the manner of its applica- tion and its shape have been given to the ban- dage : as the circular, the spiral, the spica, the figure-of-eight, the T-bandage, the recurrent, the four-tailed, etc. In the circular bandage the turns pass nearly horizontally around portions of the limb, of equal diameter, one turn overlapping the other at fixed intervals. The spiral bandage ascends a more or less conical portion of the limb, each succeeding turn partially overlapping the other at fixed intervals. The Spica bandage is named from the re- BAN 84 BAS semblance of the turns to the position of the grains on an ear of wheat. The figure-of-eight bandage is generally applied about the joints. When applied only to the knee, and not a continuation of a bandage down the limb, it is commenced with two cir- cular folds or turns around the leg j ust below the joint, and the cylinder carried obliquely upward across the ham, around the thigh, and again downward as before described. The T-bandage consists of a simple bandage with one or two pieces added at right angles. The recurrent bandage is about five yards long and two inches wide ; it is applied to the head as follows : The roller is first passed two or three times around the head in a line run- ning just above the eyebrows, the ears, and be- low the occipital protuberance ; next, at the centre of the forehead, the cylinder is reversed and carried directly over the head to the cir- cular turns behind, where it is again reversed, and carried back to the forehead, overlapping the former about one-third, as usual ; these re- verses to be continued until first one and then the other side of the head is covered ; and the whole is completed by two or three firm circu- lar turns, as at the commencement. The re- verses are to be held by an assistant. The four-tailed bandage consists of a piece of muslin, six or eight inches wide and a yard or more in length, torn at either extremity to within three or four inches of the centre. It is applied to the lower jaw as follows : The centre being placed over the chin, the upper slips are carried back behind the neck and tied, or crossed and passed around the forehead once or twice and secured by pins at the side ; the lower strip is passed directly up to the vertex, where it is tied, or again brought clown and tied under the chin. Bandage, Barton's. A bandage for fracture of the lower jaw. Bandage, Esmarch's. A broad rubber band- age wrapped tightly from below for removing blood from a limb before amputation or other operation. Bandage, Gibson's. A bandage for fracture of the lower jaw. Ban'dy Leg. A leg in which the bones are curved outward or inward. Baptorrhce'a (from fianTog, infected, and pea), to How i. A generic term for any infec- tious discharge from a mucous surface. Barba'ria. Rhubarb. Bar'bary Qum. A variety of gum Arabic, said to be obtained from the Acacia gummi- fera. Bar / biers. A term applied to a paralytic affection of the tropics, followed by loss of voice, emaciation, and prostration of strength. A species of paralysis. Baril la. Impure soda obtained from the ashes of different plants that grow on the sea- shore. Ba'rium (from baryta, from which it is obtained). Symbol, Ba. Atomic weight, 136.8. The metallic basis of the earth baryta. A metal of a pale yellow color which has a strong affinity for oxygen. Bark. A name formerly applied to three species of cinchona. Bark, Caribbean, or Saint Lucia Bark. Sometimes improperly called cinchona carib- bsea. The bark of the Exostemma caribbseum. It is a useful substitute for cinchona, and though it contains neither quinia nor cin- chona, is one of the most valuable of the spurious barks. Bar'ley. The fruit of Hordeum distichon. See Hokdei Semina. Barom'eter (from fiapog, weight, and /uerpov, measure). An instrument for ascertaining the weight of air. Baroscope (flapog, weight, and okokiu, to observe). A barometer sensible to the slightest atmospheric variations, and used for determin- ing the loss of weight of a body in air, com- pared with its weight in a vacuum. Bar'ras. The resin which exudes from the wounds made in the bark of fir-trees. Barren. Unfruitful ; sterile. Bartholin'ianae Glandular. The sublin- gual glands, named after Bartholin. Bartholin's Duct. One of the excretory ducts of the sublingual gland opening into the duct of Wharton. Baryecoi'a (from /Sapvg, heavy, and aiwrj, hearing). Deafness. Barypho / ny (from fiapvg, heavy, (puvrj, the voice). Difficulty of speech. Bary'ta (from jiapvg, heavy; so called be- cause of its ponderosity). An oxide of barium. A simple alkaline earth of a gray color, very ponderous and not easily fused. Baryta, Hydriodate of. Iodide of barium. Baryta, Muriate of. Chloride of barium. Bary / tes. Baryta. Ba / sal. Pertaining to or located at the base. Basalt 7 . Trap-rock of a dark green, gray, BAS 85 BAS or black color, consisting of silica, alumina, oxide of iron, lime, and magnesia. Bas'anite. A variety of silicious slate, sometimes used for testing the purity of gold by the color of its streak. Mortars for pulver- izing medicines were formerly made of it. Bascula'tion. A word of French deriva- tion, applied to the half see-saw movement of the uterus in examinations of that organ in retroversion, the fundus being pressed upward and the cervix drawn downward. Base (basis ; from jialvu, I go, I rest, I sup- port myself). The foundation or support of anything ; the principal ingredient of a com- pound. In Chemistry, it is applied to alkalies, earths, metals, sulphurets, organic and other compounds, in their relations to acids, metal- loids, and salts. In Sfedical Prescriptions and Pharmacy, the principal constituent of a com- pound. In Dental Surgery, a metallic, ivory, vulcanite, or celluloid plate used as a support or attachment for artificial teeth. In Anatomy, the lower or broader portion of a bone or organ. Base / ment Membrane. A structureless, transparent membrane lying immediately be- neath the epithelium and between it and the corium. Ba'ses for Artificial Teeth. In the con- struction of a base for artificial teeth, a transfer or model of plaster of Paris is first obtained. Then a metallic die and counter-die, if the base is to be of metal, is procured, and between these a plate of suitable size and thickness is swaged. In this way it is made to fit accur- ately the parts upon which it is to rest. If the base is to be constructed from the ivory of the elephant's or hippopotamus' tusk, the plaster model alone is sufficient. The ivory is cut to the proper size and then carved until it fits the model. But ivory is now seldom used for this purpose. If the base is to be of vul- canized India-rubber or celluloid, the plaster model is sufficient, no metallic dies being necessary. See Metallic Base, Osseous Base, Mineral Base, Vulcanite Base, and Celluloid. Basia / tor. Orbicularis oris muscle. Ba'sic. Belonging to, or of the nature of, a base ; having properties the opposite of those of acids. An acid capable of uniting with a single monad atom or radicle is called a monobasic. Basihy'al (from basis, base, and Jtyoi«, to enter). The seat in- base; the cavity of a bone which receives the head or protuberance of another. Bath/ron (from fia-d-pov, bench). An instru- ment invented by Eippocrates for reducing fractures and luxations. Bat'rachus. Ranula. Battaris'mus (from fiaTTapifa, to stammer). Battalismus. Stammering, with hesitation. Bat'tery . A term applied to an assemblage of two or more jars or galvanic cells for collect- ing electricity. Battery, Cautery. A battery the current of which is capable of heating coarse platinum wire to whiteness, and which is used to cauterize. Battery, Combined. An apparatus containing a galvanic and faradic battery in the same case. Battery, Constant. A two-fluid battery in which the intensity remains the same for a comparatively long time. Battery, Farad / ic or Farada / ic. Consists of a coil of wire through which passes a galvanic current (primary current) generated by a galvanic cell, an apparatus for causing automatic periodical interruptions of this cur- rent, and a second coil, parallel to the first, in which there is generated, every time the pri- mary current is made and broken, a secondary, or induced, current. Battery, Galvan / ic or Volta / ic. One or more jars or cells containing plates of zinc and copper, or carbon, suspended in acidulated water. See Galvanic Battery. Battery, Storage. A storage battery is a spe- cial form of galvanic battery in which elec- tricity generated by an ordinary battery or by a dynamo can be stored for a long time and used as required. Bat'tley's Solution (liquor opii sedativus). A narcotic preparation of which acetate of mor- phia is supposed to be the active ingredient. Bau / hin, Valve of. A name given to a transverse valve situated where the ileum opens into the ccecum. Bau / lac. An Arabic name for nitre or salt in general. From this word comes borax. Bave. Thick, frothy. Bay / =berries. The berries of the Laurus nobilis. Bay-rum. Spirit flavored with bay-leaves. Bay-salt. Cldoride of sodium. Salt obtained by evaporating sea-water by the sun in warm countries. Bdel'la. A leech. Bdel lium. A gum-resin resembling im- pure myrrh. BdeIlom / eter (from ft^ a bodkin, and sidoc, a form). Applied to processes of bone ; styloid. Benedic / ta Laxat/iva. Ehubarb and the lenitive electuary. Confectio senna?. Benig / nus. Benign ; not malignant. Ap- plied to mild forms, of disease. Benjamin, or Benzoin. Belzoim. A dry, resinous, brittle substance, obtained from the styrax benzoin. See Benzoin. Benjamin Flowers. Benzoic acid. Ben'zamide. A substance obtained by saturating chloride of benzole with dry ammo- nia and washing to remove the muriate of ammonia. Ben'zidam. An oil of a light yellow color, obtained by passing sulphuretted hydrogen through nitro-benzide. It is identical with aniline and kyanole. Ben / zile. A substance obtained by passing a stream of chlorine gas through fused ben- zoin. BenziPic Acid. An acid obtained from benzile. Ben'zin. See Benzole. Ben'zine, or Benzene. Mineral turpen- tine. A substance obtained from coal-oil, and used as a substitute tor turpentine. Ben'zoate. A salt of benzoic acid. Benzo'ic Acid (acidum benzoicum). Flowers BEN BIB of benjamin. An acid obtained from gum benzoin by sublimation. It exists, however, in nearly all the balsams. Its salts are benzo- ates. Its local action is acrid, and when swallowed causes heat and acridity of mouth, fauces, and stomach. It is stimulant and errhine ; as an expectorant, doubtful. Dose, gr. x to £ss. In Dental Practice it has been employed as an antiseptic in putrid pulps of teeth ; also as a local haemostatic in connection with powdered alum. Benzoic Sulphide of Sodium. Compound of benzoic acid and sulphide of sodium ; an antiseptic. Benzo / in. A balsam or resin obtained from incisions made in the styrax benzoin. Benzole. Benzin ; benzene ; phene ; hy- druret of phenyle. A constituent of coal-gas tar, obtained by distilling coal naphtha. It is a colorless, oily liquid, with an agreeable odor. In the form of an ointment, composed of one part of benzole and four parts of lard, it has been used with advantage in itch and parasites of the skin ; and in neuralgia and rheumatism in its pure state. Benzol=pseudo=tropein. See Tropaco- CAINE. Ben / zone. A colorless oily fluid, produced by distilling, in the dry way, benzoate of lime. Ben'zonitrile. A clear, colorless liquid, formed during the fusion of benzoate of am- monia. Ben / zule. Benzoyle ; (from benzoin, and vkri, principle). A compound of carbon, hy- drogen, and oxygen, supposed to be the base of benzoic acid. Ber'berin. A yellow, crystalline substance obtained from the root of the barberry. Berbe / ris Vulgaris. Barberry. The ber- ries of this shrub are refrigerant, astringent, and antiscorbutic. Ber'gamot. A species of citron or small orange of an agreeable taste and pleasant odor. An oil is obtained from its bark that is much used as a perfume. Ber'tin, Spongy Bones of. Two small, triangular, turbinated bones, often found beneath the small opening of the sphenoidal sinus. Bert's, Paul, Method. The administra- tion by inhalation of a mixture of eighty-five parts of nitrous oxide ^as and fifteen parts of oxygen, with a pressure of twenty-live to twenty-eight centimetres ; or, for later opera- tions, eighty-eight parts of nitrous oxide to twelve parts of oxygen. This mixture, it is claimed, will produce a more rapid and longer anaesthesia, as well as a more rapid recovery, than NO. gas alone. Ber'yI. Aqua-marine. A valuable mineral of a greenish-yellow color. " Best " Hot Moist=air Celluloid Appa= ratus. A dry heat machine for moulding celluloid. The advantage of this machine is that in carrying the heat as high as is necessary to thoroughly soften the celluloid the danger of combustion is avoided. Beta. The second letter of the Greek al- phabet ; used as a prefix denoting the second of two or more bodies, as beta-naphthol. Beta-naphthol. See NAPHTHOL. Be / tel. Piper betel. An Indian plant, which, when chewed, blackens the teeth. Its properties are said to be tonic and astringent. Beza'han. Fossil bezoar. Bez / oar (from the Persian, pa-zahar, a de- stroyer of poison). Lapis bezoardicus ; an earthy concretion found iu the stomach, in- testines, and bladder of animals. These bezoars were formerly supposed to possess wonderful alexipharmic virtues. Bezoar / dicum. Bezoardic medicine. A name given to numerous complex bodies. Bezoardicum Jovia / le. A greenish powder, composed of tin, antimony, mercury, and nitric acid, used as a diaphoretic. Bezoardicum Luna're. A preparation of silver and antimony. Bezoardicum MartiaTe. A preparation of iron and antimony. Bezoardicum Minera / le. Deutoxide of anti- mony. Bezoardicum Satur / ni. A preparation of an- timony and lead. Bezoardicum Sola / re. A preparation of gold filings, nitric acid, and butter of antimony, possessing diaphoretic properties. Bi (from bis, twice). Prefixed to words used in anatomy, chemistry, and botany, meaning two, twice, double, a pair, etc. Also, when standing alone, the chemical symbol for bismuth. Biartic'ulate (from Ms, twice, and articulus, a joint; two-jointed). A term applied to the antennas of insects which have but two joints. Biauric'ulate (from Ms, twice, and auricula, an auricle). A term applied in Comparative Anatomy to a heart with two auricles, as in most bivalve molluscs, etc. Biba / sic. A term applied in Chemistry to BIB 89 BIF acids which combine with two atoms of base ; also to salts having two distinct bases. Bibe. Drink. Used in prescriptions. Bibito / rius (bibitorious ; from bibo, to drink; for the reason that when the eye is drawn inward toward the nose it causes those who drink to look into the cup). A name formerly- applied to the rectus intern us oculi. Bib'ulous. Having the property of ab- sorbing moisture. Bibulous Paper. Used in Dentistry for drying cavities preparatory to introducing the filling. Blotting paper. Bicarbonate of Potash (potassii bicarbonas). Formula : KHC0 3 . Dose, gr. v-x. It is one of the salts of potassium and is antacid and diuretic. It is employed as a mouth-wash, to correct acidity of the oral secretions and pre- vent caries of the teeth ; also in aphtha?, in stomatitis, in mercurial and gangrenous ulce- rations of the mouth and inflammation of the gums, and in excoriations and abrasions from ar- tificial teeth. Five to ten grains to the ounce of water may be employed. Bicarbonate of Soda (sodse bicarbonas). Sesqui-carbonate of soda. Obtained by the action of carbonic acid on the carbonate of soda. It is antacid, alterative, and lithon- triptic, and is extensively used in the prepara- tion of soda and Seidlitz powders. Dose of powder, gr. x-xl. It is added to some denti- frices for its antacid property. Bicar'bonates. Salts which contain a double portion of carbonic acid. Bicauda'lis. Two-tailed. Sometimes ap- plied to the posterior auris muscle, which consists of two small bundles of fibres. Bicepha / lium. A sarcoma on the head so large as to appear like a second head. Biceps (from bis, twice, and caput, head; two-headed). A term applied to muscles which have two heads. Biceps Exter / nus. The long portion of the triceps extensor cubiti. Biceps Flex'or Cru / ris. A muscle situated on the back part of the thigh. Biceps Flexor Cubiti (biceps brachii). A flexor muscle of the forearm on the fore part of the os humeri. Bichat, Canal of. A small round hole above the pineal gland opening into the third ventricle of the brain ; called also the arach- noid canal. Bichloride of Carbon. See Tetrachlo- ride of Carbon. Bichloride of Mercury. Corrosive sublimate, which see. Bicipital. A term applied to anything relating to the biceps, as the bicipital groove between the tuberosities of the os humeri, which lodges in the tendon of the long head of this muscle ; and the bicipital tuberosity near the upper extremity of the radius, which gives attachment to the biceps muscle. Bicus'pid (bicuspidaius ; from bis, twice, and cuspis, a spear). Having two points. Bicuspid Teeth (denies bicuspidati ; bicuspidcs or bicuspidati, the plural of bicuspis, which is derived from bis, twice, and cuspis, a point). The two teeth on each side of each jaw between the cuspidati and the first molars. They are so called from their having two distinct tuber- cles or cusps on their grinding surface, one outer and one inner. Their crowns are slightly flattened from before backward, and their transverse diameter is greater than their an- teroposterior. The cusps, upon their friction or grinding surfaces, are separated from each other by a furrow running in the direction of the alveolar arch. The external cusp is more prominent than the internal. In the lower jaw the cusps are smaller than in the upper, as are also the teeth themselves, and the groove which separates them is not so deep. The inner tubercle of a first bicuspid in the lower jaw is sometimes wanting. The roots of the bicus- pids are generally simple, but have a vertical groove on their anterior and posterior surfaces, which frequently unite in the upper jaw, forming two roots, each having an opening for the vessels and nerves to enter. The bicuspid teeth belong to second dentition, and replace the temporary or milk molars. They are sometimes termed small molars. Biden'tal (bidentatus). In Zoology, animals which have only two teeth, as the Pkyseter bidcns, two-toothed catchalot. In Botany, organs which have the bidental character. Bien / nial. Every two years. Bien / nis. Biennial. In Botany, a term applied to plants that are in leaf one year and in flower the next, after which they perish. Less strictly, it has been used to denote the fructification of perennial plants, like some oaks, which bear fruit only every other year. Bifa'rious. Arranged in two series or oppo- site rows. Bi'fid (from hi, two, and lido, to cleave). Forked ; divided in two. Cleft, as the spina bifida. BIF 90 BIS Bifur'cate (from bi, two, and furca, a fork). Divided into two like a fork. Bif urca'tion [bifurcatio ; from bi, two, and furca, a fork). Division into two branches, as : of a tooth into two roots ; of the trachea and of the aorta into two branches. It is sometimes applied to the angle or space where the division occurs. Bi'gaster. A muscle having two bellies. Bil'abe. An instrument for extracting for- eign bodies from the bladder through the urethra. Bilat'eral. Having two symmetrical sides. In Surgery, applied to an operation in which incisions are made into both sides of an organ, as the bilateral operation for the stone. Bile (bilis) . The substance normally secreted by the liver. The gall. Bile is distinguished into hepatic and cystic; the former flows directly from the liver, and the latter from the gall- bladder. Bile is golden brown in man, and mucilaginous. It is composed of biliary salts, cholesterin, mucus, and certain pigments. Its principal acids are taurocholic and glycocholic, both generally combined with sodium. BiFiary (biliaris ; from bilis, the bile). Per- taining or belonging to the bile. Biliary Acids. See Bile. Biliary Apparatus. The parts concerned in the secretion and excretion of bile. Biliary Concretions. Concretions found in some parts of the biliary apparatus. Biliary Ducts. The hepatic, cystic, and ductus communis choledochus. Bil'ious (biliosus; from bilis, bile). Pertain- ing to, containing, or produced by bile. A term applied to certain constitutions and ' to diseases supposed to be produced by too great a secretion of bile. Biliphe'in [bilis, bile, and f, a foot). Arm Tooted animals; an order of headless bivalve molluscous animals. Brachio=radial (brachio-radialis). Pertain- imr to the brachium and radius. Bra'chium (ppax'uv, an arm). The arm from the shoulder to the wrist. Brachium Arterius and Brachium Posterius. Two rounded processes which pass from the tubercula quadrigemina into the optic thala- mus. Brachu'na. Nymphomania. Satyriasis. Brachyau'chen. Short-necked. Brachygna'thus (from ftpaxvg, short, and p'otfof, a jaw). A monster with too short an under jaw. Brachyp'noea (from (ipaxvg, short, and nreo, to breathe). Difficulty of breathing ; short- ness of breath. Brachypot'ic. Persons who drink rarely. Bradyaesthe'sia (from (ipadvc, difficult, and ««Ti9?/<7/f, sensation). Impaired sensation. Bradyecoi'a. Deafness. Bradylog'ia. Difficulty of speech. Bradymase'sis {bradymassesis : from ppaSvc, BRA 100 BRI difficult, and fj.aat/aic, mastication). Difficult mastication. Dysraasesis. Bradypep / sia (from (ipadvc, slow, ttstt-u, to concoct). Slow digestion. Brady su'ria (from fipadvc, difficult, and ovpeiv, to pass the urine). Painful evacuation of urine ; dysuria. Braid / ism. The hypnotic state caused by fixation of the eyes upon a shining object. Brain. The cerebrum ; the highest and largest portion of the encephalon ; but accord- ing to the popular acceptation of the word, the entire contents of the cranium, comprising the cerebrum, cerebellum, pons Varolii, and me- dulla oblongata. Brain, Little. The cerebellum. Bran {furfur tritici). The proper coat of wheat, rye, or otherfarinaceous grain, separated from the flower. Branch (from (ipaxiuv, an arm, because branches of a tree, etc., go off like an arm). Generally applied to the principal division of an artery or nerve. It is usually employed as synonymous with ramus. Bran / cha3 (from (ipayxog, hoarseness). Swelling of the tonsils and thyroid gland. Bran'chiae (from (Ipayxta, the gills of a fish). Gills. The respiratory organs of those animals which extract oxygen from air contained in water. Branchio / poda (from (3payxia } gills, and ttovc, a foot). An order of crustaceans in which the gills perform the functions of feet. Branch's Apparatus. An instrument for producing local anaesthesia by means of a mix- ture composed of two parts of ice and one of salt applied to the gum and tooth to be ex- tracted, invented by Dr. Branch, of Chicago. It consists of a hollow tube, about 1£ inches in diameter, with about | of an inch cut out at one end on either side, that it may readily be placed over a tooth. To this is attached a sack of finely prepared membrane, large enough to hold a tablespoonful of the freezing mixture. The hollow of the tube is occupied by a steel wire spiral spring. Just before using it a sufficient quantity of the freezing mixture is put in the tube ; the end of the latter is placed over the tooth, when the ice and salt are forced up gently around it by pressing on the spring at the other extremity of the instrument. Two tubes are employed : one straight, for teeth in the front part of the mouth ; the other bent near one end, for the more convenient application of the mixture to a molar tooth. Bran / chus (from fipayxoc, hoarseness). Sore throat ; overstraining of the voice. Bran'dy (spiritus gallicus). A powerful and diffusible stimulant, obtained by distilla- tion from wine. Branks. Mumps. Bras'ma (brasmos; from fipaocu, to boil). Fermentation. Brasque. A French term to denote the lin- ing of a crucible or a furnace with charcoal. Brass. A yellow metal ; an alloy of copper and zinc. Copper alloyed with twenty-five to forty per cent, of zinc. Brazil-wood. The wood of the Csesalpinia brasiliensis. It is used in dyeing. Break / =bone Fe'ver. Common name for dengue. Breast. The mamma ; also the forepart of the thorax. Breath. The air exhaled from the lungs, which has lost a portion of its oxygen and gained a varying amount of ammonia, aqueous vapor, and carbon-dioxide from the oxidation of the waste matter of the blood. The term is also applied to air inspired as well as to that exhaled. Breg / ma (from /3pex u , to moisten). The sinciput or upper part of the head ; the .junc- tion of the parietal bones. Bre'via Va / sa. Short vessels. Applied to several branches of the splenic arteries and veins. Bre / vis Cu'biti. The an con eous muscle. Brevis / simus Oculi. The obliquus inferior. Brez'ilin. The coloring matter of Brazil wood . Brick, Oil of. Oil of spike. Bridge=work. The adaptation of artificial crowns of teeth to and over spaces made by the loss of natural teeth by connecting such crowns to natural teeth or roots for anchorage by means of a bridge, and thereby dispensing with plates covering more or less of the roof of the mouth and the alveolar ridge. See Bridge- work, Systems of. Bridge-work, Systems of. Bridge-work den- tures of a most primitive character were em- ployed at a very early period, as evidences of such prehistoric dentistry constructed in the Etruscan age, five hundred years B.C., and also other specimens by the ancient Phoenicians can be found in the museums of the Louvre, France, and the Corneto, Italy. Bridge-work in France dates from 1805, as described by J. B. Gariot, and also Delabarre in 1820. In BRI 101 BRI this country bridge-work was described by Dr. S. S. Fitch in 1829, and by Dr. W. H. Dwindle in 1856. In 1871 Dr. B. J. Bing, formerly of Maryland, and Dr. M. H. Webb, of Penn- sylvania, again brought the system to the notice of the dental profession by improved methods of supporting and securing artificial crowns, by using adjoining or intervening- natural teeth for points of anchorage, and thus bridging vacant spaces. Many improved methods have since been devised under the term of "bridge-work," in the use of which are provided not only the means of mastica- tion, but also the cleanliness of such dentures, the want of which was an objectionable feat- ure in the earlier devices of the more improved methods. Dr. George W. Evans, in his ex- cellent treatise on " Artificial Crown- and Bridge- work," gives the following rules which govern the number and position of the teeth or roots that are required as foundations or points of anchorage for this style of dentures : " One central root will support two centrals, and, if spurs or bars from the sides of the bridge rest upon or are anchored in the adjoin- ing teeth, a lateral (incisor) in addition." "Two central roots will support the four in- cisors ; spurs or bars resting on or anchored in the cuspids to be used additionally, if the case requires them." "The cnspid roots alone, or with the aid of a central root, will support the six anterior teeth." " One molar or bicuspid on one side, and a bicuspid or molar on the other, with one or two roots in an intermediate position, will support a bridge between them." "One right and one left molar, with the assistance of the two cuspids, will support a bridge comprising the entire arch." "A bridge on one side of the mouth can be supported by two or three teeth or roots on that side. The cuspids always afford the most reliable support." Ordinary plate-teeth are selected for the incisors and cuspids, and sections of teeth — known as "porcelain facings" — for the bicuspids and molars of a bridge denture. Bridge-work is cemented on with a slow-setting oxyphosphate of zinc, and the end of a spur or bar is attached to slots cut in the natural teeth by either a gold or amalgam filling. Shoulders on the anterior teeth, especially the cuspids, are often useful, and can be made by melting gold plate-scraps into a small mass or globule and then flattening it by the hammer, and solder- ing it to the backing ; or gold can be flowed by the blow-pipe on the backing. Bridges are either detachable and removable or immov- able and permanent, the former in many cases being preferable. Low's system of bridge- work presents a denture with self-cleaning spaces, and consists in attaching artificial teeth to continuous bands fitted and cemented to the adjoining permanent teeth, some of the crowns being of the "step-plug" character for attachment to the roots of natural teeth. A peculiar metallic socket or shell is employed, into which is fitted a porcelain front or facing, and it is of such a form as admits of self- cleansing. Melotte's method consists in the construction of bridges supported by gold crowns and shells, or partial gold crowns, and the use of "moldine" in connection with fusible metal in crown- and bridge- work. Litch's method consists of a bridge, known as a "pin and plate bridge," con- structed by using a plain plate-tooth which is backed with pure gold or platinum, and con- nected to adjoining teeth by backings or lin- ings of gold, accurately fitting the palato- approximal surfaces of such teeth, and secured to them by small platinum pins, which pass through holes in the linings, and also into holes drilled in the natural teeth, the free ends of the pins being cemented into the open- ings or holes. Parr's method consists of a bridge supported by two shoulders on the abutment crowns, which slide into grooves formed in the artificial crowns. The supporting shoulders and slots are made by shaping two pieces of gold plate in such form that one shall telescope the other. Another form of the Parr bridge is so constructed that the crowns forming the abutments are perma- nently cemented in position, each section of the bridge between them being removable. A third form, by the same inventor, consists in forming a socket attachment with a section composed of a cap having a spring flange. The flange enters the socket, which the cap encloses on the top and sides. The spring is made by bending open a little a part of the flange. Winder's method consists in the construction ofcroAvns forming the abutments in sections, the bridges being attached to the detachable section. The collar section of the artificial crown is capped and cemented on the natural crown or root, the gold forming the occluding portion of the crown when the bridge is ad- justed in position being secured to it with a screw. The screw may he made to enter the BRI 102 BRI body of the crown, or it may be soldered to the cap on the collar, passing through the occluding section of the crown and being se- cured by nuts on the screws. Waters' methods consist of a gold crown fitted to and sliding on a cap attached permanently to the root or natural crown ; also a box cap and split post, the box cap being fitted permanently to the root, and the split post being soldered to the plate bearing the teeth ; still another device consists in soldering to the side of the gold crown covering the natural tooth a split pin or post, which is inserted into an open tube attached to the bridge. Mellotte's system consists of bridge-work sustained by a shell- crown anchorage, the crowns being constructed on platinum forms burnished to the natural roots, and upon these forms the gold is flowed. See Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Starr's method consists of detachable bridges attached to anchorage natural teeth by gold cap-crowns made to fit over such teeth, and gold crowns to telescope the cap-crowns, the latter to be firmly cemented to the teeth by oxyphosphate cement. Suitable plate-teeth are fitted and backed, and attached to the telescoping crowns, thus supplying the lost natural teeth on a bridge between such teeth or roots. C. M. Richmond's method is the construction of a removable bridge by form- ing a collar of platinum faced with gold and a gold cap for the anchor tooth made by means of a zinc die, the collar being made somewhat smaller than the tooth-cap. The die is driven into the collar so far that the extra sixteenth of an inch can be hammered over and bur- nished down on the die-end to form a flanged collar. Outside of this, in the same manner, another flanged collar is made, and the two collars soldered together, so that a close-fitting, stiff collar is formed, that will not stretch in being telescoped on and off the anchorage, and is kept by the flange from being forced too far over the tooth-cap. The Mandrel sys- tem consists in the shaping and adapting of the collar fitting around one or more anchor- age teeth. The configuration of the necks of all the teeth is first determined, and a set of mandrels made for this style of bridge-den- tures are used to shape seamless collars of gold plate, twenty-two carats fine, which are made tapering to provide for all required varia- tions in size, and are adapted to removable or detachable bridges. The size and form of the collars are determined by a piece of No. 26 binding wire twisted by flat-nose pliers closely around the necks of the natural teeth, and the ends twisted together. The wire ring thus formed is carefully removed from the tooth, laid on a lead anvil, and a piece of flat metal placed over it, when a smart blow with a ham- mer will drive the wire into the lead, and thus give an accurate impression of the ring in the lead anvil. The wire is removed, cut, and straightened out, and a collar of the size and form portrayed by the ring of wire is selected, these collars being on hand of different sizes and forms. A half-round gold or platinum wire is so bent as to conform to the alveolar ridge of the space to be bridged, the two ex- tremities of which are fitted into the roots of the anchorage and collared teeth ; to this wire the collars and artificial teeth are soldered, and the bridge denture, connected by the col- lars attached to the wire entering the roots, attached permanently by q uick -setting oxy- phosphate cement. Brown's method consists of a porcelain and iridio-platinum bridge den- ture. It is formed entirely of porcelain, with an iridio-platinum bar running through the den- ture as a sustaining shaft, and presents a per- fect continuity of porcelain surface. Knapp's method consists in the formation of a gold collar crown with a porcelain front or facing. Twenty-two-carat gold is used for the collar, which is adapted to the root by pliers ; a cap of pure gold is made to this collar, and a gold pin is soldered in position for the root- canal ; a plate-tooth is fitted and backed with pure gold and fastened with wax, and the piece removed from the mouth, when the side and incisive portions of the wax, including the edges of the backings and contiguous portions of the cap, are enveloped with pieces of pure gold. The crown is then invested, so that when the wax is removed the backing on the tooth, with the gold on the sides, form a small mould. The flame of the Knapp blow-pipe is then applied, after proper heating up, until the solder melts and fills every part of the mould with gold, the excess of which enables contouring in the finishing process. The term "extension bridges" is applied to such den- tures as are chiefly supported by one abutment or point of anchorage. Shell anchorage, or crown-bridge-work, according to Williams' method, consists in so forming a gold band around the crown of one or more natural teeth that it may pass a little beneath the margin of the gum and show as little of the BRI 103 BRO gold as is possible ; on the inner surface of the tooth the hand covers crown, extending very nearly its full length. To such a shell crown or crowns the bridge containing the artificial teeth is soldered. The Hollingsworth system supplies, in the first place, a variety of forms for the various teeth, there being in the set 204 forms of cnsps and 36 of facings for bicuspids and molars — facsimiles of nature. This system permits cusps to be made either hollow or solid. Scrap gold can be used for casting solid cusps, and porcelain facings can be quickly inserted in crowns without invest- ing ; but its most important advantage is the exactness with which the fit and articulation of bridges are obtained and maintained. This system also includes a process for making the grinding surface of a bridge in one continuous piece. Bright's Disease. A granular degenera- tion of the kidney, generally attended by the presence of albumen in the urine aud a train of other morbid phenomena. The important symptom is albuminous urine. Nephritis albuminosa, or album inensis. Brim of the Pel'vis. The iliopectineal line leading from the tuberosities of the ossa pubis outward and backward to the promi- nent point of the sacrum, dividing the cavity of the pelvis from the cavity of the abdomen. Brim'stone. Sulphur. The sublimed sul- phur of the pharmacopoeia is termed flowers of brimstone or of sulphur. British Gum. Starch reduced to a gum- like state by being heated to 700° Fahr. British Oil. Common petroleum ; alsoa rube- facient liniment, for the preparation of which there are various formulae. Broach, Watchmaker's. A five-sided steel instrument, three or four inches long, with a flattened point, very gradually increas- ing in size toward the extremity intended for the handle. It is sometimes used by dentists for enlarging the canal in the root and the opening into a decayed cavity in the crown of a tooth. Bro'chus. According to some, a person whose teeth project, or one who has a promi- nent upper lip. Broken Circuit. See Circuit. Bro'ma (/ft/J/owcyctt, to eat). Food ; anything masticated. Bro'mal. An oily liquid ; chloral in which bromine replaces chlorine. Bromal Hydrate. An oily fluid with a structure like chloral hydrate, but more irri- tating and narcotic. Dose, gr. j-v. Bro / mate (bromas). A combination of bromic acid with a base. A salt of bromic acid. Bromatog'raphy {broma1ograj>hia ; from /3po> l ua 1 food, and ypatyr], to write). A descrip- tion of aliments. Bromatol'ogy (bromafologia ; siliology; from (ipu/ia, food, aud Zoyog, a discourse). A treatise on food. Bro'mic Acid. A combination of bromine and oxygen, obtained by decomposing bromide of baryta with sulphuric acid. Bro'mide. A compound formed by the union of bromine with a base. Bromide of Ethyl, or Hydrobromic Ether. C 2 H 5 Br. It is prepared by distilling together absolute alcohol and bromide in the presence of amorphous phosphorus. It is a colorless, trans- parent liquid, with an ethereal odor and a warm, sweetish taste. It is used as a general anaesthetic, but, like chloroform, it greatly de- presses the circulation, and diminishes the force and frequency of the movements of the heart. It destroys life by paralysis of the respiratory centres. Bromide of Potassium. Potassii bromidum (which see). Bro'midum. Bromine. Bro'mine (bromum; from (3pu/ia, a strong odor). A dark-red, liquid, non-metallic element, obtained from sea-water and saline springs, of a very volatile nature, offensive smell, and suffocating odor, resembling chlorine and iodine. In its pure state it is a caustic irritant, but when properly diluted it is touic, diuretic, and resolvent. With oxygen it forms the bromic acid. Brom'ism. The condition produced by the excessive use of the bromides or other bromine compounds. Symptoms : acne eruptions on face and body, fcetor of breath, sleepiness, lassi- tude, stupor, loss of memory and sexual power, muscular debility, aud inertia. Bro / mium. See Bromine. Bro'moform. A combination of bromine and formic acid, somewhat analogous in its effects to chloroform. A powerful anaesthetic. Bromol. Tri-bromo-phenol. C G H.Br 3 OH. A compound of bromine and carbolic acid in the form of soft white needles ; strong anti- septic properties ; non-toxic. Bron'chia (bronchise ; bronchi; from Spoyx'K, the throat). The two tubes which BRO 104 BUB arise from the bifurcations of the trachea, with their ramifications. Bronch'ial (broncJu'alis). Belonging to the bronchia. Bronchial Arteries. The arteries given off by the thoracic aorta which go to the lungs and accompany the bronchia in their ramifi- cations. Bronchial Cells. The air-cells at the termi- nation of the bronchia. Bronchial Glands. Numerous blackish glands, seated in the course of the bronchia and trachea. Bronchial Nerves. The nerves of the bron- chia, furnished by the two pulmonary plexuses. Bronchial Tubes. The minute ramifications of the bronchia, terminating in the bronchial or air-cells of the lungs. Bronchial Veins. The veins wbich arise from the left division of the bronchial arteries. Bronchiectasis. Dilatation of one or more of the bronchial tubes. Bronchostenosis. Contraction or nar- rowing of the bronchi. Bronchitis. Inflammation of the lining membrane of the bronchial tubes. Bronchlemmi'tis. Croup. Bronchoce'le (from flpoyxoc, the wind- pipe, and hvM, a tumor). The Derbyshire neck ; wen ; goitre. A tumor on the forepart of the neck, resulting from an enlargement of the thyroid gland. Bronchophony. Bronchial resonance of the voice. The sound of the voice, heard by means of the stethoscope, in the bronchia. Broncho=pneumo / nia (from fipoyxog, bron- chus, and pneumonia). Inflammation of the bronchia and lungs. Bronchorrhoe'a (from [ipoyxoc, bronchus, and pea, I flow). Increased secretion of mucus from the air-passages. Bronchot'omy (bronchotomia ; from (ipoy- %og, the windpipe, and Tefiva, to cut). Trache otomy ; an operation which consists in making an opening into the larynx or trachea for the removal of foreign bodies or the admission of air to the lungs. Bron'chus. The trachea or windpipe; also its first divisions. Bronze. An alloy of copper and tin. Brown Crown. An artificial, all-porcelain crown, which is attached to a natural root by means of an Lridio-platinum pin baked in posi- tion. The pin has the greatest strength at the neck of the tooth, where the strain is heaviest, and this strength is further increased by extend- ing the porcelain up on to the pin. Brown Spar. Pearl Spar. Siderocalcite. A white, red, brown, or black spar, harder than the calcareous. Bru'cia. Brucine. A vegetable alkali, ex- tracted from the bark of the false angustura, or Brucea antidysenterica. Dose, gr. j . Bruissement. A French term for the purr- ing tremor ; same as bruit. Bruit. Sound. A term from the French, applied in Pathology to the sounds heard on auscultation and percussion. Brun'ner's Glands (Brunneri glandulse). The muciparous follicles situated between the villous and cellular coats of the small intes- tines. Bruns'wick Green. Friesland green. An ammonio-chloride of copper, used as a pigment. Brush. • An instrument for cleansing the teeth, for finishing metallic appliances for the mouth, and for the application of a solution of borax to pieces of metal that are to be united by soldering. See Tooth brush, Polishing Brush. Brushes are also used for other purposes, as rubbing the surface of the body, painting, etc. Bru'ta. Juniperus sabina. The savin plant. Bru'tia. A resinous pitch, obtained from Brutia, in Italy, and used to make the Oleum picinum. Bryan's Method of Regulating Inter = locked Teeth. Especially adapted to laterals and cuspids, and performed by first injecting cocaine and then cutting away the intervening alveolar process with drills and fissure-burs, or, when the process is thin, wedging the outer alveolar wall away with a half-round wedge- shaped chisel, and then forcing the interlocked tooth to its place in the arch by the use of for- ceps specially made for the purpose. Bryg'mus (ftpvypoc). Stridor dentium. Grinding of the teeth. Bryo / nia (from fipvu, to abound, from its abundance). Bryony ; also a genus of plants of the order Cucurbitacea;. Bryonia AFba. White bryony. The root is purgative, hydragogue, emmenagogue, diu- retic, and, when fresh, emetic. Bryonia Mechoacan'na Nigricans. Convol- vulus jalapa. The jalap plant. Bu / bo (from (3ovf3ov t the groin). A tumor BUB 105 BUC of the glands of the groin, and also of the axilla, resulting from local absorption of irri- tating matter, such as venereal poison, or it may he symptomatic of constitutional disease. Bu'bon. In Botany, a genus of plants of the order Umbelli ferae. Bubon Gal'banum. The name of the plant from which the officinal galbanum, at first a gummy resinous juice, but which soon becomes concrete, is obtained. BubonaFgia (from (iovjiuv, the groin, and a/yoc, pain). Pain in the groin. Bubonoce'le (from (lovfiuv, the groin, aud kv'atj, a tumor). Inguinal hernia, or rupture of the groin. Bubon / nius. A painful swelling of the lymphatics of the penis extending along the dorsum of that organ to the groin. It occa- sionally accompanies gonorrhoea. Bubonorex / is (from /3ok ; 3wv, the groin, and pyijig, a rupture). Bubonocele accompanied by division of the peritoneum. Buc'ca (gnathos). The mouth. The hollow of the cheeks. Also, the vulva. Buccal (buccalis ; from bucca, the mouth, or rather, cheek). Belonging to the mouth, and especially the cheeks. Buccal Artery. The submaxillary artery. Buccal Glands are small, round, racemose or compound tubular glands, smaller than the labial glands, and situated between the mucous membrane and the buccinator muscle, their ducts opening on the mucous membrane. Buccal Membrane. The mucous membrane which lines the cavity of the mouth. Buccal Nerve. Called also the bucco-labialis. A branch of the inferior maxillary nerve going to the buccinator muscles. Buccal Teeth. The teeth behind the canines are so called because they are situated on the inside of the cheeks. In the human subject they are the bicuspids and molars. Buc'cea (from bucca, the cheek). A polypus of the nose, because it was supposed to come from the mouth ; also, a morsel, a mouthful. Buccella'tio. A method of arresting hem- orrhage, by the application of small pieces of lint to the bleeding vessels. Buccina'tor (from bitceina, a trumpet ; so named from its agency in forcing the wind into the trumpet). The buccinator, or trumpeter's muscle, which is broad aud flat, forms a large portion of the walls of the cheek. Buc / co. Same as Buchu. Bucco=facial Obturator. An instrument for closing an opening caused by a wound or disease through the cheek into the cavity of the mouth. The inconvenience resulting from a very considerable opening from the mouth through the wall of the cheek is a very serious one, and the closure or replacement of it with an artificial substitute that can be worn with convenience becomes an object of great im- portance. "When it can be done with natural integument, by means of a plastic operation, it is certainly better than any mere mechanical appliance, but inasmuch as it can not always be closed by means of a surgical operation, an artificial obturator sometimes becomes indis- pensable, and in France it has been success- fully applied. In treating upon bucco-facial obturators, M. Delabarre says : "In order to construct a proper aud capable instrument for filling this indication, it is only necessary to take an im- pression of the wound with soft wax. From the model procured from this a gold, platina (or celluloid) cap is formed, composed of two parts, entering the one within the other, cov- ered with a shield or plate. That for the mouth should be slightly concave, while that for the face should be slightly convex. If the loss of substance embraces the duct from the gland, it will be necessary, for the escape of the saliva in the mouth, to form a new chan- nel by making it pass through a pipe formed in the appliance and opening through the buccal plate. Finally, the surface of the facial plate, if of metal, may be rendered unequal by cutting it with a knife, and afterward cov- ering it with enamel," of a pale rose color, slightly tinged with yellow, so as to make it resemble the natural skin. Bucco=labial (bucco-labialis). Pertaining to the cheek and lips. A name sometimes ap- plied to a nerve of variable origin, but gener- ally a branch of the inferior maxillary. See Buccal Nerve. Bucco=pharyngeal. Pertaining to the mouth and pharynx. Buc'cula (from bucca, the mouth). A small mouth ; the fleshy part under the chin. Buch'u. Diosma crenata, a South African plant. Leaves of the Barosma crenata are stimulant and diuretic. Used in irritation of the bladder. Dose of powder, gr. xx to gr. xxx ; of infusion, 5J to 51J ; of fluid extract, .~j. Buck'horn. Used by dentists, either pow- dered or calcined, for polishing enamel and fill- ings and for removing light deposits of tartar. BUC 106 BUT Bucne'mia (from (iov, a Greek augmenta- tion, and Kwjfirj^ the leg). A diffuse inflamma- tory swelling of the leg. Bucnemia Spargano'sis. Phlegmasia dolens. Bucnemia Tropica. Elephantiasis Arabuni. Buf'fy Coat (corium phlogisticum). The grayish crust or buff which appears on the sur- face of the coagulum of blood drawn in certain states of disease. Bugan tia. Chilblain. Bulb. Parts of the body which have a bul- bous shape, as the bulb of a tooth ; the bulb of the urethra ; the bulb or root of the hair ; the bulb or globe of the eye, etc. Bulb of the Urethra. The bulb-like com- mencement of the corpus spongiosum penis ; hence the included urethra is called the bulb- ous portion. Bulbif'erous (from bulbus, and fero, to bear). Bulb-bearing. Having one or more bulbs. BuI / bo=cav / ernosus. So called from its origin and insertion. The accelerator urinae muscle. Bul'bous. A bulb. In Anatomy, parts of the body which bear some resemblance to the root of a bulbous plant. Bulim'ia. Boulimus. Canine appetite. Bulla. A clear vesicle arising from burns, scalds, or other causes ; a blister. Bun / odonts. Those ungulates in which the surfaces of the molar teeth are covered by rounded or conical cusps. Bun / yon {bunion; from (Iovvoq, an emi- nence). Inflammation and swelling of the bursa mucosa at the inside of the ball of the great toe. BupeLna. See Bulimia. BuphthaLmus (from fiovg, an ox, and o- •tfaA/wr, an eye). Hydrophthalmia. Dropsy of the eye. Bur Drills. Burs. Dental instruments for opening and forming cavities, of spherical, cone-shaped, cylindrical, and wheel forms Flexible burs and drills having spring-temp- ered stems are used for opening and preparing nerve canals. These instruments are generally used in connection with a socket handle or bur thimble, or in the hand-piece of the dental engine. Bur ThinVble. An open ring for the middle or index finger, with a socket attached, in which rests the end of the handle of the drill used in excavating a cavity in a tooth pre- paratory to filling it. Bur / gundy Pitch. The prepared resin of the Pinus abies. Bu'ris. A scirrhous hernia, or hard abscess. Burn (ambnstio). An injury or lesion pro- duced by the action or application of too great heat. Bur'nea. Pinus sylvestris. Pitch. Burnett's Disinfecting Liquid. See Dis- infecting Liquid, Burnett's. Burnisher. An instrument used in polish- ing different kinds of metals and, in the labora- tory of the dentist, for finishing pieces of dental mechanism. The burnishers used by dentists are generally made of steel, and have differently shaped, rounded, and highly polished points, so that they may be readily applied to any part of the surface to be polished. Burnishers are also sometimes made of firm, fine-grained wood, bone, agate, or other stone. Burnt ALum. See Alumen Exsiccatum. Burnt Sponge (spongia usta). Sponge cut into pieces and burnt in a close iron vessel until it becomes black and friable, then rubbed into very fine powder. Bur'ring Engine. A dental appliance for the use of burs, etc., in forming cavities, etc. See Dental Engine. Burring Engine, Electro-magnetic. A den- tal engine the motive power of which is elec- tricity. See Dental Engine. Bur / sa (from fivpca, a leather bottled A bag or purse. Bursa Cordis. Pericardium. Bursa Test / ium. The scrotum. Bur / sae Muco'sae. Small membranous bags or sacks, situated about articular cavities, filled with an pily mucus for lubricating the tendons, muscles, and bones. Bursae Synovia / les. Bursae mucosae. Bursal. Relating to the bursa? mucosas. Bur'sula. Scrotum. Bu'tea Gum. A gum from natural fissures and wounds made in the bark of the Butea frondosa, a leguminous plant of India. Bu / tiga. Gutta rosea. Butter of Ant'imony. A sesqui-chloride of antimony. Bu'tua. See Pareira Brava. Butyl Chloral. Formula, C 4 H 6 C1 8 0. It is analogous to chloral, and forms a hydrate, but is weaker. It is similar in its physiologi- cal action to chloral. Butyl Chloral Hydrate. See Croton Chlo- ral Eydrate. ButyraL. Oxyhydrate of hutyryl. A clear, BUT 107 CAC thin liquid obtained by the dry distillation of butyrate of lime. Butyric Acid. A clear, thin, acid liquid, obtained by saponifying butter. Butyrin'. The fatty matter of butter. It is a butyrate of oxide of lipyl. Butyrone 7 . A colorless fluid, of peculiar penetrating odor and burning taste, obtained with butyral by cautiously heating butyrate of lime. Buty / rum. Butter. Butyrum Antimonii (murias antimonii). But- ter of antimony. Butyrum Zinci. Chloride of zinc. Buty'ryl. The base of butyric acid, etc. C g H 7 . By ne (pwq). Malt. Byreth / rum. A sort of cap filled with cephalic substances. Byr'sa (from jivpoa, a hide). A leather skin to spread plasters upon. Bysau'chen (from fivu, to stop up, and avxt", the neck). Morbid stiffness of the neck. Bys'solite (from /Jwtctoc, flax, and Aitfoc, a stone). A fibrous mineral found on the Alps. Bys'sos. The vulva. In Italy it is woven into clothes, which are worn, it is supposed, with benefit by rheumatic patients. By 'thus (,8in?of, depth). The fundus of the stomach. c. C. Chemical symbol for carbon ; also an abbreviation for Congius, a gallon, and for Cathode. Ca. Symbol for calcium. Caape'ba. Pareifa brava. Cab. Alchemical term for gold. Cab'alline. A coarse kind of aloes. Cabaret'. Asarum. Cacajmia (cachssmia; from kcikoc, bad, and aifia, blood). A bad condition of the blood. Cacaesthe / sis (from kcikoc, bad, and aia^Tjaig, feeling). Morbid sensation ; indisposition. Caca'o. The chocolate nut. See Theo BROMA. Caca'tion. Defecation. Cacephebote'sia (from kcikoc:, bad, and e^efioTijq, puberty). Morbid puberty. Disease occurring at the period of puberty. Cachec'tic. Pertaining to cachexia. CacheIco / ma (from /co/coc, bad, and e/koc, an ulcer). A malignant ulcer. Cachexia?. An important class of diseases in the "Nosology" of Cullen and Sauvages depending upon a depressed habit of body. Cachexia Sple'nica. The cachexy accom- panying enlarged spleen. Cachexia Vene'rea. Syphilis. Cachex'y (from teams, bad, and eftc, a habit). A depraved habit or condition of the body, as scorbutic, cancerous, etc. Cachinna tion (from cachinno, I laugh). Excessive laughter ; a symptom of hysterical and other affections. Cach'olong. A species of quartz. Ca'chou. Catechu. Cacocho'lia (from teams, bad, and x oA? /, bile). A vitiated or depraved condition of the bile. Cac'ochroia (from /ca/coc, bad, and xp° ia , color). Disease in which the complexion is changed ; unnatural color of skin. Cacochyl'ia (from naiios, bad, and x v %°S, chyle). Depraved chylification. Cacochym / ia (from, kukoc;, bad, and A a '/"°f> juice, humor). A morbid or depraved condi- tion of the humors. Cacocne'mos (from kukoc, bad, and Kvr//iq, the leg). A defect in the legs. Cacocol'pia (from teams, bad, and koTlttos, the womb or vulva). A putrid condition of the vulva and vaginal entrance. Cacocore'ma (from Kamg, bad, and Kopeu, I purge or cleanse). A medicine which purges off morbid or vitiated humors. Caco'dia (from Kamg, bad, and afw, to smell). Anosmia, or defect in the sense of smelling. Cacodyl' (from teams, bad, and oiivs, odor). A limpid, ethereal Liquid of a fetid odor, resembling arsenical compounds derived from acetyl. CAC 108 CAF Cacodyl'ic Acid. Alcargen ; an acid ob- tained by oxidation of cacodyl and its oxide. Cacoe'thes (from /ca/cof, and rj&oc, disposi- tion). A bad habit of body or a malignant sore. Cacogalac'tia (from Game, and ydXa, milk). A bad or vitiated condition of the milk. Cacogen'esis (from kcikoc, bad, and yeveoic, origin). A morbid, monstrous, or pathological growth or product. Cacomor'phia (from nanoc, and fioptprj, form). Deformity. Caconych / ia (from Kanog, and ovv§, a nail). A morbid condition of the nails. Cacopathi'a (from teams, bad, and iradoc, affection). A disordered state of mind. Cacopho'nia. Defective articulation. Cacopra'gia (from /ca/cof, bad, and Trparru, I perform). A morbid condition of the chylo- poietic organs. Cacorrachi'tis (from name, and paxtc, the spine). Disease of the vertebral column. Cacorrhyth/mus (from mnos, and pvd/uoc, rhythm). Irregular puLse or intermittent fever. Cacosit/ia (from Kanog, bad, and cltlov, ali- ment). Aversion to food. Cacosphyx'ia (from Kanog, bad, and a(j>v^ig, pulse). A bad condition of the pulse. Cacos'tomus (from nanog, bad, and aro/xa, mouth). A deformity or diseased condition of the mouth. Cacothym / ia (from Kanog, bad, and tivuog, the mind). A vicious or diseased condition of the mind. Cacotroph/ia (from icaicog, bad, and rpofyr), nutriment). Bad nutrition. Cacox / ene (from Kanog, bad, and %evog, for- eign). A mineral occurring in yellowish, radiating crystals, containing phosphoric and fluoric acids. Peroxide of iron and silica. Cada'ver (from cadere, to fall). A body deprived of life ; a dead body. Cadav'erine. A ptomaine in the form of a syrupy liquid with a disagreeable odor, pro- duced by the putrefaction of animal tissues and by the action of bacilli, and occurring in tin- urine in cystinuria. Cadaverous. Having the appearance of a dead body. Cadmi / a. A name applied to several met- allic compounds, as calamine, cobalt, tutly, etc. Cad mi i Sulphas. Sulphate of cadmium ; a salt need as a collyrium in diseases of the eye. CadmFum. Symbol, Cd. Atomic weight, 111.6 A bluish-white metal found in carbon- ate of zinc, of a compact texture, and in gen- eral properties resembling zinc. It has been combined with mercury and other metals for the formation of an amalgam for filling teeth. It imparts a remarkable property of malleability to such an amalgam. The result of the experi- ments, however, which have been made with the compound has not been so satisfactory as was at first anticipated, on account of the rapidity with which disintegration of tooth- structure takes place, as the yellow sulphide of cadmium forms upon and around a filling of such an amalgam and permeates the dentine, causing rapid disintegration. Caducous (from cadere, to fall). Decidu- ous. A term in Botany applied to parts or organs of a plant which are not permanent, but fall early ; in Anatomy, to the tunica decidua uteri and the temporary or milk teeth ; in Pathology, to epilepsy, because its attacks are attended by the sudden falling of the patient ; and in Zoology, to insects, as the caterpillar, the legs of which do not appear in all the changes through which the animal passes. Casual. Belonging to the caecum. Cae citas Verba' lis (from csecus, blind). Word blindness. Cae cum (infestinum csecum ; from caeens, blind). The caecum or blind gut is so called from its being perforated ouly at one end. Caecum Fora'men. A small cavity in the frontal bone at the inferior extremity of the external coronal crest. Cae'cus. Blind. A term applied in Anatomy to cavities or holes which have but one opening. Cae'rulean. Blue. Caesa'rian Operation (from cssdere, to cut). Caesarian section. In Obstetric Surgery, an operation which consists in making an incision into the uterus through the parietes of the abdomen for the removal of the foetus. Cassi'um. Symbol, Ca. Atomic weight, 132.5. A metal that generally occurs with rubidium, and in the mineral waters of Italy, etc. It has not been obtained in the pure state. It is the most electro-positive of the metals ; Caf'fea. Coffee. The dried and roasted seeds in the form of an infusion act as a cere- bral stimulant and stomachic tonic. Caf / feic Acid. An acid obtained from coffee in the form of a white powder. When heated it yields the odor of roasted coffee. CAF 109 CAL Caffein. A white, silky, crystalline sub- stance obtained from coffee. Its salts have been used as nervines. Called also theine and guaranine. It is a stimulant of the nerve- centres and also of reflex activity, thus indi- rectly stimulating the heart and elevating blood pressure. See Caffea. Cain ca. Chainca. Caincse radix. The root of a species of Chiococca, celebrated as an antidote to the bite of serpents. It is tonic, emetic, and diuretic. Caj / eput Oil (oleum cajuputi). Oil of caj- uput. The volatile oil of the leaves of Mela- leuca cajuputi. It is stimulant and aromatic, and is considered very efficacious in some forms of rheumatism. A drop placed in a decayed tooth has been used as a remedy for odontalgia. Dose, gtt. ij to gtt. vj. Cala'bar Bean. See Physostigma. Calame'den. A term applied to various fractures. Calami na Praspara'ta. Calcined calamine reduced to an impalpable powder. Cal'aminaris Lapis. Ore of zinc. Calamine (cat a mi na). A native carbonate of zinc. Prepared calamine, in fine powder, is dusted or sprinkled on parts to prevent excoria- tion. Calamin ta. Dry styrax. Calamin'tha. Calamint. Calaminth. An aromatic stimulant. Cal'amus. The pharmacopceial name of the Acorus calamus. The acorus is a genus of seed-plants of the order Aracea?. Calamus Aromat/icus. Acorns calamus. Sweet flag. The root is stimulant, tonic, and aromatic. Calamus Dra'co. The plant which yields dragon's blood. Calamus Scripto / rius. A small cavity or furrow at the bottom of the fourth ventricle of the brain, so called from its resemblance to a pen. Calca / neum (calx, the heel). The largest bone of the tarsus ; the heel bone, or os calcis. CaLcar (os calcis, the heel bone). Calcaneum. Also, a spur. Calca'reous (calx, calcis, lime). Belonging to lime ; containing lime ; of the nature of limestone. Calcareous Earth. Lime. Calcareous Spar. Crystallized carbonate of lime. Calcic Inflammation of Gums and Peri- dental Membrane. Inflammation caused and maintained by deposits of calculus on the necks of the teeth ; it is dependent upon such deposits. Calcific. Pertaining to the conversion into lime salts. Calcifica'tion. Conversion into lime salts, as in the formation of the teeth ; the hardening process. Calcification of the Teeth. Of the deciduous teeth : Seventeenth week of embryonic life the enamel and dentine of the central and lateral incisors begin calcification ; eighteenth week, of the molars and cuspids ; twentieth week, of crypts which encase the enamel and dentine germs ; fortieth week, or at birth, the calcification of the incisor crowns is completed and roots begin to calcify ; three months after- birth the cuspid and molar crowns are com- pleted and the roots begin to calcify. Of the permanent teeth : At the twenty-fifth week of foetal life the enamel and dentine of the first molars begin to calcify ; first year after birth, the central and lateral incisors begin to calcify ; at four years of age the cuspids, bicuspids, and second molars begin to calcify ; at eight years the third molars begin to cal- cify. Calcig'enous (calx, lime, and jswau, to generate). Applied to metals which, with oxygen, form a calx, or earthy-looking sub- stance. Calcig'erous Cells. The cells of the bony or dentinal part of a tooth are so called by Professor Owen. CaLcii Chlo'ridum. Chloride of calcium. Calcination (from calx, lime). Oxidation. The act of submitting to a strong heat any infusible mineral substance for the purpose of depriving it either of its water or auy other volatile substance entering into its composition and reducing it to ashes or cinders. CaLcine (calx, lime). To burn as lime ; to reduce to a powder or to an oxide by heat. The separation of the inorganic elements of a substance by exposing it to intense heat. De- priving a substance of moisture and of volatile and combustible substances by exposure to heat. Cal'cined Magne'sia. The protoxide of magnesium. Cal'cis Liquor. Lime water. Prepared by adding cold water to freshly slaked lime and the clear fluid poured off for use as it is needed. It is antacid, slightly styptic, astrin- gent, antiseptic, and detergent. In Denial CAL 110 CAL Practice, lime water is a useful agent where the secretions of the mouth are viscid and fetid, and especially where the teeth are soft in structure and very sensitive owing to the acid condition of the oral fluids. Also where the teeth are sensitive from recession of gum and absorption of alveolar process. When added to milk it increases its digestibility and allays gastric irritability. See Gorgas' -'Dental Medicine." Calcis Mu / rias. Muriate of lime ; old name for the chloride of lime. Calcis, Os. The bone of the tarsus which forms the heel. Calcis Oxymu'rias. Chloride of lime. Calcis Sulphure / tum. Hepar calcis. Sul- phuret of lime. CaFcium. Symbol, Ca. Atomic weight, 40. A brilliant, silver-white metal which has a, strong affinity for oxygen. The metallic base of lime. CaFcoglobuIin. Albumen changed into a remarkably insoluble and resistant substance, resembling chitine in its action with reagents. A thin spherule of formed material — bone — which encloses the osteoblast as the process of secretion proceeds. Calcoglobulin is deposited within the tissues of an inflamed pulp, and is associated with the formation of pulp- nodules. Cal'cospherites. A structural form made by inducing the very gradual precipitation of lime salts in solutions containing albumen or other organic constituents. Cal'cospherules. Bone is an aggregation of calcosphernles, which are at first secreted as a thin covering around the bone-cells or osteoblasts. Calc Spar. Crystallized carbonate of lime. Calcareous spar. Calculi. Earthy concretions. Calculi, Arthrh/ic. Calculi articular. Con- cretions formed in the ligaments and within the capsules of the joints of persons affected with goat. Calculi, Bil'iary. Biliary concretions ; gall- stones. Calculi in the Ears. Hard concretions formed in the meatus auditorius externus. Calculi, Intestinal. Intestinal concretions. Bezoars. Calculi Lach / rymal. Concretions formed in the lachrymal duels. Calculi, Nephritic. Concretions formed in the kidneys. Calculi, Pancreat'ic. Concretions formed in the pancreas. Calculi of the Pine'al Gland. Concretions formed in the pineal gland. Calculi of the Prostate Gland. Concretions in the prostate gland, usually composed of phosphate of lime. Calculi of the Stomach and Intestines. Con- cretions formed in the stomach and intestines. Calculi of the Ton'sils. Concretions formed in the tonsils. Calculi, Salivary. Concretions of a calcare- ous kind formed in the substance of the sali- vary glands, or in their excretory ducts, or upon the teeth. See Odontolithus and Salivary Calculus. CaKculi, Spermatic. Concretions found oc- casionally in the vesicular seminales. Calculi, Urina'ry. Concretions of an earthy nature formed in the bladder. Calculif'ragus (from calculus, a stone, and frango, to break). A stone-breaker ; an instru- ment for breaking a stone in the human body ; a lithontriptic instrument. Calculus (diminutive of calx, a lime- stone). An earthy concretion formed in the bladder, kidneys, mouth, or some other part of the body, stone-like in its nature. Calculus Denta / lis. Salivary calculus. Calculus, Saliva / ry. See SALIVARY CALCU- LUS. Gaidar'. The old Arabic chemical name for tin. Calda rium. A caldron ; the hot bath. Calefa / cient (calefaciens ; from calidus, warm, and facio, I make). To excite warmth. Any substance, as mustard, pepper, etc., capa- ble of exciting warmth in the part to which it is applied. Calen / dula. A genus of plants of the order Composite. Stimulant and resolvent. Used locally for wounds, bruises, ulcers, and purulent otitis ; internally, for vomiting. Calendula Alpina. Arnica Montana. Calendula Arvensis. Wild marigold. Used in jaundice and cachexia. Dose of the juice, from f 3 j to 1*5 iv. Calendula Officinalis. The garden marigold, supposed to be antispasmodic, sudorific, deob- struent, and emmenagogue. The tincture, tinctura calendulas, is used in Denial Practice for an application to a wounded pulp, wounds of mucous membrane, especially after extract- ing teeth, and the soreness following the re- moval of salivary calculus. A few drops CAL 111 CAL added to an ounce of water forms an efficient mouth-wash in inflammations. For dental uses, see Gorgas' " Dental Medicine." Calen'dulae Martiales. Ferrum ammo- niatum. Calen dulin. A peculiar principle, sup- posed by Berzelius to be analogous to bassorin, obtained from the marigold. Calentu'ras. Sometimes applied to cin- chona. Also a tree of the Philippine Islands the wood of which is bitter and febrifuge. Cale'sium. A Malabar tree, the bark of which, made into an ointment, is said to cure convulsions from wounds and to heal ulcers ; and the juice of the bark, aphthae and dysen- tery. Calibre. The diameter of any cylindrical body. Calices. Calyces. From seven to thirteen funnel-shaped tubes, called the infundibula, into which the points of the papillae of the kidneys project. Cal'idum Animate. Animal heat. Calidum Inna / tum. Animal heat, or vis vitas. Call 'go. A mist. Obscurity of vision caused by a speck on the cornea ; also, the speck itself. It is divided into six species : (1) Caligo palpebrarum, obstructed vision from dis- order in the eyelids ; (2) Caligo comese, opacity of the cornea ; (3) Caligo leniis, cataract ; (4) Caligo pupillse, blindness from closure of the iris ; (5) Caligo humor um, blindness from loss of transparency in the aqueous or vitreous humors; (6) Caligo synizesis, blindness from closed pupil. Calipers. Compasses with curved legs. Used in vulcanite and celluloid work to measure the thickness of the plate. Calisay'a Bark. Cinchona flava. Calisthenics (naXoc, beautiful, and odevoc, strength). An exercise for strengthening the body and giving ease and elegance to the movements of the limbs. Ca lix (calyx infundibUlum ; from ku?u^, a cup). Small membranous canals which sur- round the papillae of the kidneys and open into the pelvis. Callidon tia (from mloq, beautiful, and ooovc, a tooth). The art of preserving the beauty of the teeth. See Dental Hygiene. Callosity (cdllosiias). Preternatural hard- ness ; as in certain tumors. Callous (callosus). Hardened ; indurated, as the edges of an ulcer. Cal lus. Callous. The exudative deposit of bony matter thrown out between and uniting the fractured extremities of a bone. It is also applied to induration of a soft or fleshy part. Callus, Permanent. The permanent bond of union in fractured bone after the re-absorp- tion of the provisional callus first thrown out. Callus, Provisional. The cartilage-like plastic material first thrown out in fractured bone, and which is re-absorbed when the perma- nent callus is formed. CaFomel {calomelas ; from ku/mc, good, and fie'Aag, black). Protochloride of mercury. Hy- drargyri chloridum mite, mild chloride of mer- cury (which see). Ca'lor. Heat. Calor Anima'lis. Animal heat. Calor Fer'vens. Boiling heat. Calor Le'nis. Gentle heat, between 90° and 100° Fahr. Calor Mor / dicans. A term applied in Path- ology to the biting and pungent heat of the skin. A dangerous symptom in typhus fever, which leaves an unpleasant smarting sensation on the fingers for several minutes after touch- ing them. Calor 'ic (calor icum ; from calor). The mat- ter, cause, or agent by which all the effects of heat are produced. Caloric, Lament. Insensible heat. That por- tion of heat existing in all bodies not made evident by approaching the thermometer ; also heat passing into ice as it becomes water, and into liquids to convert them into vapor. Caloric, Specific. The amount of heat re- quired to raise different bodies to an equal degree of temperature. Calorifica-'tion (calorificatio ; from color, heat, and fieri, to become). The production of heat ; especially the function of generating animal heat. Calorimeter (from ealor, heat, and fierpov, a measure). An instrument by which the whole quantity of absolute heat existing in a body in chemical union can be ascertained. Calumba. Calumbo ; columba. A root having an aromatic smell, a bitter, pungent taste, and tonic and antiseptic properties. Dose, gr. x to ^j in powder. Calumba, American. Indian lettuce ; yel- low gentian ; golden seal. The root is used in the same cases as the true calumba. CaPva (calvaria ; sometimes improperly called calvarium; from calvus, bald). The scalp CAL 112 CAM or upper part of the cranium is so called be- cause it often becomes bald. Calx (from kalah, to burn). Chalk, lime. Calx Antimo / nii. Oxide of antimony. Calx Chlorina / ta. Chloride of lime. Bleach- ing powder. Calx cum Ka / li Pu'ro. Potash with lime. Calx Hydrar / gyri Alba. Ammoniated mer- cury. Calx, Metallic. A metal which has under- gone calcination, combustion, or some other equivalent process. Calx Viva. Quicklime. Caly / ces. Small membranous caps which cover the points of the papillae of the kidney. Their union forms the infuudibula. Calyc'iform. Shaped like a calyx or flower-cup. Cal / ycoid (from calyx, and e«5of, a form). Resembling a calyx. Calyp'tra (from nalvnTrip, a cover). A veil or cover. In Botany, a membranous envelope placed over the capsule of mosses, enclosing their sporules. Cal'yx (/ca/taf, the cups of a flower). The outermost of the enveloping organs of a flower. The flower-cup. The membranous cup or sac surrounding one or two of the papilla? of the kidney. „ Cam / bium. In Physiology, the nutritious humors supposed to be elaborated from the blood to repair the losses and accomplish the increase of the various organs of the body. In Botany, a colorless, viscid juice, found in the spring, between the bark and wood of trees, which, it is supposed, becomes gradually or- ganized, assuming the vegetable structure. In Dental Physiology, a layer of roundish cells with processes internal to the outer part of the peri- osteum about the root of a tooth and forming a part of it. Cambo / gia (from Cambodia, in the East Indies, where it is obtained). Gamboge (which see). Cambu'ca (cambucca memlrrata). A bubo or ulcer in the groin or near the genitals. Cam / era. A chamber or cavity. Applied to the chambers of the eye. Camera Luci / da. An instrument making the image of any object appear on the wall in a light room. Camera Obscura. An optical apparatus for throwing the image of external objects on a white surface in a dark room, and represent- ing them in their proper colors and shapes. Campa / na. A bell. In Chemistry, a dish or cover shaped like a bell, used in making sulphuric acid. Campan'ulate. Bell-shaped. Camphene', or Camphine. A substance procured from common turpentine ; with an equivalent of oxygen it forms camphor. Campho -phenique. A limpid, volatile fluid with a hot, aromatic taste and the odor of camphor. Obtained from the chemical union of carbolic acid and camphor. It is antiseptic, anaesthetic, and germicidal. Cam / phor (from the Arabian caphur or Icamphur). Camphor; a concrete substance derived from the Laurus camphora and puri- fied by sublimation ; of a crystalline texture, strong, fragrant odor, and possessing narcotic and diaphoretic properties. In Dental Practice the tincture, or "spirits of camphor," is used to allay pain arising from a near exposure of the dental pulp and of sensitive dentine, and for the pain following the extraction of teeth affected with periodontitis ; also, in periosteal inflammation, combined with creasote or car- bolic acid it is thought to have the power of modifying the escharotic action of these agents. The oil is preferred by some. Camphor, Borneo. See Borneo Camphor. Camphor, Liquid. Camphor oil ; the fluid obtained from the young camphor tree, Dryo- balanops camphora, by incision into the tree. Camphor, Oil of. Nitrate of camphor. A so- lution of camphor in dilute nitric acid ; also applied to liquid camphor and liniment of camphor. Cam'phor Water. Aqua camphora, U. S. Mistura camphora}. Camphor mixture ; a mixture of camphor, alcohol, carbonate oi magnesia, and distilled water. Cam / phora Officina / rum. The Laurus camphora, or camphor tree, a native of China and Japan. Camphorae Flo'res Compos'iti. Camphor sublimed with benzoin. Camphora'ta. See Camphorosma. Cam / phorate (camphoras). A salt resulting from the union of camphoric acid with a salifi- able base. Camphorated. Relating to or containing camphor. Camphorated Tincture of Opium. See PARE- GORIC. Camphoric Acid (acidum camphoricum) . An acid obtained by repeated distillation of nitric acid from camphor. CAM 113 CAN Cam'phrone. A light oily substance ob- tained by dropping pieces of camphor into a porcelain tube containing cpiicklime, heated to redness, and condensing the vapor. Campylo / tis (from na/i-v/Mc, bent). A pre- ternatural incurvation of a part ; also a distor- tion of the eyelids. Cam 'wood. A red dye-wood, the product of the Baphia nitida, a native of Sierra Leone. Canaden'sis. Canadian ; the name of a balsam. See Canada Balsam:. Can'adol. A transparent liquid, very vola- tile, and resembling benzine in odor, which is used as a local anaesthetic in minor surgical operations. Canal (canalis; ductus; meatus). A channel or passage for fluids or solids ; a tube ; a duct ; the prolongation of a foramen for some distance in a bone. Canal, Alimentary. The canal leading from the mouth to the anus. Canal, Arachnoi'dian. A canal, supposed to have been discovered by Bichat, formed by the extension of the arachnoid over the trans- verse and longitudinal fissures of the brain, and which surrounds the vena magna ga- leui. Crnveilhier denies the existence of this canal. Canal, Arte'rial. Ductus arteriosus. Canal, Hy'aloid. A cylindrical body formed by the reflection of the hyaloid membrane into the interior of the vitreous body. Canal, Intestinal. That portion of the ali- mentary canal formed by the intestines. Canal, Medullary. The cylindrical cavity in the shaft of a long bone. Canal, Nasal. Lachrymal canal. Canal of Fonta'na. The minute vascular canal situated within the ciliary ligament. It is also termed the ciliary canal. Canal of Ja'cobson. Tympanic canal. Canal of Nuck. A cylindrical sheath formed around the round ligaments of the uterus by a prolongation of the peritoneum into the inguinal canal. Canal of Petit. A triangular canal, situated immediately around the circumference of the crystalline lens. Canal of Schlemm. A minute circular canal at the junction of the sclerotica and conjunc- tiva. Canal, Spi'nal. Vertebral canal. Canal, Tympa'nic. A canal opening on the lower surface of the petrous portion of the temporal bone, containing Jacobson's nerve. 8 Canal ic'ulate (canaliculatua). Channelled ; furrowed ; grooved. Canaliculus; plural, Canaliculi (diminu- tive of canalis, a canal). A small canal. Ap- plied in Anatomy to some large lacuna; which secrete mucus in the urethra. In bone, the small canals through which nutrition is con- veyed to all parts of the structure. Each lacuna is the outlet of a number of canaliculi. Cana 'lis Arteriosus. Arterial duct ; a ves- sel through which the blood passes in the foetus from the pulmonary artery into the aorta, but which is obliterated after birth. Canalis Semicircula'ris. The semicircular canal. There are three in the posterior por- tion of the labyrinth of each ear, which open by five orifices into the vestibulum. Canalis, Veno'sus. A canal which conveys the blood in the foetus from the porta of the liver to the ascending vena cava, but it ceases to exist after birth. Cancella'tus (cancellus ; from cancelU). Cancellous. Having a latticed appearance ; can- cellated ; formed of cancelli. Cancel li. Lattice-work. The reticular or spongy texture of bones, consisting of numerous cells communicating with one another. They contain a fatty matter like marrow. Can'cer {/tapKivoe • literally, a crab). In Zoology, a genus of crnstaceous animals. In Pathology, a scirrhous tumor, generally termi- nating in a fatal ulcer, called by the Greeks carcinoma, from Kapuwog, a crab, from the resemblance of the affected part and the sur- rounding raised veins to that animal. The disease is ordinarily attended with severe lan- cinating pain, and the texture of the affected part is exceedingly variable. The following are the species enumerated by Dr. Bayle : 1. The chondro'id (from jovtfyjoc, cartilage, and eiSoc, likeness), or eartilaginiform. 2. The hyalo'id (from va/.oc, glass, and eidog, likeness), or vitriform. 3. The larinoid (from ?.apivoc, fat, and euhc, likeness), or lardiform. 4. The bunioid (from j9tn/«n>, a turnip, and eiAoc, likeness), or napiform. 5. The eneqrfialo'id (from e; neoa/.oc, the brain, and eidog, likeness), or cerebriform. 6. The colloid (from no'/./.a, glue, and et6oc t likeness), or gelatiniform. 7. The compound cancerous, the mixed can- cerous, and the superficial cancerous. Cancer Cell. The cell which is supposed to characterize cancer. CAN 114 CAN Cancer Gale'ni. A bandage for the head, or a bandage with eight tails resembling crabs' claws. Cancer Mundito'rum. Cancer scroti. Chim- ney-sweeper's cancer. An irregular, super- ficial, painful ulceration, occurring in the scrotum of chimney-sweepers. Can'cerous. Pertaining to cancer. Can'croid (cancroideus ; from cancer, and eidoc, form). Having the appearance of a cancer. Can crum. Canker ; a spreadiug sore, a phagedenic ulcerative process. Water canker is called noma. Cancrum O'ris [pliagedsena oris). Gangrenous stomatitis. Canker of the mouth ; a spread- ing ulceration of the gums, inside of the lips and cheeks, and it may occur in any part of the buccal cavity or fauces, attended with a preternatural flow of saliva, inflammation and tumefaction of the neighboring parts, fetid breath, fever, and constipation. The disease is usually confined to children of from two to six years of age, and is supposed to result from a debilitated state of the body, induced by want of cleanliness and improper food. The disease evidently has some of the charac- teristics of gangrenous inflammation of the gums, as well as of other affections which consist of ulceration of the gums and exfolia- tion of the alveolar processes ; yet it differs from both of these in many particulars, and therefore should not be confounded with either. The last-named affection, we believe, never occurs among the wealthy, but seems always to be confined to children of the poor, and to be dependent upon defective nutrition, bad air, and a cachectic habit of the body ; whereas cancrum oris is occasionally met with among children of the wealthier classes of society. In the treatment of the disease, as soon as the affection is recognized the ulcer should be destroyed with fuming nitric acid ; any delay will insure fatal consequences. Disinfectant washes should be constantly employed, and the strength maintained by the free use of stimulants and tonics., Hydrochloric acid is recommended by some, instead of nitric acid, for application to the ulcer. Astringent washes are also serviceable in the after-treat- ment. CaiPdidum Ovi. The white of an egg. Canel'la. A genus of plants of the order Meliaceaj. Canella AFba. The laurel-leaved canella, the bark of which is a stimulant and pungent aromatic. It is added to bitters and cathar- tics. Dose, gr. x to gr. xxx. Can'icse. Meal containing much bran. Canicida. Aconite. Canine'. Pertaining to or partaking of the nature of a dog. Canine Fos'sa. A depression in the outer surface of the superior maxillary bone above the canine or cuspid tooth. Canine Teeth [dentes canini ; cynodontcs ; denies laniarii; dentes angulares ; cuspidati ; conoides; eye-teeth). See Cuspid Teeth. Cani mis (from earns, a dog). A cuspid tooth is so called because it resembles that of a dog. See Cuspid Teeth. It is also the name of a muscle, the levator anguli oris, because it is situated near the canine tooth. Cani ram. Strychnos nux vomica. Cani 'ties. Grayness of hair. Can'ker. A corroding ulcer in the mouth. See Cancrum Oris. Can'na. A reed or hollow cane. The fibula has been so called from its resemblance to a reed. Canna Fis'tula. See Cassia Fistula. Canna InMica. Sagittarium alexipharmicum. Canna Ma'jor. The tibia. Canna MPnor Cru'ris. The fibula. Can nabine (cannabina). Cannabis hemp. A resin extracted from the Cannabis indica. Can'nabis. A genus of plants of the order Urticacese. Hemp. Cannabis In'dica. India hemp. The hemp cultivated in the East is thought to be dif- ferent from the common hemp, but the two plants are regarded by most botanists as iden- tical. It is admitted, however, that the former is more powerful in its action upon the system. An intoxicating liquor is pre- pared from the leaves, under the name of bang, or ganga, in India. It is a true cerebral stimulant, and may be employed when opium can not be. One-half to one grain will pro- duce sleep. In Dental Practice it is applied to exposed pulps to relieve the pain. Dose of tincture, gtt. xx to gtt. xxx. Cannabis SatPva. Common hemp. The tops of this plant have a strong narcotic smell, causing giddiness, dimness of sight, and a species of intoxication. Can'nel Coal. A bituminous substance which yields on combustion a bright flame with little or no smoke. CAN 115 CAP Can nula (diminutive of canna, a reed). A tubular surgical instrument, consisting of a tube or sheatb obliquely pointed, and a stiletto or stylet, introduced into a cavity or tumor to drain or draw off the fluid. Canthar'idal CoIIo'dion. Collodium cum cantharide. Is composed of cantharides, sul- phuric ether, and acetic acid, in two ounces of which mixture twenty-five grains of gun cotton are dissolved. It is an effectual vesi- cant, and in Denial Practice is a valuable application in periodontitis, relieving the in- flammation by counter-irritation. It is applied by means of a camel's hair brush to the gum over the root of the affected tooth, and the blister which results is punctured with a needle. See Gorgas' " Dental Medicine.'' Canthar'idine (from cantharis, Spanish fly). The active priuciple in cantharides, on which their vesicating quality depends. Can / tharis (cantharis vesicatoria ; navil-apig, a beetle). The blister-beetle ; Spanish fly. A genus of coleopterous insects containing many species. Cantharides, when taken internally, are powerfully stimulant, producing a peculiar effect upon the urinary and genital organs ; applied externally, they excite inflammation of the skin and a copious secretion of serum under the cuticle. Dose, gr. ss to gr. j, in a pill, with opium or extract of henbane and camphor, twice a day. Dose of the tincture, gtt. x. See Cantharidal Collodion. Canthi / tis (canthus). Inflammation of the angle of one or both eyes. Can'thoplasty (navdog, the angle of the eye, and TTAaoau, to form). The operation of trans- planting a portion of the conjunctiva of the eyeball to the external canthus of the eye- lids. Can thus (icav&og). The angle or corner of the eye. Can 'ula. See Cannula. Caout/chine. A volatile oil obtained by the destructive distillation of caoutchouc. Caoutchouc 7 (koochook'). India-rubber ; gum-elastic. The ruilky, concrete juice ob- tained principally from the Siphonia elastica, or Siphonia cahuchu, a South American tree. It is remarkable for its elasticity, and, being insoluble in water and alcohol, is applied to various valuable purposes. It is used as a base for artificial teeth, etc. ; also in the manu- facture of catheters, bougies, pessaries, and in the prosthesis of the velum palati. It did not, however, answer very well at first for this latter purpose, as the secretions of the mouth and nasal cavities soon destroyed it. But this objection has been completely obviated by the discovery of a peculiar method of preparing it, vulcanizing the rubber. See INDIA Rub- ber, and also Vulcanite. Ca'outchoucin (caoutchouc ina). The prin- ciple on which the properties of caoutchouc depend. Caphopic / rite (from napsu, to inhale, and ■n-wpog, bitter). The bitter principle of rhubarb. Caph / ora (caphura). Camphor. Capillaire / . A syrup employed as a demul- cent in coughs. Cap'illary (capillaris; from capillus, the hair). Resembling a hair ; hair-like ; small. It is applied to the extreme radicles of the arteries and veins. A minute blood-vessel, connecting the smallest ramifications of the arteries with those of the veins. Also a very minute fissure in the skull ; also the intercel- lular biliary passages. Capillary Attraction. The power by which a liquid rises higher in a fine tube than the surface of the liquid in which one end of it is placed. Capilliculus (capillus, the hair). The ar- terial and venous radicles pervading more minutely than the capillaries the ultimate elements of every organ. Capillus. The hair. Capistrum (literally, a bridle). The single split-cloth bandage used in fractures and other injuries of the lower jaw. Capital (capitalis). Belonging to the head. Applied to surgical operations, it denotes those of greater magnitude, as amputations, excisions, etc. Cap'itate (from caput, the head). Headed ; terminated in a head or sudden enlargement. Capitilu'vium (from caput, the head, and lavarre, to wash). A lotion or bath for the head. Capitit/raha. Instruments to draw down the head of the fcetus. Capito'nes. Foetuses whose heads are so large as to interfere with delivery. Capit 'uluni (diminutive of caput, the head). A small head or knot. A term applied to any protuberance of bone received into a hollow part of another bone. In Chemistry, an alembic. Capi'vi Oil. See Copaiba. Capnis'mos. Fumigation. Capno'mar (from nairvog, smoke, uotpa, part). CAP 116 CAP A volatile, transparent liquid, obtained from tar, and having the property of dissolving caoutchouc. Capping the Pulps of Teeth. An opera- tion first recommended by Dr. Koecker for the purpose of protecting an exposed dental pulp from injury in filling a tooth and for pre- serving its vitality. This operation consists, in the case of small cavities or those difficult of access, in the use of a dressing composed of carbolic acid and oil of cloves, equal parts, combined with zinc oxide in the form of a plastic paste, which is carefully flowed over the exposed area of pulp, without producing pressure. When the cavity leading to the ex- posure is large enough, it is preferable that the above dressing should be covered by a concave metal cap. Platinum caps are the best ; caps are also made of pure tin. Other dressings — such, for example, as the lacto-phosphate of lime — are also employed. In all cases the metal concave cap should be thick enough to prevent any interference, by pressure, with the pulp in the subsequent operation of filling the crown-cavity, especially if gold is used for such a filling. In every case it is necessary that the dressing should be in contact with the exposed surface of the pulp. Cap'rate. A combination of capric acid with a base. Capreola'ris [capreolatus ; from capreolus, a tendril). Twisted, contorted ; applied by some to the spermatic vessels. Cap'ric Acid. A volatile acid of a dis- agreeable odor, obtained from butter on its conversion into soap. Caprilo'quium. vEgophony. Caprin / ic Acid. An acid with a sweetish odor, obtained from butter in fine acicular crystals. Cap / rinyl. The organic radical of the foregoing. Oil of rue is supposed to be its oxyhydiate. Its formula is C 20 H 19 . Capro'ic Acid. See Capronic Acid. Capron'ic Acid. A clear, oily, unpleas- antly smelling fluid, obtained from cocoanut oil, batter, and Limburg cheese. Cap'ronyl. The basis of the foregoing. Formula, C,. 2 H n . Capryl / ic Acid. An acid combined with glycerine and some animal fats ; forms capry- lates. Cap / sicin. An acrid resin obtained from cayenne pepper. Cap'sicum (from /c«7tt<.), to bite ; because of its effect on the mouth). A genus of plants of the order Solanacese. Capsicum An / nuum. Cayenne pepper ; Guinea pepper. It is a powerful stimulant, and pro- duces, when taken into the stomach, a sense of heat and a glow upon the skin. It is used as a condiment, and is valuable as a medicinal agent. Dose, gr. v. In Dental Practice, the tincture, tinctura capsici, is useful in acute periodontitis when it is necessary to hasten suppuration ; also, in the chronic form, to re- solve the inflammatory products. It is also useful to stimulate the gums in chronic in- flammation and ulceration, and in chronic alveolar abscess, and in recession of the gums from the necks of the teeth. As a local stimulant and counter-irritant it may be placed in a small bag, or be applied in the form of a capsicum plaster to the gum over the root of the affected tooth. For other dental uses see Gorgas' ' ' Dental Medi- cine. " Cap / sula (diminutive of capsa, a chest or case) . A capsule. A membranous bag enclosing a part of the body, as the capsular ligament, the capsule of the crystalline lens, etc. The matrices or sacs of the teeth are sometimes called capsules. In Botany, the membranous pericar- dium or seed-vessels of a plant. Capsula Atrabilia / ris. The supra-renal cap- sules, or supra-renal glands ; two flattened tri- angular bodies, one on each side, surmounting the corresponding kidney. Capsula Cordis. Capsule of the heart. The pericardium. Capsula Lumba / ris. The receptaculum chy- li. Capsular (capsularis). Having the form or partaking of the nature of a capsule. Capsular Lig / ament. A kind of ligamentous bag surrounding every movable articulation and containing the synovia. Cap / sule (capsula). A tunic or bag which encloses a part of the body. Capsule, Gelatinous. An envelope of gelatin enclosing medicinal agents to conceal their taste. Capsule of Glisson. A dense cellular mem- brane surrounding the vena porta} in its most minute ramifications in the liver ; described by Glisson. Capsule, Renal. Supra-renal capsule. See Capsula Atrabiliaris. Capsule, Seminal. A name given by Bartho- line to the dilatation of the extremity of the CAP 117 CAR vas deferens. Some anatomists give this name to the vesiculse seminales. Capsule, Syno / vial. A membranous hag en- veloping an articulation, and secreting a lubri- cating fluid. Capsulitis (cajmda, a capsule). Inflam- mation of the capsule of the eye. Ca'put. The head, cranium, or skull ; the upper extremity of a bone, as the head of the femur. Also, the origin of a muscle, as the long head of the biceps ; and it is sometimes applied to a protuberance resembling a head, as also to the beginning of a part. Caput Gallinag / inis (verumontanum) . A pro- tuberance in the urethra in men, situated before the neck of the bladder. Caput Ob / stipum. Wry neck. Caput Pur'gum. A remedy which causes a defluxion from the head, as an errhine, siala- gogue, etc. Caput Scapulae. Acromion. Caput Succeda / neum. A swelling of the head of the foetus which occurs in certain cases of labor. Caput Testis. The epididymis. Car'abus. A genus of coleopterous insects. Two species, the Crysocephalus and Ferru- gineus, were at one time much vaunted as a remedy for toothache, and even quite recently they were highly recommended in Germany for this purpose. They were first rubbed be- tween the thumb and finger and then applied to the affected tooth and gum. See Coccinella Septempunctata. Caran / na (carannse gummi; caragna). A concrete resinous substance, having an aromatic smell and bitter taste. Car'at (from the Arab l-yrat, a weight, or from iiepaTLov, a small weight, or, according to some, from kuara, an African term for the bean used by the natives of the Gold Coast for weighing gold dust). A weight of four grains, used in weighing diamonds. It is also used in reference to the fineness of gold. For example, suppose the mass spoken of " to weigh twenty- four carats, of twelve grains each ; and the pure gold is called fine. Thus, if gold is said to be twenty-two carats fine, or standard, it is im- plied that If are pure gold and y 2 ? alloy. In the process of assaying gold, the real quantity taken is very small, generally from six to twelve grains; and this is termed the assay pound. It is subdivided into twenty-four carats, and each carat into four assay grains, and each grain into quarters ; so that there are 384 separate reports for gold. When the gold assay pound is only six grains, the quarter assay grain only weighs ^ of a grain. This will give some idea of the accuracy required in the weights and scales used for such delicate operations. "* The still further division of the carat brings it to fa of the original weight. This method of ex- posing the fineness of gold, however, is gradu- ally yielding to the more scientific decimal mode. Car 'away. See Carum. Car / bo Anima / lis {carlo carnis). Animal charcoal. Ivory-black. See Charcoal, Ani- mal. Carbo Fossilis. Stone coal. Carbo Ligni. Charcoal of wood. Carbohydrates. Hydrates of carbon. Or- ganic substances composed of nearly equal parts of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen. Cellulose, starch, and sugar belong to this class. Carbol'ic Acid, or Phenole. Phenic acid. Obtained from coal-tar, and when perfectly pure is a colorless crystallized solid, and of a taste at first pungent and then sweet. Its odor is 1 ike that of tar. It is very soluble in alcohol, ether, chloroform, and benzole. For dental use it is rendered fluid by diluting it with a little cologne water. It is, chemically, an alcohol rather than an acid. It is used in Dentistry as an application to the exposed pulp of a tooth, preparatory to fill- ing it, when without its aid the general prac- tice would be to destroy the pulp ; also, to sen- sitive dentine. Diluted, it is allowed to remain in contact with the pulp of a tooth for ten minutes in the conservative treatment of the organ. Some regard the superficial eschar caused by the strong acid when applied to the exposed surface of the pulp as an important factor in its treatment for preservation. When applied to sensitive dentine it is allowed to remain from five to fifteen minutes. Combined with glycerine in the proportion of one part to thirty parts of glycerine, it is a valuable injection for chronic forms of alveolar abscess. Carbolic acid is also used for putrescent pulps, but has given place to agents possessing greater germi- cidal power. It is also employed in inflamma- tory conditions of the oral mucous membrane. It is also used for the same purpose as creasote (which see). For dental uses, etc.. seeGorgas' "Dental Medicine." Car'bolize. To mix or impregnate with car- bolic acid. * Brand's "Encyclopedia." CAR 118 CAR Carbomethyl'ic Acid. An acid resulting from the action of carbonic acid upon pyroxylic spirit. Car'bon (from carbo, coal). Charcoal. Sym- bol, C. Atomic weight, 12. A non-metal oc- curring in various forms of diamond, graphite, or black lead, and charcoal. In Chemistry this term is used to signify a pure combustible base of the varieties of charcoal and other carbon- aceous substances. The diamond is the purest form of crystallized carbon. Carbon, Min'eral. A term applied to charcoal with various proportions of earth and iron, without bitumen. It has a silky lustre and the fibrous texture of wood. It is found stratified with various kinds of coal. Carbon, Sesqui-iodide of. A yellow precipi- tate, obtained by adding water to an alcoholic solution of iodine deprived of its color by potassa. It has been used in glandular and cutaneous affections. Carbon, Sulphuret of. A transparent, color- less fluid, of an unpleasant taste and smell. It was formerly supposed to be diaphoretic, diuretic, emmenagogue, and antispasmodic. Carbon Tetrachloride. The formula is CC1 4 . An anaesthetic resembling chloroform, but is very dangerous. Carbonaceous (carlo, coal, carbon). Of the nature of carbon. Car'bonas. Carbonate. Car'bonate. A salt formed by the union of carbonic acid with a salifiable base ; a com- bination of carbonic acid in which all the hy- drogen is replaced. Carbonate of Ammonia (ammonii carbonas). Formula, NH 4 HCO :j NH 4 C0 2 . Dose, grs. ij-x. One of the preparations of ammonia. See Ammonia. Carbonate of Sodium (sodiicarbonis). Na 2 CO : „ lOFf.,0. Dose, grs. v-xxx. The physiological effects and therapeutic uses are analogous to those of potassium — antacid and diuretic. It is employed as a mouth wash, and also to re- lieve the pain of pulpitis and to obtund sensi- tive dentine. It is also employed in the treat- ment of devitalized pulps as a disinfectant and antiseptic. Car'bonated (carbonatus; aeratus). That which is combined with carbonic acid. Carbon / ic Acid (acidum carbonicum). Fixed air; carbonaceous acid; mcphitic acid. A transparent, colorless, gaseous acid, without smell, irrespirable, and incapable of supporting combustion. II: is a compound of carbon and oxygen, CO. In the form of carbonic acid gas it constitutes a small proportion of atmospheric air. It is often found in mines, dry wells, etc. Breathing it is often fatal to animal life. See Poisons. Carbonic Acid Water. Mineral or soda water, used as a vehicle for saline cathartics. Carbonic Oxide. G-aseous oxide of carbon ; the protoxide of carbon, CO. It is a colorless gas formed when carbon is burned with an imperfect supply of oxygen. Carbon'icum Na / trum. Carbonate of soda. Carbo'nis Sulphure'tum. Sulphuret of carbon. Carbo / nium. Carbon. Carbonization. The conversion of organic substances into charcoal or carbon by heat until the volatile products are driven off and the carbon only remains. Car / bonize. To char; to convert in part into charcoal. Carborundum. A combination of carbon and silicon, effected by electrical action. Carborundum Wheels, Points, etc. Used for grinding artificial teeth, finishing surfaces of fillings, etc. Carbuncle (carbunculus). See Anthrax. Car'buret (carburetum). A compound of carbon with any simple combustible substance. For example, carburretted hydrogen is hydro- gen holding carbon in solution. Steel is a carburet of iron. Carburet of Sul'phur. A liquid compound of carbon and sulphur. It was formerly called alcohol of sulphur, and is now obtained by passing the vapor of sulphur over ignited char- coal. Carburet/ted Hy'drogen. Carbon and hydrogen ; light inflammable air ; olefiant gas ; hydroguret of carbon. There are two gaseous compounds of carbon and hydrogen, olefiant gas, or oil-making gas, so called because it forms an oily compound with chlorine, and light car- burettcd hydrogen, found in some coal mines, which is known by the name of fire damp, and is the cause of the explosions which sometimes took place previously to the invention, by Sir Humphry Davy, of the safety lamp. It is also evolved from the mud of stagnant pools and ditches. Olefiant gas is obtained by distilling a mixture of one part of alcohol and two in bulk of sulphuric acid, and collected over water, which is said to absorb more than one- seventh of its volume of the gas. Car / byls. A term used by Lowig, in his CAR 119 CAR classification of animal substances, to denote those radicals which consist of two or more atoms of carbon. Carcino'ma (from napnivoc, a crab, a cancer). A malignant new growth composed essentially of epithelial cells and developed from epithe- lial tissues. See Cancer. Carcinoma Haemato'des (Jisematodes ; fungus hsematodes). Most authors use the term in the same sense as cancer. Some apply it to incipient cancer, and some to that species of cancer which resembles cerebral substance. Carcinomatous (from carcinoma). Belong- ing to carcinoma. Car'damom (cardamomum ; from napcha, the heart, because it was supposed to strengthen this organ). The fruit of Alpina cardamomum is a warm and grateful aromatic, but chiefly employed as an ingredient in compound medi- cinal preparations. Dose, gr. x to gr. xxx. Cardamo / mum. See Cardamom. Cardia (napfiia). The heart'; also the upper orifice of the stomach. Cardiac (cardiacvs, from napdia, the heart). Relating to the heart, also to the superior opening of the stomach. Also applied to in- vigorating medicines. Cardiac Arteries. Coronary arteries. Two arteries given off by the aorta above the free edges of the sigmoid valves and distributed to both surfaces of the heart. Cardiac Gang / lion. A ganglion situated be- neath the arch of the aorta. Cardiac Nerves. The nerves of the heart. They are distinguished into right and left, and arise from the cervical ganglia. Cardiac Plex'us. A network formed by the cardiac nerves at the back part of the aorta, near the heart. Cardiac Veins. The coronary veins. They are four in number, two anterior and two pos- terior, and open by one orifice into the right auricle of the heart. Cardia'gra. Gout of the heart. Cardiag'raphy (cardiagraphia ; from Kapdia, the heart, and ypa;<»•, a discourse). A treatise on the heart. CardiatorrTia (from napdia, the heart, and TEfiveiv, to cut). Dissection of the heart. Cardiatroph'ia. Atrophy of the heart. Cardiec'tasis (from napcha, the heart, and eKraaic, extension). Dilatation of the heart. Cardielco'sis (from napdia, the heart, and e/.Koc, an ulcer). Ulceration of the heart. Car'diocele (from napdia, the heart, and nrf/.T), a tumor). The protrusion of the heart through a wound of the diaphragm. A hernia of the heart. Car / diodynia (from icapdia, the heart, and odwrj, pain). Pain in the heart. See Car- D1AGRA. Car'diogram. An instrument for auto- matically recording the movements of the heart. Cardiomala'cia (from napdia, the heart, and pa/MKia, softness). Softening of the heart. Cardion'chus (from napdia, the heart, and oynog, a tumor). An aneurism of the heart, or of the aorta near it. CardiopaPmus (from napdia, the heart, and naX/iog, pulsation). Palpitation of the heart. Cardiopathy (cardiopathia ; from napdia, the heart, and iratioc, disease). Disease of the heart. Car'diopericardi'tis. Inflammation of the heart and pericardium. Cardio=pneumatic (from napdia, the heart, and -vevua, the breath). Pertaining to the heart and breath. Cardiorrhex / is (from napdia, the heart, and pniic, rupture). Rupture of the heart. Cardiosteno'sis. Contraction of the open- ings of the heart. Cardiot'romus (from napdia, the heart, and rpofioc, tremor). Feeble palpitation, or flutter- ing of the heart. Cardiot'rotus. One wounded in the heart. Cardi'tis (from napdia, the heart, and trig, inflammation). Inflammation of the heart. Car / do. A hinge. The articulation called ginglymus. Careba'ria (from naprj, the head, and i^apoc, weight). Heaviness of the head. Care'na. The twenty-fourth part of a drop. Car 'cum (carton). Caraway seed. Caribbean Bark. The bark of Exostemma caribb;cum ; a false cinchona. Ca'ries (from carlo, to rot; according to some authors, from the Chaldee word Karah. to dig in) A chronic inflammation of bone with absorption of bony tissue, attended usually by pus formation. Ulceration of bone. Caries Dentium. See Caries of the Teeth. Caries of Bone. A disease of hone analogous to ulceration of soft parts. Caries of the Teeth. A chemical decomposi- tion of the earthy part of any portion of a CAR 120 CAR tooth, accompanied by a partial or complete disorganization of the animal framework of the affected part. The elements of the tooth chemically disinte- grate, particle by particle, the disease always beginning on the surface in some depression or irregularity, and very often at the point of contact of proximal surfaces and about the necks of the teeth. The fermentation of par- ticles of food which find lodgment on the teeth or in the interspaces develops products — such as acids, for example — which decompose the tooth structure, and the destructive pro- cess extends toward the interior, advancing more or less rapidly according to the nature of the constituents of the enamel and dentine. The enamel, on account of its greater resistance to the disintegrating process, is undermined by the dissolving away of the dentine beneath until it is left unsupported, and, breaking away, an irregular cavity is formed, which increases until the entire crown of the tooth is destroyed. The occurrence of the disease is ordinarily first indicated by an opaque or dark spot on the enamel ; and, if this be removed, the sub- jacent dentine will exhibit a black, dark brown, or whitish appearance. It usually commences on the outer surface of the dentine under the enamel ; from thence it proceeds toward the centre, until it reaches the pulp- cavity. If the diseased part is of a soft and humid character, the enamel, after a time, usually breaks in, disclosing the ravages the disease has made on the subjacent dentine. But this does not always happen ; the tooth sometimes remains nearly perfect until its whole interior structure is destroyed. There is no portion of the crown or neck of a tooth exempt from the disease, yet some parts are more liable to be first attacked than others ; as, for example, the depressions in the grind- ing surfaces of the molars and bicuspids, the proximal surfaces of all the teeth, the pos- terior or palatine surfaces of the lower in- cisors — and, in short, wherever an imperfection in the enamel exists, it may develop itself. In teeth that are very hard the decayed part is of a much firmer consistence and of a darker color than in soft teeth. Sometimes it is black ; at other times it is of a dark or light brown ; and at other times, again, it is ashy- gray or nearly white. There are many inter- mediate shades, some of which have a yellow- ish hue. As a general rule, the softer the teeth, the lighter, softer, and more humid the decay. The color of the decayed part, how- ever, may be, and doubtless is, in some cases, influenced by other circumstances — perhaps by some peculiar modification of the agents upon the presence of which the disease is dependent. The causes of dental caries are divided into predisposing and exciting. The predisposing causes are such as render the tooth more liable to attack, but are not capable of directly dis- integrating the tooth structures. The exciting causes, on the other hand, are such as directly inaugurate the disease. Among the promi- nent predisposing causes are faulty formation of the teeth, the manner in which the proxi- mal surfaces come in contact, hereditary influ- ences, diseases of various kinds which impair or diminish the vitality, etc. The exciting causes of dental caries may be ascribed to the action of agents which possess the power of directly disintegrating the enamel and dentine, and which have their source in the vitiated secretions of the oral cavity due to the pro- cesses of fermentation and putrefaction, as- sisted by micro-organisms, the invasion of which is always preceded by the extraction of lime salts by the more powerful disintegrating agents, such as acids. This theory of the cause of dental caries ex- plains the rationale of the treatment at pres- ent adopted for arresting its progress. By the removal of the decomposed part and filling the cavity with an indestructible material, the presence of those agents upon the chemi- cal action of which the disease depends is prevented and its further progress arrested. Dental caries is most active from the eighth to the thirtieth year, and again when senile changes occur from a diminution of vital force. In middle life, owing to the secretions becom- ing acidulated, the power of resistance to this disease is often overcome, and similar condi- tions to those of senility occur. Caries occurring in the deciduous teeth is also regarded as an indication of the disease mak- ing its appearance in the permanent teeth at an early period of their existence. All acids do not act alike on the teeth. Some may exert but little influence, while others act with great energy. Some may have a greater affinity for the earthy portions, as hydrochloric acid; or for the animal portion, as sulphuric acid; while others, such as nitric CAR 121 CAR acid, act readily on all the constituents of the tooth. All teeth are not equally liable to decay, or, in other words, not equally susceptible to the action of the causes that produce the disease. Teeth that are well formed, well arranged, and of a compact and close texture seldom decay, and, even when attacked by caries, the pro- gress of the disease is less rapid that it is in imperfectly formed teeth or teeth which are of a soft texture or irregularly arranged. Ca'rious. Affected with or pertaining to caries. Carious Teeth, Effects of. Carious teeth may occasion facial neuralgia, facial paralysis, sci- atica, hemiplegia and spinal irritation, para- plegia, tetanus, headache, epilepsy, hysteria, chorea, insanity, etc. Carminan'tia. See Carminative. Carmin'ative (carminativus ; from carmen, a verse or charm ; because their operation was ascribed by the ancients to a charm). Medicines which allay pain and dispel flatus from the ali- mentary canal. Car'mine. A beautiful red pigment pre- pared from cochineal. Car'neas Colum'nae. The fleshy fasciculi in the ventricles of the heart. Car / neous (carneus; carnosus; from caro, carnis, flesh). Fleshy. .Resembling flesh. Car'nicula (diminutive of caro, flesh). The gums. A small fleshy substance. Carnifica'tion (carnifieatio ; from caro, flesh, and fieri, to become). Becoming flesh ; conversion into a substance resembling flesh ; a term applied in Pathology to a morbid altera- tion in which certain organs assume the ap- pearance of flesh, as in hepatization of the lungs. Carnifor'mis (from caro, flesh, and forma, likeness). Having the appearance of flesh ; usually applied to an abscess having a hardened orifice. Carniv'ora. An order of animals which subsist on flesh. Carniv'orous (from caro, flesh, and roro, I eat). Feeding on flesh. Anything which eats flesh. Applied also to substances which de- stroy fleshy excrescences. Car'nose. Resembling or of the consistency of flesh. Carno'sus. Carueous ; fleshy. Ca / ro (caro ; carnis). Flesh ; the red part or belly of a muscle ; the pulp of fruit. Carolina Pink. Spigelia marilandica. Anthelmintic. Dose of the powder, gr. x to gr. xx. The fluid extract is best, the dose of which, for children, is ^j ; for adults, £ss, given with senna. Carot'a. The carrot. Carot'ic (napoo, to stupefy). Having power to stupefy ; carotid. Applied in the plural neuter (carotica) to narcotics. Carot / id (from napou, to cause to sleep). The carotid artery is so called because, when it is tied with a ligature, the animal becomes comatose. Carotid Artery (arteria carotidea). A large artery on each side of the neck for carrying the blood to the head. The right arises from the arteria innominata, and the left from the arch of the aorta. Each is divided into an external and internal. The superior thyroideal, the sublingual, the inferior, external, and in- ternal maxillary, the occipital, the external auditory, and the temporal, are branches of the external carotid. The 'anterior cerebral, the posterior, the central artery of the optic nerve, and the internal orbital, are given off within the cavity of the cranium by the internal carotid. Carotid Canal. A canal in the temporal bone traversed by the carotid artery and several nervous filaments. Carotid Foram'ina. The foramina at each extremity of the carotid canal. They are dis- tinguished into external and internal. Carotid Ganglion. See Carotid Nerve. Carotid Nerve. A branch from the superior cervical ganglion of the great sympathetic, ascending by the side of the internal carotid artery, and forming, in the carotid canal, with branches of other nerves, the carotid plexus. The carotid ganglion is a small gangliform swelling on the under side of the artery. Caro'tin. A peculiar, crystallizable, ruby- red, neutral principle, inodorous and tasteless, obtained from carrots. Car'pal. Belonging to the wrist. Carpathian Balsam. A product of the Finns cembra. Carpholog'ia (from KapQog, the nap of cloth. and Tixyu, I pluck). Delirious picking of the bedclothes : a dangerous symptom in disease. Car'po=pe'dal Spasm. A spasmodic affec- tion of the larynx and chest occurring in young children, with cronpy cough and spasmodic contraction of the thumbs and toes. Carpot'ica. Diseases affecting impregna- tion. CAR 122 CAR Car'pus {nap-oc, the -wrist). The wrist, consisting of eight bones, viz. : The ncaphoides, lunare, cuneiform, pisiform, trapezium, trape- zoides, magnum, and unciform. Car'rageen Moss. Irish moss ; the Chon- drns crispus. Carragee'nin. The mucilaginous matter obtained by boiling carrageen moss ; vegetable jelly. Car'ron Oil. The Linimentum aquas calcis, or Linimentum calcis (which see). Car'rot. An esculent root of the genus Dancus. Car'thamin. A brilliant red or rouge col- oring matter, obtained from safflower. Car'thamus. A genus of plants of the order Compositse. Carthamus Tinctorius. The systematic name of the saffron flower or bastard saffron. The seeds are cathartic, emetic, and diuretic. The flowers are used for dyeing, under the name of safflower. Car'tilage (cartilago). A white, hard, and elastic part of the body, which in the foetus serves as a substitute for bone, but in the adult is found only in the joints and at the extremity of the ribs. It is one of the three groups of connective tissues of the body, and is made up of cells imbedded in a matrix, which yields, on boiling, chondrin, the basement substance. The principal function of cartilage in the higher vertebrates is its physical property of elasticity. Cartilages, Artie ular. Cartilages which surround surfaces that are in contact with one another. Cartilages, Interarticular. Cartilages situated within the joints. Cartilages of Ossification. The temporary curtilages of the fcetus, which are turned to bone. Cartilaginous (cartilagineus). Partaking of the nature of or resembling cartilage. Cartila'go Annularis. The ring-like or cricoid cartilage. Cartilago Arytaenoidea. Two cartilages of the larynx. Cartilago Cricoidea. The cricoid cartilage. A cartilage of the larynx, situated between the thyroid and arytenoid cartilages. Cartilago Ensiformis. The ensiform cartilage, attached to the lowest part of the sternum. Caru'en. Non-oxygenated oil of caraway, obtained by distilling the crude oil with hydrate of potassa. Ca'rum (napoc ; from Carta, a province in Asia). Caraway. A genus of plants of the order Umbelliferse. Carum Carui. The caraway plant. Theseeds have a warm, aromatic, and spicy taste. They are used as a carminative and stomachic. Dose, gr. xx to gr. xl. Car'uncle (caruncula; diminutive of caro flesh). A small fleshy excrescence or abnor- mal growth. Carun'cula. Caruncle. Caruncula Lachrymalis. A small, red, gland- ular body at the inner angle of each eye. Carun'cuia? Cuticula'res. Nymphse. Carunculae Myrtifor'mes. Several small red- dish tubercles near the orifice of the vagina, supposed to be the remains of the hymen. Carunculae Papilla'res. The papillae within the pelvis of the kidneys. Car / us (mpoc • from napa, the head, as being the part affected). Insensibility and sleep. Coma ; torpor. Carus Apoplex'ia. Apoplexy. Carus Asphyx / ia. Asphyxia. Carus Catalepsia. Catalepsy. Carva'crol. A product of the essential oil of caraway, obtained by treating this oil with iodine and washing the product with potash. Carvacrol is also found among the products of the action of iodine on camphor. When pure it is a colorless, viscid oil, lighter than water, in which it is nearly insoluble. The odor is somewhat like that of creasote, and the taste is persistent, strong, and acrid. It is a mild antiseptic, carminative, sedative, disinfectant, and escharotic. In Dental Practice it is em- ployed as a substitute for creasote, carbolic acid, and glycerole of thymol in odontalgia, sensitive dentine, alveolar abscess, and as an antiseptic in pulp canals. In the form of a gargle it is applied to inflamed mucous mem- brane. It is very effective in relieving the pain arising from an inflamed and exposed dental pulp, and it is thought to be less irritat- ing than creasote. It has also been employed successfully to lessen the pain produced by friction in the use of the dental engine. For other dental uses, see Gorgas' "Dental Medi- cine." Carving of Teeth. See Block Teeth, Carvinc of. CaryophyFlic Acid. Eugenic acid. Heavy oil of cloves. CaryophyI / lin. A snbresin extracted from cloves by alcohol. CAR 123 CAS Caryophyl'lus. A genus of plants of the order Myrtacese. Also the clove, or unex- panded flower huds of the Caryophyllus aronia- ticus. Dose, gr. v to gr. x. Caryophyllus Aromat / icus. The clover tree. Caryop'sis. The fruit of Grarninacea;, as of •wheat, oats, rye, etc. CascariWas Cortex. The hark of the Cro- tou eleutheria and some of the other species. It is in quills ; has an agreeable smell, and a slightly bitter taste, with considerable aromatic warmth. It is aromatic, tonic, and febrifuge. Dose, gr. xx to gr. xxx. Caseation (from caseum, cheese). The pre- cipitation of casein during the coagulation of milk. Also a fatty degeneration of pus. Ca'seic Acid. Acid extracted from cheese. Ca / sein (casseine ; caseum; from caseum, cheese). A derived albumen. A protean com- pound, the only nitrogenous constituent of milk. It is obtained by precipitating milk with dilute sulphuric acid, dissolving the pre- cipitate in a solutiou of carbonate of soda, re- precipitating with acid, and washing out the fat and extractive with alcohol and ether. When dry it is an amber yellow mass, slightly soluble in water, but very readily so in an alkaline solution. Ca'seous. Cheesy. Case's (Dr. C. S.) Appliance for Overbite. A simple, black rubber plate that covers the roof of the mouth, with a thickened portion in front to receive the thrusts of the six lower anterior teeth, with outward clasps around the cuspids to prevent the plate from moving. The prominence of the upper incisors is reduced at the same time by a labial metallic bow. Cash'ow. Catechu. Cass'a. Thorax. Cassa'va. A fecula separated from the juice of the root of Janipha manihot and ex- posed to heat. The same substance, differently prepared and granulated, constitutes tapioca. Casse'rian (Gasserian) Ganglion. The ganglion of the fifth nerve, from which proceed the ophthalmic, the superior and inferior maxil- lary nerves. Cas'sia. A genus of plants of the order Leguminosse. Also the cassia bark. Cassia Caryophylla'ta. The clove hark tree. See Myrtus Cakyophyllata. Cassia Chamsecris'ta. A small prostrate shrub, common in the United States, resem- bling Cassia marilandica in its medicinal properties. Cassia Fistu / la. The purging cassia ; the fruit of the Cassia fistula. The pulp of the pods of this tree is generally laxative. Dose, oJ t0 oU asa purge. Cassia Marilandi'ca. American senna. A native cassia, resembling the foreign in its medicinal qualities, but less active. Cassia Oil. The oil of cinnamon procured from cassia buds. Cassia Senna. One of the plants which pro- duce senna. Cassias Fistulas Pulpa. The pulp of purg- ing cassia. Cass ius' Precipitate. A purple powder used as a coloring ingredient in gum enamel for porcelain teeth. It is commonly called purple powder, and the following is Thenard's method of preparing it : " Make an aqua regia of one part of muriatic or chlorohydric acid and two parts of nitric, to dissolve the gold. When it is dissolved, di- lute it with water and filter it, then make it very dilute by the addition of a large quantity of water ; make also an aqua regia, to dissolve the tin, of one part of nitric acid and two parts of pure water, to which is to be added 130 grains of muriate of soda, or common salt, to each pint of the dilute acid. The tin should be very pure, and must be added to the acid a small piece at a time. When the first piece is dissolved add a second, and so on until the acid is saturated. The solution should be of a yellow color, and the operation carried on very slowly, and in a cool place. When it is fin- ished filter the liquid and dilute it by the addition of about one hundred times its volume of water. " Xow place the dilute solution of gold in a glass vessel, and add the solution of tin, drop by drop, stirring with a glass rod incessantly, until the liquid takes the color of Port wine, suffer it to stand, and large flocks of the purple will fall to the bottom of the vessel ; decant the solution, wash and diy the precipitate, which will be of the most splendid purple color." Cas'sonade. Raw sugar ; the crystallized and dried portion of sugar. Cassumu'niar. A bitter aromatic root, brought in irregular slices from the East Indies. Cast Metal Dentures. Methods by which molten metal is poured into a mould containing the teeth and of such a form as to represent an accurate impression of the mouth. Tin is the CAS 124 CAT chief component of the alloys thus melted and poured, and the mould or investment is" of a material (equal parts of sand and plaster, plas- ter and asbestos, plaster and marble dust, chalk, or whiting) which will not change shape in drying or heating, and will not crack. Several of these alloys are proprietary, — such as Watt's, Weston's, Wood's, Moffatt's, — and their composition is unknown to the profession ; hut the following formulas have been made public : Eeese's alloy : tin, 20 parts ; gold, 1 part ; sil- ver, 2 parts. Kingsley's : tin, 16 ounces ; bismuth, 1 ounce. Bear's : tin, 95 parts ; sil- ver, 5 parts. Carroll's is an alloy of aluminum and other metals according to the following formula: Base No. 1, aluminum, 98 percent.; platinum, silver, copper, 2 per cent.; specific gravity, 2.5; fusing-point, 1300° F. This is for superior dentures and is cast under pres- sure. No. 2 is for lower dentures and is cast without pressure : Aluminum, tin, copper, and silver ; specific gravity, 7.5 ; fusing-point, 700° F. Porcelain teeth can also be attached to cast plates by vulcanite or celluloid. Casta'nea. A genus of trees and shrubs of the order Cupuliferse. The chestnut. Castile Soap. Hard, olive-oil soda soap. Cast/ing. In Dental 3Iechanism, running fused lead, tin, zinc, or brass into a mould made in sand with a plaster transfer of any portion, or the whole, of the alveolar border, and as many of the teeth as may be remaining in it and the palatine arch when it becomes necessary to adapt a plate to it. The castings employed in mechanical dentistry are some- times made by pouring fused metal directly upon the plaster model, and afterward into the mould thus formed. See Harris' " Prin. and Prac. of Dentistry." Castor. A peculiar concrete substance, having a strong and unpleasant odor. Castor Oil (oleum ricini). The oil obtained from the seeds of the Ricinus communis. Purgative. Dose, ^ssto §jss. Castration (castratio). The operation for the removal of the testicles. Castrensis. Camp fever. Cat a. After. Used in reference to time. CatarVasis (from imraftaivu, to descend). An expulsion of humors downward. Also a descent, as of the testicle. Catab / olism. The process by which proto- plasm is split up into successively simpler and more degenerate forms, and ultimately into waste products. Catacau'ma (from Kara/emu t to burn). A burn or scald. Catacau / sis (from Karanaiu, to burn). Com- bustion. Catacausis Ebrio / sa (from naTanaiu to burn, and ebriosus, full of strong liquor). General combustibility of the body. Catac lasis (from naTanlau, to break or dis- tort). Distorted eyelids. Catacleis' (from /cara, beneath, ic2.eic, the clavicle). The first rib beneath the clavicle. Also applied to the acromion and the connec- tion of the sternum with the ribs. Cataclys / mus [eataclysma; from naTanlv^eiv, to submerge, inundate). A clyster. Also ap- plied to a shower-bath and ablution. Catag'ma (from /cara, beneath, and ayw, to break). A 1'racture. Catagmat / ics (from Karay/za, a fracture). Remedies supposed to promote the formation of callus. Cat'alepsy {catalepsia; from Karala/upavu, to seize, to hold). A disease characterized by sudden suspension of motion and sensation, the limbs and trunk remaining in any position in which they may be placed. Catalot / ic. To break, or grind down. CataPysis (from KaraAvu, to dissolve). A force or power which decomposes a compound body by mere contact ; decomposition by the catalytic force or the action of presence. Catalytic. Relating to catalysis. Some- times applied to medicines supposed to destroy a morbific agency in the blood. Catalytic Force. That modification of the force of chemical affinity which determines catalysis. Catamasse / sis (from nara/uaaaao/uaij to mau- dueate). Grinding of the teeth and biting of the tongue, as is often the case in convulsions and epilepsy. Catame nia. The menses, or monthly dis- charge from the uterus of females between the ages of fourteen and fifteen and forty -five. Catapas'ma (from narawaaau, a sprinkle). A dry compound medicine powdered, to be sprinkled on ulcers. Cataphon / ica. Reflection of sound. Cataph / ora (from Karafepu, to make sleepy). A term applied by some to a disposition to sleep, and by others to profound sleep. Cataphore'sis. The act of inducing the ab- sorption of medicines, such as local anaesthetics, through the tissues by a process of osmosis set up by means of an alternating galvanic current. CAT 125 CAT Cataphoric (from Kara, and fopeu, to carry). Relating to the transference of currents through membranous septa in the direction of a galvanic current. Treatment by cataphoresis. Relating to cataphoresis. Cataphrac / ta (from mracppaaau, I fortify). A bandage for the thorax and shoulders. Cat'aplasm (cataplasma; from naranlaaGu, to spread like a plaster). A poultice or plaster. Cataplasma Alu / minis. An alum plaster. Cataplasma Coni'i. A hemlock poultice. Cataplasma Dau / ci. A carrot poultice. Cataplasma Fermen / ti. A yeast poultice. Cataplasma Lini. A linseed poultice. Cataplasma Sinapis. A mustard plaster. Cataplex / is (from Kara, and ttatjggo, to strike). Sudden deprivation of sensation or power in any of the organs or members of the body. Catapsyx'is (from KaTaijwxw, I refrigerate). Coldness of the body without shivering. Catapto'sis (from KaraircKTu, to fall down). The action of suddenly falling, as in apoplexy. Cat/aract (cataracta ; from naTapaoou, to con- found or disturb). A cataract. Loss of sight, caused by opacity of the crystalline lens or its capsules, which prevents the rays of light from passing to the optic nerve. Cataract is divided into true and false — the former when the disease is seated in the lens or capsule, and the latter when consisting of a deposition of matter between the capsule and lens. It is also distinguished into idiopathic and accidental, and into hard, caseous, and milky, according to its consistence ; also into white, broion, gray, yellow, black, pearly, and green, according to its color. It may also be simple or complicated, with glaucoma, amaurosis, adhesion, or specks on the cornea. Mr. J. Hutchinson ascribes imperfect teeth in connec- tion with the lamellar or zonular form of cat- aract occurring in childhood. Catarrh' {catarrlms, from Karappeu, I flow down). Increased secretion and discharge of fluid from the mucous membrane of the nose, fauces, and bronchia, accompanied with fever, cough, sneezing, loss of appetite, and lassitude. It sometimes assumes an epidemic form, pre- vailing very generally throughout a whole country. Coryza is catarrh of the mucous membrane of the nasal passages and adjacent sinuses — cold in the head. Catarrh, Nasal. Coryza. Catarrhal. Relating to catarrh. Catartis'mus (from KarapTiCEiv, to repair, replace). Coaptation of a fractured or luxated bone. CatastaFtic (from KaraoTE/.'/ u, to restrain). Medicines that check evacuations, as astringents and styptics. Catas'tasis (from Ka^ia-y/xc, I establish). The state, condition, or constitution of anything. Cat'echu. The various extracts from the wood of the Acacia catechu. It is a powerful astringent, of a reddish-brown color, inodorous, and possessing a bitter, astringent taste. It is readily soluble in water, and yields its virtues to alcohol in the form of tincture. Its active principles are tannic and catechuic acids. Very efficient as a local styptic, and is indicated in the treatment of diseases of the gums, etc. Dose as an astringent, gr. x to gr. xxx. Catechu Tannin. Catechu tannic acid. A tannin obtained from catechu. It is a yellow, amorphous mass, soluble in water, alcohol, and ether. It gives a grayish-green precipitate with salts of the peroxide of iron, and none at all with tartrate of antimony and potassa. Catechu'ic Acid (catechin). An acid ob- tained from catechu. It somewhat resembles gallic acid, and gives a blackish-blue color to persalts of iron. Cateiad'ion (from nam, and eta, a blade of grass) . A long instrument thrust into the nos- trils to excite hemorrhage. Cathae'resis. Exhaustion. Cathaeret'ic (calharetica ; from natiaLpo, to remove). Corrosive or caustic substances used for the destruction of exuberant granulations, warts, etc. Cathar'ma (from naftaipu, to remove). Mat- ters purged from the body, whether caused by purgatives or otherwise. Cathar'mus (from Katiatpu, to remove). Purgation. Applied also to the cure of disease by magic. Cathar'sis (from ica&atpu, to take away, to purge). Natural or artificial purgation by any of the passages. Cathar'tic (catharticus ; from aadatpu, to purge). A medicine which, when taken inter- nally, increases the number of alvine evacua- tions. The medicines belonging to this class are numerous. Cathar'tine. The active principle of senna. Catheret'ics. Mild caustics or escharotics. Cath'eter (Kadsrr/p ; from Ka$i>//ui., to thrust into). A hollow tube to be introduced into the urinary bladder to draw off the water ; made of silver or elastic {rum. CAT 126 CAU Catheter, Eustachian. A catheter for opening obstructions in the Eustachian tube. Catheter, Na'sal. An instrument for catheter- izing the nasal duct. Catheter'ism (from Katfen/p, a catheter). The introduction of a catheter into the bladder. Cath'ode [cathode; from nam, and odog, a way; the downward way). A term invented by Faraday, in his galvanic nomenclature, to indicate the negative pole of the battery ; also the electrode of a galvauic battery. Cathod'ic. An epithet applied by Dr. Mar- shall Hall to the downward course of nervous action. CathoPicon (from /cara, and o/ukoc, univer- sal). A universal medicine or remedy supposed to be capable of curing diseases. Catillia. A nine-ounce weight. Cat/ion (from Kara, and iov, that which goes). A term used by Faraday to indicate those atoms of a substance undergoing galvanic decomposition which appear at the cathode. Those appearing at the anode are called anions. The electro-positive element. In Electrolysis that one of the two electrolytes which accumu- lates at the negative pole (cathode) of the bat- tery. Cat'lin. A long, sharp-pointed, double- edged knife used chiefly for dividing the inter- osseous ligaments in amputations of the forearm and leg. Cat/ochus (from kutex^, to detain). A spas- modic disease in which the body is held in an upright position ; a species of catalepsy. Catoptric Examination of the Eye. A means of diagnosis in cataract, founded on the phenomena of reflected light. Thus, when a lighted candle is held before the eye, if the cornea and the crystalline lens and its capsules are transparent, three images will be seen ; the first from the cornea, and the other two from the anterior and posterior surfaces of the crystalline lens, but opacity of any of these surfaces will destroy their reflecting prop- erty. Cato'tica {catoticus; from /carw, below). Diseases which affect internal surfaces and produce a morbid condition of the fluids. Cat's Eye. A variety of chalcedony or quartz, so called from the resemblance of the opalescent reflections from within to those ob- served in the eye of a cat. Cauda Equin'a. The spinal marrow, at its termination about the second lumbar ver- tebra, gives off a large number of nerves, which, when unraveled, resemble a horse's tail, and hence the name. Caudate (from cauda, a tail). Having or resembling a tail. Caul. The omentum. Caule / don (from aavloc, a stock). A trans- verse fracture. Cauliflower Excrescence (excrescentia syphilitica). An excrescence which occurs in syphilitic diseases, chiefly about the anus and vulva. Can ma (aav/ua, heat, and naiu, to burn). The heat of the body in fever ; burning heat. Cause. That which produces an effect. An act preceding another and in which the former is necessary to the latter. Cau'sis (from icaiu, to burn). To burn. Act of combustion. Causo'ma (from naiu t to burn). Great heat. Inflammation. Caus'tic (canst icus ; from Kfuw, to burn). A substance which, when applied to the body, produces a burning sensation, and disorganizes animal substances by destroying their texture. Caustic Alkali. Pure alkali. Caustic Holder, Colburn's. An instrument intended to prevent fluid caustic, such as crea- sote or fluid nitrate of silver, from running down and cauterizing the lips when being ap- plied to the gums. It is constructed of apiece of wire two inches long, inserted in a handle, and over the wire is a glass tube one inch long. The tube slides over part of the handle to keep it firm, and a small cork, half-way up the tube, keeps the wire in the centre of it. When the caustic is taken up on a small piece of cotton, if any should run down, it is caught in the tube and prevented from touching the lips. Caustic, Lunar. Nitrate of silver. Caustic Soda (soda caustica). Protoxide of sodium. The impure subcarbonate, treated with quicklime and consequently deprived of its carbonic acid. It may be employed as a caustic, and is by some preferred to the potassa fusa, as it does not deliquesce and run. It is also used for purifying nitrous oxide gas. Caustic Volatile Alkali. Ammonia. Caust'icum. A caustic. Caus'us. A name applied by Hippocrates to an ardent fever, from its extreme heat ; sup- posed to be a variety of bilious intermittent. Cauteriza'tion. The act of cauterizing. Cau'tery (cauterium ; from Haiti, to burn). An instrument used for burning or disorgan- CAU 127 CEL izing the part to which it is applied. Formerly, cauteries were divided into actual, the hot iron, and potential, which consists of some eschar- otic ; but is now restricted to the first, or hot iron. Potential was then applied to kali purum, or potassa, but this term is now used synonymously with caustic. Electricity fur- nishes the electric cautery. The gas cautery is produced by instruments heated by ordinary burning gas. Cautery, Actual. The application of the white-hot iron. Cautery, Button. Iron heated in hot water. Cautery, Dento-electric. Consists of a looped wire, held by set-screws, in contact with metal conductors which pass through a hard rubber handle. The battery wires are coupled to two terminals. This appliance is held in the hand like a pencil in writing, and the current is closed by pressing a spring with the fore- finger, when the resistance of the loop of wire causes it to become heated. It is employed for obtuuding sensitive dentine. Cautery, Galvanic. The use of a platinum wire heated by electricity. Cautery, Gas. The direction of a stream of burning gas on a part. Cautery, Potential or Virtual. The applica- tion of caustic substances. Cautery, Thermo-. Pacquelin's cautery. A hollow platinum point kept at a uniform tem- perature by a current of benzone vapor. Ca / va, Ve / na. A name given to the two great veins of the body which meet at the right auricle of the heart. Caver / na (from cavus, hollow). A cavern ; an antrum. Applied to the female organs of generation. Cav'ernous (cavernosus). Filled with small caverns or cavities. Cavernous Sinus. A sinus on the base of the cranium. Cav'itas Pulpae. The pulp cavity of a tooth. See Dental Cavity. Cav'ity (cavitas ; from cavus, hollow). Any hollow. Cavity Plate. A term applied in Mechanical Dentistry to a metallic base for artificial teeth, so constructed as to have one or more vacant spaces between it and the gums, which, when applied, and the air exhausted, contributes very greatly to the firmness of its adhesion. See Harris' " Prim and Praet. of Dentistry." Ca'vum Den'tis. See Dental Cavity. Cavum Nar'ium. The nares. Cavum O'ris. The mouth. Ca'vus. A hollow ; a cavity. Cawk. A name for sulphate of barytes or heavy spar. Cayenne Pepper. The ground seeds of Capsicum annuum. Guinea pepper. See Cap- sicum. C. C. Abbreviation for cathodal closure in electro-therapeutics. C.C.C. Abbreviation for cathodal closure, contraction. C. C'. C r/ . Abbreviation for various degrees of contraction in electro-therapeutics. Ceas / ma (from keu, to split or divide). A fissure. Cebadil la. The seeds of the AsagTea offi- cinalis, a plant of the order Melanthacese. See Veeatria. Ce'cal. Belonging to the caecum. See Cecal. Ce'cum. See Caecum. Ced ma. Aneurism. Varix ; also chronic rheumatism of hip-joint. Ced'mata (Ked/ua-a). Pains in the joints, particularly those of the hips. Cedrele'um (from aedpoc, the cedar, and e'Aaiov, oil). The oil of cedar. Ce / dren. The liquid portion of juniper oil. Cedriret/. A substance, crystallizing in red needles, obtained from the empyreumatic oil of the tar of beech-wood, by treating it with caustic potassa and distilling. Ce / drium. Tar. Cedrole'. The solid portion of juniper oil. Cel'andine. See Chelidonium. Ce'le («//;/, a tumor ; a swelling). A tumor caused by the protrusion of a soft part, and hence the compound terms, hydrocele, bubono- cele, etc. Cel'ery. The cultivated species of Apium. See Apium Graveolens. Ce'lia. Cerevisia. Cell (cella). A cavity or chamber. A minute cavity in the tissues, devoted to pur- poses of nutrition, growth, development, or secretion. A mature cell consists of a proto- plasm and nucleus. The nucleus is the part first formed from the germinal matter, and of various shapes, as round, oval, rod like, or irre- gular. It encloses central points known as "nucleoli." The cell body or protoplasm is the formed material which surrounds the nucleus. The existence of a cell-wall is denied, as there is no abrupt demarcation between the CEL 128 CEL cell body and its outer edge, the one passing gradually into the other. Cells derive their nourishment from the pro- toplasmic substance which circulates in the in- tercellular space. Cell Body. The mass of a cell consisting of two substances, mitoma or cytomitoma, and paramitoma. The nucleus is composed of karyomitoma, or nuclear network, called chromatin, the substance in the meshes of chromatin called achromatin ; and the nuclear membrane of two layers. The nucleoli are composed of more refractile matter. Cell, Calcig / erous. See Calcigeeous Cells. Cell, Epidermic or Epithelial. The cells which cover the free membranous surfaces of the body, and which form the epidermis and epithelium. They are developed from germs furnished by the subjacent membrane. Cell Formation. Cytogeny. The continuous development of cells in tissue formation ; called by Virchow "proliferation of cells." See Cytoblast. Cell, Germinal. See Cytoblast. Cell Growth. Growth by the agency of cells. Cell Life. The life which is possessed by the separate cells that form the tissues, and by which the nutrition of the tissues is thought to be perfected. Cell, Nucleated. See CYTOBLAST. Cell, Pigment. Cells in various parts of the body, secreting pigment. Pigment cells are mingled with the epidermic cells and are most manifest in the colored races. They are bast seen on the inner surface of the choroid of the eye, where they form the pigmentum nigrum. Cell Territory. According to Virchow the'dis- trict of intercellular substance which is ruled over by the cell that lies in the middle of it, and exercises influence on the neighboring parts. Cel'le. Hernia. CeHoid (celloidcs). Eesembling a cell or cellule. Cells, Bronchial. The air-cells of the lungs, in which the finest ramifications of each lobular bronchial tube terminate. Cells, Mastoid. The irregular cavities in the substance of the mastoid process of the tem- poral bone. Cellular (cellular in). Composed of cells or cellules. Cellular Membrane (membrana cellulosa). Cellular tissue. It contains irregular areola; — not cells, and is more properly called areo- lar tissue — between the fibres, as well as serum, fat, and the adipose tissue. See Animal Tissue. Cellular System. The whole of the cellular tissue of the body. Cellular Tissue. The areolar tissue. See Cellular Membrane, and Animal Tissue. Cellular Tissue of Bones. See CANCELLI. Cellule (cellula; diminutive of cella, a cell). A small cell. Cellulitis (diminutive of cella, and trig, in- flammation). A diffuse inflammation of the cellular tissue, caused by a wound or the presence of septic matter. Cel luloid (from cellulose, the fundamental material in the structure of plants, and oid, like) . A plastic base for artificial teeth, known under various names in different stages of its development in use as "rose pearl," "pyroxy- lin," "celluloid," etc. Cellulose may be obtained from any plant, but is most conveni- ently j>rocured free from lignite and other associated substances by the treatment of cotton fibre, or preferably flax, with nitro- sulphuric acid, converting the fibre into an ex- plosive substance known as gun-cotton, which is soluble in a mixture of sulphuric ether and alcohol, and also in camphor. The former method was the first practised, producing an article known as "collodion," the volatile fluids being afterward evaporated, leaving the celluloid a firm but somewhat plastic substance, of the color and almost the consistency of horn, capable of being moulded by pressure between metallic dies. The difficulties in the way of managing the material by this method (to which much credit is due Dr. A. J. McClel- land, for its patient evolvement), and the sub- sequent warping of the plates, in many cases, by the evaporation of the remaining solvent, led to its abandonment and the substitution of camphor, an equally perfect solvent, the bulk of which remained in the plate permanently. Celluloid plates are prepared under patents, and are manufactured in various shapes and sizes, and of a very natural gum color, the trans- lucency and beauty of which are nearly, if not quite, equal to porcelain, and are made use of by the dental mechanic either in combination with plain or gum teeth, though the former are mostly used as less liable to fracture, the pres- sure upon the teeth and plaster investment being much greater than in vulcanite work. CEL 129 CEM Any vulcanite teeth will answer for celluloid, though many prefer teeth made especially for this style of work — teeth resembling in shape those employed for continuous gum. The case is waxed up and invested as for vulcanite, a larger and stronger flask being used ; only the best quality of plaster is admissible. Vents are cut for the surplus, and the case being thus prepared, it is ready for the shaping of the plate. Celluloid is rendered sufficiently plastic to mould into shape by exposure to a tempera- ture of from 270° to 300° F. ; above this last degree of heat it takes fire, and is rapidly con- sumed with copious flames and smoke, and the evolution of camphor. A variety of apparatus is in use, for which different patents have been obtained, the general preference being for those in which dry heat is used, although oil, gly- cerine, and water (super-heated) are also emploj-ed. The advantage claimed for the dry process is that it allows the welding to- gether of any imperfections, celluloid possess- ing this welding property in a considerable degree. The flask is closed slowly, as time must be allowed for the material to soften, as it does this slowly, and the temperature should be watched very closely. The plate will now be found to have perfectly' conformed itself to the varying inequalities of the plaster mould, copying the finest outlines with minute fidelity. The flask, being perfectly closed, its contents must remain under pressure until cold ; otherwise the plate will be warped. Celluloid is finished as is vulcanite ; but if pains be taken in finishing the wax plate, and in the formation of the plaster or metallic matrix, the gum portion can be moulded so as to require no finishing, the slight roughness of the plaster giving it a finish which is more natural in appearance than a fine polish. Cel- luloid can be repaired by investing the broken parts, scraping the surface to be united clean, and coating it with a tincture of camphor, and also the pieces used in repairing, and heating and pressing as usual. It does not appear to lose its plasticity or to be injured by reheating. Its disadvantages are : The color fades in many cases to a dingy white ; there is some liability' to subsequent change in shape (warpage), and at least, in partial cases, the teeth are held less strongly by the material, though the latter itself is quite tough, exceeding, in this respect, rubber. What appears to be specially wanted to perfect this exceedingly beautiful and desir- able base is some solvent of cellulose which is 9 not volatile, and a more durable color. Pos- sessing these qualities, it will become a valu- able and unequaled base for artificial teeth. What is termed " new-mode continuous gum " consists in vulcanizing a rubber denture and filling up the gum portion on the outer face of the alveolar arch about the bases of the teeth, and as high as the edge of the rim, with cellu- loid or zylonite. Celluloid is also employed for attaching teeth to a metal plate. See Zylonite. Celluloid Heater. A miniature oven for pack- ing while heating celluloid plates. Celluloid Steam Apparatus. An apparatus for moulding celluloid plates in which steam, instead of oil, is used for the heating medium. Cel'lulose. The fundamental substance of which vegetable tissue is composed, left after all products of secretion are dissolved out. Its formula is C 12 H 10 O 10 . It is like starch. See Celluloid. Celotom'ia (from mUv, a hernia, and reuru, to cut). The operation of ligating for the cure of hernia. Celot omus. A hernia knife. Cel'tis. Nettle tree ; branches are astrin- gent. Cement'. The name of substances em- ployed by chemists for uniting substances. It has also been applied to amalgam, an alloy r used for filling teeth. See Amalgam. Cement, Guilloi's. A preparation for filling teeth, similar to oxychloride of zinc. Cement Organ. The dental sacculus. See Teeth, Development of. Cement, Plomb. A German cement for filling teeth, similar to oxychloride of zinc. Cementa'tion. A chemical process which consists in surrounding a solid body with the powder of other substances, and exposing the whole to a red heat in a closed vessel for a length of time. It is in this way that iron is converted into steel. It is also a process adopted in some of the mints for refining gold. See Gold, Refining of. Cemente'rium. A crucible. Cement inifica'tion. The formation of the cementum covering the roots of the teeth. It is analogous to the subperiosteal formation of the cortical substance of long bones. Cemento blasts. The cells which form tin- cementum of tin- roots of teeth. They air analogous to osteoblasts or hone-forming cells. Cement'um. One of the substances or parts of a tooth. It covers the root, and is CEM 130 CEP thickest at the extremity of the root, and he- comes gradually thinner as it approaches the neck of the tooth. It is confined to the roots, and, resemhling ordinary hone, consists of a gelatinous hase combined with calcareous salts, and transversed by vascular canals. It is, therefore, regarded as a modification of bone, containing lacunas and canaliculi. See Teeth, Development of. Cementum also joins to- gether the plates of compound teeth, like those of the elephant, and fills up the cavities and folds in the teeth of ruminants. It is of a cellular and vascular texture. According to Professor Owen, cementum ' ' always closely corresponds in texture with the osseous tissue of the same animal, and wherever it occurs of sufficient thickness, as upon the teeth of the horse, sloth, or ruminants, it is also traversed, like bone, by vascular canals. In reptiles and mammals, in which the animal basis of the bones of the skeleton is excavated by minute radiated cells, forming with their contents the 'corpuscles of Pur- kin je,' these are likewise present, of similar size and form in the ' cement, ' and are its chief characteristic as a constituent of the tooth. The hardening material of the cement is partly segregated and combined with the par- ietes of the radiated cells and canals, and is partly contained in aggregated grains in the cells, which are thus rendered opaque." With regard to the manner of the formation of the cementum, which is the last to appear of the dental tissues, it is supposed to originate from the periosteum, which, if fully formed, consists of an outer and inner layer, both highly vascular. The outer wall becomes the peridental membrane, while the inner wall in the vicinity of the roots presents osteoblasts which calcify into cementum, as in the forma- tion of ordinary bone. Ceneangei'a (from icevog, empty, and ayyztov, a vessel). Deficiency of blood in the vessels. Cenembate / sis (from nevog, empty, and e/ifiiavw, to enter). Paracentesis ; also the act of probing a cavity. Ceneo'nes. The flanks. Ceno'sis (from nevog, empty). General evacuation ; also sometimes applied to inani- tion. Cenot'ica (eenoticua ; from icevuotg, evacua- tion). Morbid or excessive discharges. Cen'tigrade [centum, a hundred, and gradus, a grade). Having a hundred grades or degrees. Centigrade Thermometer. A thermometer with zero as the freezing-point and 100° as the boiling-point of water. To reduce Centi- grade to Fahrenheit registration, the following formula may be employed : 9 5 C. + 32 = F. See Thermometer. Centigramme (eentigramma ; from centum, a hundred, and ypauua, gramme). The hun- dredth part of a gramme, which is equal to about the fifth part of a French grain, or gr. 0.1544 troy, or £ of a grain troy. Centilitre. The hundredth part of a litre, equal to about 2.7053 fluid drachms. Equal to 0.6102 of an English cubic inch. Centimetre (centimetre). The hundredth part of a metre, which is about four lines, 0.3937 English inch, or about f. Centradiaph anes. Cataract due to opacity of the centre of the crystalline lens. Cent / ral. Toward the centre or median line. Centre of Attraction. Centre of gravi- tation. The point to which bodies tend as a consequence of gravitation. Centres, Ner'vous. The organs, as the brain and spinal marrow, from whence the nerves originate. Centrifugal. Receding from the centre. Centrifugal Nerves. Mostly motor nerves conveying impulses toward the peripheral portion of the body. Centripetal (from centrum, the centre, and peto, to move toward). Approaching the centre. In Botany, an inflorescence in which the mar- ginal flowers open first, and the central last. Centrostal'tic. The action of the vis ner- vosa in the spinal centre. Centrum (from Ksvreu, to prick). The centre ; the middle point or place of any- thing. Centrum Commu'ne. The solar plexus. Centrum Ova / le Ma'jus. The large, white, medullary mass, surrounded by cortical sub- stance, seen in each hemisphere of the brain when divided to a level with the corpus cal- losum. Centrum Ova / le Mi / nus. The white, central mass, surrounded by a stratum of gray, seen in each hemisphere of the brain when a hori- zontal section is made about half an inch above the corpus callosum. Centrum Tendinosum. Centre of the dia- phragm. Ce'pa (from lajrrog, a wool card, from the likeness of its roots). The onions. CEP 131 CER Cephalae'a (from nEtyaAt], the head). The fleshy covering of the skull ; also headache. Cephalasmato'ma. A bloody tumor under the scalp. Cephalae'mia. Accumulation of blood in the vessels of the brain. Cephalago / gus. An instrument for draw- ing down the fetal head. Ceph'alagra. Gout in the head. Cephalagra'phia (from /ce^a/,^, the head, and ypafq, a description). Anatomical de- scription of the head. Cephalalgia (cephalsea ; from KeQafo;, the head, and aAyoc, pain). Headache. Cephalar / tica. Cephalic remedies. Cephalato'mia. Anatomy ; dissection or opening of the head. Ceph'ale (KE(j>aA7f). The head. Cephal'ic (neipa a?/). The head. Pertaining to the head. Cephalic Remedies. Medicines or remedies used for the cure of diseases of the head. Cephalic Veins (vena cephaliea). The ante- rior or outermost vein of the arm is so called, because taking blood from this vein was sup- posed to afford relief to affections of the head. Cephali'tis. Phrenitis, or inflammation of the brain. Cephalodym / ia. A class of double mon- strosities, in which the heads are united. Cephalodyn / ia. Cephalalgia. Headache. CephaIogen / esis. The doctrine of the formation of the brain. CephaIo / gia. An anatomical treatise on the head. Cephalog / raphy. A description of heads. Ceph'aloid. Resembling the head. Cephalo'ma. A medullary or encephaloid tumor. Cephalom'eter (cephalometrum ; from k?- a/.r/j the head, and /xerpov, a measure). An instrument for measuring the head. Cephalon'osus ( Febris hungarica. From KEtyaAr], the head, and voaoc, a disease). A disease which principally affects the head. Ceph / alo=pharyngae'us (from KEQaAq, the head, and (papvyl;, the pharynx). Constrictor pharyngis superior, a muscle of the head and pharynx'. CephaIopo / nia (from keoh///, the head, and ■novoc, pain). Headache. Cephalosomatodym'ia. A class of double monstrosities in which the union is between the heads and the trunks. Ceph'alo-spi'nal. Belonging to the head and spine, as the cephalospinal fluid, a fluid found beneath the arachnoid in both the head and spine. Ceph'alot (nefi J /, forceps ; from x £u , to take). A bifurcated probe used for the extraction of nasal polypi. Applied also to a fissure in the feet, and to the claws of a crab. Che'lae. Chaps or cracks in the skin. Che'loid (cheloides; from x& v c, a tortoise, and Eirfoc, a form). Applied to a skin disease. Chelo'ne (x eAuv7 l, a tortoise). A term ap- plied m Surgery to an instrument for extending a limb, because the slowness of its motion re- sembles that of a tortoise. A genus of plants. Chelo'nion (from x e ~ Auv V, a tortoise, from its resemblance to the shell of a tortoise). A hump or gibbosity of the back. Che'lys (jeAvc, the chest). The thorax. Chelys'cion (from x eAv i, the chest). A dry, hacking cough, attended with soreness of the muscles of the chest. Chemi cal. Of or belonging to chemistry. Chemical Affinity or Attraction. The force winch draws dissimilar particles of matter together, causing them to combine and form CHE 137 CHI new bodies endowed with new properties. It acts only at insensible distances. Chemical Formula. A symbolic expression of a chemical compound ; but in the composi- tion of chemical formulae, algebraic represen- tations are employed. Chemical Nomenclature. The technical terms appropriated to chemistry. Chemical Symbols. The abbreviations used to designate the elements and radicals. See Equivalents, Chemical. Chemico=histol / ogy. The doctrine of the organic chemistry and morphology of tissue. Chem'ist. One versed in chemistry. 1 Chemis / try (a word supposed to be de- rived from the Arabic chema, a secret). It is defined by Brande to be "a department of science the objects of which are to investigate the nature and properties of the elements of matter, and their mutual actions and combina- tions ; to ascertain the proportions in which they unite, and the modes of separating them when united ; and to inquire into the laws and powers which preside over and affect these agents." Chemo'sis (from x aivu , to gape, or from Xviioc, a humor). Imflanimation of the con- junctiva of the eye, characterized by distention of its vessels and the formation of an elevated ring around the cornea. Chenopo / dium. A genus of plants of the order Chenopodiacese. Chenopodium Ambrosioi'des. Mexico tea ; Spanish tea. This species of chenopodium is said to have been used with advantage in chorea. Chenopodium Anthelmin / ticum. Chenopo- dium. Wormseed ; Jerusalem oak ; stink- weed. The fruit of this plant is celebrated for its anthelmintic properties. Dose of the oil for children, gtt. iij to gtt. vj ; for adults, gtt. vj to gtt. xx. Chenopodium Bonus Henri'cus. The sys- tematic name of the English mercury. Che / opIastic Base. A plate made of cheo- plastic metal, adapted to a portion of the alveo- lar ridge deprived of natural teeth, and to be supplied with an artificial substitute. Dr. A. A. Blaudy is the patentee of this method. See Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Cheoplastic Metal. An alloy composed of tin, silver, and bismuth, with a small trace of antimony ; and first brought to the notice of the dental profession by Dr. A. A. Blandy in 1857. Cheoplastic Process. The manner of mount- ing artificial teeth upon a plate composed of the alloy known as cheoplastic metal. For process, see Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Den- tistry." Cheoplastic Teeth. Artificial teeth made expressly for cheoplastic work. They are not provided with platina pins, but have holes or dovetail grooves into which the metal runs, retaining them securely to the base. Cher / ry. The fruit of the Prunus cerasus. Che'sis. A frequent desire to evacuate the bowels. Chest/nut. See iEscuLUS and Fagus. Chestnut, Horse. iEsculus Hippocastanum. Chevauchement. A French word, signi- fying, in General Surgery, the riding of the extremities of a fractured bone on each other ; and in Denied Surgery, defective arrangement of the teeth, consisting in the gradual dis- placement of a cuspid or incisor, which assumes a position in front of the dental arch and obliquely across one of the adjoining teeth. See Irregularity of the Teeth. Chevestre (chevaslre). A double-headed roller, applied around the head, the middle sup- porting the chin, in cases of fracture or luxa- tion of the lower jaw. It has received the names of simple, double, and oblique, accord- ing to the manner in which it is applied. This bandage, however, has, to some extent, been superseded by one contrived by Barton. See Barton's Bandage. ChPa (ehia terra; from Chios, the island where it was originally found). A variety of white earth, formerly,used for burns. Chiadus. Furuncnlus. Chias'ma (from x ta £ u , to make the letter X ; chiasm). The crossing of the fibres of the optic nerve ; also the crucial union of parts. Chias'ter. See Kiaster. Chias'tolite. A mineral having some re- semblance to the steatite. Chias'tos. A crucial bandage, so called because it resembles the letter X. Chick'en=pox. See Varicella. Chi'cot. Stump of a tooth. Chicotin. The bitter powder. or juice of colocynth. Chigre (chiggre, chegre, cinque: from the Spanish chiquito, small). A small insect of the Southern States and the West Indies, which penetrates the skin, causing slight inflamma- tion and intolerable itching. Chilblain [pernio; buganlia; erythema per- CHI 138 CHL nio ; from chill, cold, and Main, a pustule). Erythematous inflammation of the feet, hands, or other part of the body, resulting from ex- posure to cold. Chilblains are prevented by accustoming the parts to exposure ; and are treated by stimulant, terebinthinate, and bal- samic washes, ointments, and liniments. Child=bed Fever. Puerperal fever. Child 'birth. Parturition. Chi'lo= (from x ELAo Q, a lip). A word used as a prefix. ChFlon (clieilon ; cheilitis; from je^Aof, a lip). Inflammation and swelling of the lip. Chimaphil'a. A genus of plants of the order Pyrolaceae. Chimaphila UmbeFlata. Chimaphila, U.S. P. Pipsissewa ; wintergreen ; ground-holly. The fresh leaves have a fragrant odor, and a bit- terish, astringent, and aromatic taste. They are diuretic, astringent, and tonic. Dose, Oj of decoction in twenty-four hours. Chi / mia. Chemistry. Chimia'ter (from x v f ua , chemistry, and larpoQ, a physician). One who applies the science of chemistry to medical purposes. Chimney=sweepers' Cancer. Cancer of the scrotum. ChFmogene. Cold generator. A liquid produced by Dr. Vanderweyde in experiment- ing with the highly volatile and gaseous pro- ducts of distillation, which he proposes to use as an improved substitute for rhigolene, ether, etc., in producing local anaesthesia. It boils at any desired degree of temperature, say at 60°, 50°, 40°, or even at 30° F., causing by its evaporation the most intense cold. Chi 'na Glaze. A blue frit composed of ten parts glass, two parts lead, and three of blue calx. China Nova. A variety of red bark, the product of Cinchona oblongifolia. China Root. The root of the Smilax china. It has the same properties as sarsaparilla. Chin'aroth. A red substance, deposited from cinchona, on the absorption of oxygen. ChinchFna. See Cinchona. Chin'cough. Pertussis. Chini 'num. SeeQuiNINA. Chinioid / ine (chinoidine ; ehiniodina. A substance separated from cinchona, supposed to bo an alkaloid, and to consist of a mixture of quinina, cinchona, and a peculiar resinous matter. It is really impure quinina. Chinovan'tina. An alkaloid of cinchona ovata. Chip Blower. A warm-air blow-pipe. Chir=. The hand ; a prefix. ChironFum. A milignant ulcer, with cal- lous edges, difficult to cure. Chiropodist (from x El P, the hand, and rrovg, the foot). One whose profession is to remove corns and bunions from the feet. Chirothe'ca (from x £l P, the hand, and #77/07, a sheath). A bandage applied in spiral turns, so as to envelop the hand and fingers. Chirur'geon. A surgeon. Chirur'gia (from x ei P, the hand, and spyov, a work). Surgery. Chirur'gical. Pertaining to surgery. Chirurgien Dentiste. Surgeon dentist. ChlFaros. Slight fevers, in which the heat is not great. Chlias / ma. A tepid and moist fermenta- tion. Chloas / ma (chloasma pseudo-porri go). Liver spots. Blotches on the skin, of irregular shape and yellowish brown hue. Chlorace'tic Acid. A modification of acetic acid, in which three atoms of chlorine take the place of three atoms of hydrogen. Chlorace'tyl. A modification of acetyl. C 4 C1,. Chlo / ral. A dense, oily, colorless, pun- gent-smelling liquid, C 2 HC1 3 0, obtained by the action of dry chlorine gas on anhydrous alcohol. Chloral, Hydrate of. Formula, C 2 HC1 3 0.H 2 0. Chloral, mixed with water, becomes the hy- drate of chloral, and then exists in the form of a white, solid substance, with a pungent, peculiar odor, resembling that of a dry melon. It is only in the form of the hydrate that chloral is employed in medicine. It is hyp- notic and anaesthetic. The average dose for an adult is gr. xxx to gr. lx. As a general rule, gr. xxx of the hydrate is equal in effects to gr. j of opium. For children, gr. vij will suf- fice, and for adults gr. xxv to gr. xxx, where short intervals of sleep are required. In pois- oning by chloral, strychnia acts as a speedy and complete antidote. See Hydrate of Chloral. Chlo'ralamid. Formula, CC1 3 CH { £hCHO. A hypnotic. It is chemically a union of chloral anhydride with formamide. It occurs in colorless, odorless, non-caustic crystals, of a somewhat bitter taste, melting at 239° F., and soluble in from 9 to 14 parts of cold, and less CHL 139 CHL of warm, water, and in 1 part of absolute and lj parts of 96 per cent, alcohol. It induces an apparently natural sleep, commencing iu from one-half to three hours, and lasting from six to ten hours. The dose varies from 15 to 60 grains. Thirty-grain doses are generally employed. Chloral imide. A substance, CCL..CH.NH, formed from chloral by substituting the radicle XH for oxygen. Odorless and tasteless ; used as a substitute for chloral hydrate. Chlo / raIum. See Chloride of Alumi- num. Chloran'thus. A genus of plants of the order Chloranthacese ; allied to Piperaceae. It is a most powerful stimulating agent. Chloras'ma. Chlorosis. Chlo'rate. A compound of chloric acid with a salifiable base. Chlorate of Potassa. Potassse chloras (which see). Chlo'ric Ether. A compound obtained by passing hydrochloric acid gas into alcohol to saturation, and distilling the product. See Ethyl Chloride. Chlo ride. A compound of chlorine with different bodies. Chloride of Aluminum (aluminii cMoridum). Chloralum. Prepared by passing chlorine over aluminum and charcoal. Antiseptic and disinfectant. See Gorgas' "Dental Medi- cine. ' ' Chloride of Ammonia. Muriate of ammonia. NH 4 C1. Dose, gr. j to gr. xx. See Ammonia. Chloride of Gold. See Terchloride of Gold. Chloride of Lime. See Lime, Chloride of. Chloride of Magnesia [magnesia chloridum). Obtained from muriate of magnesia. A bitter, deliquescent salt. See Gorgas' "Dental Medi- cine." Chloride of Methyl. (CH :! C1.) [It possesses anaesthetic and analgesic properties ; has been employed for facial neuralgia, in the form of spray. It causes only a temporary irritation of the skin. Chloride of Tin (stannvm chloridum). Ob- tained from tin and hydrochloric acid. Fsed in form of injections for affections of mucous membranes. Chloride of Zinc. See Zinc. Chlorinated Soda Solution. Sec Son r. Chlorixat.e Liquor. Chlo'rine (from \'/(.>i>oc, green). A non- metallic element. At ordinary temperature a yellowish-green colored gas, of a disagreeable taste and strong, suffocating odor, exciting great irritation and spasm of the glottis when inhaled, even in a diluted state ; incapable of supporting combustion, and soluble in water. It is obtained by the action of hydrochloric acid on peroxide of manganese. In Denial Practice it is employed for bleaching discolored teeth. Chlorine Water (aqua chlorinii). A solution of chlorine gas in water. It forms a good an- tiseptic lotion. Chlori'odate. A combination of chloriodic acid with a base. Chlorio'dic Acid. A compound of chlorine and iodine. Chlo'rite. An earthy mineral of various tiuts of green. ChIo / ro=. A prefix formed from the Greek, and used to indicate a clear, lively green color. Chiorocar'bon. See Tetrachloride of Carbon. Chlorocarbon'ic. An acid obtained from chlorine and carbon. Chio'rodyne. A secret preparation pro- posed in 1848 by Dr. Browne, of India, and said by him to consist of perchloric acid with a new alkaloid. Supposed to contain chloro- form, ether, morphine, cannabis indica, hydro- cyanic acid and capsicum. It has been given as an anodyne chiefly. Chloroform. Formula. CHC1,. Terchlo- ride of formyl ; so called because it is a com- bination of chlorine with formyl, the basis of formic acid. A limpid, colorless, volatile liquid, possessing a fragrant, fruit-like, ethe- real odor, and a saccharine, pungent taste. It is obtained by distilling a mixture of chloride of lime and alcohol. Taken internally it acts as a sedative narcotic. For inhalation the dose is a fluid drachm, equivalent to sixty minims. or more. It consists of two atoms of carbon, one of hydrogen, and three of chlorine. Its formula is. therefore (C.,H)CL 3 . or FoCl :! ,C,H, being the expression for formyl, otherwise written Fo. Its specific gravity is 1.480, and the density of its vapor is 4.2. It is uninflammable, and boils at 141°. It is recommended in asthma, and in diseases in which a grateful and soothing agent is required. Professor Simpson, of Edinburgh, discovered that the vapor of chloroform, when inhaled. CHL 140 CHO acts as a powerful anaesthetic agent, producing complete insensibility in from thirty seconds to three or four minutes, and it is extensively used, both in Europe and America, not only for the purpose of producing insensibility in surgical operations, but also to prevent the pain attend- ing parturition. Its use, however, has, in a number of instances, been attended with fatal effects. For mode of administration see Gor- gas' " Dental Medicine. " Large doses act as a violent irritant-narcotic poison. Hypodermic medication with chloro- form is sometimes practised in the treatment of neuralgia. The local application of this agent to the skin is not so irritant as it is to mucous membrane. When the vapor of chlo- roform is inhaled, the effects are very closely analogous to those of the vapor of ether. See Ether, Sulphuric. But it is more irritant to the pharyngo-laryngeal tract than ether vapor. Chloroformum jmrificalum is preferably used internally and externally, and also for anses- thetization. Dose, i\ x to ff\, xxx, or more, diluted with water. It has a grateful sooth- ing effect in asthma and other diseases. Dangerous symptoms are treated with nitrite of amyl, artificial respiration, faradization or galvanism, atropia, stimulant enemata, and all the agencies connected with etherization. Nelaton's method — inversion of the patient — has proven successful when arrest of the heart's action is the primary and chief source of danger. Chloroform, Ammoniated. Equal parts of ammonia in alcohol and chloroform ; antipy- retic and anodyne. Chloroform Liniment. Composed of chloro- form 40, and soap liniment 60 parts. Chloroform Mixture. Chloroform 8, cam- phor 2, yolk of egg 10, and water 80 parts. Dose, 3J to 3j. Chloroform Mortality. 1 : 3000 in 500 cases. Chloroform Spirit. Chloroform 10, alcohol 90 parts. Dose, ff\,x to ^j. Chloroform, Tincture of. Chloric ether. ChIoroformiza / tion. A term applied to the aggregate of the symptoms produced by the administration of chloroform. Chloro'ma (from x'/j-'I 1 " 1 :, green, and oma, tumor). A peculiar form of tumor contain- ing ;i yellow-green substance, which takes the place, at times, of muscles and perios- teum. Chlorom / eter. An instrument for estimat- ing the quantity of chlorine in combination with water or a base. Chloroph£e / ite. A mineral which when recently broken is green, but afterward be- comes black. Chlo'rophane. A species of fluor spar, transmitting a beautiful pale-green light when heated. Chlorophyll. The green matter of the leaves of plants. Chloro'sis (from x? lU P°C, green). The green sickness. A disease affecting young females, particularly before menstruation, or those labor- ing under a suppression of menses ; character- ized by languor, palpitation of the heart, pain in the loins, fatigue, a pale, greenish hue of the face, a small, quick pulse, and sometimes with cedematous swellings of the feet. Chlorot/ic. Affected with or pertaining to chlorosis. Chlo'rum. Chlorine. Chlo / ruret. Chloride. Choc'olate. A paste prepared from the cacao-nut, with sugar. It is a nourishing article of diet. Choke=damp. A term applied by miners to irrespirable gas or vapors containing carbonic acid. Cholae'mia (from x^V, bile, and ai/ia, blood). A morbid state in which bile is found in the blood. Jaundice. Cholayus. Biliary. Cho'lagogue (cholagogus; from x°^V, bile, and aj(J, I expel). Purgative medicines which excite biliary secretions. Chole. Cholos. Bile. Cho'leate. A combination of choleic acid with a base. Cholec'chysis. Effusion of bile. Chol'ecyst. Gall-bladder. Cholecystitis. Inflammation of the gall- bladder. Choled'ochous (from x°^V, bile, and doxog, containing or receiving). Receiving or contain- ing bile. Choledochus, Ductus (ductus communis choJedochus). The duct which conveys the bile from the liver to the duodenum. ChoIedoci / tis. Inflammation of the chole- doch duct. Choledog'raphy (choledographia; from X°^r/, bile, and ypuMt.v, to describe). A de- scription of that which relates to the bile. CholedoVogy (/■holcdolof/ia ; from x°^ r l, bile, and Aoyor, a discourse.) A treatise on the bile. CHO 141 CHO Chole / ic Acid. Taurocholic acid. Bilin. According to Liebig, that part of bile soluble in alcohol and containing the bilin. ChoPein (trom x oA V, bile). A mixture of .several principles of bile. CholePithus (from x oAr l, and /ados, a stone). Biliary calculi. Choleme'sia. Vomiting of bile. Cholepyr'rhine. The brownish-yellow col- oring matter of the bile. ChoPer. Bile. Anger was supposed to proceed from a superabundance of bile ; hence the application of the term choler to anger. Cholera (from x nA V, and peu, I flow). Chol- era morbus. Purging and vomiting, generally of bile, with gripings and spasms of the ab- dominal muscles, and often in the legs and arms. In Asiatic cholera, or cholera as- phyxia, the discharges resemble rice-water, and the disease is generally of a more malig- nant and fatal character. Its pathology is but little understood. Cholera Infantum. Cholera of infants. ChoPeric [cliolericus). Pertaining to cholera morbus or to the bile. ChoPerine. A slight diarrhoea during the prevalence of cholera ; a premonitory symptom of the disease. ChoPeroid. Eesembling cholera. Choleropho'ne. The peculiar voice of a patient affected with cholera. Choleroproso'pon. The facial expression of one affected with cholera. Chole'steato ma (x oAr l, bile, and steatoma). A fatty tumor, laminated and pearly, and composed principally of crystals of cholester- ine. Choles'teric Acid. A substance obtained by heating cholesterine with nitric acid. Cholesterine (cholesterina ; from x oA >), bile, and (jrepEof, solid, or areap, suet). An inodor- ous, pearly white, insipid, shining substance, found in certain biliary calculi, and in nearly all the animal fluids. ChoPic Acid. A resinous acid obtained from bile. It has been supposed to be oleic acid, conjugated with a radical C 12 H 6 6 , though other chemists regard it as a nitrogenous acid, and Lowig puts it among his hydroazocarbyls. The truth is that the same acid has received several different names, and the eholic acid of Demarcay, Lehman, and other organic chem- ists is the cholalic acid of the classification of Lowi<;, who has followed Strecker. ChoIice / le (from x oA7 J, bile, and icr,'//;, a tumor). A swelling caused by an accumula- tion of bile in the gall-duet. ChoPinate. Cholinic acid combining with a base. Cholin'ic Acid. A white flocculent acid obtained by Berzelius from eholic acid. It must not be confounded with Lowig's choleinic acid, which is the taurocholic acid of Lehman. ChoPolith (cJioloIithus). Biliary calculi or gall-stone. Cholo / ma (from x uAo C, lame or maimed). Lameness or distortion of a leg. Cholo'ses (from x oA v, bile). Disease of the liver and spleen generally. ChondraPgia. Pain of the cartilages. Chon'drine. A gelatinous substance ob- tained from the permanent cartilages by boil- ing ; organic basis of cartilage. ChondrPtis (from x ov ^P°Qj cartilage, and eric, a termination signifying inflammation). Inflammation of cartilage. Chondrogenes'ia {chondrogenesis ; from Xov6pog, cartilage, and } eveaig , formation). For- mation of cartilage ; conversion of parts into cartilage. Chondroglos'sus (from x ov ^P°i, a cartilage, and } 7-uooa, the tongue) . A fasciculus of fleshy fibres extending from the lesser coruu of the os hyoides to the tongue, forming part of the hyoglossus muscle. Chondrog'raphy. A description of the cartilages. Chon'droid (chondroides; from xovdpog, car- tilage, and eidog, resemblance). Cartilaginous. Resembling cartilage. Chondro'ma. A 'cartilaginous growth in bones. Chondro=pharynge / us (from ^owJpof, car- tilage, and wipVjS, the pharynx). The fibres of the muscular coat of the pharynx, arising from the lesser cornu of the os hyoides, which form part of the constrictor medius. Chon'dros {xovSpog, cartilage). A cartilage. Chondro'ses. Morbid .formation or condi- tion of cartilages. Chrondrosyndes / mus (from %ovdpog : a car- tilage, and (Tirdow, to tie together). Union of bones by means of a cartilaginous ligament. Chondrot'omy (xovdpog, cartilage, and TEfiveiv } to cut). Dissect inn or division of carti- lage. Chon'drus. A genus of sea-weeds. Chondrus Crispus. Carrageen ; Irish moss. CHO 142 CHR It possesses demulcent and nutritive qualities, and has been used in pulmonary diseases and bowel affections. Cho'ra (x u P a , a region). Any void space ; as the orbit of the eye, etc. Chor'da (from x°P^ r h a string). The word has several significations : An interstice, a tendon, an assemblage of fibres ; and it is sometimes applied to a painful tension of the penis. Chorda Dorsa'lis. The rudiment of the verte- bral column in the foetus. Chorda Mag'na. The tendo Achillis. Chorda Tendin / ea. A cord-like tendinous substance connecting the carneae columnar of the ventricles of the heart to the auricular valves. Chorda Tym'pani. A branch of the seventh pair of nerves is so called because it crosses the tympanum of the ear, like a string across the bottom of a drum. Chorda Voca'les. Vocal cords. The thyro- arytenoid ligaments of the larynx or of the inferior ligaments of the glottis. Chordap'sus. Constriction or twisting of the intestines. Chordee'. A French word applied in Pathology to a painful, spasmodic contraction of the penis attending gonorrhoea. Chore'a (xopeta; from x°P°S, a chorus, which formerly accompanied dancing). A disease called St. Vitus's dance, characterized by con- vulsive motions of the limbs, resembling the movements of a person dancing. Cho'rion (x°f H0V , skin ; from x°>P a , a re- ceptacle). The second membrane of the foetus. Chorioni'tis. Induration of the cellular tissue. Cho'rium (from x<>P MV , skin). The cutis vera, or innermost layer of the skin. Cho'roid [choroideus; from x°P l0V , the chor- ion, and tufor, resemblance). A name applied to several parts because of their resemblance, in the vascularity of their structure, to the chorion. Choroid Membrane (membra aa elmroides). The choroid tunic, a dark vascular membrane of the eye, between the sclerotica and the retina. Choroid Muscle. Ciliary muscle. Choroid Plexus (plexus choroideus). Two membranous and vascular duplicatures of the pia rnater, situated in the lateral ventricle of the brain. Chrem'ma. Sputum. Chri'sis (xparte ; from xP iu , I anoint). In- unction. The anointing of any part. Christe'rion. An ointment or liniment. Chro'a. Chroma. Color in general. The surface of the body ; the skin. Chro'mas. A chromate, or salt formed by the union of chromic acid with salifiable bases. Chromatics (from xP", u a, color). That part of optics which treats of the colors of light and natural objects. Chrome Steel. A variety of steel employed for enamel chisels, which gives hardness and strength to fine cutting edges, and possesses advantages over carbon steel. Chro'mic Acid (acidum chromicum). Form- ula, CrO 3 . Obtained by mixing bichromate of potash with pure concentrated sulphuric acid, in the form of brilliant prismatic crystals. It is a powerful escharotic, and its action, al- though slow and gradual, is deeply penetrating. In Dented Practice it is used as an escharotic for allaying extreme sensibility of dentine, and it is said that its application is not attended with pain like chloride of zinc and other escharotics, nor with any risk to the nerve, and that its effect is almost instantaneous. It is allowed to remain in the cavity of the tooth from two to five minutes. Chromic acid is employed in fungous growth of dental pulp and gums, and has been recommended for bleaching discolored teeth. It should be used with great care to avoid injuring the healthy tissues. Chromidro'sis. Abnormal coloration of the sweat. Chro'mium (from xP u P- a , color, because it gives color to its combinations). Symbol, Cr. Atomic weight, 52.2. One of the elements of the iron group. A whitish, brittle, and very infusible metal, extracted from the native chro- mate of lead or iron. By heating it with nitre it is converted into chromic acid. Chromium, Sesquichloride of. See Sesqui- CHLORIDE OF CHROMIUM. Chromo'gen. Vegetable coloring matter acted upon by acids or alkalies, producing yellow or green tints. Chromop'sia (clirupsia; from xp°>/ m , color, and oipcg, vision). Colored vision. Chron'ic (chronicus; from xpovog, time). A term applied to diseases of long continuance, and for the most part without fever, as distin- guished from acute diseases. Chrono=ther / mal. A fanciful notion that medicines arc electrical in their action, erected, as usual, into a "system." CHR 14: CIB Chrup'sia (from xP°! ia , color, and oTfug, Bight). A disease of the eye, or a state of vision in which a colored impression is made on the retina. Chrys=. A prefix, meaning golden-yellow. Chrys'alis (from xp vao c, gold ). The second or iuactive state of a metabolion or changeable insect, embracing the period when it is enclosed in a transparent covering, which sometimes re- flects a metallic lustre, and hence the appella- tion. Chrysaro/bin. A yellow crystalline sub- stance used in skin diseases. Chrysi'tis (from xP va °S, gold). Litharge. Chrysobal'anus (from xP va 'K, gold, and fiaTiavog, a nut ; so called because it is yellow before it is dried). The nutmeg. See Myris- TICA MOSCHATA. Chrysob'eryl. A mineral of a green color and vitreous lustre. ChrysocoI'la (from xP vai K, gold, and KoTCka, cement). Old name for borax, because it was employed in soldering gold. Chrysogo / nia (from XP V(J0 <:, gold, and yivofiai, to become). A tincture of gold. Chrys'olite (from xp vao C gold, and /adog, a stone). Topaz. Chrysophan / ic Acid. (Ci 5 H I0 O 4 . ) A yel- low crj'stalline acid, occurring in senna and rhubarb, and produced by the oxidation of cbrysa robin. Chrys / oprase. A silicious mineral of a pale-green color. Chrysosple'nium. Golden saxifrage. Chrysul'cus (from xP vao S, gold, and e/mu, to take away). Aqua regia, or nitro-muriatic acid. Chur'rus. Banque. The resinous juice of Indian hemp. Cannabis indica. It is em- ployed in the East as a narcotic and antispas- modic. Chus ite. A very fusible, yellowish-green, translucent mineral. Chyaz'ic (initials of carbon, Androgen, and azote). Of or belonging to a combination of carbon, hydrogen, and nitrogen. Applied to prussic acid. Chyle (,|avloc, juice). A nutritive fluid of a milky appearance, found in the lacteal vessels of the mesentery, and in the thoracic duct, extracted from the food by the absorbents of the intestines, after it has been submitted to the action of digestion. Chylif'erous Vessels. The lacteals, which carry the chyle from the intestines to the thoracic duct. Chylifica'tion (chylificatio ; from xvTuog, and facere, to make). The process by which the chyle is formed or separated from the chyme, and absorbed by the villi of the small intes- tines. Chylis'ma (from x i ~ /0 C, juice). An extract or expressed juice. Chylog raphy (from A'l'/oc, chyle, and ypa(j>jf, a description). A description of the chyle and of the parts which elaborate it. Chylopoiet/ic (chylopoietieus ; from x v/ "C, chyle, and iroieu, I make). Anything con- nected with the formation of chyle, as the chylopoietic viscera, vessels, etc. Chylopo ine. A term used by Claude Ber- nard to express the active principle of the pancreatic juice. Chylo'sis. The process by which food is changed into chyle. Chylification, or the formation of chyle. Chylostag'ma. Distillation or expression of juice from solids. Chylu'ria (from x v/ °C, chyle, and ovpov, urine). A discharge of milky urine, without any apparent lesion of the urinary organs. Chy'lus (xvAog). Chyle. Chyme (chymus; from x v f 10 ?, juice). A homogeneous mass, formed by the food in the stomach, and from which, after it passes into the intestines, the chyle is separated. It is formed by the food in its first great change in the process of digestion, and consists of the contents of the small intestines, after having been acted upon by the salivary, gastric, bili- ary, pancreatic, and intestinal secretions. Chymi'a (xv/ita). Chemistry. Chymia'ter. A chemist-physician. Chymiatri'a. The art of curing diseases by chemical remedies. Chymifica / tion (chymificatie ; from \>nt>r, juice, and facere, to make). The conversion of food into chyme ; the first process of digestion. Chym'istry. Chemistry. Chyt'len Radix. A cylindrical root, of a bitter taste, brought from China. The Chinese hold it in high estimation for its stomachic virtues. Ci'atome. An instrument for dividing pseudo-membranous bands in the rectum or bladder. Ciba'lis (from eibus, food). Of or belong- ing to food. Ciba'tio (from cibus, food). The act of taking food. Ci'bus. Food. CIC 144 CIN Cica'da. A genus of insects, celebrated for their powers of song, or shrill chirp, embracing the tree-hopper, frog-hopper, etc. The manna of the shops is the inspissated j nice of the Fraxinus ornus, exuded from the wounds inflicted by the Cicada orni. Cicatricial. Of or pertaining to a cicatrix; depending upon the shrinking pf a cicatrix. Cicatricial Deformities. Contraction of tis- sues caused by cicatrices. Cicatric'ula (diminutive of cicatrix). A small cicatrix ; applied also to the small white speck seen on the yolk of the fecundated egg. Cicatris'ant (cicatrisans ; from cicatrizo, to skiu over). Such applications as are sup- posed to aid wounds and ulcers to dry up and heal. Cicatrix ( from cicatrizo, to heal up or skin over) . A scar or mark upon the skin after the healing of a wound or ulcer. Cicatrization. The process by which a wound or ulcer cicatrizes. The process of healing. Ci / cinum Oleum. An oil obtained from the braised seeds of Jatropha curcas, possessing properties similar to castor oil. Cilia (blepha rides). The eyelashes, or hairs on the eyelids. CiPiary (ciliaris). Pertaining to the eye- lashes. Ciliary Arteries. The ciliary arteries are di- vided into short or posterior, and anterior. The first are numerous, and penetrate the sclerotic coat of the eye near the optic nerve, spread out upon the choroid membrane, and supply the iris and ciliary processes. They originate from the ophthalmic artery in three or four branches, but are divided into about twenty by the time they arrive at the sclerotica. The anterior ciliary arteries are few in number, and pierce the sclerotica near the cornea, and are principally distributed upon the iris. Ciliary Body. A ring of the choroid coat of the eye, surrounding the crystalline lens like a crown placed behind the iris and ciliary circle. Ciliary Circle. Ciliary ligament. Ciliary Ligament. A grayish ring situated between the iris, cornea, and sclerotica. Ciliary Margin. The border of the eyelid. Ciliary Muscle. That part of the orbicularis palpebrarum in the vicinity of the cilia. Ciliary Nerves. The nerves of the ciliary ligament. Ciliary Processes. The radiated plaits of the choroid membrane, which resemble the disc of a radiated flower, lodged in the de- pressions of the anterior part of the vitreous humor. Ciliary Striae. Pale radiated stria? in the posterior part of the .ciliary body, so covered -with pigment as not to be seen distinctly until that is removed. Ciliary Veins (vasa voriicosa). These follow the same course as the arteries, and discharge their blood into the ophthalmic vein. Ciliary Zone. Ciliary crown ; ciliary disc. The appearance, like the disc of a flower, which the pigment between the ciliary pro- cesses leaves on the hyaloid membrane. CiPiated (ciliatus). Fringed with fine hairs, like the eyelashes. CiPium (from cileo, to twinkle). The eye- lash or eyelid. CiPlo (from cilium, the eyelid). One affected with cillosis. Cillo'sis. A perpetual spasmodic trembling of the eyelids. Cimicif'uga Racemo / sa. Actsea race- mosa, black snakeroot, a plant possessing tonic, antispasmodic, and expectorant proper- ties. Dose of powder, gr. x to gr. xxx. Cimicif / ugine. Active principle of cimi- cifuga. Cimo'lia Purpures'cens. Fuller's earth. CinPolite. A grayish-white earth, consist- ing of silex, alumina, oxide of iron, and water. Cimolian earth. Cina Cina. Cinchona. Cinchona. The name of several kinds of Peruvian bark, the use of which is said to have been discovered by this circumstance : Some of the trees from which it is procured having been blown by the wind into a pool of water, they lay there until they had imparted to it such a bitter taste that everybody refused to drink it ; but a person residing in the neigh- borhood was seized with a fever and, not being able to procure other water to quench his thirst, drank of this, and was soon completely cured. This circumstance was related to others ill of fevers, who drank it and were cured. Its use, however, as a medicinal agent, did not become general until about the year 1638, when the Spanish viceroy's lady, the Countess de Cin- chon, was cured of fever by it at Lima, and hence the appellation of Cortex Cinchonx, and pulvis comitissas, or the Countess's Powder. It Avas afterward introduced into Europe by the CIN 145 CIN Jesuits, among whom the Countess, on her recovery, had distributed it, and thence arose the name of Cortex or Pulvis Jesuiticus, Jesuit's Bark. Called also Cardinal de Lugo's Powder, because a large quantity of it was taken to Rome for the use of the religious poor by that charitable prelate. Cinchona is called, also : Cortex ; bark ; Pe- ruvian bark ; cortex China ; China chinchina ; kiua ; kiukina ; quina quina ; quinquina. These barks are possessed of bitter, astringent, tonic, and febrifuge properties, and have con- stituted one of the most valuable remedies of the materia medica in the treatment of inter- mittent fevers, as well as other diseases ; but since the discovery of their active principle, quinina, they have not been so much used. SeeGorgas' "Dental Medicine." Cinchona Alkalies. Cinchona, quinina, and aricina. They are regarded as oxides of a common base, termed quinogen. Cinchona Barks, False. Barks procured from trees formerly ranked among the Cinchonacese, and distinguished from the true Peruvian bark by the absence of quinina and cinchonia. Cinchona Flava. Yellow bark, called in com- merce calisaya bark. There are several other varieties of yellow bark, but the calisaya, the product of the Cinchona lanceolata, is the most valuable. Cinchona Pallida. Pale bark, called in com- merce loxa bark. There are several other commercial varieties, but this is the most highly esteemed, and is the product of the Cinchona condaminea. Cinchona Rubra. Red bark, called in South America cascarilla roxa and Colorado. This is from an undetermined species of cinchona. See Peruvian Bark. Ciiicho 'nia. Cinchonia ; cinchonine. The active principle of Cinchona lancifolia. An organic, crystalline alkali, of a white color, bitter taste, slightly astringent, soluble in 2500 parts of boiling water, but very soluble in boil- ing alcohol, and slightly soluble in ether and the fixed and volatile oils. But the sulphate of cinchonia, which is formed directly from cinchonia. is soluble in water as well as alco- hol. Cinchon'ic Acid. Kinic acid; an acid found in cinchona barks, and in the alburnum of Abies communis. Cinchonic Red. An insoluble red substance found in cinchona barks. Cin'chonin or Cin'chonine. Cinchona. 10 A peculiar vegetable principle, or alkali, dis- covered in the Cinchona condaminea. Cincin / nus. The hair on the temples. Cin / clesis. Involuntary winking or nicti- tation. Cinera'rium. The ash-pit of a furnace. CFneres (plural of tints, ashes). Ashes. Cineres Clavellati (jyotassa impura). Pearl- ash. Cineri'tious (tineritius; from cinis, ashes). Of the color of ashes. Pertaining to ashes. The cortical substance of the brain is sometimes so called, from its resemblance to ashes. Cinet'ica (Kivr/rtKog, having the power of motion). Diseases affecting the muscles. Spasms. Cine'tus. The diaphragm. Cin'gulum (from cingo, I bind). A girdle applied to the body below the ribs. The waist. Cin'gulus or Cin / gule. A term applied to the division or valley which separates the body of the canine tooth from the tubercle on its lingual surface. Ci'nis. Ashes. Cin'nabar [hydrargyri sulphuretum rubrum). Mercuric sulphide. HgS. A sulphuret of mercury. It occurs native, and is made artifi- cially. The former appears in the form of brilliant red crystals, and also in amorphous masses of different shades of red and brown ; the latter is the red bisulphuret, the vermillion of commerce. Cinnam ic Acid. An acid obtained from the oil of cinnamon. Cinnamo'mum (from Rinnan, Hebrew). A genus of plants of the order Lauracese. Cinna- mon bark, cassia bark. A native of the East and West Indies, Brazil, and Egypt. It is an aromatic stimulant and an astringent ; but is chiefly used as an adjunct to other remedies. Powdered cinnamon bark forms an ingredient of some dentifrices. See Oleum Cixxamomii. Cinnamomum Cassia (cinnamomum aromati- cxm). The cinnamon cassia, which yields the cassia lignea, cassia buds, and cassia bark of commerce. Cinnamomum Zeylanicum. The tree which yields the Ceylon cinnamon, the Lauras cassia of the gardens. Cin'namon. The bark of Cinnamomum Zeylanicum, and of Cinnamomum aromaticum. See Cinnamomum. Cinnamon Stone. A silicate of lime, alumina. and oxide of iron ; a rare mineral from Ceylon, of a hyacinth-red, or yellowish-brown color. CIN 146 CIR Cinnamon Suet. An oily and waxy product of the cinnamon tree, used in Ceylon for mak- ing candles. Cin'namyl (einnamule). The hypothetical radicle of cinnamon oil, etc. CFon (/ctwv, a column). The uvula was for- merly so called from its pyramidal shape. Ci / onis (from kluv, a column). Swelling and elongation of the uvula. Cioni'tis (from kiov, a column, and inc, signifying inflammation). Inflammation of the uvula. Cionorrha / phia (kiovlc, the uvula, and pa/, a bed, and eidog, resemblance). Resembling a bed. Clinoid Processes. The four processes at the upper surface of the sphenoid bone, which surround the sella turcica ; are so called from their resemblance to the posts of a bedstead ; two are anterior and two posterior. Clinom'eter. An instrument for measur- ing the dip of mineral strata. Cliseom'eter. An instrument for measur- ing the angle which the axis of the pelvis makes with that of the body. CLI 150 COA Clitor'idis Mus'culus. See Erector Clitoridis. Clit'oris (geu. clitoridis ; from kXecu, to en- close or hide ; so called because it is hid by the labia pudendoruni). A small round organ situated above the nymphse at the upper part of the vulva, before the orifice of the urethra in females. Clitoris mus. An enlargement of the clitoris ; also sapphism. Clitoridis (clitoris). Inflammation of the clitoris. Clon'ic (from kAovoc, agitation). Irregular, spasmodic, or convulsive motions ; opposed to tonic. CIono / des. A term formerly applied to a vibrating pulse. Clo'nus (from kaoveu, to agitate). Clonic spasms. Closed Circuit. See Circuit. Clot. Coagulum ; the crassamentum of the blood. Clove. The unexpanded flower-bud of the clove-tree, Caryophyllus aromaticus. Club=feet. A deformity, either congenital or acquired, but usually the former, caused by a contraction of the extensor muscles of thp feet. The affection has been variously desig- nated according to the nature of the deformity, as tip-foot, when the heel is drawn upward and the patient is compelled to walk on his toes ; knot-foot, when he walks on the back of his foot ; cross-foot, when he walks on the outer edge ; out-bow-foot, when he walks on the inner edge ; and heel-club-fooi,when his toes are drawn upward so that he is compelled to walk on his heels. Clune'sia (from dunes, the nates). Inflam- mation of the buttocks. CIu / tea Eleuthe'ria. Croton cascarilla. Cly'don (k'/.vSuv). Flatulence ; fluctuation of the contents of the abdomen. Clypea'lis Cartila'go. The thyroid carti- lage. Clyp'eate (from clypeus, a shield). Shield- shaped. Clys / ma. A clyster. Clys / ter (clysterium ; from iO.v'^u, to wash). An enema. A liquid thrown into the rectum by means of a syringe or bladder with a pipe, the nozzle of the instrument being in- troduced into the anus. The enemata most commonly used consist of warm water having in solution either soap or common salt or both. C. M. Abbreviation for eras mane, to-mor- row morning. C. N. Abbreviation for eras node, to-morrow night. Cne'me. The tibia. Cnemo=dactyla3 / us. Extensor longus digitorum pedis. Cne'sis (from nvao, to scratch). Cnesmos. Painful itching. Cni'cin. A crystalline substance obtained from Cnicus beuedictus. Cnido'sis (from kvi6tj, the nettle). An itch- ing sensation like that produced by the nettle. A dry ophthalmia. Cny / ma. A slight itching ; also a puncture or vesication. Coag / uIable Lymph. Liquor sanguinis ; plastic lymph ; a clear, colorless fluid which exudes from wounds or inflamed vessels, and serves for the reparation of injuries and to pro- duce adhesions. Coag'ulant. That which has the power of coagulating the blood. Coagulation (coagulatio ; from con and ago, to drive together). The act of changing from a fluid to a jelly-like consistence. Coagulum. Clot. A jelly-like or soft mass of fibrin that forms from the plasma of the blood after the latter has been drawn from the body. It is also called crassamentum, cruor, clot, etc. It contains the fibrin, coloring mat- ter, a little serum, and a small quantity of salts. The clot of blood ; the curd of milk, and the insoluble form of albumen. Coagulum Alu / minis. A coagulum formed by beating the white of eggs with a little alum. It is used in cases of ophthalmia where an astringent is required. Coalescence. In Medicine, the union of parts previously separated, as in the case of preternatural adhesions. Coaptation (coaptatio ; from con, together, and aptare, to adjust, adapt). The act of plac- ing the two extremities of a fractured bone or the ends of a wound in contact with each other, or of restoring a luxated bone to its proper place. Coarctation [coarctatio ; from coardare, to straighten). In Pathology, the contraction or straightening of a canal, as of the urethra or intestinal canal. Coarticula / tio (from con, and articnlatio, an articulation). Articulation which admits of manifest motion. See Diartiirosis and Syn- arthrosis. COA 151 COC Coat'ed. A term applied to the condition of the tongue as indicative of visceral disturb- ance. Co'balt. A brittle, reddish-gray metal, fused with difficulty, and generally combined in its ores -with nickel, arsenic, iron, and cop- per. Arsenic is the active principle of cobalt. Its oxide is largely used to color porcelain blue. It is frequently employed as a coloring matter in the manufacture of porcelain teeth, and also for destroying the pulps of teeth, and for appli- cation to sensitive dentine, but is not considered to be as reliable as other agents used for the same purpose. Cob'web. The web of the Aranea, or spider. Sometimes used to arrest hemorrhage. It acts mechanically as a styptic. Cocaine. An alkaloid obtained from the leaves of the Erythroxylon coca of South Amer- ica. Formula, C 1T H, 1 X0 4 . It is in the form of colorless, bitter crystals, sparingly soluble in water. The following salts of cocaine are employed in Medical and Dental Practice : Hydrochlorate, citrate, salicylate, borate, oleate, and hydrobromate. It is soluble in alcohol and ether, and also in 704 parts of water. Its taste is bitter, and its reaction is strongly alkaline. As a local anaesthetic it has been largely employed in dental practice, the most common preparation for use being a 4 per cent, solution composed of cocaine hydrochlorate, 2J grains : distilled water, f ^j. M. As an aqueous solution soon deteriorates, fresh solu- tions should be employed ; or distilled water containing 7 grains to the pint of either thymol or salicylic acid or camphor water will act as preservatives. Cocaine solution, of 4 or 5 per cent, strength, is employed in dental practice as an obtunding agent for sensitive dentine, exposed pulps of teeth, and hypo- dermically injected as a local anaesthetic in the extraction of teeth. It is generally applied for twenty minutes, and re-applied if necessary. Dose, gr. \ to gr. ij. See Herbst OBTUNDENT. For dental uses see Gorgas' "Dental Medi- cine." Cocaine Hydrochlorate. Used as a local anaesthetic in 2 to 5 per cent, solution. Cocaine Oleate. A 5 per cent, solution of cocaine in oleic acid for external use. Coccinel'la (diminutive of coccus, a berry ; from its resemblance to a berry). The cochi- neal insect. See Coccus Cacti. Coccinellin'. The coloring principle of cochineal. Carmine. Coc'colite. A mineral of a green color, of various shades. Coc'culus Indi Aromat'icus. Jamaica pepper. See Myktus Pimenta. Cocculus Palmatus. The systematic name of a plant which affords the calumba root. Coc'cus. A tribe of insects. Coccus Cacti. The systematic name of the cochineal insect. Cochineal. Used in Harris' gum wash as a coloring matter. Coccus Lacca. The insect from the sup- posed puncture of which, in the extreme branches of certain East India trees, lac or gum lac exudes. Coccyge'us (from kokkv!-, because it is in- serted into the coccyx). A muscle which arises from the spinous process of the ischium, covers the inside of the sacro-ischiatic liga- ment, and is inserted at the extremity of the sacrum. Coc'cygis Os (os coccygis; cauda; from kokkv!;, the cuckoo, whose bill it is said to re- semble). A bony appendage at the point or lower extremity of the sacrum, terminating in an acute point. Generally, it consists of four bones, and behind its base are two small tubercular eminences, called cornua of the coc- cyx. Coc'cyx. The os coccygis. Cochine'al. Coccus cacti — an insect found on several species of cactus. Coch'lea (from Koxafa, to turn round). The anterior of the three cavities constituting the labyrinth of the ear ; is so called from its re- semblance to a snail. Cochlea're (from cochlea, a cockle, because its bowl represents a shell). A spoon ; a spoonful. Cochleare Magnum. A tablespoonful, which is about half a fluid ounce. Cochleare Me'dium. A dessertspoonful, or two teaspoonfuls. Cochleare Minimum. A teaspoonful, or one fluid dracbm. Cochlea'ria (from cochleare, a spoon). A genus of plants of the order Brassicaceae. Cochlearia Armora'cia. Horse-radish. Cochlearia Officina'lis. Cochlearia hortensis. The common scurvy-grass, said to be a power- ful antiscorbutic. Cochlea'tus (cochleate). Spiral. Cocho'ne. The junction of the hip or panncb with the seat or thigh. The breech. The perineum. The coccyx. Co'cos Butyra'cea. The systematic name coc 152 COL of the plant from which the palm oil is ob- tained. Coc'tion (coctio ; from coquere, to boil). Digestion of the food in the stomach ; boiling, or decoction. A term formerly used in Medi- cine to express the change morbific matters were supposed to experience before elimina- tion. CodePa (codein ; from Kwdsia, a poppy-head). An alkaloid extract of opium. Code'ic Acid. An acid formed from codeia. Co / dein («jf, rough, hairy). A dis- ease of the eye. See Trachoma. Das'ytes. Roughness, particularly of the tongue and voice. Hairiness. Dath'olite, Dat'olite. A mineral composed of silica, lime, and boracic acid. A borosilicate of lime. Davenport's Appliance for Raising the Bite. A bridge appliance fastened by gold caps to the second inferior molars and brought forward a few lines above the molars and bi- cuspids, resting with a gold saddle on the six front teeth. In two weeks the arch maybe spread and the teeth drawn up to a normal position by the use of ligatures, which are to be looped around the bicuspids and molars, and fastened at the lingual surface, then tied to the masticating surface of the bridge above. Davier. A French word signifying tooth- forceps. Dead'Iy Night'shade. A plant of the genus Atropa. See Atropa Belladonna. Deafness. Diminution or complete loss of hearing. This affection has sometimes been ascribed to diseased teeth. See Dyseccea. DEA 182 DEC Death. The final cessation of all the vital functions, the aggregate of which constitutes life. Death, Apparent. Asphyxia, or merely a suspension of the vital functions. Death, Partial. Gangrene ; mortification. Deaura'tio. Tincture of metals, etc., of a golden color ; also the operation of gilding pills. Debil'itants. Remedies which, when ex- hihited, reduce excitement. Antiphlogistics. Debility (debilitas). Asthenia. Weakness. Debris'. A French word signifying, liter- ally, remains, wreck, ruins. Applied in Dental Surgery to the remains of decayed teeth ; also the fragments and small particles removed from a carious tooth in the preparation of a cavity for filling. Dec'agon. A figure having ten equal angles and sides. Dec'agramme. Ten French grammes, equal to 5.65 drachms avoirdupois, or 154.34 grains troy. Decalcified. Deprived of calcium or of its salts, as decalcified enamel or dentine. Dec'alitre. A French metrical measure of 10 litres, equivalent to 610.28 English cubic inches. Dec'ametre. A French measure of 10 me- tres, or 393.71 English inches, about 32.75 feet. Decanta'tion (decantatio). A pharmaceu- tical operation consisting in pouring off a liquor clear from the sediment, by decanting the vessel which contains it. Decapita'tio Articulo'rum. Resection. Decarboniza'tion. In Physiology, the transformation of venous into arterial blood by respiration. Hsematosis. Dechaussement. A French word applied, in Dental Surgery, to the separation of the gum from the neck of a tooth previous to extrac- tion. Dechaussoir. A French word signifying gum-lancet. Deciden'tia. Cataptosis. Epilepsy. Decid'ua Membra'na. The lining mem- brane of the uterus during pregnancy. Decid uous (deeiduns; from decidcre, to fall off or down). Falling off; dying. In Botany, applied to trees and shrubs which lose their leaves on the approach of winter ; in Dental Anatomy, to the milk, or temporary, teeth. Also the membranes which form the sacs that enclose the teeth of both dentitions previous to their eruption. In Physiology, the outermost membrane of the ftetus in utero. Deciduous Membranes of the Teeth. A name applied by Mr. Thomas Bell to the two lamella? which form the sacs that envelope the rudiments of the teeth, and which, on the eruption of these organs, disappear, being, as he supposed, wholly absorbed. Deciduous Teeth. The temporary, or milk, teeth are so called because, after subserving the purposes of early childhood, they are re- moved by an operation of the economy, to give place to others of a larger size and of a more solid texture. See Teeth, Temporary. Decigramme. The tenth part of a gramme, equal to 1.543 grains troy. Decilitre. The tenth part of a litre ; 6.1028 English cubic inches. Decima'na Febris. A fever appearing on every tenth day. Decimetre. A French measure, the tenth part of a metre, equivalent to 3.937 English inches. Decline 7 (declinatio). The abatement of a disease or paroxysm. Enfeeblement of the vital powers of the body from age. Wasting of the powers of the body, accompanied by fever and emaciation, as in the case of tabes. It is also applied to persons affected with phthisis pulmonalis. Decoc'tion. The process of boiling certain ingredients in a fluid for the purpose of extract- ing the parts soluble at that temperature. Also the product of this operation. Decoc'tum (from decoquere, to boil). A decoction. Decoctum Quercus Albas. Decoction of white oak bark. Take of the inner bark of young green, white oak, 3 ij, water, Oiss. Boil down to a pint and strain. It is astringent, and in the treatment of inflamed, spongy, and ulcerated gums may be employed with advan- tage as a gargle. Decollation (de, and collum, the neck). Applied to the removal of the head of the child in cases of difficult parturition. Decoloration (decolor at in). Loss of the natural color ; the removal of coloring matters from any object. Decomposition (decompositio). Decay, putrefaction. In Chemistry, the separation of the component parts or principles of compound bodies from one another. Decomposltus. A term applied in Botany to the stem of plants when divided into numer- ous ramifications at its base, and to leaves when split into many irregular divisions. DEC 183 DEH Decorticating Process. A term sometimes applied in Dental Pathology to a species of caries of the teeth, designated by Duval peeling decay, which consists in the detachment from the osseous tissue of the tooth of small portions of the enamel. See Caries of the Teeth. Decortication (deeorticatio). The removal of the bark, husk, or shell from anything. Decos'tis. Without ribs. Decremen'tum. Decrease, decline. Decrepita'tion (dewepitatio). A crackling noise, as made by salts when exposed to a cer- tain degree of heat. Decrep'itude (decrepiludo). Old age ; the last period of life ; last stage of decay. Decubitus (from decumbere, to lie down). Act of lying down or assuming a horizontal posture. Also manner of lying. Decurta'tus. Running to a point. Some- times applied to a declining pulse. Decus / sate (decussatio; from decusso, to cross each other). Decussation. In Anatomy, applied to nerves, muscles, and fibres, which cross each other, as a decussation of the optic nerves. Decusso'rium. An instrument used for depressing the dura mater after trepanning. Dedenti'tion (from de, and dens, tooth). The shedding of the milk, or deciduous, teeth. DedoIa / tion. The infliction of a wound with loss of substance. Defecation (from de, and fseces, excre- ments). Expulsion of the faeces from the body. In Pharmacy, the separation of any substance from a liquid in which it may be suspended. Defec'tio Animi. Syncope ; fainting. Deferens. The excretory canal of the tes- ticle. See Vas Deferens. Deferens Vas. See Vas Deferens. Defibrination (from de, and fibrin). The removal of fibrin from blood or lymph. Defix / us. Impotent. Deflagration (deflagratio). Rapid com- bustion, as that which occurs when a mixture of sulphur and nitre is inflamed. Deflec'tio. Derivative ; revulsive. Deflex'us. Deflex. Bending slightly out- ward. Deflora'tion. A term applied in Forensic Medicine to the extinction of the marks of vir- ginity by connection with the male. Deflu'vium Capillo'rum. Baldness. Loss of the hair. Deflux'ion (defluxio ; from defluo, to run off"). A catarrh, or cold. A descent of humors from a superior to an inferior part. Deformation. A deformity. Abnormal shape or structure. Degeneration. Degeneracy. Deteriora- tion. In Pathology, a morbid change in the structure of an organ. Deterioration, degrada- tion, or retrogression of the molecular or cellu- lar structure of a tissue, organ, or cell, so that it can no longer maintain its function. Deglutition (deglulitio ; from de, and glulire, to swallow). The act of swallowing. The various muscles of the soft palate and tongue are all concerned in conducting the food into the pharyngeal cavity. The elevators raise the palate, and at the same time protect the posterior nares from regurgitation of the food, while the tensor puts it on the stretch, and after having, by the approximation of the tongue and palate, been conveyed behind the velum, the constrictor isthmi faucium and palato-pharyngeus draw the palate down, which, by the aid of the tongue, cuts off the communication between the fauces and mouth, while at the same time the passage into the posterior nares is nearly closed by the contrac- tion of the muscles of the posterior palatine arch. The food is now conveyed by the action of the constrictor muscles of the pharynx into the oesophagus, through which it is forced by the contraction of the muscular coat into the stomach. The passage of the food from the mouth to the oesophagus is mostly the result of voluntary action, but the propulsion of it do^n this duct is involuntary. The deglutition of liquids is always more difficult than solids, because the particles of a fluid have a greater tendency to separate ; to prevent which it is necessary that it should be more accurately embraced by the parts which convey it from the mouth into the oesophagus. Deglutition, Difficult. Difficult swallowing. Deg / mos [degimus). A gnawing sensation ; a biting pain about the upper orifice of the stomach. Degree' (from gradus, a step). A step or stage. The 360th part of a circle. Also the rank or title conferred by the faculty of a col- lege. An arbitrary measure on a scale of tem- perature, etc. The French use it to signify the intensity or particular stage of an incurable disease, as phthisis, cancer, etc. Degusta'tion. The act of tasting. Dehis'cent (dchiscens; fromddu'sco, to gape DEH 184 DEN or open). A term applied in Botany to the opening of the capsules for the discharge of the seed. Dehydration (from de, and vSup, water). The removal of the constitutional water of an organic substance or the water of crystallization of a chemical salt. Dejec tio Alvi. The discharge of the fajces. Dejec'tion (dejectio ; from dejecio, to go to stool). The expulsion of the faeces. Dejecto rium. Cathartic. Delap / sus (delapsio). Prolapsus. Delete rious (from dr/lea, I injure). Pois- onous ; destructive ; hurtful ; injurious. Deliga'tio (from deligare, to hind up). The act of applying a bandage. Deliga'tion. Deligatio. Deliquescence (deliquescentia ; from de- liquescere, to melt down). The assumption of a fluid state by the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere. There are certain salts which do this, as the chloride of lime, acetate of potassa, and carbonate of potassa, and hence they are called deliquescent salts. Deliques- cent indicates liquefying spontaneously through the absorption of moisture from the air. DelPquium (from delinquo, to leave). In Chemistry, the spontaneous solution of a deli- quescent salt. In Pathology, fainting ; syn- cope. Deliquium Animi. Fainting; syncope. Deliquium Vitae. Death. Delirious. One affected with delirium. Delirium (from deliro, to rave). Wander- ing of the mind, as in cases of disease, from disturbed functions of brain. It may be vio- lent, as in the case of acute inflammation of the membranes of the brain, or low and mut- tering, as in typhoid fevers. Delirium Furio / sum. Mania. Delirium, Senile. Senile insanity ; imbecility and moral insanity resulting from old age. Delirium Tre'mens (mania a potu, delirium ebriosiiatis ; delirium potatorum). Delirium peculiar to drunkards, attended with great agitation and sleeplessness. Delitescence (from delitescere, to hide). Sudden termination or complete disappear- ance of symptoms of inflammation by resolu- tion or before structural lesion. Delivery. Parturition. Del'phinate. A salt resulting from the combination of delphinic acid with a base. Delphin / ia. Delphine. A nitrogenous base, found in the seeds of Delphinium staphisagria. It has been used like veratria, as a local oint- ment in various forms of nervous disorder. Delphinic Acid. An acid extracted from the oil of the dolphin. Delphinium (from detynv, the dolphin. So called from the resemblance of its flower to the head of the dolphin). The larkspur. Also a genus of plants of the order Ranunculacese. Delphinium ConsoPida. The systematic name of the Consolida regalis, or the branch- ing larkspur. The root and seeds are bitter, and in large doses purgative and emetic. Delphinium Staphisagria. The systematic name of the stavesacre. The seeds are bitter, acrid, and nauseous, and sometimes used in decoction as an anthelmintic. They contain delphinia. DePta. Vulva. DePtiform. Deltoid. DePtoid (deltoides ; deltoideus ; from the Greek letter A [delta], and eidoq, a likeness). A triangular muscle of the shoulder, extending from the outer third of the clavicle, and from the acromion and spine of the scapula to the middle of the os humeri. De'manus. Without a hand. Demen / tia (from de, and mens, without mind). Insanity ; absence of thought. DemPbain. A French term applied in Hygiene and Therapeutics to a bath in which the lower half only of the body is immersed. A hip bath. DenPodex Foliiculo'rum. A minute acarus found in the sebaceous follicles of per- sons living in large cities, whose skin is not sufficiently excited by pure air. Dem/onstrator (from demonstrate, to ex- hibit). In Anatomy, one who exhibits the various parts of the body ; an instructor. In Dental Surgery, one who demonstrates and teaches the method of performing the various operations connected with this branch of medi- cine. DemotPvus Lapsus. Sudden death. DemuFcent (demulcens; from demulccre, to soothe). A medicine capable of obviating and preventing the action of acrid and irritating humors, and which forms with water a viscid solution, as gum Arabic, cassia, gum traga- cantha, etc. Demuscula / tus (from de, and musculus, a muscle). Without flesh ; emaciated. Den / gue. Dandy. A fever which first pre- vailed in the West Indies and in the Southern States in 1827 and 1828, attended with violent DEN 185 DEN pains in the joints and eruptions on the skin, and soreness of flesh and bones. Denigration (denigratio ; from denigrare, to blacken). Act of becoming black, as in cases of a bruise and sphacelus. Dens (plural, dentes). A tooth. See Teeth. Dens Exsertus (from dens, a tooth, and ex, and sers, to thrust out). A gag- tooth, a tooth which projects or stands out from the dental arch. Dent. A tooth. Den / tagra (from dens, a tooth, and aypa, a seizure). Denticeps. An instrument for extracting teeth ; tooth-forceps. The term is also applied to toothache. Den'tal (dentalis; dentarius; from dens). Pertaining to the teeth. Dental Apparatus. The teeth, together with the alveoli in which they are implanted, and jaws. Also a set of artificial teeth. The in- struments and appliances employed in dental operations are likewise so termed. Dental Arches [arcades dentaires). The arches formed by the teeth when arranged in their cavities around the margins of the jaws or alveolar ridges. Dental Arch, Round. A circular or horseshoe arch, the cuspids on a level with the arch, with no prominence, the bicuspids and molars following the line of the curve ; pecu- liar to Germans. Dental Arch, Round-square. The medium arch, peculiar to well-developed, robust Am- ericans. The cuspids are prominent enough to give the squareness, the incisors vertical, the line curving slightly from one cuspid to the other. Dental Arch, Round V-shaped. The round arch is constricted in front, the incisors mark- ing a small curve, the apex of which is the centre. This is the most beautiful arch, and is peculiar to women of the Latin races. Dental Arch, Square. Peculiar to strong, osseous organizations of Gaelic extraction, the squareness depending upon the promi- nence of large cuspids. Dental Arteries. The arteries which supply the teeth with blood. The teeth of the upper jaw are supplied from the superior denial, which winds around the maxillary tuberosity from behind forward, sending off twigs through the posterior dental canals to the molars and bicuspids, and from a twig of the infra orbitar, sent off just before it emerges from the infra orbitar foramen, which passes down the anterior canal to the incisors and cuspidati. The teeth of the lower jaw are supplied from the inferior dental artery, given off by the internal maxillaiy. It enters the posterior dental foramen, and as it passes along beneath the roots of the teeth, sends up a twig to each, until it arrives at the mental foramen, from which, after sending a small branch to the incisors, it emerges. Dental At / rophy (atrophia dentalis). See Atrophy of the Teeth. Dental Bone. Dentine. The osseous part of a tooth. Dental Canals. The canals which perforate the alveoli and give passage to the blood vessels and nerves that enter the teeth at the extremities of their roots. Dental Caries. See Caries of the Teeth. Dental CartiPage. The cartilaginous ridge along the margins of the gums which serves as a substitute for the teeth during the first months of infancy. Dental Cav / ity (cavitas pulpse ; cavum dentis ; antrtnn dentate) . The pulp-cavity. The cavity occupied hy the dental pulp in the interior of a tooth. Its shape resembles that of the tooth; it is larger in young persons than in old, and when the teeth suffer great loss of substance, either from mechanical or spontaneous abra- sion, it sometimes becomes completely oblit- erated. See Abrasion of the Teeth. Dental Engine. A machine first introduced in 1870, but since greatly improved, and which has almost wholly superseded the use of hand- burrs and drills. It is operated like a dental lathe, and possesses a flexible cable or an ad- justable arm and hand -piece which afford great facility of movement and adaptation. By means of attachments to the hand-piece, drills can be operated at a right angle with the shaft, at an acute angle, or with a back- ward inclination of nearly forty-five degrees. Burnishers, disks, etc., are also adapted to these dental engines. See Engine, Dental. Dental Engine, Suspension. In this form of engine — constructed on the plan of suspension from the ceiling — the driving-power is belted directly to the shaft of the hand-piece, with- out the intervention of a flexible joint or a flexible cable. The hand-piece is balanced and tension given to the driving belt by a small pulley on the hand-piece spindle, and, being suspended by a cord, can be moved in every direction, hence the burr can be readily applied to all cavities. DEN 186 DEN Dental Ex'cavator. An instrument employed for the removal of the decayed part of a tooth, preparatory to the operation of filling. A number of instruments varying in size and shape are required for this purpose by every practitioner of dental surgery, to enable him to remove with facility caries from any part of a tooth and to give to the cavity such shape as may be required for the permanent reten- tion of a filling. Instruments of this descrip- tion should be made from the very best steel, and so tempered as neither to break nor bend at their points. See Tempering. Dental Exostosis. See EXOSTOSIS OP THE Teeth. Dental File. A file manufactured for opera- tions on the teeth. See File, Dental. Dental FoFlicle (folliculis dentis ; follicule den- taire). A follicle formed of the enamel organ, dentinal papilla, and dental sacculus. See Teeth, Development of. Dental Forceps. See Forceps foe Extract- ing Teeth. Dental Formula. A notation used to desig- nate the number and class of teeth in mammi- ferous animals, forming an important generic character. In the cats, or genus fells, for ex- ample, the formula is: Incisors, f ; canini, ^, {; premolars, or bicuspids, f, |; molar, f, f, =30, signifying that they have six incisors in each jaw, one canine tooth on each side of each jaw, two premolars, or bicuspids, on each side in each jaw, and two true molars. In man, the dental formula is : Incisors, f ; canines, or cuspidati, {, \ ; premolars, or bicuspids, §, § ; molars, |, |. The upper figures refer to the upper and the lower figures to the lower jaw. Dental Instruments. Instruments employed in operations on the teeth, such as excavators, filling instruments, files, forceps, etc. There is no class of surgical instruments in which more care and mechanical skill are required in their manufacture than those used by dental surgeons. Dental Lab / oratory. A room or place where the operations connected with mechanical dentistry are performed. The principal fix- tures and instruments for a dental laboratory are : A work-bench, a large vise, a small anvil set in lead, a large swaging block of metal or stone, a swaging hammer, grinding lathe and appliances, moulding-bench, moulding appa- ratus, rollers, furnace mouth, blow-pipe, solder- ing support, automatic blow-pipe, plaster- table and can, burnishers, bench, brush, saw, chisels, clasp-bender, files, saw-frame and saw, plate gauge, gravers, a two-ounce ham- mer mallet, plate-shears, plate-punch, plate- bender, plate-nippers, pliers, round and flat, callipers, scrapers, wax -spatula, plaster- spat- ula, plaster-knife, tweezers, borax-glass, sharpening stone, Bunsen-bnrner, solder-pan, brush- wheels, vulcanizer and flasks, ladles for melting, reamer, pointed excavators, crucibles, chasers, long solder pliers, sieve and rammer, ingot-mould, crucible tongs, metal articulator, lead or copper acid dish, burrs, drills, and circular saw, plaster-bowl, varnish- bottle, oil- bottle, Scotch-stone. Dental Necrc/sis. Odontonecrosis. See NEC- ROSIS of the Teeth. Dental Nerves. The nerves which go to the teeth. The teeth of the upper jaw are supplied from the superior maxillary. Three or four branches descend on the tuberosity of the superior maxillary, and, entering the posterior dental canals, are conveyed to the molar teeth. The incisors, cuspidati, and bicuspids are supplied by a branch from the infra-orbital, which passes along the front of the maxillary sinus in the anterior dental canal, sending off twigs to each of these teeth. The teeth of the lower jaw are supplied from the third branch of the inferior maxillary, which, in its course, passes beneath the ptery- goid muscles, then along the ramus of the lower jaw under the pterygoideus internus to the posterior dental foramen, which it enters along with the artery and vein, sending off twigs to the roots of the molar and bicuspid teeth, until it arrives at the mental foramen ; here it divides into two branches ; the smaller is continued in the substance of the jaw, sup- plying the cuspid and incisor teeth ; the larger passes out through the mental foramen to be distributed to the muscles and integuments of the lower lip, and finally communicates with the facial nerve. Dental NeuraFgia. A form of neuralgia the immediate exciting cause of which is owing to some disease of the dental pulp. See Odon- talgia. Dental Operation. An operation upon the teeth. Dental Organism. The organism of the teeth ; the organical structure of these organs ; the vital forces which govern them. Dental OrthopcedFa. The art of correcting deformity, occasioned by irregularity or other DEN 187 DEN cause, of the teeth. See Irregularity of the Teeth. Dental Pathol'ogy. The pathology of the diseases of the teeth. Dental Periosteum (periosteum dentium). Peridental membrane. A white fibrous mem- brane which invests the roots of the teeth and to which it is intimately united by fibrous prolongations and numerous minute blood vessels. It is through the medium of this and their lining membrane that these organs receive their nutritive fluids. The dental periosteum is supposed to be a re- flection of the alveolar ; it covers the root of each tooth, is attached to the gums at the neck, and to the blood-vessels and nerves where they enter the extremity, and enters the cavity and, in a modified form, becomes the lining membrane. This membrane con- stitutes the bond of union between the roots of the teeth and alveolar cavities. Dental Periostitis (periostitis dentium). In- flammation of the dental periosteum or peri- dental membrane. See Odontalgia and Periodontitis. Dental Pulp. A soft, vascular, and highly sensitive substance, of a reddish-gray color, occupying the cavity of a living tooth. It also constitutes the rudiment of a tooth. The dental pulp is the principal blood- and nerve- supply to the dentine. It presents its largest volume at the time calcification begins in the dentine, and is the medium through which this substance is formed. At adult age the dental pulp consists of indistinct, finely fibrous connective tissue containing numerous cells, the outer layer of the organ being composed of dark granular cells, known as odontoblasts and the layer of such cells is known as the membrana eboris. The odontoblasts contain large oval nuclei, and are provided with three sets of processes — the dentinal, lateral, and pulp processes. Three or more arteries enter the pulp at the apical fora- men, and form a rich capillary plexus a short distance beneath the membrana eboris. The nerves enter the substance of the pulp with the arteries, and divide into a fine network in the organ. The dental pulp is divided into two portions — the coronal portion, or bulb, which occupies the crown-cavity, and the canal portion, which occupies the root-canals. See Teeth, Development of. Dental Pulp, Degeneration of. A condition of the organ due to long continued irritation of a low grade. The original cells of the pulp disappear and lose their identity, and are con- verted into fine fibres. Alveola? develop in the matrix, and all the characters common to nor- mal pulp- tissue are completely changed. Dental Pulp, Destruction of. There are two methods of destroying the pulp : one by an operation, such as the use of a barbed brooch ; the other by the application of some devitaliz- ing agent, as arsenious acid. Dental Pulp, Development of. This organ first appears in the form of the dentinal papilla, or germ, as a slightly condensed area of tissue in close relation to the most dependent portion of the enamel organ. In its embryonic stage it is composed of connective-tissue cells, and does not differ from the surrounding tissue. Blood vessels soon appear and form numerous anastomosing loops, which give the papilla a highly vascular nature. It becomes the forma- tive organ of the dentine of the human tooth in the foetus of four months. A layer of cells is developed upon the apical surface of the papilla, these cells being known as odonto- blasts. They are at first oval in form, and then gradu- ally become elongated, sending out processes which connect them with one another and with the cells of the pulp, and also extend outward toward the inner tunic of the enamel organ. These latter become the dentinal fibrils. The odontoblasts,- — the layer of which is known as the membrana eboris, — when completed and about to assume the function of dentine for- mation, become columnar in shape, and, as calcification progresses, are joined by new odontoblasts developed on the sides of the papilla, until the membrana eboris forms an outer covering to this organ and also to the fully formed pulp. When the dentine is com- pletely calcified, the odontoblasts again change form into oval cells, and continue as such throughout the existence of the pulp. The odontoblasts may again resume their former functional activity, and develop what is known as "secondary dentine," under the influence of irritation resulting from caries, thermal changes due to attrition, abrasion, or loss of tooth structure. The coronal portion of the pulp has a pro- cess of its tissue under each of the cusps of the larger teeth, known as the horns of the pulp, which are long and slender in young teeth with prominent cusps. The form of the pulp generally corresponds DEN 188 DEN to that of the tooth it occupies, but is more slender. Dental Pulp, Exposed. A condition of this organ where it is exposed owing to decay or to mechanical or chemical abrasion. To preserve the vitality of the pulp after exposure, a num- ber of expedients have been resorted to, such as capping with disks of gold, lead, platinum, and pure tin, forming an arch over it by the filling, first applying to the exposed surface a thick solution of gutta-percha and chloroform or a paste composed of carbolic acid, oil of cloves, and oxide of zinc, in order to prevent any vacuum between the pulp and the cap, and also to act as a non-conductor. Asbestos, oiled silk, Hill's stopping, oxychloride and oxyphosphate of zinc, and other materials have also been employed to shield the pulp, but have not given satisfactory results. It is necessary that the dressing should be in con- tact with the exposed surface of the pulp. In- flamed pulps are treated by leeching or counter-irritation of the gums, by depletion of the pulp itself, by excision of a portion, and by topical treatment with astringents, tonics, stimulants, escharotics, and antisep- tics ; among the latter agents is pepsin, either liquid or formed into a paste with diluted hydrochloric acid, and employed where there is offensive matter in contact with the pulp or a portion of the organ is devitalized. A paste of oxide of zinc and creasote, applied after all irritants have been removed, has proved useful in restoring an exposed pulp to a normal condition ; also lactophosphate of lime, prepared by adding lactic acid to phos- phate of lime so as to form a paste. See Capping the Pulps of Teeth. Dental Pulp, Sensory Functions of. Besides the physical function of the pulp, — that of forming the dentine and maintaining its vitality, — it has also a special sensory function, which consists in a resentment to thermal changes. Both the pulp and peridental mem- brane supply the sensory functions of the tooth. While the pulp has not the sense of touch, this sense resides wholly in the peri- dental membrane, so far as relates to the slightest touch on any part of the surface of the tooth. Dental Sac. Dental sacculns. Cement or- gan. The sac enclosing the enamel organ and dentinal papilla. See Teeth, DEVELOP- MENT OF. Dental Science. The principles which under- lie the practice of dentistry. The abstract knowledge as distinguished from the art. Dental Substitute. Any mechanical contriv- ance used for the replacement of one or more of the natural teeth. See Artificial Teeth. Dental Sur / geon (chirurgien dentiste). Surgeon dentist. One who devotes himself to the study and treatment of the diseases of the teeth and their connections, and the adoption of substitutes for them when, by age, accident, or disease, they are lost. Dental Surgery (chirurgia dentium). That branch of medicine which has reference to the treatment of the diseases of the teeth and their connections, and which, at the same time, em- braces the prosthesis, or replacement of the loss, of these organs with artificial substitutes, though the latter definition is usually em- braced in the term " dental mechanism." So remote is the origin of dental surgery, and so imperfect the records of ancient medicine, that it can not at the present time be traced with any degree of accuracy. We learn, how- ever, from Herodotus, the Grecian historian, that when he went to Egypt from his then comparatively barbarous home to learn the sacred mysteries and the sciences in the world's earliest nursery of learning and civili- zation on the banks of the Nile, he found surgery and medicine divided into distinct professions. There were surgico-physicians for the eye, others for the ear, and so on — for the different classes of disease the appropriate professor was found. It is evident from the writings of Hippoc- rates, who flourished about three hundred and sixty years before the Christian era, that little was known concerning the anatomy, physiology, and pathology of the teeth. The teeth were not entirely overlooked by Aristotle, Aret;eus, and Celsus ; but the best writings of ancient times on these organs now extant are those of Galen, who wrote in the second century after Christ, after having enjoyed the medical advantages offered by that eldest and most splendid of libraries which was so soon afterward doomed to the flames by the hand of barbarian power. From the time of Galen until the sixteenth century few traces of the art are to be found among the records of medicine. In connection with the anatomy of the teeth, Aetius men- tions the fact that they have an opening in their roots for the admission of small nerves, which he regards as the reason that these DEN 189 DEN organs are the only bones which are liable to become painful, and Rhazes has described, though very imperfectly, the process of den- tition, but with regard to the replacement of the loss of the natural teeth, Aebucasis is said to have been the first to teach that it might be done, either with other human teeth, or with substitutes made from bone. Vesalitjs, the author of " De Corporis Human i Fabrica, " published at Basle in 1543, and who has been styled the restorer of human anatomy, describes the temporary teeth as constituting the germs of the permanent teeth, an error into which some other of the older writers have fallen. Eusta cuius, however, may be regarded as the first to have given anything like a correct description of the number, growth, and different forms and varieties of the teeth. Ukbain Hemaed, also a writer of the sixteenth century, gave a very good description of the teeth of both dentitions, both before and after their eruption, and describes some of their diseases. About this time the subject began to attract some attention in Germauy, Spain, and Switzer- land . But it was not until nearly three hundred years ago, about the time of the revival of letters, that Ambrose Pare, in his celebrated work on surgery, gave evidence of the vitality of dentistry amidst the awakening chaos of an- cient science and erudition. From this time the treatment of the diseases of the teeth began to attract much attention. But it is to Pierre Fauchard that we are indebted for the first systematic " Treatise on Dental Surgery." This was published in France in 1728 — a work making two 12mo volumes, and, altogether, about 900 closely- printed pages. Although a number of works were contributed to the literature of dental surgery, — among which we should not omit to mention those of Bunon, Lecxuse, Jourdain, Bourdet, Herissant, and Berdmore, — yet, with the exception of the original suggestions of these authors, but few improvements were made in practice until toward the close of the eigh- teenth century. Pare wrote in 1579, and in 1771 John Hunter wrote the first, and in 1778 the second, part of his " Treatise on the Teeth," on which the broad and firm founda- tion of the English school of dentistry was laid. This has subsequently been improved and beautified by Blake, Fox, Koecker, Bele, Nasmyth, Robinson, Tomes, and other dis- tinguished men of the dental profession. What that eminent anatomist and surgeon, John Hunter, was to the English school of dental surgery, Bichat was to the French modern school, as he, with others equally philosophic, taught that no theory should be received, however plausible, which could not be proven by demonstration. Neither Hunter nor Bichat were practical dentists ; but the mighty energy of their minds embraced the dental with the other branches of surgery 7 ; and the principles of physiology and pathol- ogy at large included this important branch, and revealed the connection and sympathies of the teeth with the entire framework of man. Beandin, Bichat's editor, although not a practical dentist, was much better acquainted with the science of the teeth than Bichat him- self ; and Cuvier's extensive researches into osteology, as well as the arcana of nature at large, all came in to aid the French dental surgeons. Serres, Delabarre, F. Cuyier, Rousseau, Maury, Lefoulon, and Desira- bode have illustrated the modern improve- ments of the art and science, building, as they have, on the foundation laid years before by Fauchard, Bunon, Bourdet, Lecluse, Jourdain, Herissant, Baume, Laforgue, and others. It would, doubtless, be interesting to the dental student if we were to trace more in detail the progress of this branch of surgery through the eighteenth century ; but the limits to which we have restricted this article will not permit us to do so. Among the writers who have contributed most largely to the advancement of dental science in France since the commencement of the pres- ent century are Laforgue, Gariot, Baume, Jourdain and Maggiolo, Duval], Delabarre, Lemair, Serres, Audibran, F. Cuvier, Meil, Rousseau, Maury, Blandin, Lefoulon, Schange, and Desirabode and Sons. To the foregoing we might add the names of many more, but those we have already men- tioned will suffice to show the progress which the science of dental surgery has made in France since the commencement of the present century. Leaving the French school, we shall proceed to examine very briefly the progress which dental surgery has made in Great Britain during the same period. The publication of Dr. Robert Blake's "Inaugural Dissertation DEN 190 DEN on the Structure of the Teeth in Man and Various Animals, " at Edinburgh, in 1798, was followed in 1803 by the first part of Fox's celebrated ' ' Treatise on the Natural History and Diseases of the Human Teeth," and in 1806 by the second part. Both of the above works hold a deservedly high place in the literature of this department of medicine. The publication of this work at once gave to the subject, as a branch of the healing art, an importance which it had never before had, and awakened a spirit of inquiry which soon led to the adoption of a more correct system of practice than had hitherto been pursued. Among the authors who have contributed to the advancement of dental science in Great Britain are Fuller, Murphy, Bew, Koecker, Bell, Waite, Snell, Jobson, Robertson, J. P. Clark, Nasmyth, Jno. Tomes, Goodsir, Lintot, Sauders, Robinson, Clendon, Chas. Tomes, and Professors Owen, Richardson, Beale, Sal- ter, etc. The names of many other writers might be added to the above list, but as most of their contributions were intended for the general rather than the professional reader, we have not thought it necessary to mention them. In Germany dental surgery, though its pro- gress has been less rapid there than in France and Great Britain, has attracted considerable attention. Few works, however, of much merit have emanated from that country since the commencement of the present century. There are two, however, published at Berlin, particularly worthy of notice — one in 1803 and the other in 1842. The first of these works, written by Serre, treats of dental operations and instruments, and forms an octavo volume of nearly six hundred pages, illustrated with upward of thirty plates. The last is by C. J. and J. Linderer, and treats of Dental Anatomy, Physiology, Ma- teria Medica, and Surgery, forming an octavo volume of about five hundred pages, illus- trated with several plates. Mr. J. Linderer is the author of two ably written works on the teeth, one published in 1848 and the other in 1851. The work of Prof. Wedl, of Vienna, on dental pathology, has also attracted great attention, as have also the researches of Prof. Miller, of Berlin. The researches of Professor Retzius, of Swe- den, are also interesting, and, though they do not go to confirm previous opinions with regard to the minute structure of the teeth, have nevertheless thrown much valuable light upon the subject. These researches consist of microscopic examinations of the teeth of man and other animals, conducted upon an exten- sive scale, and would seem to prove the struc- ture of these organs to be tubular. Having now glanced very briefly at the progress of the science and art of dental surgery in most of the principal countries of Europe, we shall proceed to notice their introduction and growth in the United States. The first dentist in the United States of whom we have any account was Mr. R. Wooffendale, who came over from England to New York in 1796, and remained in this country about two years, practising in New York and Philadel- phia ; but, not meeting with much encourage- ment, he returned to England in 1768. It is believed, however, that Mr. James Gar- dette, a surgeon from the French navy, was the first medically educated dentist in the United States. He came to New York in 1783, and the following year went to Phila- delphia. Mr. John Greenwood, however, it is believed, was the first regular native American dentist. He commenced practice in New York about the year 1778, and is said to have been the only dentist in that city in the year 1790. But Mr. Greenwood did not remain long alone in the profession in New York. About the year 1796 Mr. Wooffendale, of London, came to the United States, and commenced practice in that city. About the year 1805 Dr. Hud- son, of Dublin, commenced the practice of dental surgery in Philadelphia. But about five years previous to the last-mentioned period, Dr. H. H. Hay den established himself in practice in Baltimore, where, in 1807, he was joined by Dr. Koecker ; but in a short time the last-named gentleman moved to Philadelphia, where he remained until 1822, when he went to London. But until 1820 dental surgery had made but little jjrogress in the United States. Since that period its advance has been more rapid. In 1839 a periodical devoted to the interests of the profession, entitled, "The American Journal of Dental Science," was established. In February, 1840, the Legislature of Maryland chartered the Baltimore College of Dental Sur- gery, and in July following the American Society of Dental Surgeons was organized. The combined influence of the " Journal," the College, and the American Society gave an DEN 191 DEN impetus to the science which it had never before had, and contributed in an eminent degree to the dignity and respectability of the profession. Since the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery and the American Society was organized, a large number of colleges, journals, and asso- ciations of dentists have been established. The United States has contributed quite as much to the literature of this branch of medi- cine as Europe, and dental surgery has pro- gressed much more rapidly here than there, and the works of American authors upon this subject will not suffer by comparison with similar publications of other countries. But comparatively few elementary treatises on the subject have ever been published anywhere, and of those purporting to be such which have appeared during the last fifteen or twenty years American dentists have con- tributed the greatest number. In thus briefly glancing at the rise and progress of dental surgery, the author has necessarily been compelled to avoid entering into details of particular modes of practice and of im- provements and inventions which have from time to time been made, as well as from an analysis of the works which have been men- tioned ; for if he had done so it would have swelled this article to a size wholly incompati- ble with the design of a work like the present. Dental Therapeutics (odonloiherapia ; from dens, a tooth, and ■QepcnrEvw, to heal). The branch of medicine which relates to the treat- ment of diseases of the teeth. Dental Tubuli. The microscopic canals occur- ring in the dentine. See Dentinal, Tubuli. Dental'gia (from dens, dentis, a tooth, and aTiyoc, pain). Toothache. Denta'lis Lapis. Salivary calculus ; tartar of the teeth. Denta lium (from dens, a tooth). The dog- like tooth shell. A genus of shell resembling in shape a tooth. Dentar'paga (from dens, a tooth, and ap-a^u, to force away). An instrument for the extrac- tion of teeth. Anciently this operation was performed with rude and clumsily constructed forceps, and hence the operation was regarded as formidable and difficult to perform. See Extraction of Teeth. Denta'ta Vertebra. The axis. The second vertebra of the neck is so called from its having a tooth- like process at the upper part of its body. Den / tate (dentatus; from dens, a tooth). Having points like teeth ; applied to roots, leaves, etc. Denta'tus. The second of the cervical vertebrae. Denies (the plural of dens). Teeth. See Teeth. Dentes Acuti. The incisor teeth. Dentes Adulti. The teeth of second dentition. Dentes Adversi. The incisor teeth. Dentes Angulares. The canine or cuspid teeth ; so called, probably, because they are situated at the angles of the alveolar arch at the corners of the mouth, or from the angular shape of their crowns. Dentes Bicuspidati. Bicuspid teeth. Dentes Canini. The cuspid, or canine teeth ; so called from their resemblance to the teeth of a dog. Dentes Cariosi. Carious teeth. Dentes Columellares. The molar teeth. Dentes Cuspidati (kvvo6ovtes). Cuspid teeth. Dentes Exserti (from dens, a tooth, and exser- tere, to thrust out). Teeth which project or are in front of the dental arch, but applied more particularly to the cuspidati. Dentes Incisores. Incisor teeth. Dentes Lactei. The milk, temporary, or de- ciduous teeth. See Deciduous Teeth. Dentes Molares. Molar teeth. Dentes Primores. The incisor teeth ; so called because they occupy the front or ante- rior part' of the dental arch. Dentes Sapientiae. The wisdom or third molar teeth. So named because they are erupted in mature years. Dentes Tomici (from dens, a tooth, and totni- cits, cutting). The incisor teeth. Den'ticeps. See Dentagea. Denticulate (denticuMus). Furnished with small teeth ; finely dentate or notched. Dentic'ulus. A little tooth. Dentid ucum. Dentagra. Tooth forceps. Den 'tier. A French word signifying a base of metal, ivory, or any other substance, em- ployed as a support or attachment for artificial teeth. The term is also sometimes applied to a set of artificial teeth. Den'tifica'tion (from dens, tooth, and facio, to make). The formation of teeth. Den'tiform (dent (for mis; from dens, a tooth, aud forma, form). Having the shape of a tooth. Den'tifrice (deniifrieium ; from dens, a tooth, and frieare, to rub). A topical remedy for the teeth ; a local application for the pre- DEN 192 DEN servation of the teeth, which is generally in the form of a fine, insoluble powder or paste for cleaning the teeth. On account of the relation- ship existing between microscopic organisms and dental caries, dentifrices should be com- posed of germicide ingredients in addition to those of a detersive character. Although the teeth can in most cases be kept clean by the use of a suitable brush and waxed floss silk, a powder or paste may often be advantageously employed for the removal of discolorations, stains, or clammy mucus, calculi, etc. The following are the formulae of a few of the many dentifrices at present employed : R . — Cretse prep., ^ iv Pul. orris root, 5 iss Cortex cinchona, jfiij Saccharum album, ^ss Carb. sodse, 5j Oleum cinnamomi, gtt. xv. Mix and reduce to an impalpable powder. R . — Pul. orris root, lb ij Pul. cinnamon, £iv Cretae prep. , lb j Sup. carb. sodse, 5 iss Sac. album, 3vij Olei rosse, gtt. xij. Mix and reduce to an impalpable powder. Astringent and Aromatic Dentifrice. R.— Pul. gallse, 5 iss Pul. orris root, ^ij Cretse prep. , 3 ij Corticus cinchonae, ^j. Mix and reduce to an impalpable powder. Antiseptic and Germicide Mouth-wash. R . — Thymol, 4 grains Benzoic acid, 45 grains Eucalyptol, 3^ drachms Alcohol, 25 drachms Oil of wintergreen, 25 drops. Mix. — Dr. Miller, of Berlin. Paste for Cleaning the Teeth. R . — Pul. orris root, ^ v Pul. cinnamon, £ss Cretae prep. , & iv Corticis cinchonae, jfiij. Mix, pulverize to a fine powder, and add a sufficient quantity of honey to form a stiff paste. Other formulae might be given, but the fore- going will suffice. Dentig'erous (from dens, a tooth, and goer, to carry). Producing or containing teeth. Dentigerous Cyst. A cyst containing a tooth which arises in connection with a developing or a retained tooth. Dentinal. Of or pertaining to dentine ; as dentinal tubes, fibrillae, etc. Dentinal Fibrils. Contents of the dentinal tubuli. See Dentinal Tubuli. Dentinal Papilla. The germ of the dentine and pulp of the tooth, which arises from the corium. See Teeth, Development of. Dentinal Tubuli. A multitude of fine canals in the structure of the dentine. They are described by microscopists as having distinct parietes, of a harder material than the inter- tubular tissue. These tubuli commence on the walls of the pulp-cavity and radiate in a wavy course through every part of the den- tine to its periphery ; near the masticating surface of the crown of a tooth they have a nearly vertical direction, and toward the ap- proximal surfaces a horizontal direction. They contain soft, homogeneous fibrils, which are either continuous with the odontoblast cells on the surface of the pulp or with the lining membrane of the pulp-canal. See Dentine. Dentinal Tumors. Rare deposits of secondary dentine attached to the wall of the pulp- chamber by a pedicle. Dentinal'gia (from dens, dentis, a tooth, and ahyoq, pain). Pain in dentine. Den'tine (dentinum). Tooth-bone ; ivory. The name given by Professor Owen to the tissue which forms the chief part of a tooth, termed by German anatomists, Knochensubstanz, Zahn- bein, and Zahnsubstanz, and situated between the enamel of the crown, cementum of the root, and the pulp-cavity. The structure of dentine, according to Professor Retzius, of Stockholm, is tubular. The tubes radiating from the pulp are "directed perpendicularly to the surface of the tooth," and pursue a waving, more or less parallel, course. Besides these primary curves, the tubes, when exam- ined with a high magnifying power, are seen to present smaller secondary undulations, which are less perceptible in the deciduous than in the permanent teeth, and less marked at the external extremity of the tubes than in the middle of their course. The undulations are nearly parallel in the different tubes, and thus give rise to the appearance of concentric lines around the cavity of the pulp in a section of ivory. DEN 193 DEN The dentine is the body of the tooth, with a central cavity occupied hy the pulp, and is completely encased by the enamel forming the surfaces of the crown and by the cementum covering the root. Dentine is a hard, elastic, and translucent substance possessing a yellow- ish-white tinge and a silky lustre when frac- tured. It consists of an organic matrix, which is greatly impregnated with lime salts, and throughout its substance parallel tubes radiate from the pulp-cavity toward the periphery in a direction at right angles to the surface of the tooth. The analysis of dry dentine, according to von Bibra, consists of organic matter (tooth- cartilage), fat, phosphate, carbonate and flu- oride of lime, phosphate of magnesia, and other salts. Enclosed and passing through each tube of the dentine is a soft fibril, which, together, are known as dentinal fibrillse, origi- nating from the cells of the odontoblastic layer of the pulp, of which they are supposed to be processes or elongations. The substance be- tween the tubes, and forming their walls, is known as " intertubular substance." In the outermost layer of the dentine, which under- lies the cementum, globular spaces are found, in which many of the tubes end, these spaces being filled with a soft, living plasma ; and the layer of dentine, to which these spaces give a granular appearance, is called by Mr. Tomes the "granular layer." Another structure, composed of what are known as "interglobular spaces," is often seen in dried dentine, and presents a ragged outline and short-pointed processes. These interglobular spaces are re- garded as being due to a pathological condition of the dentine, and are most abundant a little distance below the surface. Each tube of the dentine is also furnished with a structure known as the "dental sheath," which accom- panies the fibril throughout its radiations within the tube and is distinguished for its great resistance to the action of strong acids and caustic alkalies. The following is the com- position of dry dentine : Organic matter (tooth cartilage), . . 27.61 Fat, 0.40 Calcium phosphate and fluoride, . . 66.72 Calcium carbonate, 3.36 Magnesium phosphate, 1.18 Other salts, 0.83 Organic matter, 28.01 ; inorganic matter, 71.99. 13 Dentine, Hypersensitiveness of. An exalta- tion of the normal sensitiveness of the dentine of a tooth, occasioned by irritation of the dentinal fibrils, and often necessitating the use of obtundents for its relief, especially during the operation of preparing carious cavities for the filling material. Such reme- dies as chloride of zinc, tannin, chromic acid, carbolic acid, creasote, camphorated spirits of wine, terchloride of gold, cocaine, alkaline caustics, cataphoresis, etc., are recommended for its treatment. See Hypersensitive Dentine. Den / tini / fica / tion. The formation of the dentine of the teeth — a more modified form of bone than cementum — by means of the odonto- blasts, which are a modified form of connective- tissue cells. Dentin'itis (from dens, dentis, a tooth, and itis, inflammation). Irritation of the dentinal fibrils. Dentiscal'pium (from dens, a tooth, and scalpere, to scrape). An instrument employed for the removal of salivary calculus and for scraping the teeth. A number of instruments are often required for these purposes, so shaped that they may be readily applied to any part of a tooth. The name has also been applied to a gum-lancet and toothpick. Den / tist {dentista ; odontiater ; dentarius). A dental surgeon. See Dental Surgeon. Den / tistry (odontotechny ; odontiatria ; odon- totherapia) . Dental surgery, embracing every- thing pertaining to the treatment and re- placement of the loss of the natural teeth and oral surgery. Denti'tion (dentitio ; from dentire, dentitum, to breed teeth). Teething. The emergence of the teeth from the alveoli and gum. Also the arrangement and evolution of the teeth. With regard to the manner in which this operation of the economy is effected, it is thought that there is a gradual elongation of the teeth, the crown being first formed. As the tooth lengthens, it presses against its bony socket, which gradually absorbs or dissolves away to provide for its elongation or protru- sion. The approximal edges of the alveolar borders of the maxillary bones disappear by an absorptive process, the teeth rise in their cavities, and their roots lengthen to such a de- gree that the crowns press upon the opposing gums, which, under such pressure, become thinner and thinner, until finally the crowns escape. The growth of the teeth keeps pace DEN 194 DEN with this absorption, and the advancing crowns find a passage through the attenuated and transparent membranous coverings. See Har- ris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Dentition, First. The eruption or "cutting" of the deciduous, milk, or temporary teeth. The following may be regarded as a very near approximation to the periods when they are most frequently erupted : The central incisors from five to eight months after birth ; the lateral incisors from seven to ten ; the first molars from twelve to sixteen ; the cuspidati from fourteen to twenty, and the second molars from twenty to thirty months. The teeth of the lower jaw are frequently erupted before those of the upper jaw. No general rule, however, can be laid down from which there will not be frequent varia- tions. The indications of first dentition are as follows: An increased flow of saliva, red and swollen gums, a disposition to keep the fingers in the mouth, and to bite upon them or upon some foreign substance, skin hotter than normal, and some slight fever and rest- lessness. Dentition, Morbid. Although dentition may be regarded as a healthy operation of the economy, it is sometimes performed with difficulty and attended with serious and occasionally alarming effects. There are few children who do not suffer more or less during the progress of dentition, and when we con- sider the early age at which this operation commences, and the irritable state of the body while it is going on, it will not appear strange that it should often be attended with painful effects. Even in later life, during the denti- tion of the wisdom teeth, it is sometimes productive of very alarming symptoms. The symptoms of morbid or difficult dentition are as follows : Skin hot, gums red and swollen, considerable fever, frequent diarrhoea, erup- tions on face and head, ulcerations on lips, inside of cheeks, gums, and tongue, itching of nose, twitching of muscles, disturbed sleep, general wakefulness, dilation of pupils of eyes, loss of appetite, great thirst, irritability of temper, violent convulsions, and some- times death. See Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Dentition, Second. There is no operation of the animal economy more curious or interest- ing than that which is exhibited in the gradual destruction of the roots of the temporary, and in the growth and dentition of the permanent teeth. The time of life when this occurs con- stitutes an important epoch in the history of every individual. During childhood each of the alveolar arches forms only about the half of a circle, but by the gradual elongation of the jaws each ulti- mately forms nearly the half of an ellipsis, so that the number of teeth required at the one period is but little more than half the num- ber required at the other. The rudiments of the permanent incisors and cuspidati have attained their full size at birth, and each is situated immediately behind its corresponding temporary tooth. The process of eruption of the permanent teeth is as fol- lows : The roots of the temporary teeth dis- solve away before the advancing permanent teeth by a process of absorption until nothing remains but the crowns, which become so loose that they are pushed aside and easily removed from their slight adhesion to the gums, and no symptoms of irritation are mani- fested except in the eruption of the third mo- lars or wisdom teeth, which frequently cause considerable pain, resulting in the formation of pus, violent swelling which may interfere with deglutition, neuralgia, hysteria, St. Vitus' dance, earache, deafness, disordered vision, spasms, etc. Shedding of the Temporary Teeth. — With regard to the manner of the destruction of the roots of the temporary teeth, there exists some diversity of opinion. Most writers believe they are removed by the absorbents, while some are of the opinion that it is a chemical operation. Laforgue, observing a fleshy body behind the root of the temporary tooth, — which, in fact, had been noticed by Bon relet, and supposed by him to exhale a fluid which possessed solvent qualities, — gave it the name of absorbing apparel, and assigned to it the office of removing the root of the primary tooth. Delabarre, who has treated this subject at greater length, and apparently investigated it more closely, corroborates the views of La- forgue, and gives the following description of the manner of the formation and function of the carneous substance spoken of by this author as the absorbing apparel : " While the crown of the tooth of replacement," says De- labarre, "is only in formation, the exterior membrane of the matrix is simply crossed by some blood vessels ; but as soon as it is com- pleted, the capillaries arc then developed in a DEN 195 DEN very peculiar manner, and form a tissue as fine as cobweb ; from this tissue the internal membrane, instead of continuing to be very delicate, and of a pale red color, increases in tbickness and assumes a redder hue. As was before said, it is at the instant in which com- mences the reaction of the coats of the matrix that are conveyed from the gum to the neck of the tooth that the plaiting of the vessels that enter into their tissue compose a body of a carneous appearance, whose absorbents ex- tend their empire over all the surrounding parts. It is, therefore, the dental matrix itself which, after being dilated to serve as a protecting euvelope to the tooth, is contracted to form not only this bud-like body which Ave find immediately below r the milk tooth at the instant in which it naturally falls out, and whose volume is necessarily augmented as odontocia gradually goes on, but also a carne- ous mass by which the whole is surrounded, and whose thickness is the more remarkable as the organ that it envelops is nearer its orifice. ' ' After giving this description he asks, "Is there a dissolving fluid that acts chemically on the surrounding parts, or do the absorbents, without any intermediary, destroy everything that would obstruct the shooting up of the tooth?" In reply to this he says, "Not possessing positive proof suitable to guide me in the decision of this question, and finding those of others of little importance, I shall not attempt to answer them." It oftentimes happens that the root of a tempo- rary tooth fails to be destroyed, and that the crown of the replacing organ comes through the gum in a wrong place. Whenever this happens, the carneous body is developed only beneath the parts through the opening of which the new tooth has emerged, and is not brought in contact w T ith the bony partition be- tween it and the root of the temporary tooth. The manner of the destruction of the roots of the temporary teeth has been a subject of close and critical inquiry with the writer for several years, and the more he has examined the subject, the more fully has he become con- vinced that it is the result of the action of these fleshy tubercles upon thjcm. And while its formation seems to be the result of the con- traction of the sacs of the permanent teeth and their appendages, for the purpose of effecting their eruption, they are especially charged with the removal of everything that would obstruct their passage. In conclusion, it is only necessary to observe that the temporary teeth are shed in the order in which they at first appear. After one pair has been shed, a sufficient time usually elapses before the shedding of another for those of the same class of the permanent set to come forward and take their place. Thus, the jaws are never deprived, unless from some other cause than the destruction of the roots of the temporary, of more than two teeth in each jaw at any one time. See Teeth, Develop- ment of. Eruption of the Permanent Teeth. — Second den- tition usually commences at about six or seven years after birth, and is generally com- pleted, as far back as the second molars, by the twelfth or fourteenth year. The dentes sapientise seldom appear before the eighteenth or twentieth year. The periods of the erup- tion of the adult teeth are, however, so varia- ble that it is impossible to state them with perfect accuracy. Sometimes the first perma- nent molars appear at four years, and the central incisors at five ; at other times they are several years later. But as it is of some importance that the periods of the eruption of the several classes of the permanent teeth should be known, the author will state them with as much accuracy as possible. First molars, from 5 to 6 years ; central in- cisors, from 6 to 8 years ; lateral incisors, from 7 to 9 years ; first bicuspids, from 9 to 10 years ; second bicuspids, from 10 to 11', years ; cuspidati, from 11 to 12 years ; second molars, from 12 to 14 j r ears ; third molars (dentes sapientise), from 17 to 21 years. But, as before stated, the periods of the erup- tion of the permanent teeth, like those of the temporary, are very variable. The cuspidati often appear before the second bicuspids, and, in some cases, the dentes sapientia? not until the thirtieth, or even fortieth, year, and some- times they never show themselves. See Harris' " Prim and Pract. of Dentistry" : also Dentition, Second. Dentition, Third. That nature does some- times make an effort to produce a third set of teeth is a fact which, however much it may have hitherto been disputed, is now so well established that no room is Kit lor cavil or doubt. No attempt that the writer is aware of has ever been made to explain the manner of the formation of these anomalous productions. DEN 196 DEN The rudiments of the teeth of first and second dentition are the product of mucous mem- hrane, while those of third dentition would seem to have their origin in the periosteal tissue. In obedience to what law of developmental anatomy are they formed ? If the establish- ment of the law which governs the develop- ment of a part depends upon a certain condition of other contiguous parts, it is possible that the following may furnish a correct explana- tion of the phenomenon. Certain parts, in certain states or conditions, and in particular locations, perform functions peculiar to the latter. In other words, the condition and location of a part determine the functions which it performs. Hence, it would seem that this particular state or condition of this tissue, and in these particular locations, is necessary to determine the development of teeth germs. This arrangement or condition of mucous membrane in these particular loca- tions, which always results from the develop- ment of the foetus, may be sometimes produced by accidental causes after all the organs of the body have obtained their full size, or at any time during life ; and when it does occur, it is not unreasonable to suppose that a new tooth papilla should be formed. Proceeding still further, the development of a dental papilla is the signal for the production of an enamel organ which ultimately supplies the tooth, now considerably advanced in the pro- cess of formation, with a covering of enamel. But as the maxillary bone has previously attained its full size, it rarely, if ever, happens that alveoli are formed for these accidental productions, and, consequently, they seldom have roots, or, if they do, they are very short and blunt. They are usually connected to the periosteum of the alveolar border, and this union is sometimes so close and intimate that very considerable force is necessary for their removal. As a general rule, however, they loosen in the course of a few years and drop out, never becoming serviceable. Den'tium Cavernae. The sockets of the teeth. Dentium Cortex. The enamel of the teeth. Dentium Do / lor. Pain in the teeth ; tooth- ache. Dentium Nit / or. Enamel of the teeth. Dentium Scalptu / ra. Lancing the gums. Dentium Vacillant / ia. Looseness of the teeth. Den'to (from dens, a tooth). One who has prominent teeth ; one whose teeth project. Dento=alveolar Abscess. Alveolar abscess. Septic inflammation affecting the tissues of the apical space, resulting in cellular necrosis and pus formation. Dentog / raphy (dentographia ; from dens, a tooth, and ypai ii/nl Pathology, the precipitation of an earthy substance (commonly called tartar) upon the teeth. In General Pathology, the accumulation ul" l-it in an abnormal position, or morbid DEP 198 DER growths. The sediment of the urine is also called a deposit. Deprava'tion (depravatio; from de, and pravus, to corrupt). A depraved condition or morbid change in the solids or fluids of the body : also depravation of taste or sight. Depress'ants. That which reduces the vital energy by diminishing the frequency of the pulse or the action of the heart and arteries. Depressed (depressus). Flattened from above downward. Applied in Zoology to the whole or part of the animal body when its ver- tical section is shorter than the transverse. Depres'sion (depressio ; from dep>rimcre, to press down). In Anatomy, a fossa, hollow, or excavation. Applied in Pathology to the pulse when its strokes are feeble and slow ; in Sur- gery, to fractures of the cranium in which por- tions of the bone are depressed ; also to an operation for cataract, which consists in the de- pression of the opaque lens from the axis of vision into the vitreous humor. In Dental Anatomy, the indentations on the grinding sur- faces of the molar and bicuspid teeth. Depress'or. In Anatomy, any muscle which depresses the part on which it acts. In Dental Surgery, an instrument employed for confining the tongue to the floor of the mouth while introducing a filling into a tooth of the lower jaw. See Tongue Holder. Depressor Alae Nasi. A muscle which arises from the canine fossa of the superior maxilla. Depressor An'guli Oris. A muscle of a tri- angular form, situated beneath the lower lip. It arises broad and fleshy from the base of the lower jaw at the side of the chin and is in- serted into the angle of the mouth. Depressor La / bii Inferio'ris. A small thin muscle which arises from the side and front of the lower jaw at its base and is inserted into the greater part of the lower lip. Depressor Labii Superiors. A muscle situ- ated above the mouth ; it arises from the alveolar processes of the incisor and cuspid teeth, and is inserted into the upper lip and side of the ala of the nose. Depresso'rium. An instrument used to guard the dura mater when the skull is cut or sawed through. Depri'mens Auriculae. See Retrahkxs A.TJBIS. Depu'rant. A term applied in Therapeutic* to medicines which are supposed to purify the fluids of the body. Also to clarify. Depura'tion (from depurare, to purify). In Pathology, a process for purifying the animal economy ; also the clarification of anything. Depura'tory (depumtore). That which purifies the body or removes from it morbid humors, whether it be by disease or medicines and diet. De R. Abbreviation for reaction of degen- eration in Electro-therapeutics. Deradeni'tis (from Sep??, neck, a^rjv, a gland, and trie, signifying inflammation). In- flammation of the glands of the neck. Deradenon'cus. Tumors of the glands of the neck. Derbyshire Neck. Bronchocele. Derbyshire Spar. Fluor spar. Spar of vari- ous colors, the large nodules of which are peculiar to Derbyshire and are beautifully veined. It is found in some places in cubic crystals of a pale sea-green color. It consists of fluorine and calcium. Derivation (derivatio; from derivo, to drain off). The drawing away of any morbid vital action from its original seat to a less important part, by exciting irritation or inflammation in it by the application of some local stimulant. Derivative. That which procures a deri- vation. A revulsive medicinal agent. Der / ma (dermatis). The true skin, or corium. Dermad'. Dermal aspect ; aspect toward the skin. Der / mal. Relating to the skin. Dermal Aspect. An aspect toward the skin or external surface. Dermata'gra (from Sepua, and aypa, a seizure). Pellagra. Dermatal'gia (dermatodynia ; from depua, the skin, and ahyog, pain). Pain in the skin. Cutaneous neuralgia. Dermatitis (dermatis). Inflammation of the skin. Erysipelatous inflammation. Dermatocholo'sis. Icterus. Der'matoid (dermatoides ; from Seppa, the skin, and eidor, form). Resembling the skin. Applied to tissues which resemble the skin. Der'matol. Basic gallate of bismuth, which resembles iodoform in appearance, but is non- odorous and non-irritant ; used externally in wounds, ulcers, and inflammations of mucous membranes, and internally in diarrhoea. Dermatology (dermatologia ; from deppa, the skin, and Aoyar J a discourse). A treatise on the skin. DermatoPysis (cutis pendula. From dsp/ia, and >vw, to loosen). Hypertrophy of the skin DER 199 DET characterized by great extension of this organ, whereby it hangs in large loose folds or in pendulous masses. Dermatophy'ma. A tumefaction of the skin. Dermatorrha'gia. A discharge of blood from the skin. Dermatomes (from 6epp.a, skin). Diseases of the skin. Dermatozo'a. Animals parasitic upon the skin. Dermog'raphy (dermographia ; from dep/xa, the skiu, and ypo^w, I describe). A description of the skin. Dermoha^mia (from depfia, and ai/ia, blood). Hyperemia, or excessive vascularity of the skin. Dermoid. Dermatoid. Dermol'ogy. Dermatology. Dermot/omy (dermotomia; from deppa, the skin, and -ep-vctv, to cut). The dissection of the skin. Derosne's Salt. A crystalline substance obtained by treating opium with ether. Derraunce's Alloy. Used to alloy gold and silver plate and for making solders. It is composed of silver, 1 part ; copper, 3 parts ; zinc, 2 parts. Der / tron. The omentum, peritoneum, or small intestines. Descen'dens Noni. The descending cer- vical branch of the ninth pair, or hypoglossal nerves. Descenso'rium. A furnace in which the distillation is performed by descent. Descen'sus. A term sometimes applied in Pharmacy to distillation when the fire is applied at the top and sides of the vessel while the orifice is at the bottom. Desiccation [desiccatio ; from desicco, to dry up). The drying up of anything moist ; the act of making dry. Desic'cative (desiceativus ; from desicco, to dry up). Medicines possessed of drying prop- erties, used for drying up ulcers. Desipien'tia. Delirium. Des'ma (from Aeouoc, a ligament). A liga- ment or bandage. Desmatur'gia. Bandaging. Desmi'tis. Inflammation of ligaments. Desmochauno'sis (from decpoc, a ligament, and xawuaic, relaxation). Relaxation of an articular ligament. Desmodyn'ia. Pain in the ligaments. Desmog'raphy (desmographia ; from fcr/wf, a ligament, and ypaV, a description). A de- scription of the ligaments. Desmoid' Tissue. Ligamentous tissue. This tissue has a close resemblance to the cellu- lar, and in some places is continuous with it. It constitutes aponeuroses and ligamentous membranes, and consists of condensed cellular tissue. Desmol'ogy (desmologia : from deo/wc, a ligament, and ^oyog, a discourse). A treatise on the ligaments. Desmoph'Iogy (desmophlogia ; from Seapoc, a ligament, and yloyeoe, inflamed). Inflamma- tion of the ligaments. Desmorrhex'is (from dea/nog, a ligament, and p>?i'c, rupture). Rupture of a ligament. Des'mos. A ligament. Desmot'omy (desmotomia ; from deajioc, a ligament, and te/iveiv, to cut). Dissection of the ligaments. Despuma'tion [despumatio ; from despumo, to clarify). Applied in Pharmacy to the clari- fication of a fluid by separating from it the scum and other impurities. Desquamation (desquamatio ; from desqua- mare, to scale off). The separation of scales of a greater or less size from the skin. Destructive Distillation. Distillation of organic bodies at a red heat, whereby they are disorganized and yield their volatile empy- reumatic products. Desuda'tio (from desudo, to sweat much). Profuse and excessive sweating. Applied also to a miliary eruption with which children are sometimes affected. Detent'ia (detentio). Catalepsy. Deter'gent (from deter gere, to cleause). Cleansing medicines which cleanse ulcers, wounds, etc. Determina'tion. In Pathology, the afflux of blood or other humors in a part, causing congestion. Deter'sive. Detergent. Detonat'ing Powder. Fulminating mer- cury and silver, and other compounds which explode suddenly on being struck or heated. They are used for igniting powder in percus- sion locks. Detona'tion (detonatio). Explosion ; the report which accompanies the chemical combi- nations or decomposition of certain bodies. Sudden explosion. Detractor (from detrdlio, to draw). Applied to muscles which draw the parts to which they arc attached to some other part. DET 200 DIA De'trahens. Detractor. Detrahens Quadra'tus. Platysma myoides. Detri'tion (from detero, to wear off). The act of wearing or wasting of an organ or part. Sometimes applied to the wearing of the teeth. See Erosion of the Teeth. Detri'tus (from deterere, to bruise or wear out). The inorganic remains of a disorganized organic texture. The waste matter from ulcer- ative processes. Detrunca / tion (detruncatio ; from de, from, and truncus, the body or trunk). In Obstetric Surgery, the separation of the head from the trunk or body of the foetus. Detrusor Uri / na? (from detrudere, to thrust out). The muscular coat of the bladder, which, by contracting, causes the expulsion of the urine. Deu'rens Febris. Ardent fever. Deuteri'a. Detention of the secundines. Also old name for a weak or inferior wine. Deute'rion. The secundines. Deuteropathi'a (morbus secondarius ; from devrepog, the second, and ira&og, disease). A sympathetic affection, or secondary disease, arising from sympathetic influence of a first affection. Deu / to= (from SevTepog, second). A prefix denoting two, twice, or double ; as deutoxide, having two equivalents of oxygen, the second oxide. Deutox'ide. See Deuto-. Devalga'tus. Bow-legged. Development. In Physiology, increase, growth. Development of the Teeth, Influences Modi- fying the. These are : Heredity ; miscegena- tion ; civilization ; food ; nervous disturb- ances ; disease ; drugs and artificial diseases. Deviation (deviatio; from de, from, and via, the way). A departure from normal. Vicious curvature of the spine'or other bones ; a faulty direction or position of one or more teeth, etc. Devitalize (from de and vilalis). To de- stroy the life of an organ or of living tissue. Devitalization of Dental Pulp. See Dental Pulp, Devitalization of. Devonshire Colic. Painters' colic; a spe- cies of colic occasioned by the introduction of lead into the system. Dew. The deposition of water from the atmosphere on the surface of the earth from (•old. Dew Point. The temperature of the atmos- phere at which its moisture begins to be de- posited. Dew / berry . The fruit of a species of brier belonging to the genus Rubus. Astringent. Dose of the bark of the root, gr. x to gr. xx. Dex / ocard / ia (from (h^iog, right, and aapfiia, the heart). The beating of the heart on the right side, as in pleurisy and pneumothorax. Dex'ter (Latin). Right ; upon the right side. Dex / trad. Tow r ard the right side. Dex / tral. Pertaining to the right side ; right-handed. Dex / trine (from dexter, right-handed). So called from its possessing the power of reflect- ing the rays in the polarization of light toward the right hand. A mucilaginous substance obtained from starch. It also exists abundantly in plants. Dex / trose. See Glucose. Di=. A prefix from tug, twice, used in anat- omy, chemistry, etc. Hence digastricus, diox- ide, dichloride, etc. Dia=. A prefix from d~ia, through. In Com- position, extension, perversion, separation. It was anciently used to signify the presence of an ingredient before which it was written, as diacydonium, a medicine containing the quince, etc. Diabe / tes (from dia, through, and flaivo, I pass). A disease attended by immoderate se- cretion of urine, excessive thirst, and gradual emaciation. It is divided into three species : (1) Diabetes insipidus, characterized by a super- abundant discharge of limpid urine having the usual urinary taste. (2) Diabetes mellitus, in which there is an excessive secretion of urine, of a sweetish taste and containing a consider- able quantity of saccharine matter. (3) Diabetes ehylosus, in which there is a copious secretion of urine of a whitish color. Diabetic Sugar. The sweet principle of diabetic urine. Diabro / sis. Corrosion ; the action of sub- stances which occupy an intermediate rank between escharotics and caustics. Diacau / sis (from iuai Pathology, increased flow from any secreting organ or part. Discoloration. Alteration of color, espe- cially for a darker line. Discoloration of the Teeth. The teeth often lose their natural whiteness and peculiar bril- liancy, assuming a yellowish, brownish, greenish, or blackish appearance. Any of these changes may take place at any period of life by the exposure of the teeth to the action of the causes that produce them and from want of proper attention to their cleanliness. Discolorations of the teeth may result from devitalization, from the action of caries, from depositions on the surface, from increase of density, and from a change of color on or in the enamel. When it occurs from devitalization of the pulp and its subsequent decomposition, the dis- coloration is produced through a slow disinte- gration of the organic material and the deposit of carbonaceous matter. "When it occurs from the action of caries, the discoloration may ex- tend considerably beyond the limit of the decayed tissue, the color extending deepest immediately over the pulp, where its removal must be governed by a due regard for this organ. When it occurs from depositions on the surface, such as stains from fruits, berries, tobacco, etc., or from chemical agents, such as nitrate of silver, the stains from the former may not leave any permanent discoloration if the enamel of the tooth remains perfect, owing to the conformation of the enamel prisms and the want of vascularity in the tissue. If the dentine, however, is exposed, the vascularity of this tissue or that of the cementum at the necks of the teeth will permit permanent dis- coloration by any of the agents referred to. When it results from increase of density, the degree of discoloration depends mainly on the density, the varying shades being white, yellow, blue, and modifications of such shades. Certain shades indicate strong, compact teeth, — the yellow, for example, — while others indi- cate the opposite, such as the white or pearly- blue. When the discoloration results from change of color on or in the enamel, such stains are not superficial, but are pigmentary deposits in the tissue, due, it is supposed, to malnutrition or maldevelopment. See Bleaching Teeth. Discrete 7 {discretus). Distinct, separate. Applied to exanthemata in which the erup- tions or pustules are not confluent but are dis- tinct and separate from one another. Discreto / rium. The diaphragm. Discri / men. A bandage used in bleeding from the frontal vein ; so called because it passed over the sagittal suture, dividing the head into two equal parts. DIS 2cn DIS Discrimen Calva'riae Me'dium. Diploe. Discrimen Na'si. Au X-baudage for the nose. Discrimen Thoracis et Ventris. Diaphragm. Discus 'sion (discussio). In Surgery, reso- lution : the suhduction or subsidence of the inflammatory action of a tumor. Discus'sives. Discutients. Discu'tients (discutientia; discussoria : from efts< a. fere, to shake apart). Applied to sub- stances which have the power of repelling or resolving tumors. Disease'. According to Chomel, a percep- tible disorder occurriug either in the material disposition of the parts composing the living body or in the exercise of its functions. It is termed local when affecting only some particu- lar part ; constitutional, when affecting the whole system ; sj)ccifie, when characterized by some disordered vital action not common to diseases generally ; idiopathic, when not de- pendent on any other disease : symjrtomatic, when the result of some other disease : periodi- cal, when recurring at fixed periods ; acute, when severe and not of long duration ; chronic, when not severe and of long continuance : epi- demic, when arising from a general cause; en- demic, when prevailing in a certain region ; intercurrent, when arising from adventitious causes and occurring in the midst of epidemic or endemic disease ; contagious or infectious, when it can be communicated from one per- son to another by contact or effluvia diffused through the air ; congenital, when existing from birth ; hereditary, when descended from parent to offspring ; acquired, when dependent on some cause operating after birth ; sthenic, when attended by strong activity of the vital energies ; asthenic, when attended with sinking of the vital powers ; and sporadic, when arising from occasional causes, as cold, etc., affecting the individual. Diseases, Infantile or Acquired. Those which are accidental and acquired after birth. The most important are the exanthematous diseases, which affect the enamel of the teeth, on account of their relation to the skin aud epithelium and their tendency to attack the parenchyma of organs. Such diseases modify the growth of the teeth, impairing their nutri- tion, and occasion erosions, pittings, and loss of substance. See Exanthemata. Disecoi'a. Deafness. Disfigura'tion. Deformation. Disgorge'ment. The opposite of engorge- ment. Act of disgorging or discharging any fluid previously collected in a part or viscus, as the disgorgement of bile or a portion of the contents of the stomach, as in vomiting. Disinfect (dis + infect). To free from putre- factive and other infectious products by de- stroying them or rendering them inert. Disinfect/ants. Agents which destroy or neutralize morbid effluvia or infective matter. Disinfect'ing I. i quid, Burnett's. A solution of chloride of zinc, first used to pre- serve timber, etc., and afterward as an anti- bromic and antiseptic, especially in the case of dead bodies. Disinfecting Liquid, Condy's. Supposed to be a concentrated solution of the permanga- nate of potassa. It is a good antibromic. Disinfecting Liquid, Labarraque's (liquor sodee chlorinatse. U. S. Dis.). A solution of chlorinated soda. Used in the same cases as chloride of lime. Internally, ten drops to a fluid drachm for a dose. Diluted with water, it is an excitant and disinfectant in various external diseases. Used in Operatire Dentistry for bleaching discolored teeth, and is con- sidered less objectionable than the chloride of lime, which is used for the same purpose. This solution of chlorinated soda is allowed to remain in the tooth for thirty minutes. It is introduced on a pellet of cotton, and, when the discoloration is slight, a single application will often answer. Repeated applications are necessary where the discoloration is great or has existed for a long time. Disinfection (disinfect io). The act of neu- tralizing or destroying the contagious mias- mata with which the air or clothing may be affected. Disinfek'tol. A new disinfectant dis- covered by Dr. Bruno Loewenstein, the prin- cipal constituents of w T hich are resin soaps, the combinations of sodium, and phenols. It is employed in 2 to 7] per cent, solutions. Disintegrate (from dis, apart, and integer, whole). The process of breaking up or decom- posing. Disk. An instrument in the form of a wheel, made of emery, cuttle-fish bone, or sand- paper, for finishing fillings on surfaces between teeth. Disk, Carrier. An instrument applied to the dental engine for the better application of corundum disks to the teeth. Disk, Corundum. Devised by Dr. Robert Arthur tor separating teeth by cutting away DIS 208 DIS a portion, and used with the dental engine. It is applied by means of carriers, which admit of ready adjustment and change of the disk to any desired angle with the shaft containing it. Dislocation (dislocatio). Luxation. Dis- placement of the articular extremity of bone ; a solution of contiguity. Complete dislocation is when the bones are entirely separated ; com- pound, when the coverings of the joint are rup- tured ; consecutive, when the displaced bone is not in the position it occupied when originally misplaced ; old, when inflammatory changes have occurred ; partial or incomplete, when the articulating surfaces remain in partial contact — called also subluxation ; primitive, when the bones remain as originally misplaced ; recent, when no inflammatory changes have taken place ; simple, when there is no laceration of the surrounding parts. Dislocation of Lower Jaw. From the pecu- liar manner in which the inferior maxilla is articulated to the temporal bones it is not very liable to be dislocated, and when one or both of its condyles are displaced, the luxation is always forward. Dislocation of the lower jaw is rarely caused by a blow, except it be given when the mouth is open ; it is more frequently occasioned by yawning or laughing. It has been known to occur in the extraction of teeth and in at- tempting to bite a very large substance. After the jaw has been dislocated once it will ever after be more liable to this accident, in consequence of which Mr. Fox very prop- erly recommends to those to whom it has once happened the precaution of supporting the jaw whenever the mouth is opened widely in gaping or for the purpose of having a tooth extracted. In the reduction of a dislocation of the lower jaw the ancients employed two pieces of wood, which were introduced on each side of the mouth between the molar teeth, and while they were made to act as levers for depressing the back part of the bone, the chin was raised by means of a bandage. The method usually adopted by surgeons at the present day for reducing a dislocation of this bone consists in introducing the thumbs, wrapped with a napkin or cloth, as far hack upon the molar teeth as possible ; then de- pressing the hack part of the jaw, and, at the same time, raising the chin with the fingers. In this way the condyles are disengaged from under the zygomatic arches and made to glide back into their articular cavities. But the moment the condyles are disengaged the thumbs of the operator should be slipped out- ward between the teeth and cheeks, as the action of the muscles at this instant in draw- ing the jaw back causes it to close very sud- denly and with considerable force, rendering this precaution necessary to prevent being hurt, unless a piece of cork or soft wood has been previously placed between the teeth — a precaution which should never be neglected. By the foregoing simple method of procedure the dislocation may, in almost every case, be readily reduced. The method proposed by Sir Astley Cooper consists, when both condyles are displaced, in introducing two corks behind the molars and then elevating the chin. He, however, first placed his patient in a recumbent posture. Disorganization. A morbid change in the structure of an organ, or even total destruc- tion of its texture, as in the case of sphacelus and some kinds of ulcers. Dispensary (dispensarium ; from dispendere, to distribute). A place where medicines are prepared ; also a place where the poor are fur- nished with advice and the necessary medicines. Dispensation, or Dispensing. In Medi- cine, the putting up of prescriptions. Dispensa / tor. Apothecary. Dispen'satory (dispensatorium). A book which treats of the properties and composition of medicines. Dispersion. The scattering of inflamma- tion or other morbid condition. In Optics, the angular separation of the rays of light when decomposed by the prism. Displacement. A process in Pharmacy by which any quantity of liquid with which a powder may be saturated may, when put into a proper apparatus, be displaced by an addi- tional quantity of that or any other liquid. See Percolation. Disposition (dispositio; from dis, and ponere, to put or set). In Anatomy, a particu- lar arrangement or mutual relations of different parts. In Pathology, it is synonymous with diathesis, but has a more extensive significa- tion. Dissecting Abscess. An abscess which insinuates itself between muscles, separating them from one another. Dissecting Aneurism. An aneurism in which the inner and middle coats of the artery are DIS 209 DOB ruptured and the blood passes between them and the outer coat. Dissection (dissectio ; from dissecare, to cut asunder). The cutting to pieces of a dead body for the purpose of exposing the different parts and examining their structure, or cutting to pieces any part of an animal or vegetable for this purpose. Dissector. Prosector. A practical anato- mist. One who cuts to pieces a dead body for the purpose of examining the structure and arrangement of its different parts or for ana- tomical lectures. Dissipation (from dissipatus, scattered). A dispersion of morbid conditions or matter. Dissolution (dissolutio; from dissolvere, to loosen, to melt). In Humoral Pathology, a diminution of the consistence of the blood. Also decomposition arising from death. DissoI'vent (clissoJvens ; from dissolvere, to loosen). Medicines which are supposed to be capable of dissolving morbid concretions, swell- ings, etc. Also a menstruum. - Dis / tad. Away from a centre ; toward the distal aspect. Dis'tal. The side farthest from the heart ; opposed to proximal. The surface of a tooth farthest from the median line. The surface or end of a bone farthest away from the centre. | Distal Aspect. An aspect of an extremity farthest from the trunk. Distem'per. A disease occurring among dogs, consisting of irritation of the brain and spinal marrow, and attended by a sort of catarrh. It is vulgarly termed the snuffles. Also disease in general. Distention {distentio; from distendere, to stretch out). Dilatation of a viscus by inordi- nate accumulation of its contents. Distichi'asis (from dig, double, anxog, a row). Increased number of eyelashes, with some turning in, irritating the eye, while the others retain their proper places, forming, with the first, two rows. Distilla tion (distillatio ; from distillare, to drop little by little). The separation, by the aid of heat, of the volatile from the fixed parts of bodies. The operation is effected in a retort or still. Distillation, Destructive. See DESTRUCTIVE Distillation. Distillation, Dry. Sublimation. Distillation in Vacuo. Distillation in a vessel in which there is little or no air. 14 Disto'ma (from o~ir, and arofia, a mouth). Having two mouths. A genus of worms. Distoma Hepat / icum (fasciolahcpalica). The liver fluke ; a small flat worm, about an inch in length, and nearly an inch in width, some- times found in the gall ducts of man. Distortion [dislorsio; from dislorquere, to wrest aside). Deformity of parts, as a preter- natural curvature of a bone, curved spine, etc. Also contraction of the muscles, as in strabis- mus. Distor'tor Oris. The zygomaticus minor. Dis'trix (from dig, double, ify'f, the hair). A morbid condition of the hair, characterized by splitting at the extremities. DithymoUbiniodide. Aristol (which see). Dithymol=diiodide. Aristol (which see). Diure'sis (from (ha, through or by, and ovpsto, I pass the urine). Abundant excretion of urine. Diuretic (diureticus). A medicine whicli increases the secretion of urine. Divaricate. Standing wide apart ; to di- verge at an obtuse angle, as do sometimes the roots of a molar tooth. Divarication. The separation of two things previously united. Divel'lent (dis, apart, and vello, to pluck). Separating or pulling asunder. Diver'gent. Diverging ; receding from each other. Diverso'rium Chyli. The receptaculum chyli. Diverticulum (from divertere, to turn aside). A small pouch or cul-de-sac. Any receptacle capable of holding more than an ordinary quantity of blood, for temporary purposes, when the circulation is obstructed, serves as a diverticulum. Malformation. Variation from a normal structure. Diverticulum Chyli. The receptaculum chyli. Diverticulum Nuc'kii. An opening on each side through which the round ligament of the uterus passes. Diverticulum Pharyn'gis. Pharyngocele. Divisibility. The properties which all bodies possess of being separated into parts. DivuTsio. In Surgery, a rupture or lacera- tion caused by external violence. Divulsio Uri'nae. Urine which has a cloudy appearance. Diz'ziness. Vertigo. Dobereiner's Lamp. A means of obtain- ing an instantaneous light by turning a stream DOC 210 DOU of hydrogen gas from a reservoir upon spongy platina, by which the metal instantly becomes red hot and sets fire to the gas. Docima'sia (from 6oKi i ua^u, to examine). Applied in Mineralogy to the art of examining minerals for the purpose of discovering what metals, etc., they contain. Docimasia Pulmo'nium. The examination of the respiratory organs of a new-born child for the purpose of ascertaining whether it had breathed after birth. Docimas'tic Art (from doKi/ia(u, I prove). The art of assaying minerals or ores with a view of ascertaining the quantity of metal they contain. Doc'tor (from doetus, learned). A title commonly applied to practitioners of medicine and dentistry, but properly confined to one who has received from a regularly chartered institution or college the degree of doctor of medicine or dental surgery. The power for conferring the latter degree was first invested in the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery by the Legislature of the State of Maryland in an act of incorporation granted in 1840, and conferred for the first time at the first annual commencement of that institution on the 9th of March. 1841. Doc'trine. In Medicine, the theory or principles of any medicinal sect, teacher, or writer. Dodecadac'tylon. Duodenum. Dodecahedron. A solid of twelve sides ; a form frequently met with in crystals. Dog'matists (from doyfia, a doctrine). A set of ancient physicians who founded their practice upon conclusions drawn from certain theoretical inferences. Dol'erite. A trap rock composed of augite and feldspar. Dolomite. A magnesian limestone. Do'lor. Pain. Dolor Den'tium. Pain in the teeth. See Odontalgia. Dombe'ya Turpentine. A strong-scented whitish turpentine, obtained from the Dombeya excelsa of Chili. Donovan's Solu'tion (liquor arsenici el hydrargyri iodidi). Composed of iodide of arsenic, red iodide of mercury, and water. Used as an alterative in skin diseases. Dose is from gtt. v to gtt. xx, three times a day, in water. Doron'icum. A genus of plants of the order Composite. Doronicum Germanicum (arnica montana). Leopard's bane. Dor'sad. Toward the back. Dor'sal (dorsalis; from dorsum, the back). Relating to the back or to the back of any organ. Dorse. A fish which yields some portion of the cod-liver oil. The Gad us callarias. Dor'so=costa lis. The serratus posticus superior muscle. Dorso=supra Acromia'nus. The trape- zius muscle. Dorso=trachealia / nus. The splenius colli muscle. Dor'sum (from deorsum, downward, because it may be bent downward). The back. The posterior part of the trunk. The vertebral column. The back of any part, as the dorsum pedis, back of the foot ; dorsum mantis, back of the hand, etc. Do'sage. A term applied in Chemistry to a plan of analysis in which the reagent is added in measured quantities from a gradu- ated tube to a measured aud weighed solution of the assay. Dose (dosis ; from didufii, to give). The amount of medicine to be given at one time producing a desired effect. The dose for an infant one year old should not be more than one-twelfth part of a dose for a grown person ; for a child three years of age, one-sixth ; for one seven years old, one-third ; and for one of twelve years, one-half as much as for an adult. Women usually require smaller doses than men. Do / sis. A dose. Dos / sil. In Surgery, a pledget of lint made up in a cylindrical form, to be applied to a wound or bleeding surface. Dothinenteri'tis (from dodnjv, a boil, and evrepov, an intestine). Inflammation and en- largement of the glands of Peyer and Brunner, and supposed by Bretonneau to be the cause of the symptoms which constitute a large class of fevers. Double Wedge. An instrument invented by Dr. Elliott, of Montreal, for removing an artificial crown from the root of a tooth upon which it has been set. Douche. A French word applied in Thera- peutics to a dash of water or other fluids upon any part of the body. A stream or jet of water poured on the body or falling from a height upon a part. Douches of air are sometimes used in cases of obstruction of the Eustachian tube by mucus. They are forced by an air-press. DOU 211 DRI Douleur. Pain. Douleur des Dents. Pain in the teeth. See Odontalgia. Dover's Powder (jnrfvis ipecacuanha com- positus, or et opii). Powder of ipecacuanha, opium, and sulphate of potassa. Take of ipe- cacuanha, in fine powder, and of opium, dried and in fine powder, each sixty grains ; sulphate of potassa, a troy ounce. Rub them together into a very fine powder. Diaphoretic. Dose, gr. v to gr. xij. Ten grains at bedtime is a useful remedy in inflammation of the peri- dental membrane. Dow'el. The piece of wood or metal unit- ing an artificial crown to the root of a natural tooth. Dracae'na. A genus of plants of the order Sniilacese. Dracaena Dra'co. The dragon tree. The in- spissated juice constitutes the purest variety of dragon's blood. Drachm (drachma). An eighth of an apothe- caries' ounce, or 60 grains, or 3.8 grammes ; also the ^ part of the avoirdupois ounce, equal to 27.34 grains. Drachm, Fluid. The eighth part of a fluid ounce, equal to 60 minims. Dra / cine. A precipitate obtained from a concentrated alcoholic solution of dragon's blood. Draco Mitigatus. Calomel ; protochloride of mercury. Draco'nis Sanguis. Dragon's blood. Dragacan / tha. Dragant gum. Dragantin. Tragacanth gum. Dragan'tin. A mucilage obtained from gum tragacanth. Drag'on. The popular name of a genus of saurian reptiles ; also of certain plants of the genus Dracoutium. Also applied to cataract or to opaque spots on the cornea. Dragon's Blood (sanguis draconis). A con- crete, resinous substance, of a blood- red color, used in varnishes and sometimes in denti- frices. Dras'tic (draslicus ; cenotic; from rfpaw, I operate strongly). Generally applied to pur- gatives which operate powerfully. Draught. In Therapeutics, a sufficient quantity of fluid medicines for a dose. Draw Bench. A bench for drawing wire, so constructed as to confine a wire plate at one end, with a roller and windlass at the other for drawing the wire through the plate. It is used iu the mechanical laboratory of the dentist. Drawer, Gold. For use in the dental laboratory to collect gold scraps and filings. Two feet long, 18 inches wide, 6 inches deep, with the front cut out in a half-circle. In it a gold-pan, 14 x 10 and 1\ inches deep, with top depressed in the centre, and perforated with small holes for the filings to pass through. — Haskell. Dream (somnium). Imaginary transactions which occupy the mind during sleep. Dregs. Feculence. Dressing. The proper application of ban- dages, plasters, and apparatus to a diseased part. Dressings. The bandages, plasters, and apparatus used in dressing a diseased part. Drill. A small steel instrument, either with a flat point or a burr at the end, sometimes used by dentists in the removal of caries from a tooth preparatory to filling, and for other purposes. Drill Bow. A bow and string for rotating a drill stock, which it does bypassing the string around it and moving it backward and for- ward. An obsolete instrument in dental practice. Drill, Burr. An instrument used in Denial Surgery for removal of caries of the teeth and for enlarging the canal in the root of a tooth preparatory to the application of an artificial crown. It consists of a small steel stem at- tached to a handle, or so constructed as to be introduced into a socket-handle or socket of a drill stock, or the " hand-piece " of the dental engine, with a bulb at the other extremitjs having a surface like that of a coarse single- cut file. Drill, Flat. A small steel stem, fitted to a socket in a handle or drill stock, with the other extremity flattened and presenting a sharp, triangular-shaped point. Drill, Retaining-pit and Fissure. An instru- ment for making retaining-pits in both cavities for the retention of the filling material and for opening enamel fissures in molar teeth. Drill Stock. An instrument for holding and turning a drill, moved either with the thumb and finger or with a handle. Drink. Every liquid introduced into the stomach for the purpose of allaying thirst, diluting the alimentary mass, and repairing the losses which the fluids of the body arc constantly experiencing. Driv'elling. An involuntary flow of saliva from the mouth, as in infancy, old age, and in idiots. DRO 212 DUC Drop (gutta). A minute spherical portion of a liquid separated from a quantity of liquid. It A'aries, however, in volume and weight, according to the nature of the liquid and the size of the orifice or mouth of the ves- sel from which it is poured. In Pharmacy it is generally estimated at one grain. Drop Tube. An appliauce designed to accom- pany the dental engine for the purpose of keeping the disk or burr-drill wet ; a sponge is also attached to it for the purpose of cleansing the disk. Drop Tube, Dentists'. A glass tube in the form of a dental syringe, with a rubber bulb at the end for the convenient application of liquid preparations to the teeth, or in mixing- plastic filling material. Drops. Certain liquid medicines. Drops, Anodyne. A solution of acetate of morphia. Drop'sical. Affected with dropsy. Drop / sy (from v6up, water, and «V, the look or aspect). An effusion of serum into the cellular tissue or into any of the natural cavi- ties of the body. It is designated according to the part affected by it. See Hydrops. Dropsy, Cardiac {hydrops cardiacus). Dropsy from diseases of the heart. Dropsy, Fibrinous. Dropsy in which the effused blood contains fibrin. Dropsy, General. Anasarca. Dropsy, Hepat / ic [hydrops hepaticus) . Dropsy from diseases of the liver. Dropsy of the Belly. See Ascites. Dropsy of the Cellular Membrane. See ANA- SARCA, Hydrothorax, etc. Dropsy of the Chest. Hydrothorax. Dropsy of the Eye. Hydrophthalmia. Dropsy of the Pericardium. Hydropericar- dium. Dropsy of the Skin. Anasarca. Dropsy of the Spine. Hydrorachitis. Dropsy of the Testicles. Hydrocele. Dropsy of the Uterus. Hydrometra. Dropsy, Renal (hydrops renalis). Dropsy from disease of the kidney. Drug. A simple medicine. Drug'gist. One who sells drugs. Drum of the Ear. The tympanum. Drumine. An alkaloid obtained from the plant Euphorbia drummondi. A tincture is made with rectified spirit, acidulated with hydrochloric acid. Drumine is said to have properties similar to cocaine as a local anaes- thetic. It is insoluble in ether, but freely soluble in chloroform and water. It is a narcotic poison, but three grains injected subcutaneously only produced local anaesthesia. Drunk/enness. Intoxication ; inebriety. The habitual use of intoxicating liquors is at- tended by loss of appetite, restlessness, tremu- lous motion, delirium tremens, etc. Dry Cupping. The application of the cup- ping-glass without previous scarification. Dry Pile. A galvanic apparatus with pairs of metallic plates separated by layers of farin- aceous paste mixed with common salt. DuaFity. The quality of being double. Applied in Physiology to a theory that the two hemispheres of the brain are distinct and inde- pendent organs. This is spoken of as .the "duality of the mind," as if each individual actually possessed two distinct minds. DuctiFity (irom duco, I draw). A property possessed by certain bodies which enables them to be drawn out or elongated without causing any interruption in their constituent particles. A quality somewhat allied to but distinct from malleability. According to Makins, seven grains of platinum have been drawn into a mile's length of wire. Duc / tor. Director. Ducts, BiFiary. The ductus communis choledochus. The cystic and the hepatic ducts. Ducts of Bellini. The urinary canals of the kidneys. Ductus. A duct. A canal. A tube for the conveyance of certain fluids of the body. Ductus Aquosi. The lymphatics. Ductus Arteriosus (canalis arteriosus) . The arterial tube which forms a direct communica- tion between the pulmonary artery and the aorta of the foetus. It becomes obliterated alter birth. Ductus Au / ris Palati / nus. The Eustachian tube. Ductus Bartholinian / us. Duct of Bartholin. From Bartholin, its discoverer. The duct of the sublingual gland. Ductus Bellin / iani. Uriniferous tubes. Ductus BiFiaris. Biliary duct. Ductus Commu'nis Choled'ochus. The com- mon excretory duct of the liver and gall- bladder. Ductus Cys'ticus. The cystic duct. Ductus Ejaculato / rius. A duct within the prostate gland opening into the urethra. Ductus Excreto / rius. An excretory duct. Ductus Hepat / icus. The hepatic duct. DU! 213 DYS Duc'tus Hygroblepb/ari (ductus hygrophthal- mici). The Meibomian glands. Ductus Incisi'vus. A small canal leading from the foramen incisivum into the cavity of the nares. Ductus Lachryma'lis. The lachrymal duct. Ductus LactiFeri. The excretory ducts of the glandular substance of the female breasts. Ductus Nasa / lis. The ducts which convey the tears from the lachrymal sac to the nose. Ductus Omphalomesenter'icus. Duct lead- ing from the umbilical vesicle to the intestine in the human ovum, and becoming afterward a constituent of the umbilical cord. Ductus Pancreat'icus. The pancreatic duct. Ductus RoriFer. Thoracic duct. Ductus Saliva / lis Inferior (ductus Wharton- ianus). The excretory duct of the submaxil- lary gland. Ductus Saliva'lis Superior (ductus Stenon- ianus). The excretory duct of the parotid gland, which opens into the mouth opposite the upper second molar tooth. Ductus Steno'nianus. The Stenonian or parotid duct. Ductus Thorac / icus. Thoracic duct. Ductus Umbilica'lis. Umbilical cord. Ductus Urinae. The ureter. Ductus Veno / sus (canalisvenosus). A venous canal, forming in the foetus a communication between the umbilical and left hepatic veins. It becomes obliterated after birth. Ductus Whartonian / us. Called so after the name of its discoverer. The excretory duct of the submaxillary gland. Ductus Wirsungianus. The pancreatic duct. Dulcedo Saturni. White lead. Dulcedo Sputatorum. A term applied by Frank to that form of ptyalism in which the saliva has a sweetish or mawkish taste. Dulcifica'tion (dutcijicatio ; from dulcis, sweet, and facio, to make). A term applied to the act of mixing mineral acids with alcohol for the purpose of diminishing their caustic and corrosive properties. Dumasine'. An empyreumatic oil obtained by rectifying acetone derived from the acetates. Dumb'ness. Aphonia. Inability to utter articulate sounds. Du'mose. Bushy. Duodeni'tis. Inflammation of the duo- denum. Duode'num (from duodeni,twelve ; so called because it was supposed it did not exceed the breadth of twelve fingers). The first part of the intestinal canal. Duo-ster'nal. A name given by Beclard to the second bone of the sternum. Du'plicature (dnplicatura ; from duplex, double, twofold). In Anatomy, a reflexion of a membrane upon itself. Du'ra Ma'ter (dura meninx ; from durus, hard). A thick, semi-transparent, sero-fibrous membrane, of a pearly-white color, which in- vests the brain, lines the cranium, and con- tinues on the spinal marrow. Dutch Gold. An alloy of copper and zinc. Dutch Mineral. Copper beaten out into very thin leaves. Dwale. The deadly nightshade. See Atropa Belladonna. Dwarf [nanus). An animal or plant whose average height is greatly inferior to the species to which it belongs. Dyes. Coloring matter obtained from vege- table substance. Dynam'ic (dynamicus ; from Swa/iic, strength, power). In Biology, that which relates to the vital forces, increased action or force, and used in contradistinction to adynamic. In Pathology, synonymous with sthenic. Dynamics. The science of motion ; or a treatise on the laws and results of motion. Dy'namis. A power or faculty. Dynamo. A machine consisting of a coil of wire containing wrought-iron cores which is placed before a permanent magnet. The rapid rotation of the coil generates powerful currents of electricity. Such machines are used for electric lighting and heating. By reversing the arrangement and leading a current into the coils of wire a rotation is caused, establishing a principle upon which is based the dental electric motors for rotatiug drills, burs, and giving motion to pluggers. Dynamo=electricity. The electricity gen- erated by the. use of dynamos. Dynamo'graph. An instrument to record muscular strength. Dynamom'eter. An instrument for measur- ing the comparative muscular power of man and animals, or of man or animals at different periods and in different conditions. Dyne. In Electricity, the unit of force. Dys= (from Jvc, difficult, faulty). Used as a prefix, and often signifying painful. In ordin- ary cases it implies negation, as dysecoea, want of bearing. Dysassthe'sia (from 6vg, with difficulty, DYS 214 DYS and aiadavoitat, I feel). Diminished sensibility or abolition of the senses. Dysaesthe'siae. A term used to designate an order of diseases characterized by an impair- ment or extension of one or all of the senses. Dysanago'gos. Difficulty of expectoration on account of viscidity of the sputa. DysannarrhopheSis. Diminished absorp- tion. Dyscatabro'sis. Difficult deglutition. Dyscatapo'sis. Difficulty of swallowing liquids. Dysche'zia. Difficult and painful defeca- tion. Dyschroe'a (from Svg, and XP 01(1 , color). Morbid change in the color of the skin. Dyscine / sia (from Svg, with difficulty, and kiveu, I move). Loss or difficulty of motion, as in the case of rheumatism or paralysis. Dyscopho'sis (from Svg, with difficulty, notiou, I am deaf). Impairment of the sense of hearing. Dysco'ria (from Svg, and nop??, the pupil). Irregularity of the pupil. Dyscra / sia (from t5uc, and apaaig, tempera- ment). A bad temperament or habit of body. Dysecoe'a (from Svg, and anoy, hearing). Deafness ; hard of hearing. Dyseme'sia. Painful and ineffectual efforts at vomiting. Dys'entery (dysenteria; from 6vg, with dif- ficulty, and evrepov, intestine). Bloody flux ; diarrhoea attended by excretion of blood. In- flammation of the large intestines, fever, and painful tenesmus. The stools are mostly mucous, sometimes streaked with blood, and mixed with hard substances called scybala. Dysepulot/ic (dysepuloius ; from 6vg, and ettv/mu, to cicatrize). Applied in Pathology to ulcers difficult to be healed. Dysgenesia (from Svg and jeveaig, genera- tion). Lesion of the functions or organs of generation. Dysgeu'sia (from Svg, and yevacg, taste). A morbid condition or impairment of the sense of taste. Dyshae'mia (from Svg, and aipa, blood). Depraved condition of the blood. Dyshaemorrhce'a (from Svg, with difficulty, aifia, blood, and /->«->, to flow). Difficulty in the flow of blood. Difficulty in the hemor- rhoidal flux. Also symptoms caused by its diminution or suppression. Dyshaph'ia (from 6vg, and ac, with difficulty, and opetjtg, appetite). Depraved appetite. Dysos / mia (from Svg, with difficulty, and oo/it], smell). Diminished sense of smell. Unpleasant fetid odor. Dysosphre'sia (from Svg, with difficulty, and cocppycrig, the sense of smell). An impaired condition of the sense of smell. Dysostosis (from Svg, and oareov, a bone). A faulty conformation or diseased condition of bone. Dyspepsia (from Svg, with difficulty, and ■ketvtu, I concoct). Indigestion. Weak or im- paired digestion ; a disease consisting, usually, of a want of appetite, eructations, pyrosis, a painful burning sensation, and transient dis- tention in the region of the stomach ; some- times accompanied by flatulence and frequently by constipation of the bowels or diarrhoea, together with a long train of nervous symp- toms and other disagreeable concomitants. Dysphagia (from Svg, with difficulty, and ayu, I eat). Difficult or impeded deglutition. Dysphagia Constric / ta {dysphagia pharyngea ; dysphagia a'sopliagca). Stricture of the ceso- phagus or pharynx. Dyspho'nia (from Svg, and uv7/, the voice). Alteration in the state of the voice ; difficulty in the production and articulation of sounds. Dyspho'ria (from Svg, and opeu } to bear). The restlessness and anxiety which accompany many diseases. DYS 215 ECC Dyspnoe'a (from Svg, -with difficulty, and irveu, I breathe). Difficult respiration ; short- ness of breath. Dyspncea Convuls / iva. Asthma. Dysthef/ica (from dvcfteriKa, a bad state of body). A bad habit of body. Dysthym / ia (from Svg, with difficulty, and tivfiog, mind). Despondency of mind. Mel- ancholy. Dysto'chia (from Svg, and tokoc, accouche- ment). Difficult parturition. Dystcechia / sis(from Svg, and arotxog, order). A vicious disposition of the eyelashes. Dystonia (from dog, and rovog, tone). Morbid condition of the tone of a tissue or organ. Dystrophia (from Svg, difficult, and t/m^ti, nourishment). Imperfect or faulty nourish- ment. Dysu / ria (from Svg, with difficulty, and ovpov, urine). Difficulty of voiding the urine. Dys'ury. The same as Dysuria. K. E=, or Ex=. Latin prefix signifying out or out of. Ear (cruris). The organ of hearing, which is divided into external, comprehending the auricle and meatusauditoriusexternns ; middle, which includes the tympanum aud its connec- tions ; and the internal, which includes the semicircular canals, cochlea, vestibule, and whole labyrinth. Ear, Inflammation of. Otitis. Earache. Otalgia. Earth. In Chemistry, the earths are certain metallic oxides, of which there are nine — namely, baryta, strontia, lime, magnesia, alumina, glucina, zirconia, yttria, and thorina. Earth, Aluminous. Alumina or clay. Earth, Bolar. Argillaceous earth of a pale but bright-red color. See Bole, Armenian. Earth Closet. An arrangement by which the deodorizing properties of dry earth are made use of in destroying the odor of fseees. Used in the sickroom more especially. Earth, Fuller's. Cimolia purpurescens. Earth, Heavy. Baryta. Earth, Japan. See ACACIA Catechu. Earth of Bones. Phosphate of lime. Earths, Absorbent. Earths with the property of neutralizing acids, as magnesia, chalk, etc. Ear=trumpet. An instrument used by persons partially deaf for collecting and in- creasing the intensity of sound. Ear=wax. Cerumen aurium. Eau. The French name for water. Eau de Cologne. Cologne water ; a perfume made of alcohol and essential oils, originally prepared at Cologne. Often used in headache, fever, as an evaporating lotion, etc. Eau de Luce. Succinated spirit of ammonia. Eau de Vie. Brandy. Ebe'num (ebenus). Ebony. Eb'Ianin, or Eb / lanine. Pyroxanthin, a substance obtained from rawpyroxylic spirit. Ebri / ety (ebrietas ; from ebrius, intoxicated). Intoxication by spirituous liquors. Ebulli'tion (ebullitio; from ebuUire, to boil). The motion of a liquid by which it gives off bubbles of vapor produced by heat or fermen- tation. Boiling. Ebur. Ivory. Ebur Ustum Nigrum. Ivory black. Ebur'nated (from ebur, ivory). A term applied to dentine in which the dentinal tubuli have been obliterated by calcareous deposit within their walls. Eburna'tion (from ebur, ivory). The in- crease of the earthy constituents of bone, re- sulting in greater size and density ; the conver- sion of bone into a hard, ivory-like mass. Eburnifica'tion (eburnatio; from ebur, ivory, and fio, to be made). An incrustation of the articular surfaces of bones with phos- phate of lime, which gives them the hardness and whiteness of ivory. It attends the latter stage of rachitis. Ecbo'Hc (from £K.3a/.?u, to expel). In Ma- teria Medica, medicines calculated to facilitate the expulsion of the foetus in difficult parturi- tion or to cause abortion. Eccathar'ticus. Cathartic. Eccen'tric. Away from the centre ; irreg- ular ; odd. ECC 216 ECP Eccephalo'sis. Cephalotorny. Ecchely / sis. Expectoration. Ecchlo 'ma. An extract. Ecthyma. Eczema. Ecchymo'ma (from en, out of, and x^ ?, juice). Ecchymosis. Ecchymoma Arterio'sum. False aneurism. Ecchymo'sis (from ek-x vu , to pour out). A black or blue spot occasioned by an extravasa- tion of blood into the areolar tissue from a contusion. A bruise. Spontaneous effusions occurring from disease or after death are called suggillations. Ecchy'sis. Effusion. EcclFsis. A luxation. Eccondro'ma (from e/c, and xovfipog, car- tilage). Eccondrosis. A tumor originating in cartilage. Ec / cope. Excision of any part ; also a perpendicular division of the cranium by a cutting instrument. Eccopro'sis (from en, and nonpoc, excre- ment). Defecation. Eccoprot/ic (eccoproticus ; from e/e, and no~poc, excrement). Laxatives which simply remove the contents of the alimentary canal. EccrinoPogy {eccrinologia ; from eiacpipu, I separate, and Aoyoc, a discourse). A treatise on the secretions. Ec'crisis. Excretion of any kind. Eccrit/ica. Diseases of the excernent func- tion. Also medicines that act on the secre- tions. Eccye'sis (from e/c, and nvrjaig, gravidity). Extra-uterine foetation. Eccylio'sis (from e/c, and kvaie/v, to turn round). A disease of evolution or develop- ment. Ecdemic (from endr/fiog, away from home). Disease originating in a distant locality. Ec'dora (from e/c, and depu, I flay). Ex- coriation, especially of the urethra. Ecdo / rius. That which excoriates. Ec'dysis. Moulting. Desquamation. Echetro'sis. White bryony. Echinococ'cus (from e%ivog f a hedge-hog, and icoicnog, a cyst). A genus of hydatids or cystic entozoons ; one of the species is said by Rudolphi to infest the human subject. EchinophthaPmia (from e%ivog, a hedge- hog, and <»>ihi'/iiia t an inflammation of the eye). Inflammation of the eyelids, character- ized by projection of the eyelashes. EchinorhyrPchus (from exj-vog, a hedge-hog, and pv/X"C, a beak). A genus of intestinal worms of the order Acauthocephalige. One species, the echinorhynchus bicornis, has been found in the human subject. Eclamp'sia (from EKAa/xijug, vivid light). A term applied in Pathology to the appearance of flashes of light before the eyes occurring in some diseases ; also to the epileptic convul- sions of children and to puerperal convulsions. Eclampsia is considered to be one of the most active and prolific of the nervous diseases affecting the development of the teeth, owing to the close connection of the nervous system and nervous tissue with the teeth. Eclectic {eclecticus ; from e/cAeyw, I select). A class of physicians who select from all sects in medicine. Ecleg'ma (from ekaelxu, to lick). A phar- maceutical preparation of a soft consistence and a sweet flavor ; a linctus. Ec'lysis (exsolutio ; from enAvu, I loosen). Faintness ; prostration of strength. Econ / omy (from omia, a house, and ve/io, I rule). In Animal Physiology the assemblage of laws which govern the organization of animals. Ecphly / sis. Vesicular eruption. A generic term, including herpes, eczema, pompholyx, and rupia. Ecphrac / tic (ecph r adieus ; from £npaoau, to remove obstructions). Deobstruent. Ecphro / nia. Insanity ; melancholy. Ecphy / ma. A cutaneous excrescence, as a wart, corn, physconia, etc. Ecphyse / sis (from entyvaau, to blow). Hurried respiration, as of a person out of breath. Ec/physis. Apophysis. Ecpies / ma (from e/c7rte£«, I press out). In Surgery, a fracture of the skull, with depression of the bone. Ecpies'mos (from ennie^u, I press out). Protrusion of the eye from an afflux of humors without increase of its volume. Ec / plixis. A stupor from fright. Ecpto'ma. Ecptosis. A falling down of any part ; applied to luxations, expulsion of the secundines, falling off of gangrenous parts, scrotal hernia, and prolapsus uteri. Ecpyc'tica. See Incrassantia. Ecpye / ma (from e/c, out of, and irvov, pus). Suppuration ; an abscess ; a collection of pus. Ecpye / sis (from ekttveu, to suppurate). Ec- pyema. A generic term for suppurative diseases of the skin. Ecpye / tic. Suppurative ; promoting sup- puration. ECR 2V, EDI Ecraseur (French. From ecraser, to crush). A loop of steel chain tightened hy a screw, used for removing piles, polypi, or malignant growths. Ecreg'ma. In Pathology, a segment or rough fragment. Also an eruption or pus- tule. Ecrex / is. Rupture ; laceration, especially of the vulva or womb. Ecrhyth'mos (from ek, out of, and pv&fior, rhythm, irregular). In Pathology, irregular pulse. Ec / rysis (from Enpsu, I run from). A dis- charge. Ecsarco'ma (from e/c, out of, and oap!-, flesh). A fleshy excrescence, or sarcoma. Ec / Stasis (from e^tarnuai, I am beside my- self). An ecstasy. A total suspension of sensi- bility and voluntary movements, with retarded vital action. Ecstasy. Ecstasis. Ecstat/ic Trance. Catalepsy. Ec'tasis. Extension ; expansion ; disten- tion or dilatation of a part. Ectasis Fridis. That expansion of the iris which occasions diminution of the pupil. Ectex'is. Emaciation. Colliquation. Ecthlim / ma. Chafing or excoriation pro- duced by external violence. Ec'thyma (from ek-&vu, I break out, as heat, etc.). A cutaneous eruption of large, round, and distinct pustules, inflamed at their bases. They are seldom numerous, and appear most frequently upon the extremities, neck, and shoulders. Three species are noticed — namely, ecthyma vulgare, ecthyma infantile, and ecthyma luridum. Ectillot/icus. Having power to pull out. Applied to that which eradicates corns or hairs, as a depilatory. Ec / toblast(from ektoc, without, and j3?iharo(;, a germ). The envelope of a cell. Entoderm. See Blastoderm. Ecto'mia. Excision ; amputation of any part. Ectopia (from ektokoc, out of place). Mor- bid displacement of any part ; luxation. Ectopia A'ni. Prolapsus ani. Ectopia Cor'dis. Displacement or unnatural position of the heart. Ectozo'on (e/croc, without, and Cwor, an animal). Ectozoa. Parasite insects, as lice, that infest the surface of the body, differing from entozoa, found within the body. Ectrim'ma. In Pathology, ulceration of the skin, especially of those parts of the body in contact with the bed after long confinement. Ectro'pium (from ekt/,e-o, to avert). Ec- tropion. Eversion of the eyelids so that the inner surface is turned out. Ectro'sis. Ectroma. Miscarriage ; abortion. Ectrot/ic. That which is calculated to cause abortion. Applied, also, to the treatment of disease, or to that line of treatment. which destroys at once the morbid action without giving it a chance to involve the economy. Ec / zema (from ek^eu, I boil out). Heat ; eruption. An eruption of small vesicles, thickly crowded together, on the skin or mucous sur- faces, and usually attended with the discharge of serum. Eczema Mercuria'le. Eczema rubrum. Ec- zema caused by the irritation of mercury. Eczema of the Face. This sometimes occurs in advanced age and in young children ; called crusfa. lactea and porrigo larvalis. Eczema of the Scalp. Eczema capitis. Scald head. It occurs during dentition, and also afterward, and the discharge is very profuse. After a time the secretion dries into crusts and mats the hair into small separate tufts. The scalp shows signs of inflammatory excite- ment, and the lymphatic ganglions of the neck are liable to become inflamed and to suppu- rate. Edenta'ta. Edentals. The name of an order of mammals characterized by the ab- sence of the incisor, and, generally, of the cuspid teeth. Edenta'tion (from e, without, and dens, tooth). A deprivation of teeth. Eden'tuious {anodontos ; anodous; edenta- lus ; from e, and dens, dentis, a tooth). With- out teeth ; one who never had teeth or one who has lost his teeth. The causes which most frequently give rise to the loss of the teeth are caries and chronic inflammation of the gums and peridental membranes. See Caries of the Teeth, and Gums, Diseases of. Although it is impossible completely to remedy this defect, yet to such a high state nl' perfection has the prosthesis of these organs been brought that their loss is now replaced with artificial substitutes which subserve a most valuable purpose. See ARTIFICIAL Teeth. Edes. Amber. Ed'ible (from edibilis, eatable). Good and nourishing food. EDI 218 RLJE E'dic. Iron. Education, Physical. The training of the body in such exercises as are calculated to give strength, vigor, and health to all of its organs. Edul'corant (edulcorans). Medicines which are supposed to deprive fluids of their acri- mony. EduIcora / tion (edulcoratio). The act of rendering substances mild, either by the affu- sion of water for the removal of their saline and other disagreeable qualities, or by the addition of saccharine matter. Efferent (efferens ; from effero, I carry, I transport). Applied to vessels which convey fluids from glands, as the vasa efferentia, which carry lymph from the lymphatic glands to the thoracic duct, and to nerves which convey the nervous influence from the nervous centres to the circumference. Effervescence (effervescentia ; from effer- vescere, to boil over, to ferment). In Chemistry, the commotion produced by the escape of gas from a liquid at the ordinary temperature of the atmosphere. In Humoral Pathology, a sup- posed ebullition of the blood or other fluids, produced either by elevation of temperature or the action of the principles contained in them on one another. Efferves'cing Draught. A carbonated beverage, used sometimes as a vehicle for saline medicines. Dissolve a scruple of carbonate of soda or potassa in an ounce of water ; mix two drachms of cinnamon water with a drachm and a half of syrup of orange peel ; add to these a tablespoonful of fresh lemon juice, and drink the mixture immediately. Effete / (rffwlus). Impoverished ; worn out ; useless. Ef fila. Freckles. Efflorescence (effloratio; from efflorescere, to blow, as a flower). In Chemistry, the spon- taneous conversion of a solid into a pulverulent substance ; or the formation of small crystals on the surface of certain crystalline bodies, occasioned by the loss of a part or the whole of their water of crystallization. In Botany, act of flowering. In Pathology, acute exanthemata. Efflu'via (effluvium; from (jjtuo, to flow out). An exhalation, generally noxious or dis- agreeable ; impalpable emanation. Effluxion. Abortion during the first three months of pregnancy. Effractu'ra. Fracture of the cranium with much depression. Effu'sion (from effundo, to pour out). In Pathology, extravasation of a fluid into a vis- ceral cavity or into the cellular tissue. Egeries. An excretion. Eges'ta (from egero, to carry out). The expulsion of faeces from the healthy body. The excretions ; waste materials from the body. Egg. The ovum of birds and oviparous animals. Egoph / onic. Pertaining to egophony. Egoph'ony (ssgophonia ; from ail;, a goat, and (puvii, the voice). Goat's voice. Applied by Laennec to the human voice where it gives through the stethoscope a clear and acute sound, resembling the voice of the goat, and which is regarded as indicative of moderate effusion into one of the pleura. Egregor / sis. Morbid watchfulness. Eighth Pair of Nerves. See Pneumo- GASTRIC. Eilami / des. The meninges or membranes of the brain. Eile / ma. A painful convolution of the in- testines or tormina produced by flatulence. Also used by Vogel to express a fixed pain in the intestines, as if a nail were driven into the part. Eile / on. The ileum. Eile'os. Ileus. Eiloides. A dermoid tumor : coils of skin like folds of intestine ; convoluted. Eisanthe'ma. Eruption on a mucous membrane, such as aphthae. Eis'bole. The access of a disease or of a particular paroxysm. Also injection. Eisp'noe. Inspiration of air. Ejaculation (ejaculatio; from ejaculare, to cast out). The act by which the semen is darted through the urethra. Ejac'ulatory (ejaculans). Concerned in the ejaculation of the semen. Ejaculatory Ducts. The vessels which con- vey the semen to the urethra. Ejec'tion (ejectio; from ejicere, to throw out). Excretion of the faeces, urine, etc. Elaboration (elaboratio; from e, and laho- rare, to work). In Physiology, the various changes which assimilative substances undergo, through the action of living organs, before they become subservient to nutrition. Elaeom'eter. A delicate glass hydrometer for estimating the purity of oils. Elaj'on. Oil. Elaeoph'anes (from eXaiov, oil, and fouvo/xat 7 I appear). Having the appearance of oil. ELA 219 ELE Elaid ine. A substance resulting from the action of nitrous acid upon olive, almond, and some other oils. It resembles stearine. Ela in (from e^aiuv, oil). Oleine. The oily principle of solid fats and oils. Elaiod io Acid. One of the compounds re- sulting from the saponification of castor oil. Oleoricinic acid. Elaiom'eter. An instrument for detecting the adulteration of olive oil. In pure olive oil it floats at 50°, and the space between 0, or zero, and 50° is divided into fifty equal parts and numbered accordingly. El'aolite (from e?mov, oil, and 7utioc, stone). A mineral of a brittle, crystalline texture, greasy lustre, grayish, greenish, or reddish shade, composed of silica, alumina, and potassa. Elas'tic (elasticus; from e/.aen-;?c, impulsion, itself from elavveiv, to impel, to push). En- dowed with elasticity. Returning to the orig- inal form when bent from the same by force. Elastic Bandage. An India-rubber bandage exerting compression on a part or forcing parts into new positions, as in regulating the arrangement of teeth. Elastic Fluid. A gas. Elastic Gum. Caoutchouc. Elastic Tissue. A variety of connective tissue, some of the ligaments of which have elastic properties. Elas'ticin [elasticus, elastic). The peculiar solid material of the elastic tissue. Elasticity. A property in bodies which restores them to their original form after hav- ing been made to deviate from it by external force. Elast'in. An albuminoid substance which is the fundamental element in elastic tissue. It yields tyrosin and leucin. Elate'rin (elaferina). A crystallizable sub- stance found in the juice of elaterium. It is distinct from elatin. Elate'rium. A substance deposited from the juice of the wild cucumber. See Momor- dica Elaterium. Ela'tin. The active principle of elaterium. EEbow (from ell and bote). Applied to the articulation of the arm with the forearm, and especially to the projection formed by the ulna. Elco'sis (from e^kof, an ulcer). Ulceration. Applied by Sauvages to cachectic diseases atteuded with fetid, carious, and chronic ulcers. Eld'er. Sambucus. An undershrub. Elder, Dwarf. Sambucus ebulus. Elecam'pane. The popular name of the Inula helenium (which see). Elective Affinity. See Affinity, Elective. Elec'tric. Relating to or containing elec- tricity. Electric Attraction. The attraction which exists between certain electrified substances, as glass, amber, sealing-wax, sulphur, and other light bodies. Electric Aura. The current or breeze pro- duced by the discharge of electricity from a highly-charged conductor. It has sometimes been employed as a mild stimulant to delicate parts, as the eye. Electric Fishes. A term applied to certain fish, the species of the class Pisces, which have the power of discharging the electric shock. Electric Friction. The irritating action pro- duced by the reception of sparks from a person in the electrical bath through flannel. Electric RepuFsion. The repulsion of light bodies from certain electrified substances after having come in contact with them. Electric Shocks. The partial and rapid con- vulsions produced by the sudden administra- tion of a large amount of electricity from the Leyden jar or other apparatus. Electric Units. See Ampere, Coulomb, Ohm, Volt, Watt, Dyne, Farad, Erg, Volt- ampere, Unit of Current, Volt-coulomb, Weber, Joule, Milliampere, C. G. S. Sys- tem, Unit Magnet Pole, Megalerg, Megavolt, Micro-coulomb, Micro- farad, Microvolt, Unit of Work. Elec'trical. Pertaining to or containing electricity. Electrical Battery. A number of Leyden jars placed in a box lined with tin foil and com- municating with one another by means of metallic rods. Electrical Column. A species of electrical pile consisting of thin plates of different metals, arranged in pairs, with paper between them. Electrical Diffusion. See Cataphoresis. Electrical Machine. A mechanical contriv- ance, consisting of a round plate or cylinder of glass, made to revolve upon its axis, and pressed during each rotation by a cushion of leather covered with silk and smeared witli an amalgam of tin and zinc. There is also attached to the machine the prime conductor, usually made of brass and sustained by one or ELE 220 ELE more glass legs. The end nearest the glass plate or cylinder is furnished with a number of small wires, which come in such immediate proximity with it that the electric condition of the one is immediately transferred to the other. Electrical Mouth-lamp. An incandescent electrical lamp, the current supplied by two or three cells of a Bunsen or a small bichro- mate battery, and regulated by a resistance coil in the handle, which facilitate ready ad- justment of the current. It is employed to determine the condition of the teeth. By placing the bulb of the lamp within the mouth and against any part of the surface of the cheeks or lips, and the patient being in a dark room, the presence of pus or other de- posits and the existence of decay in the teeth can be detected by the opacity produced as contrasted with the translucency of the healthy tissue. Electrical Osmosis. See CATAPHORESIS. Electricity (electricitas; from rftiEKTpov, amber, the substance in which it was first discovered). A subtile fluid or principle which certain bodies exhibit, either naturally or when subjected to the action of various excitants, or by friction, causing them to attract or repel light bodies, emit sparks or streams of light, and to produce involuntary muscular contrac- tion in the bodies of animals when it is made to pass through them. Also the science which treats of the phenomena of electricity. There are three kinds of electricity : Frictional elec- tricity, galvanism, and magnetism. Medicinally, electricity is used as an excit- ant, and has been employed with success in paralysis, rheumatism, deafness, amaurosis, etc. It may be communicated by means of the electric bath, by points, sparks, or by shocks, according to the intensity required. Electricity, Animal. See GALVANISM. Electricity, Static. Electricity produced by friction. Electricity, Voltaic. Galvanism. Electrify. To charge with electricity. Electrization. The medical application of electricity. Electriz / ers, Harrington's. Plates of copper and zinc, or silver and zinc, employed for medicinal purposes. Electro-biology. The science of the elec- trical relations and laws of organic beings. Electro-cautery. Cautery by moans of electricity ; galvano-cautery. Electro-chem'ical Ac'tion. Chemical action or changes induced by electrical arrange- ment. EIectro=chemis / try. That branch of sci- ence which treats on the application of electri- city as a chemical agent. The science of the inter-relations and laws of electricity and chemistry. Electro=contractility. The contractile re- sponse of a muscle to the electric current. Elec'trode. In electro-chemical action the electrodes are the surfaces by which electricity passes into or out of other media ; in other words, the ways or roads along which the elec- tric current or fluid passes. A device by means of which electricity is made to pass into or out of the body. The terminal pieces attached to the conducting cords of an electric battery. Electro=deposit Plates. See Ward's Electro-metallic Denture. Electro-dynanVics. The science treating of the effects or phenomena of electricity in motion. Electro=force. The potential, or tension of a current. Electrogen'esis (?;Ae/crpov, amber, and yevu, to be born). The production of elec- tricity. The results, after withdrawal, of the application of a current of electricity to the spinal cord, a nerve, or a part. Electrogen / ic (electrogenicits). Pertaining to electrogenesis. ElectroPogy (electrologia ; from 7]?,enTpov t amber, and ?.nyoc, a discourse). A treatise on the science of electricity. Electrolysis. Chemical decomposition of bodies by electricity. The change that is effected by the passage of an electric current to such a degree as the electricity exhibits itself. Electrolyte. A substance undergoing direct decomposition by the action of the elec- tric current. Electrolytic. Of or pertaining to decom- position effected by electricity. Electro=magnet. A temporary magnet made out of a piece of soft iron by passing an electric current through it. Electro-magnet'ic Apparatus. An ap- paratus by which a current of electro-magnet- ism is excited. A convenient form consists of a battery of six curved permanent magnets and an intensity armature around whose cylinders 1500 yards of fine insulated copper wire are coiled. The ends of the wire communicate re- spectively with a pair of directors, each of which holds a piece of sponge dipped in vinegar or a ELE 2:21 ELE solution of common salt. When the armature is rotated and a portion of the body is inter- posed between the directors, a succession of shocks is received. It has been used in par- alysis, etc. ; also as a local anaesthetic. See Battery. Electro-magnetic Battery. See BATTERY, Galvanic. Electro=mag / netism. Magnetism pro- duced by an electric current. EIectro=massage. Massage combined with electricity. Electro=metalIic Dentures. See Ward's Electro-metallic Denture. EIectro=metallurgy. The electro-deposi- tion of metals, various forms of batteries being used, such as Bunsen's, Smee's, and Wollas- ton's. Electrometer. An instrument for measur- ing the force of electricity, especially static electricity. ' Eleetro=motive. Pertaining to the me- chanical or motor effects of electricity. Electro-motive Force. The force bj T which electricity overcomes the resistance of a con- ductor and transfers its manifestations from one part of the latter to another. Electro=muscular. Pertaining to the ac- tion of electricity upon muscles. Electro=negative. Electric and negative. EIectro=pathoIogy. The diagnosis of a disease by the aid of electric irritation. Electroph'orus. An instrument invented bj r Volta for collecting weak electricity, con- sisting of a flat cake of resin and a disk of metal of rather smaller diameter, supplied with a glass handle ; used in electrical experi- ments to show the generation of electricity by induction. Electro=physiology. The physiology of the phenomena which have for either cause or result the production of electricity in the body. The study of electric reactions, proper- ties, and relations of organs and organic tissues. Electro=pIating. The art of coating arti- cles of cheap metals with a thin covering of gold, silver, etc., by the action of the electric current. Electropo lar. A term applied to a con- ductor in which one end or surface is positive while the other is negative. Electro=positive. Electric and positive. Electro-puncture. Electrization by needles passed in the tissues. Elec'troscope. An instrument for deter- mining the presence and character of static electricity. Electro=sensibility. The impression ln- electric irritation upon a sensory nerve. Electrostatics (from electricity, and , I vomit). A substance capable of exciting emesis or vomit- ing. Emetic, Tartar. Tartarized antimony. Emetic Weed. Lobelia inflata. Em'etine (emetina). A vegetable alkali dis- covered by Pelletier in ipecacuanha, to which it owes its emetic power. Em / eto=cathar / tic (emeto catharsis). A medicine which excites vomiting and purging at the same time. E. M. F. Abbreviation for electro-motive force in electro-therapeutics. Eminence (eminentia). A projection or protuberance on the surface of an organ. Eminen'tia Annularis. The pons varolii. Eminen'tiae Candican'tes. The corpora albicantia of the brain. Eminentiae Lenticula / res. The corpora striata. Eminentiae Magnae Cereb / ri. The thalami nervorum opticornm. Eminentiae Quadrigem / inae. The tubercula quadrigemina. Emissa / ria (from emittere, to send or let out). A term applied in Anatomy to excretory ducts. Emissaria Durae Mat / ris. The processes of dura mater which accompany the cerebral nerves through the cranial foramina. Emissaria Santori / ni. The minute veins which communicate with the sinuses of the dura mater through the foramina of the cranium, and may sometimes convey to the exterior the blood circulating within. Emis'sion [emissio; from emittere, to send out, drive out). The act by which matter of any kind is thrown from the body. Emisso'rius. Emissory ; that which con- veys any fluid out of the body. Emmen'agogues (emmenagoga ; from Ejijirivm, the menses, and ayo, I drive or expel). Medicines which promote or favor the discharge of the menses. Emme'nia. The menses. EMM 22c EMP Emmenolog / ia (from e/z/^wa, the menses, and ^oyoc, a discourse). A treatise on men- struation. EmoPIients (emollientia; from emollire, to soften or relax). Substances which soften or relax inflamed parts, as bland oils, fomenta- tions, cataplasms, etc. Emo / tion (emotio). Affection of the mind. Delirium. Empathe / ma (ep.T>a&7/c • from nadr/fia, suf- fering). Ungovernable passion. Empei'ria. Empiricism ; medicine founded exclusively upon observation. Em'phlysis (from ev, in, and fovcic, a vesicular tumor or eruption). Vesicular erup- tion, with a discharge of an acrid fluid, as in aptha, erysipelas, pemphigus, etc. Emphrac / ticus (emphractie ; from E/MppaTru, I close, I obstruct). A medicine which closes the pores of the skin when applied to it. Emphrag'ma. That which obstructs. Emphragma Lachryma'le. Fistula lachry- malis. Emphragma Saliva / re. Ranula. Emphrax / is. Obstruction of any cavity or canal. Emphy / ma. A tumor or morbid growth. Emphyse / ma (from E/u/, a tumor). A tumor of the scrotum formed by a collection of pus. Empyom'phalus (from ev, in, -vov, pus, EMP 226 ENA and ouoa'/.oc, the navel). A suppurating tumor under the navel ; umbilical hernia. Em'pyos. Purulent. Empyr'eal Air. Oxygen gas. Empyreu'ma (from eiiirvpevu, I kindle). A peculiar, offensive odor which animal and other substances contract when decomposed by being exposed to heat in a closed vessel. Empyreumat/ic (empyreumalieus). Pos- sessing the qualities of empyreuma, as an eni- pyreumatic smell or taste. Empyreumatic Oil. Oil derived from the destructive distillation of animal matters. Emul'gent (emulgens ; from emulgere, to milk out, to draw out). The renal artery and vein are so called because the ancients imagined they strained or milked the urine through the kidneys. Emul sin. Albumen of almonds. Emul'sio. An emulsion. Emulsio Aca / cise. Gum Arabic emulsion. Emulsio Amyg'dalae. Almond emulsion ; almond milk. Emulsio Camphorae. An emulsion com- posed of camphor, blanched sweet almonds, refined sugar, and water. EmuI / sion (emulsio). A medicine of a milky- white appearance, composed of oil and mucilage. Emulsion, Almond. Mistura amygdala? ; almond mixture. Emulsion, Cam'phorated. See Emulsio Camphorae. Emulsion of Gum Arabic. Mucilage of gum Arabic. Emulsive. Applied to seeds and to the kernels of nuts which yield oil when pressed. Emunc'tory (emicnctorium ; from emungere, to drain off). Any excretory organ of the body or cavity containing fluids to be ex- creted. Emun'dans. Cleansing or purifying ; applied to washes for ulcers. Emundan tia. Detergents. Ens'mos. A topical application for arrest- ing hemorrhage by agglutinating the parts. Enaeore'ma (from ei>, in, and atupeu, I lift up ; that which hangs or floats in). A deposit floating in the urine. Enam'el. A vitreous substance used for painting on porcelain and glass and for covering metals with various kinds of ornamental work. It is composed of coloring matters which con- sist of metallic oxides, fluxes of vitrifiable sub- stances, as silicates, borates, or boro-silicates. See Porcelain Teeth. Enamel Chisel. A dental instrument of a chisel shape, with a straight or oblique edge, used for cutting away the enamel and den- tine of the teeth. Enamel, Cuticle of the. Nasmyth's mem- brane. According to Mr. Nasmyth, a delicate membrane which covers the enamel, but so closely united with it that it can be demon- strated only by the use of hydrochloric acid. Enamel Organ. An organ formed in the epi- thelium of the mucous membrane of the gums of the infant by a dome-shaped involution or projection of the epithelium which dips down into the corium. See Teeth, Development of. Enamel of Porcelain Teeth. See PORCELAIN Teeth. Enamel of the Teeth (cortex striata ; adaman- iina dentium ; crusta dentium adamantina ; sub- stantia vitrea). A seemingly semi- vitreous substance which covers the crown and extends to the neck of a tooth. It is the hardest of all animal substances, is usually of a pearly, milk-white color, and is extremely smooth and glossy on its surface. Like dentine, it varies in density, being much harder on some teeth than on others ; it is thickest on those parts most exposed to friction, as on the protuberances of the molars, the cutting edges of the incisors, and the cusps of the bicuspids and cuspidati, and is thinnest toward the neck. The struc- ture of the enamel is fibrous, its fibres radiat- ing from the dentine to the surface of the tooth, an arrangement by which immense strength and power of sustaining great pres- sure are given to it. In describing the microscopic structure of the enamel of the human tooth, Professor Owen says : "It consists of long and slender, solid, prismatic, for the most part hexagonal, fibres of phosphate, carbonate, and fluate of lime," which "are essentially the contents of ex- tremely delicate, membranous tubes, origi- nally subdivided into minute, depressed com- partments or cells, of which membranes scarcely a trace can be detected in full -formed teeth. The fibres are arranged closely to- gether, side by side, with occasional narrow, angular fissures or interspaces, which are most common between the ends nearest the dentine ; their general direction is perpendicu- lar to the surface of the dentine, where the ends of the prisms are fixed in shallow de- ENA ENC pressions ; the opposite and larger ends form the exposed surface of the enamel ; the fibres proceeding to the horizontal masticating sur- face are, therefore, vertical ; the greater num- ber, which are directed to the surface of the crown, are horizontal, or nearly so ; every fibre, as a general rule, having, like the tubes of the dentine, that direction which is best adapted for resisting either the external force of mastication or the effects of lateral pressure. Besides the minute pits corresponding with the inner ends of the enamel fibres, the outer surface of the dentine sometimes presents larger depressions. . . . The enamel fibres describe a flexuous course, the curves being much stronger aud shorter than the primary curves of the dentinal tubes. The parallelism of the fibres continues over a much smaller extent of any part of the enamel than that of the calcigerous tubes in the dentine : in some parts of the enamel they curve in opposite di- rections to one another, like the vane of a feather. Sometimes the fibres may be traced through the entire thickness of the enamel ; where they fall short, and Avhere the larger fibres diverge from one another, shorter com- plemental ones fill up the interspaces. Each fibre is -5^7 0I * an i Qcn ^ u thickness, and is marked throughout its entire course by faint, close-set, transverse striae. When a section of enamel includes several fibres in its thickness, certain of the overlapping curves intercept a portion of light and occasion the appearance of dusky, brownish waves. Another appear- ance, more immediately related to the forma- tion of enamel, is produced by lines crossing the enamel fibres, parallel with the outer mar- gin of the enamel, but not always parallel with that attached to the dentine. These lines are not of equal clearness, but are very nearly equidistant, being about ^^^ of an inch apart ; they are more plainly seen in trans- verse sections of the crown than in longitudinal sections, and they have the same relation to the fibres of the enamel which the contour- lines of the dentine bear to the calcigerous tubes. Without doubt they indicate, in like manner, strata of segments of the fibres and stages in the formation of the substance. Where these strata, which are arranged very obliquely to the vertical surface of the den- tine, cross out upon that surface, they occasion those waves — transverse, annular delicate markings — which Leeuwenhoek noticed upon the exterior of the enamel, and which he sup- posed to indicate successive stages in the pro- trusion of the tooth through the gum in tak- ing its place in the dental series." The chemical composition of enamel in an adult human tooth, according to von Bibra, consists of : Calcium phosphate and fluoride, 89.82 Calcium carbonate, 4.37 Magnesium phosphate, . . . . 1.34 Other salts, 88 Cartilage, 3.39 Fat, 20 Organic matter, 3.59 ; inorganic matter, 96.41. The proportions vary in the enamel of the teeth of different individuals. Enante'sis. The confluence or near ap- proach of ascending and descending blood- vessels. Enanthe'ma (from av&eu, to bloom). A name for certain eruptions of the mucous mem- brane. Enanthe / sis (from ev, in, and av&eu, to bloom). An eruption on the skin ; rash exari- them, including scarlet fever, measles, and urticaria. Enarthro / sis (from ev, in, and ap$p/'/.r/ y hernia). Hernia cerebri. Fungus cerebri. Enceph'aloid (from eyneipa'AoQ, and eidoq, re- semblance). Cerebriform. This term is ap- plied by Laennec to a species of morbid sub- stauce which frequently constitutes the mass of scirrhous or cancerous tumors, because of its resemblance to the medullary substance of the brain. Encephalo'ma. Fungus cerebri. Encephalomala / cia. Mollifies cerebri, or softening of the brain. Enceph'alon (enceplialum ; from ev f in, and Keda/^, the head). The contents of the cranium, including the cerebrum, cerebellum, and me- dulla oblongata, with their vessels, nerves, and investing membranes. Encephalophy'mata. Tubercles of the brain. Encephalopyo / sis (from eynevakoq, the brain, and ttvov, pus). Ulceration of the brain. Encephalo'sis. A tumor of a brain-like appearance. Encephalosis'mus. Concussion of the brain. Encharax'is. Scarification. Enchon'dral, or Inter'cartilagFnous Os- sification. When the bone is preceded by cartilage, which, first of all, becomes calcified, and this is invaded and, for the most part, re- moved by an embryonic tissue, which deposits bony matter in the interior of the cartilage, while at the same time layers of bone are being formed outside, underneath the perios- teum. Enchondro'ma (from ev, in, and x ov ^P°C, a cartilage). A cartilaginous tumor. Enchon / drus (ev, in, and %ovApog, a carti- lage). Cartilaginous ; also granular, having grains. Encho / rios. Endemic. Enchymo'ma (enchymosis ; from ev, in, and Xvo), I pourj. Infusion or pouring in of blood into the cutaneous vessels, caused by joy, anger, or shame ; blushing. Enclys'ma (from ev, in, and /cAvfu, to cleanse out). A clyster. Encoe'lia (from ev, in, and noilta, the belly). The abdominal viscera. Encoeli'tis. Inflammation of the abdominal viscera. EncoIpis / mus. Introduction of any me- dicament into the vagina. Encyst/ed (from ev, in, and kvotiq, a blad- der). Applied to a tumor or other matter en- closed in a cyst or sac. Encys'tis. An encysted tumor. End Organ. The terminal organ or part of a sensory nerve-fibre of any kind. Endan / gium [endangion). The lining mem- brane of vessels. Endarteritis. Inflammation of the inner coat of an artery. Endem / ic (endemicus; from ev, in, and fi'ipoq, the people). Prevalent disease in a par- ticular or circumscribed region or district of country. Endento / sis (from ev, in, and dens, dentis, a tooth, and ooteov, bone). Dental exostosis. Ender'mic (endermatic ; from ev, in, and (hp/jar/Koc;, cutaneous). The treatment of dis- ease by the application of remedies to the skin, especially after the removal of the cuticle by puncturing a blister. Morphia and strychnia are often administered in this way. En / do= (from eviiov, within). A common prefix. Endoaorti / tis (from evdov, within, and aortitis, inflammation of the aorta). Inflam- mation of the inner membrane of the aorta. Endo'blast (from evrfov, within, and P^aarog, a germ). The cell nucleus. Endocar / diac. Within the heart; applied to sounds produced within that organ. Endocardial (evSov, within, and mpdi.a, the heart). Within the heart. Endocarditis. Inflammation of the lining membrane of the heart. Endocoli'tis. Dysentery. Endo / derm (from derma, skin). The inner of the two layers of a two-layered embryo ; the hypoblast. See Blastoderm. Endodontics (from evdov, within, odovg, a tooth, and mg, signifying inflammation). In- flammation of the lining membrane of a tooth. This may arise from exposure of the pulp- cavity and the presence or contact of acrid and irritating agents, or from exposure to sudden transitions of temperature, or from mechanical violence, as in the case of a blow or improperly END 229 ENG performed dental operations. It may also occur as the result of constitutional disease. But from whatever cause produced, it is always attended with the severest and most agonizing pain, and is seldom relieved, when acute, by any other means than the extraction of the tooth or the destruction of the pulp. Endoenteri'tis. Enteritis. Endogastri / tis. Inflammation of the lining membrane of the stomach. Endogen / esis. Cell-formation within a cell. Endogenous. Increasing by internal growth. En'dolymphia. The liquid contained in the membranous canals of the ear. Endometritis. Inflammation of the lining membrane of the womb. Endomys'ium. The extension of the peri- mysium, or connective-tissue laminae, separat- ing the muscular fibres in the same fasciculus. Endoneu / rium. The delicate connective tissue holding together the fibrils of a bundle of nerves. Endopath'ic. The rise of disease not from externa] causes. En'doscope. An instrument for examining a cavity of the body through its natural outlet. Endo / sis. Remission. EndosmonVeter. An instrument for measuring the force of the endosmotic action. En'dosmose (endosmosis ; from evdov, within, and w//.n 7 nipple). The internal lining membrane of serous, synovial, and other internal surfaces. En'ema (plural, enemata ; from evitjui, to inject). An injection ; a clyster. The ene- mata commonly used consist of warm water having in solution either soap or common salt, or both. For an adult, from a pint to a quart may be injected ; for infants and children, from half an ounce to six ounces, according to age. Enepider / mic (enepidermicus ; from «', in, etu, upon, and 6epfia : the skin). The treatment of disease by the application of remedies, such as plasters, blisters, etc., upon the skin. En'ergy (energia; from evepyeu, to act). In Physiology, the active operation of the various organs of the body. Thus we say, the vital energy, the muscular energy, the nervous energy, etc. Enervation (enerratio ; from e, out of, and nervus, strength). The act of debilitating ; a state of weakness. Engeiso'ma (engizoma; from eyyt£a, I ap- proximate). A fracture of the skull in which a broken portion of bone passes beneath a sound portion and compresses the brain. Also an instrument used in fractures of the cla- vicle. Engine, Dental. A foot-power machine embracing the following devices and combina- tions : The use of a flexible wire shaft with a flexible sheath over it. The combination of a base or stand with the upper works ; a device for operating the power from either side of the dental chair ; a hand-piece, with hardened steel bearings and tool mutually locking, the latter readily placed or removed and remaining undisturbed by the pulling-out or by the swiftest revolution without pressure. The driving-wheel is operated by a pedal and flat ENG 230 ENT or spiral steel spriug pitman, which gives to the crank when on the clown center an upward motion, allowing the foot of the operator to run the engine with ease. See Dental Engine. Engine, Suspension. A machine modeled on the plan of suspension from the ceiling, and in which the driving power is belted directly to the shaft of the hand-piece without the inter- vention of an adjustable arm or flexible cable. The hand-piece is balanced and tension given to the driving-belt by a small pulley attached to the hand-piece spindle, and, being suspended on a cord, it is free to move in any and every direction, and causes the burr-drill or other in- strument used by means of the engine, and which is carried by a fly-wheel on the shaft, to be readily applied to any cavity in the mouth. See Dental Engine. Engine=bits. Burrs — such as the round, rose-head, oval, wheel, inserted core, and fissure-burr — for use with the dental engine. English Teeth. Artificial teeth manufac- tured by Ash & Sons which possess beautiful coloring and soft translucency, rendering them well adapted for matching the natural teeth. Engompho'sis. Gomphosis. Engorge'ment (from ev, in, and gorge, the throat ). Inordinate flow of blood to the vessels of a part or organ and consequent obstruction and increase of volume. En'nui. Mental languor ; weariness. Enosto / sis (from ev, and oareov, a bone). A tumor formed in the medullary part of a bone. Enrhyth/mus (from ev, and pv&pog, num- ber). Irregularity in the beating of the pulse. Ens. Being ; entity ; existence. In Chem- istry, a substance supposed to contain, in a small compass, all the virtues of the ingredients from which it is drawn. Ens Mantis. Ammoniated iron. Ens Pri'mum Sola / re. Antimony. Ens Ven / eris. Chloride of copper. En'siform (from cnstis, a sword, and forma, form). Sword-like. In Anatomy, applied to some parts from their resemblance to a sword, as the en si form cartilage. Enstalax / is. Instillation, or drop by drop. En / strophe. Inversion of a part. Enta / sis (entasia; from evreivu, to stretch). A term applied by Or. Good to constrictive spasm, embracing wry-neck, cramp, locked jaw, etc. Entelmintha (from evrog, within, and > / »T(;, ;t worm I. Synonymous with entozoa. En / tera [evrepa, the bowels, from evroq, within). The intestines. Enterad'enes (from evrepov, an intestine, and adev, a gland). The mucous intestinal glands. Enteral'gia (from evrepov, intestine, and aXyoc, pain). Colic ; pain in the intestines. Enterangiemphrax / is. Obstruction of the vessels of the intestine. Enteratroph'ia (from evrepov, intestine, and atrophia, want of nutrition). Atrophy of the intestines. Enterauxe. Hypertrophy of the muscular coat of the intestines. Enteremphrax / is (from evrepov, intestine, and efiQpagtg, obstruction). Obstruction of the intestines. Enter / ic (entericus; from evrepov, an intes- tine). Pertaining to the intestines. Enter / ica. Disease affecting the intestinal canal. Enteritis (from evrepov, an intestine, and trig, signifying inflammation). Inflammation of the intestines. Dental erosions have been ascribed to chronic enteritis. Enteritis, Follicular. Typhoid fever. Entero=. A prefix ; from evrepov, an intestine. Enterobro / sis (from evrepov, an intestine, and fipuoig, the act of gnawing). Perforation of the intestines. Enteroc'ace. Adynamic dysentery accom- panied by diphtheritis and gangrene of the colon and rectum. Enteroce / le (from evrepov, an intestine, and K.7]7n], hernia, tumor). Intestinal hernia. Enterocystoce / le (from evrepov, intestine, kvotiq, a bladder, and K-rf^V, a tumor). Intes- tinal hernia in which a portion of the bladder is included. Enterode'Ia (from evrepov, and (kXog , mani- fest). A section of a class of Polygastrica, in which the alimentary canal is terminated by a mouth and anus. Enteroepiploce'Ie (from evrepov, an intes- tine, erwr'Aoov, the omentum, and nr/lif, a tumor). Hernia containing both intestineand omentum. Enteroepiplom'phalus (from evrepov, intes- tine, emn?Mov, the omentum, and o/iafa)g, the navel). Umbilical hernia containing both in- testine and omentum. EnterogastroceFe (from evrepov, intestine, yaarrjp, the belly, and ki/M, a tumor). Abdom- inal hernia. Enterog'raphy (enterographia ; Iron, ev- ENT 231 ENT rspov, intestine, and ypafa/, description). An anatomical description of the intestines. Enterohydroce'le (from evrepov, intestine, vSup, water, and ki/At], tumor). Scrotal hernia complicated with hydrocele. Enteroischioce'Ie (from evrepov, intestine, (ff^im', the ischium, and kt/2.7?, a tumor). Intes- tinal hernia at the ischiatic foramen. Entero / Hthus (from evrepov, intestine, and Aitfof, a stone). Intestinal calculous concre- tion. EnteroFogy (enterologia ; from evrepov, intestine, and /oyoc, a discourse). Anatomical treatise on the intestines. Enteromesenter'ic Fever. Typhus fever attended by ulceration of the small intestines and enlargement of the mesenteric glands. Enterom'phalus (from evrspov, intestine, and oiKbaz-og, umbilicus). Umbilical intestinal hernia. En / teron (evrepov). Intestine. Enteropathy ( enter opathia ; from evrepov, intestine, and rratfof, a disease). A generic term for intestinal disease. Enterophlo'gia. Enteritis. Enterorrhag'ia (from evrepov, and pnyvvjii, to burst forth). Haemorrhage of the intestines. Enterorrha'phia, or Enterorrhaphy (from evrepov, intestine, and pacj>r/, a suture). A suture of the intestines. Enterorrhoe'a. Diarrhcea. Enterosarcoce'le (from evrepov, intestine, caps, flesh, and k-V^-V, a tumor). Intestinal hernia complicated with sarcocele. Entero / ses. A class of diseases embracing all that affect the intestines. Enterofomy (enterotomia) . In Anatomy, dissection of the intestines. In Surgery, an operation for an artificial anus or for the evac- uation of accumulated faeces. Enterozo'a. Worms. See Entozoa. EnthaFsis. Fracture of the cranium with depression of the fragments. EnthelmirFthes. Worms. Enthet'ic (ev, and r<%«, to place). Dis- eases arising from a morbific virus placed or im- planted in the system, as syphilis, leprosy, etc. En'toblast. The nucleolus, or germinal spot ; the inner of the two primitive embryonic layers : the hypoblast. Ento'cyte. The entire contents of a cell, including the nucleolus, granulations, etc. Entoderm. See Blastoderm. EntomoFogy (from evro/ia, insects, and '/o^oc, a discourse). A treatise on insects. Ento'nia. Tension. Tonic spasm. Enton'ic (cntonicus; from er, denoting ex- cess, and rovoc, tone) . Having great tension or increased action. ErFtophyte. A vegetable parasite. Entozo'a (entozoaria; from evrog, within, and Cuov, an animal). Lowly organized inver- tebrate, and generally vermiform, animals, the most of which are parasitic on the internal organs of other animals. There are five species of worms which infest the human intestines — viz. : (1) Ascaris lum- bricoides, the long round- worm ; (2) Ascaris vermicularis, the maw, or thread-worm ; (3) Taenia lata, or vulgaris, the broad tape-worm ; (4) Tsenia solium, the long tape-worm ; (5) Tricoeephalus, the long thread-worm. There is another class of entozoa which, though of rare occurrence, have been found in different parts of the body : (1) The Fasciola hepatica, called the Distoma hepaticum, or fluke, sometimes found in the gall-bladder ; (2) the Scardbseus, or beetle grubs, several species of which have been found in the ear, intestines, and vagina ; (3) the (Estrus, a fly, the larvae of which are deposited in wounds or foetid ulcers ; (4) the Gordius, or horse-hair worm, found in stagnant water, and sometimes taken into the stomach ; (5) the 3fuse«, several of which genus — as the Musca carnaria, or flesh-fly, the Musea vomitoria, or blow-fly, the JIusca cibaria, or pantry-fly, and the dlusca putris, or hopper- fly maggot — deposit their eggs in the nose, max- illary antra, and rectum. There is still another class of entozoa which infest different parts of the body, as : (1) Ace- phaJocystis, or hydatid ; (2) the Cysticercus, or bladder-tail hydatid ; (3) the Polycephalus, or many-headed worm ; (4) Echinococcus, the small granular bodies found in Accphalocysts ; (5) the Filaria medinensis, or guinea-worm ; (6) the Acarus of the itch ; (7) the Trichina spiralis ( which see) . Entozo'on Folliculo'rum (Acarus folli- culorum). An articulated animalcule found in the cutaneous follicles. En'trails. The abdominal viscera : the in- testines. Entricho'ma (from ev, in, and rptxupa, hair). The ciliary edge of the eyelids. Entrop'ium (from ev, in, and rpe~u, I turn). Entropion. Inversion of the eyelids so that the eyelashes are brought in contact with and irritate and inflame the globe of the eve. ENU 232 EPI Enu / cleate (nucleus, a kernel). Tumors taken from the substance in which they were imbedded, like a kernel from a shell. Enucleation (from e, out of, and nucleus, a kernel). Exsecting from its seat or capsule a tumor, etc. Enure'sis (from evovpeu, to void urine in bed). Involuntary flow of urine from par- alysis or relaxation of the sphincter of the bladder. Enzyme (ev, in, and Ciy«7, leaven). A non- organized ferment formed within the body. Eocene' (from 7epu, to carry to). Weeping. Continued involuntary flow of tears, ■caused by disease or irritation of the lachrymal passages. Epiphyma'ta. Diseases of the skin. Epiphysis (from ettj, upon, and fvu, I arise). Any portion of bone separated from the body of the bone by intervening cartilage, which ultimately becomes converted into bone. The epiphysis then becomes a process. Epiple / gia. Paralysis of the upper extremi- ties. Epiplero'sis. Repletion, distention. Epiploce'Ie (from ettittXoov, omentum, and '//>//, hernia). Hernia formed by the omentum. Epiploic. Pertaining to the epiploon or omentum. Epiploic Appendages. Numerous small pro- longations of the peritoneum extending be- yond the surface of the colon and rectum and filled with adipose matter. Epiploic Arteries. The branches from the gastro-epiploic artery which are distributed to the epiploon. Epiploischioce'le (from eirmloov, the epip- loon, inx'-ov, the ischium, and mfkri, a tumor). Protrusion of the omentum through the ischia- tic notch. Epiploi'tis (from siwrXoov, the omentum, ;unl i.Tic, denoting inflammation). Inflamma- tion of the omentum. EpipIomeroce / le (from eirtnhoov, the omen- tum, /"/f>" r , fli<: thigh, and «•'////, a tumor). A femoral hernia formed by a protrusion of omentum. Epiplom / phalon (from ennrtoov, the omen- tum, and o//0aAoc, the navel). An omental umbilical hernia. Epiplon'phrasis (from etu-kaoov, the omen- tum, and e/iQpaoou, I obstruct). Obstruction of the omentum. Epip / loon (from em, above, and 7rA£w, I swim or float). The omentum, or caul, which consists of a duplicature of the peritoneum, and is so called because it floats, as it were, above a portion of the intestines. Epiploscheoce'Ie (from e-ki-kIoov, the omen- tum, ooxeoi), the scrotum, and Krfkri, a tumor). Omental hernia in the scrotum. Epiporo'ma (emiripw/Lia). A hard tumor about the joints ; the callus of a fracture. Epis / chesis (from ettioxeu, I restrain). A suppression of excretions. Episcopates Val'vula;. The mitral valves of the heart. Episema / sia. A sign. A symptom. Epision'cus. A swelling or tumor of the labia pudendi. Epispadias (from em, above, and anau), I draw). A malformation of the urethra, consist- ing iu its opening on the upper side of the penis. Epispas / tic (epispasticus ; from eiu, above, and oirau, to draw). Any substance which, when applied to the skin, excites inflammation and causes an effusion of serum under the epi- dermis. Among the substances which produce these effects are cantharides and mustard. Epispas / ticum. A blister. Epis / tasis (from etti, upon, and erraw, to rest). A substance which floats on the surface of urine. Epistax'is (from em, upon, and cra£w, to flow, drop by drop). Nasal hajmorrhage. Epister / nal (from Em, upon, and arspvov, the sternum). The first or anterior portion of the sternum, which, in birds, sustains the forked clavicle. Episthot/onos (from etclo-&ev, forward, and telvu, to extend). A variety of tetanus in which the body is drawn forward. Episynan / che. Spasm of the pharynx. Epit'asis (from em, and telvelv, to extend). The period of violence of a fever, paroxysm, or disease. Epithelial (Latin, epitJielialis). Of, pertain- ing to, or consisting of epithelium. Epithelial Cells. The several layers of cells composing the epithelium of the mouth, which EPI 235 EPI are held together by an intercellular cement substance. There are three kinds of these cells — the infant, older, and oldest. See Epithe- lium. Epithelioid {epithelium + oid). Resembling epithelium. Epithelio'ma. Carcinomatous formation of the skin or mucous membrane composed of epithelial cells. It often arises from the irrita- tion of a diseased tooth, and first presents the appearance of an indurated plane, somewhat raised, with an eroded or ulcerated surface about the centre. Pain is a prominent symp- tom. The base and edges are of a pink color, and it extends along the jaw. The lymphatics are early involved. The treatment consists in the early removal of the epithelioma, or affected gum, and the adjacent bone, and in the applica- tion of chloride of zinc paste, etc. Epithe'lium (from em, upon, and ■&?//-%, a nipple). This is a very delicate membrane, forming the outer covering of the corium or true mucous membrane, and enters into the struc- ture of glandular organs. It is cellular in its structure and presents itself under different forms, each differing somewhat from the others. The tesselated epithelium is composed of oval nucleated cells, and is found on the conjunctiva, in the mouth, pharynx, oesophagus, on the vulva, in the vagina, and some distance into the uterus, and in the entrance of the urethra. The columnar or conical epithelium consists of elongated cells. This variety extends from the cardiac orifice of the stomach to the anus ; it also lines the principal gland dncts opening upon the mucous surface of this tract and the greater part of the male genito urinary organs. The ciliated epithelium, consisting of columnar particles, with pellucid, hair-like processes at their extremities, which are constantly under- going a vibratory motion. The nucleated, con- sisting of circular or hexagonal cells with a nucleus. The squamous, where the cells are reduced to flattened scales. The stratified, where the cells are arranged in distinct layers. There is also another variety of epithelium, called the spheroidal, found in the urinary pas- sages, succeeding the columuar, near the inner on rice of the urethra, in the bladder, ureters, pelvis of the kidneys, and some mucous glands. The epithelium of the mouth is composed of several layers of cells, designated infant, older, and oldest, which are held together by an intercellular cement-substance. The oldest layer of cells is made up of flattened discs con- taining nuclei. The middle or older layer of cells are more or less polyhedral in shape, with an imbricated border ; they extend beyond the oral cavity into the pharynx. The deepest or infant layer of cells are spheroidal or slightly cylindrical, and are placed vertically on the dividing line between the epithelium and der- mal or corium layers. Epithelium of the Mouth. On the structure of that portion of the epithelium which lines the cavity of the mouth, Mr. Nasmyth ob- serves : "In the foetal subject, previous to the extrusion of the teeth, it forms on the alveo- lar arch a dense projecting layer, distinguish- able from the surrounding membrane by its whiteness and by the existence on its surface of ridges and sulci having a waving course and a variable direction. The alveolar epi- thelium is thicker in proportion to the youth of the subject examined. It is most promi- nent where it corresponds with the molar teeth ; its internal surface is concave, receiv- ing the projecting mucous membrane or corium. This portion presents various objects for investigation. "First, as regards its composition : It is made up of a mass of scales, lying one on the sur- face of the other. As in other portions of the epithelium, the external scales here are larger, and this holds good generally until we come 1 he surface of the vascular mucous mem- brane, which presents simple cells with their corpuscles. "In the interior of this alveolar epithelium, where it corresponds to the molar teeth, small vesicles may be frequently observed, varying in size from one-quarter to one-eighth of a line in diameter. They appear to the naked eye to be transparent ; under the microscope, their parietes are found to consist of attenu- ated scales, and their cavity to contain a fluid abounding in minute granules and cells.* The internal surface of the epithelium, covering the alveolar arch, frequently presents concavi- ties or indentations, which are from a line and a half to three or four lines in circumfer- ence ; they correspond to projections from the mucous membrane formed by a larger species of vesicle. The latter is deeply implanted in * The vesicles here alluded to are most probably those which Serres describes as gland.- for the secre- tion of tartar ; they are very numerous, even after the extrusion of the incisor teeth of the calf, and ate seen with great facility internally. EPI 236 EPU the vascular mucous membraue. The parietes of these vesicles are composed of a very deli- cate membrane ; they contain a transparent fluid, which coagulates on the application of heat or acid or on immersion in spirit, and in this fluid float numerous globules and scales similar to those of the epithelium generally. The internal or attached surface of the alveo- lar epithelium also presents numerous fringed processes measuring from one line to one and a half lines in length and half a line in breadth, -which sink into the substance of the subjacent mucous membrane. Under the mi- croscope, these fringes are found to be com- posed of elongated scales connected together, forming masses which divide and subdivide until they attain such an extreme tenuity that the most minute terminations consist but of two scales in marginal apposition. If the epi- thelium be carefully separated from the sur- face of the mucous membrane corresponding to the uuextruded molar teeth, and placed in water or in diluted spirit of wine for some little time, its internal or attached surface presents these fringes much enlarged, and forming a mass more considerable in size than the dense epithelium itself. "The epithelium covering the mucous mem- brane of the palate presents transverse ruga?, corresponding to those of the mucous mem- brane. If these palatal rugae of the epithelium of the calf be carefully examined from the internal surface with a magnifying power of one inch focal distance, each will be found to consist or to be composed of numerous depres- sions or cul-de-sacs, which receive prolonga- tions or pointed processes of the subjacent mucous membrane. "They are of extreme tenuity, and, when viewed by the aid of high magnifying powers, are observed to consist of distinct scales." The epithelium of the mouth is of the squamous stratified variety, and the general arrange- ment of its cells is similar to that of the tpiderm. There is little pigment in its deep or Malpighian layer, which is columnar in form, except in embryonal life. It is anal- ogous with the skin, and is developed from the same layer of the blastoderm. The corium of the mucous membrane is situated imme- diately below the basement membrane, and, like the corresponding layer of the skin, is made up of areolar connective tissue, contain- ing at times a large amount of lymphoid tis- sue. It also contains white and yellow fibrous connective tissue, vessels, lymphatics, and nerves. It varies in thickness in different parts. On the alveolar processes the corium is composed of dense connective tissue, and is firmly attached to the muco-periosteum or gum-tissue. Upon the hard palate this gum- tissue is united to the ridges of the bony sur- face. The blood-vessels of the mucous membrane are very numerous, and the lymphatics are in the form of a network, communicating with larger vessels in the submucous layer. The nerves are chiefly distributed to the muscular fibres, when such exist in mucous membrane. Papilla? and villi are present upon some parts of mucous membrane, especially upon the tongue. The epithelium consists of two lay- ers — the corneous and Malpighian. The outer layer, the corneous, known as the stratum comeum, is formed of old epithelial scales, which, during their migration from the internal to the external surface, have become thin, devitalized, and devoid of function. The internal, or Malpighian, layer is formed of liv- ing cells, or scales, of various forms and sizes, placed vertically on the basement membrane which separates the epithelium from the corium or true mucous membrane. Ep / ithem (epithema; from cm, upon, and Tf&rj/it, I put). A term which comprehends all topical remedies with the exception of plasters and ointments. Epith'esis. The straightening of crooked limbs by means of instruments. Epithym'iae. Morbid desires or longings. Epizo6 / tia (epizooty; from env, upon, and (uov, an animal). The simultaneous occur- rence of a disease among a great number of the lower animals. In the Veterinary Art it has the same meaning that epidemic has in medicine. Epizo / 6n (from et™, upon, and £«ov, animal). An animal existing as parasitic upon another. Epizoot/ic. Relating to epizootia. Epo / mis (from em, upon, and w//of, the shoulder). The acromion ; the upper part of the shoulder. Eposto'ma (epostosis). An exostosis. Epse'ma. Decoction. Epsom Salts. Sulphate of magnesia (which see). Epu / lis (from eni, upon, and ovlov, the gum). A hard, fibrous tumor of the alveolar processes of the gums. It is sometimes soft, at other times hard, and makes its appearance upon the gum between two teeth or from the EPU 237 ERO sockets of decayed teeth. It is sometimes of a simple and at other times of a malignant character. The term epulis is often employed to indicate a tumor of any kind growing from or in connection with the gum. As it has no anatomical significance, it is rather indefinite. See Jaws, Morbid Growths of. Epulo / sis. Cicatrization. Epulot/ic (epuloticus; from e-ovaou, to cica- trize or heal up a wound). Applied to remedies which promote cicatrization. Equilibrium (from sequus, equal, and librare, to weigh). In 3Iedicine, harmony in the reciprocal actions of the organs of the body. Equi nia (from equinus, belonging to a horse). Glanders. A contagious and some- times a dangerous disease, produced by inocu- lation with certain diseased fluids generated in the horse, mule, etc. Two species are met with — equinia mitts, caused by inoculation with the fluid of grease, and equinia glandulosa, a malignant and usually fatal disease. Equinus. A variety of talipes, or club- foot, Equivalents, Chem / ical. In Chemistry, a term introduced by Dr. Wollaston to express the proportional weight in which elementary and compound bodies reciprocally unite ; a law of proportions in chemical combinations. Erasion (from e, and rado, to scrape). The act of scraping. Er / bium. A metal occurring with yttria. Erec'tileTis'sue. A peculiar tissue of the animal economy, described by some writers but not recognized by others, consisting of a vascu- lar network, liberally supplied with nerves, and susceptible of erection by an increased flow of blood. It enters into the composition of the corpora cavernosa of the penis and clitoris, of the inferior part of the vagina and corpus spongi- osum urethras, of the lips, iris, nipples, nerv- ous papillce, etc. The same tissue is sometimes developed as a morbid structure, as exemplified in nsevus maternus, many hemorrhoidal, vari- cose, polypous, and other tumors. Erec / tion (erectio). The action or enlarge- ment which takes place in erectile tissues. Erec'tor Clitor idis. A name applied to certain muscles, the functions of which are to raise the part into which they are inserted. The ischio-cavernosus. A muscle which, by drawing the clitoris downward and backward, forces the blood into it from its crus and serves to make the body of it more tense. Erector Penis. The ischio-cavernosus. A muscle of the penis which, by its contraction, forces the urine and semen forward and causes the blood to flow into the corpus cavernosum and the glans, and thus to distend them. Eremacau'sis (from epTifiog, waste, and navcig, combustion). The slow combustion, oxidation, or decay which takes place in organic bodies when freely exposed to air and moisture. Erethism {erethismus ; from epediCu, I irri- tate). Exaltation or increase of Aital phe- nomena in any organ or tissue. Irritation. Excessive nervous irritability. Erethis / ma. Eubefacient. Erethis'mus. Irritation. Erethismus Ebrio / sorum. Delirium tremens. Erethismus Hydrophobia. Hydrophobia. Erethismus Mercurials. A state of the con- stitution produced by mercury, characterized by depression of strength, anxiety about the prsecordia, frequent sighing, irregular action of the heart, small, quick, sometimes inter- mitting pulse ; tremors, shrivelled counte- nance, a sense of coldness, etc. Erethit'ic. Appertaining to erethism. Ereug / mos. Eructation. Erg. The unit of electric work. Ergot/. Spurred rye. See Secale Cor- NUTUM. Ergo / ta. Ergot. Ergo'tine (ergotin). A peculiar principle discovered in ergot consisting of an unctuous, reddish, neutral powder. Er'gotism. The effects produced by ergot. Er / gotole. A preparation of ergot of rye, which, it is claimed, possesses all the therapeu- tic properties of ergot and is bland and uni ro- tating. Locally, it is employed in all affections of the mucous membranes. Dose, n^v to tt\,xx hypodermically ; Vf^v to f.^ss by the mouth. Erige'ron. A genus of plants of the order Composite. Erigeron Canaden'se. Canada fleabane ; a bit- ter, acrid, and somewhat astringent plant. Erigeron Philadel'phicum. Philadelphia flea- bane ; a biennial herb used in nephritic and dropsical diseases. Eroded. Gnawed ; loss of substance. Ero / dium Moscha'tum. Geranium mos- chatum. Ero / sion [erosio; from erodere, to eat away). The gradual destruction of a part by the action of a corrosive substance. Erosion of the Teeth. Denudation. An affection of the teeth characterized by a loss of substance occurring without any apparent ERO 238 ERY cause. It begins on the surface of a tooth over a limited space and gradually forms a groove or pit, which gradually widens and deepens. It appears most frequently on the labial surfaces of the anterior teeth. In the canine and bicuspid teeth it often forms a cup or dish-shaped pit or excavation on the labial surfaces about the free margin of the gum. The surface of the exposed dentine is generally firm and hard, with a perfect polish over its entire area. It sometimes exists in connection with mechanical abrasion. The more gener- ally accepted theory as to the cause of this obscure affection is that it is in some way effected by acids under some peculiar modify- ing influences. Some writers ascribe it to the influence of electrolysis. See Atrophy. Erosive. Producing or accompanied by erosion. Erot/ic (erotictts ; from epo>c, love). Relat- ing to the passion of love, as erotic melancholy, erotic delirium, etc. Erotomania (eromania ; from ep«f, love, and piavia, madness). Melancholy or aliena- tion of mind produced by love. Errat/ic (erraticus ; from errare, to wander). Wandering ; irregular. In Pathology, applied to fevers which observe no regular type and to pains and cutaneous diseases which shift from place to place. Er'rhine (errhinum; from ev, in, and /w, the nose). A substance which, when applied to the nose, excites sneezing and increased secretion ; also applied to medicines which pro- mote the secretion from the mucous membrane of the nostrils. Er'rhysis (from ev, in, and peu, to flow). A slight haemorrhage. Er'ror Lo'ci. An epithet employed by Boerhaave to express deviation of fluids when they enter vessels not destined to receive them ; as, for example, when red blood enters vessels which circulate only the serous part of this fluid they become obstructed by error of place. Eruca'ic Acid. A crystalline acid obtained from oil of mustard-seed. Eructa'tion {eructatio; from eructare, to belch). The act of bringing up gas from the stomach through the mouth. Erup'tion (eruptio ; from erumpere, to break or burst out). In Pathology, according to the usual acceptation of this term, the development of an exanthematous affection on the surface ami the exanthema itself. It is, however, sometimes applied to a copious evacuation of a fluid — blood, serum, pus — or of gas from a canal or cavity. Also the emergence of the teeth from the gums. Eruption of the Teeth. See Dentition. Erup'tive (eruptivus). Applied to diseases, especially fevers, which are accompanied by an eruption on the skin. Erysipelas (from epvdpoc, red, and tteIoq, or we?Jmc, a skin). A cutaneous phlegmasia, vulgarly termed St. Anthony's fire, accom- panied with swelling, diffused, but more or less circumscribed redness, pain and heat, and vesication. It is an acute affection, its medium duration being from ten to fourteen days. It yields, in the majority of cases, to general re- frigerant remedies. Topical applications are seldom of any use. In the majority of cases it is necessary to give tonics. Several species are described by medical writers. Erysipelatous. Pertaining to erysipelas. Erysos (epv&poc, red). Erythema. Erythe / ma (from epvdpoc, red). Redness. A diffused redness, or blush, of the skin pro- duced by capillary congestion. Erythema Anthrax. A carbuncle. Erythema Centrif'ugum. Erythema of the face, characterized by a small red spot, which sometimes spreads over the entire face. Erythema Epidem'icum. See PELLAGRA. Erythema Fu / gax. An erythema of an irregu- lar shape, and which sometimes occurs in febrile diseases and during dentition. Erythema Lseve. A slight shining redness of the skin of persons affected with anasarca, especially on the lower extremities. Erythema Marginatum. Erythema bounded by a hard, irregular red border, and in which the patches are distinctly separated from each other. Erythema Mercuriale. See Eczema Mer- CURIALE. Erythema Nodo'sum. A form of erythema peculiar to females, consisting of oval patches on the legs which soon rise into hard oval protuberances. Erythema Papula / tum. Erythema which appears in irregular patches on the neck, arms, and breast, and which, in about two weeks, disappears, leaving a bluish hue upon the skin. Erythematous. Associated with ery- thema ; having the characteristics of erythema. Eryth'ric Acid. Purpuric acid ; a red substance obtained by the action of nitric on uric acid. Alloxan. ERY 239 ETH Er / ythrine. A red coloring matter obtained from Roccella tinctoria. Eryth'roblast (from blastos, sprout). A rudimentary red blood corpuscle. Erythroei'des. The tunica vaginalis testis. Er'ythroid Ves'icle. A pyriform vesicle of the foetus, longer than, but of the same diameter as, the umbilical vesicle. Erythro'nium. A metal called vanadium. Also a genus of plants of the order Liliaceae. Erythro'sis (from epv&poc, red). Florid plethora. Erythrox / ylon. Coca. The leaves of a South American shrub. Its alkaloid is co- coaine (which see). Es'aphe. Examination of the uterus by touch. Es / char (eschara ; from eaxapou, to scab over). The crust or scab, or disorganized por- tion of animal substance produced by the appli- cation of caustic, by burns, etc. Escharot'ic (escharoticus ; from eaxapa, eschar). Any substance which, when applied to living tissues, is capable of producing an eschar or which destroys the life of the part to which it is applied and produces a slough. Among the substances which produce this effect are the caustic potassa, concentrated mineral acids, sul- phate of copper, etc. Es / culent (esculentus ; from esca, food). Such plants and animals as may be used for food. Esmarch's Bandage. A rubber bandage applied to a limb, with continuous pressure from below upward, in order to expel blood from a part that is to be operated on. Eso= (etrw, within). A prefix signifying, in Pathology, an internal disease. Esocoli'tis. Dysentery. Eso / dic (from ecu, within, and odoc, way). Relating to afferent or centripetal nerves, or those conveying impressions toward the cen- tral nervous system. Esoenteri / tis (eau, within, and enteritis). Inflammation of the lining membrane of the intestines. Esogastri'tis. Inflammation of the inner membrane of the stomach. Esoteric. The changes resulting from in- ternal causes proper to the organism. Arising within the organism. Esphla / sis (from y 7\ in diameter, and will withstand from 250 to 300 pounds pressure. Evaporation (evaporatio ; from c, and mpontre, to emit a vapor). The conversion of a fluid or any other substance into a vapor for the purpose of obtaining the fixed matters in a separate state while the volatile parts are dissipated and lost. Eventration (eventratio ; from e, out of, and venter, the belly). A tumor from general relaxation of the walls of the abdomen and protrusion of the viscera ; also hernia which takes place through any other than the natural openings of the abdominal walls ; and, lastly, the protrusion of the viscera through a wound of the walls of the abdomen. Everric'ulum. An instrument used for the removal of fragments of calculus or co- agula of blood from the bladder after the opera- tion of lithotomy. Eversion. A turning outward or inside out. Evolution (evolutio ; from evolvere, to un- roll). In Physiology, increase, growth, or devel- opment. Also that theory of generation which supposes the germ of the new being to exist previous to fecundation, and to be only devel- oped by the process of generation. Evolution, Spontaneous. In Obstetrics, a term applied by Dr. Denman to spontaneous turning and natural delivery after the pro- trusion of the arm and shoulder of the child from the vagina. Evulsion (erulsio ; from evellere, to pluck out). The forcible extraction of any part, as a tooth ; a plucking out. Exacerba'tion [exacerbatio ; from exacer- hare, to provoke). An increase of intensity in the symptoms of a disease which recurs at in- tervals. It is synonymous with paroxysm. Exa? / resis (from eijaipeu, to remove). The removal of whatever is obnoxious to the human body ; as the extraction of a carious or dead tooth, the amputation of a limb, the re- moval of foreign bodies, tumors, etc. Exal'cine. One of the derivatives of the aromatic series of synthetic compounds. An analgesic and antineuralgic. Exal'gine (from ex, and a'Ayog, pain). One of the four isomeric methyl derivatives of ace- tanilide, occurring in long, needle like crystals, colorless and sparingly soluble in cold water, but quite soluble iu hot water and also in water to which a little alcohol is added. Its formula is C 9 II,,NO. Dose, gr. ivtogr. vj, two to three times a day. All forms of neuralgia are said to be benefited by it. It causes no gastro-intestinal irritation, but occasionally may produce slight vertigo and tinnitus. Exal'ma. Displacement of the vertebrae. Exaltation of the Vital Forces. A EXA 243 EXC morbid increase of action, as that which takes place in an inflamed part. It is used by some authors as synonymous with inflammation. Examblo'ma. Abortion. Exangei'a (from el-ayyiea, to evacuate from a vessel). An enlargement or perforation of a blood-vessel without external opening. Exan / guious {exsanguis; from ex, out of, and sanguis, blood). Deficient in blood, as in those who have suffered from haemorrhages. See Ax. emi c. Exa'nia (from ex, out of, and anus). Pro- lapsus of the rectum. Exanima'tion. Death, real or apparent. Exan / them (from efartffw, to flourish). Ex- anthema. A cutaneous eruption or rash. The term is employed by some writers to designate every sort of eruption that appears on the skin, but Dr. Willan uses it as synonymous with rash. Exanthem, Carbun / cular. Anthrax. Exanthem Mercuriale. Eczema mercuriale. Exanthem 'ata. An order of diseases of the class Pyrexiae, of Dr. Cullen's " Nosology." Under this term is comprehended every kind of eruption of the skin which is accompanied by fever and which attacks a person usually but once in his life, as small-pox, measles, chicken- pox, scarlatina, all of which modify the nutri- tion of the teeth or their formative organs, and may also cause necrosis and exfoliation of the maxillary bones in childhood, together with the contained teeth. Exanthemat'ic. Eruptive. Exanthemat'ica. Eruptive fevers ; the third order in the class Hsematica of Dr. Good. Exanthematis'chesis. Suppression of an eruption of the skin. Exanthematous. Of, or pertaining to, or characterized by, an exanthem. Exanthe'sis (from e^avdeu, to effloresce). The breaking out of an efflorescence on the skin ; also the efflorescence itself. Exanthrop'ia (from e^av&i>u-or, misan- thropic). A misanthrope. Exarchia'ter (exarchiatros ; from ejjapxog, a leader, and tarpog, a physician). The first or principal physician. Exar'ma. Swelling. Exar'sio. A burning heat. Exarter'itis. Inflammation of the outer coat of an artery. Exarticula'tion (from ex, out of. and ariic- ulus, a joint). A dislocation. Excarna'tion. Making anatomical prepa- rations by corrosion. Excava'tors. Dental instruments for open- ing and forming cavities and removing decay from them. Although a great variety of these are in use, a few general forms will comprise the whole, such as the hatchet, hoe, and chisel. Excement'osis (from ef, from, and eemen- tum). Exostosis of the roots of teeth by exces- sive development of the cementum. Excer'nent. Functions of secretion and absorption. Excip'ient. A substance used for receiving or hiding the nauseous taste of medicines ; a vehicle or medium. Excising Forceps. An instrument for ex- cising the crowns of teeth, having narrow transverse edges closing squarely together, and which is so constructed that a tooth is in no danger of being moved in its socket by the operation. Excising Forceps, Elliott's Improved. This improvement consists in placing between the handles of a common excising instrument a joint operated by a key handle, capable of closing the instrument with a force five or six times greater than can be produced by the hand alone. Excision (excisio ; from excidere, to cutoff). The removal of a tumor or other part with a cutting instrument ; also amputation at a joint. Excitability (excilabilitas). The capability of living bodies being brought into action under the influence of exciting agents or stimuli. Irritability. Excitant. A stimulant. Excita'tion. Excitement. The action of excitants upon the living body. Exci'to-mo'tory System. A term applied by Dr. Marshall Hall to the fibres of the ante- rior and posterior roots of the spinal nerves, which are supposed to derive their origin and power of action from the cineritious matter of the spine, in which they arise, and to be brought into action by exterior agency, inde- pendently of the direct power of the will. Excoria'tion (excoriatio ; from excoriare, to remove the skin). Abrasion of the skin. Excrea'tion. The act of spitting. Ex'crement (excrementum ; from excernere, to separate). All matters evacuated from the animal body by the natural emunctories as superfluous, as the faeces, urine, perspiration, etc., but generally applied to the litces. Excremen'to=recrementit'ious. A term EXC 244 EXO applied to secretions which are partly absorbed and partly rejected. Excres'cence (excrescent ia ; from excrescere, to grow out). Any preternatural growth, as a tumor, corn, or wart, from an organ or tissue, especially from the skin, the mucous mem- brane, or an ulcerated surface. Excre'tion (excretio; from excernere, to separate). The expulsion, by the various out- lets of the body, of such matters as are useless, as the urine, faeces, perspiration, etc. The fluids excreted as waste products out of the blood. Ex / cretory. Pertaining to excretion. Excretory Duct. A vessel or duct which con- veys a secreted fluid from the gland which has secreted it. Excretory Organ. An organ destined for ex- cretion. Ex'edens. Eating, consuming. ExeIco / sis. Ulceration. Exelcys'mos (from ef, from, and elavu, to draw). Extraction. Exera'ma (from e^epau, to throw out). The act of vomiting, or the matter vomited. Ex'ercise (exercitatio ; from exercere, to work). Movements of the body produced by the contraction of muscles in obedience to the will. Exercita'tion (exercitatio ; from exercere, to work). Exercise ; gymnastics. Exerrho / sis (from ef, out of, and /jew, to flow). The discharge from insensible perspi- ration. Exfceta'tion. Extra uterine feetation, or the development of the ovum in some organ exterior to the uterus. Exfoliation (exfoliatio ; from ex, from, and folium, a leaf). Desquamation. The separa- tion or detachment of dead portions of bone, cartilage, fascia, or tendon. The definition, however, is generally restricted to the separa- tion of portions of bone. Exfoliative. Medicines that promote exfoliation. Also instruments for effecting or accelerating exfoliation. Exfoliative Marginal Glossitis. A peculiar and rare inflammation of the tongue, found most frequently in children, but is liable to occur in advanced age. The characteristic symptoms are an irregular and sinuous patch of superficial inflammation and desquama- tion ; a raised margin of whitish or grayish color surrounding the affected part; a tend- ency to migration, causing the lesion to change its form and seat rapidly. It is never accompanied by pain and may remain for a long time undetected. The cause is obscure. The treatment consists in the avoidance of irritating food and " drink and the use of soothing applications. Exha / Iant (exhalent; from exhalare, to ex- hale, to throw out). A small vessel which performs the function of exhalation. Exhalant Vessels. A distinct system of ves- sels, which, according to Bichat, originate from the capillary arterial system and are dis- tributed to all the tissues of the body, pour- ing out on the surfaces of the mucous and serous membranes and skin a peculiar fluid. They are purely imaginary. Exhalation (exhalalio). The emanation which arises from organized and inorganic bodies in the form of vapor. The subtile par- ticles, etc., given off by the body through the skin, lungs, etc. Exhaust/ion. That state of body which results from great fatigue, privation of food, excessive evacuations, great mental effort, anxiety, or from disease. Also the effect re- sulting from the removal of air from a vessel with an air-pump or from a vacuum cavity. Exhibit. To administer to a patient some medicinal substance. Exhilarants. Agents which enliven and gently stimulate. Exhumation (exhumatio ; from ex, and humus, the ground). The disinterment of a corpse. Exis'chios (from ef, out of, and lox iov , the ischium). Luxation of the thigh bone. Ex / itus. The outer opening of a canal. The termination of a disease. Exo= (efw, outward). Used as a prefix to other words. Exo'chas (from efw, without, and ejw, to have). A tumor at the anus. Exocula / tio. Absence of eyes. Blindness. Exocys'te (exocystis; from ef, out of, and iwotic, the bladder). Prolapsus of the urinary bladder. Exod / ic (efw, without, and othc, a way). Proceeding out of the spinal marrow. Also applied to nerves transmitting impulses out- ward from the central nervous system ; efferent. Exodonto'sis. Exostosis of the teeth (which see). Exolu'tion. Syncope. Trance. ExonVphalus (from ef, out of, and <>naloc, the navel). An umbilical hernia. EXO 245 EXP Exonco / ma (from ef, and oynoc, a tumor). A large tumor or protuberance. ExophthaI'mia (from ef, out of, and of&aX/uoc, the eye). A protrusion of the bulb of the eye. Exosmo / sis (from ef, out of, and uaiioc, im- pulse). Transudation. The property of exu- dation or transpiration by which rarer fluids pass out of a cavity, through membranes, into denser fluids. The opposite of endosmosis. Exosto'ma (from ef, out of, and aro/ua, mouth). The foramen through the outer in- tegument of an ovule. Also exostosis. Exostosis (from ef, out of, and oareov, bone). Hyperostosis. An osseous tumor formed on the surface or in the cavity of a bone. Three varieties are enumerated — namely, ivory exos- tosis, from its resemblance iu structure to ivory ; lamellated exostosis, from its being developed in laminae ; and spongy exostosis, from its resem- blance in structure to the tissue of bones. Exostosis of the Alveoli. The alveoli, as well as the teeth aud other osseous structures of the body, are sometimes attacked by exostosis, which may develop itself in the form of a bony tumor or in the thickening of their walls and a consequent displacement of the teeth. Exostosis of the Teeth (exostosis dentium; exo- dontosis). The only part of a tooth subject to exostosis is the root, and the development of the affection usually commences at or near the extremity ; extending from thence upward, it sometimes covers a greater or less portion of the exterual surface. Occasionally, however, it commences on the side, and so great a depo- sition of osseous matter takes place that a large, irregular tubercle is formed ; at other times the bony deposit is diffused regularly over nearly the whole of the root, but more frequently it is irregular. The bony matter thus deposited is generally of the nature of cementum, of a slightly yellowish hue and of a semi-translucent appearance. Although sound as well as carious teeth are liable to be attacked by exostosis, the occur- rence of the affection is evidently the result of increased action of the vessels of the perios- teum, arising sometimes from caries, sometimes from the loss of one or more antagonizing teeth ; and at other times from pressure of the adjoining teeth, or from malposition of a tooth, or from some operation that has been per- formed upon it. But none of these causes would be sufficient to produce the disease if it were not favored by some peculiar constitu- tional idiosyncrasy. As the cementum of the affected part of the root increases in size, the alveolus enlarges, so that the pressure of the former upon the latter is rarely very great, and hence the deposition often goes on for years without being attended with much pain, but at other times it causes the tooth to ache and become sore to the touch, and in some instances it gives rise to neuralgia of the face. In the museums of the colleges of dental sur- gery are many very remarkable examples of dental exostosis. In one specimen — a present from Dr. E. G. Hawes, of New York — the three superior molar teeth of one side are united by a deposit of bony matter. In an- other — a present from Dr. Blandin, of Colum- bia, S. C. — two upper molars are united. In the third — a present from Dr. Ware, of Wil- mington, N. C. — there is a deposition of bone on the roots of a first superior molar as large as a hickory nut ; and on the root of a cuspi- datus, placed there by the author, the deposi- tion of osseous matter forms a bulb at its apex the size of a large pea. But besides the above there are many other very remarkable examples of the disease. See Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." The disease, having once established itself, does not admit of cure, and when it has pro- gressed so far as to be productive of pain the loss of the affected tooth becomes necessary. But as the prognosis is exceedingly obscure, its existence can only be inferred from the unpleasant symptoms to which it gives rise. When the enlargement is very considerable and confined to the extremity of the root, and has not been followed by a corresponding enlargement of the alveolus around the neck of the tooth, its removal is often attended with difficulty, aud can only be effected by cutting away a greater or less portion of the socket. Exostosis Steatomatodes. See Osteostea- toma. Exot/ic (exoticns ; from efu, without). That which comes from a foreign country. In Natural History and Medicine, animals, plants, and medicinal agents which are procured from abroad. Exot'ico Sym'physis. A union of for- eign bodies or of a foreign body with the human body. ExparTsion (expansio; from expandere, to spread out). The dilatatiou of an expandable EXP 246 EXT body ; the increase of bulk or size which it undergoes by recession of its particles from one another. In Anatomy, the prolongation or spreading out of an organ or structure, as of aponeuroses. Expectant Medicine. A theory which restricts practitioners of medicine to the ob- servation of disease without any effort to con- trol or arrest its progress, leaving the cure to the efforts of nature unless very' alarming symptoms occur. Expec'torant {expectorans ; from ex, out of, and pectus, the breast). A medicine which promotes expectoration . Expectoration {expectoratio). The act by which mucus and other fluids are expelled from the respiratory passages. Expectora'tio Sanguinis. See Hemop- tysis. ExpePlant. Expulsive ; driving out. Expedience {experientia) . The knowledge of things acquired by long practice. Experiment (experimentum). In Medical Science, a trial made upon man or other ani- mals with a view of making discoveries in the structure or functions of organs or for the purpose of testing the effects of a new medici- nal agent or of an unknown alimentary sub- stance. Ex'pers Nuptia'rum. Virgin. Expiration {expiratio; from expirare, to breathe out) . The act of breathing forth, or the expulsion of the air from the lungs. Expiratory (expirationi). An epithet ap- plied to those muscles which, by their con- traction, diminish the cavity of the chest and thus effect the expulsion of air from the lungs. Exploration {exploraiio ; from explorare, to search into). The act of investigating the physical signs of disease with the eye, hand, or instrument. ExpIora / tor. Exploring needle. A long needle, enclosed in a cannula or grooved on the surface, for introduction into tumors or cavities In determine the nature of the fluids with which they are filled. Explorato / rium. A sound. Explorers. Fine-pointed, flexible steel in- struments employed to detect minute defects and fissures in the teeth and capable of being applied to all points where caries is likely to occur. Expressed Oil. An oil obtained by press- ing. Expression {expression from exprimcrc, to press out). The separation, by pressure, of the fluids which a substance contains ; compression, as for extracting oil from plants or seeds. Also the manner in which impressions are depicted upon the countenance. Expui / tion (from ex, out of, and spuo, to spit). The act of spitting. Expulsive (expellens ; from expellere, to drive out). In Surgery, a bandage used for the expulsion of pus or other fluid from a part. Also applied to medicines which are supposed to have the power of driving the humors toward the skin. Exsanguine (from ex, out of, and sanguis, blood). Exsanguinity ; exsanguinous. Blood- lessuess. Applied to persons who have little blood. Exsec / tion {ex, and secare, to cut). The cutting out of anything, as of a nerve. Exser / tus. Protruding ; sometimes ap- plied to teeth which protrude. See Dens Ex- SERTUS. Exsiccation. Drying. Depriving a solid of its water of crystallization, or moisture, by moderate heat. Exstipula'tus. Without stipulse. Exstroph'ia (from e£, out of, and orpofri, turning). Exstrophy. The displacement of an organ, especially the urinary bladder. Ext. Abbreviation for extractum. Extemporaneous (from ex, out of, and tempore, time). Medicines compounded from written prescriptions made on the spot or at the bedside of the patient and not by formula}. Extension {extensio ; from extendere, to stretch out). In Surgery, the pulling of a limb for the reduction of a fracture or disloca- tion. Extension Thim / ble. An instrument in- vented by Professor Taft to be used by den- tists to aid in holding the napkin or whatever may be used to prevent the encroachment of saliva when filling teeth. The point of this instrument can extend into the mouth to a part where the finger can not go. It is also used for holding down a piece of gold till it is secured in the proper position when filling teeth. Exten'sor. In Anatomy, an epithet applied to a muscle whose function it is to extend or strengthen certain parts. Extensor Bre / vis Digito'rum Pe / dis. A muscleof the toes. Extensor Car / pi Radia / lis Bre / vior. An ex- tensor muscle of the wrist. EXT 247 EXT Extensor Carpi Radialis Lon'gus. An ex- tensor muscle of the carpus. Extensor Carpi Ulna / ris. A muscle which arises from the condyle of the os humeri and from the edge of the ulna and is inserted in the metacarpal bone of the little finger. Extensor Digito / rum Commu'nis. A large flat muscle of the forearm which extends to the fingers. Extensor Digitorum Communis Lon'gus. See Extensor Longus Digitorum Pedis. Extensor Longus Digitorum Pedis. A mus- cle of the leg extending to the joints of the four small toes. Extensor Magnus. The gastrocnemius muscle. Extensor Ossis Metacar / pi Pol'licis Ma'nus. A muscle .of the wrist. Extensor Pri / mi Interno'dii. A muscle of the thumb. Extensor Pro'prius Pollicis Pedis. An ex- tensor muscle of the great toe. Extensor Secun'di InternoMii In'dicis Pro- prius. See INDICATOR. Extensor Tar / si Magnus. The gastrocnemius and soleus muscles combined. Extenua'tio. Emaciation. Extergen'tia. Detergents. External Diseases. Diseases occupying the surface of the body. Exter'nus Au'ris. The laxator tympani muscle. Extinc'tio. Death. Extinctio Vo'cis. Incomplete aphonia. Extinction of Mer / cury. The trituration of mercury with other substances, as lard, until its metallic globules disappear. Extirpa'tion (extirpatio; from extirpare, to root out). The complete removal of a part (applied generally to a morbid structure) by excision or with caustic. Extirpa'tor. A name applied to an instru- ment invented by Mr. C. T. Goodwin, of Phila- delphia, for the extraction of the roots of cuspid teeth. It is shaped something like the com- mon straight punch which is sometimes em- ployed for the removal of roots of teeth. Extract' (extractum ; from extrahere, to draw out). In Pharmacy, a tenacious substance obtained by the evaporation of a vegetable solution. Also a substance held in solution by the juice of a fresh plant, as well as that to which some menstruum has been added at the time of its preparation. Extraction (extractio; from extrahere, to draw out). In Chemistry, the separation of a simple or compound substance from a body of which it forms a part. In Surgery, the act of removing foreign or diseased bodies or organs from any part of the body : as a urinary calcu- lus from the bladder, a bullet or splinter from a wound, or a tooth from a jaw. Extraction of Teeth. " Of all the remedies," says Desirabode, "for diseases of the teeth, there is none which has been used so long as their extraction ; for not only is it spoken of in formal terms by Hippocrates, who also at- tempts to correct the abuses to which it might lead, but a passage in Cicero designates Escu- lapius, the third of that name, as the person by whom it was first proposed." Indications for the Operation. — Beginning with the teeth of first dentition, it will be sufficient to state that when a tooth of replacement is about to emerge from the gums, or has actu- ally made its appearance either before or be- hind the corresponding temporary, the latter should at once be removed ; and when the aperture formed by the loss of this is so nar- row as to prevent the former from acquiring its proper position, it may sometimes be neces- sary to extract even an adjoining temporary tooth. Alveolar abscess, necrosis of the walls of an alveolus, and pain in a temporary tooth which can not be assuaged by any of the usual remedies may also be regarded as indications which call for the operation. With regard to the indications which should determine the extraction of a permanent tooth, the following may be mentioned as constitut- ing the priucipal : First. — When a molar, from the loss of its an- tagonizing teeth or other causes, has become partially displaced or is a source of constant irritation to the surrounding parts it should be removed. Second. — A constant discharge of foetid matter from the pulp-cavity and the canal of the root through a carious opening in the crown may also be regarded as an indication for the opera- tion. Third. — A tooth which is the cause of alveolar abscess should not, as a general rule, be per- mitted to remain in the mouth, but, if it he an incisor or cuspidatus, and the discharge of matter through the gums is small, occurring only at long intervals, and especially if the organ can not be securely replaced with an artificial substitute, it may be advisable to permit it to remain. EXT 248 EXT Fourth. — Irregularity in the arrangement of the teeth, resulting from a disproportion be- tween the size of these organs and the alveolar arch, is another indication which calls for the operation. Fifth. — All dead teeth and roots of teeth, and teeth which have become so much loosened from the destruction of their sockets as to be a constant source of disease to the adjaceut parts, or teeth which are otherwise diseased and are a cause of neuralgia of the face, a mor- bid condition of the maxillary sinus, dyspep- sia, or any other local or constitutional dis- turbance, should, as a general rule, be ex- tracted. There are other indications which call for the extraction of teeth, but the foregoing are amoug the most common, and will be found sufficient in most cases to determine the pro- priety or impropriety of the operation. The general conditions unfavorable to or contra- indicating the extraction of teeth are debility, irritability, hemorrhagic diathesis, epilepsy ; but preliminary measures will often enable the patient presenting one among such condi- tions to undergo such an operation with safety. For debility, a tonic of iron, quinine, and strychnia, preceded by a blue pill ; local irritability may be remedied by the use of astringent washes or the application of escharotics, and general irritability may be treated by the internal use of bromides ; hemorrhagic tendency may be guarded against by opium and gallic acid ; and in cases sub- ject to epilepsy preliminary measures should be taken to prevent the patient doing injury to himself during the paroxysm. Conditions to be Observed in this Operation. — There are certain conditions of the system which contra-indicate, or at least require, careful consideration before the performance of this operation ; as debility, nervous irrita- bility, affections of the heart, the presence in the mouth or parts adjacent of erysipelatous or other malignant inflammations, pregnancy, epilepsy, and a hemorrhagic diathesis. Accidents Which Sometimes Result from the Opera- tion. — The extraction of a tooth, though in the majority of cases a simple operation, is, nevertheless, sometimes attended by trifling accidents which the most skillful and pru- dent can not always avoid. The conformation or condition of a tooth is sometimes such as to render its removal without fracturing it or the alveolus impossible, but no accident of a serious nature need ever occur if the operation be performed with a suitable instrument and by a skillful hand, except such, perhaps, as may result irom a hemorrhagic diathesis of the general system or from peculiar states of the constitutional health. The removal of a wrong tooth or of two, or even three, instead of one are such common occurrences that it were well if the precautions given by the illustrious Ambrose Pare were more frequently observed. So fearful was he of injuring the adjacent teeth that he always isolated the tooth to be extracted with a file before he attempted its removal. For instru- ments employed in the operation and man- ner of using them see Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Extractive. In Chemistry, a peculiar, im- mediate principle in extracts, supposed to con- sist of combinations of acid, coloring matter, and an azoted body. Extrac'tum. An extract. The term is applied to a variety of organic principles which have not beeu studied, their only re- semblance to one another being the fact that they are soluble in the same mixture. They are divided into aqueous, alcoholic, and ethereal extractives or extracts. Extractum Fluidum. A fluid extract. Extraneous. Foreign to the body. Extraneous Bodies (corpora externa; from extra, without). In Hygiene, all substances, whether solid, liquid, or gaseous, animate or inanimate, introduced from without or formed in the body without constituting any part of the organism. Extrapo / lar. Outside the poles ; not oc- curring in the space between the poles or elec- trodes, as in an electric current. Extra-polar Region. That lying outside the electrodes. Extrauterine Pregnancy. The devel- opment of the ovum outside of the uterus. Extravasa'tion ( extra casatio ; from extra, out of, and vas, a vessel). Escape of fluids, especially blood and serum, from their proper vessels, and infiltration or effusion of the same into the meshes of the surrounding textures. Extremity (extremitas). A term applied in Anatomy to the limbs, as the upper and lower extremities ; but, in common language, the end or point of anything. Also applied to the last moments of life. Extrin'sic (extrinseevs). External, outward. EXT 249 FAC In Anatomy, applied to the external muscles of certain organs, as the ear, tongue, etc. Extror'sal (from ex, and torsio, turning). Turned outward. Extroversion. Turned inside out ; applied to hollow organs, especially to the bladder, when turned inside out. Exu / ber (from ex, from, and ubera, a teat). Weaned from the breast. Exuda / tion (exudatio ; from exudo, to sweat out). A sweating or discharge of a fluid or moisture from the skin, the surface of a mem- brane, an ulcer, etc. Also the filtration or ooz- ing of the serum of the blood through the walls of the vessels. ExuIcera / tion {exulceratio ; from exulcero, to ■cause to ulcerate). Incipient ulceration. Exu'via? (from exuo, to put off). Any mat- ter cast off. Exuviation (from exuo, to put off). The shedding of the deciduous teeth. Eye. The globular organ which occupies the cavity of the orbit, constituting the espe- cial apparatus of vision. Its appendages are the eyelids, cilia, lachrymal apparatus, etc. The globe of the eye is composed of mem- branes arranged one within the other, and humors enclosed by them. It is moved by four straight and two oblique muscles. With the exception of the optic, it is principally supplied with nerves from the ophthalmic ganglion. Eyebright. A plant of the genus Eu- phrasia. Eyebrow. See Supekcilium. Eyeglass. An optical instrument used to assist vision. Eyelid. See Palpebra. Eye=teeth. The cuspidati of the upper jaw are so called because their roots extend nearer to the orbit than those of any of the teeth. K. F. In Chemistry, the symbol of fluorine. In Medical Prescriptions it is used as an abbre- viation of fiat or fiant, let it or them be made. A Iso of Fahrenheit. Face (fades). The lower and anterior part of the head, consisting of the forehead, eyes and eyebrows, nose, cheeks, lips, and chin. In an anatomical point of view it con- sists of that portion of the head situated below and in front of the cranium. Face Ague. Neuralgia iu the nerves of the face. Face, Bones of. The face is formed of four- teen bones— namely, the two superior maxil- lary, the two malar, the two nasal, the two lachrymal, the vomer, the two palate, the tvo inferior turbinated, and the inferior maxillary. To these may be added the os frontis and thirty-two teeth. Face Grippee. The piuched-in face, as seen in persons affected with peritonitis. Fa'cet (facettc). A small, circumscribed, smooth plane or surface of bone which is distin- guished from adjacent portions of same surface by difference of its curvature. Fa'cial (facialis). Pertaining to the face, as the facial nerve, facial neuralgia, etc. Facial Angle. See ANGLE, FACIAL. Facial Ar / tery. The third branch of the ex- ternal carotid. It ascends to the submaxillary gland, behind which it passes on to the bone of the lower jaw — thence it goes in front of the masseter muscle to the angles of the mouth, and finally terminates at the side of the nose by anastomosing with the ophthalmic arteries. In its course it gives off the submental, inferior labial, superior and inferior coronary arteries, which mainly supply the elevators, depressors, and circular muscles of the mouth, or those agents concerned in the first steps of digestion — the prehension of food. Facial Nerve (portio dura). Seventh pair. The facial nerve arises from the medulla ob- longata, between the corpus olivare and resti- forme, close by the lower margin of the pons Varolii ; it then passes forward and outward with the portio mollis to the foramen audito- rium internus, which it enters and passes on to the base of this opening; here these two FAC 250 FAL nerves separate, the latter going to the laby- rinth ot" the ear, while the facial enters the aqneduct of Fallopius, where it is joined by the Vidian ; it then goes on in a curved direc- tion outward and backward behind the tym- panum where it parts with the Vidian, and proceeds thence to the stylomastoid foramen, from which it emerges. At this point it sends off three branches : (1) The posterior auricular; (2) the stylo-hyoid; (3) the digastric. The posterior auricular ascends behind the ear, crosses the mastoid process to the occipito-frontalis muscle. The stylo-hyoid is distributed to the stylo-hyoid muscle and the digastric to the posterior belly of the digastric muscle. The facial nerve, being deeply imbedded in the substance of the parotid gland, divides into two branches — a superior and an inferior ; these have frequent unions called the pes anserinus, or parotidean plexus, and send branches to the whole of the side of the face. The upper branch, called the temporo-facial, ascends in front of the ear upon the zygoma, supplying the sides of the head, ear, and fore- head, and anastomosing with the occipital and supra-orbital nerves ; a set of branches pass transversely to the cheek, rami malares, fur- nishing the lower eyelids, lips, side of the nose, and uniting with the infra-orbital nerve. The inferior or cervico-facial branch descends, supplying the lower jaw and upper part of the neck, giving off the following branches : (1) The maxillary, which passes the ramus of the jaw and masseter muscles to the lower lip and its muscles ; (2) the submaxillary, which passes along the base of the lower jaw, supply- ing the muscles which arise from this part ; (3) the cervical, which go to the platysma and superficial muscles of the neck. Facial Neuralgia. See NEURALGIA, Fac- ia t.. Facial Spasm. Spasmodic contraction of the superficial muscles of the face due to irritation of the facial or portio dura nerve. Dental irritation has been ascribed as a cause of this affection. Facial Vein. The vein which returns the blood of the facial artery. It generally de- scends obliquely on the face to the external or internal jugular. Fa'cies. The face ; also any given portion of an animal or vegetable body or organ. Facies Hippocrat / ica. That peculiar altera- tion of the human face which immediately precedes death ; so called from having been first described by Hippocrates. Facies Rubra. Gutta rosacea, or red face. Facio=lingual. Of or pertaining to or in- volving the face and tongue. Factitious (factitius ; from facere, to make). That which is made by art. Artificial, as fac- titious teeth, etc. Fac'ulty {facultas). The power by which any function is executed. In medical and dental colleges, the professors. Faeces. The plural of fsex. Alvine excre- tions. Also dregs or sediment. Faecula. See Fecula. Faex. An excretion. Also a sediment. Fagine. A narcotic extract obtained from beech-nuts. Fagop'yrum. See Polygonum Fago- PYRUM. Fahrenheit's Thermometer. A ther- mometer so graduated that the freezing point is at 32° and the boiling point at 212°. Fainting. See Syncope. FaFciform (falciformis ; from falx, a scythe, and forma, shape). Scythe-shaped. Applied to parts of the body which resemble a scythe. Falciform Process. The falx. A process of the dura mater which separates the hemi- spheres of the brain. Falling Sickness. Epilepsy. Fallo'pian Ligament. Poupart's ligament. Fallopian Tube. See Tube, FALLOPIAN. Fallopius, Aqueduct of. See Aqueduct of Fallopius. False (falsus). Pseudo ; spurious. That which is not pure. Adulterated. Deviating from nature. False Aneurism. See ANEURISM. False Conception. Conception and gestation in which the product, instead of a well- organized infant, is a mole or some other abnormal body. False Joint. See ARTIFICIAL Joint. False Membrane. A morbid product resem- bling a membrane formed from an exudation of coagulable lymph. It is produced in croup, pleurisy, etc. False Passage. An accidental passage some- times made in carelessly performed operations, as in the introduction of a catheter when armed with caustic. False Ribs {costte spurine). The five inferior ribs, except the last two, or floating ribs, joined anteriorly to each other and to the car- tilage of the last true lib. FAL 251 FAS False Waters. An accumulation of serous fluid between the chorion and the amnios, dis- charged at different periods of pregnancy. Falsification (from falsus, false, andfacere, to make). Adulteration. Falx. A scythe. See Falciform Process. Falx Cerebelli. A triangular process of the dura mater between the lobes of the cere- bellum. Falx Cerebri. The falciform process. Falx Major. The falx cerebri. Falx Minor. The falx cerebelli. Falx Peritonei. The great falx of the perito- neum. A process of the peritoneum extend- ing from the umbilicus. Fames (from made upon the contents of the reservoir, and a ,s1 rong, steady, and continuous heal is maintained, the flame being smokeless and nearly odorless. Furnace, Reverberatory. A furnace in which the flame is made to diffuse itself over an arched surface, as in distillation. Furnace, Tees' Lilliput. Made of fire-clay bound around with strap iron, and in three sections, the entire furnace being but 15£ inches high, 12 inches wide, and 8 inches deep, with walls 1 inch thick : for making continuous-gum work. Furnace, Verrier's Gas. A furnace operated by coal gas or benzoline vapor in conjunction with the blast from the foot bellows ; itsdimen- sions are 6 cubic inches ; for fusing porcelain in the dental laboratory. Furnace, Wind. Air furnace. A furnace depending for its supply of air upon the natural current. Fu'ror. Violent delirium without fever. Furor Uteri / nus. Nymphomania. Furun'culus (from furere, to rage). A species of phlegmon, or boil, seated in the dermoid texture, which, after some days, sup- purates and discharges a bloody pus. It is vulgarly called a boil. Furunculus Gangraeno'sus. Anthrax. Fusel Oil. Oil of grain ; corn-spirit oil ; potato-spirit oil. Fusibil'ity. Capability of being fused. Fusible (from fusus, melted). Possessed of fusibility. That which can be easily fused or melted. Fusible Alloy, Rose's. An alloy composed of two parts bismuth, one of lead, and one of tin. Fusible Metals. Fusible alloys. Prof. Aus- ten's table of fusible alloys, in which zinc is introduced for the purpose of comparison, is as follows : ... Melting Hard- Metais. Point, ness. Zinc, 773° .018 Lead, 2 ; tin, 1, 440° .050 Lead, 1 ; tin, 2, 340° .040 Lead, 2 ; tin, 3 ; antimony, 1, . 420° .026 Lead, 5 ; tin, 6 ; antimony, 1, . 320° .035 Lead, 5 ; tin, 6 ; antimony, 1 ; bismuth, 3, 300° .030 Lead, 1 ; tin, 1 ; bismuth, 1, . 250° .042 Lead, 5 ; tin, 3 ; bismuth, 8, . 200° .045 Lead, 2 ; tin, 1 ; bismuth, 3, . 200° .048 Melotte's fnsible metal — used in his system of bridge- work — consists of tin, 5 parts ; lead, 3 parts ; bismuth, 8 parts. Dr. C. M. Richmond's fusible alloy, for use in crown- and bridge- work, consists of tin, 20 parts (by weight) ; lead, 19 parts ; cadmium, 13 parts ; and bis- m ut h. 48 parts. It fuses at 150° F., and is hard. See D'Arcet's Metal. Fusiform. Spindle-shaped. Fu / sion (fuaio; from fundcre, to melt). The transformation of solids into liquids by FUS 273 GAL exposure to the action of heat. The liquefying a solid by the employment of heat. Fusion, Aqueous. Deliquescence ; sponta- neous fusion of crystalline salts. Fusion of Teeth. See CONCRESCENCE OF Teeth and Geminotjs Teeth. Fus / tic. A yellow dye-wood, of which there are two kinds ; one is the wood of the .Morns tinctoria, called old fustic, and the other is the wood of Rhus cotinus, which is called young fustic. Fustiga'tion, Electric. An application of electricity in which the surface of the body is rapidly tapped with the electrodes of an induced current. Fu'sus. In the plural, the papilla; through which in the arachnoides the delicate threads pass. Futu'tio. Coition. Q. G. With the ancient Greeks, uncia, or an ounce ; also symbol for glucinum. Abbrevia- tion of gramme. Gabir / ea. A fatty kind of myrrh. Gad'olinite. A mineral, so called from its discoverer, Gadolin, a Swedish chemist. Gad'uin [gadus morrhua, the codfish). A peculiar substance found in cod-liver oil. Ga / dus. A genua of fishes containing many species highly valued as articles of diet, among which are the codfish, haddock, etc. Gadus Morrhua. The codfish, the liver oil of which is a highly valuable medicinal agent. Gag (from gaggen, to suffocate). An instru- ment, generally made of flexible rubber, placed between the teeth to prevent the closing of the jaws during the administration of nitrous oxide gas. Gal. Abbreviation of gallon. Galac'tagogue (from ya/.a, milk, and ayu, to lead or bring away). Substances which promote or suppress the flow of milk. To the former class belong fennel seeds, extract of vanilla, soups, malt liquors, tea, etc. To the latter belong diaphoretics, castor oil, tartar emetic, belladonna, camphor, peppermint, etc. Galac'tia (from yaXa, milk). A morbid flow or deficiency of milk ; mislactation. In Good's " Nosology," a genus of disease. Galac'tic Acid. Acid of milk. Lactic acid. Galac'tin. An alkaloid obtained from the juice of the Galectodendron utile, or cow tree of South America, and used in place of cream : also the coagulating principle of milk. Galacti'tes. A calcareous mineral sup- posed by the ancients to possess the property of promoting the secretion of milk. Galac'tocele (from ;a/«, milk, and «;///, a 18 tumor). A tumor or swelling containing a milky fluid. Galactom'eter (from )a'/a, and /uerpov, measure). An instrument to determine the quality of milk by the proportion of butter it contains. Galactopb/orus (from yala, milk, and oepu, to bring). A term applied in Anatomy to the lacteal absorbents, on account of the color of the fluid which they convey ; also to the ex- cretory ducts of the glands of the breast, which convey the milk to the nipples. Galactoplero'sis (from yaXa, milk, and K'kr/puaic, the act of filling up). Redundant secretion of milk. Galactopoie'sis. The function possessed by the glauds of the female breast of secreting milk. Galactopoiet'ica. A term applied in Ma- teria Jlcdica to substances which possess the property of increasing the secretion of milk. Galactopo'sia. A term employed in Hygiene and Therapeutics to designate a milk diet. Galactopy'ra (from yafai, milk, and -vp, fever). Milk fever. Galactorrhea (from 3 a/a, milk, and peu, to flow). An excessive secretion of milk. Galact'ose (from ya'/.a, milk). A carbo- hydrate formed by boiling lactose with dilute mineral acids. It ferments and crystallizes, and has the reaction of glucose. Gal'banum. A foetid, aromatic gum-resin, the product of Bubou galbanum, possessing properties similar to those of asal'u'tida. Gal'bulus (from galbus, yellow). A natural yellowness of the skin with which some persons are affected. GAL 274 GAL Ga'lea. A helmet. In Pathology, head- ache involving the whole head. In Surgery, a bandage for the head, called Galen's bandage. In Botany, the upper petal of the lobate corolla. Gale'na. Native sulphuret of lead. Galipot/. White turpentine. Also an earthen pot for ointments, etc. Gall. Bile. Gall-bladder (vesicula fellis). An oblong membranous receptacle serving as a reservoir for the bile, and attached to the interior sur- face of the right lobe of the liver. Gall-ducts. The ductus communis choledo- chus and the cystic and hepatic ducts. Gall-nuts. Excrescences produced on the ten- der shoots of the Quercus infectoria, a species of oak, by the deposition of the eggs of a small insect, called the cynips. The best galls are obtained from Aleppo and Smyrna. Their principal ingredients being tannin and gallic acid, they are powerfully astringent. See GALL.E. Gall-stone. Biliary calculus, found in gall- bladder and ducts. Gal'lse. Gall-nuts. Powerfully astringent and tonic. Dose, internally, gr. x to £)j ; much used as an ointment for piles in the proportion of 3 ij to lard ^ ij and powdered opium 3j. Gal'late. A salt of gallic acid. GaFlic Acid (acidum gallicum). A silky, crystalline substance, obtained by'the oxida- tion of tannic acid. Astringent. Dose, grs. v to gr. x. Gallic acid is employed as a styptic in alveolar haemorrhage. Galls {galla). Nut galls. Gall-nuts. The excrescences of plants produced by the punc- ture of insects, and characterized by excessive deposits of cellular tissue. They are obtained in Asia and Persia. Galls are powerfully as- tringent, containing 35 per cent, of tannic acid and 5 per cent, of gallic acid. The dose of the powder is gr. x to gr. xx. Locally, the pow- der is employed in haemorrhage, chronic diar- rhoea and dysentery, relaxed uvula, uterine diseases, etc. Galvanic. Pertaining to galvanism ; elec- tric, and produced by chemical action. Galvanic Battery. An apparatus by which a current, of galvanism is produced. A simple form of battery consists of a zinc plate, con- nected with one of copper or silver, immersed in dilute sulphuric acid. A galvanic or vol- taic battery, as now constructed, consists of one or more galvanic cells so united as to furnish a galvanic current. Grove's battery consists of a hollow cylinder of amalgamated zinc, immersed in dilute sulphuric acid, and having within it a porous earthenware cup containing strong nitric acid, in which is im- mersed a thin plate of platinum ; metallic connection being made between the zinc and platinum, a bright spark is produced and a strong current set up. The galvanic current has been used as a local anaesthetic during the extraction of teeth, as has also the electro- magnetic apparatus (which see). See Bat- tery. See Local Anaesthetics. Galvanic Cautery. A term applied in Thera- peutics to the employment of voltaic electricity for producing cauterizing effects by means of a platinum wire heated by electricity. Galvanism {galvanismus ; from Galvani, the discoverer). The electricity produced by chemical action. A series of electrical phe- nomena manifested by animal parts capable of being irritated when placed in connection with two metallic plates of different nature joined together by means of a metallic wire. These phenomena consist of sensible move- ments when the parts are placed in contact with the plates. The additional discoveries of Volta led to the term Voltaism, or Voltaic elec- tricity, and its effect on the muscles of recently killed animals is known by the term animal electricity. Galvanism is employed medicinally in neuralgic affections, and in the same cases as electricity. See Electricity. Galvanization. The medical application of the current of galvanic electricity. The act of exciting with galvanism. Galvano=cautery. A current of electricity passed through a fine wire, generally platinum wire in the form of a loop, and used, not very highly heated, to cut through tissues without causing much bleeding. Galvano=magnetism. Electro-magnetism. An assemblage of phenomena produced by the passage of a magnetic current through a wire wound around a centre of soft iron. Galvanom'eter (from galvanism, and /xerpov, a measure). An instrument for measuring the force of galvanic electricity. Galvano=puncture. The introduction into the skin or other tissue of fine needles that complete an electric circuit. Galvan'oscope (from galvanism, and gkotteu, to examine). An instrument for ascertaining the direction of an electric current ; a magnetic needle. GAM 275 GAN Qam / bir. Au astringent extract obtained from the Uncaria gambir, called square cate- chu, and, by tanners, terra japonica. Gamboge. Gambogia. Cambogia. The concrete juice of an uncertain tree, probably a species of Hebradendron. It is an active hydra- gogue and drastic cathartic. In a full dose it is apt to produce nausea aud vomiting. Full dose, gr. ij to gr. vj . Qambog / ic Acid. An acid obtained from the ethereal tincture of gamboge. Gamphe'le. The cheeks ; the jaw. Max- illary bone. Ganglia, Abdom'inal. The semilunar ganglia and solar plexus. Ganglia Cerebri Postica. The thalami ner- vorum opticorum. Ganglia, Cervical. The superior, middle, and inferior cervical ganglions. Gang / Iiform. Having the form of a gang- lion. Gang'Iion (yay}vUov, a knot). In Anatomy, a tubercle or knot-like enlargement, vary- ing in form, texture, color, size, and con- sistence, composed of a network of nervous filaments or blood-vessels united by cellular substance and enveloped in a capsular mem- brane. In Surgical Pathology, a hard, colorless tumor of variable size, situated in the course of an extensor tendon and formed of a viscid albuminous fluid contained in a cyst, com- municating either with the sheath of the ten- don or the synovial capsule of a contiguous joint. Ganglion, Abdominal. See Ganglia, Ab- dominal. Ganglion Az'ygos, vel Impar. A small ganglion situated on the first bone of the coccyx which serves to connect the inferior extremities of the sympathetic system. Ganglion, Car / diac. A ganglion situated upon the concavity of the arch of the aorta. Ganglion, Cil'iary. A small ganglion situated within the orbit between the external rectus muscle and the optic nerve. Ganglion, Ehrenrit'ter's. A ganglion ou the pueumogastric nerve above the ganglion of Audersch. Ganglion, Gasserian or Casserian. Ganglion of Gasser. A large semilunar ganglion on the posterior cord of the fifth pair of nerves before its division into three branches, and situated near the extremity of the petrous portion of temporal bone. Ganglion Ju'gulare. The superior ganglion in the jugular fossa of the glosso-pbaryngea' nerve. Ganglion, Meckel's. See Meckel, Gan- glion OF. Ganglion, Optic. A small, flattened, oval- shaped ganglion, situated immediately below the foramen ovale. Ganglion Petro / sum. Ganglion of Andersch. The inferior ganglion of the glossopharyngeal nerve, situated in the jugular fossa. Ganglion PlexifornVe. A gaugliform swelling of the pueumogastric nerve, situated between the internal carotid artery and internal jug- ular vein. Ganglion, Sphe'no-pal'atine. The largest of the cranial ganglia of the sympathetic nerve, and situated in the spheno-maxillary fossa. Ganglion, Submaxillary. A round ganglion, situated above the submaxillary gland. GangHoneu / ra (from yayyXiov, and vevpov, a nerve). A term applied in Zoology to the mol- luscous and articulate division of the animal kingdom, characterized by a ganglionic type of the nervous sj'stem. Ganglionic (ganglionicus). A term applied in Anatomy to nerves which have ganglions in their course. Ganglionic System, or Ganglionic Nerve. The trisplanchnic or great sympathetic nerve, with its system of ganglia, constituting the system of organic life. Ganglion'ica (yayy?aov, a nerve knot). A class of medicinal agents which affect the sen- sibility or muscular motion of parts supplied by the ganglionic or sympathetic system of nerves. Gangrae'na Oris (gangrienopsis ; necrosis infantilis ; cancrum oris; stomacace ; noma; phag- edena oris). Gangrene of the mouth. Slough- ing phagedena of the mouth. An affection which seems to be peculiar to children, occur- ring more frequently during the shedding of the temporary and the dentition of the per- manent teeth than at any other period of life. Although regarded as a result of inflammation, Dr. "Wood, in treating of it as it occurs in the mouth, says, " It is an unsettled point whether it has in general any dependence upon it." lie further states that it is thought "by many to be an original affection, and the inflammation which sometimes attends it" is regarded " rather as an effect than a cause." Among the symptoms which characterize the afiectiou are itching, ulceration, and sepa- ration of the sums from the necks of the teeth GAN 276 GAN and alveolar processes, and the discharge, at first of niuco-purulent, but ultimately of foetid, ichorous matter. The gums and lips assume a deep red or purple color, and ulcers are formed in various parts of the mouth ; the gums ulti- mately slough and the alveolar procesess ex- foliate, bringing with them the temporary and sometimes the crowns of the permanent teeth. To these symptoms may be added loss of appetite, dryness of the skin, small, quick pulse, and constipation of the bowels, though sometimes there are diarrhoea, lassitude, and frequently a disposition to sleep. With the exfoliation of the alveolar pro- cesses the disease usually abates, and some- times entirely disappears. Delabarre says among the great number of children brought to the Orphan Asylum, he has had frequent occasion to notice singular complications of the affection, which are modified according to the strength, ' ' sex, and idiosyncrasies of the differ- ent subjects." The gums and lips, in some, he describes as being of a beautiful red color ; in others the lips are rosy and the gums pale, and sometimes much swollen. He also enu- merates among the symptoms burning pain in the mucous membrane of the cheeks, ulceration, pain, and swelling in the submaxillary glands. In the majority of cases the disease is con- fined to one jaw and to one side, though some- times both are affected with it. Delabarre says if children reach the seventh or eighth year the permanent teeth are not injured, ex- cept that it causes them to be badly arranged, owing to the want of proper development of the jaw ; but the author has never met with a case in which they had not suffered more or less seriously from it. The author j ust referred to enumerates among the symptoms of the disease in its most aggra- vated form inordinate appetite, burning thirst, a small spot on the cheek or about the lips, resembling anthrax, which rapidly increases in size, turns black, separates, discharges an ichorous fluid, and its edges "roll themselves up like flesh exposed to the action of a brisk fire." The flesh separates from the face ; the bones become exposed ; hectic fever ensues, and in the course of fifteen or twenty days death puts an end to the sufferings of the child. We are also informed by Delabarre that this affection is more common among females than males, and that the bones of the jaws are so much softened as to be easily cut with a knife. The disease seems to be dependent upon a cachectic habit of body and defective nutrition or un wholesom e food. " It is most prevalent, ' ' says Dr. Wood, "in miasmatic districts, and in public establishments where children are crowded together. It is a frequent sequel of other diseases, especially of intermittent and remittent fever and the exanthemata. Mer- cury has sometimes beeu accused of producing it, though upon insufficient grounds. It is possible that mercurial sore mouth may some- times have degenerated into this complaint in persons predisposed to it. The opinion is highly probable which ascribes constitutional predisposition to the disease to a depraved con- dition of the blood." This opinion is also maintained by Delabarre, who says its "seat is in the organs of nutrition and in the fluids con- veyed to them." The bad disposition which gives rise to it, the last-mentioned writer thinks, is sometimes innate and at other times the result of unwholesome diet. In the treatment of the disease such consti- tutional remedies should be prescribed as are best calculated to sustain and strengthen the enfeebled energies of the system. Sulphate of quinine, mineral acids, and a nutritious diet are recommended. The local treatment should consist, in the early stages of the disease, — that is, before sloughing has commenced, — in acidulated and astringent gargles, and a solution of chloride of lime or soda may also be advantageously used. The ulcerated and discolored parts should be occasionally touched with a strong solution of nitrate of silver, and Delabarre says he has derived great advantage from touching them with the actual cautery. A strong solution of sulphate of copper is recommended by Dr. B. H. Coats, to be applied to every part of the dis- eased surface. Dr. Wood says : " Solid nitrate of silver or a strong solution of the salt if sloughs are already formed. The mineral acids and undiluted tincture of chloride of iron have also been recommended as topical applications, and will, in most cases, be found effectual." As soon as exfoliation of the alveolar processes takes place, the detached portions of bone should be removed. See Cancrum Oris. Gangrae / na Senilis. The dry gangrene which sometimes occurs in old age, commenc- ing, generally, in a purple or black spot under one of the small toes, and thence gradually extending up the leg. Gangraenop'sis. Gangrenous sore mouth ; also gangrene of the eyelids. GAN 277 GAS Gangraeno'sis. Gangrenous ; also the state of becoming gangrenous. Gan'grene (gangraena; from ypact, to feed upon). Incipient mortification. That condi- tion of a part which immediately precedes mortification : moist gangrene when the parts contain much fluid, in which case they putrefy, evolve offensive gases, and become emphysema- tous and covered with blebs ; dry gaugrene when the parts are hard and dry, shrivelled, and devoid of odor. The slough, or dead mass, is at last separated from the living parts by ulceration of the latter and is cast off. See Mortification. Gangrenous. Eelating to or of the nature of gangrene. Gangrenous Stoma'titis. See GAXGEJ.XA Oris. Gar'galus. Titillation ; irritation ; itching. Masturbation. Animal magnetism. Garga'reon. The uvula. Gar'garism (gargarisma; gargarismus; from yapyapuu, to wash the mouth and throat). A gargle or wash for the mouth and throat. Gargles are employed in cases of inflammation and ulceration of the mucous membrane of the mouth and fauces, tonsils and gums ; they are made of astringents, stimulants, sedatives, refrigerants, etc., according to the indica- tions of the case which calls for their employ- ment. Gar / gle. A liquid to be held in the fauces and to be agitated so that it is carried to the naso-pharynx by rhythmical movements of the pharyngeal and palatal muscles. Garnet=blende. A sulphate of zinc. Gas. An aeriform, elastic fluid. Any per- manently elastic fluid, whether simple or com- pound, except the atmosphere ; known as vapor when a liquid or solid substance is changed to an aeriform condition. Gas, Ammoni'acal. See AMMONIA. Gas, Azotic. Nitrogen. Gas, Carbon'ic A / cid. Formed in the burn- ing of charcoal and very abundant in nature. Gas, Carbonic Oxide. A colorless gas gener- ated when carbon is burned with an imperfect supply of oxygen. Gas, Heavy Carburet'ted Hy'drogen. Car- buretted hydrogen. Olefiant gas. Gas, Hepat/ic. Sulphuretted hydrogen gas. Gas, Light Carburetted Hydrogen. Marsh gas. Gas, Nitrous Oxide. See NITROUS OXIDE. Gas Regulator. A device for regulating den- tal vulcanizers, the timing being operated by the minute arbor of a clock. It is capable of very delicate adjustment as to time. The regulator turns down the gas when the ther- mometer registers the highest steam degree required in vulcanizing, and will cut off the gas after the degree of vulcanization — time for hardening the rubber — is reached. Gaseous. Of the nature of gas. Gaseous Oxide of Carbon. Carbonic oxide. Gaseous Pulse. One in which the artery seems full and very soft, as if it were filled with air. Gasiform. Having the nature or form of gas. Gasoline. A substance produced in the distillation of petroleum. One of the lightest and most volatile liquids known. Its specific gravity is less than that of ether. It is highly inflammable, burning on the surface of water. It has been used for illuminating purposes. Gasom'eter. A reservoir or measurer for gas. Gasometer, Liquid Nitrous Oxide. An appa- ratus designed for the use of large quantities of the gas. It is nickel plated, mounted on a stand, and is designed to contain ten gallons of the gas, which is supplied by a 1000-gallon cylinder in position under the gasometer. On the bell of the gasometer is a scale, graduated in gallons and fractions of a gallon, so that the operator can determine the quantity of gas he has administered. The bell gives warning of any leakage and a peculiar water-check or valve automatically shuts off the gas when the patient stops breathing it. In this appai-atus, as well as in the surgeon's case (which see), the gas can be kept for any length of time, and is constantly on hand and of the best quality. Gasometer, Nitrous Oxide. A reservoir for the nitrous oxide gas so constructed that the patient can breathe the gas through a rubber tube directly from the gasometer without the use of a bag. The valves of the inhaler (which see) prevent the gas retained in the gasometer from becoming impure by the ex- halations passing into it, as is the case where a bag is used from which the patient receives the gas. Gasp (from gaispa, to yawn). To catch for breath. Spasmodic breathing with the mouth open. Gasse'rian Gan'glion. The semilunar ganglion of the tilth pair, discovered by Gasser, GAS 278 GAS situated on this nerve at the point it divides into three branches, near the extremity of the petrous portion of temporal hones. Gas'ter [yaorqp). The abdomen. Also the stomach. Gaste'ric. Same as gastric (which see). Gastras'mia [yaarrjp, stomach, and aifia, blood). Congestion of the veins of the stomach. Gas'tral. Eelating to the stomach or abdo- men. GastraPgia (from yaarrjp, and alyog, pain). Pain in the stomach. See Cardialgia. Gastrencephalo'ma (yaar^p, stomach, and encephaloma). A brain-like fungus of the stomach. Gastren'chyta {yaarrjp, and evx^u, to pour in). A stomach syringe or stomach pump. Gas / tric (gastricus; from yaarr/p, the stom- ach). Pertaining to the stomach. Gastric Acids. See Gastric Juice. Gastric Arteries. The gastro-epiploica dextra, gastro-epiploica sinistra, and the coronaria ventriculi. The first is a branch of the hepatic artery, the second a branch of the splenic, and the third of the coeliac. Gastric Fever. See Febris Gastrica. Gastric Juice. The fluid secreted by the lin- ing or mucous membrane of the stomach. It contains, in man, chlorohydric and acetic acids, associated with a ferment, pepsin. Gastric Nerves. The two cords or terminal branches of the pneumogastric and sympa- thetic nerves, which descend on the two sur- faces of the stomach. Gastric Plexus. A nervous network formed by the solar plexus. Gastric Veins. Distributed the same as the gastric arteries. They open into the vena porta abdominis. Gas / tricism (from yacrrip, the stomach)- A term applied in Pathology to gastric affections in general, and especially to the theory which refers nearly all diseases to the accumulation of impurities in the stomach and intestines. Gastris / mus. Gluttony. GastrPtis (from yaarr/p, the stomach, and mg, .signifying inflammation). Inflammation of the stomach. GastroarthrPtis. (Unit. GastrobronchPtis. Catarrhal fever. Gastrobro / sis (from yaarrjp, the stomach, and fipuaig, the act of gnawing). Perforation of the stomach. Gastroce'Ie (from yaarr/p, the stomach, and /.//>7, a tumor). Hernia formed by a protrusion of the stomach through the superior part of the linea alba. Gastrocho'Iia {yaarr/p, and xoty, bile). Bilious disease of the stomach. Gastrocholo / sis. Gastric bilious fever. Gastrocnemius (from yaarr/p, the belly, and nvrjfiT], the leg). The name of a large mus- cle on the posterior part of the leg. It consti- tutes the chief part of the calf of the leg. Gastrodid'ymus (from yaarr/p, the belly, and didvjiog, a twin). A monstrosity, consisting of twins united.by the abdomen. Gastrodyn / ia (from yaarr/p, and odvvr/, pain). Pain in the stomach ; gastralgia. Gas / tro=enteri / tis (from yaarr/p, the stom- ach, evrr/pov, an intestine, and trig, signifying inflammation). Inflammation of the stomach and intestines. Gastro=epiplo / ic (from yaarr/p, the stom- ach, and ewcttIoov, the epiploon). Relating to the stomach and epiploon or omentum. Gastro-epiploic Ar / teries. The gastroepip- loic dextra and the gastro-epiploic sinistra, derived from the hepatic and splenic arteries. Gastro-epiploic Gan / glions. The lymphatic glands situated between the anterior laminae of the great omentum. Gastro=hepat / ic (from yaarr/p, the stomach, and r/ifap, the liver). Pertaining to the stom- ach and liver. Gastro=hysterot / omy (from yacrnp, va- rr/pa, the womb, and ro/ir/, incision). In Ob- stetric Surgery, the abdominal Csesarean opera- tion. Gas / troid {-yaarr/p, stomach, and eiSog, form). Resembling belly or stomach. Gastrointestinal. Pertaining to the stomach and bowels ; applied in Pathology to diseases in which both are implicated. GastroPithus {yaarr/p, and 'AiOog, a stone). A calculus in the stomach ; a gastrolith. GastroPogy. A dissertation on the stom- ach. Also the science of the stomach. Gastro=mala / cia (gaatro-malaxia ; from yaa- rr/p, the stomach, and /laXaiwg, soft). Softening of the stomach. Gastro=metrPtis (from yaarr/p, fir/rpa, the womb, and trig, inflammation). Inflammation of the stomach and womb. Gastro-mucous. A term applied in Path- ology to fevers attended with gastric irritation and inordinate secretion of mucus. Gastro=nephrPtis (from yaarr/p, and ve- (j>pt.ri,r, inflammation of the kidney). Inflamma- tion of the stomach and kidneys. GAS 279 GEL Qastron / osos or Gastron / osus (yaarr/p, and voaoc, a disease). Disorder of the stom- ach. Gastro'pathy (gastropqthia ; from yaorrip, the stomach, and ttci$oc, disease). A morbid condition of the stomach. Gastro=phren / ic (from yaarr/p, the stomach, and (/>pcveg, the diaphragm). Pertaining to the stomach and diaphragm, as the gastro-phrenic ligament. A process of the peritoneum which descends from the inferior surface of the dia- phragm to the stomach. Gastrorrha'gia. Discharge of blood from the stomach. Hsematemesis. Gastrorrha / phy {gastrorrhaphia ; from yaa- T?/p, the stomach, and patyn, a suture). The union, by suture, of wounds of the abdomen. Gastrorrhce'a (from yaornp, the stomach, and peu, to flow). Excessive secretion of mucus from the mucous membrane of the stomach ; or a regurgitant flow of gastric mucus or liquid from the mouth. Gastroscop'ia (from yaarijp, and gkotteu, to survey). Examination of the abdomen as a means of diagnosis. Gastro / ses. A generic name for diseases of the stomach. Gastrosple'nic (from yaarijp, and anlr/v, the spleen). Pertaining to or connected with the stomach and spleen. Gastrof/omy (from yaarrip, the stomach, and Tr//ivEiv, to cut). The operation of opening the stomach or abdomen. GastrypaPgia (yaarrip, and v~o, under, in a slight degree, and aAyoc, pain). Slight or mild pains in the stomach. Gates Crown. An artificial crown, all porcelain, for engrafting on the natural roots of the teeth. It is similar to the Bonwill crown, but is usually attached to the root by a metallic screw, and amalgam packed around it. Gath'ering. Same as abscess and suppura- tion. Gauchir. A word applied by French den- tists to artificial pieces or dental substitutes which have been awkwardly constructed, or which have shrunk or warped and lost their proper adaptation. Gauge for Rubber. An apparatus used iu Mechanical Dentistry for ascertaining the quan- tity of rubber required for any given case. Gauge=plate. In Mechanical Dentistry, an instrument for measuring the thickness of plate employed for bases for artificial teeth, clasps, backings, etc. See manner of making gold into plate, in Harris' " Prin. and Prac. of Den- tistry." GauJthe / ria. A genus of the order Eri- caceae. Gaultheria Procum / bens. Partridge-berry ; mountain-tea ; chicken-berry ; wintergreen. It is stimulant, aromatic, and slightly astrin- gent. See Oleum Gaultheria. Gay'acyne. A resinous substance obtained from the bark guaiacum. Gaz. Gas. Ge'ic Acid. Aero-acid of vegetable mould. GeIatig / enous (from gelatin, and yewaa, I engender). That which forms gelatinous structure. According to Carpenter, yielding gelatin. GePatin. Gelatine ; gelatina. Jelly. A peculiar animal substance, obtained by boiling the skins, cellular tissues, bones, etc., of ani- mals in water. Glue is an impure form of gelatin. According to Liebig, gelatin is not capable of sustaining life, but serves to repair the waste of the cellular and other tissues. GePatin Cap / sules. Capsules made from a concentrated solution of gelatin and filled with medicines ; used to avoid the nauseous taste. Gelatin of Wharton. Jelly of the cord. A soft, dense, fluid, gelatinous substance which envelops the umbilical cord and is thought to be conducive to the nutrition of the fcetus. Gelatin, Sugar of. See Glycocoll. Gelat/inous. Of the nature of gelatin. Gelatinous Tis / sues. Tissues which have for their basis gelatin, as mucous membrane, the epidermis, etc. GeIa / tio (from gelo, to freeze). Freezing, congelation. In Pathology, rigidity of the body, as in catalepsy. Gelly, or Jelly. A soft, tremulous, trans- parent substance obtained from animal and vegetable matters. GePose. A culture medium for bacterio- logical investigation, the base being a muci- lage. GelsenPinum SempervPrens (gelsemi- num nifidum ; gelsemium). Yellow jessamine. This plant is narcotic, antispasmodic, and seda- tive. It is largely used in the South as a febri- fuge. In moderate doses its effects are chiefly confined to the nerves of the jaws. The tinc- ture is the form generally used. It rarely fails to give relief in neuralgic pains of face and jaws associated with carious teeth, the dose GEL 280 GEN being fifteen minims of the tincture every six hours. Gel u. Gelly. Gemellus. Double ; twin. One of two children produced at a birth. In Anatomy, mus- cles disposed in pairs. See Gemini Mtjscuxi. Gem'inate (from geminiis, twin). In pairs. Gemina'tion (from geminare, to double). A doubling ; duplication ; repetition. Gem / ini. Twins. In Anatomy, applied to muscles disposed in pairs. Gemini Mus / culi (gemelli). A muscle of the thigh consisting of two portions united by a tendinous and fleshy membrane. Gem'inous. Same as Geminate. Geminous or Connate Teeth. Twin forma- tion of teeth from the occurrence of a double dental germ in a single sac, from which are developed two teeth of the same class where normally there should be but one. The two teeth are generally united, although they may be separate. One is usually larger than the other. See Teeth, Osseous Union of. Qem'ma. A gem. In Surgery, a granula- tion. In Botany, a bud on the stem of a plant. Gemma Oculi. The crystalline lens. Gemmation. Budding. See Genera- tion. Gemmip'arous (from gemma, a bud, and pario, to produce). Plants which produce buds and zoophytes which propagate by a like process. Gemmula'tion (gemmula, a little bud). A kind of reproduction of simple growth and development without the agency of sexes. Ge'na. The cheek. Gencives. The gums. See Gingivae. Gen'eral Anat / omy. The anatomy of the textures — or, more properly, of the tissues — of which the body is composed, as distinguished from descriptive anatomy, which consists of a description of the various organs formed by these tissues. Generate (from genero, to beget). To beget, to produce of the same kind. Generation (generatio ; from yeivofiai, to beget). The aggregate vital functions con- cerned in the production of organized beings, comprehending conception, pregnancy, and parturition. Generation, Equiv'ocal. Spontaneous genera- tion ; a theory that indicates an existing plastic energy in the universe, by means of which, under certain circumstances, new liv- ing beings are spontaneously produced, as minute animals are apparently formed from putrefaction. Generation, Fissip / arous. The production of an organism from a part separated from the parent, as in certain infusoria and polypi or as from shoots of certain plants. Generation, Organs of. In women they are divided into external and internal. The ex- ternal are the tnons veneris, the labia, the clitoris, the nymphse, and the perinseiim; the internal consist of the vagina, the uterus, the Fallopian lubes, and the ovaria. In men they consist of the penis, testicles, vesiculse seminal es, vasa deferentia, and prostate gland. Generic (genericus). Pertaining to the same genus or kind. Gene'sial. Pertaining to generation. Gen'esis (yevu, to be born). Birth, origin, or generation. The act of begetting. Genet/ic (from yeveoic, generation). Per- taining to generation. Also anything in- herited. Genet/ica (from yeveaig, origin). Diseases of the sexual functions. Generics. Substances which act on the sexual organs. Of two kinds — aphrodisiacs, which increase sexual desire, and anaphro- disiacs, which allay such a desire. Geni'al. Relating to the chin. Genial Tubercles. Four prominences on the inner surface of the inferior maxillary bone for the attachment of the genio-hyoglossi and genio-hyoidei muscles. Geniculate (genieulatus ; from genu, the knee). Abruptly bent ; knee-jointed. Geni / o=. A prefix from yeveiov, the chin. Genio-glossus (from yeveiov, the chin, and ylucaa, the tongue). Genio-hyoglossus. A muscle extending from the genial tubercles to the base of the os hyoides and to the root, middle, and extremity of the tongue. Genio-hyoide / us (from yeveiov, the chin, and voeidrjc, the os hyoides). A long, thin, and fleshy muscle extending from the genial tuber- cles to the base of the os hyoides. Genio-pharynge'us (from yeveiov, the chin, and (papvytj, the pharynx). Constrictor pharyngis superior. Genital {genitalis). Relating to generation. Genital Organs. The organs of generation. Genito=cru / ral. A name applied by Bichat to a branch of the second lumbar nerve distrib- uted to the genital organs and thigh. Genito=urinary. Of or pertaining to gen- eration and the excretion of urine. GEN 281 GIL Qenitu / ra. The male seed. Also the geni- tal organs of the male or female. Qenonu / si (from yevog, sex, and voaoc, dis- ease). Sexual diseases. Genos. Sex. Gensang'. See Ginseng. Gen'tian. The root of the Gentiana lutea. Gentia'na. A genus of plants of the order Gentianaceaj. Gentian. Gentiana Alba. White gentian. Gentiana Catesbaei. Blue gentian. Gentiana Lutea. Gentiana rubra. The offi- cinal gentian. The root is tonic, stomachic, and febrifuge. Gentiana Major. Gentiana lutea. Gentiana'ceae. The gentian tribe of dicotyledonous plants. Gen'tianine. A neutral substance obtained from gentian. Genti Hi Morbi. Hereditary diseases. Ge / nu. The knee-joint. The articulation of leg with thigh. Gen'ua VaPga (valgus, crooked). Knock- kneed. Genu'gra. Gout in the knee. Ge / nus. An assemblage of objects possess- ing common characters ; a kind or family ; a group of species. Genyantral / gia (yewg, jaw, avrpov, cave, uAyof, pain). Pain in the maxillary sinus. GenyantrPtis. Inflammation of the max- illary sinus. Genyan / trum. Maxillary sinus. Genyplasf/y (from yevvg, and -rclaaau, to form). The operation for restoring the cheek, impaired by an injury or from congenital mal- formation. GeoPogy (from }?;, the earth, and Aoyog, a discourse). The science of the structure and mineral constitution of the earth, and the mode in which the different materials that compose it have been formed and deposited. Geopha'gism (from yv, the earth, and n, a description). A de- scription of the tongue. Glossoi'des (y?iuaaa ! and eidog, a form). Resembling the tongue. GIossol. Of or pertaining to the tongue. Glossology (glossologia ; from y"kuoua, the tongue, and A070C, a treatise). A treatise on the tongue. The term, however, is usually used to designate a vocabulary or dictionary explanatory of obscure, antiquated, or local words. Glossol'ysis (from yluaoa, the tongue, and Awf, solution). Paralysis of the tongue. Glossomanti'a (from yluoca, the tongue, and jj.avTti.ia, divination). Prognosis from the appearance and condition of the tongue. Glosson / cus (from y?Mooa, the tongue, and oy/wf, a tumor). A swelling of or tumor on the tongue. Glossopharyngeal Nerves. The eighth pair of cranial nerves. Glossopharynge'us. Pertaining to the tongue and pharynx, as the glossopharyngeal nerves and mnscles. Glossople'gia. See Glossolysis. GIossorrha / phy (y?.uooa, and paelabarre as being hollow, and as GUB 295 GUM playing an important part in dentition. See Dentition, and Teeth, Origin and Forma- tion of. Gubernaculum Tes / tis (ligamentum testis). A name given by Hunter to a fibro-cellular cord which, in the foetus, extends from the scrotum to the testis. Guilford's (Dr. S. H.) Appliance for Increasing Space Between Teeth. For moving four incisors forward and bicuspids back, to make room for cuspids : Magill bands are made to fit the laterals, -with gold spurs extending along the palatal surface of the centrals to iusure uniform movement of the four incisors ; palatal bands are also attached to the first bicuspids ; all of the bands are reinforced by an additional piece of platinum soldered to the portion next to the space. Through these pieces of platinum, at or about the centre of the tooth, holes are drilled entirely through the bands. Piano wire is next bent into the form of small U-shaped springs with the ends at right angles ; the springs are placed in position by means of narrow-beaked, right- angled forceps transversely grooved near the points to seize the wire, the ends of the springs resting in the holes in the bands. Quin / ea Pepper. A plant of the genus Capsicum. Qui Attar. Attar of roses. Qu / la. The upper part of the oesophagus and pharynx. Gullet. The oesophagus. Gum (gummi). A concrete vegetable juice which exudes from certain trees ; generally transparent, more or less brittle when dry, and soluble in water. Also the fleshy substance which surrounds the necks of the teeth and invests the alveolar border. See Gums. Gum Acaciae. Gum arabic. The concrete juice of the Acacia vera and other species of acacia. In Denial Practice it is useful as a demulcent and emollient in all forms of inflammation of the mouth and gums, ulceration, etc., aph- thous ulceration of children, and cancrum oris. See Gorgas' " Dental Medicine." Gum Boil. Alveolar abscess. Gum Cutter. An instrument designed for the removal of the overlying gum which covers the' masticating surface of molar teeth — gen- erally third molars — after the cusps only have erupted. Gum Dammar. A resin obtained from a species of pine — Dammara orientalis. It forms one of the ingredients of modeling composi- tion, which is employed for obtaining impres- sions of the mouth. An ethereal solution is used by microscopists as a mounting fluid. Gum Elastic. Caoutchouc. Gum Lancet. Dentiscalpium; odontoglyphon. A curved instrument or knife for separating the gums from the neck of a tooth previous to extraction. The gum lancets usually em- ployed are shaped like a fleam, but different dentists have them constructed differently. Two, however, are useful: one with a thin, narrow, curved blade, oval at the point, and another with a sharp-pointed narrow blade with only one edge. Gum, Red. Gum rash. A red cutaneous erup- tion which occurs in infancy, and generally during first dentition. Gum, Wasting of. See ULATROPHIA. Gum'raa. An elastic tumor on the peri- osteum, especially of the cranium and sternum, usually resulting from a syphilitic taint, and so called because it contains a matter like gum. Gum'mi. See Gums. Gummi Aca'ciae. Gum arabic. Gummi Caran'nae. A resinous substance said to be derived from Amyris caranna, a tree of Mexico and South America. Gum'mi Cerasc/rum. The gum which ex- udes from the bark of cherry trees. Gummi Euphorbias. A concrete resinous juice from one or more species of Euphorbia. Gummi Ki / no. See Kino. Gummi Lu'tea. A gum-resin produced by the grass-tree of New South Wales. Gummi Myr / rhae. Myrrh, a resinous exuda- dation from the Balsamodendron myrrha. Gummi Rubrum Gambiense. Kino. Gummy Tumor. Tertiary syphilis. In the form of a small nodule adjacent to a tooth, which rapidly breaks down, leaving an ulcer of irregular oval shape, with ragged edges somewhat raised and a yellow base somewhat below the surface of the healthy gum, with red granulations. Gum-resin {gummi resina). The concrete juices of plants, consisting of gum and resin, frequently associated with essential oil and other substances. Gums (Latin, gingivae, Greek, ov/.a). A thick, dense, highly vascular, and fleshy sub- stance adapted to the necks of the teeth, its fibrous nature enabling it to sustain without injury the contact of hard substances and to act as a protecting cushion to the alveolar border. GUM 296 GUM The texture of the gums, however, differs from that of the membrane of which they seem to be composed. They are thicker aud deuser and possess less sensibility. In a healthy condition the gums are remarkable for their insensibility ; the mucous membrane, of which they are largely composed, is remarkably thick, and is reflected around the teeth and continuous with the periosteum of the alveoli. They have a free margin, about half a line in width, which sur- rounds the base of the crowu of each tooth, and, instead of forming a horizontal line, they pre- sent a scalloped or festooned appearance, caused by elongations in the interdental spaces. From the edge of the free margin the gums are reflected back upon themselves and unite with the true peridental membrane. The portion which adheres to the necks of the teeth is of a very fibrous structure. When in a healthy state, the free border is very thin. The mucous membrane lines the cavities of the mouth and nose, the maxillary and frontal sinuses, the whole alimentary canal, and is a continuation of the skin covering the outer surface of the body. From the change of structure, however, which it undergoes after entering the mouth it may be regarded as an entirely different mem- brane. The gingivae, or gingival margins of the gums, are the parts which are immediately connected with the necks of the teeth — the free margin. This free margin is covered with a dense, squamous epithelium, which enables it to with- stand abrasion. It rests upon a layer of softer epithelial cells, and is placed upon the margin of the alveolus and closely connected with the neck of the tooth and periosteum of the wall of the alveolus by radiating bundles of fibrous tissue, which con- stitute what has been designated the dental ligament. The gums of the upper jaw are supplied with blood-vessels from the superior coronary artery, and those of the lower from the sub- mental and sublingual arteries ; they derive their nerves from the superior dental branches of the fifth pair. The gums are remarkable for their insensi- bility and hardness when healthy, but exhibit great tenderness upon the slightest touch when diseased. in the infant state of the gums the central line of both dental arches presents a white, firm, apparently cartilaginous ridge, which gradually becomes thinner as the teeth ad- vance ; and in old age, after the teeth drop out, the gums again resume somewhat their former infantile coudition, showing "second child- hood." The gums may be regarded as that portion of the mucous membraue from which the teeth papillae and dental sacs originate, and these contribute in an eminent degree to the stability of the teeth after their eruption. For physical characteristics of the gums, see Harris' " Prin. aud Pract. of Dentistry." Gums, Diseases of the. The gums and alve- olar processes, from apparently the same causes, assume various morbid conditions. An unhealthy action in one is almost certain to be followed by disease in the other. The most common form of disease to which the gums are subject is usually, though very im- properly, denominated scurvy, from its sup- posed resemblance to scorbutus, "a genus of disease in the class cachexias and the order impetigines of Cullen." To this disease, how- ever, it bears no resemblance. The susceptibility of the gums to the action of morbid irritants is always increased by en- feeblement of the vital powers of the body. Hence, persons laboring under excessive grief, melancholy, or any other affection of the mind, or any constitutional disease teudiug to enervate the physical energies of the system, are exceedingly subject to inflammation, sponginess, and ulceration of their gums. But notwithstanding the increase of susceptibility which the gums derive from certain constitu- tional causes and states of the general health, these influences, in the majority of cases, may all be counteracted by a strict observance of the rules of dental hygiene; or, in other words, by regular attention to the cleanliness of the teeth. Gums, Effects of Lead on the. It would seem, from the observation of Dr. Burton, that the introduction of lead into the system, whether by persons who have been exposed to the action of it in the usual course of their avocations or who have taken acetate of lead medicinally, imparts to the edges of the gums a leaden blue line. Dr. Falcot is of the opinion that the blue line is the result of an elimina- tion of the lead, and indicates by its presence that the lead, carried along by the circulation, is deposited in the tissue of the gums, where it forms a combination, which reveals its pres- ence by a more or less blue discoloration. GUM 297 GUM Copper poisoning will also cause a distinctive blue line, resembling tbat of lead. Gums, Fibrous Tumors of. Sessile tumors, which grow from the periosteum of the alveolar border, aud commence usually just within the tooth-socket. Their growth is slow and pain- less, and, unless removed, continued growth is the result. The tumor is smooth, rounded, sometimes lobulated, firm, somewhat elastic, and of the normal color of the mucous mem- brane. It may displace the teeth by its pres- sure. Excision is the only remedy, and as the periosteum and subjacent bone are involved, they should be removed. Such tumors are benign, and, when completely removed, do not return. Gums, Hypertrophy of. A rare affection char- acterized by extra growth which may conceal the teeth and almost fill the mouth. The gums present a pink, smooth, or warty appear- ance, covering all of the crowns of the teeth in some cases, while in others the points of the cusps alone may be visible. The hypertro- phied tissue sometimes protrudes from the mouth, and to the touch the gums are elastic and firm, and do not bleed readily ; they are also devoid of sensibility. The microscope shows the fibrous stroma of the gum to be present in excessive amount, but no new glandular or epithelial elements. There is always more or less expansion of the alveolar border of the jaw and an exuberant growth of the papillary surface. It has been asso- ciated with molluscum fibrosum, and is com- mon to early life and to subjects of moderate intellect only. Removal of the hypertrophied gum and alveolar border of the jaw is the proper treatment, as no medication will effect a cure. This affection must not be mistaken for prurient growth of gum — papilloma (which see). Gums, Inflammation, Turgescence, Ulcera- tion, and Recession of. A complication of disease to which the gums are very liable, causing the teeth to loosen, and when not arrested, ultimately to drop out. The gums when thus affected present a deep florid or purple appearance ; their edges are thick aud round, and, on being pressed, purulent matter is discharged from between them and the necks of the teeth. They are usually very sensitive, sometimes slightly painful, or bleed- ing from the most trifling injury. The disease generally first makes its appear- ance around the lower front teeth and the upper molars, opposite the mouths of the sali- vary ducts, aud in the immediate vicinity of aching, decayed, dead, loose, or irregularly arranged teeth, or in the neighborhood of roots of teeth, and thence it extends to the other teeth. The rapidity of its progress de- pends on the age, health, and constitutional temperament or habit of body of the individ- ual and the nature of the local irritants which have given rise to it. In some cases it exists for years without causing any percepti- ble recession of the gums or destruction of the alveolar processes, the only unpleasant con- sequences attending it being a vitiated state of the secretions of the mouth and an offensive breath. In other instances it progresses so rapidly that in a few weeks or months both the gums and the alveoli become involved in the diseased action. When the inflammation of the gums is favored by a constitutional tendency, it soon extends to the alveolar aud dental periosteum, often causing a deposition of bony matter at the bottom of the alveoli. Nor do the pernicious effects of the disease always stop here. Constitutional symptoms often supervene, more vital organs become implicated, and the health of the general system is sometimes seriously impaired. Hence the improvement in the constitutional health often observed after the loss of the teeth of persons who have for a long time been affected with the disease. No conditiou of the mouth has a greater tendency to deteriorate its secretions and impair the function of mastica- tion than the one now under consideration. The diseased action often extends to the peridental tissues. They become the seat of subacute inflammation, are thickened, and pour out a purulent fluid, which gradually breaks down and destroys the walls of the alveoli, so that the extremities of the roots of the teeth of the upper jaw protrude so far through them and the gums as to be a source of annoj T ance to the lips and [inner walls of the cheeks. The teeth of first dentition are more liable to be thus affected than those of second, and in this case they should always be immediately extracted. It is not necessary that there should be aching, decayed, dead, irregularly arranged teeth, or tartar to irri- tate the gums and peridental membrane. The arrangemeut of the teeth is often such, even when regular, as to produce inflammation in certain parts of the mouth, which sooner or GUM 298 GUN later, according to the constitutional ten- dency, results in disease. Hence it is that, even when all the teeth are sound, we occasion- ally see a gradual wasting of such parts of the gums as are most prominent, especially those which surround the cuspidati and the palatine tangs of the upper molar teeth. Thus it will be seen that local agents may exert a considerable influence in the produc- tion of the disease without being easily de- tected. It should also be recollected that a person of sixty, seventy, or even eighty years of age is exposed to the same, and perhaps to more powerful, local causes of irritation than one of twenty ; and the reason the effects are not always developed in earlier life is that there are greater tendencies to this disease in some constitutions than in others. Dr. Koecker, who had the most ample op- portunities of observing the affection in all its various forms, says he has never seen a case of it in which tartar was not present. It attacks persons of all ages, ranks, and conditions, and in every country, climate, and nation. "I have observed," says Dr. Koecker, "the inhabitants of the most op- posite countries, the Eussians, the French, the Italians, the Spaniards, the Portuguese and English, the Africans, the East and West Indians, and those of the United States, to be more or less liable to it." It is, however, more frequently met'with in the lower than in the higher classes of society. Persons who pay no attention to the cleanli- ness and health of their teeth are particularly subject to it. "With sailors and those who live principally on salt provisions it is very prevalent. ' ' Persons of robust constitutions, ' ' says the author just quoted, "are much more liable to this affection of the gums than those of delicate habits, and it shows itself in its worst forms oftener after the age of thirty than at any earlier period." livery thing that tends to produce inflamma- tion in the gums and alveolar processes may be regarded as an exciting cause of the disease. To those that have already been enumerated may be added accumulations of extraneous matter on the teeth and along the edges of the gums, exostoses of the roots of the teeth, artificial teeth badly inserted or the use of improper materials, and dental operations injudiciously performed. The use of tooth brushes wrongly constructed and of improper tooth powders, especially char- coal, may be reckoned among its exciting causes. Strumous individuals sometimes have an affection of the gums which differs from the- one just described in mauy respects. The gums, instead of being purple and swollen, are paler and harder than ordinarily, and on being pressed discharge a muco-purulent matter of a dingy white color. They often remain in this condition for years without appearing to undergo any physical alteration or to affect the alveolar processes. Its effects are the most simple and innocent of any form of disease to which the gums are liable ; but its cure is often very difficult, and sometimes exceedingly tedious. Spongoid inflammation of the gums is gener- ally regarded by dentists as being capable of cure, and, so far as regards the restoration of this structure to health, it most assuredly is ; but when the gums have lost their connection with the teeth a reunion can never be estab- lished. For treatment see Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Gums, Prurient Growth of. Localized hyper- trophy of gum. Papilloma of gum. This affection is characterized by swelling and in- flammation of the gums and morbid growth of their substance, so that in some instances the crowns of the teeth are entirely covered and mastication is rendered exceedingly difficult and painful. The gums when affected with it are of a dark purple color, with thick, smooth, rounded edges, and discharge a very foetid mat- ter. They hang loosely around the teeth, and are attended with a peculiar itching sensation, which, at times, is very annoying ; they are also so very sensitive that even the pressure of the lips produces pain. Their vessels are turgid and often bleed profusely from the slightest touch. The breath of a person thus affected is ex- ceedingly offensive, the saliva is vitiated, and so viscid that it is even difficult to spit. This peculiar affection, though caused by local irritants, appears, nevertheless, to be depen- dent on a cachectic tendency of the general sys- tem. Treatment consists in free erasion ;: bleeding being overcome with powdered tan- nin or subsulphate of iron. For further treat- ment see Harris' "Prin. and Pract. of Dent. " Gun-cotton. An explosive substance pre- pared by steeping clean cotton in a mixture of sulphuric and nitric acids and then washing it carefully and drying it. Used principally in GUN 299 GYP the manufacture of collodion. See Celluloid and Pyroxylin. Gunne'ra Perpen'sa. A South African plant of the order Urticacese. It is tonic and demulcent. Gurgling. The mucous rale, as heard on auscultation, when there is a cavity in the lungs. Gurgu / lio. Penis. Uvula. Gustation. Taste. Gustatory (gustativus; from gustus, taste). Pertaining to taste. Gustato'ry Nerves. The nerves of taste. See Lingual Nerve. Gus / tus. Taste. Gut. Intestine. Gut/ta. A drop ; the sixtieth part of a fluid drachm ; also gum. Gutta Anodyna. Anodyne drop. A solution of acetate of opium. Gutta Gamba. Cambogia. Gutta Nigra. The black drop — a preparation of morphia. Gutta Opaca. Cataract. Gutta Percha. The concrete juice of a tree belonging to the natural order Sapotacese — Iso- nandra gutta, a native of Singapore. It is of a grayish-white color, and below the tempera- ture of fifty degrees is of the hardness of wood, but when put in boiling water it becomes very soft and pliable. In this state it may be moulded into any form, which it will retain on cooling. It is used in making bougies, catheters, enema-pipes, splints, and for taking impressions of the mouth. It has also been used in combination with other substances — such as oxide of zinc — which have properties of non-conduction and non-irritation, as a temporary filling for teeth. It has also been employed as a base for artificial teeth, and for temporary plates in the vulcanite process. A solution of gutta percha in chloroform — trau- maticine — has been used with advantage topi- cally in cutaneous affections, ulcers, as an ectrotic in small-pox, and for the temporary relief of odontalgia. Cones of gutta percha are employed in filling the root-canals of teeth ; it is also used in solution for the same purpose. As a filling material, gutta percha is graded according to the degree of heat required to soften it, the low heat variety softening be- tween 140° and 200° F. aud the medium be- tween 200° and 210° F. The softening process should be conducted over warm water. For dental uses see Gonras' " Dental Medicine." Gutta Percha, Liquid. Gutta percha dis- solved in chloroform. Used in Denial Prac- tice for the relief of odontalgia, as a protective covering for partially exposed pulps of teeth, and as a root-filling material. Gutta Rosea. Gutta rosacese. A cutaneous eruption of the face, of red, shining, suppura- tive tubercles, having an irregular granular appearance ; frequently caused by excessive drinking. Gutta Serena. Amaurosis. Gutte'ria (from guttur). Bronchocele. Gut/tur. The throat, larynx, or trachea. Gut/tural. Pertaining to the throat. Guttural Artery. The superior thyroideal ar- tery. Guttur / nia. The arytenoid cartilages. Gymnasium. A place for bodily exercise. Gymnas / tics {gymnadicus ; from yv/ivoc, naked, because the athletes were stripped). That part of hygiene which consists in bodily exercise, such as wrestling, running, using dumb-bells, etc. Gymno / sis. Denudation. Gynascei'a (from yvwi, woman). Relating to women. Gynaecology, Gynecology (ywq, woman, 4- logy). The branch of medicine treating of diseases peculiar to women, particularly diseases of the female genitals. Gynaecoma'nia (from ywn, woman, and fiavia : madness). Insanity from love for woman. Gynaecomas'tus. A man whose breasts are as large as a woman's. Gynascomys'tax (from ywq, woman, and /nvara^ beard). The hair on the female pu- dendum. Gynanthro'pus. A hermaphrodite partak- ing more of the male than of the female sex. Gynatresia (from ywq, a woman, and arpr/roc, imperforate). Imperforatiou of the female external parts of generation. Gy'ne. A woman ; a female. Gyni'da. A hermaphrodite. Gynoplas / tic (from yvw/, and irXaaau, I form). An operation employed for opening or dilating the contracted genital openings of the female. Gyp / sum. Sulphate of lime. Plaster of Paris. A native sulphate of lime, consisting of 28 parts of lime, 40 of sulphuric acid, and 18of water. When exposed to a heat of 400° F., the water of the gypsum escapes. After being properly calcined and pulverized, if mixed with GYR 300 HJE water to the consistence of thin batter it har- dens in a few minutes by a species of crystal- lization and acquires great solidity. During the first part of the process of consolidation it expands by the absorption of the water, tilling the small depressions in any mould into which it may be poured. The setting of plaster is regarded as a chemical process, the water being absorbed in the proportion of two molecules to one of the plaster, the result of which is that CaSo 4 becomes CaSo 4 + 2H 2 0. Upon the preparation of the calcined plaster depends the readiness with which the combi- nation takes place, for if it has been too greatly heated the power of absorbing the water is diminished or altogether lost. The hardening of the plaster is accompanied with the genera- tion of heat and expansion, and the best re- sults are dependent upon the thoroughness of the mixing, so that every particle of the plaster can absorb the proper amount of water. The setting of plaster is hastened by either common salt or sulphate of potash in solution, the use of which agents is admissible only in the plaster batter employed for obtaining im- pressions of the mouth. In 3Iechanical Dentistry plaster of Paris, or gypsum, is used for obtaining casts or models of the jaws and for taking impressions of the mouth and teeth. It is also used by artists and anatomists for taking casts. There is a great difference in the quality of plaster of Paris. For taking impressions and models of the month it should be of the best description, well calcined, finely pulverized, and passed through a fine sieve previous to being used. Qyra / tion. Dizziness ; giddiness. Gy'ri Cerebri. The cerebral convolutions. Gyri Operti. The small and short convolutions within the Sylvian fissure of the cerebrum ; called by Cruveilhier lobule of the fissure of Sylvius. Gy'rus. Anfractuosity ; a turning ; a circle described by a moving body. Gyrus Fornica / tus. A large cerebral convo- lution encircling the corpus callosum. Fi H. Abbreviation of horn, hour, and havslus, draught ; also symbol for hydrogen. Haar'kies. A term applied in Mineralogy to capillary pyrites in very delicate acicular crystals ; also to a native sulphuret of nickel. Hab / it (from habere, to have or to hold). A disposition of body or mind ; a tendency re- sulting from frequent repetition to perform certain actions. A predisposition to or protec- tion against certain diseases. Habit of Body. Constitution and tempera- ment. Hab'itus. Habit of body. Habroma'nia (from afipog, light). A cheer- ful or merry insanity. Ha^'ma {hxmatos; from aopoc, difficult to he borne). Painful to the touch. Haptot/ica {a-rouai, to touch). The science of the phenomena of touch or sensation. Hard. A term applied in popular language to a substance which resists the action of ex- ternal force ; in Anatomy, to the osseous frame- work of the body, and in Pathology to the pulse when the finger seems to yield to the stroke of the artery. Hare=Iip (labium leporinum; lagocheilus ; la- ffosioma). A vertical fissure or division of one or both lips, from a failure of the lateral portions of the lip to unite. It is almost always con- genital, though it may be produced by a wound. Sometimes the cleft is double. The fissure fre- quently extends to the alveolar arch and palate. When there is but one division, it is called simjrfe; double when there are two, and com- plicated when the maxillary bone and palate are implicated, or when one or more of the teeth project and accupy the separation in the lip. Mr. Fox gives a drawing of a very re- markable example of distortion, in which a portion of the jaw-bone, with three teeth, pro- jected beneath the nose more than an inch and a quarter. Dr. Simms describes, in the "American Journal of Dental Science," vol. v, page 51, a similar example of compli- cated hare-lip ; and numerous others are on record. The manner of remedying hare-lip consists (1) in removing the rounded edges of the cleft and (2) in bringing them accurately together and retaining them in contact until a union takes place. But with regard to the most eligible period of life for the performance of the operation there exists a difference of opin- ion. Some think the sooner it is performed the better ; others believe that the best time is immediately after the child has ceased to suck ; while others again think it better to defer it until even a later period. For simple hare-lip the operation may be 20 performed in the following manner : The head of the child being slightly elevated and firmly secured by means of an assistant, a narrow, flat piece of wood or pasteboard should be introduced between the lip and gums and held \>y another assistant ; a narrow, sharp-pointed scalpel, or, what is preferable, a straight bis- toury, is then passed through the margin of the lip, immediately below the nose, and by a single cut, in a straight line downward, the rounded edge is removed. This operation is next repeated on the opposite side, leaving an aperture between the two margins resembling the letter V inverted. The margins are next brought accurately together and secured by passing two or three gold, steel-pointed, or steel pins horizontally through them at regular intervals, and rather nearer the internal than the external surface. The edges of the wound are now held in close contact by passing a separate ligature around each pin in the form of the figure 8. Some surgeons, however, seem to think that additional security is obtained by passing the ligature from one needle to the other. The suture having been applied, the points of the needles, if steel ones have been used, should be clipped off with a pair of cut- ting nippers. When the needles are properly applied, Mr. Fergusson is of opinion that there is no necessity for straps or bandages to keep the cheeks forward, though it may be advisable to protect the tender adhesion of the wound for a few days, after their removal, by means of a strap. The needles maybe withdrawn at the expiration of three or four days. If there be any adhesion between the mucous membrane of the lip and gums, it should be separated before the operation is per- formed, and if any of the teeth project through the fissure, and can not be carried back to their proper place in the dental arch, they should also be previously removed. For cutting the edges of the fissures, some surgeons prefer scissors to the scalpel or bis- toury. In double hare-lip both fissures should be closed at the same time, by passing the needles entirely across and securing them in the man- ner above described . Hare-lip, Complicated. Hare-lip complicated with cleft or malformation of the maxillary or palate bones. Hare-lip, Double. Two clefts or fissures of the lip, or one of each lip. Hare-lip, or Twisted Suture. A figure-of-8 HAR 306 HEA suture around a pin thrust through the lips of the pared edges of the cleft. Harmony (hemitonia ; from apu, to fit to- gether). In Anatomy, an imrnovahle articula- tion, as in the case of the superior maxillary bones -with each other. Har'motone (from apuoc, a joint, and T£fivu } to divide). Cross-stone ; staurolite ; a mineral the crystals of which intersect one another. Harts 'horn (cornu cerri). The horn of the Cervus elaphus, or stag. Hartshorn, Spirit of. A "watery solution of ammonia. Liquor or aqua ammonige. Hash'ish, or Has'chisch. A preparation of Canuabis indica, or hemp, used as an intoxi- cating drug. It is made by boiling the leaves and flowers of the plant with water and fresh butter. Has'ta. A spear. An epithet applied to parts of animals and vegetables which are supposed to resemble a spear. Has'tate. Spear-shaped. Haste! 'la. A spear-shaped splint. Hatch'etine. A fusible wax-like substance, of a yellowish-white or greenish-yellow color, found sometimes in nodules of iron stone in South Wales. Haunch. That portion of the trunk formed by the lateral parts of the pelvis and hip-joint. Haus'mannite. One of the ores of man- ganese, having a brownish black color. Haus'tus (from haurio, to swallow). A draught. A single dose of liquid medicine. Haustus Niger. Infusion of senna. Hauyne. A mineral of a blue color found in small, granular masses in basalt or lava. Havers' Glands. Haversian glands. The fringed vascular folds of the synovial membrane of joints called, by Dr. Havers, mucilaginous glands. Haversian Canals. The minute canals found in the com pact substance of bone, contain- ing blood-vessels and medullary matter. Hawes' Moulding Flask. A sectional moulding flask consisting of two parts, one of which is in jointed sections and the other a simple iron ring. This flask gives an accurate sand-mould of plaster models which, owing to undercuts, etc., it would be impossible to mould in the ordinary flask, owing to what is termed " dragging." Hay Asth'ma. Hay fever. Hay / denite. A mineral occurring in pale, yellowish-brown crystals ; so called from its discoverer, Dr. Eayden. Head (caput). The upper extremity of the body ; the crauium and face. The single rounded prominence of the extremity of a bone. Head, Water in the. Hydrocephalus. Head'ache. Cephalalgia. Pain in the head . Heal'ing. Union and cicatrization of a wound. The cure of disease. Health. That state of the living body in which all its functions are properly per- formed. Healthy Pus. Pus discharged from ab- scesses the result of phlegmonous inflamma- tion or from wounds and ulcers in the healing state ; laudable pus. Hearing. The faculty by which sound is received. Heart {cor; napcha). A muscular organ forming the centre of the circulating system in the higher order of animals and having four distinct cavities : two auricles — the right receiv- ing the blood from all parts of the body, the left from the lungs ; and two ventricles — the right sending the blood to the lungs by the pul- monary artery and the left to every part of the body by the aorta. It is of an irregular pyramidal shape, enclosed in a membrane called pericardium, and situated obliquely and a little to the left side in the chest. Heart, Atrophy of the. A diminution in the thickness of the walls of this organ. Heart, Displacement of the (ectopia cordis). It is generally the result of malformation. Heart, Hypertrophy of the. A morbid increase in the muscular substance of the walls of this organ. Heart'burn. Cardialgia ; a sensation of heat and uneasiness in the stomach and lower part of the chest, due to the presence of acetic or putrefactive fermentation of food. Heart-shaped. Cordate. Heat. The sensation produced in the ani- mal body by the transmission of caloric. Heat, Absolute. The whole quantity of caloric existing in chemical union in a body. Heat, Animal. Animal temperature. Heat, Free. The heat which is sensible to the touch or to the thermometer. Heat, Latent. Insensible heat, or heat which does not pass from one substance to another so as to affect the sense or the thermometer. Heat, Prickly. See LICHEN TROPICUS. Heat, Sensible. Free heat. Heat, Specific. The amount of heat necessary HEA 307 HEL to bring a given body to a certain temperature, compared witb tbe number of degrees re- quired to melt ice or to boil a given weight of water. Heat, Vital. Animal heat. Heavy Inflammable Air. Carburetted hydrogen. Heavy Spar. Sulphate of barytes. He'be. The hair of the pubes or the pubic region. Also puberty. Goddess of puberty. Hec'tic (hecticus; ektikoc, from e$ig, habit). Pertaining to the habit or constitution. Hectic Fever (fcbris hectica). A disease char- acterized by emaciation and fever of a peculiar type and character ; frequent pulse, hot skin, particularly of the palms of the hands and soles of the feet, loss of appetite, and toward the last by colliquative sweat when in bed and diarrhoea. It is generally a symptomatic disease. Hec / tica. Hectic fever. Hec / togramme. One hundred grammes, or three ounces, one drachm, and thirty-four grains, troy. Hectolitre. A measure of 100 French litres, or 211.35 pints. Hedeo'ma. A genus of plants of the order Lamiacese. American pennyroyal. Hedeoma Pulegioides. Pennyroyal ; tick- weed ; squaw-mint. It is stimulant and aro- matic, and used to ally nausea. Hed'ra. A fracture of the bones of the cranium in which the impression of the instru- ment inflicting tbe blow is visible. The ancients used it in the same general way in which we use the word "seat," and for the bottom of an abscess. He'dyphane (from v^vc, sweet, and the eye). A defect of vision by which a person is able to see by daylight but not at night. Hem'eralops. One affected with herner- alopia. Hemerod'romus (from qp-epa, a day, and 6pop.oc, a course). A fever which runs its course in a day. Same as Ephemerus. Hem'i= (from riiiiovc, a half). The same as semi, and used as a prefix. liemicra / nia (from vpiavg, half, and upaviov, the skull). Pain affecting only one side or one half of tbe head. Hemidiaphore'sis. Perspiration of one- half of the body. Hemihe'dral, Hemied / ric {rifitavq, half, and e6pa } a base). Having half faces, or facets. Hemim'eles. Monsters with defective extremities. Hemio / pia (from rpiiavc, half, and onrouai, I see). A defect of sight in which a person affected with it can see only one-half of an ob- ject. Hemiop / sis. Hemiopia. Hemipa'ges. A monstrosity in which twins are united from the navel to the vertex. Hemipa'gia. Hemicrania. Hemipath / ia. Hemicrania. Hemipho / nia. Great weakness of voice. The husky voice of those affected with cholera. Hemiplegia (from vf-^ v c, half, and nXr/aco, I strike). Paralysis of one-half or one side of the body. Hemisphere (hemisphera ; from rjfuavc, half, and ofaipa, a sphere). One half of a sphere or of a body of spheroidal shape. The upper portion of the brain is divided into hemi- spheres. Hemispheres of the Brain. Hemispheri- cal ganglia. The upper spheroidal portions of the brain, separated from each other by the falx cerebri. Hemitritae'us. A semitertian agne. HemTock. A poisonous narcotic plant of the genus Conium. See CONIUM Macuea- Tt;M. Dose of powdered leaves, gr. iv ; of seeds, gr. ij. Hemorrhage. See Hemorrhagic. Hemorrhagic Diathesis. See Hemor- rhagic Diathesis. Hemospas'tic. Any agent which attracts blood to a part ; a cupping-glass. Hemostasia. Stagnation or suppression of blood. Hemp. A plant of the genus Cannabis. Hemp, Indian. A variety of hemp much used in the East as a stimulating and intoxicating drug. See Cannabis Indica. Hemp Seed Calculus. The small varieties of the mulberry calculus are so called from their resemblance to hemp seed. Hen / bane. Poison tobacco. See Hyos- cyamus Niger. Hendecagon. A figure having eleven equal angles and sides. Hepar {irnap). The liver. Hepar Antimc/niatum. A compound of a sulphuret of antimony and an alkali. Hepar Martia'le. A compound sulphuret of potassa and oxide of iron. Hepar SuPphuris SalPnum. Sulphide of potassium. Hepar Sulphuris Volat'ilis. The hydro-sul- phuret of ammonia. HepataPgia (from rjirap, the liver, and alyoc, pain). Pain in the liver. Hepatalgia Calculo'sa. Pain caused by bili- ary calculi. Hepatalgia PhlegmonoPdes. See HEPATI- TIS. Hepataposte / ma (from wrap, the liver, and anooT7}pa, an abscess). Abscess of the liver. Hepatatro / phia. Atrophy of the liver. Hepataux'e. Hypertrophy of the liver. Hepateche / ma. Sounds emitted by the liver on percussion. Hepatemphrax'is (from nrrap, the liver, and E/Kppaaau, I obstruct). Hepatic obstruc- tion. Hepatencephalo'ma. Encephaloid of the liver. Hepate'rus. Fluxus hepaticus. Hepathelco'sis {qnap, the liver, and ehiuarc , ulceration). Ulceration of the liver. Hepat / ic (hepatoicus; from r/wap, the liver). Relating to the liver. Hepatic Ar'tery {arteria hepatica). The artery of the liver ; a branch of the cceliac. Hepatic Duct (ductus hepaticus). A duct which conveys the bile from the liver toward the duodenum, and, being joined by the cystic duct, the two form the ductus communis cho- ledochus. HEP 309 HER Hepatic Flux. A form of diarrhoea in which there is a copious discharge of biliary matter. Hepatic Plex'us [plexus Tiepaticus). The nervous filaments of the cceliac plexus which accompany the hepatic artery. Hepatic Veins (vense hepaticse). The veins which return the blood conveyed to the liver by the hepatic artery and vena porta to the vena cava inferior. Hepat'ica. American liverwort. A genus of plants of the order Ranunculaceae. Hepatica TriFoba. Hepatica americana. Liverwort. Hepatic'ula. Chronic hepatitis. Hepatirrhce'a (from v^ a P, the liver, and pew, I flow). An intestinal flux with bilious evacuations. Hepatisa'tion. Hepatization (which see). Hepatitis (from w a P, the liver, and trig, denoting inflammation). Inflammation of the liver. Hepatitis, Chronic. Chronic inflammation of the liver. Hepatization (Jiepatisatio). The conver- sion of any texture into a liver-like substance. Applied to a morbid condition of the lungs. Hepatoc'ace. Gangrene of the liver. Hepatoce'le (from w^P, the liver, and K-rfkri, a tumor). Hernia of the liver or a protru- sion of this organ through the abdominal pa-ietes. HepatocoFic. Pertaining to the liver and colon. Hepatocystic. Pertaining to the liver and gall-bladder. Hepatodyn / ia(?/7rap, liver, ando<5w?/, pain). Chronic pain in the liver. Hepatogastric. The smaller omentum, which passes from the liver to the stomach. Pertaining to the liver and stomach. Hepatography (from ?/7rap, the liver, and ypatyr), a description). An anatomical descrip- tion of the liver. Hepatohas'mia (from v^ a P, the liver, and at/ia, blood). Sanguineous engorgement or congestion of the liver. HepatolithFasis. Formation of concre- tions in the liver. HepatoFogy (from wrap, the liver, and TiOyog, a discourse). A treatise on the liver. Hepatomala'cia. Softening of the liver. Hepatom / phalocele. Umbilical hernia containing a portion of the liver. Hepatomyelo'ma. Hepatencephaloma. Hepaton'cus. Tumefaction of the liver. Hepatoparec / tama. Excessive enlarge- ment of the liver. Hepatophthi / sis. Consumption from sup- puration of the liver. Exhaustion from sup- puration of the liver. "Wasting. Hepato- phyma. Hepatophy'ma. Abscess of the liver. Hepatorrha'gia. Bleeding from the liver. Hepatorrhex / is. Rupture of the liver. Hepatot'omy. Dissection of the liver. Hep / tagon. A plane figure with seven equal angles and sides. Heptaphyllum (hepfa, seven, jrfiullon, leaf). Tormentilla. Her / ba. Herb ; a plant with a succulent stalk or stem which dies down to the ground every year. Herbaceous. Not woody ; like an herb. Herba / rium. A collection of dried speci- mens of plants. Herbivorous (herba, grass, and voro, I eat). Animals that feed on herbs. Herbst Method. A method of filling teeth by introducing gold, tin, and amalgam into the cavities by means of smooth engine burn- ishers. The gold is prepared in the rope form and cut into pellets of required length, or it may be in the form of squares or cylinders. The first layer of gold must be large enough to lie securely in the cavity without support. After the gold has been condensed with hand instruments, perfect adaptation is obtained by the smooth burnishers rotated by the dental engine — these burnishers being cleansed by passing them over sand-paper before they are applied to the gold in the cavity ; they should not be held upon one spot, but moved around, especially along the edges of the cavity. The hand instruments are also rotated, special forms being employed for this method. Herbst Obtundent. Used as a local anaes- thetic. It consists of a saturated solution of hydrochlorate of cocaine in chemically pure sulphuric acid, to which is added sulphuric ether to the point of saturation. Seventy grains of hydrochlorate of cocaine are required to saturate two drachms of the sulphuric acid, several applications being necessary to pro- duce the anaesthesia. Dr. Harlan employs ten grains of hydrochlorate of cocaine in ninety minims of sulphuric acid for the painless ex- tirpation of an exposed pulp. Her'derite. A crystallized mineral imbed- ded in fluor-spar at Ehrenfriedensdorf, Saxony, HER 310 HER and discovered by Herder ; it has a vitreo- resinous lustre. tiered 'itary (hereditarius ; from heeres, an heir). An epithet applied to diseases propa- gated from parents to their offspring, as phthisis pulmonalis, syphilis, etc. Heredity (from hseres, an heir). The law by which natural form, structure, and condi- tions, both of mind and body, are reproduced or repeated in offspring or descendants. Hermaph'rodite (hermaphroditus ; from E/3,w?f, Mercury, and ApodiT?/, Venus — that is, partaking of both sexes). One who has the organs of the two sexes so developed as to re- semble those of both male and female. In Botany, a flower which contains both stamens and pistils. Hermet'ic ( hermeticus ; from 'Sip/iyc, Her- mes, Mercury, the fabled inventor of chem- istry). Pertaining to chemistry. That part of chemistry which had for its object the pre- tended transmutation of the metals. Hermetic Seal. The closing of a glass vessel in such a way as to prevent the most volatile substances from escaping. It is generally done by fusing the orifice with a lamp and blow-pipe. Hermodac'tylus. A bulbous root brought from the East, supposed to be the product of the Iris tuberosa. Her / nia {epvoc, a sprout, a shoot, a branch). A tumor formed by the displacement and protrusion of the whole or a part of a viscus. Hernia is distinguished according to the region in which it occurs. It is termed reducible when it can be readily restored to its natural cavity ; irreducible, when adhesion, bulk, etc., oppose its return ; and strangulated, or incarcerated, when its reduction is prevented by constric- tion. Hernia may exist from birth or occur from accident or injury at any subsequent period of life. In the former case it is termed congenital and in the latter accidental. The term hernia is applied to various lesions which have none of the distinguishing characteristics of rupture and protrusion of an organ or viscus. Hernia Cerebri. Enceplialocele. Hernia of the brain. Hernia Congenita. The adhesion of a pro- trusion of intestine or omentum to the testi- cle after its descent into the scrotum. Hernia, External. A hernia appearing on the external surface of the body. Hernia, Femoral. The protrusion of the intestine through the femoral ring beneath Poupart's ligament. Hernia, Humoral. Swelled testicle. Hernia, Incarcerated. A strangulated, ob- structed, or irreducible hernia. Hernia, Incomplete. One not completely passing through the opening. Hernia, Inguinal. One passing above Pou- part's ligament. Hernia, Irreducible. One that can not be pressed back, but that is not strangulated. Hernia Lachrymals. Swelling from disten- tion of the lachrymal sac. Hernia, Strangulated. One where there exists such constriction as to prevent the pas- sage of blood and fseces. Hernia, Umbilical. One appearing at the navel. Hernia, Ventral. One through the abdominal wall in front rather than at the abdomiual ring. Hernia Vesicals. Cystic hernia. Cysto- cele. Hernia of the urinary bladder. Hernial. Pertaining to hernia. Herniotomy (from hernia, and ropi, in- cision). The operation for hernia. Hero / ic. An epithet applied to medicines or practice of a bold or vital character. Her / pes (from epnu, to creep, because it creeps and spreads about on the skin). Tetter. A cutaneous eruption appearing in patches upon an inflamed base, attended with more or less heat, itching, and sometimes considerable local uneasiness, but terminating in from eight to fifteen or twenty days in furfuraceous scales. Herpes Ambulati / vus. Thought by some to be an erratic erysipelas. Herpes Circina / tus. King-worm ; a variety of herpes which appears in circular patches upon the neck, face, forehead, scalp, or back of the hands. Herpes Depas / cens. A corroding form of herpes. Herpes Esthiom / enus. Herpes attended by ulceration and great destruction of skin. Herpes Ex / edens. Herpes which spreads rapidly. Herpes Farino'sus. Herpes having furfura- ceous exfoliations. Herpes Fe / rus. Erysipelas. Herpes I'ris. A cutaneous eruption occurring in small circular patches on the palms of the hands, fingers, and instep, each consisting of concentric rings of different colors. Herpes Labia'lis. A cutaneous eruption on HER 311 HIC the edges of the lips and about the corners of the month. Herpes Milia / ris. Herpes beginning with an eruption like millet seeds. Herpes Peris / celis. Herpes zoster. The shingles. Herpes Phlyctaeno / ides. A vesicular erup- tion, usually preceded by slight fever, oc- curring in irregular clusters, most frequently on the cheeks, neck, arms, breast, and some- times on other parts of the body. The vesi- cles, which contain a colorless and sometimes a brownish fluid, break about the fourth day or begin to dry up, forming a dark or yellow- ish scab, which about the eighth or tenth day falls off, when the subjacent skin gradually assumes a healthy appearance. Herpes Praeputia'lis. A vesicular eruption either upon the outer or inner surface of the prepuce. Herpes Pustulo'sus. A name applied to different forms of acne. Herpes Serpigo. Herpes circinatus. King- worm. Herpes Sic / cus. The dry, mealy tetter. Herpes Zoster. A variety of herpes which spreads around the body like a girdle or belt, commonly called shingles. Herpetic (kerpetieus ; from herpes, a disease of the skin). Pertaining to herpes. Herpe / ton (Jierpeticon ; from epireiv, to creep). In Pathology, a creeping ulcer ; in Zoology, a genus of serpents. Hesper'idine. A peculiar, crystallizable substance detected in the rind of the unripe bitter orange. Hes / sian Cru / cible. A crucible made of fine clay and sand, and used for melting gold, silver, and their alloys in the manufacture of gold and silver plates and solders. Het / eradel / phia (erepog, other, and ade?4oq, a brother). Union of the body of two foetuses — one of perfect growth, the other undeveloped. Heterade'nia (erepog, and aS?/v, a gland). A heterologous formation of glandular sub- stance. Het / ero=. A prefix, from erepog, different, used in medicine. Heterochymeu'sis. A depraved chymifi- cation and sanguification ; also a class of dis- eases in which this occurs. Het/eroclite. See Heterologous Tis- sues. Heteroge'neous. Unlike in kind ; differ- ent. Opposed to homogeneous. Heterola'lia (enpoc, different, and ?.a?.ia, speech). A defect in speech. Heterologous Tissues. Morbid tissues. See Heteroplasis. Heteromor'phism (heteromorphismus ; from E-epog, other, and p-op^r/, shape). Malforma- tion or deviation from natural shape of parts. Heterop'athy (from erepog, different, and 7ra#of, affection). The removal of a morbid condition of body by exciting a different morbid condition. Allopathy. Heteropho'nia (from erepog, different, and (j>o)vr/, voice). An impaired, cracked, or broken voice. Heteropla'sis (from erepog, different, and ir?Macg, formation). Formations which do not belong to the healthy body, as cancer, etc. Heteroplasty {-?Maoetv, to fashion). The artificial repair of deformities or deficiencies by material taken from other individuals. Heterosarco'ses (from erepoc, different, and capi;, flesh). Diseases which consist in the production of false tissues. Heterotax / ia (from erepog, different, and ratjig, order). Transposition of organs. Heterotopia (from ETEpoc, and ro-og, place). Deviation of parts from their natural place. Abnormal position, or the misplacement of a part or organ. He / vea Guianens'is (hevea elasiica). One of the trees which yield caoutchouc. Hex / agon. A plane figure having six equal angles and sides. Hexahe'dron. A regular solid figure bounded by six equal sides ; a cube. Hexan'gular. Having six angles. Hexapet'alous. Having six petals. HexaphyHous. Having six leaves. Hex / is (efif, habit). Habit of body. Con- stitution. Hg. Symbol for mercury. Hia / tus (from Mare, to gape). Literally, a gap. In Anatomy, an orifice, aperture, or pas- sage. Also yawning. Hiatus Fallo'pii. See Aqueduct of Fallo- pius. Hiatus of Winslow. The foramen of "Wins- low. Hiberna'tion. The state of some animals during winter in which the vital functions seem nearly suspended, as the bat, hedgehog. dormouse, etc. Hic'cough. Singultus. Sudden and in- voluntary contraction of the diaphragm, and simultaneous closing of the glottis arresting HID 312 HIS the air in the trachea, repeated at short inter- vals, with sonorous inspiration. Hidro'a (from i6puc, sweat). A term ap- plied in Pathology by Sauvages and Vogel to eczema, or heat eruption. Hidron'osos (sudor anglicus). Sweating sickness. Hidroph'orous. Sudoriferous. Hidropy'retus. A sweating fever. Hid'ros (from tdpug, sweat). Sweat ; a term used in the composition of many words ; as Hidrotica, sudorifics. Hidrot'ica (from cdpuq, sweat). Sudorifics ; mediciues that cause perspiration. Highmore, Antrum of. See Maxillary Sixus. Hill's Stop'ping. A preparation — consist- ing principally of bleached gutta percha, car- bonate of lime, and quartz — for filling teeth. The following formula is given for its prepara- tion : Mix pure gutta percha, while in a soft- ened condition, with one part of quartz, one part of feldspar, and two parts of quicklime. It does not possess the requisite density for a permanent filling, especially on the surface of a tooth exposed to friction ; but as the secre- tions of the mouth do not produce any effect upon it, it may be used in many cases with decided advantage. In extremely sensitive teeth, where impressions of heat and cold would be conducted through a metallic filling, caus- ing inflammation of the pulp and a loss of vitality, this material will be found to answer a good purpose as a temporary filling until the condition of the tooth has become so changed that a metallic filling can be introduced with impunity. Placed in the bottom of a cavity, beneath a metallic filling, it will act the part of a non-conductor. Hi'lus Liena'lis. The fissure on the internal and concave surface of the spleen through which the vessels enter and leave the organ. Himanto'sis (hhnas). Eelaxation and elon- gation of the uvula. Hip. Haunch. The articulation of the thigh with the pelvis. In Botany, the ripe fruit of the Rosa canina. Hip Bone. The ischium. Hip=joint Disease. Sec Coxalgia. Hippanthro'pia (from wra-of, a horse, and av&poirog, a man). A diseased state of the imagination in which the individual fancies himself changed into a horse. Hippa / sia. Equitation. Hippeu'sis. Equitation. Hip / po= (from inirog, a horse). A prefix sig- nifying a large size. Also ipecacuanha. Hippocam / pUS (from nnrog, and Ka/nvru, to bend). The sea-horse, a small marine animal. In Anatomy, two convolutions of the brain. Hippocampus Major. The cornu ammonis. The internal surface of the convolution of the lateral edge of the hemisphere of the brain. Hippocampus Minor. A medullary eminence situated in the posterior cornu of the lateral ventricle of the brain. Hippocrat'ic. Relating to Hippocrates or to his doctrine. Hippocratic Face. See Facies. Hip'popus (from innog, and novg, a foot). A genus of acephalous mollusks, so called from the resemblance of their shell to the foot of a horse. Hip'pus (from mnoq, a horse). A disease of the eyes characterized by perpetual twinkling or repeated alternate dilatation and contraction of the iris. Hir'quus. The inner canthus of the eye. Hirsute (hirsutus). Clothed with hair ; rough, shaggy. Hirsu'ties. Hairiness. The growth of hair in unusual situations or in greater abun- dance than usual. Hiru'do. The leech. Hirudo Medicina / lis. The medicinal leech. European leech. It will draw nearly half an ounce of blood. The American leech, or Hi- rudo decora, does not make so deep an incision as the European, and draws less blood. Leeches are used to produce local blood-letting. In applying them the part must be wiped dry, and if they do not take hold, a little milk or ' cream may be applied. When satiated, they will drop off, and can be made to disgorge the blood by applying a little salt or vinegar to their heads. Hirundina / ria. See Lysimachia Num- MULARIA. His / pid (from hispidus, bristly). In Botany, bristly ; beset with stiff hairs. Histodial / ysis (ioroc } web or tissue, and fiia'/jiouj, a dissolution). A resolution of organic texture. Histogenesis (genesis). The development of t issues. Histogenet'ic. Producing organic texture ; tissue producing. Histogen'ia (from larog, a web or tissue, HIS 313 HOO and yeveaig, generation). Histogeny. The for- mation and development of organic tissues. Histoid. Formed out of a single tissue, as a histoid tumor. Histology (histologic! ; from ta-og, a tissue, and TioyoQj a discourse). The anatomy of the tissues which enter into the formation of the different organs of the body ; general anatomy. The study of the intimate structure of tissues. Histolysis. The disintegration of tissues ; especially as a result of retrograde metamorpho- sis in the living body. Histon'omy (hisionomia ; from larog, web or tissue, and vo/iog, law). The laws which govern the development and arrangement of organic tissues. His / tory, Medical. A description of the principal events and the persons connected therewith in the progress of the several branches of medicine. History, Natural. That department of phys- ical science which treats of the properties of natural bodies and their methodical arrange- ment. Histot'omy (from icrog, a tissue, and to/utj, incision). The dissection of organic tissues. Hive Syrup. See Syrupus Scill^; Com- POSITUS. Hives. The popular name for croup ; also for chicken-pox, the varicella globularis in this country, but chiefly for urticaria. Hoarse'ness (raucedo). Preternatural roughness or asperity of voice, arising gener- ally from disease in the larynx and trachea. Hoary. Of a gray, bluish-green color. Hob=nail Liver. Cirrhosis of the liver. Hoffmann's Anodyne Solution. See SPIRITUS iETHERIS SULPHURIC! COMPOSITUS. Hogs'lard. Adeps prseparata ; adeps suil- lus ; axungia porcina. Hol'ce (o?dii]). A drachm. Holder, Cheek and Tongue. See Thomas' Cheek and Tongue Holder ; also Hawes' Duct Compressor. Hollands. Gin. Holiingsworth System of Crown= and Bridge=work. See Bridge-work, Systems of. Holohed'ral (from o/.og, whole, and edpa, face). In Mineralogy, a crystal with all the similar edges replaced. Holoton'icus (from o?,og, whole, and reivo, to stretch). In Pathology, that form of tetanus in which the muscles of the body generally are affected. Ho'ma. An anasarcous swelling. Homo. Man. A mammiferous animal of the order Bimana, or two-handed, of which he is the only genus. Also a prefix denoting equality, etc. Homoeopath. A homceopathist. Homoeopathy (homceopathia ; from ouoioc, similar, and Tradog, affection). A doctrine which maintains that all diseases of the body are to be cured by inducing other diseased actions of the same kind, and that is to be effected by exceedingly minute doses of medi- cine. Homogang'liate (from o/xoiog, like, and yayy/uov, a ganglion). A term applied in Com- parative Anatomy to animals with the gan- glionic nervous system and symmetrical ar- rangement of the ganglions. Homogeneous. Having the same struc- ture throughout. Having elements of like nature and properties. Homoio'sis (from o/joiou, to assimilate). The elaboration of the chyle, by which it is assimilated to the blood. Homologous (pfiog, equal, same, and /o-^og, a relation). Things of the same essential na- ture in different animal bodies, however differ- ent in form or name. Homology (from o/iog, the same, and Zoyog, a discourse). The doctrine of similar parts. Homomor'phous. Having the same form. Homonymous. In Anatomy, a correlation of parts. Homoph'agus (from u/uog, raw, and 90; «, to eat). One who eats raw flesh. Homoplas'ty (from o/uog, same, and ~laaau, to form). The formation of homologous tissues. Homopla / ta. Scapula. Homot'onos (aemasticos). Having the same tone. Hom / otype (oftog, equal, and rv-og, form). Applied by Owen to a repeated part in the seg- ments of the same skeleton. Hon'ey (met ; mellis). A mucoso-saccha- rine substance of a yellowish color and aromatic smell, elaborated by the Apis mellifica, or honey- bee, from the nectaries of flowers and deposited in the cells of the comb. Honey of Squill. See SYRUPUS Scill.e Com- POSITUS. Hon 'ey suckle. A plant of the genus Loni- cera. Hood'ed. Cucullate or cowled. See Cu- cullate. HOO 314 HUM Hook. A curved steel instrument used by anatomists, surgeons, and dentists. The tenac- ulum is a variety of hook used by the two for- mer, and the hook belonging to the key of Garengeot, and the one with the forked or crescent-shaped extremity, with a straight shaft attached to a handle, used for the ex- traction of the roots of molar teeth, are the kinds employed by the latter. Hook, Blunt. In Obstetrics, a hook with a long, straight handle, for bringing down the limbs of the foetus during delivery. Hooked. Curved suddenly at the point. Hoop'ing=cough. Pertussis. Hops. The strobiles of Humulus lupulus. Hor'dei Sem / ina. Hordeum perlatum ; pearl barley. Hor'dein. A peculiar substance found in barley, allied to starch, but a distinct sub- stance. Hordeolum. A diminutive of hordeum, barley. A stye, or small tumor of the eyelids, which is somewhat of the nature of a little boil. Hor'deum. Barley. Also a genus of plants of the order Graminese. Hordeum Perla / tum. Pearl barley. Hordeum Vulga / re. The common barley. Horehound'. A plant of the genus Marru- bium. Horehound, Black. Stinking horehound. Ballota nigra. Ballota fcetida. Horehound Tea. Infuse an ounce of white horehound, Marrubium vulgare, in a pint of boiling water. Horehound, Wild. A plant of the genus Eupatorium. Horizontal. Parallel to the horizon ; on a level. Horn (cornu). An animal substance con- sisting chiefly of a modification of protein. The gelatin of horny tissues comes from their fibrous basis. Horn Lead. Chloride of lead. Horn Pock. A form of variola in which the pimples, imperfectly suppurating, are ichorous or horny and semi transparent. Horn Quicksilver. Native protochloride of mercury. Horn Silver. Native chloride of silver ; a com pon i K I of silver and chlorine. Its formula is AgCl. It is quite soft and of a pearl gray or greenish color. Horn'blende. A common mineral, occur- ring massive or in prismatic crystals of vari- ous colors, from white through green shades to black. It is a silicate of lime, magnesia, or iron. It is sometimes used in the manufac- ture of porcelain teeth for shading the body or enamel. Hor / rida Cutis (cutis anserina). Goose-skin. Hor'ridus. Horror ; a quaking, shivering with cold. Applied to a fever, etc. Horripilation [horripilatio ; from horrere, to bristle up, and pit us, a hair). A shuddering, chilling, or creeping sensation preceding fever, with bristling of the hairs over the body, Horseradish. Armoracia. A plant of the genus Cochlearia, having a root of a pungent taste. It is stimulant, diuretic, and diapho- retic. Dose, Qj to 3j. Horse=tail. See Hippuris Vulgaris. Hor'tus. Vulva ; the female genitals. Hos'pital (from hosjyes, a guest). An estab- lishment for the reception and medical treat- ment of the sick. Hospital Fever (febris nosocomial is). A fever peculiar to the inmates of a hospital, from their condition and circumstances. Hospital Gangrene. A peculiar form of gan- grene occurring in hospitals in which the air has become vitiated by the accumulation of patients or want of proper ventilation. Hot=air Syringe, Warm=air Syringe. See Syringe. Hour=glass Contraction. An irregular contraction of the transverse fibres of the uterus, causing it to assume the shape of an hour-glass. When it occurs previous to the removal of the placenta, this is often retained for some time in the upper portion of the organ. Howe Crown. An artificial crown secured to the root of a natural tooth by a threaded screw post or dowel, assisted by an amalgam filling forming the lingual surface and dove- tailed into the crown and root. Also an all- porcelain dovetail crown for bicuspid and molur roots, united by means of two screw- posts, the ends of which are pinched toward each other by pliers so as to pass through the opening in the crown. Two styles in use are the four-pin crowns and the porcelain dovetail crowns. Howland Crown. An artificial, all-porce- lain crown, similar to the Mack crown, and attached to the natural root with screws that are first inserted in the root. H. S. Horn somni, at bedtime. Human Teeth, Customs Concerning. Apart from the importance attached to the HUM 315 HUN teeth, some very curious and singular customs connected with these organs have obtained among many of the nations of the earth. The Brahmins of Hindoostan rub their teeth for more than an hour with a twig from the race- miferous fig-tree immediately after rising every morning, addressing their prayers at the same time to the sun, invoking blessings upon themselves and families. They also separate their teeth as soon as the second set is formed. The inhabitants of Tonquin and Siam dye their teeth black, as do also the females of the Marian Islands and the unmarried ladies of Java. Many of the women of Sumatra have their teeth filed off to the gums ; others have them filed to points or the enamel filed off in order to dye them black, which is regarded as very ornamental. The great men of these islands color their upper teeth black and in- case their lower ones with gold, creating a con- trast which is regarded as particularly beauti- ful by candle-light. The inhabitants of some of the other East Indian islands gild their two front teeth and dye the others black. The natives of Malacca cut horizontal grooves across their upper incisors, and the Abyssinian negroes file their teeth to points, giving them a notched or serrated appearance. The inhabi- tants of Prince William's Sound, says Mr. Murphy, make an incision in the upper lip parallel with the mouth, and when the sides of the wound have healed they insert a shell, carved in such a manner as to resemble teeth. The natives of the Sandwich Islands, in order to propitiate their god Eatooa, offer up to him their front teeth. The late Dr. Livingstone, in his travels in Central Africa, also noticed the mutilation, etc., of the teeth by the natives, and mentions some interesting facts concern- ing the customs of the different tribes in this respect. Hum boldtine. A native oxalate of the protoxide of iron. Hum'boldtite. Oxalate of lime calculus. Humec'tant (humectans). Aterm applied in Therapeutics to remedies which are supposed to increase the fluidity of the blood and to remove the acrid condition of an organ. In Surgery, the substance for retaining moisture in a water- dressing. The best humectant is spunk, Ama- dou, prepared without saltpetre or gunpowder. See Water Dressing. Humecta'tion (from humectare, to moisten). An operation by which parts are kept moist. Act of moistening. Hu / meral (humeralis). Pertaining to the humerus or arm. Humeral Artery. The brachial artery. Hu / merus (from upac, the shoulder). The upper part of the arm and shoulder. Also the bone of the arm, os humeri, which is of a cylin- drical shape and situated between the scapula and forearm. Hume's Test. A test for arsenious acid, consisting of the ammonia nitrate of silver. If solutions of these substances be mixed, a yellow arsenite of silver is precipitated and nitrate of ammonia remains in the solution. Hu'mic Acid. An acid formed from humus by alkalies. Hu'milis. The rectus inferior oculi. Hu'min. A dark substance, insoluble in alkalies, obtained from the soil. Hu'mite. A red Yesuvian mineral occur- ring in complex crystals ; named in honor of Sir David Hume, in whose collection it was found. Hu / mor (from humeo, to be moist). Any fluid of the body. Humor, Aqueous. A thin, transparent fluid which fills the two chambers of the eye. Humor, Vitreous. A gelatinous, transparent mass of the eye in cells behind the crystalline lens. Hu'moral Pathology. An old theory which attributed all diseases to disordered states of the fluids. Hu'moric. A sound produced by percussion of the stomach when distended by fluid or air. Hu'morists. In Medicine, those who attribute all diseases to a disordered condi- tion of the fluids of the body. Hu'mour. See Humor. Hump=back. Protuberance of the back, occasioned by curvature of the spine. Mu mulin. The narcotic principle of the Humulus lupulus. Hu / mulus Lu'pulus. The hop plant. Hu'mus. Vegetable mould ; decayed woody fibre. Hunch. Hump. Hunter's Silicious Cement. A fusible silicious cement— introduced to the notice of the dental profession by Dr. W. M. Hunter — for uniting single porcelain teeth to a gold or platina base and to one another. It consists of a base and gum enamel. The former is com- posed of flux,* 1 oz. ; pure, finely-ground as- * The flux is composed of silex. S ozs. ; calcined borax, 4 ozs. : caustic potash, 1 oz. The caustic pot- HUS 316 HYD bestos, 2 ozs. ; to these, after being ground to- gether until very fine, is added granulated body, 1J ozs.* The -whole is then mixed with a spatula to prevent breaking the granules. Three formula? are given by Dr. Hunter for gum enamel, prepared as follows : No. 1, fl ux, 1 oz. ; fused spar of the clearest quality, 1 oz. ; English rose, 40 grs. Grind the rose in a Wedgwood mortar very fine, add the flux gradually, and then the spar ; continue to grind until the ingredients are thoroughly in- corporated. Cut down a Hessian crucible until it can be put in the muffle of a furnace ; line with a mixture of equal parts of silver and kaoline ; put in the materials, and raise the heat on it until vitrification, not fusion, takes place ; then withdraw the muffle. A red cake of enamel, easily removed from the crucible, will be the result. This, after removing any adhering portions of the silex and kaolin, is broken and ground tolerably fine. If, on testing, the color is found to be too deep, it may be reduced by the addition of a little covering, t The gum enamel from this formula flows at the lowest heat. For gum enamel No. 2, take flux, 1 oz. ; fused spar, 2 oz. ; Eng- lish rose, 60 grs. For No. 3, take flux, 1 oz. ; fused spar, 3 ozs. ; English rose, 80 grs. Treat as above. See Continuous Gum. For man- ner of using this cement see Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Husk. Glume ; calyx. Hutchinson's Teeth. Notched and stunted ash is ground very fine in a Wedgwood mortar, and the two former gradually added until they are thoroughly incorporated. The mass is then placed in a Hessian crucible, as white as can be obtained, previously lined with kaolin, and with which a cover of fine clay slab should be luted on. The crucible is now exposed to a clear, strong fire in a furnace until the mixture is fused into a transparent glass, which should be free from stain or discoloration. This, when cold, is broken down and ground until it will pass through a bolting cloth sieve, when it is ready for use. * For granulated body, break and grind fine china or Wedgwood ware until it will pass through a wire sieve No. .00 ; then sift the fine particles with a No. 10 lolling sieve. This will leave the grains about the -i/.<- of the finest gunpowder. Any hard porcelain, with body, will answer as well. f This is made by mixing two parts white quartz ■:iinl with one part plaster of Paris, with sufficient water to make the mass plastic, and must be used before the plaster . j <-t,.-i. permanent teeth found in children suffering from hereditary syphilis ; so called from Jona- than Hutchinson's description of the effects of syphilis on the dental structures. Hyacinth. A mineral of various colors occurring in crystals ; found in Zircon. Hyacinth'ine. A transparent and doubly refractive brown or greenish mineral occur- ring in eight-sided prisms. Hyale'us. Hyaline. Hyaline (from valoc, glass). The pellucid or albuminoid substance which, combined with chitine, is said to form the amyloid substance. Eesembling glass. Hyali / tis. Inflammation of the hyaloid membrane of the eye. Hy'alo. Vitreous, in composition. Hyalodec / crysis. Escape of part of the vitreous body or humor. Hy / aIoid (hyaloides; from valoc, glass, and eidoc, likeness). Resembling glass. Trans- parent ; pertaining to the vitreous humor. Hyaloid Canal. See Hyaloid Membrane. Hyaloid Fossa. The depression in the vitre- ous humor in which the crystalline lens or humor is partially imbedded. Hyaloid Membrane. The membrane which forms the covering of the vitreous hnmor and transmits within it prolongations which di- vide it into cells. On a level with the entrance of the optic nerve into the eye the hyaloid membrane forms, by reflection, a cylindrical canal, which pierces the vitreous humor as far as the posterior part of the crystalline lens. Hyaloplasm. The outer hyaline layer of a cell ; the structureless portion of a cell- body ; the fluid portion of the protoplasm of cells. Hyber'nacle. See Hibernacle. Hybernation. See Hibernation. Hybo / ma. Gibbosity of the spine. Hy / brid (hybrida; from vfipic, an injury, because its nature is tainted). In Physiology, the offspring of two different animals, as the mule, or of plants of different species. In Philology, words compounded of different languages. Hydar / thrus (hydarthrosis ; from v6up, water, and ap&pov, a joint ; properly, hydrar- thrns). Hydrops articulorum. Dropsy of a joint. White swelling. Hy'datid (hydatis ; from vfiup, water). An encysted tumor containing a transparent, watery fluid, found in various parts of the body ; also transparent vesicles, soft, and devel- oped within organs. (1) Hydatis acephalocyilis, HYD 31', HYD the headless hydatid, or bladder- worm; (2) Hydatis ccenurus, containing several animals grouped together and terminating in one tail ; (3) Hydatis cysticercus, the bladder-tailed hy- datid ; (4) Hydatis dilrachyceros, furnished with a rough, bifurcated horn ; (5) Hydatis echino- coccus, the round, rough hydatid ; (6) Hydatis polycephalus, the many -headed hydatid ; (7) a white encysted body, named by Raspail the ovuliger of the joint of the wrist, is also added to the foregoing, though considered by the dis- coverer as belonging to a genus intermediate between the cysticercus and the ccenurus. Hydatidoce'le (hydatocele; from vSartg, a hydatid, and k//'A//, a tumor). A tumor formed of or containing hydatids. Hy'datoid (hydatoides ; from vdup, water, and eidoc, resemblance). Watery ; resembling water. Hy / derus. Anasarca. Dropsy. Hydr=, Hydro= (from vSup, water). A prefix denoting the presence of water or hy- drogen. Hydra / cetine. The active principle of pyrodine. An antipyretic and analgesic, and with properties similar to pyrodine (which see). Hydrac'ids. In Chemistry, acids contain- ing hydrogen in combination with a radicle. Even the oxacids have been classified under this head by assuming that their basis is a compound radicle united with hydrogen. Hy'dragogues {hydragoga ; from v6up, water, and ayu, I expel). Medicines which increase the secretions or excretions so as to cause the removal of effused serum or water from any part of the body. Hydram / nios. A morbid accumulation of the liquor amnii. Hydrargo=chIo / rids. Haloid salts in which the part of the halogen is taken by corrosive sublimate. H yd rar 'gyrate. Of or belonging to mer- cury. Any preparation of mercury. Hydrar'gyri Acetas. Acetate of mercury. Hydrargyri Ammo / nio-chlo / ridum. (Ph. L.) Ammonio-chloride of mercury. Hydrargyri Bichlo'ridi Liq / uor. (Ph. L.) A solution of corrosive sublimate. Hydrargyri BichloriMum. Bichloride of mercury. Hydrargyri Bicyani'dum. Bicyanide of mer- cury. Hydrargyri Biniodi'dum. Biniodide of mer- cury. Hydrargyri Binoxi'dum. (Ph. L.) Oxide of mercury. Hydrargyri Bisulphure'tum. Bisulphuret of mercury. Cinnabar. Hydrargyri Borus'sias. Hydrargyri cyanu- retum. Bicyanide of mercury. Hydrargyri Bromidum. Bromide of mer- cury. Hydrargyri Calx APba. See HYDRARGYRIA AmMOXIATUM. Hydrargyri Chlo'ridum Corro'sivum. (U. S.) Corrosive chloride of mercury. Bichloride of mercury. Corrosive sublimate. Stimulant, antisyphilitic, alterative, and antiseptic. Dose, gr. j 1 ^ to gr. \, made into a pill. Al«o used externally for venereal and skin diseases. Antidote, white of egg. See Gorgas' ' ' Den- tal Medicine." Hydrargyri Chloridum MPte. (Ph. L.) Chloride of mercury. Protochloride or sub- chloride of mercury. Calomel. Formula : Hg,Cl 2 . Antisyphilitic, alterative, and pur- gative. Dose, gr. j to gr. ij, night and morn- ing in a pill ; as a purge, gr. v to gr. xx. Hydrargyri Cyanure / tum. (TJ. S.) Bicy- anide, cyanuret, or prussiate of mercury. Hydrargyri Deuto-iodidum. Iodide of mer- cury. Hydrargyri Hyperox / idum. See HYDRAR- GYRI OXIDUM EUBRUM. Hydrargyri Iodidum. (Ph. U. S. and L.) Subiodide of mercurj^. Protoiodide of mer- cury. Excitant and alterative. Dose, gr. h to gr. ij, in pill or dissolved in alcohol. Hydrargyri Iodidum Ru / brum. (TJ. S.) Red iodide of mercury. Hydrargyri Mu'rias Corro'sivus. Corrosive sublimate. Hydrargyri Murias Dul'cis. Calomel. Hydrargyri Ni'tras. Nitrate of mercury. A powerful escharotic. Hydrargyri Ni / trico-ox / idum. Nitric oxide of mercury. Hydrargyri Oxidum Nigrum. (TJ. S.) Black oxide of mercury. Dose, gr. } to gr. h Hydrargyri Oxidum Rubrum. (TJ. S.) Red precipitate of mercury. Nitric oxide of mer- cury. Hydrargyri Oxidum Sulphuricum. See HY- DRARGYRI Sulphas Flavus. Hydrargyri Oxymu / rias. Corrosive subli- mate. Hydrargyri Prussias. See Hydkargyri Cyanuretum. Hydrargyri Submu'rias. Calomel. HYD 318 HYD Hydrargyri Submurias Ammoniatum. See Hydrargyrum Ammoniatum. Hydrargyri SuFphas Flatus. (U. S.) Yel- low sulphate of mercury. Subsulphate of mercury. Sulphate of mercury. Turpe.th mineral. Hydrargyri Sulphure'tum Nigrum. (TJ. S.) Black sulphuret of mercury. iEthiop's min- eral. Dose, gr. v to 5 ss. Hydrargyri Sulphuretum Ru / brum. (U. S.) Eed sulphuret of mercury. Bisulphuret of mercury. Cinnabar. Hydrargyri Supermu / rias. See HYDRAR- GYRI Chloridum Corrosivum. Hydrargyri Unguen / tum. See TJNGUENTUM Hydrargyri. Hydrargyria [eczema mercuriale). Mer- curial eczema, or eczema resulting from the use of mercury. Hydrargyri 'asis. Poisoning by mercury. Hydrar / gyro=iodides. Compounds of iodide or cyanide of mercury with correspond- ing salts of potassium, sodium, etc. Hydrargyro=stomati / tis. Mercurial sore mouth. Hydrar'gyrum (from v6up, water, and a/>yvf}oc : silver). Quicksilver. Mercury. A liquid metal of a brilliant, bluish- white color. Hydrargyrum Aceta / tum. See HYDRARGYRI At'ETAS. Hydrargyrum Ammonia'tum. Ainmoniated mercury. Hydrargyrum Boruss / icum. See HYDRAR- GYRI Cyanuretum. Hydrargyrum Calcina / tum. See HYDRAR- GYEI BlXOXIDUM. Hydrargyrum cum Cre'ta. (Ph. TJ. S., L., E., and D.) Mercury with chalk. Dose, gr. iij to gr. x. Hydrargyrum cum Magne / sia. (Ph. D.) Mercury with carbonate of magnesia. Hydrargyrum Hydrocyanicum. See HY- DRARGYRI Cyanuretum. Hydrargyrum Muriat/icum. Chloride of mer- cury. Protochloride of mercury. Calomel. Hydrargyrum Phosphora / tum. Phosphur- etted mercury. Hydrargyrum Praecipita'tum. See Hydrar- gyrum Ammoniatum. Hydrargyrum Prsecipitatum Cine'reum. See Hydrargyrum Oxiimm Nigrum. Hydrargyrum Purifica'tum. Purified mer- cury. Hydrargyrum Sacchara / tum. Mercury tri- turated with lamp sugar. Hydrargyrum Vitriola'tum. See HYDRAR- gyri Sulphas Flayus. Hydrar / gyrus. Hydrargyrum. Mercury. Hydrarthrosis. The morbid diathesis indicated by the occurrence of hydrarthrus. Hydrar'thrus. The disease " white swell- ing " ; sometimes called spiua ventosa. Hydras / tine. The bitter principle of Hy- drastis canadensis. Hydrastis Canadensis. Golden seal. Yellow root. Turmeric root. A perennial herb, having an acrid, hitter taste, and em- ployed by the Indians as an application to old ulcers. The root, in the form of an infusion, is used as a tonic and mouth-wash, and as an outward application in wounds and for local inflammation. It is also used as a local an- aesthetic in the form of the tincture, fgj ; aqua, f^j. Also in ptyalism and all indo- lent and offensive ulcerations of the mouth and throat. Hy'drate (from vSup, water). A compound containing water in a fixed and definite propor- tion ; a substance which has formed so intimate a union with water as to solidify it; substances chemically combined with water. A hydrate is practically a molecule of water with its basic atom of hydrogen replaced by another electro- positive atom. Hydrate of Chlo / ral. An anaesthetic and hypnotic. It is obtained by the action of chlorine on alcohol. Mixed with water, it becomes the hydrate of chloral. The alcohol (C 4 H 6 2 ), by the loss of the two eqs. of hydro- gen, becomes aldehyd (C 4 H 4 2 ), of which the radicle acetyl (C 4 H 3 ), gives up its three eqs. of hydrogen and takes three eqs. of chlorine, forming a new radicle (C 4 C1 3 ) ; and this, com- bining with one eq. of the oxygen, and the remaining eq. each of hydrogen and oxygen, form chloral (C 2 HC1 : ,0H 2 0), or a variety of aldehyd, in which the three eqs. of hydrogen of the radicle are replaced by three eqs. of chlorine. Anhydrous chloral is an oily, pun- gent fluid, the vapor of which is very irritat- ing to the eyes. It combines with water to form a crystalline hydrate, which is very soluble in water. Dr. Leibreich is of the opinion that when taken into the circulation it meets with soda and undergoes decomposi- tion, one of the results of which is the forma- tion of chloroform. Taken internally, the average dose for an adult is gr. xxx, which is equal in its effects to gr. j of opium. It is also employed hypodermi cully, and locally for HYD 319 HYD odontalgia. As a[local anaesthetic it has heen superseded by cocaine. Chloral is also em- ployed for the treatment of putrescent pulps of teeth and as a stimulant and antiseptic injection in chronic alveolar abscess. See Chloral Hydbate. Hydrate of Potassa. Caustic potash. Hy'drated. Chemically combined with water. Hydraulics (from vdup, water, and av?.oc, a pipe). The science of the motions of liquids, the laws which regulate them, and the effects which they produce. Hydrencephaloce'le (from vdup, and eyneip- aloc, the brain, and KW, a tumor). A watery tumor of the brain. Hydrenceph'aloid (from i'dwp, water, eyKEapov, eyelid). Watery swelling of the eyelids. Hydrobro'mate. A combination of hydro- bromic acid with a base. Hydrobrom'ic. A combination of hydro- gen and bromine. Applied to an acid or to a colorless gas of irritating odor. Hydrobromic Acid, Diluted. Composed of ten per cent, of absolute hydrobromic acid and ninety per cent, of water. Dose, rt^xx to 3 ij. Hydrocarbons. Organic compounds con- sisting solely of hj'drogen and carbon. The meaning of this term is often extended so as to embrace the combinations of these elements (carbon and hydrogen) with oxygen. Hydrocar'buret. A combination of hydro- gen and carbon with another body. Hydrocar'dia. Dropsy of the pericardium. Hydrocele (from vtiwp, water, and x-rf/'U a tumor). A collection of serous fluid either in the membrane of the scrotum or in the coats of the testicle and its vessels. Hydrocele Cystica. Encysted hydrocele of the spermatic cord. Hydrocele of the Neck. A tumor filled with a watery fluid, occupying some portion of the neck. Hydrocele Peritonaea. Dropsy of the abdo- men. Hydrocele Spinalis. Hydrorachis. Hydroceno / sis. Evacuation of morbid accumulations of water. Hydrocephalus (from vSop, water, and KEp, water, and ai/ia, blood). A watery or impoverished state of the blood. Hydrohymeni'tis. Inflammation of a serous membrane. Hydrola'ta. Distilled water. Hy / drolite (from vdop, and /Utfof, a stone). A mineral the crystals of which are six sided prisms, terminated by low, six-sided pyramids with truncated summits ; also decoction, muci- lage, potion. Hydrol'ogy (hydrologia ; from vSup, water, and ?>oyor, a discourse). A treatise on the properties and nature of water. Hydro / ma. A sac or cyst filled with water or serous fluid. Hydroman'cy (from vdup, and /xavreta, prophecy). Divination by water — a method of predicting events practised by the ancient Persians and Romans. Hy / dromel (hydromeli; from vdup, water, and fieTu, honey). Water sweetened with honey. Hydrom'eter (hydrometrum ; from w?w/j, HYD 321 HYD water, and fierpov, a measure). An instrument to determine the specific gravity of fluids. Hydrome'tra (from vdup, water, and pnrpa, the womb ). Dropsy of the uterus. Hydrom / phalum (from vdup, water, and o/Kpa/.oc, the navel). A tumor at the navel containing a serous fluid. Hydromyrin'ga (from vdup, water, and myringa or myrinx, the membraua tympani). Dropsy of the tympanum. Hydronaph'thol. It is regarded as a form of /3-naphthol, and occurs in light, fawn- colored, crystalline flakes, having a feeble taste and odor. It is antiseptic, stimulant, and counter-irritant, resembling capsicum in some respects. It is employed in Dental Practice to disinfect pulp canals, and in the early stages of periodontitis before pus has formed. For dental uses see Gorgas' "Dental Medi- cine." Hydronephrosis (from vdup, water, and ve(f>pog, kidney). An accumulation of urine in the kidney, caused by obstruction of the urinif- erous tubes. Hydron / osos (from idpuc, sweat, and voaoc, a disease). Sudor anglicanus. Sweating sick- ness. Hydrop'athy (hydropathia ; from, vdup, water, and ira&os, disease). The treatment of disease by the external and internal use of water. Hydropericar'dium (hydropericardia; from vdup, and ~epiKapdiov, the pericardium). Dropsy of the pericardium. Hydrophal'lus. Dropsy of the penis. Hy'drophane (from vdup, and pTjaig, smell). Excessive acuteness of smell. Hyperostosis (from wnyj, upon, and ooteov, a bone). Exostosis. Hyperphlebo'sis. Unusual development of the venous system. Hyperplasia. Excessive formation. Hypersarco'ma (from virep, above, and oaf>^ flesh). Eypersarcosis. An exuberant growth of flesh. A fleshy excrescence. Hypersarco'sis. I lypersarcoma. Hypersensitive Dentine. An exaltation Of tin- normal sensitiveness of the dentine ; a disturbance caused by changed relations of the dentinal tissue, which is naturally protected by the enamel from irritating influences. For treatment see Sensitive Dentine. Hypersthenic (from U7rep, above, and adevog, strength). Excess of vital power. Hypersthenic (hyper sthenicus). Active in an unusual degree. Hypertonia (from virep, above, and rovog, tone). Excess of tone in the tissues of the body. Hypertrophae'mia. Increase of the nutri- tive power of the blood. Hypertrophic. Of or pertaining to hyper- trophy. Hypertrophy (from vnep, in excess, and Tpofyr], nourishment). Excess of nourishment and consequent increase in bulk of an organ or part without changing the nature of its sub- stance. Hypertrophy of Gums. See GUMS, DISEASES OF. Hypertrophy of the Heart. A morbid in- crease of the muscular substance of the heart. Hyperure / sis. Superabundant secretion of urine. Hypex / odos. An alvine discharge or flux. Hypino'sis (from vwo } under, and ig, fibre). A deficiency of fibrin in the blood, as in chlo- rosis, scorbutus, etc. Hypinot'ic. Pertaining to hypinosis. Hypnaesthe / sis (ywvog, sleep, and atadrjaig, sense or feeling). Dulled sensibility ; drowsi- ness. Hyp / nicus. Applied in the neuter plural to medicines or agents affecting sleep, either by inducing it or preventing it. Hypnobata / sis. The act of walking in one's sleep. Somnambulism. Hypnol'ogy (hypnologia; from vnvog, sleep, and hoyog, a discourse). A treatise on sleep. Also that part of hygiene which re- lates to the proper regulation of sleeping and waking. Hypnotic (hypnoticus; from vnvog, sleep). Medicines that indu ce sleep. Somniferous ; narcotic. Hypnotism. A peculiar state of artifi- cially induced sleep, in which the mind is remarkably open to external influences. Also a state of insensibility to pain, said to be induced by gazing continuously at a bright object or by passes before the eyes, etc. Hyp'notize. To induce a state of hyp- notism. HYP 325 HYP Hypo=. A prefix, from v-no, under, signify- ing deficiency. HypO£E / mia (from vno, beneath, and ai/xa, blood). Anaemia, deficiency of blood. Hypoblast (from viro, under, and jUaorog, a sprout). The internal layer of the blasto- derm, — called also the endoderm, entoderm, epithelio-glandnlar layer, — from which is devel- oped the epithelium of the air passages, the intestinal epithelium (except that of the mouth and anus), and that of the glands opening into the intestines ; the inner layer of which the embryo is composed. Hypocathar / sis (from vtto, under, and nadatpu, purgation). Gentle purgation ; insuffi- cient operation of a cathartic. Hypochlo'rous Acid. A compound of chlorine and oxygen. Hypochon'driac [hypochondriasis ; from vivo, under, and x ov &P°Z-, a cartilage). Pertain- ing to the hypochondrium. Also one affected with hypochondriasis. Hypochondriac Region. In Anatomy the space situated on each side below the short ribs. Hypochondriasis (morbus hypochondria- cus). Lowness of spirits ; a species of neurosis or melancholy combined with dyspepsia, flatu- lence, and illusion of the senses. Hypochon'drium. The lateral and supe- rior regions of the abdomen under the cartilages of the false ribs. Hypocohy / ma (from vtto, and x vu , to pour out). Cataract. Hypocoi'lon. The cavity under the eye. Also the under eyelid. Hypocopho'sis (from vtto, and nutyocic, deafness). A slight degree of deafness. Hypocra'nium (from v-o, under, and Kpa- viov, the skull). A collection of pus between the cranium and dura mater. Hypodermat/omy (hypodermatomia ; from vtvo, under, fiep/ia, the skin, and to//;;, incision). The section of subcutaneous parts, as of ten- dons, muscles, etc. Hypoder'mic (vko, under, and tiepua, the skin). A term for the application of medi- cines under the skin ; that is, to the denuded surface after the skin has been removed by a blister or under the skin by means of a fine syringe. Hypodermic Syr'inge. An instrument for injecting medicines in a liquid state under the skin ; morphia, for example. Hypoga / la (from v-o, under, and ya?M, milk). A collection of white humor in the chambers of the eye. Hypogastric (hypogastricus). Pertaining to the hypogastrium. Hypogastric Artery. The internal iliac ar- tery. Hypogastric Plexus. A plexus of nerves formed by the termination of the aortic plexus and by the union of branches from the lower lumbar ganglia. It is situated at the lateral and posterior parts of the rectum and the lower and back part of the bladder. Hypogastric Region. See HYPOGASTRIUM. Hypogastrium (from vko, under, and yaoTrip, the stomach). The lower part of the abdomen, extending from above the pubes to within three fingers' breadth of the navel. It is divided into three secondary regions, the pubic, or central, and two lateral, or inguinal. Hypogastroce'le. A hernia in the hypo- gastrium, formed by the protrusion of intestine or omentum through the lower part of the linea alba. HypogIossiadeni / tis. Inflammation of the sublingual gland. Hypoglos / sus (from v~o, under. 'and y7.wooa, the tongue) . That which is under the tongue — the lingual or ninth pair of nerves. Hypoglof/tis (from vtto, under, and ylarra, the tongue). The under part of the tongue. Ranula. Hypo'mema. An effusion of red blood into the chambers of the eye. Hypo'mia (from vtto, and uuoq, the shoul- der). The part subjacent to the shoulder. Hyponeu'ria. Slight or diminished nerve power. Hyponi'trite. A combination of hyponi- trous acid with a base. Hyponi'trous Acid. Nitrous acid. Hypon / omus. A deep fistula or ulcer. Hypon / ychon. Ecchymosis under a nail. Hypopathi / a. A trivial disease. Hypope'dium. A cataplasm for the sole of the foot. Hypophos'phite. A salt of hypophos- phorous acid, the official hypophosphites being those of sodium, potassium, calcium, andiron. Hypophos'phorous Acid. A monobasic acid, H 3 PO,. Hypophthal'mia. A term applied in Pa- thology to the pain preceding suppuration or similar affections in the anterior chamber of the eye. Hypop'ion (from wro, under, and rrvov, pus, HYP 326 HYS because the pus is under the cornea) . Hypopyon. Applied to a small abscess between the laminae of the cornea and to collections of coagulable lymph, like pus, in the chambers of the eye. Hyporin'ion (from ioto, under, and piv, the nose). The upper lip beneath the nose ; also the beard which grows upon it. HyposiagonarthrPtis (from vno, aiayuv, the jaw bone, ap&pov, a joint, and trie, in- flammation). Inflammation of the joint of the jaw-bone. Hypospadias {hypospadia ; from vno, un- der, and <7-««, I draw). A malformation of the penis in which the urethra opens at the base instead of the apex. Hyposta'phyle. Relaxation and elonga- tion of the uvula. Hypostasis. Sediment. Hyposthe'nic. Contra-stimulant. That which reduces strength. Hypos'trophe. Turning over. HyposuPphate. A combination of hypo- sulphuric acid with a base. Hypot/enuse. Hypothenuse. That side of a right-angled triangle which subtends the right angle. Hypoth'enar (from vrro, under, and devap, the palm of the hand). A muscle on the inside of the hand. Also the part of the hand opposite to the palm. Hypothenar Eminence. The fleshy projection of the palm or surface of the hand corre- sponding to the little finger. Hypothenar Min / imi Dig'iti. The flexor parvus minimi digiti muscle. Hypothenar Mi / nor Metacarpus. The ab- ductor minimi digiti muscle. Hypothenar Riola / ni. The flexor parvus minimi digiti muscle. Hypother'mal. Tepid. A temperature between HO and 68° F., or 15° and 25° C. Hypothesis. A supposition invented to explain a phenomenon. Hypothe'ton. Suppository. Hypotrophy. Scanty nourishment. Hypozo'ma (from vno ) under, and (uviw/u, to bind round). A membrane or septum. The diaphrag m. Hys'tera [vote pa). The uterus ; also the vulva. HysteraPgia (from varepa, the uterus, and "//", pain). Pain in the uterus. Hysteratre / sia. Im perforation of the os uteri. Hysterelco'sis. Ulceration of the uterus. Hysteremphyse / ma (vcrepa, womb, and emphysema, a windy swelling). Presence of air in the womb. Physometra. Hyste / ria (from varepa, the uterus, from which the disease was supposed to originate). Hysterics. A morbid affection peculiar to the human female, occurring in paroxysms and characterized by anxiety of mind, effusion of tears, palpitation of the heart, difficult breath- ing, a sense of suffocation, stupor, insensibility, agitation of limbs and whole body, spasm, alter- nate fits of laughter and crying, with discharge of frothy saliva, and sometimes delirium. Hysteria Catalep / tica. Catalepsy. Hysterics. Hysteria. Hysteri / tis. Metritis. Inflammation of the uterus. Hysterocarcino'ma {varepa, womb, and carcinoma, cancer). Cancer of the womb. Hysteroce'le. Hernia of the uterus. Hysterocystoce / le. Hernia of the uterus with displacement of the bladder. Hysterodyn / ia. Pain of the womb. Hystercede'ma. Enlargement of the sub- stance of the womb. Hysterolithi / asis. The formation of a cal- culus in the womb. Hysteromalaco'ma (hysteromalacosis ; from vorepa, the uterus, and pa/Miua, softness). Soft- ening of the uterus. Hysteroman / ia (from varepa r the uterus, and /j.avia, madness). See Nymphomania. Hysterom/eter. An instrument or means of ascertaining the size of the uterus, or womb. Hysteron'cus (from vorepa, and oyicoc, tumor). A tumor of the uterus. Hysteropto'sis (from vorepa, and tttuoic, a falling down). Prolapsus uteri. Hysterorrhoe'a (from vorepa, and pcu, to flow). A discharge of blood or mucus from the uterus. Hysteroscir'rhus. Scirrhus, or incipient cancer of the womb. Hys'teroscope (hysteroscopium ; from va- re/jffl, and aicone.u, to examine). An instrument for examining the uterus ; a speculum uteri. Hysterospas'mus (ycrepa, womb, and c, ivog, a fibre). Scirrhus ; a fibrous tumor. Inorgan'ic (from in, without, and organum, an organ). Having no organs. No possibili- ties of development, growth, or life. In Chem- istry, the mineral kingdom, with its variety of objects, is thus distinguished ; minerals and other bodies which are not derived from or- ganic products. Inosclero'ma. Induration of fibrous tis- sue. Inosculation (inosculatio ; from in, and osculum, a little mouth). The union of the extremities of vessels. Anastomosis. Ino / sic Acid. A syrupy fluid obtained from j uice of flesh after the separation of crea- tine. Inosite. Muscle sugar. Inosto'sis. An alternation of absorption and deposition of cementum in the case of roots of teeth which have for a long time been a source of slight irritation ; the absorption being effected by the agency of polynucleated cells, which are derived from the formative bone cells. Insalifi'able {in, and salifiabilis : capable of being formed into a salt). Applied to oxides which are not acids nor capable of neutralizing them. Insaliva'tion (insalivatio). The admixture of saliva with food during mastication. The process of mastication and the presence of food in the mouth increases the secretion of this fluid, as does also a desire for or the odor of savory alimentary substances. The salivary glands, being liberally furnished with nerves and blood-vessels, are easily excited and readily provided with an abundant supply of viscous fluid, which flows in greater quantity when the food is acrid and stimulating than when it is of a less exciting nature. It is estimated that from five to six ounces are secreted at a meal. This, together with the fluid secreted by the labial, palatine, and sublingual mucous glands, as well as the moisture from the exhalant arteries of the mouth, not only contribute to lubricate the buccal cavity, but mix with, dis- solve, and bring together the divided alimen- tary particles, assist in forming them into a pultaceous mass, and produce on them the first INS 338 INS change which they undergo in the process of digestion. Insalu'brious. Unhealthy. Insanity (insanitas). Madness ; mental alienation. Insanity may result from the irrita- tion occasioned by carious teeth, pulp-nodules, overcrowding of the teeth, and exostosed roots of teeth. Inscriptions Tendineae Musculorum. Tendinous fibres crossing muscles, especially on the abdomen. Insensibility. Anaesthesia. Loss or ab- sence of sensation. Insertion (insertio). In Anatomy and Bot- any, the intimate connection of one part or or- gan to another, as the insertion of a ligament or muscle into a bone ; of a corolla, stamen, pistil, leaf, or ovary into any part of a plant. In Dental Surgery, the engrafting of an artificial tooth on the root of a natural one. Insertion of an Artificial Tooth. See PIVOT Tooth, Manner of Insertion, in Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Insiden'tia. That which arises on the surface of urine. Insidious. In Pathology, diseases which do not appear at first as formidable as they are, and which are apt to escape attention. Insi'tio. Inoculation. Insitio Dentis. Implantation of a tooth. In si'tu (from in, and situ, position). A Latin term denoting in a given or natural posi- tion. Insola'tion (insolatio; from in, and Sol, the sun). Exposure to the direct rays of the sun, employed for drying pharmaceutical substances and chemical preparations, and sometimes, in Therapeutics, to excite cutaneous irritation or to rouse the vital powers when a patient becomes languid. Insoluble (insolubility ; insolubililas) . The property of a solid which prevents it from dis- solving when immersed in a fluid. Insom'nia (from in, and somnus, sleep). Sleeplessness, usually a sign of disease. Inspiration [inspiratio ; from in, in, and spiro, I breathe). The act by which the air is ■drawn into the lungs. Inspiratory. A name given to certain muscles which, by their contraction, enlarge the chest and produce inspiration. Inspis'sation (from in, and spissatus, thick- ened). The evaporation of a juice or decoction to a thick consistence. Instep'. The most elevated part of the top of the foot. Instilla / tion (hist Mat io). The act of pour- ing out a liquid drop by drop. Instinct' (instinctus). Inwardly moved. That power of the mind by which animals are spontaneously led or directed to do whatever is necessary for the preservation of the individual or the continuation of the species. Instinctive. Spontaneous ; caused by instinct. Applied in Physiology to those invol- untary actions which are excited immediately through the nerves — a part of the reflex function. Among these are the closure of the eyelids, the act of sucking, the act of swallowing, the closure of the glottis, the action of the sphinc- ters, inspiration, sneezing, vomiting, etc. Institutes of Med'icine. The theory and practice of medicine. Instrument (instrumentum). Any mechan- ical agent employed in the operations of any of the branches of manual medicine. Instruments, Exploring. For examining teeth to ascertain the work necessary to be done ; more especially for determining the presence of caries of the teeth. Instruments for Cleaning Teeth. The in- struments employed for this purpose are constructed with variously shaped points, and are called " scalers," as they are used for the removal of salivary calculus. They consist essentially of steel blades, attached at various angles to shafts of steel, wood, ivory, etc. , and are so constructed as to admit of easy applica- tion to the teeth upon which the deposit is found. Scalers are usually made in sets com- prising from six to twelve instruments, and are known by the name of the designer, as "Abbott's scalers," etc. Instruments for Enlarging the Canal in the Root of a Tooth. The burr drill, flat drill, and broach, or modifications of these, are the instruments usually employed for this pur- pose. Instruments for Filling Teeth. Such as in- troducers, condensers, etc. Instruments for Removing Dental Caries. Such as excavators, burr and flat drills, enamel chisels, etc. Instruments for the Extraction of Teeth. Those most commonly employed in this op- eration are forceps, the key of Garengeot, the punch, elevator, hook, and conical screw. Instruments, Nerve Cavity. For extracting INS 339 INT pulps of teeth, excavating, and. cleaning and filling pulp canals. Insuffla'tion (insufflatio; from in, and sufflo, to blow). The injection of a gaseous fluid into a cavity of the body. Insula Cerebri. The intermediate lobe of the brain. Insulation (from insula, an island). In Electricity, the state of a body when cut off from communication with surrounding objects by non-conductors. Integer. Integrant. Entire. Inte'gral Parotides (from integer, entire). The smallest particles into which a body can be divided by mechanical means. Integrity (integrilas ; from integer, entire). A term employed by the French to express a perfectly healthy state of the organic tissues or of the entire animal body. Integ / ument. A covering ; the covering of the body ; the skin. Intellect (inlellectus ; from intelligere, to understand). The aggregate of the faculties of the mind. Understanding. Intem'perance (from in, negation, and lem- perare, to temper). Immoderate indulgence of the appetite, especially for alcoholic drinks. Intemper'ies. Derangement or disorder, either in the atmosphere or in the body. Intensity. Activity, violence ; applied in Pathology to disease. Intension (intenlio ; from in, and tendere, to stretch). In Surgery, union by the first intention is the cicatrization of a wound without suppuration ; union by second intention is that which does not occur until the surfaces have suppurated. Inter-. A prefix signifying between, inter- mediate. Intera'nea. Entrails. Interartic'ular. Between articular sur- faces. Interca / dence. In Pathology, a supernu- merary beat of the pulse. Inter'calary Days. The days which occur between those that are critical. Also the days which intervene between the paroxysms of intermittent fever. Intercellular. Between the cells. Intercentral. Between or connecting nerve centres. Interclavicular. Applied to a ligament which passes from one clavicle to the other. Intercos'tal. Between or connecting the ribs. Intercostal Arteries. The arteries which run between the ribs. Intercostal Muscles. The muscles which extend from the inferior edge of each rib above to the superior edge of each rib below. They constitute eleven pairs of double mus- cles, and are distinguished into external and internal. Intercostal Nerve. Trisplanchnic nerve. Intercostal Nerves. The great sympathetic and twelve branches from the anterior branches of the dorsal nerves, which are dis- tributed to the muscles of the walls of the thorax and abdomen. Intercostal Spaces. The intervals between the ribs. Intercostal Veins. The veins which accom- pany the intercostal arteries. The right superior intercostal vein is often wanting. When it exists, it opens into the posterior part of the subclavian. Intercosto=hu / meral. A term applied to the cutaneous branches of the second and third intercostal nerves. Intercurrent. Breaking into and modify- ing the course of a disease. Intercuta / neous. Subcutaneous. Beneath the skin. Interden'tal. Between the teeth. Interdental Splint. An appliance used in the treatment of fractures of the maxillary bones, by which the fractured extremities are re- tained in close and perfect apposition, and the exact antagonism of the teeth maintained until provisional callus is thrown out and union is effected. Corne, a French surgeon, iu 1855 invented a gutta percha splint, which proved successful in a number of cases. Ham- ilton, in his work on "Fractures," recom- mends a gutta percha splint in connection with his bandage. The late Professor N. E. Smith was the inventor of a metallic splint, with impressions for the teeth, adjusted with a counter-splint and screws under the jaw. But it is only since vulcanized rubber has come into general use that interdental splints, constructed of this material, have fulfilled all the required indications in the treatment of fractures of the maxillary bones. Appliances of this kind, constructed of vulcanized india- rubber, are the inventions of the late Drs. T. B. Gunning and J. B. Bean, and have proved successful in the treatment of the most com- plicated cases of fracture of the maxillary hones. INT 340 INT Interdig'ital. Between the fingers ; applied to the spaces in that situation. Interganglionic. Nervous cords connect- ing the ganglia. Interglobular Spaces. [Certain cavities or spaces in the dentine which are said hy Kolliker to he filled with a soft substance re- sembling tooth cartilage. In the sections for microscopical observation this soft substance has dried up, and cavities are formed which are called interglobular spaces. Their presence is supposed to be owing to a diseased condition of the dentine. See Intertubular Tissue. Interlobular. Between the lobules, as of the lungs or liver. Intermaxillary. Between the maxillae. Intermaxillary Bone. A portion of bone wedged in between the superior maxillary boues of the human foetus ; found in the mam- malia. Intermediary (from inter, between, and medius, middle). Lying between two bodies ; in the middle ; interposed. Intermis'sion (intermissio ; from inter, be- tween, and miltere, to put or send). The inter- vals which occur between two paroxysms of an intermittent fever or other disease or between two pains. Intermittent. A disease in which there are intermissions or one which ceases and re- turns after stated or uncertain intervals. Intermittent Fever. A fever consisting of paroxysms which subside and return at regu- lar periods. Called quotidian, where the paroxysms return every day ; tertian, where they return every third day — that is, on alter- nate days ; quartan, where they return every fourth day, thus leaving two days between the paroxysms. Intermuscular. That which intervenes between two muscles. In'terne. A house surgeon or physician. Interno / dium. That which is between the knuckles. A phalanx. • Inter'nus Auris. The tensor tympani muscles of the ear. Interos'seal. Between bones. Interos'sei Ma / nus. The small muscles situated between the metacarpal bones, extend- ing from the hones of the, carpus to the lingers. Interossei Pe / dis. The small muscles situated between the metatarsal hones. Interosseous (from inter, between, and os, a hone). Situated between bones. Interosseous Arteries. Small branches from the dorsal is carpi arteries, distributed to the interosseous ligament of the forearm and be- tween the interosseous muscles. Interosseous Nerve. A branch from the me- dian nerve which passes over the interosseous ligament of the forearm. Interparietal Bone. A bone lying in the situation of the upper angle of the os occipitis. It is supposed by von Tschudi to be charac- teristic of the Peruvian race, but it has no ethnological importance whatever, as the same thing is occasionally found in the adult skulls of all races. Interrupted. Broken in its regular form ; disturbed in its normal arrangement. Interrupted Circuit. See Circuit. Interrupted Suture. A suture formed by pass- ing a needle armed with a ligature through the lips of the wound, previously brought iu contact, and then tying the extremities of the thread. The other stitches are made in the same manner. They are separate or inter- rupted. Interscapular {interscapular is). That which is between the shoulders. Interscapu / lium. The spine of the scapula. Intersep'tum (from inter, between, and septum, a partition). The septum narium ; also the uvula. Interseptum Virginale. The hymen. Interspinal (interspinal is ; from inter, be- tween, and spina, the spine). Applied to mus- cles, nerves, etc., situated between the spinous processes. Interspina / les. The portions of muscles situated between the spinous processes of the cervical, dorsal, and lumbar vertebrae. They are distinguished by the names interspinales colli and interspinales dorsi ct lumborum. Interstice (from inter, between, and sto, to stand). An interval ; a space between two organs. Interstitial. Relating to or containing in- terstices, as interstitial matter, interstitial ab- sorption, etc. Applied to a substance occupying the interstices of contiguous cells. See Ab- sorption. Intertransversa / les. The small quadri- lateral muscles situated between the transverse processes of the vertebras of the neck and loins. Intertrigo (from inter, between, and lero, to rub). Excoriation or chafing of the skin about the anus, groins, and other parts of the body. Intertub / ular. Between tubes. INT 341 IOD Intertubular Substance, or Tissue. The in- tervening substance in the structure of den- tine, situated between the dentinal tubuli ; the connecting matrix. It contains the greater part of the earthy constituents of dentine. See Dentinal Tubuli ; also Interglob- ular Spaces. Intervertebral (intervertebral in). That "which is situated between the vertebra?. Intervertebral Cartilages. The cartilages be- tween the vertebrae. Intestab'ilis (intestatus). Castrated. Intestinal. Implicating or belonging to the intestines. Intestinaiia. Intestinal worms. Intes'tine (intestinum; from intus, within). The convoluted membranous and muscular tube extending from the stomach to the anus. It is distinguished into small and large. The former includes the duodenum, jejunum, and ileum ; and the latter the caecum, colon, and rectum. In'timum Un'guis. Root of the nail. Intolerance. Tbat condition of the body which indicates the impropriety of using cer- tain remedies, as iutolerauce of blood-letting, etc. Intoxication (inloxicatio ; from in, and tox- i rit hi, a poison). Ebriety ; the effect of alco- holic liquor taken in excess. Intralobular. Within a lobule. In Hep- atic Anatomy, applied to the veins of the lob- ules, the radicles of the hepatic veins. Intraver'tebrated. Animals having their osseous system within the body. Same as verte- bra ted. Intrin'sic (intrinsecus ; from intra, within, and secus, toward). Inherent, not adventitious. In Anatomy and Pathology, organs and diseases situated internally. Intro'itus. An entrance. The act of entering. Intromission (intromissio ; from intro, within, and miito, I send). The introduction of one body or organ into another. Introrse. Turned inward. Introsuscep tion {introsusceptio). See In- tussusception. Intumes'cence (intumescentia ; from intu- mesccre, to swell). Increase of size in a part. Swelling. Intussusception {intussusceptio ; from in- tus, within, and suseipio, I receive). In Physi- ology, nutrition ; the mode of increase peculiar to organized bodies. In Pathology, the intro- duction of a portion of intestine into that which precedes or follows it. Inunc'tion (inunctio). A liniment or oint- ment. Also the act of anointing ; rubbing of an ointment into the skin. Inus'tion. Cauterization. Invag'inated (invaginatus ; from in, and vagina, a sheath). Applied to a part received into auother. Intussusception. Invagination. Intussusception. In 'valid. Applied to those affected by sick- ness. Invasion (inrasio). The period when a dis- ease first makes its attack or is developed. Invermina'tion. Helminthiasis. Vermin- ous disease ; that condition which gives rise to the presence of worms. Inver'sio Palpebrarum. See Entro- pion. Inversio U / teri.. Partial or complete inversion of the uterus. Inver'sion (inversio). Turned inside out. Invertebra'ta. Invertebrates. Animals that have no vertebral column or internal bony structure ; a subdivision of the animal kingdom comprising mollusca, articulata, and zoophyta, each of which is made up of several classes. Investing. Imbedding a denture in what is known as investing material for the purpose of soldering the linings or backings of the teeth to the plate. Investing Material. Five parts of white beach sand, four parts of plaster, and one tea- spoonful of pulverized asbestos. Invisca'tio Oc'uli. Adhesion of the eye- lids to each other or to the globe of the eye. InvoIucePIum. A partial iuvolucrum. lnvoIu / crum (from in, and rolvo. to wrap up). A wrapper. In Anatomy, a membrane which surrounds a part. In Botany, the bractse which surround the flowers of the umbelliferce. Involucrum Cordis. The pericardium. Involu'te (involutus). Rolled inward. Fodate (iodas). A variety of salts formed by the union of iodic acid with a salifiable base. Iodic Acid (acid urn iodicum). A white, semi-transparent solid ; a compound of iodine and oxygen, of an astringent and sour taste and destitute of odor. HIO :! . It forms salts called iodates. lOdidc. A compound of iodine with a simple body — metal or other radicle. Iodide of Potassium. Potassii iodidum (which see). IOD 342 IRI Io'dina. Iodine. Podine, Iodum, lo'dinum (from iuSijc, violet colored). Iodine is a non-metallic ele- ment obtained principally from the ashes of seaweed, and evolved in the form of vapor which is condensed. It is a soft, friable, opaqne solid, of a bluish-black color and metallic lustre. Iodine and the iodides are used vrith great success in solution and tincture in goitre and some scrofulous affec- tions. Dose, I to i of a grain. See Tinctura IODI. Iodine Trichloride. Obtained by passing chlorine gas over iodine ; in the form of reddish crystals, antiseptic and disinfectant. Iodin'ium. Iodine. Io / dinum (ionutn). Iodine. lo'dism. The morbid effects of iodine. Iodoform (iodoformum). Teriodide of for- myl ; tri-iodo- methane. CHI 3 . A crystalline substance of a saffron color, obtained by the action of chlorinated lime upon an alcoholic solution of iodide of potassium. It contains ninety-one per cent, of iodine. It is volatile, soft to the touch, of a sweet taste, and soluble in alcohol and ether, but insoluble in water. It is antiseptic and slightly anaesthetic when applied locally. It is frequently employed with great benefit as an application to wounds, abrasions, and indolent sores and ulcers. In small doses it is tonic, stimulant, and altera- tive ; in large doses it is poisonous, causing convulsions. Dose, gr. j to gr. v. As a remedy in Dental Practice it is said to possess the same alterative properties as iodine, but without its caustic effect, and proves a soothing applica- tion to inflamed parts ; also useful in alveolar abscesses of long standing, neuralgic pain, and diseases of antrum. For dental application, etc., see Gorgas' "Dental Medicine." lodo=hydrar / gyrate of Potas'sium. A double salt of iodide of potassium and bin- iodide of mercury. I'odol. Tetraiodopyrrol. C 4 LNH. Ob- tained by the action of iodine on certain con- stituents of animal oil, the proportion of iodine being about 85 to 90 parts by weight. The disagreeable, penetrating, and diffusive odor of iodoform is not apparent in iodol. Iodol is employed in all the conditions for which iodo- form is employed. Iodol is in the form of an amorphous grayish-white powder, which be- comes brown on exposure. It is soluble in ether and oil. For dental uses see Gorgas' " Dental Medicine." lodom'ethe (iodium, iodine, fj-edy, drunken- ness). The nervous state induced by too free use of iodine. lodophenacetin. A new derivation of phenacetin, in the form of either a chocolate- brown powder or steel-blue crystals. It is antiseptic, and also possesses marked powers as a bactericide. lodophenin. Obtained by dissolving phen- acetin in glacial acetic acid and afterward diluting with water. Iodoph / thisis (iodium, and phthisis, a wast- ing). Tabes, or wasting, caused by the abuse or the excessive use of iodine. Iodc/sis. Iodism. Morbid effects of iodine. Podum. See Iodine. Iod'urets. Iodides. Pon (from iuv, going). An element lib- erated by electrolysis and designated as an anion or kation, according as it is set free from the positive or negative pole. Ion migration signifies the transference of an ion from one pole to another. Ion 'thus (from iov, the violet, and av&oc, a flower). A small unsuppurative pimple on the face ; a variety of acne. Also the down on the face which precedes the beard. Iotacis'mus. Defective articulation in which the patient is unable to pronounce the palatals j and g soft. Ipecacuan'ha. The pharmacopceial name of the Cephaelis ipecacuanha, a South Ameri- can plant. In large doses it is emetic ; in smaller, diaphoretic and expectorant. In Dental Practice ipecacuanha, combined with opium, is employed in the treatment of periodontitis. Dose, as an emetic, gr. x to gr. xx ; as an expec- torant, gr. j to gr. ij. Dose of the syrup, 3 j = 15 grains of ipecac. Ipecacuanha, American. See Euphorbia Ipecacuanha. Ipecacuanha, An / nulated. The root of the Cephaelis ipecacuanha. Ipecacuanha, Black. The root of the Psycho- tria emetica of Peru. Ipecacuanha, False Brazilian. The root of the Ionidium ipecacuanha. Ipecacuanha, Un'dulated. White ipecacu- anha. Iracun / dus. The rectus externus oculi. IraPgia (iris, and aXyoc, pain). Pain of the iris. Iridae'mia. Haemorrhage from the iris. Iridauxe'sis. Exudation of fibrin in the tissue of the iris. IRI 343 IRO IridectomediaFysis (from ipic, iris, ekto/it/, excision, and (ha/.vaic, separation). The for- mation of an artificial pupil by excision and separation. Iridec'tomus. An instrument or kind of knife used for the operation of iridectomy. Iridec / tomy (iris, and enTEfivu, to cut out). The operation of removing or cutting out a portion of the iris. Iridenclei / sis. The strangulation of a de- tached portion of the iris. Iridescent. The property of shining with many colors. Iridine / . Cathartic principle of Iris ver- sicolor. Irid'ium. Symbol, Ir. Atomic weight, 192.7. A gray, brittle, and very fusible metal, found with the ore of platinum. It is in the form of flattened metallic grains and scales, nearly white in color, exceedingly hard, brittle, and fusible only by the oxyhydrogen blow- pipe. ^ Ir'idocele (iris, and tofkri, a tumor). Her- nia in which a portion of the iris is pro- truded. Irido=dial / ysis. Operation for artificial pupil by separation. Iridomala cia. Softening of the iris. Iridonco'sis. Tumefaction or thickening of the iris. Iridople'gia (from ipig, and Tv/^eye, a stroke). Paralysis of the sphincter of the iris of the eye. Diseased conditions of the teeth may be an exciting cause of this affection. Iridot/omy. The operation for artificial pupil by incision. Irin. A camphor obtained from Iris floren- tina. Iris. In Anatomy, a flat and circular parti- tion between the anterior and posterior cham- bers of the eye, perforated in the centre by a round orifice called the pupil. In Botany, a genus of plants of the order Iridaceae. Iris Florentina. Florentine orris ; orris root. The fresh root is acrid, but when dry has an agreeable odor and is used in dentifrices. Irish Moss. The Chondrus crispus. Iri / tis. Inflammation of the iris. Iron (ferrum). Symbol, Fe. Atomic weight, 56. A metal of a bluish-gray color, fibrous or granular texture, and brilliant frac- ture. Cast iron contains the greatest amount of carbon, is the most fusible, hard, and brittle, its fractured surface presenting a whitish or grayish color and a texture which is granular or crystalline. It fuses at about 2786° F. and does not soften when passing from the solid to the liquid state, and therefore can not be welded or forged. "Wrought iron is the purest form of iron used in commerce and contains the least amount of carbon. It is manufactured from cast iron by eliminating nearly all of its carbon and other impurities. Intermediate between cast and wrought iron in its chemical composition is steel, which possesses the prop- erty of becoming very hard and brittle when suddenly cooled after it is heated to red- ness. Iron, Dialized. A solution of the peroxide of iron freed of its acid by the separating process, which consists in placing certain salts of iron in solution in a dialyzing apparatus, and float- ing the latter upon distilled water, when the most of the acid passes through the membrane which covers the lower end and escapes into the water ; there remains in the apparatus the dialized iron (peroxide). This dialized iron is free from any styptic taste and tendency to produce disturbance of digestion or of the nervous system. It is, moreover, almost tasteless, and will not blacken the teeth, as most other ferruginous preparations do. It is also an^antidote to arsenic. Iron, Hydrated Perox'ide of. Hydrated sesquioxide of iron. See Sesquioxide of Iron. Iron, Perchlo'ride of. A valuable styptic ; applied to bleeding surfaces, clear or diluted with an equal quantity of water. Iron, PersuFphate of. Monsel's solution of persulphate of iron acts topically as a power- ful astringent and mild caustic. It is prepared by rubbing nitric acid with the sulphate of iron and gradually adding water. For the arrest of haemorrhage it may be applied clear or diluted with an equal quantity of water. It combines with albumen to form a pale yellow compound, and on this property de- pends its chemical action on the tissues of the body. Iron, Preparations of. See Ferri ACETAS, etc. Iron, Sesquichlor'ide. Chloride of iron ; per- chloride of iron. Crystallized, possesses the same properties as the persulphate and is used in the same maimer. Iron, SubsuFphate. Monsel's powder. Pos- sesses the same properties as the persulphate. Many prefer this solid preparation as being more convenient for use. A pellet of cotton IRR 344 IRR may be saturated with sandarac varnish, the powder taken up on this and applied to the bleeding cavity in cases of haemorrhage after the extraction of teeth. Irra'diating. To emit rays of light in every direction. Radiating from a centre, as a pain from a definite focus of irritation. Irredu'cible. Applied to fractures, disloca- tions, hernia, etc., which are not capable of being restored to their natural position. Irreg'ular {irregularis). Applied to the symptoms of diseases not regular, and to the pulse when its beats are separated by unequal intervals. Also to the teeth when one or more is uneven in natural arrangement. Irregularity. Deviation from an estab- lished rule or straight line. Irregularity of the Teeth. Deviation of the teeth from their natural arrangement is of frequent occurrence and is dependent upon a variety of causes. The following are among the most frequent : (1) Want of simultaneous action between the destruction of the roots of the temporary teeth and the growth of the per- manent ; (2) the premature removal of one or more of the temporary ; (3 ) disproportion be- tween the size of the alveolar arch and the teeth ; (4) supernumerary teeth ; and, lastly, malformation of the jaws. The deviations of the teeth from the natural arrangement are exceedingly variable. Mr. Fox enumerated four varieties of irregularity in the front teeth : (1) The appearance of one of the permanent central incisors of the upper jaw behind the corresponding temporary tooth, so that at each occlusion of jaws the lower in- cisors come before it, causing great deformity and preventing the deviating tooth from ac- quiring its proper position ; (2) the appear- ance of both of the upper permanent central incisors behind the corresponding temporary teeth, while the laterals occupy their proper position ; (3) the appearance of the upper lateral incisors behind the temporary, while the centrals are in their proper place ; (4) the appearance of all the upper permanent incisors behind the temporary teeth, the lower incisors shutting in front of them. The cuspid teeth sometimes present a .similar variety of devia- tion from the natural position. Various other varieties of deviation are met with in the upper incisors. One sometimes overlaps another or is turned upon its axis, giving the crown an oblique or transverse direction across the alveolar ridge. At other times one or more come out in front of the circle of the other teeth. Irregularity in the arrangement of the lower incisors, though less frequent in its occur- rence, is also met with, and their deviations from their proper positions are similar to those of the upper. When the upper cuspidati take a wrong position it is generally in front of the circle of the other teeth, projecting sometimes so as to raise and very seriously annoy the upper lip, causing great deformity. They do, however, occasionally come out behind the arch, and at other times, though in their proper position, they are turned upon their axis. The temporary molars being larger than the bicuspids, it rarelyihappens that the latter are prevented from acquiring their proper posi- tion. Examples, however, of irregularity of arrangement, even of these teeth, are occa- sionally met with. The molar teeth, with the exception of the den- tes sapientise, which frequently take a wrong direction in their growth, deviate still less frequently from their proper position. God- dard has classified the aberrations from the normal arch as follows : (1) Lingual displace- ment — a tooth inside the normal arch ; (2) labial displacement — a tooth outside the nor- mal arch ; (3) a tooth rotated ; (4) a tooth extruded ; (5) a tooth partially erupted ; (6) several teeth in any or all of these positions ; (7) prominent cuspids and depressed laterals ; (8) pointed arch (V-shaped) ; (9) upper pro- trusion ; (10) double protrusion ; (11) con- stricted arch (saddle-shaped) ; (12) lower pro- trusion, or prognathism ; (13) lack of anterior occlusion ; (14) excessive overbite ; (15) sepa- ration in the median line. With regard to the means for the prevention of irregularity, and the appliances necessary to correct it. the reader is referred to Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Irrigation. In Pathology, the application of water to the affected part so as to keep it constantly wet ; the uniform flow of liquids over tissues. Irritability (irritdbiliias ; from irrito, I pro- voke). The susceptibility, possessed by all living organic tissues, of being acted upon by certain stimuli. Ir'ritant (irrilans). That which causes irri- tation or inflammation. Irritation (irritatio). The condition of an or^an or tissue in which there exists an excess IRR 345 ISO of vital action. A disordered state or that •which induces it. Irritative Fever. That violent derange- ment of the system excited by great irritation, as from wounds, ulcers, etc. Ischae'mia, Ischemia (from iox a , I retain, and at/na, blood). A morbid suppression of a customary discharge of blood. Diminution in the blood -supply. Ischae'mon. Any medicine which arrests or restrains bleeding. Ischiag / ra (from lgxiov, the hip, and a/pa, a seizure). Ischiatic gout. Also femoro-popli- teal neuralgia. Ischialgia (from urx iov , arid tikyoe, pain). Pain in the hip. Is'chias. Hip-gout, or rheumatism of the hip-joint. Ischiadic, Ischiadic. A term applied in Anatomy to parts belonging to or connected with the ischium, as the ischiatic foramen or notch and the ischiatic artery, which escapes from the pelvis through it. Is / chio=caverno / sus. A muscle attached to the ischium and to the corpus cavernosum, called from its office the erector penis. Ischioce'le (from igxiov, the ischium, and M]'Ar], a tumor). Ischiatic hernia. Ischio=clito'rian Artery. A branch of the internal pudic artery which supplies the two arteries of the clitoris. Ischio-clitorian Nerve. A branch of the pudic nerve distributed to the clitoris. Ischio=clitoria / nus. Belonging to the is- chium and clitoris. Ischio=cIitoride'us. The erector clitoridis. Ischio=coccyge / us. The coccygeus muscle. Ischio=femora / lis. The adductor maguus femoris. Ischio=fem / oro=perone / us. The biceps femoris muscle. Ischio=perinea / lis. The transversus peri- nsei. Ischioph / thisis (from ischium, hip, and color). Having the same color. Isochronous (from caoc, equal, and XP UV °C, time). Applied to two or more actions per- formed in an equal length of time, as the pul- sations of the arteries in different parts of the body. Isodynam'ic. Having equal power ; capa- ble of generating equal amounts of force. Isolated. Insulated : standing by itself. Isol'ogous (from tooe, equal, and /<>;<"', word). Identical with a series of the essential oils, all of which have the composition C, H, 6 . Isomeric (from ioog, equal, and fiepog, a part). In Chemistry, compounds which agree in composition but differ in properties. The cyanic and fulminic acids .are isomeric com- pounds of nitrogen, oxygen, and carbon. Isom'erism. The state of an isomeric com- pound. Isomet'ric. Having equal dimensions. ISO 346 IXY Isomorphism. State of being isomor- phous. Isomor'phous. A term applied in Chem- istry to different bodies which have the same crystalline forms, though composed of different elements. Isop'athy ( «tc>c, equal, like, and va-frog, an affection). A branch of homoeopathy that recommends the administration of virus as a remedy in the same disease by which it is produced. I'sopyre (from 100c, and nvp, fire). A black, amorphous mineral, sometimes variegated with gray or red spots ; a silicate of alumina, lime, and peroxide of iron. Isothermal (from icrog, equal, and dep,utj, heat). Applied to different bodies and places which have the same average temperature ; corresponding in temperature. Is / sue. An artificial ulcer or sore, kept open by inserting a pea or other small body, with a view to relieve irritation or morbid action in a neighboring part. Isth'mion. Isthmus. The fauces. Isthmi'tis. Inflammation of the fauces. Isthmodyn'ia. Pain in the fauces. Isth / mus (icd/uog). Geographically a nar- row neck of land, but in Anatomy the narrow strait which divides the cavity of the mouth from the pharynx ; the fauces. Isthmus Hep'atis. The anterior point of the right lobe of the liver, called lobulus anonymus. Isthmus of the Thyroid Gland. A band of fibres uniting the two divisions of the thyroid gland. Isthmus Vieusse'nii. The ridge surrounding the remains of the foramen ovale in the right auricle of the heart. Itch. The vulgar name for a disease of the skin consisting of an eruption of small itching vesicles. See Psora. Itch, Baker's. A variety of psoriasis consist- ing of rough, fissured, reddish patches on the back of the forearm, hand, and fingers. Itch, Barber's. See Sycosis. Itch, Grocer's. Arising from the irritation of sugar upon the skin. Itch, Insect. The acarus scabiei, or wheal worm ; a minute animalcule, said to be found in or near the pustules of the itch. I'ter. A passage. Iter ad InfundnVulum. The foramen com- mune anterius of the brain. Iter a Pa'lato ad Au'rem. The Eustachian tube. Iter a Ter / tio ad Quantum Ventric / ulum. A passage from the third to the fourth ventricle of the brain. Iter Den'tis. A name given by Delabarre to the alveo-dental canal, a small foramen imme- diately behind each of the six front temporary teeth communicating with the cells of the corresponding permanent teeth. Itinera 'num. A conductor ; a director ; also a catheter. Itis (from lttiq, bold, rash). A suffix denot- ing inflammation, as odontitis, periostitis, stomatitis, etc. Ivory. The tusk of the male elephant. It is of a uniform, close texture, and under the microscope exhibits a structural arrangement similar to that of dentine. According to Ret- zius, it is of a tubular structure, but it has also been shown to be cellular. It contains about sixty-six per cent, of phosphate of lime, with a small trace of carbonate of lime, and thirty-four per cent, of animal matter. It was at one time much used for artificial teeth, but at present is seldom employed for that purpose. Ivory, Black. Animal charcoal. Ix'ia. Avarix. Also viscum album (which see). Ixyomyeli'tis. Inflammation of the spinal cord in the lumbar region. Ix / ys. The Jregion of the ilia, flanks, or loins. JAB 347 JAW J. Jaborandi. See Pilocarpus. Ja'ca In dica {thymus mastichina). The common herb mastich. Jack=screw. An instrument of a diminu- tive form, employed for regulating teeth. They are either single or double, made of steel plated with silver or nickel. They are also employed, in connection with slotted vulcanite plates, to expand the arch of the jaw. Jacob's Mem / brane (jacobi mcmbrana). A thin membrane covering the retina. Jacobson's Nerve. The tympanic branch of the petrous ganglion. Jactitation (jactitatio ; jactation). In- quietude ; restlessness. Jal'ap (jalapa ; co7ivolvulus jalapa). The root of the Ipomsea jalapa, a valuable purga- tive. Dose, gr. x, with calomel, gr. x. Jala pa Alba. White jalap. Jal apin. A substance which composes about nine-tenths of jalap resin. The other tenth is jalapic acid. Jama ica Bark. Caribbean bark ; one of the false cinchona barks. Jamaica Kino. An astringent extract prepared from the bark of the Coccoloba uvifera. Jamaica Pepper. The fruit of the Eugenia pimenta ; allspice. Jamaica Spirit. Rum. Ja / mesonite. A steel-gray ore of anti- mony and lead, named after Professor Jame- son. James's Powder. A fever powder, sup- posed to be the same as the antimonial pow- der. Jamestown Weed. A plant of the genus Datura ; the Datura stramonium. Janitrix. The vena portse. Japan Earth. Catechu, an extract from the Acacia catechu, a tree of India ; also called Terra japonica, from its being supposed to be a mineral production. Japanese Camphor. See Menthol. Japonic Acid. An acid resulting from the absorption of oxygen from the air by catechu when alkalies or alkaline carbonates are present. Jargon. Confused, unintelligible talk ; gibberish. Jas'minum. A genus of plants of the order Jasminese. Jaspacha / tes. Agate jasper. Jas / per. A silicious mineral of various colors ; a species of quartz. Ja'tropha Elas'tic. Caoutchouc. Jaun dice. A disease arising from hepatic- obstruction. See Icterus. Jaundice, Black. See Helena. Jaw. Maxilla. Jaw, Lower, Anchylosis of. See ANCHYLOSIS of Lower Jaw. Jaw, Lower, Dislocation of. See DISLOCA- TION of Lower Jaw 7 . Jaw, Lower, Fractures of. See FRACTURES of Maxillary Bones. Jaw, Lower, Immobility of. This may result from anchylosis, or from inflammation and adhesion of the gums and cheeks, or from con- traction of the muscles. It is particularly liable to occur after mercurial salivation which has resulted in necrosis and exfoliation of the alveolar processes. Jaw-jerk. A tendon reflex obtained by sud- denly depressing the lower jaw. Jaws. The maxillary bones (which see) ; the two portions of the face concerned in mastication. Jaws, Morbid Growths of. Both the upper and lower jaws are subject to a variety of morbid growths, depending, says Mr. Linton, for their differences of structure "somewhat " upon the tissue in which they originate, "as the gum, the membranes of the teeth, the periosteum of the alveoli, the surface or the internal structure of the bones, or the mem- branes lining their cavities." All these differ- ent parts, from external injury, or, according to Dr. Koecker, from some "accidental ex- citement or peculiar irritation," may become the seat of tumors of eveiy size and consist- ency, both small and large, hard, soft, benign, and malignant, and many of them have their origin traceable to dental irritation arising either from disease, irregularity of or badly performed operations on the teeth. The most common of these morbid growths are the epulis, fibrous, jibro-caviilwjinous, sarcomatous, osteosarcomatous, and the fungmis tumors. JEC 348 JUN Jectiga'tio. A species of epilepsy or con- vulsion. Je'cur. The liver. Jef 'fersonite. A species of pyroxene found in New Jersey. Jeju'nitas. Hunger. Jejuni'tis. Inflammation of the jejunum. Jeju num (from jejunus, empty). Jejunum intestinum. That portion of the small intes- tine situated between the duodenum and ileum. So called because it is found empty, or nearly so, in the dead body. Jel'ly. A solution of gelatin when cold. Also various compounds resembling this. Jelly, Vegetable. The recently expressed juice of certain fruits, as the currant, boiled with sugar. Jer'vin. A base discovered in the rhizoma of Veratrum album. Jessamine. The popular name of certain species of Jessaminum, a genus of plants. Jesuit's Bark. Cinchona bark. Peruvian bark. Jet. A, mineral ; a variety of lignite of a jet-black color. Jew / elers' Putty. A polishing composi- tion consisting of ignited and finely-powdered oxide of tin. Jewell's Calomel. Calomel washed from corrosive sublimate by causing it, in a state of vapor, to come in contact with steam in a large receiver. Jig ger. Chique. Johan'nite. Called so in honor of the Archduke John of Austria. A green mineral occurring in minute crystals ; an anhydrous sulphate of uranium mixed with sulphur and copper. Joint. Articulation ; formed by the con- tiguous or articular extremities of the bones. There are three forms : Movable (diarthroses), mixed (amphiarthroses), and immovable (synarthroses). Joint, Contraction of; Joint, Stiffened. An- chylosis. Jointed. Articulated. Joule. The unit of electric energy. Jo'vis Flos. Crocus. Jovis Glans. Juglans. Judicato'rii Dies. Critical days. Ju gal Process. The zygomatic process. Juga'le Os. The cheek-bone Juga'lis (from jugum, a yoke). Jugal. belonging to or relating to the cheek. Jugalis Sutu / ra. The suture which unites the malar bone with the maxillary. Also the sagittal suture. Jug / ular, pronounced joog'-yu-lur {jugu- lar is ; from jugulum, the throat). Relating to the throat. Jugular Fossa. A depression in the petrous portion of the temporal bone lodging the origin of the jugular vein. Jugular Notch. A smooth, semi-circular con- cavity in the occipital bone, and forming, by its articulation with the temporal bone, the posterior lacerated foramen. Jugular Veins. Two veins, an external and an internal, situated on the lateral part of the neck. The two unite and form, with the subclavian vein, the superior vena cava. Ju'gulum. The throat. Juice. The sap of vegetables ; also the fluid part of animal substances. Ju / Iep. A name formerly applied in Phar- macy to medicinal mixtures, as the camphor julep, mistura camphorse, etc. Ju lus (iov'aoc). The down upon the chin of youths, preceding the beard. Jun'gle Fever. A malignant remittent fever occurring in the jungle districts of India. Ju / niper. See Junipeetjs Communis. Juniper Berries. The fruit of the Jnniperus communis. The berries have a sweetish, terebinthinate taste and aromatic odor, and possess diuretic properties. They are used in the manufacture of gin. Juniper Resin. A resinous substance which exudes from the Juniperus communis. It was supposed to be identical with sandarach. Junipe'rum Vi / num. Wine impregnated with juniper berries. Junip'erus. Juniper. The berries of Ju- niperus communis. Also a genus of plants of the order Pinacese. Juniperus Commu / nis. The Juniper tree. Juniper fruits and tops. Diuretic, carmina- tive, and diaphoretic. Dose, J}j to ,^ss. Dose of the oil, gtt. v to gtt. xv. Juniperus Oxyced / rus. A European tree from which is obtained by destructive distillation a liquid tar, the empyreumatic juniper oil, which is used extensively in various chronic diseases of the skin. Junip / erus Sabina. The savin tree ; an ever- green shrub, indigenous in the south of Europe and Asiatic Russia. A volatile oil is obtained from the tips of the branches and investing leaves by distillation ; powerfully stimulant, and supposed to act especially upon the uterus. JUP 349 KAO Dose, gr. v to gr. x of the powder ; of the infu- sion, f 5J ; of the oil, two to five drops. Ju / piter. Tin. Jurisprudence, Medical (jurisprudentia medicalis ; from jus, juris, law, and prudentia, knowledge). Sometimes erroneously used as synonymous with forensic medicine ; but at present generally restricted to a knowledge of the laws which regulate medical education and practice. Jus. Animal broth. Soup. Jus Bovi'num. Beef tea. Jus Coagula / tum. Jelly. Juvans (juvantia; from juvo, to assist). Means, medicinal or otherwise, which contrib- ute to the relief or cure of a disease. An aux- iliary remedy. Juvenescent (from juvenis, young). Be- coming young. Juven / tus (from juvenis, young). Adoles- cence. Juxtaposition (from juxta, near to, and ponere, positum, to place). Placed near to or in contiguity, as the parts of a substance ; appli- cation to the exterior ; accretion, a mode of in- crease peculiar to minerals, which consists in the successive application of new molecules upon those that constitute the primitive nucleus. K. K. Symbol for potassium ; also for kathode and kalium. K. or Ka. The abbreviation of kathode or of kathodic. Kair'ine. An artificial alkaloid obtained from chinoline or quinoline. It is a powerful antipyretic. Dose, gr. iij to gr. xxx. Kairoli'na. An antipyretic resembling kair- ine, but less efficient. Kajeput. Cajeput ; a vegetable oil. Kako'dyle (kakodule; from kukoc, bad, and ofivAi], smell). In Chemistry, a compound radi- cal body. It is a clear liquid, but when cooled it crystallizes into large square prisms, having the appearance of ice. It has an insupportably offensive smell and emits a highly poisonous vapor. C,H 6 As 2 -Kd. Kakodyle, Chloride of. A volatile and ex- ceedingly foetid liquid, emitting a strong irritating vapor, obtained by heating a com- pound of oxide of kakodyle and bichloride of mercury with hydrochloric acid. Kd Cl- C, to beat off). A thin flat plate, as a lamina or flat- tened portion of bone or membrane. Lamina Ciliaris. The ciliary zone. Lamina Cinerea. The thin layer of gray LAM 357 LAP substance which forms the anterior part of the inferior boundary of the third ventricle of the brain. Lamina Cribro'sa. That portion of the scle- rotic coat of the eye through which the branches of the ophthalmic nerve and artery pass. Lamina Spiralis. The spiral plate of bone which winds round the modiolus of the coch- lea. Laminar. Composed of lamina?. Lamina / ted. Lamellar ; applied to parts that consist of thin layers ; composed of lam- inae ; foliated structure, as of bones. Lamp for Soldering. The lamp most commonly employed for this purpose consists of a tin or copper vessel, about four inches in diameter and five or six in length, with an opening in the top large enough to receive the oil or alcohol, according as the one or the other is used, closed with a cap with a spout at the side three or four inches long and about three- fourths of an inch in diameter, fitted with a cotton wick. See Blow-pipe, Self-acting ; also Blow-pipe, Compound Self-acting. Lampblack. The soot obtained from the imperfect combustion of resin of turpentine. Lampropho'nia. A clear and sonorous state of the voice. La'na. Wool. A hairy pubescence like wool ; flannel. Lana Philosopho'rum. Oxide of zinc. La / nate. See Lanatus. Lana'tus. Lanate. "Woolly ; having a pubescence like wool. Lanceolate 7 (lanceolatus). Lance-shaped ; spear-shaped. Lan'cet (lancetia, a lancet). A two-edged surgical instrument used for bleeding and other purposes. Lancet, Gum. See GUM LANCET. Lan / ciform (lancea, a lance). Having the form of a lance ; applied to teeth, etc. Lan'cinating (lancinans ; from lantinare, to strike or thrust through). A sharp, darting pain, similar to that which would be produced by thrusting a lance into the part. Lanci'si, Nerves of. Some filaments ou the anterior portion of the corpus callosum are so termed. Land Scurvy. See Purpura ILemor- RHAGK'A. Land's Method. A method of construct- ing partial porcelain crowns, to restore the lost part of the natural crown of a tooth. A dove- tail cavity is first formed in the central portion of the section to be restored and contoured, and a thin piece of platinum plate or platinum foil is adapted to the cavity and surface of the part by means of a burnisher and a pellet of cotton on the end of an instrument. The platinum is then removed from the cavity, and on its surface porcelain body of the proper size and form is baked in the muffle of a fur- nace, when it is trimmed and formed with a corundum-wheel. The platinum is then re- moved from the porcelain section, and the latter secured in the cavity with oxyphosphate cement. Lan / guor. Depression or debility ; a species of atony. Lania'res (denies laniarii; from lanio, to rend). The cuspid teeth, but applied more particularly to those of carnivorous animals. Laniar / iform. Shaped like the canine teeth of carnivora. Lan'olin. A preparation of the natural fat of wool. It is employed as a vehicle for rem- edies which are to be absorbed through the skin. Lantha / nium. Lanthanum. A metal dis- covered by Mosander in cerite. It also exists in some other minerals. Its chemical symbol is La. Lanu / go. Soft wool ; down ; fine hair of skin. Lapa / ra. The flank. Laparoce / Ie (from 7i.aira.pa, the lumbar region, and kv'-V, a tumor). A rupture through the side of the abdomen. Lumbar hernia. Laparosco'pia (?,a-apa t the loins, and cr/cn-ew, to examine). Examination of the side or loins by a stethoscope, pleximeter, etc. Laparotomy (from /.cnrapa, the lumbar region, the abdomen, and re/uvu, to cut). The operation of opening the abdomen and intestinal canal. Laparot'omus. An instrument for per- forming laparotomy. Lapid'eus {lapis, a stone). Stony. Lapidirium. A scoop formerly used for the removal of stones from the bladder. Lapil'lus (diminutive of lapis, a stone). A little stone. Applied to the earthy concretions found in the cray-fish. La'pis. A stone ; also a calculus. An alchemic name applied to any non-volatile substance. Lapis Caeru'leus. See LAPIS LAZULI. Lapis Calca'reus. Carbonate of lime. LAP 358 LAR Lapis Calamina'ris. Calainina. Lapis Den'tium. Tartar of the teeth ; sali- vary calculus. Lapis Hiber'nicus. Irish slate. Lapis Hys'tricis. Bezoar hystricis. Lapis Inferna / lis. An old name for caustic potash. Lapis La'zuli. Azure stone. Lapis Lunaris. Silver nitrate. Lapis Lyd / ius. Lydian stone. Lapis Philosopho'rum. The philosopher's stone. Lapis Sim / ise. The bezoar from the monkey. Lapis Specula'ris. Selenite. Lapis Syderi'tis. The magnet. Lappa. Burdock. See Arctium Lappa. Lap'pula Hepat / ica. Agrimony. Laque'ar Vaginas. Fundus vagina?. La / queus. Literally, a noosed cord. Ap- plied to any looped bandage. Also to a band of nervous matter in the brain, be- hind the brachium posterius, marking the course of the superior division of the fasciculus olivaris. Laqueus Gutturis. Inflammation of the ton- sils, with a sense of suffocation. Larch. See Pixus Laeix. Lard [adeps suillus). The fat of the Sus scrofa, or hog. Larda / ceine. An animal proteid, an indi- gestible amyloid substance, chiefly occurring as a pathological infiltration into the spleen, liver, etc. Larda'ceus. Of the nature or consistence of lard. Applied to morbid alterations in textures of parts which resemble or are of the consistence of lard. Larme. See Lacheyma. Lar / va. A mask. Also a metabolian in- sect in its first stage after extrusion from the egg, and certain reptiles which undergo a simi- lar change when at a corresponding state of existence. Lar / val. Diseases in which the skin of the J';t<<- is disfigured, as if covered by a mask. Larva / lis. Belonging or pertaining to larvse. Larvip'ara. Insects which bring forth larvae instead of eggs. Laryngeal. Pertaining to the larynx. Laryngeal Arteries. The branches of the thyroid arteries distributed to the larynx. Laryngeal Nerves. These are two in number, a superior and an inferior. The former is given off from the pneumogaslrie in the upper part of the neck, and the latter from the pneumo- gastric within the thorax. Larynge'che. The laryngeal sound heard by applying the stethoscope over the larynx. It is used alike for the sounds of breathing and speaking. Laryngectomy. Excision or removal of the larynx. Laryngismus. Laryngic suffocation ; a genus of disease in the class Pneumatica, of Dr. Good, often confounded with spasmodic croup. Spasm of the muscles closing the larynx. Laryngismus Stridulus. Spasmodic laryn- gismus or stridulous constriction of the larynx, a species treated of by some writers under the name of spasmodic asthma, but more nearly approaching croup. Laryngitis. Inflammation of the larynx. Laryngocatar / rhus. Catarrh affecting chiefly the larynx and trachea. Laryngog'raphy (laryngographia ; from lapvy^ the larynx, and ypcxp?], a description). A description of the larynx. LaryngoFogy (from hapvy%, the larynx, and Aoyof, a treatise). A treatise on the larynx. Laryngoph / ony (laryngophonia ; from Aap- wyf, the larynx, and diaie, a wasting). A disease of the larynx con- nected with pulmonary consumption ; laryn- geal phthisis. Laryngorrhoe / a (lapvy%, the larynx, and pew, to flow). A pituitous or serous flow from the larynx. Laryn'goscope. An instrument on the same principle as the ophthalmoscope, which, by means of a mirror, enables the larynx to be inspected. Laryngoscopy (from laryngo, and oKonea, to view). Inspection of the larynx. Laryngot'omus. An instrument for per- forming laryngotomy. Laryngot'omy (laryngotomia ; from Xapvyi- , the larynx, and Ttfivziv, to cut). Bronchot- omy. Tracheotomy. An operation which consists in opening the larynx for the removal of a foreign body or of an obstruction of the glottis. Laryn / go=trachei / tis. Cynanche trache- al is. LAR 359 LAU Lar'ynx. A short tube of an hour-glass shape situated at the fore part of the neck between the base of the tongue and trachea. It is composed of cartilages, ligaments, muscles, nerves, blood-vessels, and mucous membrane, and constitutes the apparatus of voice in the higher vertebrata. The cartilages of the lar- ynx are the thyroid, the cricoid, two arytenoid, and the epiglottis. The ligaments of the larynx are numerous and serve as bonds of union to the cartilages. The muscles are the crico-thyroid, the crico arytenoideus posticus, the thyro-arytenoideus, and the arytenoideus. The opening into the larynx is triangular and bounded in front by the epiglottis, behind by the arytenoideus muscle, and on each side by a fold of mucous membrane, extending from the side of the epiglottis to the point of the arytenoid cartilage. The larynx is divided into two parts. The upper portion is broad above and narrow below ; the lower portion is narrow above and broad below. The larynx is lined by mucous membrane, which forms in its ventricles a caecal pouch, called the sacculus laryngis. The larynx is supplied with arteries from the superior and inferior thyroids, and the nerves which go to it are derived from the superior laryngeal and recurrent laryngeal branches of the pneumogastric. Las'er. A gum resin, supposed to be asa- fcetida, held in high esteem by the ancients. It is believed, and upon what seems to be good authority, to be the product of the Thapsia sil- phium, an umbelliferous plant of Cyrene. Laserpit'ium. A genus of plants of the order Uuibelliferse. Laserpitium Latifo'lium. White gentian, the root of which is bitter and tonic. Laserpitium Siler. Heart-wort, the seeds and roots of which are aromatic. Las'situde (lassitude-). Languor ; weari- ness ; debility. La'tent (Mens ; from latere, to lie hid). Not manifest ; concealed ; not appreciable to the touch, as latent heat, latent period, etc. Latent Heat. Heat that apparently disappears when a liquid is vaporized, or a solid is melted. Latent Period. The period before a disease which is lurking in the system manifests itself by any morbid phenomena. Lat/eral. Toward the lateral aspect ; be- longing to the side. Lateral Operation. The lateral division of the prostate gland and neck of the bladder in the operation of lithotomy. Lateral Sinuses. Two veins of the dura mater — the right and left lateral sinuses — run- ning along the crucial spine of the occipital bone. Lateri'tious (Merit ius ; from later, a brick). A name applied to a red sediment resembling brick-dust which is sometimes deposited in the urine. La / tex. In Botany, the proper or hidden jnice of a plant, which circulates in anastomos- ing vessels called the laticiferous tissue, or cinenchyma. It is supposed to be analogous to the blood in cold-blooded animals. Lathe. A machine by which instruments of wood, ivory, or metal are turned and cut smooth and round ; used in Mechanical Dentistry for rotating grinding-wheels and polishing- brushes. Lathes, Dental. Portable dental foot lathes are made of iron, about three feet eight inches in height, having a chuck for grindstones and brush-wheels, which ship or unship at each end of the mandril, and to which burrs of various sizes for filing off superfluous solder and circular saws for cutting oft" linings can be fitted. Latib'ulum (from Meo, to lie hid). The hidden matter of infectious diseases. Lat'ica. A quotidian remittent with long paroxysms. Latis'simus CoI'Ii. The platysma my- oides. Latissimus Dor'si. A broad, flat muscle covering the lower part of the back and loins. It arises from the spinous process of the seven inferior dorsal vertebra?, from all the lumbar and sacral spinous processes, a portion of the crest of the ilium, and the three lower ribs, and, ascending, is inserted in the bicipital groove of the os humeri. Latro'bite. A translucent mineral of a rose-red or pink color, consisting of silica, alumina, lime, potash, and oxide of manga- nese. Lat / ten. Brass or bronze. Lat / tice=work. Cancellated tissue. La / tus. Broad. Latus Ani. The levator ani. Laud able Pus. See Healthy Pus. Laud'anin. An alkaloid of opium. Laudanum (thought to be from lavs, gen. laudis, praise, from its valuable properties). Tincture of opium. Composed of opii pulv., LAU 360 LEA Sijss : alcohol dilut., Oij. Macerate for four- teen days, express and filter. Prepared also by displacement. (Ph. U. S.) Properties those of opium. Nineteen minims equal to about one grain of opium. Dose, gtt. xx to gtt. lx. It has the same dental uses asvinurn opii (which see), but is not so pleasant to the mouth as this latter. Laudanum Liq'uidum Sydenhami. Wine of opium. Sydenham's laudanum. Laudanum Opia'tum. Extract of opium. Laughing Gas. Nitrous oxide or protoxide of nitrogen. See Niteous Oxide. Lau'monite. A variety of zeolite, consist- ing of silica, alumina, and lime, with sixteen per cent, of water. Laura'ceae. The cinnamon tribe of dicoty- ledonous plants. Lau / rel. See Lauetjs. Lau'rine. An acrid, fatty matter con- tained in the berries of the laurel. Laurocera'sus. See Pbuxus Lauboce- easus. Lau'rus. The Laurus nobilis. Also a genus of plants of the order Lauracese. Bay berries. The leaves, berries, and oil possess exciting and narcotic properties. It is some- times employed as a fomentation and in clys- ters. Laurus Cam / phora. See CAMPHOEA Offi- CINABTJM. Laurus Cas'sia. The wild cinnamon tree. Laurus Cinnamo'mum. Cinnamomum zey- lanicum, the tree from which the cinnamon bark is obtained. Lautis'sima Vina. Wines strongly im- pregnated with myrrh. Lavage. Tbe act of washing out. Lav'ament (law, to wash). A clyster or injection. Lavandula. Lavender. Also a genus of plants of the order Lamiacese. Lavandula Spi'ca. Lavandula vera. The common lavender. Lavandula Stce / chas. French lavender. Lava'tion. Washing or sponging the body. Lav / ender. A small shrub of two or three feet in height, the flowers of which have a strong fragrant odor and an aromatic, pungent, bitterish taste. La'ver. The brook lime. Also a seaweed, the Ulva Iactna, which is used as an article of food. Lavipe'dium (from lavo, to wash, ;m,etuc, a scale, and A<#of, a stone). A mineral of a foliated texture, of a lilac or rose-violet color, con- taining lithia. Lepidoplas'tus (Tiemg, a scale, and nlaoau, to form). Forming scales. Lepidosar / coma (from Xemg, a scale, and aapnu/ia, a fleshy tumor). A fleshy tumor cov- ered with scales. Lepido'sis. Scaly skin. Scaly diseases. Lep'idote. Covered with scales. Lep'ocyte. A nucleated cell. Lepori'num La'bium. Hare-lip. Lep'ra (from \enpog, scaly). Leprosy ; a term often applied to two distinct diseases — the scaly or proper leprosy and the tuberculated, or elephantiasis ; the former characterized by scaly patches on the skin of different sizes, and the latter by shining tubercles of a dusky red or livid color and a thickened, rugous condi- tion of the skin. Lepra Arabum. Tubercular elephantiasis. Lepra Juda / ica. Leprosy of Jews. Lepra Mercuria'le. See Eczema Mercur- f.M.K. Lepra Nigricans. A disease differing but little from lepra vulgaris. Lepra Vulgaris. A disease characterized by red, shining elevations upon the skin, covered with a prominent scaly crust, which continue to enlarge until they attain the size of a dollar. Lepria / sis. Leprosy. Lep / rosy. Lepra. Lep'rous. Affected with leprosy. Leptochro'a. Fineness or delicacy of skin. Leptothrix (from Tienrog, thin, and fywf, a hair). A genus of the family Bacteriacese, whose elements form straight filaments, often of great length. Lepto'thrix Buc / calis. A fungoid growth — supposed by Leber and Rottenstein to be an active agent in dental caries — whose presence may be detected in the mouth and the den- tinal tubuli some distance beyond the zone of softened dentine. These authors describe the leptothrix, as seen under the microscope, to be "a gray, finely- granular mass, whose elements form straight, thin filaments, delicate and stiff, of various lengths, which erect themselves above the surface of this granular substance so as to re- semble an uneven turf. ' ' This fungus attains its greatest size in the interstices of the teeth when nothing is done to check its develop- ment. Leber and Rottenstein, while they do not altogether reject the agency of acids in producing dental caries, consider that when once a surface of enamel or dentine has been softened by acids, the fungoid growth, lepto- thrix buccalis, thrives upon it, and effects the destruction of tooth substance far more rapidly than the mere solvent action of the acid could alone have done. They conclude, therefore, that there are two principal agencies at work in dental caries— the one the action of acids, the other the rapid development of the para- site leptothrix. Leptys / mus. Emaciation. Le / pus. A hare. Lere / ma. Dotage. Le / sion (from lassus, hurt, injured). An injury. Any alteration in the structure or functions of an organ. Any injury, hurt, or wound in any part of the body. Lesion of Continuity. A division or break in any part that is normally continuous. Lesion of Nutrition. A term for those path- ological alterations which originate in the capillary system, consisting of any excess or deficiency of the particles of blood in the process of assimilation and absorption, etc. LES 'A(Y, LEV Lesso'nia. A genus of maritime plants or sea-weeds of the order Fucacese. Lessonia Fusces / cens. A sea-weed growing from twenty-five to thirty feet. It furnishes, in common with other sea weeds, kelp or soda. Le / thal (lethalis). Mortal. Pertaining to death ; deadly. Lethality. Deathliness. Lethargic (lethargicus). Pertaining to lethargy. Lethargy (lethargus; from "hrftri, forgetful- ness). Excessive drowsiness ; a constant sleep from which it is almost impossible to arouse the individual. Lethe'a (from 7->i^'l, oblivion). Papaver. Le'theon. Ether or chloroform when in- haled. Le / thum. Death. Let'tuce. See Lactuca. Lettuce Opium. See Lactucaeiubi. Leu / ce (from Aevkoc, white). A variety of leprosy. Leuce / niia (aevkoc, white, and ai/xa, the blood). A morbid condition of the blood in which there is a continued increase in the colorless corpuscles, so that their number in some cases is almost equal to the red ones. Leuchemia. See Leucemia. Leu / cic Acid. An acid formed by the ox- idation of leuciu. Leu / cin. A crystalline substance formed by the decomposition of nitrogenous bodies by acids, alkalies, putrefaction, or tryptic diges- tion, and found in the pancreas, spleen, thymus gland, and other organs, and produced by metabolism of proteids in the body, and the direct antecedent of urea, into which it is con- verted in the liver. It is a product of pan- creatic digestion. When pure, it forms white, glistening, flat crystals, soluble in hot water. Leu'coblast. An undeveloped leucocyte or a cell which gives rise to blood-cor- puscles. Leu / cocyte. A variety of cells of which the white blood-corpuscle is the type ; a color- less, granular, globular mass of protoplasm which exhibits amoeboid movements and varies in size from 0.005 to 0.015 mm. The leucocj'tes include the white blood-corpuscles, lymph-corpuscles, pus-corpuscles, and wander- ing connective-tissue cells. Leucocythe'mia. A peculiar condition of the blood characterized by excess of the white corpuscles. Leucocytogen'esis (from /lewcoc, white, and j'etou, to beget). The formation of white corpuscles in the blood. Leucocytoma. A tumor composed of leu- cocytes. Leucocyto'sis (from 7ievkoq, and kvtoq, a hollow). A transient increase in the number of white corpuscles in the blood, not accom- panied by glandular or splenic enlargement or disease of bone-marrow. Leu'col. A basic substance found in the naphtha of coal gas. Leuco / ma (from Aevkoc, white). A white speck on the eye, caused by the healing of a wound in the cornea. Leu'comaines. Basic substances in the living tissues, the result of products of fer- mentation changes or of retrograde metamor- phosis. Leuconecro'sis (from /lewcoc, white, and vekpevkoc, white, and ?>ey[ia, phlegm). A tendency to dropsy, char- acterized by paleness of the skin and a flabby state of the solids, resulting from a redundancy of the serum of the blood. LeucophIegmat / ic. Having a tendency to or affected with leucophlegmasia. Leucopi / per. The piper album, or white pepper. See Piper. Leucopy / ria. Hectic fever. Leucorrhce'a (from Aevkoc, white, and peu, to flow). Fluor albus. The discharge of a whitish mucus from the vagina, arising from debility or inflammatory action. The whites. Leucoses (from aevkoc, white). Diseases of the lymphatic system. Leuco / sis (from Aevkoc, white). Develop- ment and progress of leucoma ; also abnormal whiteness of the skin. Leucothe / mia. Predominance of white corpuscles in the blood. Leucotu'ric Acid. An acid produced by the metamorphosis of alloxan. Leu'sin. A crystalline body in brain- tissue. Levator (from Icro, to lift up). Applied to muscles which will lift the parts to which they are attached. Levator An'guli O'ris. A muscle which arises from the canine fossa of the superior LEV 364 LIE maxillary bone, below the infra-orbital fora- men, and is inserted into the angle of the mouth. Levator A / ni. A muscle of the rectum. Levator Ani Par'vus. The transversus peri- naei muscle. Levator Coc / cygis. The coccygeus muscle. Levator Lab'ii Inferiors. A muscle of the lower lip. It arises from the alveolar pro- cesses of the incisor teeth of the lower jaw and is inserted into the lower lip and chin. Levator Labii Superiors Alseque Nasi. This muscle arises by two heads : First, from the nasal process of the superior maxillary bone ; second, from the edge of the orbit above the infra-orbital foramen, and is inserted into the angle of the mouth. Levator Labii Superiors Pro / prius. A thin quadrilateral muscle which arises from the lower edge of the orbit and is inserted into the upper lip. Levator Men'ti. Levator labii inferioris (which see). Levator Oc/uli. Rectus superior oculi ; a muscle of the eye. Levator Pala'ti. A muscle of the soft palate. It arises from the point of the petrous bone and adjoining portion of the Eustachian tube, and is spread out in the structure of the soft palate. Levator PaFpebrae Superio / ris. A muscle of the upper eyelid, which it opens by draw- ing it upward. Levator Scapulae. Levator proprius scapu- lae, a muscle situated on the posterior part of the neck. Le'ver (from levare, to lift up). One of the simplest of the mechanical powers, consisting of an inflexible rod or bar, supported on and movable round a fixed point, called a fulcrum. The fulcrum is the support of the lever, and constitutes the axis round which it turns. The force which moves the lever is called the power, and the weight to be raised the resist- ance. When the fulcrum is placed between the power and the resistance it is called a lever of the first kind ; when the resistance is between the fulcrum and the power it is called a lever of the second kind ; a lever of the third kind has the power between the fulcrum and resistance. Leviga'tion (levigatio ; from levigare, to polish). The reduction of a hard substance lo a very fine powder. Lexiphar'maca. See Alexiphabmic. Ley. See Lye. Ley / den Jar. Leyden phial. A glass jar or bottle, coated inside, and outside with tin- foil nearly to the top, used for collecting elec- tricity. Libano'tis. Rosemary. Lib'anus. Juniperus lycia. The cedar of Lebanon ; frankincense. Li'ber. In Botany, the inner bark of a tree or plant, next the alburnum. Libi'do. Desire. Necessity. Li'bra. A pound weight of twelve ounces. Li 'charms. The index or forefinger. Li'chen (Xeixqv, or ?ux?jv, lichen). In Pathology, a cutaneous affection or eruption of papuke, terminating in scurf and giving to the skin the aspect of a vegetable lichen. There are several varieties of the disease. Lichen A / grius. A disease characterized by clusters of papulae of a red color, which ap- pear on the arms, neck, back, face, upper part of the breast, and sides of the abdomen, at- tended with inflammation, itching, and a painful tingling sensation. Lichen Circumscrip'tus. An eruption char- acterized by patches of papulae with a well- defined margin and an irregular circular form ; sometimes continuing for several weeks. Lichen Haemorrhagicus. A petechical pap- ular eruption. Lichen Islandi'cus. Cetraria islaudica. Ice- land moss. Lichen Liv / idus. An eruption of a dark-red color, or livid papulae. Lichen Pilaris. A papular eruption which makes its appearance about the roots of the hair. Lichen Simplex. An eruption of red papulae on the face or arms, and sometimes extending over the body, accompanied by an unpleasant sensation. Lichen Tropicus. Prickly heat. Lichen'ic Ac'id. An acid discovered in the Cetraria islandica. Lichenoid of the Tongue. A chronic spreading rash of the tongue in the form of light crescentic bands. Lieberkuhn's Follicles or Glands. Fol- licles abundant in the small intestine, sup- posed to secrete the intestinal juice. Lie / big's Beef Tea. A soluble extract of lean meat. Produced by macerating a pound of lean meat, cut into small pieces, in a pint of cold water in which thirty ounces of hydro- chloric acid and forty grains of sodium chloride LIE 365 LIG have been dissolved. The liquid is expressed and strained. Li'en (from TiEiog, soft or smooth). In Anat- omy, the spleen. Lien / culus (diminutive of lien). A super- numerary spleen. Lieni'tis. Splenitis. Lienomala / cia (/Uev, the spleen, and fia?.a- Kia, a softening). Morbid softening of the spleen. Lieno'sus. Splenic. LFentery (from aeloq, smooth, and evrepov, intestine). A diarrhoea ; frequent evacuations of half-digested food. Life (0iog ; vita). The exhibition of those phenomena which characterize organized be- ings from inanimate or inorganic bodies. Lig'ament {ligamentum ; from ligare, to bind). A fibrous cord or elastic and strong membrane which serves to connect bones and to form articulations. Ligaments are of a dense white structure, and they are divided into cap- sular and connecting. The former surround joints like a bag and prevent the escape of the synovial fluid ; the latter strengthen the union of movable bones. Ligament, Capsular. Attached to glenoid cavity and inferior maxillary bone. Ligament, External Lateral. Attached to the zygoma and neck of inferior maxillary. Ligament, Internal Lateral. Attached to sphenoid and inferior maxillary bones. Ligament, Poupart's. The crural arch, or lower border of the aponeurosis of the exter- nal oblique muscle. Ligament, Stylo-maxillary. Attached to temporal and inferior maxillary bones. Ligamen'ta Alalia. Alar ligaments. Two short and thick ligaments of the knee-joint. Ligamenta Interspina / lia. The iuterspinous ligaments of the vertebra?. Ligamenta Intertransversa / lia. Intertrans- verse ligaments of the vertebrae. Ligamenta Radia / ta. The ligaments which pass between the inner extremity of the clavi- cle and the sternum and those which pass from the extremities of the cartilages of the ribs over the sternum. Ligamenta Subfla'va. Yellow ligaments which occupy the intervals between the ver- tebrae. Lig'aments, An'nular. Ring-shaped liga- meuts of the ankle and wrist. Ligaments, Cru'cial. Two ligaments of the knee-joint — the anterior or external and the posterior or internal. Ligaments, Lateral. The ligaments at the side of a joint. Ligamentum Arterio'sum. The ductus arteriosus, which assumes the nature of a liga- ment after birth. Ligamentum Brachio-cubita'le. The bra- chio-cubital ligament. Ligamentum Brachio-radia / le. The brachio- radial ligament. Ligamentum Capsula're. A ligament which surrounds a joint like a bag. Ligamentum Cilia / re. The boud of union between the external and internal tunics of the eyeball. See Ciliary Ligament. Ligamentum Concedes. The coraco-clavicu- lar ligament. Ligamentum Coracoi / deum. Coracoid liga- ment, extending from the coracoid process across the notch of the scapula. Ligamentum Deltoi / des. The internal liga- ment of the ankle. Ligamentum Denticula'tum. A ligament ex- tending the whole length of the spinal marrow. Ligamentum Den / tis. A name given by Mr. Caldwell to that portion of the gum which is attached to the neck of a tooth. See Gums. Ligamentum Interclavicular. A cord-like band extending from the extremity of one clavicle to the other. Ligamentum Interosse / um. The ligaments which unite the radius and ulna and the tibia and fibula. Ligamentum La'tum. The suspensory liga- ment of the liver and that of the uterus. Ligamentum Nu / chae. The cervical ligament. Ligamentum Orbicula / re. The ligament which connects the neck of the radius to the ulna. Ligamentum Ovarii. A round cord of mus- cular fibres derived from the uterus. Ligamentum Pos / ticum Winslow'ii. A broad expansion of ligamentous covering of the knee- joint. Ligamentum Poupar'tii. Poupart's ligament. See Ligament, Poupart's. Ligamentum Rhomboi'des. The ligament which binds the clavicle to the first rib. Ligamentum Rotun'dum. The round liga- ment of the uterus. Ligamentum Te'res. The round ligament of the hip-joint. Ligamentum Trapezoi'des. The coraco-clav- icular ligament. Ligamentum Triangula're. A ligament of the scapula. LIG 366 LIM Liga'tion. Securing an artery by ligature ; tying an artery. Lig'ature (ligatura; from ligo, to bind). A tbread of silk used for tying arteries, removing tumors, uniting tbe edges of a wound, etc. For some purposes fine gold or silver wire is used as a substitute for silk ; also catgut, tendon, pieces of ox-aorta, and rubber. Ligatures have also been employed for tbe retention of artifi- cial teeth in tbe mouth ; at present, however, they are not used for this purpose. Ligature, Animal. One made from the sinews of various animals. Sheep- or cat-gut. Ligature, Antiseptic. A ligature rendered free from infection by soaking and cleansing in a germicidal solution. Ligature, Metallic. A ligature made of silver or other metal . Light (lux; lumen). The agent which pro- duces vision, or a perception of other bodies, by depicting their images on the retina of the eye. Light, Carbureted Hy / drogen. Carburetted hydrogen gas. Lig'neous (ligneus). Woody. Lig / nin (from lignum, wood). The fibres of wood divested of all impurities. Lig / nite (from lignum, wood). Mineral coal retaining the appearance of the wood from which it was formed and giving out an empy- reumatic odor while burning. Lignum. Wood. Lignum AFoes. Aloes wood. Lignum Brazilien / se. Csesalpina. The Bra- zil woods used in dyeing. Lignum Calam / bac. Lignum aloes. Lignum Campe'chianum. The log-wood tree. Hsematoxylon. Lignum Colub / rinum. The wood of a tree of India, the Strycbnos colubrina. Aristolochia serpentaria. Lignum In'dicum. The wood of the Hsema- toxylon campechianum. Lignum Moluccen'se. Croton tiglium. Lignum Nephrit'icum. Guilandina. Lignum San'tali Rubri. Pterocarpus. Lignum Serpenti / num. Ophioxylum. Lignum Wtae. The wood of the Guaiacum officinale. Lig / ula. In Anatomy, the clavicle ; also the glottis. In Botany, the membranous append- age at the top of the sheath of the leaves of grasses and the long and narrow band at the termination of the tube of the corolla of certain plants. In Zoology, tbe labium of insects. Lig'ulate. Strap-shaped. Lig'ulite. A mineral occurring in yellow- green crystals, resembling chrysolite. Ligus'trum. A genus of plants of the order Alcacese. Ligustrum Vulga / re. Privet, the leaves of which are astringent and have been used for ulcers of the mouth and throat. Lilia'ceae. A family of endogenous plants, including the lilies, hyacinths, aloes, squills, etc. Lilia cine. The bitter, crystallizable prin- ciple of the lilac. Lim (limones). Lemons. Li / ma Denta'ria (scalprum dentarium). A dental file. See Files, Dental. Lima'tio (from lima, a file). Filing. See Filing Teeth. Limatu / ra (from lima, a file). File dust; filings of a metal. Limatura Ferri. Iron filings. Limatura Stanni. Tin filings. Li 'max (from limus, slime). The slug or snail. Limb. A member. Limbus AIveola / ris. The alveolar border. Limbus Lu / teus. The yellow halo surround- the foramen of Soemmering, as observed in animals having the axis of the eyeballs par- allel with each other. Lime. Citrus limetta ; a fruit like a small lemon. Lime. Calx. The oxide of calcium, CaO (quicklime), and calcium hydrate, Ca(HO). Lime, Car / bonate of. Creta. Lime, Chlo / ride of. A compound of lime and chlorine. Used as a disinfectant ; for such purpose one pound may be dissolved in six gallons of water. In Dental Practice, chloride of lime is used in the dry form in cancrum oris and in scorbutic and other ulcerations of the mouth, and in ptyalism in tbe form of a gar- gle. It has also been employed in cases of suppurating dental pulps as a disinfectant. Also used as a bleaching preparation for teeth which have lost their vitality and become de- colorized. Chloride of lime is also one of the best antidotes for poisoning by hydrocyanic acid. For other dental uses see Gorgas' "Dental Medicine." Lime Water. Liquor calcis (which see). Limestone. Carbonate of lime. Limifor'mis. Having the appearance of a file. Limnomephi'tis. Marsh miasm. LIM 367 LIN Limocton / ia (from /.ipoc, hunger, and ktovoc, death). Starvation. Death or suicide from hunger. Lim'on. Lemon. IJmona'da. Lemonade. Limo / nia. The bitter principle of lemon and orange seeds. Limonia Malus. The lemon. Limo'nis Cortex. Lemon peel, or the rind of lemon. Limonis Suc'cus. Juice of lemon. Limo'sis (from %ipoc, hunger). A morbid appetite. Also a genus of disease in the class Cadiaca, order Enterica, of Dr. Good, charac- terized by excessive or depraved appetite. Limosis A / vens. Insatiable appetite. Limosis Ex / pers. Anorexia. Limosis Hellu / onum. Gluttony. Limosis Pi / ca. See Malacia. Limotherapei'a (from Mfiog, hunger, and -depaTT-eia, treatment). The cure of disease by fasting, or abstinence from food. Lim / pid (limjridus ; from /.afitru, to shine). Clear ; pure ; transparent. Li / mus (from hifiog, hunger). Hunger. Linamen'tum (from linum, linen). Lint. A tent for a wound. Linc'tus (from lingo, to lick). In Phar- macy, applied to a soft substance like honey, which may be licked from a spoon. Linden Tree. A tree of the genus Tilia. Line (linea). That which has length with- out breadth or thickness. Also the twelfth part of an inch. An elevation extending some distance along the surface of a bone ; a promi- nent border. Line, Facial. The line joining the most prominent part of the forehead with the al- veolar process of the upper jaw. Line, Me / dian, of the Body. An imaginary line, beginning at the top of the head and falling between the feet, dividing the body vertically into two equal parts. Line, Thompson's. A red line of vascular tissue along the margin of the gums, common in phthisis. Lin / ea (from linum, a thread). A line. In Anatomy, applied to parts which have a line- like appearance. Linea Al'ba. A tendinous cord or line ex- tending from the ensiform cartilage of the sternum to the navel, and thence to the symphysis pubis. Linea As'pera. The rough projection along the posterior surface of the femur. Linea Ilio-pectine / a. A sharp ridge on the lateral edge of the brim of the pelvis ; called also linea innominaia. Linea Innom / inata. See Linea Ilio-PECTI- NEA. Lin'eae Albicantes. Certain, shining, reddish and whitish lines on the abdomen, extending from the groin and pubes to the navel; sometimes occurring in women during the first three or four days after delivery. Linese Semiluna'res. The lines on the outer margins of the recti muscles of the abdomen. Lineae Transver'sse or Transversales. The lines that cross the recti muscles of the abdo- men. Lin / eament (lineamenium ; from linea, a line). A feature; the form or outline which marks the particular character of the counte- nance and distinguishes the features of one face from another. Lin'ear (linearis). A line. In Surgery, fractures which exhibit the appearance of a line. Linear Fractures. Those in which the frag- ments are scarcely separated. Linea / tus. Lineated ; streaked ; having lines. Line'ola (diminutive of linea, a line). A small line. Lin / gua (from lingo, to lick up). The tongue. Lingua=dental. Pertaining to the tongue and teeth ; as articulate sounds formed or uttered by them. Lin'gual (lingualis). Pertaining or belong- ing to the tongue. Lingual Artery. A branch of the external carotid artery. Lingual Glands. Small salivary glands situ- ated underneath the tongue, on the posterior portion of the upper surface of the tongue near the circumvallate papilla? and foramen caecum, several of their ducts opening into the foramen. Those which open near the cir- cumvallate papillae secrete, instead of mucus, a watery fluid. The lingual glands are also found on the borders of the tongue. Lingual Nerve. The hyoglossus nerve. Also a branch of the inferior maxillary. Lingua / lis. Basio-glossus muscle. A long, thin muscle, passing from the root to the tip of the tongue. Linguet'ta Lamino'sa. A thin process of gray substance extending from the gray sub- stance of the cerebellum upon the valve of Yieussens. LIN 368 LIP Lin'gula. See Ligula. Lingula Fistulae. Epiglottis. Lingula Mandibularis. The prominent, thin scale of bone partly surrounding the large foramen of the lower jaws, and which serves for attachment of the spheno-mandibular liga- ment. Lin'gulate (lingulatus ; from lingua, tongue). Tongue-shaped. Li'ni Fari'na. Flaxseed meal. Liniment. See Linimentum. Liniment, An'odyne. See LINIMENTUM Opii. Liniment of Mercury. See Linimentum Hydeakgyki Compositum. Liniment, Volatile. See LINIMENTUM Am- MONIiE. Linimen'tum (from linire, to anoint). A liniment ; an unctuous medicine, to be applied externally by means of friction. Linimentum Ammo / niae. (Ui S. P. liniment of ammonia. ) Volatile liniment. Linimentum Ammoniae Compos'itum. (Ph. E.) Compound liniment of ammonia. Linimentum Ammoniae Sesquicarbona / tis. (Ph. L.) Liniment of sesquicarbonate of ammonia. Linimentum Calcis. (U. S.) Liniment of lime. Linimentum Cam'phorae. (Ph. U. S. and L.) Camphor liniment. Linimentum Camphorae Compos / itum. (Ph. L.) Compound camphor liniment. Linimentum Canthar'idis. (U. S.) Liniment of Spanish flies. Linimentum Chlorofor / mi. Chloroform lini- ment. Linimentum Hydrar'gyri Compos / itum. (Ph. L.) Compound liniment of mercury. Linimentum O'pii. (Ph. L. ) Liniment of opium. Anodyne liniment. Linimentum Sapo / nis Camphora / tum. (Ph. U. S.) Camphorated soap liniment. Linimentum Simplex. (Ph. E.) Simple liniment. Linimentum Terebin / thinae. (U. S.) Lini- ment of turpentine. Linnae'an System. The sexual system of plants : so called from the name of the founder, Linnaius. Classification of plants by the num- ber and position of their stamens and rfistils. Linseed / . Flaxseed ; the seeds of Linum usitatissimum. Lint. Linteum ; charpie. A soft, floccu- lent substance made by scraping old linen cloth or rags. It is used for dressing wounds. It is now found in the shops as "patent " lint, having one surface fleecy. Lint is arranged into different forms for special purposes, such as the compress, pledget, and tent (which see). Linum. Linseed. Also a genus of plants of the order Linacese. Linum Usitatis / simum. Common flax. The seeds contain a large quantity of oil, and by infusion yield a large proportion of mucilage ; used as an emollient and demulcent. Lip. See Labium ; also Lips. Lipa / ra. Plasters containing much oil or fat. Lipa'ria. Obesity. Liparocele' (from linapog, fat, and n-rfkr], a tumor). A fatty tumor, especially in the scro- tum. Lipar'odes. Full of fat ; obese. Liparotrich'ia. Too great oiliness of the hair. Lip'arous. Obese. Fat. Lipas / ma. A fattening medicine. Lipoids. The non-saponifiable fats. Lipo / ma (from Ilttuq, fat). An encysted fatty tumor ; indolent, painless, benign. Liposphyx'ia. Absence or cessation of the pulse. Lipoth / ymy (lipolhymia ; from ?ienuo, to fail, and ■&iifioc, mind). Syncope. Lippitude' (lippitudo ; from lippus, blear- eyed). Bleared eyes. A chronic inflammation of the tarsal edges of the eyelids and a dis- charge of puriform matter. Lips (labia). The fleshy folds surround- ing the orifices of the mouth, which consist of the two muscular veils which circumscribe the anterior opening, distinguished into upper and lower lips. In Surgery, the edges of an in- cised wound. Lips, Characteristics of. "The lips," says Delabarre, "present marked differences in different constitutions. They are thick, red, rosy, or pale, according to the qualities of the arterial blood that circulates through their arteries." Firmness of the lips and a pale rose color of the mucous membrane that covers them are, according to Laforgue, indicative of pure blood, and, as a consequence, of a good con- stitution. Redness of the lips deeper than that of the pale rose is mentioned by him as one of the signs of sanguino-serous blood. Soft, pale lips are indicative of lymphatico- serous dispositions. In these subjects the lips LIP 369 LIQ are almost entirely without color. When there is a sufficiency of blood the lips are firm, though variable in color, according to the predominance of the red or serous parts of this fluid. Anaemia is indicated by want of color and softness of the lips and general paleness of the entire mucous membrane of the mouth. "The fluids contained in the vessels," says Laforgue, "in the three foregoing forms of anaemia yield to the slightest pressure, and leave nothing between the fingers but the skin and cellular tissue." In remarking upon the signs of the different qualities of the blood, the above-mentioned author asserts that the constitution of children about the age of six years can not, by a uni- versal characteristic, be distinguished, but that the lips, as well as all other parts of the niouth, constantly betoken the "quality of the blood and that of the flesh " ; and "con- sequently they proclaim health or disease, or the approach of asthenic and adynamic dis- orders, which the blood either causes or aggra- vates. ' ' * "The secretion of the lips," says Professor Schill, "has a similar diagnostic and prog- nostic import to that of the tongue and gums. They become dry in all fevers and in spas- modic paroxysms. A mucous white coating is a sign of irritation or inflammation of the intestinal canal ; accordingly, this coating is found in mucous obstructions, in gastric inter- mittent fever, and before the gouty paroxysms. A dry brown coating of the lips is a sign of colliquation in consequence of typhus affec- tion ; it is, accordingly, observed in typhus, in putrid fever, in acute inflammations which have become nervous." f The appearance of the lips, however, does not present so great a variety as those of other parts of the mouth, for the reason that they are not as subject to local diseases, but their general pathognomonic indications are, per- haps, quite as decided. Li / pyl. The supposed radicle of glycer- ine ; also a former name for glyceryl, C,,H 5 . Lipyr / ria (leipyria ; from Ieittu, to fail, and nvp, heat). A fever with great coldness of the surface, particularly of the extremities, and heat in the interior of the body. * Vide " Semeiologie Buccale ct Buecamancie." ■f Vide " Pathological Semeiology," p. 135. 24 Liquamu mia. Human fat. Liqua 'tion. In Metallurgy, the separation of tin, lead, etc., by melting. Liquefa'cient (liquefaciens ; from liquidus, a liquid, and facere, to make). That which has the property of liquefying solids, as mer- cury, iodine, etc. Liquefac'tion (liquatio; liqueficatio) . The conversion of a solid into a liquid by the agency of heat ; applied particularly to metals, resin, wax, and fatty substances. Liqueur'. A strong, aromatic preparation of distilled spirits. Liq'uid (liquidum). A flowing substance ; a feebly elastic fluid. Liquid Silex. See SlLEX. Liquidam / bar. A genus of plants of the order Altingiacese. Also a resinous juice which flows from the Liquidambar styraciflua and some other species when wounded. It is of a yellow color and about the consistence of tur- pentine, but hardens with age and becomes brittle. It is sometimes called copaline bal- sam. Liquid styrax is obtained from this plant by boiling. Liquidambar StyraciFlua. The tree which affords liquidambar and liquid styrax. Liq'uor (from liqueo, to become liquid). A name given to many compouud fluid medicinal preparations. Liquor .^Ethere'us 01eo / sus. Ethereal oil ; heavy oil of wine ; sulphate of ether and etherine. Liquor ^Ethereus Sulphu / ricus. Sulphuric ethereal liquor. TJnrectified sulphuric ether. Liquor Alu / minis Compos'itus. (Ph. L. ) Compound solution of alum. A powerful astringent used on foul ulcers, etc. Liquor Ammo'niae. Water of ammonia. Stimulant, antacid, and rubefacient. Dose, gtt. v to gtt. xxx, diluted with water or milk. Liquor Ammonias Aceta'tis. Solution of acetate of ammonia. Sudorific ; externally it is cooling and astringent. Dose, 3 ij to nxij. Liquor Ammoniae Sesquicarbona'tis. Water of carbonate of ammonia. Liquor Am'nii. The liquor of amnios. See Amnios, Liquor of. Liquor Argenti Nitra'tis. (Ph. L.) Solution of nitrate of silver. Liquor Arsenica'lis. See LlQUOE POTASS^: Aesenitis. Fowler's solution. Dose, \\iv to n\,x. LIQ 370 LIT Liquor Arsenici et Hydrargyri Iodidi. Dono- van's solution (which see). Liquor Barii Chlo'ridi. (U. S. ) Solution of chloride of barium. Solution of muriate of baryta. Dose, gtt. v. Liquor Cal'cii Chloridi. Solution of chloride of calcium. Solution of muriate of lime. Dose, n\xl to 3 ij. Liquor Cal'cis. Lime water. Take of lime, four ounces, of distilled water, one gallon. Pour the water on the lime and stir. Let it stand in a covered vessel three hours, boil the lime and water, and use the clear solution. It is astringent, tonic, and antacid, and is used in diarrhoea, diabetes, heartburn, etc., and as a lotion to foul ulcers. Dose, f 3 ij to Oss in milk. Liquor Cu'pri Ammonio-sulpha / tis. (Ph.L.) Solution of ammoniated copper. Liquor Ferri Io / didi. (U. S.) Solution of iodide of iron. Syrup of iodide of iron. Liquor Ferri Persulpha'tis. Solution of per- sulphate of iron. See Iron, Persulphate of. Liquor Ferri Ternitra / tis. Solution of terni- trate of iron. Liquor Gutta Perchae. Solution of gutta percha in chloroform. It consists of gutta percha, ^jss, and chloroform, §xvij. An ex- cellent application for the temporary relief of odontalgia. Liquor Hydrargyri Bichlo / ridi. Solution of bichloride of mercury. Liquor Iodini Composi / tus. Compound solu- tion of iodine. Dose, ttT,ij to tt\,vj. Liquor Magnesias Citratis. Solution of citrate of magnesia, a cooling cathartic. Dose, as a full purge, is about f^xij. Liquor Morphias Sulpha'tis. Solution of sul- phate of morphia. Dose, 3J to gij. Liquor Opii Sedati'vus. Battley's solution. An aqueous solution of opium. Liquor Plumbi Diaceta'tis. See Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. Solution of subacetate of lead. It is used externally as a cooling astringent and discutient,when diluted witli distilled water. Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis Dilutus. Prop- <■] ties same as the last, but feebler. Liquor Potas / sae. Solution of potassa. Made by boiling potash in lime. Dose, H\,x to 3J. Liquor Potassae Arseni / tis. (U.S.) Solution of arsenite of potassa. Arsenical solution. Fowler's solution (which see). Liquor Potassae Carbona / tis. (U.S.) Solu- tion of carbonate of potassa. Antacid and diuretic. Dose, gtt. x to gj. Liquor Potassae Chlorina / tae. Solution of chlorate of potassa. Liquor Potassae Citra'tis. (U. S.) Solution of citrate of potassa. Neutral mixture. Liquor Potassae Effervescens. (Ph. L.) Ef- fervescing solution of potassa. Liquor Potassii Iodidi Composi / tus. (Ph.L.) Compound solution of iodine. Liquor San / guinis. Plasma ; intercellular fluid. Coagulable lymph ; plastic lymph, a clear, colorless fluid ; one of the constituents of the blood — the one in which the red glob- ules are suspended during life. On coagu- lation it separates into two parts — the serum and fibrin — previously held in solution. The fibrin, coagulating, encloses within it the red particles, while the serum retains the albumen in solution. Liquor Sodas Chlorina / tae. (U.S.) Solution of chlorinated soda. Labarraque's disinfect- ing soda liquid (which see). Liquor Sodas Efferves / cens. Effervescing solution of soda. Liquor Tartari Emet'ici. Antimouial wine. Liquorice. The root of the Glycyrrhiza glabra. Liquorice Sugar. Glycyrrhizin. The sweet principle of liquorice. Lisp / ing. A form of defective utterance commonly called speaking through the teeth. Lister'ian Method of Dressing Wounds. The best is an antiseptic dressing which con- sists in the application of gauze impregnated with a solution of a double cyanide of zinc and mercury. Said to be non-volatile, unirritat- ing, and insoluble in water. Lister'ine. A valuable antiseptic, disin- fectant, and deodorizer. It is composed of benzo-boracic acid, thyme, eucalyptus, baptisia, gaultheria, and mentha avensis. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of benzo-boracic acid. For dental uses see Gorgas' "Dental Medicine." List/erism. A general name for the anti- septic and aseptic treatment of wounds as first suggested by Lister. Litch's Method of Bridge=work. See 1Jrii)(;jo-vvork, Systems of. I .it ha. -niia. The state in which the blood contains an excess of lithic or uric acid. Lithago'gue [lithagogus ; from Xc&og, a stone, and ayu, to bring away). Medicines LIT 371 LIT supposed to have the power of expelling uri- nary calculi. Litharge. See Lithargyrum. Litharge Plaster. Lead plaster made of semivitrified oxide of lead, olive oil, and water. Lithar'gyrum (from 7.i.$oc, a stone, and apyvpoc, silver). Litharge. Plumhi oxidum semivitreum. Semivitrified protoxide of lead. When white, it is called litharge of silver, and when red, litharge of gold. Lith'ate. Urate. Composed of lithic acid. Lithec'tasy (from Av&og, a stone, and EKraaig, dilatation). An operation for the re- moval of stone from the bladder by dilating the neck of the organ after having made an incision in the perineum and opened the mem- branous portion of the urethra. Lith / ia (litha). A rare alkaline substance differing from potash and soda by the difficult solubility of its carbonate. It is the oxide of lithium. Lith'iae Carbo'nas. Carbonate of lithia. A white powder, sparingly soluble in water, with a feeble alkaline taste. Used in calculous diseases. Lithi'asis (from /.ii9oc, a stone). A term applied in Pathology to the formation of stone in the bladder ; also to a disease of the eyelids in which their margins are .beset with stone- like concretions. Lith'ic (lithicus). Relating to lithic or uric acid or to stone. Lithic Acid. Uric acid. Lith'ium. A white metal obtained from lithia by means of galvanism. The principal salts of lithium are the carbonate and citras, and they produce effects analogous to those of potassium and sodium. The lithium treat- ment is employed in Dental Practice to counter- act the effects of the gouty diathesis upon the teeth and the peridental membrane, the car- bonate of lithium being the agent employed. Lithoceno'sis (Zttfof, a stone, kevugic, an evacuation). The removal of fragments of a calculus in the operation of lithotrity. Lith / ocIast. An instrument used for re- ducing calculi in the bladder to small frag- ments ; introduced through the urethra. Lithoden / dron (from /.t$oc, a stone, and devdpoVj tree). Coral has been so termed from its resemblance to a petrified branch of a tree. Litho'deon (from %r&og, stone, and ei6o$, likeness). A name given to an amalgam with which finely pulverized pumice, glass, or some vitreous substance is incorporated ; used as a substitute for gold by some dentists in filling teeth. See Amalgam. Litho'des. Full of calculi or of the nature of calculi. Lithodia'Iia. A dissolving of stone or cal- culus in the bladder. Lithofell'ic Acid. An acid forming the chief ingredient in bezoars. Lith / oid. Lithoides ; lithous. Of the na- ture of or resembling stone or calculi. Lithol'abum (from /u&og, a stone, and ?.au3avu, I seize). An instrument for grasping and extracting the stone from the bladder. Lithol'ein (from '/u$oc, stone, and oleum, oil). A substance like vaseline, and also anti- septic and antiparasitic. It has no smell or taste and is oily. Lithol'ogy (Utholofjia ; from /u#of, a stone, and /o-}og, a discourse). A treatise on calculous concretions. Lithome'tra. Bony or other concretions of the uterus. Lithontrip'tic (lithontripticus ; from udoc, a stone, and rpifiu, to wear away). A remedy supposed to be capable of dissolving urinary calculi. Lithontrip'tor. An instrument for break- ing calculi in the bladder into small pieces so that they may be washed away by the urine. Instruments of different forms have been in- vented for this purpose. Lithosco'pium (/t$oc, a stone, and cr/coTrew, to examine). An instrument for ascertaining the size and form of a calculus ; a lithoscope. Lithotereth'rum. Lithotrite. Lithot'omist. One who devotes himself to the operation of lithotomy. Lithot/omy (lithotomia ; from /.idoc, a stone, and "«,"?;, to cut). Cutting into the bladder for the extraction of stone. Lithotripsy. Operation of rubbing down calculi in the bladder by means of a lithotrip- tor. Lithotrip'tic. A medicine which counter- acts the formation of calculi or has the power of dissolving calculous concretions by acting on the substance which serves as a bond of union to the saline or acid particles composing the stone. Lithotrip'tor. An instrument for break- ing or bruising stone in the bladder. See Lithotrity. Lithotrite'. An instrument for crushing the calculus in the bladder. LIT 372 LOB Lithot/rity (Uthoiritia ; from hedog, a stone, and rpt/Ju, to break). The operation of breaking or bruising the stone into small pieces so that it may be discharged with the mine. Lithoxidu / ria. The discharge of urine containing xanthic oxide. Lithu'ria (from M$og, a stone, and ovpov, urine). Urine containing uric acid and urates. The lithic or lithic acid diathesis. Lit'mus. Turnsole. A blue coloring- matter obtained from archil, a lichen (the Roc- cella tinctoria), and employed, either in infu- sion or in the form of litmus paper, as a test for acids and alkalies. Blue litmus paper is unsized paper steeped in a solution of litmus ; red litmus paper is unsized paper steeped in a solution of litmus and colored red with acid. It is useful for testing the nature of the oral fluids to detect the presence of acids, which turn it red. Blue litmus paper turns red in contact with acid solutions ; red litmus paper turns blue in contact with alkaline solu- tions. Li'tra (Turpa). A pound weight. Li'tre. A French measure of one cubic decimetre, or 61.027 cubic inches. Littig's Method. A method of restoring the lost part of the crown of a natural tooth by means of a porcelain cap made from a plate tooth, the inns of which are bent outward and the plate tooth ground down to the proper size aud shape, and secured to the crown of the natural tooth by holes drilled to accommodate the pins of the porcelain cap, which are se- cured by zinc phosphate. Another method is to first cap the lost part of the natural crown with platinum, allowing the pins, which are soldered with pure gold, to project below the cap. Porcelain body of the desired form for the tip is baked in a furnace on the cap, the porcelain partial crown or tip being secured to the platinum forming the cap by the platinum pins embodied in it when it is made. Liv / er (hcpar). The largest gland in the body, weighing from three to four pounds, and measuring, in its transverse diameter, from ten to twelve inches ; from six to seven in its antero-posterior ; and is about three inches thick at the back part of the right lobe. It is of a brownish-red color and is situated under the diaphragm, occupying the whole hypochon- driac region and part of the epigastric. It is the organ of the biliary secretion. Liver, Gran'ulated. A disease of the liver in which this organ becomes tuberculated and assumes a rusty yellow color, on which account it is termed cirrhosis. The disease is variously designated by different authors. Liver, Hob / nail. Granulated liver. Liver, Inflammation of. Hepatitis. Liver, Nutmeg. Granulated liver. Liver of SuFphur. Sulphuret of potassium. Liver Spot. Chloasma pityriasis versicolor. An affection of the skin characterized by irregularly shaped yellowish-brown patches. Liverwort/. A genus of ranunculaceous plants. Liverwort, Iceland. See Cetraria Islan- dica. Liv / id. Purplish discoloration of the skin. Livid / ity. Darkness of color. Li / vor (from liveo, to be black and blue). Lividity ; suggillation ; mark of a blow. Lix. Ashes. Wood ashes. Also lye. Lixivia / tion (lixiviatio). The act of treat- ing permeable bodies with water for the pur- pose of dissolving the alkaline salts which they contain. Lixivium. Any solution containing soda or potassa in excess. Lye. Loadstone. The native magnet, an ore of iron of an intermediate state of oxidation, possessing the peculiar property of attraction and of turning toward the north pole when freely suspended. Loam. A mixture of sand and clay with oxide of iron. Loathing. Disgust. Lo / bate (lobatus). Lobed. Having lobes. Lobe (lobus). In Anatomy, a round pro- jecting part of an organ. Lobe'lia. A genus of plants of the order Lobeliacese. Lobelia Cardina / lis. Cardinal flower. Car- dinal plant. The root is said to possess ver- mifuge properties. Lobelia Infla / ta. Indian tobacco ; emetic weed ; bladder-podded lobelia. A plant pos- sessing properties similar to those of tobacco, acting in small doses as a diaphoretic and in large doses as a dangerous emetic. Dose as an emetic, gr. iv to gr. xx. Lobe'lin, Lobeline. A peculiar substance obtained from Lobelia inflata resembling nar- cotine. Lob / uIar (lobulus or lobule). Pertaining to a lobule. Shaped like a lobe or lobule. lobule (diminutive of lobirfus, a tube). A small lobe ; a small rounded prominence. LOB 373 LOT Lobulus Accesso'rius, or Lobulus Quadra- tus. The square lobe upon the inferior sur- face of the right lobe of the liver. Lob / ulus Au'ris. The lobe or lower part of the ear. Lobulus Cauda'tus. A tail-like process of the liver, stretching downward from the mid- dle of the great right lobe to the lobulus Spigelii. Lobulus Pneumogas / tricus. A small lobe of the cerebellum near the origin of the eighth pair of nerves. Lobulus Spige'lii. The inferior or smallest lobe of the liver. Lo / bus. A lobe. Any round, well-defined part. Lo / cal (localis). In Pathology, applied to a disease affecting a part without implicating the whole system ; confined to a part. Locates (plural of localis). In Cullen's "Nosology," the fourth class, comprising local diseases or morbid affections that are partial. Lo'chia (from loxevu, to bring forth). The discharge from the uterus which takes place and continues some days after parturition. Lochiorrhoe'a. Profuse flow of the lochia. Lochopy / ra (Ao^of, confinement, and nvp, a fever). Puerperal fever. Locked Jaw. A spasmodic contraction of the muscles of the jaw by which motion is prevented. See Trismus and Tetanus. Locomo'tion (locomotio ; from locus, a place, and movere, to move). The process by which animals of the higher classes move from place to place. Locomotor Ataxia. A chronic disease of the nervous system characterized by atrophy of nerve substance, paroxysms of pain, and func- tional disturbances. Loc'ulament (loculus, a cell). A cell of an ovary. Lo'cus Ni'ger. The dark matter in the centre of the peduncle of the brain. Locus Perfora'tus. See PONS TARINI. Logan Crown. An artificial crown the base of which is deeply recessed, leaving a thin border to be fitted to the natural root. One end of the dowel is baked into the crown dur- ing its manufacture. The concavity of the base facilitates the adjustment of the crown to the end of the root and gives the cement hold ing the dowel or post a more reliable form. Log'wood. Campeachy wood. The popu- lar name of Hamiatoxylon campechianum. Astringent. Dose of powder, gr. x to gr. xxx. Loi'mia (?.o/./iog, the plague). The plague or other epidemic disease. Loi'mic ((loimicus ; from /0770c, a pesti- lence). Pertaining to a pestilence. Loins. The lumbar region of the back. Longan'on. The rectum. Longevity (longevitas). The prolongation of life to an advanced age. Long / ing. A common phrase for the crav- ing or preternatural appetites of women during uterine gestation. Longis'simus Dorsi. A long muscle of the back. Longissimus Fem'oris. The sartorius muscle. Longissimus Ma'nus. The flexor tertii in- ternodii pollicis. Longissimus Oc'uli. The obliquus superior oculi. Longitudinal (longitudinalis). In Anat- omy, lengthwise, or in a direction the opposite of transverse. Longitudinal Sinus. A triangular canal of the dura mater, proceeding from the crista galli to the tentorium. Long=sighted'ness. See Presbyopia. Lon'gus Colli. A muscle situated on the anterior face of the vertebrae of the neck. Loose / ness. Popular name of diarrhoea. Looseness of the Teeth. Odontoseisis ; odon- toseismus. This results from disease in the gums and the gradual destruction of the alve- olar processes. Loquac'ity (gamditas ; from loquor, to speak). Volubility ; sometimes a symptom of disease. Loque'la. Articulate speech. Loquela Abolita. See Aphonia. Lordosis (from Zopdoc, curved, bent). A term applied in Pathology to curvature of spine anteriorly. Loretin. Meta - iodo - ortho - oxyquinoline and sulphonic acid. A new snccedaneum for iodoform in the form of a yellow crystalline powder which resembles iodoform. Antiseptic and germicide ; non-poisonous. Lor'ica. A kind of lute with which vessels are coated before they are put into the fire. Lo'rus. Hydrargyrum. Lotio. A lotion. Lotio Acidi Pyrolig'nei. Lotion of pyrolig- neous acid. Lotio Alu'minis. Alum lotion. Lotio Ammo / niae Aceta'tis. Lotion of ace- tate of ammonia. LOT 574 LUM Lotio Ammoniae Hydrochlora'tis. Lotion of muriate of ammonia. Lotio Ammoniae Muriatus cum Aceto. Lo- tion of muriate of ammonia and vinegar. Lotio Ammoniae Opi'ata. Lotion of ammonia and opium. Lotio Bora'cis. Lotion of borax. Lotio Calcis Compos'ita. Black wash. Lotio Fla'va. Yellow wash. Lotio Gal'lae. Lotion of gallic acid or nut- galls. Lotio Hellebo'ri AFba. Lotion of veratrum album. Lotio Hydrar'gyri Amygdali'na. Amygda- line lotion of corrosive sublimate. Lotio Hydrargyri Oxymuria / tis. Lotion of corrosive sublimate. Lotio Hydrargyri Oxymuriatis Compos / ita. Compound lotion of corrosive sublimate. Lotio Ni'gra. Black wash. Lotio Opii. Opium lotion. Lotio Picis. Compound lotion of tar. Lotio Plumbi Aceta'tis. Lotion of acetate of lead. Lotio Potas'sii Sulphure / ti. Lotion of sul- phuret of potassium. Lotio Zin'ci Sulpha'tis. Lotion of sulphate of zinc. Lo'tion (lotio ; from lavere, lotum, to wash). A liquid preparation or wash to be applied to the body externally. Any medicinal solution used externally. Lot/ium. Urine. Louse. The popular name of a genus of parasitical insects termed Pediculus. Low Crown. An artificial crown inserted into the natural root of a tooth, which consists of a gold-backed porcelain facing, to which is attached a combined post and cap, which is called a "step-plug," from its peculiar form, and which fits into an enlarged root-canal of a similar form. Low Spirits. Hypochondriasis. Lower, Tubercle of (tuberulumloweri). A muscular thickening causing a projection be- tween the two venaj cava}. Low's System of Bridge-work. See Beidge-woek, Systems of. Loxar'thros (from fofo?, oblique, and ap&pov, a joint). Obliquity or wrong position of parts forming a joint. Lox'ia (from '/o^or^ twisted). Wry neck. Loxocye'sia. An oblique position of the gravid uterus. Loxot/ome O'^v, oblique, and re/zvw, to cut). An oblique section or cutting ; a pecu- liar method of amputation ; loxotomy. Lozenge. See Teochisccjs. Lu / bricate. To oil a part. Lucid (lucidus). Clear ; transparent ; quiet ; shining ; bright. In Medicine, intervals of reason in mental affections. Lucu'ma. A genus of tropical American sapotaceous trees, tonic, antiperiodic ; useful in diarrhoea. Lucumoria / nus. Continuing for several days. Lu'es (from /tow, to dissolve). Pestilence. Poison. Also syphilis. Lues Gut / turis Epidem'ica. Cynanche ma- ligna. Lues Neuro / des. A typhus fever. Lues Venerea. Syphilis. Lugol's Solution. A preparation of iodine 5, iodide of potassium 10, and water 85 parts. Dose, rt\J to rt^x, diluted; employed as a caustic, rubefacient, and stimulant. Lumba / go (from lumbi, the loins). Rheu- matism affecting the muscles about the loins. Lum / bar (lumbalis). Belonging or relating to the loins. Lumbar Abscess. Psoas abscess ; a collection of pus in the cellular substance of the loins in the course of the psoas muscle. Lumbar Arteries. Four or five arteries on each side which curve around the lumbar vertebrae beneath the psoas muscle, giving off the spinal, anterior, posterior, and external muscular branches. Lumbar Nerves. Five pairs of nerves which issue from the vertebral column by the spinal foramina of the loins. Lumbar Plexus. A plexus situated between the transverse processes of the lumbar verte- brae and the quadratus lumborum behind, and the psoas magnus muscle before, and formed by the anterior branches of the first four lumbar nerves. Lumbar Region. The loins. Lumba / ris Exter / nus. The quadratus lumborum muscle. Lumbaris Internus. The psoas magnus mus- cle. Lum / bi. The loins ; the lumbar region. Lumbo=sa / cral. Pertaining to the lumbar and sacral regions. Lumbrica'les Ma / nus. The small flexor muscles of the fingers. Lumbricales Pedis. Four muscles of the foot similar to those of the hand. LUM 375 LUX Lumbrical is (from lumhricus, the earth- worm). A name given to certain muscles from their resemblance to the earth-worm. Lum'bricus. The common earth-worm. Also the long, round worm found in the intes- tines of man and other animals. Lu / na. The moon. Also silver. Luna Cor'nea. Chloride of silver. Luna Fixa'ta. Oxide of zinc. Lu'nar Caus'tic. Nitrate of silver (which see). Luna're Os. One of the bones of the car- pus. Luna'ria. A genus of plants of the order Cruciferse. Lunaria Redivi / va. Bulbonach ; satin flower ; a plant formerly valued as a diuretic. Lu'nate (from luna, the moon). Crescenti- form ; half mooulike. Lu'natic (lunaticus; from luna, the moon). Moon-struck. Affected with lunacy or in- sanity. General^ restricted to mental aliena- tion. Lung (pulvio). The right lung is divided into three lobes and the left into two. The lungs, in man and many other animals, are the organs of respiration. Lu'nula Scap'ulae. The notch of the scapula. Lunula Un'guium. The white semilunar space at the base of the nails. Lu'pia. Encysted tumors with contents of a pultaceous consistence. Lupoid. Having the nature of lupus. Lu'pulin, Lupuline. The yellow aromatic matter of hops. Lupulin is the powder ob- tained by rubbing up and sifting the strobiles. Dose, gr. vj to gr. xij in tincture or infusion. It is narcotic, anodyne, and diuretic. Lu pulus. The hop plant. Lu'pus {lupia; from lupus, wolf). Noli me tangere; a malignant disease of the face, con- sisting of ragged tubercular excrescences and spreading ulcerations, particularly about the lips and nose. Lupus Cancro'sus. Cancer. Lupus Vo'rax. See Herpes Exedens. Lu / rid (luridus). Ghastly. Also a pale- yellowish purple color. Lu'sus Nat/urae. A freak of nature ; a deformed or unnatural production. Lute. See Lutum. Lu'teus. Yellow. Lu'tum. In Chemistry, a composition for covering chemical vessels and for closing their joinings. Lutes are divided into classes accord- ing to the temperature to which they are to be exposed. Fire-lutes are various plastic sub- stances, becoming hard when heated, used to close the joints of apparatus designed to resist high furnace heats. Lux. Light. Luxa / tio. Luxation. Luxa / tion [luxatio; from luxare, to put out of place). Displacement of the articular ex- tremity of a bone from its proper place or cavity. Dislocation. Luxation of Teeth. The displacement of one or more teeth from their sockets. This may be partial or complete, simple or complicated. When partial, the tooth is only slightly raised in its socket and the connection between the two not entirely destroyed. When complete, the tooth has entirely left the socket. The luxation may be said to be simple when the alveolus 'sustains no other injury than that which is inflicted by the mere evulsion of the organ, and complicated when the gum is bruised and lacerated or the alveolus frac- tured. The cause of the luxation of a tooth is gener- ally external violence, as that of a blow or a fall, though it sometimes results from care- less or awkward attempts at extraction, in not using the precautions necessary in the per- formance of this operation. See Extraction of Teeth. Partial luxation is sometimes pro- duced from improper methods of procedure in the treatment of irregularity of the teeth, sometimes by the action of an antagoniz- ing tooth, and occasionally by the filling up of the socket with a deposition of bony matter. When the luxation is only partial and pro- duced by external violence, as a blow or fall, or by the extraction of an adjoining tooth, the partially displaced organ should be at once forced back into its socket, and if violent in- flammation supervene, two or three leeches maj T be applied to the gum and the mouth gargled several times a day with some cool- ing and astringent lotion. The patient, in the meantime, should be restricted to a light and soft diet. Although under certain circumstances it may be advisable to replace a tooth after it has been forced entirely from the socket, it seldom happens that a sufficiently perfect connection is re-established to prevent a tooth thus re- placed from exercising a morbid influence LYC 376 LYS upon the parts which immediately surround it. But when the replacement of a lnxated tooth is determined on, it should be done im- mediately. The coagulated blood, however, should be first removed from the socket, and if the tooth has become cold or there be any dirt adhering to it, it should be washed in warm water (some prefer cold water), and then immediately replaced and attached to the adjoining teeth with a ligature of silk. If union takes place, it is by an effusion of coagulable lymph and the formation of an im- perfectly organized membranous investment for the root, an operation of the economy to shield the surrounding living parts from the noxious effects which the root would other- wise exert. But, even in the most favorable cases, teeth thus replaced are apt to become sensitive to the touch and occasionally to give rise to more or less tumefaction or turgidity of the surrounding gums. When complicated with fracture of the alveolus, the replacement of a luxated tooth should never be attempted. See Eeplaxtatiox. Lycan / che {lycanchis; from /«of, a wolf, and cyju, to strangle). Hydrophobia. Lycoi'des. A species of cynanche. Lycopo'dium. Spores of L. clavatum. Common club moss. The powder is employed to prevent adhesion in sand moulding of dies. Lycorex'ia. Morbid appetite. Lye or Ley. A solution of alkaline salts obtained from the ashes of wood. Lyg'mus. Singultus. Hiccough. Ly / ma. Lochia. Also filth or sordes. Lymph (lympha). The colorless or yellow- ish fluid which circulates in the lymphatics. It is tinged with red when blood-corpuscles happen to be mixed with it. It is sometimes transparent, at other times slightly turbid ; has a spermatic odor, a faintly saline taste, and usually an alkaline reaction. It coagulates soon after its discharge, forming a colorless, trembling, gelatinous clot. Lymph, Coag'ulable. Fibrin. Liquor san- guinis. Lymph Globules. The globules of the lymph. Lymph, Plastic. Fibrinous lymph. The lymph forming embryonic tissue. Lympha'den (from lympha, and ath/v, a gland). A lymphatic gland. Lymphadenitis (from lympha, lymph, and adenitis, inflammation of a gland). Inflamma- tion of a lymphatic gland. Lymphan'gia (from lympha, and ayyeiov, a vessel). Lymphatic vessels. Lymphangon / cus (lymphoncus; from lymph, ay^etov, a vessel, and oyKog, a tumor). Swelling of the lymphatics. Lymphat'ic (plural, lymphatics. Lymphati- cus ; from lympha, lymph). Pertaining to lymph ; containing or characterized by lymph. Lymphatic Gland. A gland into which lym- phatics enter and from which they go out, as the mesenteric, lumbar, etc. Lymphatic Veins. The absorbents. See Lymphatic Vessels. Lymphatic Vessels (vense lymphaticse). Ductus serosi. These are very numerous and arise at the surface of membranes and in the tissue of organs, and carry into the veins the lymph from those parts. They are found in almost every part, and are of two orders— superficial and deep-seated. Lymphiza'tion. The effusion of coagul- able lymph. Lymphoche'zia (from lympha, lymph, and X^C,u, to go to stool). Serous diarrhoea. Lymphocyte. A variety of leucocyte de- rived from the lymphatic glands. Lymphoid (from lympha, and sidoc, form). Possessing the character or appearance of lymph. Lympho / sis. The elaboration of lymph. Lymphot / omy (from lympha, lymph, and tejivu, to cut). The dissection of the lym- phatics. Lypema'nia. Melancholy. Ly / ra (from Ivpa, a lyre). Psallerium corpus psalloides. The transverse lines upon the poste- rior part of the under surface of the fornix, between the diverging corpora fimbriata, are so called from their fancied resemblance to the strings of a harp. Lyrate. Lyre-shaped. Lys'ol. An antiseptic brought into notice by Dr. Gerlach. It is obtained by boiling coal- tar, alkali fat, resinous acid, and resin, and contains no phenol, but principally cresol. It is easily soluble in water and, it is claimed, is superior to carbolic acid and creolin as a bacte- ricide. For the treatment of wounds a one per cent, solution is employed. For in- ternal washing £ per cent, solutions are recommended. Lys'sa Cani'na. Hydrophobia. Lyssodec / tus (from 'Avoaa, canine madness, and Sativu, to bite). One affected with hydro- phobia. LYT 377 MAC Lyt/ta. The former name of a genus of vesicating insects, the Cantharis (which see). Lytta Vesicato'ria. Cantharis. Spanish flies. Lytta Vitta / ta. Cantharis vittata. Potato fly, of which there are several species in the United States. They are employed as substitutes for the Cantharis, being equall} 7 powerful in vesicating action. M. M. In 3Iedical Prescriptions this letter signifies manipulus, a handful. Also misce, mix. Also an abbreviation for myopia and minim. Ma. Abbreviation for milliampere. Mac. An abbreviation for macera. Macerate. Mace. The arillus or covering which en- velops the nutmeg. It has a pleasant aromatic odor and a warm, moderately pungent taste. It is of an oleaginous nature and yellowish color. Maceration (maceratio ; from macero, to soften by water). The infusion, either with or without heat, of a solid substance in a liquid, with a view to extracting its virtues ; softening in water. Macies. Atrophy ; emaciation, leanness. Mack Crown. An artificial crown united to the root of a natural tooth by two gold screws firmly inserted into the dentine of the root on either side of the pulp-canal, or into the pulp-canal with zinc filling material, fusi- ble metal, or amalgam, the hole in the artificial crown being oblong, the long diameter antero- posteriorly. Mac / le. A variety of chiastolite occurring in prismatic crystals, composed principally of silica, alumina, and oxide of iron. Maclu'rite. A mineral, so called from Dr. Maclure of New Jersey. It is a silicate of magnesia with traces of potash, oxide of iron, and fluorine. Macrobio'sis. Longevity. Macrobiotic (from fianpog, great, long, and (3tog, life). Long-lived. Macroceph'alus (from ftaicpog, great, and KE(pah/ J head). Microcephalia. Large-headed. Excessive development of the head. Macrococ'cus. A large coccus ; a unicel- lular micro-organism of large size and gener- ally spherical. Macroco'Iia. Great length of limb, espe- cially of the lower extremities. Mac'rocosm. The world, or cosmos, in contradistinction to man, or little universe. Mac / rocyte. A very large red blood- corpuscle. Mac'rodont. Large-toothed. "Used to denote the comparative size of the teeth of dif- ferent races. When the dental length multi- plied by 100, divided by the basinasal length, exceeds 44, the skull is considered macrodont .-. if under 42, a microdont ; if intermediate, a mcsodont.' n (Gould.) Macroglossia. A large prolapsed tongue. Hypertrophy of the tongue. MacronVelus (from itanpoc, great, and ,us/-oc, a member). Excessive development of any organ or member. Macrono'siae. Chronic diseases. Macropho / nus(from,«a^/3oc, great, and ovt], voice). A term applied in Physiology to one who has a strong voice. Macrophysoceph'alus (from fiaicpog, great, (pvaa, air, and Ketyiihri, the head). Emphysema- tous enlargement of the head of the foetus and, as a consequence, obstructed delivery. Macropne'a (from fianpog, long, and irwu, I breathe). A long or deep inspiration. Deep breathing. Macrop'nus. One who breathes slowly. Macropo'dia (from paKpo^ovg, long-footed). A form of organic deviations characterized by unusual development of the feet. Macroprosop'ia (from panpog, great, and -poauTvor, the face). Extraordinary develop- ment of the face. Large-faced. Macrosce'lia (from panpoq, long, and cwecAo?, the legs). Long-legged. Macroscop'ic. Anything large enough to be seen by the naked eye without the aid of a microscope. MAC 378 MAG Macroscopic Anatomy. A minute descrip- tion of the structure of an organism or any part of it as seen by the naked eye and with- out the aid of the microscope. Mac'rosia (fiaicpog, long or great). Increase in volume ; elongation. Macro'sis (from fiaicpog, great). Increase of volume. Macroso'matous (from paapog, and ouua, a body). Having a large body. Macrosto / ma (from paapog, and oro/ia, month). Congenital fissure of the angle of the mouth, making a large opening ; the result of defective development. Macrotrache'Iia (from panpog, long, great, and Tpaj^/iOf, the neck). Long-necked; large- necked. Mac / ula, Macule. A spot. A permanent discoloration of some portion of the skin, as in the case of nasvus, ephelis, etc. Macula Germinati'va. See Nucleus Ger- MIXATIVUS. Macula Mat'ricis. Nsevus maternus. Mac'ulae. Cutaneous diseases, comprehend- ing ephelis, nsevus, and moles. Maculae Mater'nae. Mother's spots, nsevi materni. Maculate (maculatus). Spotted. Madaro'sis (from p.adepog } bald). Loss of hair, especially of the eyelashes. Mad'der. The root of the Rubia tincto- rum ; used as a red dye. Madefac'tion (madefacio, to make wet). The act of wetting. Madiste'rion (maditerium ; iricholabium ; volcella). An instrument for the extraction of hairs. Tweezers. Mad / ness. Insanity. Madness, Canine. Hydrophobia. Mad'or. Moisture. Magendie's Solution. Contains gr. xvj of sulphate of morphine to each fluidounce. Dose, TTlx to rr\,xv. Magen'ta. A beautiful crimson dye from aniline. Mag'got Pim'ple. Acne punctata. Magiste'rium Plumbi. Carbonate of lead. Mag / ma (jiay/xa, any kneaded mass). Dregs ; sediment. Pulpy mass. Mag'nes. A magnet. Magnes Arsenica / lis. A corrosive prepara- tion of equal parts of sulphur, white arsenic, and common antimony, mixed by fusion. Magne'sia (magnesium; from magnes, the magnet, because it, was supposed to have the power of attracting some principle from the air). The name of one of the alkaline earths, having a metallic basis ; an oxide of magne- sium. Magnesia, from its antacid qualities, forms an excellent basis for a dentifrice. Magnesia Calcina / ta. Calcined magnesia. Oxide of magnesium. It is antacid and laxa- tive when it meets with acid in the stomach. Dose, gr. x to gj, in water or milk. Magnesia, Henry's. A preparation of cal- cined magnesia. Magnesia, Solution of ; Citrate of. See Liquor Magnesia Citratis. Magnesia Usta. Magnesia calcinata. Cal- cined magnesia. Magnesia Vitriola'ta. Sulphate of magnesia. Magnesia Water. Fluid magnesia. Magne'siae Ace / tas. Acetate of magnesia. Prepared by saturating the carbonate with acetic acid. It is of syrupy consistence. Dose, about four ounces. It acts like citrate of mag- nesia. Magnesiae Car'bonas. (Mg. C0 3 ) 4 Mg. (HO) 2 . 5H 2 ; magnesia alba. Carbonate of magnesia. Prepared from sulphate of magnesia by subcar- bonate of potassa. It is inodorous, insipid, light, white ; effervescing with acids and in- soluble in water. It is antacid, and, by com- bining with acid in the stomach, becomes cathartic. Dose, sjss to gij, in water or milk. Magnesiae Ci / tras. Citrate of magnesia. A saline preparation formed by saturating a solution of citric acid with either magnesia or its carbonates. It is a cooling cathartic and operates mildly. Dose, from one ounce to twelve ounces. Magnesiae Sulphas [sulphas mdgnesise purifi- cata; salcathartieum amarum). Magnesia vitriolata. Sulphate of magnesia. Epsom salts ; a well-known saline purge. A mild and safe cathartic. It is also refrigerant and diuretic. Medium dose, an ounce, but gener- ally given in divided doses frequently re- peated. Mag'nesite. A silicate of magnesia con- taining a large quantity of water and occur- ring in amorphous or in tuberous and spongi- form masses ; also a carbonate of magnesia. Magne / sium. Symbol, Mg. Atomic weight, 24.4. A silvery-white alkaline metal which forms the base of magnesia ; related to calcium. Magnesium, Chloride of. Magnesii chlori- diini. Magnesium, Oxide of. Magnesia. The oxide of the metal. MAG 379 MAL Mag / net {tiayvric, from Magnesia, in Asia Minor, whence it was obtained). The load- stone ; an amorphous ore or magnetic oxide ore of iron, having the property of attracting iron and some of its ores and of pointing by one of its extremities to the north pole. Magnet Operation. The removal of foreign bodies of steel by a magnet. Magnef/ic (magneticus). Pertaining or relat- ing to the magnet. Magnetic Fluid. The imponderable fluid to which the magnet owes its virtues. Magnetic Induction. The force by virtue of which a magnet causes neighboring but not contiguous bodies to become magnets and produces an electric current in an adjacent metal coil. Magnetic Needle. A magnetized needle or a small rod of iron suspended at its centre which shows the resultant of the magnetic force at the point of observation. Magnetic Plas / ter. A mixture of equal parts of antimony, sulphur, and arsenic melted to- gether in a glass cucurbit. Magnetic Pyrites. Native black sulphuret of iron. Magnetic Telegraph. The electro-magnetic telegraph ; an apparatus which, by means of iron wires conducting the electric fluid, con- veys intelligence with the velocity of light- ning to any given point. Magnetism. The property of attraction and repulsion of masses of similar elements, manifested especially by iron and certain of its ores and by nickel, cobalt, and other ele- ments in a less degree ; the static charge which such bodies are capable of assuming either under the influence of an electric current or by contact. That department of science which investigates the properties of the magnet. Magnetism, Animal. Mesmerism. Hypno- tism. A condition resembling trance or som- nambulism into which a person may be thrown by causing him to gaze fixedly at a bright light, by making passes before his eyes, and in other ways. In the cataleptic stage the limbs are rigidly fixed in any position in which they may be placed, there is complete anaesthesia of the skin, but not of the special senses, and he may be made to execute auto- matic actions at the will of the operator. Magnetiza'tion. The process of rendering a substance magnetic. Magnetized. Mesmerized ; charged with magnetism ; converted into a magnet. Magneto=electric. Pertaining to magne- tism and electricity or to the generation of electricity by the induction of a magnet, as the magneto-electric machine. Magneto-electric Machine. A machine for producing electro-magnetism ( which see). Some of these machines are used with acid, others without acid ; the latter are always ready for use, it being simply necessary to turn a crank to put them in action. Magneto=induction. The production of an induced current by the insertion of a magnet into a coil of wire. Magnetometer (from magnet, and /ierpov, a measure). A series of magnets suspended so as to record variations in direction and inten- sity of magnetic force. MagnifFer, Dental. A mouth mirror em- ployed in examining teeth and sometimes adjusted to the finger of the operator. Magnifying Lenses, Dental. Mouth - mirrors of different diameters and forms for the examination of the mouth and teeth. Magni'tis. Magnet, Magnum Os. The third bone of the lower row of the carpus, counting from the thumb. Maidenhead. Maidenhood ; virginity ; the hymen. Maize. Indian corn. Zea mays. Ma'jor. Greater. Majora'na. Sweet marjoram. See Ori- ganum Majorana. Mai. A French term for malady or disease ; bad ; ill. Mai de Den. Odontalgia. Ma'la. The cheek ; also the cheek-bone. Malachite (from fia/Mnoc, soft). Green carbonate of copper. Mala'cia (from fialanog, soft, effeminacy). A morbid softening of tissue. Also a longing for some particular aliment, with disgust for common articles of diet, as in persons affected with chronic gastritis and in chlorotic and preg- nant females. A depraved appetite. Mala'colite. A variety of angite of a dark- green color. Malaco'ma (from [ta?.aKog, soft). Softening of a tissue or organ, as in the case of mollifies ossium, mollifies cerebri, etc. Malaco'sis (from /la/.anog, softening). Any condition characterized by an abnormal soften- ing of the tissues of the body. Malacos'teon (from ita/.aKog, soft, and offrfor, a bone). Softening of bones. MAL 380 MAL Malac'tica. Emollients. Mala'dy. Disease. Malag'ma (from fia'/.aaau, to soften). An emollient application. Malaise. [French.] A general feeling of illness accompanied by restlessness and dis- comfort. Ma'Iar {malaris; from mala, the cheek). Eelating or pertaining to the cheek or to the malar bone. Malar Bones. The two cheek-bones. Mala'ria. Marsh miasm. Malaria is a term applied to the genus of noxious, micro- scopic organisms — a species of bacillus — which cause or are related to the forms of fever com- mon to wet and marshy regions. The effects of malarial poison have a deleterious influence upon the teeth, the characteristics of which are coarse, soft, roughly-formed teeth with spongy gums. Mala'rious. Resulting from or connected with malaria. Mala'rum Ossa. The cheek-bones. Malassimilation. Imperfect assimilation or nutrition. MaPate. A combination of malic acid with a base. Malformation (malformalio). Wrong formation or structure of a part or an organ. A deviation from natural development or struc- ture ; anomaly of development. Ma'lic Acid (acidum malicum). The acid of apples, pears, etc. ; a crystalline acid. C 4 H 6 5 - Malig'nant (malignus). Applied to dis- eases of an aggravated or dangerous character, as pestilential fevers, cancers, etc. Malingerer. One who feigns disease. Ma'Iis (maliasmus). A cutaneous affection produced by parasitical insects. Malis Pedic / uli. Lousiness. Malleability {mallealnlitas ; from malleus, a hammer). Malleable. Susceptibility of ex- tension under the blows of a hammer, a prop- erty possessed by several of the metals and by gold iu a higher degree than any of the others. This property is peculiar to some metals, as gold, silver, lead, etc., under all temperatures. Gold may he drawn into wire of only the one four-thousandth part of an inch in diame- ter, and it may be reduced, by passing through rollers, to the one eight-thousandth part of an inch in thickness. Mallea / tion {malleatio; from malleus, a mallet). A variety of chorea in which one or both hands are made, by a convulsive action, to strike the knee. MalPei Anterior. The laxator tympani muscle of the ear. Mallei Inter'nus. The tensor tympani muscle. Malleolar {malleolar is). Pertaining to the ankles or malleolus ; also applied to two branches of the anterior tibial artery. Malleolar Arteries. Two arteries of the ankle. Malleolus (diminutive of malleus, a mal- let). The two projections formed by the tibia and fibula at the ankle ; the internal is called the malleolus internus, and the external, malleo- lus extemus. Mal'let, Automatic. An instrument op- erated by the action of a spiral steel spring and used for condensing gold in filling teeth. See Automatic Mallet. Mallet, Buckingham's and Bonwtll's den- tal mallets designed to be attached to and operated by the dental engine. See Auto- matic Plugger. Mallet, Den'tal. A hand instrument made of lead, tin, steel, wood, or metal compound and used for condensing gold in filling teeth. Mallet, Electro-magnetic. A dental instru- ment for condensing gold in filling teeth and operated by electro-magnetism as a motive power. Mallet, Hyde's Pneumatic. A dental mallet with an air-pump attached which is operated by the foot revolving fly and drive wheels. Mallet Plug / gers. Instruments with points more or less deeply serrated for introducing and condensing gold in filling teeth, upon which blows are struck Avith a small hand mallet. Different forms are manufactured, known by the names of the inventors. Mallet, Pneumatic. A dental mallet having air as a motor, devised by Dr. W. H. Jackson. See Pneumatic Mallet. Mallet, Russell's. An electro-magnetic mallet invented by Dr. Percy Russell which contains several notable improvements. It is simple in construction and resembles the ordinary " au- tomatic " in size and shape. All the moving parts being enclosed within its vulcanite case, the noise of operation is reduced to a mini- mum. It balances in the hand and may be grasped in any manner, from the fact that it is devoid of switches, etc., requiring to be op- erated by the fingers. Very perfect control of its action is had by means of a specially de- signed foot-switch, enabling the operator to start, stop, or instantly change the force of the MAL 381 MAM blows or to use the mallet as a simple hand- pressure instrument at any time during an operation. The weight of the hammer itself may be changed to suit the work, and its speed of vibration can be regulated. A construc- tion peculiar to this instrument causes each impact of the hammer upon the tool holder to take place before the electric circuit is broken, and consequently under the full magnetic force. This renders the blows positive and economizes energy. The street current or any form of battery may be used, but from the small amount of electric energy required a cheap battery of dry cells may be used, which are clean and require no care, thus removing the chief objection to the use of these appli- ances. This mallet is adapted equally well for all forms of cohesive and non-cohesive gold and for chiseling. MaFIeus. A hammer or mallet. The outer- most of the four bones of the ear is so named from its shape. MaPlow, Marsh. A plant of the genus Althaea. Mallow, Vervain. Malva alcea. Malpig'hi, Acini of. A number of small, dark spots scattered through the plexus formed by the blood-vessels and uriniferous tubes in the kidney. Malpig'hian Bodies. Corpora Malpighi- ana. Small bodies or corpuscles found in the kidney ; also certain white corpuscles found in the spleen. Malpighian Vessels. A term applied in Entomology to the biliary pouches or caeca of some insects, described by Malpighi, which serve as a substitute for the liver. Malt. Barley or other grain made to ger- minate by steeping it in water and then drying in a kiln, for the purpose of making beer. Mal'tha (from fia/iarru, to soften). Mineral pitch or tallow. Malt'ine. Preparations and foods for in- valids of malted wheat or barley ; sometimes combined with cod-liver oil and other nutritive agents. Malting. The act of making malt. Maltese. A crystalline carbohydrate, C 12 H 22 O n -f- H 2 0. It is produced by the action of diastase, ptyalin, and amylopin on starch. It is the chief sugar formed in the digestion of starch ; it is capable of direct fermentation. Ma / lum. Disease. Also an apple. Malum Canum. Malum cotoneum. The quince. Malum Cit / reum. The citron. Malum MecPicum. The lemon. Malum Mor'tuum, A cutaneous affection in which the affected parts appear to be struck with death. Malum Pilare. See Trichosis. Ma'lus ( pirus mains). The apple. Malus Indica. Eiliumbi biting-bing, of Bon- tius. A tree of the East Indies, the root of which yields a cooling juice, which is drunk in fevers, and the leaves, boiled with rice, are used as a cataplasm. The ripe fruit is eaten and the unripe made into a pickle for the table. MaFva. A genus of plants of the order Malvaceae. Malva Sylves'tris. The common mallow. High mallow. The leaves and flowers are sometimes used in fomentations, cataplasms and enematas. Mamelle'. See Mamma. Mam / elon. See Nipple. Mam/ma. The glandular organ peculiar to mammiferous animals, imperfectly developed in the male and destined in the female for the secretion of milk ; the female breast. Mammalia (from mamma, the breast). A class of animals comprising all those which suckle their young. Mammal'ogy (from mamma, and Myoc, a discourse). A treatise on the organization, habits, properties, and classification of mam- mals. Mam/mary (mam mar ins; from mamma, the breast). Relating to the breast. Mammary Abscess. Abscess of the breast. Mammary Arteries. They are three in num- ber, one internal and two external. The inter- nal is a branch of the subclavian and gives off the mediastinal, thymal, and pericardial arte- ries. The external are given off by the axil- lary artery. Mam'mary Gland. The organ which secretes the milk. Mammary Sarco'ma. A tumor of the texture and color of the mammary gland, occurring in various parts of the body. Mammary Veins. These veins follow the course of the mammary arteries. Mammif'era. Mammalia. Mam'miform. Like a nipple ; mastoid process of the temporal bone. Mam mi I la. The nipple. Mam'millary. Nipple-shaped. Pertaining to the nipple or breast. Also resembling a MAM 382 MAR nipple, a term used in many of the sciences, as mammillated mucous membrane. Mammillary Eminences. Corpora albicantia. Two white bodies of the size of a pea behind the tuber cinereum and between the crura cerebri. MarrTmillated. Mammiform. Mastoid ; resembling a nipple. Man'dible (mandibula; from mandero, to chew). A jaw. In Zoology, the lower jaw of mammals, both jaws of birds, and in insects the upper or anterior pair of jaws. Mandib'ulum (mandibula; from mandero, to chew). The inferior maxillary bone. Mandra'gora. The mandrake. Man / drake. A plant of the genus Atropa, formerly used as a narcotic. Man'drel. A revolving shank for confin- ing in a lathe a substance to be turned ; used in Mechanical Dentistry for rotating grinding- wheels and polishing-brushes, and in Operative Dentistry, in connection with the dental engine, for revolving discs, corundum and wood points, etc. Man / ducate. To chew ; to eat. Manduca / tion (manducatio). Mastication. Man'ganate. A combination of manganic acid and a base. Man'ganese. A grayish- white, hard, brit- tle metal of a granular texture ; resembles iron. Manganese, Black Oxide of. Manganese, oxide of. Manganese, binoxide of. Man- ganese, peroxide of. This oxide is much used in the manufacture of porcelain teeth for giv- ing a purplish hue to the enamel. It is never, however, used by itself for this purpose, but in combination with some other oxides. Manganese, Sulphate of. A very soluble, rose-colored salt. Mangane'sic Acid. Manganic acid. An acid existing in the chameleon mineral, termed niiin^anate of potash. Mangane'sii Sulphas. Sulphate of man- ganese. This substance is in the form of color- less or pale rose-colored crystals. It acts as a cholagogue, purgative, and also as an alterative. Manga'nium. See Manganese. Manganum. Symbol, Mn. Atomic weight, 54. A silver-white metal with the properties of iron. Used in medicine in the form of oxides, sulphates, and iodide. In small doses a tonic. Man'ganous. An oxide of manganese. Ma / nia (from /aivofiai, to rage). Raving madness. Mania=a=potu. Delirium tremens. Ma'niac. One affected with mania. Man / icure (from manus, the hand, and cura, care). The processes of beautifying the hand. Also one who professionally attends to the care of the hands and nails. Man'ikin. A model of plaster or papier mache', etc., showing the anatomy of the body or of an organ. Manipulation (from manus, a hand). The art of using or handling instruments. In Chemistry, the preparation of substances for experiment, and in Pharmacy, the preparation of medicines. Manipulator. One who manipulates. Manipulator, Amalgam. A dental instru- ment for introducing amalgam fillings. Manip'ulus. A handful. Man'na. A saccharine matter which exudes from plants, especially the Fraxinus ornus. It is used as a laxative. Dose, gj to ^ij. Manna Metallo'rum. Calomel. Man'nite. Manna-sugar ; the sweet prin- ciple of manna, on which its laxative virtues depend. Manubrium (from manus, a hand). The handle of anything or the hilt. Manubrium Ma'nus. The radius. Manubrium Ster'ni. The uppermost part of the sternum. Manulu'vium. A hand-bath. Man / us. The hand. Manustupra'tio. See Mastuiibation. Ma'ple Su'gar. Sugar made from the juice of the Acer saccharinum. Maran'ta. A genus of plants of the order Marantacese. Maranta Arundina / cea. Arrow root. Marasmop'yra. Marasmus, a wasting away. Hectic fever. Maras'mus (from fiapaiva, to grow lean). Atrophy. Emaciation. Mar'ble. The several varieties of carbon- ate of lime which have a granular crystalline texture. Marcasi'ta. Marcasite. Pyrites. Marcasita Alba. Bismuth. Marcasita PlunVbea. Antimony. Marces' cent (marcescens). Withering; de- caying. Applied in Botany to flowers which wither some time before they fall off. Marcet's Blow-pipe. A spirit-lamp fed by a jet of oxygen. MAR 383 MAS Mar'cor. Emaciation. Atrophy. Marco'res. Such diseases as are character- ized by general emaciation. Margar'ic Acid (from papyapirr/, a pearl). An acid obtained from margarine in the form of pearly scales. Mar'garine (margarin). A peculiar pearl- like substance found pure in the solid part of human fat or olive oil. An artificial substi- tute for butter. Margarita. Pearl. Also a tumor of the eye resembling pearl. Mar / garite. A mineral of a grayish-white color, found in Tyrol. Margarit'ic Acid. One of the fatty acids which result from the saponification of castor- oil. Mar / garone. A peculiar fatty substance crystallizing in pearly scales, obtained by dis- tilling margaric acid with quicklime. Mar'garyl. Consisting of stearin and mar- garin. Marigold. A plant of the genus Calen- dula, bearing a yellow flower. Marine Acid. Muriatic or hydrochloric acid. Marine Salt. Common salt. Chloride of sodium. Marjoram. Sweet marjoram. Origanum. Marking Ink. See Indelible Ink. Marl. An earth or clay containing more or less potash and carbonate of lime. Marmalade. A confection of quinces or other fruit and sugar, reduced to a pultaceous consistence. Marma'ryga (from uappaipu, to shine). Flashings or coruscations before the eye. Mar'mor. Marble. Mar / row. The fatty substance contained in the medullary cavities in the long cylindrical bones. Marrow, Spinal. The medulla spinalis. Marrubium Vulgare. Common hore- houud ; white horehound. It is tonic, slightly stimulant, and in large doses, laxative. Mars. Martis. The alchemical name of iron. Mars Solu / bilis. Ferrum tartarizatum. Marshall Hall's Method. See Resusci- tation. Marshall's Cerate. A cerate composed of palm oil, calomel, acetate of lead, and citrine ointment. Marsh's Test Apparatus. An instrument for detecting the presence of arsenious acid in solution, consisting of a curved tube in which the suspected fluid is enclosed with pieces of zinc and dilute sulphuric acid. The hydrogen thus produced combines with any arsenic pres- ent, forming gaseous arseniuretted hydrogen, which, on being permitted to escape by a small jet, is easily ignited, and if a plate or tube be held over the flame a film of metallic arsenic will be seen. Marsu'pial [marsmpialis ; from marsupium, a purse). The obturator internus muscle. Also the abdominal cavity of the opossum, kangaroo, etc., into which their young are re- ceived and nourished for some time after they are born. Marsu'pium (/uipavpoc, a little sack). A pouch ; the large cavity of the peritoneum. Also the scrotum. Mar'tial [martialis; from mars, iron). An old designation for several preparations of iron. Martial ^Ethiops. Protoxide of iron. Martial Salts. Salts of iron. Mar'tis Limatu'ra. Iron filings. Mas. Male. Mas'chale. The axilla. Mas'culine (mas, a male). Male, or be- longing to the male sex ; resembling a man. Mass. An aggregation of matter. Mass, Blue. See Hydrargyrum. Mas'sa (from fiaoou, to mix). A mass. Generally applied to the compound from which pills are to be formed. Massa de Hydrar'gyro. See Blue Mass. Massage 7 (from fiaoou, to knead). A method of effecting changes in the nutrition of the body and increasing the circulation by rubbing, kneading, etc., done by a masseur. Masse'sis. Mastication. Masse'ter (from fiaaaao/iai, to chew). A muscle of the lower jaw situated at the side and back part of the face in front of the mea- tus externus. It arises by two portions, — the one anterior and tendinous from the superior maxilla, where it joins the malar bone, the other from the inferior edge of the malar bone and the zygomatic arch as far back as the glenoid cavity, — and is inserted, tendinous and fleshy, into the external side of the ramus of the jaw and its angles as far up as the coro- noid process. The use of this muscle, when both portions act together, is to close the jaws ; if the anterior acts alone, the jaw is brought forward ; if the posterior, it is drawn backward. Masseteric. Relating or belonging to the masseter muscle. MAS 384 MAS MassFcot. The yellow oxide of lead. Mas'taden (fiaarog : the breast, and arf^v, a gland). The mammary gland, or female breast. Mastadeni / tis. Mastaden. Inflammation of the mammary gland. MastaFgia (.uaoTog, and aljog, pain). Pain of the mammary gland, or breast. Mastaux'e (uaGTog, and avi-y, increase). Swollen or enlarged female breast. Masthelco'sis (jiaorog, and eKKuaTig, ulcera- tion). Ulceration of mamma. Mas'tic. Mastich. A resinous substance, stimulant and tonic. Dissolved in alcohol or oil of turpentine, it is used as varnish. It has been used as a temporary filling material in decayed teeth. Mastica'tion (masticatio ; from masfico, to chew). The act of chewing food or the pro- cess by which it is comminuted and mixed with saliva preparatory to being introduced into the stomach. The organs of mastication are the superior and inferior maxillary, the palate bones, the teeth, and the temporal, mas- seter, and external and internal pterygoid muscles. To these might also be added the lips, the various movements of which depend upon the single and combined action of their muscles, which extend over the greater portion of the face. The upper jaw, being rendered immovable by its connection with the bones of the head, is aptly compared by Kicherand to an anvil, on which the lower jaw, in the act of mastica- tion, "strikes as a movable hammer," but the motions of the latter and the pressure which it exerts in these efforts upon the former would have the effect, continues this learned physi- ologist, of displacing the different bones of the face were they merely placed in juxtaposition or only held together by sutures, if not so sup- ported as "to transmit to the skull the double effort which presses on it from below upward and pushes out laterally." Hence we find the fabric of the face supported in an upward direction by the ascending apophyses of the superior maxilla, the orbitar processes of the malar, and the vertical processes of the palate bones ; and laterally by the zygomatic pro- cesses of the temporal, which articulates with the malar bones. Two distinct actions are concerned in masti- cation. The first consists in separating a por tion of food by means of the incisors, and the second, its manducation by the molars. The lower jaw being depressed, the food is placed between the lower and upper incisors, when, by the action of the elevator muscles, their edges are brought together ; the condyles and interarticular cartilages retaining the position on the articular eminences which they were made to assume in the first movement of the jaw, the grinding surfaces of the molars do not meet. But as soon as the incisors come to- gether, the lower jaw is drawn slightly back- ward by the contraction of the temporal and masseter muscles. By this movement the lower incisors pass backward and slightly up- ward, separating the food by an action which has been compared to the cutting of a pair of shears. The lower jaw is now depressed suffi- ciently to admit the separated portion of food between the superior and inferior molars, which is conveyed there by the action of the tongue, lips, and cheeks. It is then successively ele- vated and depressed, while at the same time a degree of lateral motion is given to it by the alternate action of the external and internal pterygoid muscles. By this complicated move- ment of elevation and partial rotation the process of mastication is effected. The amount of lateral and rotary motion, however, is greatly influenced by the relation- ship which the teeth sustain to each other when the mouth is closed. It is much greater when the incisors of the upper jaw strike plumb upon the lower than when the former shut over the latter. The process of mastica- tion, however, is very much aided by the adap- tation of the tubercles of the molars of one jaw to the depressions of those of the other, into which they constantly glide as the teeth come together. During the process of mastication the food is penetrated by the saliva, which facilitates its reduction into a pultaceous mass. When reduced to this state it is ready for deglu- tition. Mastication is justly regarded as the first step in the process of digestion, and viewed in this light it assumes an importance in the func- tions of the animal economy which would not otherwise attach to it. Upon the complete dis- integration of alimentary substances healthy digestion greatly depends ; and it is, doubtless, owing in a great degree to the imperfect man- ner in which this is effected that many of the numerous cases of dyspepsia, continually oc- curring, are measurably attributable. Mas'ticatory. The instruments and pro- MAS 385 MAT cess of mastication. Also a substance intended to be chewed for the purpose of exciting sali- vary secretion. Mastich Herb. Common herb mastich ; the popular name of Thymus mastichina. Mastich Tree. The popular name of Pistacia lentiscus. Mas / tiche. Mastic. A concrete resinous exudation from the Pistacia lentiscus. See Mastic. Mas'ticin, or Mas'ticine. A peculiar principle obtained by the action of alcohol on mastich. Mas / ticus. Mastic. Pertaining to the mammae. Mastitis (from fiaaroc, the breast, and trig, signifying inflammation). Inflammation of the breast. Mas / tix. Mastich. Mastocarcino / ma (from /aaarog, the breast, and KapKivufia, cancer). Cancer of the breast. Mas'todes. Having large breasts. Mastodyn / ia (from ftaarog, the breast, and odvvt], pain). Pain in the breast, generally of a neuralgic character. Mastodynia Apostemato / sa. Inflammation and abscess of the breast. Mas'toid (mastoideus ; from naoroc, breast, and etdog, like). Having the shape of the breast. A term applied to a process and to a foramen of the temporal bone, and to other parts. Mastoid Aperture. The opening between the cavity of the tympanum and the mastoid cells. Mastoid Ar'tery (nrteria mastoidea). A pos terior branch of the external carotid. Mastoid Can / cer. A firm carcinomatous growth resembling the boiled udder of the cow. Mastoid Cells. Mastoid sinuses. Cells in the mastoid process which communicate with one another and open into the cavity of the tympanum. They increase the intensity ef sound. Mastoid or Digas'tric Groove. A groove at the inner side of the mastoid process which affords attachment to the posterior belly of the digastric muscle. Mastoid Fora'men. A hole by the side of the mastoid process. Mastoid Fos'sa. A depression at the inner surface of the mastoid portion of the temporal bone. It forms part of the lateral sinus. Mastoid, Mam'miform, or Mam'millary Proc / ess. A large, round protuberance at the inferior and posterior part of the temporal bone. Mastoid Muscle, Posterior. Splenius. Mastoideocente'sis (from mastoid, and KevTT/oig, a puncture). Perforation of the mas- toid process. Mastoide'us. The sterno-cleido-mastoideus muscle. A muscle attached to the mastoid process. Maston / cus. A tumor of the breast. Mastorrhag'ia (from fiacrog, and pr/yvv/u, to break forth). An unusual flow of milk. Mas'tos (from fiaarog, breast). Mamma. Mastothe'ca (from /uaarog, the breast, and ■&rjnj], pouch or purse). A term applied in Zoology, by Illiger, to the abdominal pouch in the marsupial mammifera. Masturbation. Excitation of the genital organs with the hand. Mat. Small portions of gold or tin foil cut from the tape form into different sizes for filling teeth. Ma'ter. A mother ; applied in Anatomy to two membranes of the brain. Mater Aceti. Mother of vinegar ; a mould plant developed in vinegar. Mater Metallo / rum. Quicksilver. Mater Perta / rum. Mother of pearl. Materia. Matter. Materia Medica. That branch of medical science which embraces the knowledge of medicines, their action on the animal econ- omy, and mode of administration. Also a collective term, comprising all medicines or all substances, natural or artificial, which are used in Medical Practice as remedies in dis- sease. Mati / co. A Peruvian plant, the Piper angustifolium. A valuable styptic, aromatic, stimulant, and tonic. As a styptic, the pow- dered leaves are used. Mat'rass (matricium). A retort ; a glass vessel with a long neck, used in chemistry and pharmacy. Matres Cer'ebri. The meninges of the brain. Matricaria. German chamomile. Tonic, emetic, and antispasmodic. Matricaria ChamomiPla. Wild corn. Ger- man chamomile. The flower possesses mild tonic properties. Matricaria Parthe'nium. Feverfew. Mother's- wort. The flowers are stomachic, tonic, and emmenagogue. Matric'ulate (from matricula, a roll or regis- MAT 386 MAX ter ; diminutive of matrix). To receive admis- sion and to enroll among the members of a college or university. Also one thus admitted. Matrix (the plural, matrices). A mould ; the cavity in which anything is formed. In Anatomy, the uterus ; applied by French writers to the sac of a tooth. In Miner- alogy, the earthy matter which accompanies ore. In Dentistry, a piece of steel or other metal of suitable form used in filling proximal cavities. It is placed between the tooth to be filled and the adjoining one, and held in position by wooden wedges, thus form- ing a temporary wall against which the filling of gold may be consolidated. See Matrix, Dental. In Dental Mechanism, a mould of sand or other substance in which dies for swag- ing are cast. Matrix, Dental. A small instrument devised by Dr. Lewis Jack to facilitate the filling of a cavity where the lateral wall is wanting. They are formed of slightly wedge-shaped pieces of steel, hollowed out at their thicker edge, the depression terminating at the thinner edge. The plain part of the face is file-cut, and at each end a square cut is made to ac- commodate the points of the pliers used for adjusting the matrix. A number of pairs are necessary to meet the requirements of the dif- ferent cases. There are also band matrices and screw matrices. Mat/ter. In popular language, every sub- stance which enters into the composition of a body or which has sensible properties. In Physiology, all substances evacuated from the intestinal canal and eliminated from the sur- face of the body. In Pathology, pus and other morbid evacuations. Matura'tion (maluratio). Progress of an abscess to maturity. Matu / rative (malurans). Eemedies which promote the suppuration of an inflammatory tumor. Maturity. Perfect development. Ripe- ness. Maw. In popular language, the stomach of brutes. Maxil / Ia (from //naaau, to chew). The jaw, either upper or lower. Maxilla, Inferior. The lower jaw. Maxilla, Superior. The upper jaw. MaxiFlare Inferius Os. Inferior maxilla ; mandibula. The lower jaw is the largest bone of the face, and, though but one bone in the adult, it consists of two symmetrical pieces in the foetus. It occupies the lower part of the face, has a semicircular form, and extends back to the base of the skull. It is divided into the body and extremities. The body is the middle and horizontal por- tion ; this is divided along its centre by a ridge called the symphysis, which is the place of sepa- ration in the infant state ; the middle portion projects at its inferior part into an eminence called the mental process or chin, on each side of which is a depression for the muscles of the lower lip, and externally to these depressions are two foramina, called anterior mental, for transmitting an artery and nerve of the same name. The horizontal portion or sides extend back- ward and outward, and on the other surface have an oblique line for the attachment of muscles. On the inner surface of the middle part behind the chin, along the line of the symphy- sis, there is a chain of eminences called genial processes, to the superior of which the fraenum linguse is attached, to the middle the genio- hyoglossi, and to the inferior the genio-hyoid muscles ; on each side of these eminences are depressions for the sublingual glands, and on each side of these depressions there runs an oblique ridge upward and outward, to the interior part of which is attached the mylo- hyoid muscle, and to the posterior part the superior constrictor of the pharynx ; this latter muscle is consequently involved, more or less, in the extraction of the last molar teeth. Below this line there is a groove for the mylo-hyoid nerve. The upper edge of the body is surmounted by the alveolar process and cavities correspond- ing in number and size to the roots of the teeth. The lower edge, called the base, is rounded, obtuse, and receives the superficial fascia and platysma muscle. The extremities of the body have two large processes rising up at an obtuse angle, named the rami of the lower jaw. These processes are flat and broad on their surfaces ; the outer is covered with the masseter muscle, the inner has a deep groove which leads to a large hole, the posterior dental or maxillary foramen, for transmitting the inferior dental nerves and vessels to the dental canal running along the roots of the teeth. This foramen is protected MAX 387 MAX by a spine, to which the internal lateral liga- ment is attached. The ramus has a projection at its lower part, which is the angle of the lower jaw ; its upper ridge is curved, having a process at each end ; the anterior one is the coronoid process ; this is triangular, and has the temporal muscle in- serted into it ; the posterior is the condyloid, and articulates with the temporal bone. This process has a neck for the insertion of the pterygoid muscle. The structure of the lower jaw is compact externally, cellular within, and traversed in the greater part of its extent by the inferior dental canal. The lower jaw is developed from two cen- tres of ossification, which meet at the symphy- sis. It is articulated to the temporal bones by the condyles and several ligaments — namely, an external and internal lateral, the capsular, intermaxillary, stylo-maxillary, and two syno- vial membranes. It is also articulated with the teeth. Maxil'lare Superius Os. Superior maxilla. The upper jaw is composed of two bones, which are united on the median line of the face. They occupy the anterior upper part of the face, are of very irregular form, and each consists of a body, processes, and foramina. The body is the central part of the bone and has four surfaces — namely, the anterior or facial surface, the posterior or zygomatic, the supe- rior or orbital, and the inferior or palatine surface. The anterior surface is irregularly convex and has a depression about its centre just above the canine fossa, immediately above which is the infra-orbital foramen for transmitting an artery and nerve of the same name ; its upper and inner edge forms part of the lower margin of the orbit, from the inner extremity of which proceeds upward toward the nasal and frontal bones a long and rather flat pro- cess — the nasal process of the superior max- illa ; it is of a pyramidal form, its posterior edge forming the internal margin of the orbit and helping to make the lachrymal groove ; its anterior edge receives the cartilages of the nose ; its upper corresponds to the nasal bones and its summit to the frontal, while its outer surface gives attachment to the muscles and its inner enters into the formation of the nose. From the lower edge of its anterior surface the alveolar processes and cavities are formed ; these consist in depressions of a more or less conical form, and correspond to the number of teeth or roots of teeth they are intended to receive . The posterior or zygomatic surface is convex, directed backward and outward, and forms part of the zygomatic fossa. About its centre it is perforated by three or four small holes, the posterior dental canals, which go to the alveoli of the molar teeth. The lower surface extends from the alveolar processes in front to the horizontal plate of the palate bones behind, called the palatine processes, which are rough below, forming the roof of the mouth, and smooth above, making the floor of the nostrils. They are united along the median line, at the anterior part of which is the foramen incisivum, having two openings in the jnares above, while there is but one in the mouth below. The upper or orbital surface is triangular in shape, with its base in front, forming the an- terior, lower, and internal edge of the orbit, while its apex extends back to the bottom ; it forms the floor of the orbit and roof of the antrum ; its internal edge is united to the lachrymal, ethmoid, and palate bones ; its ex- ternal edge assists in forming the spheno- maxillary fissure, and along its central surface is seen a canal running from behind forward and inward — the infra-orbital canal. This canal divides into two ; the smaller is the anterior dental, which descends to the anterior alveoli along the front wall of the antrum ; the other is the proper continuation of the canal and ends at the infra-orbital hole ; along the upper part of the line uniting the palatine processes there is a ridge, the nasal crest, for receiving the vomer, and at the anterior part of this crest there is a projection forward, the nasal spine; at the external and upper part of the body is the malar process. The body of the superior maxilla is occupied by a large and verj r important cavity called the antrum Highmorianum, or maxillary sinus. This cavity is somewhat triangular in shape, with its base looking to the nose and its apex to the malar process. Its upper wall is formed by the floor of the orbit, its lower by the alveoli of the molar teeth, which sometimes perforate this cavity. The canine fossa bounds it in front, while the tuberosity closes it behind. The opening of this cavity is on its nasal por- tion or base into the middle meatus of the nose, and in the skeleton is large, while in MAX 388 MAX the natural state it is much contracted by the ethmoid hone above, tbe inferior spongy below, the palate boue behind, the lachrymal bone in front, and by the mucous membrane which passes through the opening and lines the antrum. This cavity communicates with the anterior ethmoidal cells and frontal sinus. The structure of the upper jaw is thick and cellular in its alveolar and otber processes. It is articulated with two bones of the cranium, the frontal and ethmoid, and seven of the face — namely, the nasal, malar, lachrymal, palate, inferior turbinated, vomer, to its fellow, and also to the teeth. Sometimes it articulates with the orbital plate of the sphenoid. Its development is very complicated, and is stated to be by as many osseous points as that of the body and its various processes. Max'illary (maxillaris ; from maxilla, the jaw). Pertaining to the jaws. Maxillary Artery, External. See FACIAL Artery. Maxillary Artery, Internal. One of the ter- minal branches of the external carotid. It commences in the substance of the parotid gland, opposite the meatus auditorius exter- nus, then goes horizontally behind the neck of the condyle of the lower jaw to the ptery- goids muscles, between which it passes, and then proceeds forward to the tuberosity of the superior maxillary bone, whence it takes a vertical direction upward, between the tem- poral and external pterygoid muscles to the zygomatic fossa, where it again becomes hori- zontal, and finally ends in the spheno- maxillary fossa by dividing into several branches. Those branches of the internal maxillary sup- plying the passive organs of mastication, or the superior and inferior maxillary bones and the teeth, are the inferior maxillary or dental artery, the alveolar or superior dental, the infra-orbital, the superior palatine, and the spheno-palatine. Maxillary Articulator, Bean's. An articu- lator, or skeleton model of the jaws, which, in connection with his condylometer, can be adjusted so as to correspond in its mechanical movements to the jaw of any particular pa- tient. It is used in the construction of inter- dental splints and in articulating sets of arti- ficial teeth. When used as an antagonizing model, if properly adjusted the "bite" can be lengthened or shortened, when once obtained, without destroying the correct antagonism of the teeth. See Fractures of the Maxil- lary Bones. Maxillary Bone, Inferior. Maxillare infe- rius os. Maxillary Bone, Superior. Maxillare supe- rius os. Maxillary Gland {glandula maxillaris). Sub- maxillary gland. One of the three salivary glands, situated under the base of the lower jaw, resting upon the hyo-glossus and mylo- hyoideus muscles, and separated from the par- otid gland by a process of fascia and from the sublingual by the mylo-hyoideus muscle. It is of an oval form, pale color, and, like the parotid, consists in its structure of small granulations, held together by cellular tissue, and each having a small excretory duct, which, successfully uniting with one another, finally form one common duct, the duct of Wharton, which passes above the mylo-hyoid muscle, and, running forward and inward, enters the mouth below the tip of the tongue, at a papilla seen on either side of the frsenum linguae. The use of this gland is the same as the paro- tid — to secrete the saliva ; and its duct is the route by which its secretion is conducted into the mouth. Maxillary Nerve, Inferior. This nerve forms the third great division of the fifth pair. It is the largest branch and passes from the gan- glion of Gasser through the foramen ovale of the sphenoid bone to the zygomatic fossa. This nerve, as stated, is united to the anterior or motor roots, which come together on the out- side of the foramen ovale ; then, in the zygo- matic fossa, the inferior maxillaiy nerve divides into two branches : (1) An external or superior ; (2) an internal or inferior. The external is the motor branch and gives off the masseteric, the temporal, buccal, and pterygoid branches. The internal division of this nerve consists of three brandies, all of which give sensation, and are the anterior auricular, the gustatory, and the inferior dental. Maxillary Nerve, Superior. This nerve pro- ceeds from the middle of the Gasserian gan- glion and passes through the foramen rotun- dura of the sphenoid bone into the pterygo- maxillary fossa ; here it enters the canal of the floor of the orbit, the infra-orbital canal, traverses its whole extent, and emerges on the face at the infra-orbital foramen, where it terminates in numerous filaments in the mus- MAX 389 MEC cles and integuments of the upper lip and cheek. The superior maxillary nerve supplies the upper jaw and gives off many important branches, which are as follows : In the pterygo-maxillary fossa two branches descend to a small reddish body, called the ganglion of Meckel, or the spheno-palatine ganglion, which is situated on the outer side of the nasal or vertical plate of the palate bone. Three branches proceed from this ganglion : (1) An inferior descending, or palatine nerve ; (2) an internal, lateral, nasal, or spheno-pala- tine ; (3) a posterior pterygoid or Vidian. The superior maxillary nerve also gives off the orbital and the posterior denial nerves. Maxillary Sinus. Antrum Highmorianum. Antrum maxillse superioris. See Maxil- LARE SUPERIUS OS. Maxillary Sinus, Diseases of. The diseases of this cavity, though often of a dangerous and formidable nature, have received less at- tention from the surgical and medical prac- titioner than almost any to which the body is liable. Among the different forms of morbid action set up here are : (1) Inflammation of the lining membrane ; (2) a purulent condi- tion of its secretions ; (3) abscess ; (4) ulcera- tion of the lining membrane ; (5) caries, necrosis, and softening of its osseous parietes ; (6) tumors of the lining membrane and peri- osteum ; (7) exostosis of its osseous parietes. Besides the above it sometimes becomes the seat of injuries produced by mechanical vio- lence. The form which the disease puts on is deter- mined by the state of the constitutional health or some specific tendency of the gen- eral S3 r stem, and we can, therefore, readily imagine that a cause which, in one person, would give rise only to simple inflammation of the lining membrane or mucous engorge- ment, might, in another, produce an ill-con- ditioned ulcer, fungus hamiatodes, or osteo- sarcoma. Simple inflammation and mucous engorgement not infrequently cause caries and exfoliation of the surrounding osseous tissues, and, as a consequence, in some instances even the destruction of the life of the patient. For diseases and wounds of the maxillary sinus see Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Den- tistry." Maximum. The greatest amount or quan- tity ; opposed to minimum. Mead. A fermented liquor made from honey and water. Mea'sles. Eubeola. A cutaneous disease characterized by a crimson rash in stigmatized dots, appearing about the third or fourth day, and ending in about three days in mealy des- quamation. The eruption is usually preceded by hoarseness, a dry cough, and sneezing, and is attended by febrile symptoms. Measles cause defective teeth of a narrowed width, compressed, eroded edges, and vertical grooves on the crowns ; also exfoliation of the tooth- germs as well as of the jaws. Mea'tus. A passage or canal. Meatus Audito'rius Exter'nus. The exter- nal auditory passage. Meatus Auditorius Inter / nus. The internal auditory passage. Meatus Cse'cus. The Eustachian tube. Meatus Nari'um. Nasal fossae. Meatus Urina'rius. The orifice of the urethra. Mechanical (mechanicus ; from fivx aVT l, a machine). Pertaining to a machine ; the art of constructing machines. Also acting by phy- sical power. It relates, too, to the seusible properties of masses of matter. In 3Iedicine, remedies which act by irritation. Also phy- sicians who refer every function of the body, whether healthy or morbid, to a certain condi- tion of the mechanical properties of the blood and other parts of the body. For the applica- tion of the term in Dental Surgery see Me- chanical Dentistry. Mechanical Dentistry. The art of con- structing and applying artificial teeth, artifi- cial palates, obturators, and appliances for the correction of irregularity in the arrangement of the natural teeth. See Harris' "Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry " ; Impressions of the Mouth in Wax ; Metallic Base for Ar- tificial Teeth ; Model, Plaster and Metallic, of the Alveolar Boeder ; Model, Antagonizing, for Artificial Teeth ; Mounting Mineral Teeth upon a Metallic Base, etc. Mechanics. The science which treats of the laws of motion of material bodies. Mechanics, Animal. That part of physiology which treats of the laws which govern the movements of the animal body. Mech'anism. The structure of the body; the assemblage of the parts of a machine ; any part or structure having the nature of a machine. Mech'anist. One who is skilled in mech- MEC 390 MED anism. In Dentistry, one who gives attention to the details of the manufacture and insertion of artificial teeth. See Dental Prosthesis. Meck'ePs Gan'glion. The spheno-palatine ganglion. Mec'onate. A salt resulting from the combination of meconic acid with a salifiable base. Meconic Acid (from ^t/kuv, a poppy). A peculiar acid contained in opium ; its salts are called meco nates. Mec'onin. Meconine; a peculiar crystal- line substance extracted from opium. Meco'nium (from fiv^l, the poppy). The inspissated juice of the Pa paver somniferum. Also the excrement in the large intestines of the fcetus. Me'dian [median us ; from medium, the mid- dle). That which occupies the middle ; the central or middle portion. Median Line. The imaginary vertical line supposed to divide a body into two equal parts. Median Nerve. A nerve occupying an inter- mediate position between the radial and ulnar nerves and passing down tbe middle of the forearm to the palm of the hand. Median Veins. Three of the veins of the forearm are so called — the median cepJialic, the median basilic, and the common median. MediastPnum. The membranous parti- tion which divides the thorax into two lateral halves. Mediastinum Cer'ebri. The falx cerebri. Me'diate (mediatus). Middle; between two extremes. Indirect. Mediate Auscultation. The use of the steth- oscope in examining the sounds of the lungs, heart, etc. Mediate Percus'sion. The using of a plex- imeter on walls of chest. Med'ical (medicalis). Relating to the sci- ence or profession of medicine. Medical Jurisprudence. Legal medicine. Medicament (medicamentum ; from medi- care, to heal). A medicine ; a healing appli- cation. Medicated. Having medicine in it; treated with medicine ; purified and fitted for medical use. Medication [medicatio). The change pro- duced in the animal economy by the operation of medicine. Medic'atrix. Healing or curing. MedicPna. The healing art. A science which has for its object the cure of disease and the recovery of health. Medicina ConservatPva. Hygiene. Medicina DiaetePica. Dietetic medicine ; that part of medicine which relates to diet. Medicina Gymnas / tica. That part of medi- cine which relates to exercise. Medicina HermePica. The employment of chemical remedies in the treatment of disease. Medicina Prophylac'tica. Hygiene. Pre- ventive medicine. Medic / inal (medicinalis ; from medicina, medicine). Having remedial powers ; adapted to the mitigation and cure of disease. Medicinal Days. Critical days. Medicinal Hours. The hours when it is sup- posed medicine may be given with greatest advantage. Those most commonly fixed upon are in the morning fasting, about an hour before dinner and some hours after it, and before going to bed. But as a general rule the times should be governed by the symp- toms. Medicine. Medicina. The healing art ; the science and art of preserving health, and preventing and curing disease. Medicine, Clinical. See Clinical Medi- cine. Medicine, Legal. Medical jurisprudence. See Legal Medicine. Medico=chirurgicaI. Pertaining or relat- ing both to medicine and surgery. Medicolegal. Relating to legal medicine, as a medico-legal inquiry. Med'icus. A physician. MedituPlium. A term synonymous with diploe ; also the medullary juice in the spongy tissue of the short bones and extremities of the long bones. Me / dium. The middle place or degree. MeduPla. Marrow. Also the pith of vegetables and the white substance of the brain. Medulla Oblongata. The upper enlarged portion of the spinal cord resting upon the basilary process of the occipital bone. Medulla Spinalis. The spinal cord. Med / ullary (mcdullaris ; from medulla, marrow). Relating to or resembling marrow. Medullary Ar / teries. The arteries which go to the marrow of the bones. Medullary MenPbrane. The periosteal mem- brane which lines the cavities of hollow bones. Medullary Sarco / ma. Fungus lucmatodes. Medullary Sub / stance. The white part of MED 391 MEL the brain. Also the internal substance of the kidney. Medullary Tumors. Resembling the brain in structure. MeduIHza / tion. Softening of bone tissue in the disease known as osteitis. Medullo'sus. Medulla ; marrow. Resem- bling marrow ; full of marrow or pith. Meer'schaum. Sea foam or sea froth. A silicate of magnesia ; a greasy, soapy sub- stance found in Asia Minor, and also in Corn- wall and other places in Europe. Megalerg. One million ergs. Meg'aloblasts. Corpuscles of the blood which are of excessive size ; large red blood- corpuscles. Megalocyte. A large-sized red blood- corpuscle. Megalosplanch'nia (from fieyag, great, and o-Anyxvoi; a viscus). A tumor formed by one of the viscera. Megalosplanch'nus. One with enlarged viscera. Megavolt. An electric unit equal to 1,000,000 volts. Megohm. An electric unit equal to 1,000,000 ohms. Me'grim. Hemicrania. Neuralgia of one side of the head. Meibo'mian Glands. The small seba- ceous follicles situated between the conjunctive membrane of the eye and the cartilage of the eyelid. Mel (mellis). Honey. Mel Aceta'tum. Oxymel-honey and vinegar. Mel iEgyptia'cum. Oxymel of sub-acetate of copper. Mel Ae'rium (mel roscidum). Aerial honey ; honey dew ; manna. Mel Bora / cis. Honey of borax. Mel Despuma'tum. Clarified honey. Mel Praepara'tum. Prepared honey. Mel Rosse. Honey of roses. Mel Scillae Compos'itum. Compound honey of squill. Me 'la (from uau, to search). A probe. Melee'na (from fieXac, black). Vomiting of concrete blood of a blackish-red color. Melaena Cholae'a. Icterus niger or black jaundice. Melaena Fungo'sa. Fungus ha?matodes. Melaleu'ca. A genus of plants of the order Myrtacese. Melaleuca Cajuputi. The name of a plant which affords cajeput oil. Melaleuca Leucaden'dron. Same as Mela- leuca cajuputi. Melaleuca MPnor. Another name for Mela- leuca cajuputi. Me'lam. A white insoluble powder formed by fusing sulphocyanide of ammonia and sul- phocyauide of potassium. MePampodium. Black hellebore. Melampyr'in. A substance somewhat an- alogous to gum and sugar obtained from the Melampyrum nemorosum. Melanae'mia (,ue?iac, black, and atua, blood). A state of suffocation by which all the blood in the body appears black, due to insufficient aeration. Also a condition resulting from chronic disease in which the blood contains a black pigment matter floating in it. Melanchlo'rus. Literally, of a dark-yellow color. Applied in Pathology to individuals suffering from black jaundice. Melancho'lia. Melancholy. Merancholy (from (ufoiQ, black, and x o/ i, bile). Melancholia. A mental affection char- acterized by depression of spirits and occupa- tion of the mind on one train of thoughts. It was supposed by the ancients to be caused by black bile, and hence the appellation. Melanis'mus. Black jaundice. MePanite. A black variety of garnet. MePanoid (from /ue/.ac, black, and eiSoc, likeness). Resembling dark pigmentary spots. Melanosis (from fis/.a vou, to become black). Melanism. An organic affection in which the structure of the parts assumes a black color and firm consistence, exhibiting an appearance not unlike the bronchial glands, when, by a softening process, they are converted into deep ulcers. The lungs, cellular and adipose tex- tures are very subject to this species of degen- eration. It is called by Dupuytren black can- cer, and by Carswell, melanoma. Melanotic. Of or belonging to melanosis. Melanu'rin (u&ac, black, and ovpov, urine). A substance in the form of a black pigment, sometimes found in urine. Me'las (,«£/«?, black). Black leprosy, or lepra nigricans. Melas'ma (from fietoc, black). A black spot, usually occurring upon the tibia of old persons, which soon degenerates into an ulcer. Melas'sic Acid. An acid obtained by boil- ing sugar with alkaline solutions. Melatroph'ia (from m'/ar, a limb, and arpnqia, wasting). Wasting of the limbs. Melege'ta. Grains of paradise. MEL 392 MEM Meli (me?; mellis). Honey. Melian'thus. A genus of plants of the order Zygopbyllacese. Melianthus Major. Great honeyflower. A South African plant the leaves of which have been used in decoction for diseases of the gums and sore throat ; also as a remedy for tinea capitis. Meli'ceris (from //£//, honey, and nepag, wax). An encysted tumor the contents of which resemble wax. MeIigei / on (from /ism, honey). A foetid humor of the consistency of honey discharged from an ulcer attended with caries of the bone. Meliss / ic Acid (jieliooa, bee). A mono- basic crystalline acid, C 30 H 60 O 2 , of the fatty series ; obtained from beeswax. Melit/agra. Impetigo ; also pain of limbs, arthritic or rheumatic. Melithae'mia. Sugar in the blood. Melitu'ria. See Diabetes. Mella'go (from mel, honey). Any medicine of the consistence of honey. Mediate. A salt formed by the union of mellitic acid with a base. Melliferous. Producing honey. Mel'lone. A lemon-yellow powder com- posed of carbon and nitrogen. MePlote's System of Bridge=work. See Bridge-work, Systems of. Melo. The melon ; also staphyloma. Mel'oe. A genus of coleopterous insects in the system of Latreille. See Cantharis. Meloe' Niger. The cantharis atrata, or blis- tering fly of the United States. Meloe Vesicato / rius. Cantharis. Melon'cus {firjT^ov, cheek, and oyiwg, tumor). A tumor of the cheek. • MeIoplas / tic (from /itj/Xov, the cheek, and tzAciggu, to form). The operation for the restor- ation of any part of the cheek when lost by wounds or ulcers. Melo'sis {iiri?.ua ig • from /u/Ar/, a probe). A term applied in Suryery to the exploration of a wound or ulcer with a probe. Melo'tis. A small probe. Melting Metals. The melting or fusion of metals which become fluid at a temperature below redness, such as zinc, lead, tin, and fusi- ble alloys; iron ladles are employed in the dental laboratory, the (juantity of the metal being necessarily small, as for dies and coun- ter-dies. The charcoal, anthracite, coke, and gas furnaces employed in the dental laboratory are of various designs, the latter being so con- structed that the gas is mixed with the proper proportion of air and ignited above a gauze cover or top, thus yielding a blue flame, very hot, solid, and uniform. The gasoline furnace used by plumbers for melting solder is also a satisfactory appliance for the dental laboratory. The melting of metals which require a higher temperature than those above named, as in the formation of amalgams for filling teeth, re- quire coal or coke furnaces with a strong draft. The Fletcher injector furnace affords a con- venient means for the metals which fuse af a high temperature. Platinum can only be fused by means of a furnace constructed of quicklime and heated by the oxyhydrogen blowpipe. Small quantities of gold, silver, etc. , can be melted by the blowpipe on a support made of charcoal, carbon, or clay. Melt / ing=point. The degree of tempera- ture at which solids pass into the liquid state. Ice melts at 32° F., and gold at 2016° F. Membra / na. See Membrane. Membrana Adipo / sa. Adipose membrane. Membrana Arachnoi / dea. Arachnoid mem- brane. Membrana Cellulo / sa. Cellular membrane. Membrana Conjunctiva. See CONJUNCTIVA. Membrana Denta / ta. A process between the tunica arachnoidea and the pia mater. Membrana Ebo / ris. A membrane connected with the development of the teeth, which is formed of a number of cells, odontoblasts, arranged perpendicularly on the surface, im- mediately over the plexus of vessels in the central portion of the dentinal papillae. Membrana Hyaloi / dea. The delicate trans- parent membrane which encloses the vitreous humor of the eye. Membrana Jaco / bi. An extremely thin and delicate membrane wdiich invests the external surface of the retina. Membrana Pigmen'ti. The internal layer of the choroid membrane. Membrana Pituita / ria. The membrane which lines the nasal fossa}. Membrana Preformati / va. A membrane situ- ated between the enamel pulp and the en- amel, and by some supposed to be the most external part of the matrix, projecting beyond the odontoblast. Membrana Pupilla / ris. A delicate vascular membrane which covers the pupil of the eye until about the seventh month. Membrana Reticularis. Cellular membrane. MEM 393 MEN Membrana Sacciform / is. A synovial mem- brane between the lateral articulation of the ulna with the radius. Membrana Schneideria / na. The pituitary membrane of the nose. Membrana Tym'pani. The thin semi-trans- parent membrane which covers the cavity of the drum of the ear. Mem'brane (membrana). In Anatomy, a thin enveloping or lining substance, of a cellu- lar texture, intended to envelop, separate, or form other organs, and to exhale, absorb, or secrete certain fluids. Membrane, Basement. A thin, transparent, structureless membrane between the epithe- lium and the corium of alveolar mucous mem- brane. Membran / iform (membraniformis). Applied to laminated parts which resemble a mem- brane. Membrano'sus. The tensor vaginae femoris muscle. Mem'branous. Having the nature of a membrane or formed of membraues. Membranu'Ia. A small, thin membrane. MerrTbrum. A member ; the penis. Membrum Virile. The penis. Menach / anite. A black metallic mineral, consisting of oxide of titanium, iron, and mag- nesia. Men'agogue. Emmenagogue. Men'akan Ore. An ore of titanium. Titan- iferous iron. Men'ilite. A brown, impure opal, found at Menil Montant, near Paris. Meninge'al (meningeus). Relating to the meninges, or dura mater. Meningeal Arteries. The arteries distributed to the external surface of the dura mater. They are classified as middle, anterior, and posterior. Menin'ges (from jJ-yvLy^, a membrane). The membranes which envelop the brain. Menin'gion, or Menin'gium. The arach- noid membrane. Meningitis. Inflammation of the mem- branes of the brain. Meningo=cephali / tis (from fifjviy^, a mem- brane, KEtpafar}, head, and ltic, signifying inflam- mation). Inflammation of the brain and its membranes. Meningo=gastraFgia. Neuralgia of the stomach. Meningo=gastricus. /Yn epithet applied by Finel to bilious fever, because he believed the disease to be seated in the internal mem- brane of the stomach. Meningoph'ylax. An instrument for de- pressing the dura mater and shielding it from injury while the bone is cut or rasped after the operation of trepanning. Meningorrhoe'a (from pnviy!;, and pew, I flow). Extravasation of blood on or between the cerebral membranes. Meningo'sis. The union of bones by means of membrane. Meningu / ria {jvrp)Ly^, a membrane, and ovpov, urine). The passing of urine containing membranous shreds. Me / ninx. A term given by the ancients to all membranes, but now restricted to those of the brain. Menis'cus. A crescent-shaped cartilage between the joints. Menisperm'ates. Salts resulting from the combination of menispermic acid and salifiable bases. Menispermic Acid. An acid obtained from the fruit of Menispermum cocculus. Menisper / mine. A white, opaque crystal- line alkaloid obtained from the Cocculus indicus. C 18 H 12 N0 2 . Menolip'sis. Cessation of the menses. Menopau'sis. Cessation of the menses. MenopIa / nia. An aberration of the men- strual flow. Menorrhagia (from nwv, a month, and pTiyvv/ii, I flow fiercely). Profuse menstrua- tion ; immoderate flow of the menses or blood from the uterus. Menorrhagia Alba. Same as Leucokehcea. Menorrhagia Lochia / lis. Excessive flow of the lochia. Menos / tasis (from fj-ijvec., menses, and a-aaic, stagnation). Suppression of the menses. Menoxe'nia (u>jvec, menses, and $£voc, strange). Irregular menstruation. Mens. The mind. Menses (from mensis, a month). The uterine sanguineous discharge at the period of menstruation. Menses, Interruption of. Amenorrhea. Menses, Reten'tion of. Amenorrhcea. Men'strual Flux. The menses. Menstruation (menstruatio). The flowing of the menses, which, from the age of puberty, in healthy women, not pregnant and who do not suckle, occurs monthly. Menstruation, Painful. Dysmenorrhoea. Menstruation, Profuse. Menorrhagia. MEN 394 MER Menstruation, Vicarious. The occurrence of hemorrhage from other parts than the uterus, as from the nose, gums, lungs, etc., at the regular menstrual periods, in consequence of the suppression of the menses. Men'struum. A solvent. Any substance which has the property of effecting solu- tion. Mensuration (mensuratio ; from mensura, measure). Act of measuring. In disease this means of exploring the chest is sometimes adopted for the purpose of ascertaining its ex- act dimensions. Men'tagra (from mentum, the chin, and ay pa, a prey). A herpetic eruption about the chin. Mentagra Infantum. See Poeeigo LuPI- XOSA. Men'tal (from mens, the mind). Pertaining or relating to the mind. In Anatomy it relates to the chin (from mentum, the chin). Mental Ar / tery. A branch given off by the dental artery which issues from the anterior mental foramen and is distributed upon the lower lip. Mental Fora'men. Tbe outer orifice of the in- ferior dental canal, situated on the outer sur- face of the inferior maxilla beneath the cuspid tooth. Mental Nerve. A branch of the inferior dental which escapes from the anterior mental foramen to be distributed upon the lower lip. Men / tha. A genus of plants of the order Lamiacese. Mentha Aquat / ica. Mentha rotundifolia pal- ustris. Water-mint. It has a bitter, pungent taste. Mentha CervPna. Hart's pennyroyal. This species has properties similar to the Mentha pulegium, but is less agreeable. Mentha Piperita. Peppermint. This species is aromatic, carminative, and stimulant, and is often used to allay nausea and to relieve pain in the bowels. Mentha Pule'gium. Pennyroyal. This spe- cies is carminative, antispasmodic, and slightly emmenagogue. Mentha SatPva. Mentha spicata ; Mentha viridis; Mentha vulgaris. Spearmint; aspecies having properties similar to peppermint. Dose of the spirit, gtt. x to gtt. xx ; of the water, 3 ss. Menthene / . A liquid hydrocarbon ob- tained from the stearopten of oil of pepper- mint. Men'thol. Japanese camphor. A pepper- mint camphor obtained in a crystalline form by the exposure of Chinese oil of peppermint to cold. Effectively employed as an attendant in pulpitis and sensitive dentine and locally applied for headache. It is more volatile than the officinal camphor. It is sometimes com- bined with oil of cloves, and also with oil of cajeput. For dental uses see Gorgas' " Dental Medicine. ' ' MentPgo. Same as Mentagea. Mento=la / bial. Mento-labialis. Pertaining to the chin and lip. Also the depressor labii inferioris muscle. Mentu'la. The penis or clitoris. Men'tulagra. Convulsive erection of the penis. Men'tum. The chin. Applied to the lower part of the labium. Mephit/ic (mephiticus). Anything hav- ing an unwholesome property. Applied to foul or noxious exhalations, as a vapor or stench. Mephitic Acid. Carbonic acid. Mephitic Air. A foul air or gas. Meph'itis. A poisonous exhalation ; all gases unfit for respiration. Mera'cus. See Meeus. Mercap'tan. A peculiar liquid belonging to the ethyl group, the oxygen being replaced by sulphur. Formula, C 4 H 6 S 2 . It is an alcohol radicle in which the oxygen is replaced by sulphur. Mercu'rial (mercurialis). Relating to or containing mercury. Also active ; sprightly ; full of vigor. Mercurial BaPsam. Citrine ointment. Mercurial Ointment. See UNGUENTUM Hydeaegyei. Mercurial Teeth. Teeth affected by the mer- curial diathesis and presenting such charac- teristics as deficiency of enamel, irregularity of form, smallness, yellow in color, with wide spaces between them. Mercurial TrenVor. A disorder affecting those exposed to mercurial vapors, consist- ing of a convulsive agitation of the voluntary muscles when in exercise. Mercurialism. Poisoning by mercury. Mercuric Chloride. Bichloride of mercury (wliich see). Mercu'rius. Mercury. Mercurius Aceta / tus. Acetate of mercury. Mercurius Alkalisa / tus. Hydrargyrum cum creta. MER 395 MES Mercurius Calcina / tus. See HYDRARGYRI OXIDUM RUBRUM. Mercurius Chemico / rum. Quicksilver. Mercurius Cine'reus. Black oxide of mer- cury. Mercurius Cinnabari'nus. Red sulphuret of mercury. Mercurius Corrosi / vus. Corrosive sublim- ate. Mercurius Corrosivus Ru'ber. Red precipi- tate. Mercurius Cosmet/icus. Ammoniated mer- cury. White precipitate. Mercurius Dulcis Sublima'tus. Calomel. Mercurius Emeticus Fla / vus. Yellow sul- phate of mercury. Turpeth mineral. Mer'cury. Hydrargyrum ; hydrargyrus ; mercurius. Quicksilver. Symbol, Hg. Atomic weight, 200. It is found native and in combi- nation with silver, as a native amalgam, and with chlorine as a native calomel known as horn quicksilver. Its most important ore is its sulphide, or cinnabar, HgL. The com- pounds of this metal form an extensive and important class of medicines. For the names of its various preparations see Hydrargyri ACETAS, ETC. Mercury, Acid Nitrate of (liquor hydrargyri nitratis). Solution of nitrate of mercury. Mercury dissolved in nitric acid. A transpar- ent, nearly colorless, acid liquid. It is a powerful caustic and one of the most active agents for application to indolent, indurated ulcers, especially those of a syphilitic charac- ter. It is employed in ulcerative stomatitis, cancrum oris, etc. Mercury, Oxymuriate of. See CORROSIVE Sublimate. Mer'da (merdus). Excrement. Meremphrax'is. Obstruction or infraction of an organ. Meriam Crown. An artificial crown for a natural root, which may be ground on its sides as well as on the base, with a straight hole through it which is capable of being enlarged, countersunk, or beveled at either end as may be most convenient ; or the hole may be omitted when the crown is made, and, after it is fitted to the root, drilled in the desired position. It is also supplied with a gold baud, which en- circles the root. Mer'icus. Local. MeridiaFysis {pepoc, a part, and dialysis, dissolving). A partial or incomplete solution of a substance. Meridro / sis (from fiepog, a part, and itipu- cic, sweating). A partial perspiration, or perspiration occurring in a particular part. MerobaFneum (from /-iep»c, a part, and (iavMveiov, a bath). A partial bath. Meroce'Ie (from fivpoc, the thigh, and '<>//>/, a tumor). Femoral or crural hernia. Mero'pia (uepoc, a part, and uf, vision). Partial obscuration of sight. Me'ros. The thigh ; the femur. Me / rus. Genuine ; pure ; witbout mixture ; unadulterated. Merycis / mus. Rumination. Mesa. Genital organs. Mesamoeboids. Wandering cells budded off from the epiblast or hypoblast and forming part of the mesoblast. Mesarae'um. Mesentery. Mesara / ic. Mesenteric. Mesenchyme. That portion of the meso- blast formed by budding from the epiblast or hypoblast. Mesenteric [inesentericus) . Belonging or relating to the mesentery. Mesenteric Arteries. The second and fifth branches of the aorta are called the superior and inferior mesenteric arteries. Mesenteric Glands. The lymphatic glands ot the mesentery. Mesenteric Nerves. Nerves forming mesen- teric plexuses. Mesenteric Plex'uses. These plexuses — dis- tinguished into superior, middle, and inferior — are formed by the branches of the great inter- costal nerves. Mesenteric Veins. These are divided into supe- rior and inferior, and terminate in the splenic. MesenterFtis. Inflammation of the mes- entery. Mes'entery (mesenterium ; from wfcrof, the middle, and evrepoc, intestine). A duplicature of the peritoneum which maintains the intes- tines in their respective situations. Mes'ial (ueaoc, middle). Synonymous with median. A term applied to the surface of a tooth nearest to the median line. The surface or end of a bone nearest to the centre. Mesial Line, Median Line. An imaginary line dividing the body perpendicularly into two symmetrical portions ; middle line. Me'site. An ethereal substance existing in pyroxylic spirit and obtained in the distilla- tion of wood. Mesit'ic Alcohol. Acetone. Mesity'lene. An oily fluid obtained by MES 396 MET the distillation of acetone with fuming sul- phuric acid. Mes'merism. See Animal Magnetism. Meso= (,uEuog, the middle). Used as a prefix to certain words. Me'soblast (from psaog, middle, and fikaa- roc, sprout). The middle layer of the blasto- derm, thought to be derived from the hypo- blast, and from which are developed the vas- cular, muscular, and skeletal systems, the generative glands and excretory organs. It is also called mesoderm. Mesocaj'cum. A duplicature of the peri- toneum at the posterior part of the csecum. Meso / carp. The central portion of the pericarp of seeds. Mesoceph'ale. The medulla oblongata ; pons Varolii. Mesocolon (from //e, the eye). A species of depraved vision supposed to be produced by changes in the relative position of the retinal end organs. Metamorphosis (from uera, change, and uopcj>7} } form). Transformation. In Physiology, the change through which any texture or organ of the body passes in the progress of its devel- opment. Metaphosphoric Acid. Glacial phosphoric acid ; forms salts called metaphosphates. Metaplasia. The transformation of one kind of tissue into another, as of cartilage into bone. Metapto'sis (from fiETinunTu, to digress). The conversion of one disease into another. Metas'tasis (from fiedicrr/ai, to change place). A change in the seat of a disease ; the shifting of a disease from one part of the body to another or to some internal organ. Metastatic. Pertaining to metastasis. Metatarsal. Pertaining or relating to the metatarsus. Metatarsal Artery. An artery which forms an arch across the base 'of the metatarsal bones, supplying the outer side of the foot and giving off three interosseal branches. Metatarsal Articulations. The articulation of the metatarsal bones with one another. Metatarsal Bones. See METATARSUS. Metatarso=phalan / gian. Pertaining to the metatarsus and phalanges. Metatarso-phalangian Articulations. The articulation of the metatarsal bones with the corresponding phalanges of the toes. Metatarsus (from fiera, after, and rapaoc, tarsus). That portion of the foot which is sit- uated between the tarsus and toes, consisting of five small cylindrical bones — one to each toe. MET 399 MET Metathesis (from fterarcihi/u, to change place). Transposition. Also the act of re- moving the consequence or cause of a disease from one place to another, where its presence will be less hurtful, as depressing a cataract, etc. Metatoc'ia (meta, and roiwg, birth). Pre- ternatural labor. Me'teorism (meteorismus ; from fiEreupi^u, to elevate). Distention of the abdomen by gas. Meteor / oIite. A meteoric stone. MeteoroFogy (meteorologia ; from fisrEupog, aerial, and hoyor, a discourse). That depart- ment of science which treats of atmospheric phenomena, as the formation of dew, the progress of winds, etc. Methae'mata (fie-a, after or between, and aifia, blood). Blood changing. The capillary or intermediate system of blood-vessels. Methaemoglo'bin. A mixture of albumen, haemoglobin, and haematin. Methoma / nia (from ,«£#>/, drunkenness, and pws, mania). An irresistible desire for intoxicating liquor. Methyal. Obtained by distilling methyl alcohol with sulphuric acid. Hypnotic and antispasmodic. Used in convulsive diseases, neuralgia of the superficial nerves, epilepsy, etc. Meth'yl. A hypothetical radicle or base of a numerous series of compounds analogous to those of ethyl or of pyroxylic spirit. In Chemistry, a radical molecule having the com- position CH 3 ; it combines with hydrogen to form methyl hydride or methane. Methyl Chloride. See Chloride of Methyl. Methyl-ethylic Ether. See METHYLIC Ether. Methyl Iodide. A powerful anaesthetic, the formula of which is CH 3 I. Although it is re- garded as producing effects similar to those of chloroform, yet its irritant action on the broucho-pulmonary mucous membrane is more intense, rendering it a dangerous anaesthetic agent. Methylate. A compound of methyl alcohol w 7 ith a base. Methylated. Containing methyl alcohol. Methylene. A highly volatile and inflam- mable liquid obtained by destructive distilla- tion of wood ; anaesthetic. Methylene, Bichloride of. A colorless liquid with an odor like chloroform, obtained from chlorine and chloride of methyl and employed as an anaesthetic, the quantity used averaging a drachm every five minutes. Discovered by Dr. B. W. Richardson. Methylic Ether. (CrI 3 V,0. Obtained by digesting methylic alcohol with strong sul- phuric acid. Anaesthetic ; by some claimed to be superior to nitrous oxide gas. Meth'ysis. Intoxication. Methys'tica. Substances employed for exhilaration and inebriation. Metodonti'asis (from p->/ra, change, and odovrinaic, dentition). Abnormal development of the teeth. Metopantral'gia (from /ietuttov, forehead, avrpov, a cavern, and a/.yog, pain). Pain in the frontal sinus. Metopantri / tis. Inflammation of the frontal sinus. Meto'pon, or Meto'pum. The front, or forehead. Metopos / copy {mdoposcopia ; from juetuttov, forehead, and gkotteiv, to view). The art of distinguishing the temperament of an indi- vidual by inspecting the forehead. Me'tra. The uterus. Metrae'mia (/«/rpa, womb, and ai/ia, blood). Swelling of blood, or turgescence, in the womb. Metral'gia (from nvrpa, the womb, and a/.yoc, pain). Pain in the uterus. Metranas'mia (//?/rpa,and ansemia, deficiency of blood). Want of blood in the uterus. Metratre'sia (from p-mP a , the womb, and arpi/aia, imperforation). Morbid closure of the uterus. Metraux'e. Hypertrophy of the uterus. Me'tre. A French measure equal to 39.33 English inches. Metrectopia. Displacement of the womb. MetreIco / sis. Ulceration of the womb. Metrenchy / tes (from u>np a , the womb, and Eyx va 'i, injection). An instrument for or the act of injecting the uterus. Metreurys'ma (from «>/rp«, the womb, and evpvg, far extended). Morbid dilatation of the womb. Me'tria. See Puerperal Fever. Metric System. A decimal system of weights and measures used in France and Ger- many in chemistry and physics. The following divisions are most commonly used : 10 millimetres = 1 centimetre. 100 centimetres = 1 metre. 1000 metres = 1 kilometre. MET 400 MIC 1000 cubic centimetres = 1000 milligrammes = 1000 o-rammes = 1 litre. 1 gramme. 1 kilogramme. The equivalent values are as follows 1 metre 1 litre 1 gramme 1 minim = 39.37 inches. = 2.11 pints. = 15.43 grains. = 0.016 centimetre. Metri'tis. Inflammation of the uterus. Metrocarcino'ma (from p-iFpa, the womb, and KapKLvuua, cancer). Cancer of the uterus. Metrocele'. Hernia vaginalis. Metrohae'mia (from p-mpa, the womb, and aiua ! blood). Sanguineous congestion of the uterus. Metroma'nia. Nymphomania. Metrom'eter. Same as Hysterojieter (which see). Metro=peritoni'tis. Inflammation of the uterus and peritoneum. Metropol'ypus. Polypus of the uterus. Metroptosis (from pr/rpa, the womb, and Tr-uaig, falling down). Prolapsus uteri. Metrorrhagia. Hemorrhage from the uterus. Metroscope. An instrument for examin- ing the uterus. Met'rotome. Hysterotome. An instru- ment for dividing the neck of the womb. Mg. Symbol of magnesium. Miasm'. Exhalation arising from marshy grounds. Mias'ma (ptaofia, a stain or pollution ; from ficaivu, to contaminate). In Pathology, the effluvia arising from sick persons and from the decomposition of animal or vegetable sub- stances. Miasmat'ic. Relating to or produced by miasmata. Mi'ca. A mineral of various degrees of transparency and of various colors usually found in thin, elastic laminaj. It is composed of silica, alumina, potash, and oxide of iron. Micranato'mia (pmpog, small, and anato- mia, anatomy). Microscopic anatomy. Micristol'ogy (/iinpog, and histologia, histol- ogy). The science which treats of the minutest organic fibres. Mic'ro= (from funpog, small). A Greek prefix signifying minute. Microbacteria. A form of bacteria small in size. Mic'robe (from fwcpog, small, and j3iog, life). The general name for micro-organisms of ani- mal or vegetable organic structure that are microscopical in size. Microbes require oxygen for their development. Micro'bian. Microbic, Pertaining to mi- crobes or germ action. Microbicidal. Destroying microbes. Microbiohae'mia (from piKpoc, small, fiiog, life, and ai/ia, blood). Diseased conditions resulting from micro-organisms in the blood. Mic'roblast. An undersized nucleated red blood-corpuscles. See Corpuscle. Microcidin. A combination of naphthol and soda. Antiseptic and disinfectant. Micrococcus (from pmpog, small, and kokko<:, blood). A micro-organism having spherical elements, which may he isolated, united by numbers, or disposed in chaplets or masses. Microcos'mic Salt. The phosphate of soda and ammonia ; it is used as a flux in ex- periments with the blow-pipe. Microcoulomb. The millionth part of a coulomb. Microcous'tic (from [wepog, small, and anovu, I hear). An instrument to augment the intensity of sound and to assist in hearing. Microcyte. An undersized non-nucleated red blood-corpuscle. Mic'rodont (/uicpag, small, and odovc, a tooth). Having unusually short or small teeth. Microfarad. One-millionth of the theoretic farad. Microglossia (from p-inpog, small, and y'/.ucoa, tongue). Congenital smallness of the tongue. Micrognathia. Undue smallness of jaws. Microgramme. The millionth part of a gramme. Microg'raphy (from pmpog, small, and ypaou, to form). A morbid formation ; organic disease. Morphotic. Contributing to form or build up the substance of the tissues. Morrhuae Oleum. See Oleum Morkhile. Mors, Mortis. Death ; the cessation of life. Mor'sulus. A little mouthful. Also a lozenge. Mor'sus (from mordeo, to bite or gnaw). A bite, sting, or grasp. Mor'tal (mortalis; from mors, mortis, death). Subject to death. Mortality. The quality of being mortal. The death-rate. Mortality, Bills of. A register exhibiting the number of deaths in a given time. Mor'tar. A hollow vessel of iron, glass, marble, or Wedgwood ware, for reducing solid substances to powder or for making certain mixtures. Mortari'olum. A small mortar. Also the socket of a tooth. Mortification (morlificatio ; from mors, death, and fio, to become). The loss of vitality in any part of the body, but generally applied to soft tissues. Mor'ula. In Embryology, the mass of cells derived from the cleavage and multiplication of the nucleus of the impregnated ovum. MOS 407 MOU Mosa'ic Gold. Bisulphuret of tin. Mosaic Silver. Bismuth and tin melted to- gether, with additions of quicksilver. Mosch. Musk. Moscha / ta Nux. See Myristica Mos- CHATA. Moscha / tus. Musky. Mos'chus. Musk. It is stimulant and antispasmodic. Dose, gr. x. Moschus MoschiFerus. The animal from which musk is obtained. Moss. The species of Musci which grows on old wood, trees, damp ground, walls, etc. Moss, Carrageen 7 . Chondrus crispus. Irish moss. Moss, Pec / toral. See Lichen PuLMONARIS. Moss, Sea. See Fucus Helminthocorton. Moth / er. Mater. Also a term applied to mai)3 r chemical preparations and plants. Mother of Pearl. The silvery, brilliant inter- nal layer of shells, particularly those which produce the pearl. Mother of Thyme. The common name of Thymus serpyllum. Mother's Mark. Nsevus maternus. Mother=water. Saline solutions from which crystals have been deposited. Mo'tor (from moveo, to move). A mover ; applied to muscles and nerves. Motor Nerves. Nerves upon which volun- tary motion depends. Motor Oculo'rum. The third pair of nerves are so called because they influence or move the muscles of the eye. Mot'ory. Motor. That which induces movement. Applied to nerves which convey the peculiar stimulus which excites motion to the muscles. Motos. Lint. Mo'tus. Motion. Mould'ering. A process of fermentation going on in the organic matter of clays which renders them more suitable for the purposes of the manufacturer of porcelain. Sometimes extraneous organic matter is mingled with the clay to produce this effect. Moulding Flask. A square or round box, open above and below, for holding the sand in which impressions are made for metallic cast- ings ; used in Mechanical Dentistry for obtain- ing castings or dies for swaging plates for the mouth. Moulding Flask, Hawes', Clark's, etc. Flasks invented by Drs. E. G. Hawes, of New York, F. Y. Clark, of Georgia, and E. N. Bailey, for obtaining castings from plaster models, which, on account of irregularity of the teeth or projection of the alveolar border, can not be drawn from a simple impression in sand. Moun'tain Cork. An elastic variety of asbestos. Mounting. The act of preparing anything for use. Mounting Artificial Teeth on Metallic and other Bases. The attachment of artificial teeth to a metallic, rubber, or osseous base. See Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." See Celluloid. Mouth. Os ; cavum oris ; stoma. The superior terminus of the alimentary canal, in which mastication takes place. An oval aper- ture, situated in the lower and anterior part of the face between the jaws, bounded above by the palatine processes of the superior maxillary and palate bones, below by the tongue and mylo-hyoid muscles, laterally by the cheeks, anteriorly by the lips, and posteriorly by the soft palate and fauces. When the jaws are closed the mouth is paraboloid in shape, open- ing behind and below, the inferior opening being closed by the tongue and mylohyoid muscle. It contains the dental apparatus and is a complicated piece of mechanism ; forms an essential part of the human frame ; has the widest possible range of sympathy ; contains a great variety of organs, and performs an equally great variety of functions. It also contains the organ of taste and is concerned in the four primary stages of digestion,— pre- hension, mastication, insalivation, and degluti- tion,— besides being engaged in the intellectual acts of speech and expression. The roof of the mouth is formed by the hard palate. It is composed of two superior maxillary and palate bones, and its surface is perforated by a large number of small foramina for the transmission of nutrient vessels to the body of the bone, and also pitted for the reception of the mucous glands, and contains grooves, runniug longi- tudinally, for the accommodation of vessels. The circumference of the floor of the mouth is formed by the mylo-hyoid ridge, which gives attachment to the muscles of the same name, and which, with the base of the tongue, forms the floor of the mouth proper. The alveolar processes and teeth of both jaws form the anterior and two lateral walls of the mouth. The mouth, known as the "oral cavity," opens posteriorly into the pharyngeal MOU 408 MUC space. The terra mouth is also applied to the open extremities of vessels. Mouth Protector. An appliance used to pro- tect the lips and cheeks in using the disks with the dental engine. Mouth, Sore. Aphthae. Mouth Wash. A gargle ; any liquid prepara- tion for the mouth and fauces. The following is valuable for its astringent and agreeable aromatic properties : R . Pulverized extract rhataniae, pulverized catechu, aa 5 ss ; pulver- ized orris root, pulverized cinnamon, aa £j ; subborate soda, 3 ss ; alcohol, 5 viij ; water, ^ xij ; oil of gaultheria, 3 iss ; honey or white sugar, 3 iv. Mix, digest for eight days, and filter. Another preparation of the late Prof. C. A. Harris, and known as Harris' gum wash, is composed of: South American soap bark, o vn J j pyrethrum, orris root, benzoic acid, cinnamon, aa 5J ; tannic acid, giv; borax, 9 iv ; oil of gaultheria, % ij ; oil of pepper- mint, 5 iv ; cochineal, 3 iij ; white sugar, Ibj ; alcohol, pints iij ; pure water, pints v. Mix, digest for six days, and filter. Mouth=breathing, Cause of. Enlarged tonsils, and in connection with these, in con- genital cases, a deep, narrow arch with promi- nent incisors. Mouth=gIass. Mouth-mirror. A small, oval or round mirror, fixed in a wood, ivory, pearl, or metallic frame, with a handle from three to six inches in length, employed by den- tists in the examination of the teeth. The diameter of a mouth-glass or mirror should not exceed f of an inch. Mouth-mirrors with magnifying glasses to enlarge the image re- flected are extensively used, and advantage is derived from the concave glass, owing to the greater condensation of the rays of light, for illuminating purposes, although the plane mirror more clearly defines the image than the concave one. Mox'a. A Chinese term employed to desig- nate a cone or cylinder of prepared cotton or other combustible substance employed in a state of combustion to cauterize the skin to produce an eschar, with a view to causing revul- sion. Moxibus'tion. The cauterization of the skin by means of moxa. Moxosphy / ra. An iron hammer plunged into boiling water for one or two minutes and the face of it now and then applied to the skin as counter-irritant or rubefacient. Mucedin. An amorphous, nitrogenous sub- stance, insoluble in water, forming one of the constituents of gluten. Mu'cic Acid. An acid obtained from the sugar of milk or gum by the action of nitric acid. It is the same as saccholactic acid. Mucigen. A substance generating mucus ; the substance contained in the epithelial cells, which is transformed into mucus. Mu'cilage (mucilago). A watery solution of gum or a substance closely allied to it. Mucilaginous. Of the nature of or abounding in mucilage. Mucilaginous Extracts. Extracts which read- ily dissolve in water, but scarcely at all in alcohol, and undergo spirituous fermentation. Mucila / go. Mucilage. Mucilago Aca / ciae. Mucilage of gum Arabic. Mucilago Am'yli. Mucilage of starch. Mucilago Gum'mi Arab / ici. Mucilage of gum Arabic. Mucilago Tragacan / thae. Mucilage of traga- canth. Mucilago Ul'mi. Mucilage of slippery elm. Mu / cin, Mucine. An albuminoid tissue. The characteristic principle of mucus, obtained as a finely granular precipitate by adding water to any clear mucous secretion. Found also in saliva, bile, mucous tissue, synovia, etc. When decomposed it yields leucin and tyrosin. Mucinogen. See Mxtcigen. Muciparous. An epithet applied in Anat- omy to the follicles of mucous membrane ; mucus producing. Muci'tis. Inflammation of mucous mem- branes. Mucocele. Fistula lachrymalis. Muco=enteri'tis. Enteritis. Mucoid ( mucus, and etfiog, a form). Re- sembling mucus. Mucopurulent. Mingled mucus and pus. Mu'cosin. An albuminoid substance de- rived from mucus ; the tenacious kind of mucin. Mucos / ity (mucositas). Fluids containing or of the nature of mucus. Mu'cous. A name applied to parts which contain or secrete mucus, as mucous glands, mucous membrane, etc. Also of the nature of mucus ; also one of the tissues of the body. Mucous Glands. Glauds that secrete mucus. Mucous Membrane. The membranes that line the canals, cavities, and hollow organs which communicate externally; so called from MUC 409 MUC the mucous fluid which they secrete and with which they are lubricated. The mucous membrane of the body is divided into two great systems — the genito-urinary and thegas- tropneumonic. The genito-urinary commences at the kidneys, lines the urinary passages, passes through the ureters, bladder, and urethra, and also the sexual organs. The gastro-pneumonic lines the alimentary canal and all ducts and glands connected with it, invests the air passages, and passes from the nasal chamber through the Eustachian tube to the ear, through the lachrymal ducts to the eyes and lachrymal glands. Its con- struction is similar to that of the skin, and it is divided into two layers, epithelium and corium, separated by a basement membrane. See Epithelium. Mucous Membrane of the Mouth. The whole interior cavity of the mouth, palate, pharynx, and lips is covered by mucous membrane, forming folds or duplicatures at different points, called frsena or bridles. Beginning at the margin of the lower lip, this membrane can be traced lining its posterior surface, and thence it is reflected on the anterior surface of the lower jaw, where it forms a fold opposite the symphysis of the chin and the frsenum of the lower lip ; it is now traced to the alveolar ridge, covering it in front and passing over its posterior surface, where it enters the mouth. Here it is reflected from the posterior symphysis of the lower jaw to the under surface of the tongue, where it forms a fold or bridle, called the frsenum line/use. It now spreads over the tongue, covering its dorsum and sides to the root, whence it is reflected to the epiglottis, form- ing another fold ; from this point it can be followed, entering the glottis and lining the larynx, trachea, etc. In the same way. commencing at the upper lip, it is reflected to the upper jaw, and at the upper central incisors forming a fold — the frsenum of the upper lip ; from this it passes over the alveolar ridge to the roof of the mouth, which it completely covers, and ex- tends as far back as the posterior edge of the palate bones ; from this it is reflected down- ward over the soft palate, or, more strictly speaking, the soft palate is formed by the duplicature of this membrane at this point, between the folds of which are placed the muscles of the palate, described in another place. From the palate it is traced upward and continuous with the membrane lining the pharynx, oesophagus, stomach, and intestinal canal. The mucous membrane, after entering the nos- trils and lining the roof, floor, septum nasi, and turbinated bones, enters the maxillary sinus between the middle and lower spongy bones, and lines the whole of this great and important cavity of the superior maxilla. Many mucous glands or follicles, elsewhere enumerated, are scattered over the whole of this membrane, and furnish the mouth with its mucus. The surface of mucous membrane is soft and yielding, and is covered by a thick, tenacious, transparent fluid, — the mucus, — which is se- creted by numerous small glands, and protects the membrane from injury by any deleterious matter in the foods. The oral mucous mem- brane and the skin are similar products of the external layer of the blastoderm. As this membrane passes over the superior sur- face of the alveolar ridge of both jaws its texture becomes changed, and it receives the name of gums. Mucous Membrane, Oral, Affections of. There are several forms of inflammation affect- ing the oral mucous membrane — viz., catar- rhal, croupous or diphtheritic, ulcerative, and gangrenous, which are subdivided into stom- atitis from aphthae and thrush, acute and chronic catarrhal stomatitis, syphilitic stoma- titis in the form of ulcers resulting from secondary or constitutional syphilis, and gangrenous stomatitis, or cancrum oris. Mucous Patch. Mucous papule. A syphilitic condyloma ; a large, flat, moist papule, located on the mucous surface, especially near its junction with the skin, and on the skin itself where there is much moisture. Mucous Polypus. Any soft, gelatinous poly- poid growth. Mucous Tissue. Connective tissue consisting of stellate, oval, or spindle-shaped cells which are often connected by elongated processes imbedded in a matrix containing mucin. Mucrona'ta Cartila'go. The ensiform cartilage of the sternum. Mu'cronate. Sharp-pointed. Mucu'na Pruriens. Cowhage. Vermi- fuge. Dose, mixed with molasses, a teaspoon- ful to a tablespoonful every morning for three days, followed by a cathartic. Mu'cus (from (ivi-a, the mucus of the MUD 410 MUS nose). A clear, colorless, exceedingly viscid fluid secreted by the follicles, and lubricating the surface of the lining niembraues of the mouth, nose, trachea, etc. Its composition is water, 955.52 ; animal matter, 33.57 ; with a small proportion of fat, chlorides, phosphates, sulphates, and carbonates of soda and potassa. Its function is a physical one — the lubrication of the membranes on which it is found. The late Prof. H. E. Noel thought that the viscid mucus above referred to is an abnormal secre- tion — a step short of pus in the degradation of white blood-corpuscles; and deemed it probable that the mucous membrane in its normal con- dition is lubricated simply by water. Mucous, Vegetable. Gum. Mud'arin or Mad'arin. Active principle of the mudar. It coagulates by heat and becomes fluid again on exposure to cold. Muf'fle. An arched vessel of earthenware, with a flat bottom, in which substances may be exposed to an intense heat in a furnace without coming in contact with the fuel. See Porcelain Teeth. Muguet. Aphthae or thrush. Mug / =wort. A plant of the genus Arte- missia. Mu'lae. Pustules contracted by heat or cold. Mul'berry Cal cuius. A species of urin- ary calculus consisting almost entirely of oxalate of lime ; so named from its tubercu- lated surface. Mul'sum. A drink made of water, wine, and honey. Multangular (multangularis). Having many angles or corners. Mul'ti-. A Latin prefix signifying many. Multicellular. Composed of or contain- ing many cells. Multicuspida / ti. The molar teeth are so called from the number of cusps or protuber- ances they have upon their grinding sur- faces. Multiden / tate (from mullus, and dens, a tooth). A term applied in Zoology to parts armed with many teeth or to tooth-like pro- cesses. Multif'idus. Many cleft; divided into many parts. Multifidus Spi'nse. The transversalis dorsi. Multilobular (muliilocularis ; from mul- tus, many, and loculus, a cell). Having many cells or small cavities. Multi'nuclear. Containing many nuclei. Multip / arous. One that brings forth many young at a time. Multiple Neuri'tis. A disease where many nerves are inflamed at the same time. Multipolar. Containing many poles or processes. Multipolar Nerve-cell. A nerve-cell con- taining many processes. Mummification. Conversion into a dead, dry mass ; dry gangrene. Mum'mified Pulp. A condition of the dental pulp when it is affected by dry gan- grene. Such pulps require no attention on the part of the dentist, as they are never a source of irritation. Mumps. Cynanche parotidea. Mundica / tivus (mundificans ; from mundo, to cleanse). Having the power to cleanse or purify. Mu'ral (muralis; from murus, a wall). Be- longing or appertaining to a wall. Murax'ane. A product of decomposed uric acid. Mur'chisonite. A variety of feldspar com- posed of silica, alumina, and potash. Murex / ia. Purpurate of ammonia. Mu / ria. Brine ; salt water. Mu / rias. A muriate or chloride. Murias Ammo'niae. Muriate of ammonia. Murias Fer'ri. Muriate of iron. Murias Potassae. Muriate of potash. Murias Sodae. Muriate of soda, or common salt. Mu / riate. A term formerly applied to chlorides. Muriat'ic {muriaticus ; from muria, brine). Pertaining to sea salt. Muriatic Acid. Hydrochloric acid. It is nearly colorless when pure, but usually of a pale yellow. The odor is suffocating. A tonic, refrigerant, and an antiseptic. Dose, gtt. x to gtt. xx, diluted. Muriatic Acid, Diluted. (Ph. U. S.) Acidum muriaticum dilutum. Four troy ounces of muriatic acid to a pint of distilled water. Muriatic Acid, Oxygena'ted. Chlorine. Muriatic Ether.. Hydrochloric ether. Muriatif'erous. Bodies containing chlor- ine or a compound of chlorine. Mu / ride (from muria, brine). A term for- merly applied to bromine. Murmur, Respiratory. The noise occa- sioned by inspiration and expiration. Mus'cae Volitan'tes. A defect of sight MUS 411 MUT characterized by the appearance of motes or small bodies floating before the eyes. Muscle (musculus ; diminutive of mus, a mouse, from its supposed resemblance to a flayed mouse). A reddish, vascular, and highly contractile organ. It is through the agency of the muscles that the various move- ments of the body are performed. Muscles are called voluntary or involuntary, according as they are or are not under the influence of the will. The origin, insertion, and use of all the muscles of the body are generally given under their respective names. Muscles of Mastication. The masseter, temporal, internal pterygoid, and external pterygoid are the principal ones. Mus / coid (muscus, moss). Eesembling moss. Mus / cular ( muscular is ; from musculus, a muscle). Pertaining or relating to the mus- cles. Muscular Arteries. Arteries that are dis- tributed to the muscles. Muscular Fibres. The fleshy fibres which form the body of a muscle. Muscular Mo'tion [motio muscularis). The motion caused by the contraction of muscles ; of three kinds — voluntary, involuntary, and mixed. Muscular Nerve. The fourth pair is so called. Muscular System. A term applied to the aggregate of the muscles of the body. Muscular Texture or Tissue. The substance of muscle, composed of fibres collected into distinct and separate masses. All the active movements of the body are produced by means of this tissue, which is commonly known as "flesh," and is distributed over the entire framework of the body and in the coats of the blood-vessels and the viscera. Muscular Veins. These veins bring back the blood carried to the muscles by the muscular arteries. Musculation. The muscular system ; mus- cular working or contraction. Mus'culi Pectina'ti. Pectinated muscles. The muscular fasciculi within the auricles of the heart, resembling the teeth of a comb. Mus'culine. The semi-solid albuminoid of which is made up the principal part of the contractile fibres of muscle. Mus / culo=cuta / neous. Appertaining to the muscles and skin. Musculo-cutaneous Nerve. The external cutaneous nerve given off by the brachial plexus and a branch furnished by the poplit- eal nerve are each so called. Musculo=rachidian. Relating to a muscle and the spine. Applied also to the posterior branches of the intercostal, lumbar, and sacral arteries. MuscuIo=spiraI. The radial nerve. Mus'culus. A muscle. Musculus Accli'vis. Obliquus internus ab- dominis. Musculus Auxilia'rius. Pyramidalis abdom- inis. Musculus Cuta'neous. Platysma myoides. Musculus Eustach'ii. Tensor tympani. Musculus Fas'ciae La'tae. Tensor vaginae femoris. Musculus Patien / tiae. Levator scapula?. Musculus Penicillatus. Levator labii infe- rioris. Musculus Stapedius. The stapedius muscle. Musculus Testicon'dus. Musculus testis. Cremaster. Musculus Tu / bae Novas. Circumflexus palati. Mus / cus (from fioaxoq, tender). A moss ; a cryptogamic plant, particularly of the lichen species ; a fungus. Musicoma'nia {musomania ; from music and mania). Passion for music carried to such an excess as to derange the faculties of the mind upon that subject. Musk. Moscbus. A peculiar concrete sub- stance, having a strong, penetrating, and power- fully diffusive odor, obtained from the Moscbus moschiferus, or musk-deer. Stimulant, anti- spasmodic, and diaphoretic. Dose, gr. v to JJj, in bolus. Mussita'tion {mussitatio). A movement of the lips and tongue without producing aud- ible sounds ; an unfavorable sign in disease. Mus'tard. A plant of the genus Sinapis. The seeds of white and black mustard. It contains a ferment, myrosin, and a crystalline substance that forms a volatile oil of allyl sul- phocyanide. Locally mustard is a powerful rubefacient ; internally, a stomachic stimulant. Used locally in the form of "mustard plaster," and internally as an emetic and stomachic stimulant. Mutilation (mutilatio; from mutilus, broken). Loss of a limb or other exterior organ or portion of the body. Mu'titas (from mutus, dumb). Dumbness ; inability to articulate sounds. Mutitas Surdo'rum. The speechlessness of deaf persons. MYA 412 MYO Myal'gia (fivg, muscle, and alyog, pain). Pain in a muscle. Myasthenia (from fivg, a muscle, and aadsveia, debility). Muscular debility. My'ces. Fungus. * Mycoder / ma (mycodermatis ; fivmg, mucus, and 6spua, skin). The mucous membrane ; also a genus of fungi. Mycodermitis. Inflammation of a mucous membrane. Mycoha?mia. The condition in which fungi or other low organisms are present in the blood. Mycoides (fiviajg, fungus). Resembling a fungus ; fungoid. Mycoprotein. A proteid substance ob- tained from the bacteria of putrefaction. Myco'sis. A mucous polypus. Also a fungous fleshy tumor. Mycte'res. The nares. Mycteropho'nia (from /ivhtt/p, the nose, and //, a mill). Terms com- pounded with this word are applied to muscles attached near the molar teeth. Mylo'dus (mylodontis). A molar tooth. Mylo=glossus (from fiv2.ii, the jaw, and ■yXuoca, the tongue). Some fibres of the con- strictor pharyngis superior have been so called. Mylo=hyoide / us. A thin, flat muscle, form- ing the floor of the mouth. It arises from the mylo-hyoid ridge on the posterior surface of the lower jaw and is inserted into the body of the os hyoides. Mylo=pharyn / geus. The constrictor phar- yngis superior. My'oblast (from fivg, muscle, and fSXaorog, a cell). Embryonic cells which develop into muscular tissue. Myoceph'alon (from fivta, a fly, and icE^alr/, the head). A small prolapsus of the iris ; in- cipient staphyloma. Myocoeli'tis (from fivg, muscle, noilta, lower belly, and trig, signifying inflamma- tion). Inflammation of the muscles of the abdomen. Myodesop'sia (from fivia, a fly, eitiog, likeness, and otpig, sight). The imaginary ap- pearance of motes seeming to float before the eyes, technically termed muscse voli- tantes. Myodyna'mia (fivg, muscle, and dvvafug, power). The force or power of a muscle. Myodynia (from fivg, muscle, and odwij, pain). Pain in the muscles. Myogas'tric. Pertaining to the belly of a muscle. Myograph'ion. An instrument invented by Bois Reynold to register the contraction of a muscle and the time intervening between that and the primary excitation of the nerve upon which the contraction depends. Myography (myographia ; from fivg, mus- cle, and ypa£iv, to describe). A description of the muscles. My / oid (myoides ; from fivg, a muscle, and Euhg, likeness). Like a muscle ; a term applied in Anatomy to the platysma myoides muscle. Myolem'ma (mylema; from fivwv, muscle, and Tiefi/ia, a coat). The membranous covering of each muscular fibre ; the sarcolemma. My / oline (fivg, muscle). Substance or tis- sue composing the muscles. Myology (myologia; from fivov, muscle, and Aoyog, a discourse). A treatise on the muscles. Myo / ma (from fivg, muscle). A muscular tumor ; also small reddish tumors on the skin. My on (fivuv). Muscle. MYO 413 MYZ Myopathia. Severe muscular pains about the womb. Myo'pia (from /uvu, to contract, and wi/', the eye). Near-sightedness. Myops. One affected with myopia. Myosarcoma. A tumor having the char- acters of a myoma and a sarcoma. Myosin. A proteid of the globulin class, the chief proteid of muscle. Myo / sis. A permanent contraction of the pupil of the eye. Myositis. Inflammation of a muscle. Myot'omy (myotomia; from uvuv, a mus- cle, and TEfivetv, to cut). The anatomy of the muscles. Myot / onus (from fivg, and rovoc, stretch- ing). Muscular tone, quality, or tension. Myri / ca. A genus of plants of the order Amentacese. Myrica Cerif'era. The wax-myrtle, or bay- berry, the berries of which yield a green wax. Myricin. A precipitate from a tincture of the rootbark of Myrica cerifera. It is astrin- gent, stimulant, and antispasmodic. Myrioli'tre. A French measure equal to 2200 gallons, 7 pints, 13 ounces, 4 drachms, and 48 minims. Myriome / tre. A French measure equal to 6 miles, 1 furlong, 156 yards, and 6 inches. Myris'tic Acid. An acid obtained from the solid portion of the butter of nutmegs. My ris'tica. A genus of plants of the order Myristicaceae. Myristica Moscha'ta. Myristica aromatica ; Myristica officinalis. The tree which pro- duces the nutmeg and mace. Myrme'cium. A very painful, deeply rooted, soft wart with a broad base, seated on the palms of the hands and soles of the feet. My / ron. An ointment. Myron'ic Acid. A bitter acid of black mustard. Myrosper'mum. Myroxylon. Myrrh. See Myreha. Myr'rha. Myrrh. The concrete resinous juice of Ealsamodendron myrrha. It is of a reddish-yellow or reddish-brown color, of a peculiar odor, and bitter taste. It is anti- septic, expectorant, stimulant, tonic, and em- meuagogue. Dose, gr. x to gr. xx. The tincture of myrrh is a valuable applica- tion hi the treatment of diseases of the mucous membrane of the mouth and gums. It is em- ployed in Dental Practice in treating inflamed spongy gums, ulceration of mouth and throat, mercurial stomatitis, foul and indolent ulcers, aphthous sore mouth of children, and after the extraction of teeth. In its preparation only the rounded semi-transparent tears, that have a reddish-yellow color and a decided fragrant odor, should be selected. To prepare the tinc- ture two ounces of myrrh may be added to one pint of pure alcohol, and allowed to stand for two weeks, frequently agitating it during this time. See Gorgas' "Dental Medicine." Myrsinelse'um. The oil of myrtle. Myrta'ceae. The myrtle tribe of dicoty- ledonous plants. Myr'tiform {myriiformis ; from myrtus, a myrtle, and forma, shape). Having the figure of a leaf of myrtle. Carunculoe which remain after the laceration of the hymen. Myrtiform Fossa. A shallow depression or pit between the edges of the pyril'orm aper- ture above and the cavities of the front teeth below. Myrtol. Eectified myrtle oil. Disinfect- ant and antiseptic. My r ton. The clitoris. Myr'tus. Myrtle. Also a genus of plants of the order Myrtacese. Myrtus Caryophylla'ta. The tree which affords the clove bark. Myrtus Commu'nis. The common myrtle. Myrtus Pimen'ta. The tree which bears the Jamaica pepper, or allspice. Mystax. Mustache. Also the upper lip. Myx'a. Mucus. Myxocol'ica. A mucous or pituitous colic. Myxo=f ibroma. A tumor having the char- acteristics of a myxoma and a fibroma. Myxolipoma. A tumor having the char- acteristics of a myxoma and a lipoma. Myxo'ma. Tumors which contain mucus in their intercellular substance and which are composed of oval or stellate connective-tissue cells and numerous capillaries imbedded in a soft, gelatinous matrix containing much mucin. Myxosarcoma. A tumor of a fleshy and mucous consistence, composed of myxoma and sarcoma. Myx'ter. Myxoter. The nose. Myydrocys'tis. A hydatid in the flesh. Myze'sis. Sucking. NAB 414 NAR N. N. Symbol for nitrogen. In prescriptions, a contraction of numero, in number ; also of node, at night. Na. Symbol for sodium (natrium). Naboth's Glands. Nabothi glandulae; Nabothi ovula ; Nabothi vesiculse. The small mucous follicles situated in the inner surface of the cervix uteri. Nac'reus. Resembling nacre or mother of pearl. Pertaining to mother of pearl. Na / crite. A mineral of a pearly lustre, found in crystallized granite. It is a silicate of alumina and potassa. Nac'ta. An abscess of the breast. Nae'vus. Ntevus maternus ; mother's mark. A mark or spot on the skin of children when born, presenting a variety of appearances. It is due to the dilatation of the blood-vessels near the surface of the skin or within its texture. Nail (unguis). The thin, whitish, transpa- rent, horny laminae, situated at the extremi- ties of the fingers and toes ; they are divided into a root, body, and free extremities. Nanus. A dwarf. Nape of the Neck. Nucha. The back part of the neck. Naphae Flores. Orange flowers. Naph'tha. Acetone. A bituminous, lim- pid, oily liquid of a yellowish color and a smell somewhat resembling that of oil of turpentine. It is said to possess sedative and anthelmintic properties. It resembles petroleum and has been used chiefly as an external application and in inhalation in phthisis pulmonalis. Naph'tha Vitrioli. yEther sulphuricus. NaphthaFamide. A compound produced by the distillation of naphthalate of am- monia. Naphthalene. Naphthalin ; naphthalina. Formula, C 10 H 8 . When coal tar is subjected to distillation, naphthalene passes over after coal naphtha. It is a white, shining, concrete, crystalline substance, fusible at 17o'° and boil- ing at 423°. It has been used as an excitant expectorant in doses of 8 to 'AO grains in emul- sion or syrup, and repeated. It is also used as an anthelmintic and in the form of an oint- ment for skin diseases. It is a germicide and antiseptic, and internally a stimulant. It is applied to indolent ulcers, pus cavities, and open wounds. NaphthaFic Acid. A crystalline substance obtained from naphthaline. NaphthaFidin. A new base produced by the action of reducing agents on naphtha- lene. Naph / thalol. See Betol. Naphthol, Naphtol. Formula, C 10 H 7 HO. An alcohol derived from naphthalene. Two forms exist, known as a- and /3-naphthol, the latter being the one now employed, as it is less irritating and less inj urious than the a form. /?- naphthol is in the form of light brownish crys- tals, soluble in hot water, and possesses anti- septic properties tor general local use. In Denial Practice it is employed as an antiseptic and germicide. Naphtho / lum or Naph'thol. /5-naph- thol. A product of coal tar. C 10 H 8 SO 3 . It is a strong disinfectant and is prepared by treat- ing naphthalene with sulphuric acid. Nap / iform (napus, a turnip). One of the textures of cancer. Na'pium. Dock-cresses. Napkin=hoIder. An instrument used by dentists for holding a napkin in position within the mouth while a filling is being inserted in a tooth. Naples Yellow. A yellow pigment pre- pared by calcining lead with antimony and potash. It is used in oil painting and as an enamel color. Nap / olite. A blue mineral found at Vesu- vius. Nar'ceine (narcina; from vapurj, stupor). An alkaloid obtained from opium in the form of a white crystalline solid. Dose of the hydro- chlorate of narceine, gr. \ to £. Nar'codes (vapicri, stupor). Having or caus- ing stupor ; narcose or narcous. Nar'coma. Stupor, or the state of being under the influence of narcotic medicine. , Narcose (from vapiwu, to benumb). The stupor and depression produced by the sedative effects of a narcotic ; also the state of insensi- bility to pain following the inhalation of an anaesthetic agent. Narcot/ic (narcolicus ; from vapnou, to stu- pefy). A medicine which has the property of NAR 415 NAT stupefying or diminishiug the energy of the nervous system, as opium, stramonium, etc. Narcot / ico=acrid. Acronareotic. A term applied in Materia Medica to substances which possess a combination of acrid and narcotic properties, as aconite, belladonna, strychnia, etc. Narco'tine. Narcotina. A vegetable alkali, discovered by Derosne in opium, and com- bined with morphia. It possesses the stupe- fying properties of opium, and is an active principle of opium. Narcotism. Narcosis (which see). Narcotized. In a state of narcotism. Na'res (singular, naris). The nostrils. Nares, Posterior. Two large openings at the upper and anterior part of the pharynx, and terminations of the nasal cavities posteri- orly. Narthex Asafcet/ida. Ferula asafoetida. See Asafcetida. Na'sal (nasalis; from nasus, the nose). Ee- lating to the nose. Nasal Artery. A branch of the ophthalmic artery which passes by the root of the nose and anastomoses with the last branch of the facial artery. The spheno-palatine artery has also received this name. Nasal Bones (ossa nasi). The two bones of the nose. Nasal Catarrh. Coryza. A cold in the head. A catarrh of the nasal mucous membrane and of adjacent sinuses. Chronic catarr- hal conditions in childhood are invariably associated with malnutrition of the teeth, a lack of development being apparent in the bone, tooth, lymphatic, and nerve tissues. Nasal Duct. A duct extending from the lachrymal sac and opening into the inferior meatus of the nose. Nasal Fos / sae. The two cavities of the nose. Nasal Nerve. A branch of the ophthalmic nerve, which passes forward, crosses the optic nerve, and enters the anterior ethmoidal fora- men, traversing the ethmoid bone to the cribriform plate ; then passing down by the side of the crista galli into the nose, where it divides into two branches — an internal and an external. Nasal Spines. The superior occupies the centre of the nasal notch of the os frontis, the inferior is situated at the inferior park of the nasal fossa;, and the posterior is formed by the union of the two palate bones, and is situated at the posterior part of the palatine arch. Nasa / lis La'bii Superio'ris. The orbicu- laris oris. Nasar'ium. Mucus of the nose. Nas / cent (from nascor, to be born). The act of being developed. In Chemistry, the act of being produced or evolved, as a gas. Na'si Os'sa. The two bones of the nose. Nasmyth's Membrane. See Cuticula Dentis and Enamel, Cuticle of the. Naso=paI / atine. Pertaining to the nose and velum palati. Naso-palatine Ganglion. A small ganglion situated in the anterior palatine foramen. Naso-palatine Nerve. A small branch of the spheno-palatine proceeding from the ganglion of Meckel. Naso-pharyngeal. Of or pertaining to the nose and pharynx. Nasum Dil'atans. The pyramidalis nasi. Nasus. The nose. Na'tes. The buttocks ; formed by the three glntsei muscles, the skin, aud the thick areolar tissue. Nates Cerebri. Two of the tubercular quad- rigemina. Na'trolite. A prismatic zoblite of a yel- lowish color, consisting of silica, alumina, and soda. Na / tron. Native carbonate of soda. Natron Muria'tum. Muriate of soda. Natron Praepara'tum. Subcarbonate of soda. Natron Tartariza'tum. Potassio-tartrate of soda. Natron Vitriola / tum. Sulphate of soda. Glauber's salt. Na / trum. Natron. Sodium carbonate; soda. Nat'ural. Pertaining to nature. Natural History. See History, Natural. Natural Orders. In Botany, groups of genera resembling one another. Natural Philos'ophy. The science which in- vestigates the phenomena and laws of natural bodies and their actions on one another. Natura'lia. The genital organs. Na'ture (natura). In a general sense, the assemblage of objects, both animate and inani- mate, which constitute the universe ; also the essential or original properties or attributes of a thing. The term is applied, too, to the Creator or Author of things. Na'turist. In Medicine, a physician who, in the treatment of disease, follows the indica- tions of nature. NAU 416 NEC Nau'sea. Sickness at the stomach, with an inclination to vomit. Nau'seant. An agent which causes nau- sea ; nauseating. Na'vel. Umbilicus. Navicular (navicular is). Scaphoid; boat- like. Navicula're Os. A bone of the tarsus is so named from its fancied resemblance to a boat. Naviform'is. Navicular. Nearsightedness. Myopia. Neb'ula. A speck on or superficial opacity of the cornea. Also a mist or cloud-like ap- pearance in the urine. Neck. The part between the head and thorax. Of a bone, that part which is con- stricted below a head, condyle, or other articu- lar eminence. Neck, Derbyshire. Bronchocele. Neck, Stiff. Torticollis. Necraymia (from veicpog, death, and aipa, blood). Death beginning with the blood or by the destruction of its vitality. Necrobiosis (from venpog, and (itog, life). Molecular dissolution. Death of a part. Necro'des. Cadaverous. Nec'rolite (from veitpog, and ?nftoc, a stone). A variety of trachyte found in round nodules in the limestone of Baltimore, and which, when struck, exhales a foetid odor. Necrology (from ve/cpow, dead, and hoyog, a discourse). A register of deaths ; a discourse on death. Necrophobia. Morbid dread of death. Necropneumo / nia. Gangrene of the lung. Nec'ros. Death. Necroscop'ic (from venpog, and gkokeo, to examine). Relating to autopsy or to post- mortem examination. Necroscopy (necroncopia ; from venpog, and gko-eu, to examine). Autopsia ; post-mortem examination. Necro'sis (from veicpou, to kill). Morti- fication or death of a bone or portion of a bone ; corresponding to gangrene of soft parts. Necrosis of the Alveoli. When any portion of the alveoli is deprived of vitality it be- comes a source of irritation to the living parts with which it is connected, and an effort is immediately made by the economy to remove it ; the necrosed part is separated from the living and is thrown off by exfoliation. Al- though the alveolar processes, like other bone, are endowed with blood-vessels and nerves, their recuperative powers are weaker, and hence, when deprived of a portion of. sub- stance by necrosis and exfoliation or other cause, the injury is not, as is often the case in other parts of the osseous system, repaired by the restorative efforts of nature. The cause of necrosis of the alveolar processes is inflammation and death of the periosteum, occasioned in many cases by dental irritation, though it more frequently results from the immoderate and protracted use of mercurial medicines, and sometimes it is induced by ulceration of the gums. Necrosis of the Teeth. Odontonecrosis. By the term necrosis, when applied to the teeth, is meant the entire death of the pulp and the loss of vitality of the peridental membrane. It is a disease common to all bones, and is similar to mortification in a soft part. When it affects other bones than the teeth, the dead part is thrown off and the loss repaired by the formation of new bone. But a tooth is not endowed with recuperative powers, and when affected with necrosis the loss of vitality extends to every part of the crown and every portion of the root. When the pulp alone dies the organ may remain for years, the cementum retaining a sufficient amount of life to prevent, in a great degree, the morbid effects which would otherwise be produced in the surrounding parts. Necrosis of the teeth sometimes occurs spon- taneously or as an effect of impaired nutri- tion, but in the majority of cases, except when produced by the sudden destruction of the vascular connection of the organ with the rest of the system, as from mechanical vio- lence, it results from inflammation and sup- puration of the pulp and peridental mem- brane. When a tooth is wholly deprived of its vitality, and is found to be productive of injury to the gums and to the adjacent teeth, it should be immediately removed ; for, however impor- tant or valuable it may be, the health and durability of the other teeth should not be jeopardized by its retention. Necrosis Ustilagine / a. Necrosis arising from the use of grain infected by ustilago, or blight. Necrotic. Pertaining to or characterized by necrosis, as necrosed bone. Necrot'omy. The act of cutting up a dead body for diagnostic purposes. Nec / tar. A name given to many drinks, and particularly to wine sweetened with honey. NEC 417 NEP Necu'sia (ve/cef, a dead body). A poisoned wound. Nedy'ia. The intestines. Ned / ys. The abdomen, stomach, or uterus. Nee / dle. In Surgery, a round, flat, or tri- angular, straight or curved, sharp pointed in- strument, most commonly with an eye at or near one extremity. Needle, Acupuncture. A gold or silver, sharp-pointed, inflexible instrument, four inches long, of a conical shape, furnished with a handle and sometimes with a cannula. Needle, Cat'aract. A delicate knife attached to a handle ; used for the purpose of depress- ing or cutting up the lens in cataract. Needle, Hare-lip. A gold or silver pin with a movable steel point. Needle, Hypodermatic. The fine needle- pointed metallic tube attached to the barrel of the hypodermatic syringe. Needle Ore. A native sulphuret of bismuth, copper, and lead ; so named from the acicular form of its crystals. Needle, Se'ton. A long, narrow, steel instru- ment, pointed and sharp at one extremity and pierced at the other. Needle, Suture. A curved and nearly flat needle, with two cutting edges, pointed and sharp at one extremity aud pierced at the other. Needle=car'rier. A pair of small forceps, called porte-aiguille. Nefren'des (odontia edentula). Persons without teeth. Negative Pole. The pole of a galvanic battery connected with the carbon or least oxidizable plate ; also that pole of an electric generator toward which the assumed electric current flows. Nem / alite (from v^/ia, thread, and /U#of, stone). A fibrous hydrate of magnesia. Nematoblast. A spermoblast. Nematoi'dea (nematoideaus ; from vq/ia, a filament, and s/Aoc, form). The name of an order of Ccelelmintha, or intestinal worms, characterized by a long, slender, filiform body. Neog'ala (neogdlaclis ; from veog, new, and ; "/«, milk). The colostrum, or first milk of the mother after childbirth. Ne'oplasm (from veog : and ir/lao/to, growth). The abnormal and exaggerated growth of tissue either normally or abnormally located. Neoplastic. Of or pertaining to a new growth. Neoplasty. The fashioning of new parts by plastic operation. Nep. See Nepeta Catakia. Nepen'thes (from w?, privative, and n-evtfof, grief). A remedy of unknown composition held in high esteem by the ancients for its effects in the relief of sadness or grief. It is supposed by some to have been a preparation of opium and by others to have been the Cannabis indica, or Indian hemp. Also a genus of Asiatic plants with curiously con- structed leaves, which are called Pitcher- plants. Nep'eta. A genus of plants of the order Labiatse. Nepeta Cata'ria. The nep or catnep ; an infusion of which is recommended in uterine disorders, infantile colic, etc. Nephe'lium {yetpeTi^, a cloud). A spot on the cornea. Neph/eloid. An epithet applied to urine when it exhibits a cloudy appearance ; nube- cula urinse. Nephrgemorrha'gia (fecJpof, kidney, and aiuoppayia, haemorrhage). Haemorrhage of the kidney. Nephralgia (from ifopof, the kidney, and a/.yoc, pain). Pain in the kidney. Nephranu'ria. Eenal anuria or non-secre- tion of urine. Nephrelco'sis (from vefpog, the kidney, and e'/nuoig, ulceration). Ulceration of the kidney. Nephrel'mintic (nephrelminiicus ; from vefipog, a kidney, and e/./uivg, a worm). A term applied to diseases which result from the pres- ence of worms in the kidney. Ne'phria. Bright's disease or granulated kidney. Nepb/rite. A hard mineral, composed chiefly of silica, lime, soda, and potash. Nephrit'ic (nephrilieus ; from rtopog, a kidney). Relating to the kidneys. Nephrit'ica. Medicines employed in the treatment of diseases of the kidneys. Nephri'tis (from veopoc, a kidney, and rrig y signifying inflammation). Inflammation of the kidneys. Nephritis Albumino'sa. Bright's disease of the kidney. Nephro= (nepJiros, the kidney). A prefix. Nephrocele (from veQpog, a kidney, and «//;/, hernia). Hernia of the kidney. Nephro'dium. A genus of plants of the order Polypodiaceae. NEP 418 NER Nephrodium Filix Mas. Male fern. It pos- sesses anthelmintic properties. Nephrography [nephrographia ; from ve/, and TE/iveiv, to cut). The operation for the removal of the nymphse when attacked by scirrhus, cancer, or fungus. Nystag'mus. Involuntary movement of the eyelids. Nyx'is (from vvaceiv, to pierce). Puncture. o. O. Symbol for oxygen ; also octarium, a pint; also abbreviation for "opening of cir- cuit" in Electro-therapeutics. Oak. The popular name of a forest tree of the genus Quercus, of which there are upward of a hundred species. Oak Bark. See Queectjs Alba. Oak Gall. See Gall-nuts. Oak Poison. An acrid juice of the Rhus, of which toxicodendric acid produces violent in- flammation of the skin and internal poisoning with symptoms of depression. Oarial'gia. See Ovarialgia. Oar'ic (oaricus). Relating to the ovary. Oarioce'le (oapiov, an ovule, small egg, the ovary, and /»A?7, a tumor). A tumor or hernia of the ovary. Oariocye'sis. Ovarian pregnancy. Oarion'cus. Ovarian tumor. Oari'tis. Inflammation of the ovarium. Oa'rium. Ovary. Oat'meal. Farina obtained by grinding the grains of the Avena sativa, or common oat. Ob. A Latin preposition, used as a prefix in some botanical terms, and denoting inver- sion. Obela'a. The sagittal suture. Obese / (obesitas ; from obesus, fat). Obesity ; corpulency ; fatness. Object=gIass. The glass or system of glasses next to the object of examination in a telescope or microscope. The lens, being placed at the end of the tube next to the object, collects the rays of light into a focus, forming the image of the object viewed through the eye-glass. Obliqus 7 . That which deviates from the vertical line ; anything inclined. Obli'quus. Oblique. In Anatomy, applied to certain muscles from their oblique direc- tion. Obliquus Exter / nus Abdominis. A broad. thin muscle of the abdomen. Obliquus Inferior Capitis. A muscle of the head. Obliquus Inferior Oc'uli. A muscle of the eye. Obliquus Inter'nus Abdominis. A muscle of the abdomen, situated under the obliquus externus abdominis. Obliquus Superior Cap'itis. A small muscle of the head, situated between the occiput and first vertebra of the Deck. Obliquus Superior Oc'uli. Trochlears. A muscle of the eye. OBL 430 OBT Obliteration. In Anatomy, the disappear- ance of a part that has ceased to be useful, as the ductus venosus after birth. In Dented Surgery, filling the cavity of a carious tooth. Oblivion {oblivio). Forgetfulness ; loss of memory. Oblonga'tus. Prolonged ; somewhat long. Obo'vate. In Botany, inversely ovate ; having the narrow end down, as an obovate leaf. Obo'void. Like an egg of which the small end is turned downward. Observation (observatio). Act of examin- ing a thing and also the knowledge gained. In French it means case, or the history of the phenomena of a disease. Obsid'ian (obsidianum). Volcanic glass ; so named from Obsidius, who first discovered it in Ethiopia. Obstetrics. The art of midwifery. Obstipation (obstipalio). Constipation ; costiveness. Obstip'itas {obstipus). Wry neck. Obstruc'tio Alvi. Constipation. Obstruction (obstructio). In Pathology, the arrest of a function or secretion by the closure of the parietes of a duct or by the accumula- tion of foreign or morbid matter in it. Ob'struent (obstruens ; from obstruo, to shut up). A medicine supposed to have the power of closing the orifices of ducts or vessels. Obtun'dent (from obtundo, to make blunt). A medicine which has the power of relieving irritation and pain or of diminishing or blunt- ing sensibility. Obtunders. Obtunding mixtures. Agents locally applied to a part for the purpose of temporarily depriving it of sensibility. See Pain Obtunders. Obtura'tor (obturator i us ; from oMurare, to close, to stop up the entrance). That which closes or stops up the entrance of anything. Obturator Ar / tery. A branch of the hypo- gastric or epigastric artery, which passes for- ward and a little below the brim of the pelvis and escapes through the obturator foramen. Obturator Exter / nus. A small, flat muscle, situated at the anterior and upper part of the thigh. Obturator For'amen. An opening beneath the horizontal ramus of the os pubis in the anterior part of the os innominatum. Obturator Inter'nus. A muscle situated almost, entirely within the pelvis. Obturator Lig'ament. Obturator membrane. A tendino-fibrous membrane stretched across the obturator foramen. Obturator Mus / cles. Two in number — the obturator externus and the obturator interims. Obturator Nerve. A nerve formed by a branch of the third and another from the fourth lum- bar nerve and distributed to the muscles on the inside of the thigh. Obturator and Palate Plates, with Artificial Teeth. When an imperfection of the palate, whether the result of malformation or acci- dent, is accompanied by the loss of one or more of the teeth, and especially from the anterior part of the mouth, the plate em- ployed for remedying the former should be so constructed as to serve as a base for a substi- tute for the latter. The idea of complicating a palate plate with artificial teeth originated with Fauchard. When a palatine obturator and artificial teeth are to be applied at the same time, they may be connected, and the piece made to answer an excellent purpose, provided there be healthy natural teeth in the upper jaw to sustain it. In the construction of an artificial plate or ob- turator a gold, vulcanite, or celluloid plate of the proper size should be fitted to all that por- tion of the vault of the palate and alveolar ridge which is to be covered by it, with a lat- eral branch on each side, extending to the first molar or to the tooth to which it is to be clasped. To these clasps should be attached, and afterward artificial teeth fitted and se- cured. If, however, the upper surface of the palate is to be surrounded with a drum or air- chamber, this should be put on before the teeth are attached. The drum is sometimes so constructed as to retain the obturator in place without any other means of support. It sometimes happens that an imperfection of the palate is accompanied by an opening into the maxillary sinus. In this case the palatine plate should be large enough to cover both openings, and the loss of the alveolar border replaced by means of a raised plate soldered to the lower surface of the palate plate, to which artificial teeth may be applied or the deficiency supplied with long porcelain gum or block teeth. Vulcanite and celluloid are good substitutes for metal. Obturator, Palatine. An instrument for * closing an opening through the palatine arch. This is an ancient invention. Ac- cording to Guillemean, obturators were ap- plied by the Creek physicians ; but it is to OBT 431 OCC that celebrated surgeon, Ambrose Pare, that we are indebted for the first description of an appliance of this sort. He has also furnished an engraving of an obturator which he had constructed in 1585. The instrument con- sisted of a metallic plate, probably of silver or gold, fitted to an opening in the vault of the palate, and maintained in place by means of a piece of sponge fastened to a screw in an upright attached to the upper surface of the plate. A palatine obturator, as usually constructed at the present time, consists of a plate of gold or vulcanite, adapted to the inner surface of the alveolar arch and to the parts surrounding the opening in the palate, with or without a drum, as the case may require, and maintained in place by means of a clasp attached to a tooth on each side of the mouth. To Dr. Stearns is due the credit of having demonstrated, by his experiments, that an artificial velum and palate can be constructed which may be worn in the fissure without dis- comfort, and be made available for accom- plishing perfect speech. But to Dr. Norman W. Kingsley is certainly due the credit of hav- ing taken up the matter where Dr. Stearns left off, to have made such improvements in the perfection and simplicity of the instru- ment, and to have reduced the manner of ac- complishing it to such system as to leave suc- cess no longer problematical and dependent upon chance, but a certainty, dependent only upon the skill of the operator. For a descrip- tion of Dr. Kingsley's artificial palate and velum see Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Den- tistry." For a description of the manner of constructing an obturator or palatine plate with an artifi- cial velum see Artificial Palate. Obtuse 7 (obiusus). Blunt. Obtu'sion (from obtundo, to blunt). The weakening or blunting of the normal strength of sensation. Occip'ital (occipitalis). Pertaining to or connected with the occiput. Occipital Ar'tery. A branch of the external carotid artery distributed to the muscles, etc., of the occiput. Occipital Bone (os oceipiiis). One of the bones of the cranium, situated at its posterior and inferior part ; convex externally and con- cave internally. Occipital Nerve. A nerve which arises by eight or ten filaments from the upper part of the spinal marrow and passes between the foramen magnum and posterior arch of the atlas, dividing into an anterior and a posterior branch. The former anastomoses with a branch of the second cervical nerve and the latter is distributed to the muscles of the upper and back part of the head. Occip / ito=at / Ioid. That which is connected with the occiput and atlas. Occipito=ax / oid. That which is connected with the occiput and the axis, or second ver- tebra. Occipito=fronta / Iis. A broad, flat muscle covering the cranium from the occiput to the eyebrows. Occipito=meninge / al. Belonging to the occipital bone and the meninx, or dura mater. Occipito-meningeal Artery. A name given by Chaussier to a branch of the vertebral artery given off to the dura mater immediately after it enters the cranium. Occiput. The back part of the head. Occlu'sion (occlusio ; from occludere, to shut up). Closure. Applied in Pathology to the partial or total closure of a duct, blood-vessel, cavity, or hollow organ. Occlusion of the Teeth. The upper teeth form the segment of a circle larger than that of the lower teeth, so that the edges of the upper anterior teeth close over the lower anterior teeth and the outer cusps of the upper masticating teeth close outside the same (buccal) cusps of the lower masticating teeth. By such an arrangement the buccal cusps of the lower masticating teeth are received into the depressions between the cusps of the supe- rior molars and bicuspids, and the palatal cusps of the upper masticating teeth are received into the depressions of the lower molars and bicuspids. The superior incisors naturally close over the lower incisors for one-third of their length, which allows for the incisive i'unction of these front teeth. Occlusion of the Teeth, Line of the Horizon of. A decided curve of the tooth from front to rear, of greater or less degree, according to the form of each arch ; being high at the in- cisors, curving downward at the bicuspids and further down at the first molars, then upward at the second molars, and still higher at the third molars. Oc / cuIt (oeeiiltus : from ob, and celo, to conceal). Hidden : invisible ; secret ; unde- tected. Occult Sciences. The imaginary sciences of OCE 432 ODO the middle ages — magic, alchemy, necro- mancy, and astrology. Ocel'late (ocellus, a little eye). Marked by spots resembling the pupil of the eye. Ochle'sis. A general condition of disease produced by a great number of sick under one roof. O'chra. Ochre. Ochra'ceous. Ochre-like. O'chre. An argillaceous earth. O'crea. The shin. Oc'tagon (okto, eight, and yovia, an angle). A plane figure having eight angles and sides. Octahed'ron (from o/crw, eight, and eSpa, a base). A solid with eight surfaces, the most common form of a crystal. Octa'nus. Applied to an intermittent fever whose paroxysms are said to return every eighth clay. Octa'rius. The eighth part of a gallon, or sixteen fluid ounces ; a pint. Octofi'dus. Eight-cleft. Oc'ular (oculus, the eye). Pertaining to the eye. Ocular Spec / tres. Imaginary bodies, like flies, spots, etc., floating before the eyes. Ocula'res Commu / nes. The motores ocu- lorum. Oc'ulist. One who devotes himself par- ticularly to the treatment of diseases of the eye. Oculo=muscula / res. A name given by Vicq d'Azyr to the third pair of nerves. Oculo-musculares Communes. A name given by Chaussier to the third pair of nerves. Oculo-musculares Exter'ni. A name given by Chaussier to the sixth pair of nerves. Oc'ulus (from ohoc or okkoc, the eye). The eye. Oculus Bovi'nus. Hydrophthalmia. Oculus Bo / vis. A plant of the genus Chrys- anthemum. Oculus Cse'sius. Glaucoma. Oculus Ge'nu. The patella. Oculus Lach'rymans. Epiphora. Oculus Purulen'tus. Jfypopion. Ocytoc'ic (from ol-og, quick, and ronog, Labor). That which quickens parturition, as ergot. Odaxesmus. The bitten tongue or lip during an epileptic lit. Odaxis'mus (oilu.rrsm.os; ulacnesis; from ofiovg, a tooth). The pungent itching of„the gams which sometimes precedes the eruption of the teeth. Lancing in cases of this sort generally affords immediate relief. See Dex- titiox, Morbid. Odom / eter (from ofiog, a road, and /ierpov t a measure). An instrument fixed to the wheel of a carriage to measure distance in traveling. Odonen'chytes (from ochvg, a tooth, ev, into, and x vu , to pour). A tooth syringe used for injecting the cavity of a tooth. Odont= (odonto ; from odovg, a tooth, and gen., odovrog). A Greek prefix denoting con- nection with or relation to a tooth. Odontago'gon. An instrument for the extraction of teeth. See Dextagra. Odon'tagra (from odovg, a tooth, and aypa, a seizure). According to French lexicogra- phers, toothache from retrocedent gout or rheu- matism. A rheumatic, gouty, or neuralgic pain in the teeth. Odontalgia (from oSovg, a tooth, and ahyog, pain). Odontia ; dentium dolor. Toothache. Pain, more or less severe, in one or more teeth, resulting most frequently from caries and in- flammation of the pulp, — pulpitis, — but often dependent upon inflammation of the peridental membrane, and sometimes upon the transfer of nervous irritation. The pain varies in degree and duration. Sometimes it amounts to a slight uneasiness ; at other times, to the severest agony. It may be dull, deep-seated, throb- bing, acute, or lancinating. It may be con- fined to a single tooth or several may be affected at the same time. Commencing in one, it sometimes passes to another and another, until all in one and occasi anally in both jaws are affected. The pain is sometimes continuous, at other times paroxysmal, and it may announce itself gradually or suddenly and iu its most intense form. After caries has penetrated to the pulp- cavity the organ is exposed to the action of acrid humors and other exciting and irritating agents, causing inflammation, which in this exquisitely sensitive tissue is often attended with the most insupportable agony, because, surrounded as it is by the hard and unyielding parietes of the tooth, it is prevented from ex- panding, and is consequently subjected to severe pressure, an additional cause of irrita- tion. Toothache arising from inflammation of the pulp is usually of the agonizing kind, equaling, not infrequently, in lancinating in- tensity the excruciating severity of the worst forms of facial neuralgia. ODO 433 ODO Odontalgia has been divided into reflex, de- pending upon peripheral origin, either dental, nasal and ocular, or visceral ; or cerebral, de- pending upon thrombi, tumors, and inflamma- tory conditions ; or systemic, depending upon gout, malaria, syphilis, and constitutional con- ditions. By local odontalgia is meant pain in a tooth excited by local causes, such as superficial and deep caries, exposed pulp, in- flamed, dead, or putrescent pulp, nodules of dentine in the substance of the pulp, inflamma- tion of the peridental membrane and fracture of the tooth. The term "odontalgia" is literally defined as pain in a tooth, but it embraces all painful conditions of the teeth from local or general causes. Keflex odontalgia implies pain in teeth which are not the seat of the original pathological condition giving rise to it. It may also be occasioned by affections of distant organs, such as an inflamed eye, disorders of the viscera of the abdominal cavity, affections of the uterus, pregnancy, thrombi, tumors and inflammatory processes at the base of the brain and abscesses at the origin of the fifth pair of nerves. Such affections as hysteria, rheu- matism, malaria, syphilis, gout, epilepsy, chorea, insanity, headache, etc., occasion odontalgia. "It not infrequently happens," says Mr. Thomas Bell, "that parts the most remote be- come the apparent seat of pain, from the ex- posure of the nerve of a tooth. I have seen this occur not only in the face, over the scalp, in the ear, or underneath the lower jaw, but down the neck, over the shoulder, and along the whole length of the arm." When the inflammation is confined to the parts within the pulp-cavity, pressure upon the tooth does not sensibly augment the pain, but a slight blow upon it with any hard sub- stance increases it, as do also hot and cold liquids. Although of rare occurrence, it sometimes happens that the inflammation ex- tends no further than the pulp-cavity. But whether it remains confined to the pulp or extends, as it most frequently does, to the investing soft tissues, suppuration generally takes place in six or eight days. It rarely, except prompt and active means be employed to arrest its progress, terminates in resolution. Suppuration of the pulp having taken place, the pressure of the accumulating matter upon the parts at the extremity of the root, in the apical space, generally soon gives rise to the formation of a sac and true alveolar abscess. 28 When the peridental membrane is the part first attacked by the inflammation, the pain is less severe and more easily controlled. It is, however, equally constant and deep-seated, and generally soon extends to the pulp, causing, in the meantime, a thickening of the investing tunic or peridental membrane, swelling of the gums and often of the salivary and tonsil glands and face. A painful throbbing sensa- tion is now experienced, a sac soon forms at the extremity of the root, suppuration of the peridental membrane supervenes, and an alveo- lar abscess is formed. See Periodontitis, Dental. But toothache sometimes results from the transfer of nervous irritation. Individuals of a nervous temperament and pregnant females are particularly liable to this variety of odon- talgia, and it is sometimes a symptom of a disordered state of the stomach. When it results from these causes its attacks are period- ical, seldom lasting more than two or three hours at a time, and recurring at stated, but more frequently at uncertain, intervals. Sound as well as carious teeth are subject to this variety of toothache, and it is often difficult to locate the pain in any particular tooth. Sometimes it seems at one minute to be seated in one tooth, and at the next in another, fre- quently passing round the whole jaw. Some- time it is acute and lancinating, but more fre- quently dull and tantalizing. Gouty and rheumatic persons are occasionally affected with it. Toothache is frequently occasioned by exos- tosis of the roots of one or more teeth, but for a description of this variety and the treatment of odontalgia the reader is referred to the article upon that subject in Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Odontalgia Haemo'dia. See H.EMODIA. Odontalgia Nervosa. Neuralgic toothache. See Odontalgia. Odontalgic (odontalgicus). Anti-odon- talgic. Kelating to toothache. A remedy for toothache. Odon'talite (from odovg, a tooth, and h.&og, a stone). A petrified tooth. Odontatrophy {odontalrophia : from otiovc, and arpocpta, want of nourishment). Atrophy of the teeth (which see). Odon'tia. Odontalgia. Odontia Defor'mis. Deformity of the teeth, arising either from error of shape, position, or malformation of the jaws or alveolar border. ODO 434 ODO Odontia Incrus'tans. Tartar of the teeth. Odontia'sis. Dentition. The cutting of teeth. Odontia'ter (from odovg, and larpog, a phy- sician). A dentist. OdontiatrPa (from odovg, and larpEia, a healing). Dental surgery. Odon / ticus. Appertaining to the teeth. Odontit'icus. Pertaining to odontitis. Odontitis. Dentium inflammatio. Inflam- mation of the teeth, and formerly applied to dental caries when this affection was supposed to he an inflammatory disease of the den- tine. Odon'to* (from odovg, tooth). A prefix. Of or pertaining to a tooth. Odontoblasts (from odovg, and (3Aaarog, a budj. The cells which form the dentine of teeth. They consist of a modified form of connective-tissue cells, which are situated upon the periphery of the pulp, and send out rod- like processes or fibrils to the inner side of the enamel organ of the crown. By means of the odontoblasts lime salts are deposited around the rod-like fibrils which are to occupy the tubuli, and thus form tubular dentine. Odontobothrion. The socket of a tooth. Odontobothritis (from odovg, podpiov, the socket of a tooth, and trig, inflammation). In- flammation of the sockets of the teeth. OdontoceranPic (from odovg, a tooth, and nepauog, anything made of potters' clay). Pertaining to porcelain teeth, as the odonto- ceramic art. Odontoceramic Art. Odontoceramotechny. The art of manufacturing porcelain teeth. See Porcelain Teeth. OdontocIa / sis (from odovg, and nAaoig, fracture). Fracture of a tooth (which see). Odontocne'sis (from odovg, and nv-qoLg, itch- ing). The itching of the gums caused by den- tition. See Ulacnesis and Odaxismus. Odontoses (odovg, a tooth). Resembling teeth or full of teeth. Odontogeny (from odovg, odovrog, a tooth, and yEvtaig, generation). Odontogenia ; odonto- sis. The generation or origin and development of the teeth. See Teeth, Development of Pulps and Sacs of. Odontography [odontographia ; from odovg, ;i tooth, and ypaayu, to eat). The gullet. A musculo- membranous tube, extending from the pharynx to the superior orifice of the stomach. Com- mencing opposite the lower border of the cricoid cartilage and the fifth vertebra of the neck, behind and a little to the left of the trachea, it passes in its descent behind the arch of the aorta, along the posterior mediastinum, enters the abdomen through an opening in the diaphragm, and terminates in the cardiac ori- fice of the stomach, situated nearly opposite the tenth dorsal vertebra. GEstroma'nia (from oiarpog, vehement amor- ous desire, and fiavia^ madness) . Nympho- mania ; applied by some French writers to the periodical sexual orgasm exhibited by certain animals. See Rut. CEs'trum (from oiarpoc, venereal orgasm). A term signifying, with some, the clitoris. Also intense desire or passionate impulse. CEstrum Veneris. A strong desire for sex- ual intercourse ; the excitement of coition. Official. A medicine emanating from and directed by the Pharmacopoeia. Officinal (officinalis). A term applied to medicines directed by the Pharmacopoeia, with the assent of physicians ; those authorized in pharmacy. Ohm. In Electricity, the unit of resistance. Practically, it is the resistance of a pure silver wire one metre in length and one millimetre in diameter. Ohmmetre. An apparatus for measuring the resistance.- in ohms. Ohm's Law. A law discovered by Professor Ohm, which declares that the current produced in a galvanic circuit is directly proportional to the electro-motive force or difference of poten- tial between the elements, and inversely pro- portional to the resistance. Oid or Pdes (eidoc, a form). A terminal denoting resemblance to an object indicated by the word to which it is joined, as alkaloid or alkaloides, resembling an alkali. Oid'ium (from uov, egg, and eidoc, like). A parasitic fungus. Oidium Albicans. A parasitic fungus found in thrush upon the tongue. Oil (oleum). An unctuous substance ob- tained from various animals and vegetables which gives a greasy stain to paper. Oils are either solid or fluid, and are insoluble in water and combustible with flame. They are distin- guished into fixed and essential oils. The for- mer are common fats and those oils which re- quire a high temperature for their volatiliza- tion, and are obtained by the action of fire or by expression. The latter, called also volatile oils, from their evaporating when exposed to the air, are obtained principally by distillation from plants, and exhale a strong aromatic odor. Oil of APmonds (oleum amygdalse). The fixed oil of the kernels of Amygdalus com- munis. It is clear and colorless, or slightly tinged of a greenish-yellow, nearly inodorous, and has a bland, sweetish taste. It is ob- tained from either sweet or bitter almonds. When inflammation of the mucous mem- brane of the mouth results from the action of some corrosive substance, almond oil spread over the surface will prove useful. In Den- tal Practice, the oil of sweet almonds, Oleum amygdala dulcis, forms a pleasant and sooth- ing application for excoriations of lips and in- flamed mucous membrane ; also for the small but painful ulcers which sometimes form on the gums, tongue, and mucous membrane of lips and cheeks. Oil of Am'ber (oleum succini). A thick, dark- colored liquid of a peculiar, strong, empyreu- matic odor, obtained by distillation of amber with its weight of fine sand in a glass retort over a sand bath. Dose, gtt. x to gtt. xv. Oil of Amber, Rectified. A limpid and nearly colorless liquid, of a strong odor and bitter taste. Oil of An'ise. A colorless or yellowish fluid with the peculiar odor and taste of the seed. Oil of Benne. A colorless bland oil expressed from the seeds of the Sesamum orientale. OIL 437 OIL Oil of Ber'gamot. The volatile oil of the rind of the fruit of the Citrus limetta. Oil of Cajeput. The essential oil of the leaves of Melaleuca cajuputi. It is used as a stimu- lant, antispasmodic, and diaphoretic. Oil of Cartway. A somewhat viscid essen- tial oil, of a pale yellow color, obtained by distillation from the seeds of Carum carui. Oil of Cassia. An oil obtained from cinna- mon buds ; stimulant, astringent, antiseptic, and aromatic. Oil, Castor. See Castor Oil. Oil of Cedar. Obtained from cedar, a species of pines, or Juuiperus. Employed in Dental Practice for obtunding sensitive dentine. Oil of Chamomile. An aromatic oil obtained by distillation from the flowers of the Anthe- mis nobilis. Oil of Cinnamon. The volatile oil of the bark of the Cinnamomum zeylonicum and Cinna- momum aromaticum ; a warm, stimulating, and pleasant stomachic. Oil of Cloves (oleum caryophyUi). The vola- tile oil of the unexpanded flowers of the Caryo- phyllus aromaticus. It is prepared by distill- ing cloves with water, to which common salt is added in order to raise the temperature to the boiling-point. It is an aromatic stimu- lant and a powerful irritant. Dose, gtt. ij to gtt. vj. In Dental Practice oil of cloves is used to relieve odontalgia, its action being due to over-stimulation. It is also effective as a dressing to canals of recently exposed pulps, although eugenol, its active principle, is more effective for such purposes. It has been em- ployed as a substitute for creasote. For den- tal application see Gorgas' "Dental Medicine." Oil, Cod-liver. A fixed oil obtained from the liver of the Gadus morrhua and other allied species. It is of a white, yellow, red, or brown color, and contains variable propor- tions of iodine, bromine, sulphur, and phos- phorus. Within the last few years it has attracted considerable attention as a medi- cinal agent. It has been recommended in chronic gout, rheumatic affections, scrofula and rickets, chronic pectoral complaints, tabes mesenterica, and various other diseases. Dose for an adult is from f 3 ij to f 5 jss. Oil of Copai / ba. A colorless essential oil of an aromatic and acrid taste, separated from copaiba by distillation with water. Dose, gtt. x to gtt. xxx. Oil, Cro'ton. See Croton Oil. Oil of Cu'bebs. A volatile oil obtained by distillation from the berries of the Piper cu- beba. It is colorless when pure, has a warm, aromatic, camphorous taste, and has all the medicinal properties of cubebs. Oil of Dill. A volatile oil obtained from the seed of the Anethum graveolens by distilla- tion. It is of a pale yellow color, has the odor of the fruit and a hot, sweetish taste. Oil of Eucalyptus. Eucalyptol. See EUCA- LYPTUS. Oil of Fen'nel. A colorless or yellowish vola- tile oil, obtained by distillation from the seed of the Foeniculum vulgare, and having the odor and taste of the seed. Oil, Fu'sel. Aniylic alcohol. Potato oil. An acrid, volatile oil, of a pungent, suffocating odor, obtained during the distillation of potato whiskey. It is said to be an irritant narcotic. It was thought at one time to be the cause of the occasional fatal action of chloroform, but that theory is now exploded. Oil, Haer'lem. Supposed to consist chiefly of petroleum, turpentine, and balsam of sulphur. Used internally in renal and rheumatic affec- tions. Oil of Horse'mint. A reddish, amber-colored, volatile oil, of a fragrant odor and warm, pun- gent taste, obtained from the fresh herb of Monarda punctata by distillation. Oil of Ju / niper. A volatile oil, colorless or of a light greenish-yellow, with a terebinthi- nate odor and hot, acrid taste, obtained from the berries of Juuiperus communis by distil- lation. It is stimulant, carminative, and diuretic. Oil of Lavender. An essential oil, used chiefly as a perfume, though possessed of car- minative and stimulant properties, obtained from the flowers of Lavandula spica by distil- lation . Oil of Lem'ons. A yellow or colorless vola- tile fluid, having the odor of the fruit and a warm, pungent, aromatic taste, obtained from the rind of the fruit of Citrus limonum. either by expression or distillation, but the former method is generally preferred. Oil of Nut'meg. A limpid, colorless, volatile oil, obtained from the kernels of Myristica moschata by distillation and used for the same purposes as the nutmeg. Oil, Olive. A fixed oil obtained from the fruit of Olea europrca by expression. It is an unctuous liquid of a pale yellow or yellowish- green color, having very little odor and a bland, sweetish taste. OIL 438 OLE Oil of Orig'anum. A very acrid and stimu- lating essential oil, frequently called oil of marjoram, obtained from Origanum vulgare by distillation. Oil of Partridge-berry. An essential oil of an agreeable odor and pungent, aromatic taste, obtained from tbe berries of Gaultheria pro- cumbens by distillation. Oil of Pennyroyal. A volatile oil obtained from Hedeoma pulegioides by distillation. It has a light yellow color, a pleasant aromatic smell, and a warm, pungent, mint-like taste. Oil of Peppermint. A volatile oil possessing the active principles of the plant from wbich it is obtained. Oil, Phosphorated. Phosphorated almond oil ; used as a nervous stimulant in cases of great prostration from typhoid fever. Oil of Pimen / ta. A volatile oil of a brownish- red color, obtained by distillation from the berries of the Myrtus pimenta, and having the odor and taste of tbe berries. Oil, Rock. Petroleum. Oil of Rose / mary. An essential oil, obtained by distillation from the flowering summits of the Rosmarinus officinalis. It has stimulant properties and is chiefly used in rubefacient liniments. Oil of Roses. This is a volatile oil of the petals of Rosa centifolia, commonly called attar, otto, or essence of roses. It is nearly colorless and has a grateful and powerfully diffusive odor. Oil of Sanitas. See Oleum Sanitas. Oil of Sas'safras. A volatile oil obtained from the root of the Sassafras officinalis, or Laurus sassafras. It is of a yellowish or red- dish color, is stimulant, carminative, and supposed to be diaphoretic. Oil of Sav / ine. This oil is obtained by distil- lation from the tops and leaves of Juniperus sabina. It is slimulant, emmenagogue, and rubefacient. Oil of Spearmint. A volatile oil possessing similar properties to the oil of peppermint. Oil of Tar. An impure, red-colored volatile oil, obtained from tar by distillation with water. Oil of Thyme. A volatile oil obtained from the garden herb, thyme. See Thymol. Oil of Turpentine. The volatile oil of the resinous juice of the Pinus palustris and other species of Pinus ; commonly called spirits of turpentine. Oil of Vit / riol. Sulphuric acid. Oil of Worm'seed. A volatile oil obtained from the fruit of Chenopodium anthelminti- cum by distillation. It is of light yellow color when recently distilled, has the peculiar odor of the plant, and is used as an anthel- mintic. Oils, Essential or Volatile. Oils ob- tained by distillation and of a pungent, aro- matic odor. See Oil. Oils, Expressed. Fixed oils. Oils, Fixed. Fatty acids, usually mixtures of olein, stearin, and palmitis. Ointment. See Unguentum. O'lea (the plural of oleum). Oils. Also a genus of plants of the order Oleacese, of which there are about twenty-five species. See Olea EUROP^EA. Olea Distilla / ta. Distilled or essential oils. Olea Empyreumat / ica. Empyreumatic oils, or oils which have a burnt smell. Olea Europsea. The olive. Olivse and Olea sativa. The olive tree, from the fruit of which olive oil is obtained. Olea Expres / sa. Fixed oils ; expressed oils. See Olea Fixa vel Plnguia. Olea Fix'a vel Pin / guia. Expressed oils. Fixed oils. Fatty oils. The oils obtained from the seeds of vegetables without distilla- tion. Olea Fuga / cia. Oils which are of so volatile a nature as to require a different process for obtaining them than that employed for other volatile oils, as the oils of jessamine, lily, vio- lets, etc. Olea Medicina / lia. Medicinal oils or oily solutions of certain medicinal substances. Olea VolatiFia. Distilled or essential oils. Oils obtained from aromatic vegetables, and generally by distillation. Olea'ceae. The olive tribe of dicotyledo- nous plants. Oleaginous. Unctuous; oily; having the qualities of oils. 01ea / men. A soft ointment prepared of oil. O'leate. A combination of oleic acid with a base. A medicinal ointment. Oleates, Medicinal. Definite chemical compounds or sails having no excess of either their acid or basic radicles. The best method of preparing oleates is by the double decom- position of sodium oleates with solutions of neutral salts. See Gorgas' " Dental Medi- cine." Olecranarthri'tis (from uleicpavov, olecra- OLE 439 OLE non, afy&poVj a joint, and cnc, inflammation). Inflammation of the elbow-joint. 01ecranarthroc / ace (from ulsupavov, olec- ranon, ap&pov, a joint, and kcikov, injury). Caries of the articular surfaces of the elbow- joint. Olecranon (from uAevq, the ulna, and jcpavov, the head). A large process at the upper extremity of the ulna forming the projection of the elbow. Oiefi / ant Gas. Heavy carburetted hydro- gen or oil of carbon ; ethylene. O'leic Acid. An acid obtained by the saponification of oleine or a compound of gly- ceryl as a base. / leine. That portion of a fat which is left after the separation of margarine and stearine. It is an oleate of oxide of lipyl, and is a thin, transparent liquid. Oleomargarine. An artificial butter made by removing the excess of stearine from tallow, suet, or lard, and flavoring with the natural flavoring principle of butter. Oleo-res'ins. Native combinations of vol- atile oil and resin, the proper juices of conifer- ous and other plants. In Pharmacy, a mixture of natural oils and resins extracted from veg- etable substances by percolation with stronger ether. 01eoricin / ic Acid. An acid obtained by the saponification of castor-oil. Oleosaccharum (from oleum, oil, and sac- ■charum, sugar). A mixture of an essential oil and sugar. Olera / ceous (from olus, any garden herb for food). Of the nature of an herb grown for food. Oleum. Oil. Oleum ^the'rium. Ethereal oil ; heavy oil of wine ; sulphate of ether and etherine. A yellowish liquid of an oleaginous consistency, acrid odor, and sharp, bitter taste, formed in the distillation of ether. Oleum Amyg'dalae. Amarae. Oil of almonds. Dose, gtt. £. Oleum Ane'thi. Oil of dill. Oleum An / isi. Oil of anise. Dose, gtt. ij to gtt. v. Oleum Anthem / idis. Oil of chamomile. Oleum Benzo'ini. Oil of benzoin. Oleum Berga'mii. Oil of bergamot. Oleum Bu / bulum. Neat's-foot oil. Oleum Cajupu'ti. Oil of cajuput. Dose, gtt. ij to gtt. v. Oleum Camphora'tum. Camphor liniment. Oleum Cari, or Ca / rui. Oil of caraway. Oleum Caryophyl'li. Oil of cloves (which see). Oleum ChenopoMii. Oil of wormseed. Oleum Cinnamo'mi. Oil of cinnamon is ob- tained by distillation, which is employed to correct or conceal the taste of other medicines ; it is a powerful local stimulant. Dose, gtt. j to gtt. ij. A drop applied to an exposed nerve will relieve odontalgia. Oleum Copai'bae. Oil of copaiba. Oleum Cor'nu Cer'vi. Oil of hartshorn. Oleum Cubebae. Oil of cubebs. Oleum Fcenic / uli. Oil of fennel. Oleum Gaulthe / rise. Oil of partridge-berry. It is nearly colorless when first distilled, but changes to a brownish-yellow or red. It has a sweetish, slightly pungent taste and an agreeable odor. Large doses are poisonous. It is used chiefly on account of its pleasant flavor to cover the taste of other medicines. It is a stimulant, astringent, and an emmena- gogue. Oleum Hedeo / mae. Oil of pennyroyal. Oleum Junip / eri. Oil of juniper. Oleum Lavandulae. Oil of lavender. Oleum Limo'nis. Oil of lemons. Dose, gtt. ij to gtt. iv. Oleum Li / ni. Oil of flaxseed. Oleum Lini Sine Igne (abb., oh lints, i.). Lin- seed oil without fire. Cold-drawn linseed oil. Oleum Menar'dae. Oil of horsemint. Oleum Men'thae Piper / itae. Oil of pepper- mint. Oleum Menthae Pule / gii. Oil of European pennyroyal. Oleum Menthae Viri / dis. Oil of spearmint. Oleum Mor'rhuae. Cod-liver oil. It is spe- cially useful in chronic rheumatism and gout, in scrofulous affections, phthisis, etc. Dose, from a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful. Oleum Myris / ticae. Oil of nutmeg. Oleum Ol'ivae. Olive oil. Dose, 5J. Oleum Olivae Optimum. Best olive oil. Oleum Orig'ani. Oil of origanum. Oleum Phosphora / tum. Phosphorated oil. Oleum Pimentae. Oil of pimenta. Dose, gtt. ij to gtt. v. Oleum Pulegii. Oil of European pennyroyal. Oleum Rici'ni. Castor oil. Dose, 51 . Oleum Ro'sae. Oil of roses. Oleum Rosmari'ni. Oil of rosemary. Dose, gtt. ij to gtt. iij. Oleum Ru / tse. Oil of rue. Dose, gtt. ij to gtt, iij. OLE 440 OLI Oleum Sabi'nae. Oil of savine. Dose, gtt. ij to gtt. iij. Oleum Sambu'ci. Oil of elder flowers. Oleum Sani'tas. Oil of sanitas. Obtained by the oxidation of oil of turpentine. It is antiseptic and disinfectant. Employed in Dental Practice for the treatment of alveolar pyorrhoea, alveolar abscess, exposed pulps, diseases of mucous membrane, ulcers, abscess of antrum, etc. See Gorgas' "Dental Medi- cine." Oleum Sas'safras. Oil of sassafras. Dose, gtt. ivtogtt. vj. Oleum Ses / ami. Benne oil. Oleum Suc'cini. Oil of amber. Dose, gtt. v to gtt. x. Oleum Succini Rectifica'tum. Rectified oil of amber. Oleum Sulphura'tum. Balsam of sulphur. Oleum Tar'tari per Deliq'uium. Solution of carbonate of potash. Oleum Tere / binthinae. Oil of turpentine. Dose, Tt^v to ^ ss. Oleum Terebin'thinae Purifica'tum. Purified oil of turpentine. Oleum Ter / rae. Oil of earth. Petroleum. Oleum Theobro'mae. Oil of theobroma, or butter of cacao. Oleum Thy / mi. Oil of thyme. Oleum Tig / lii. Croton oil. Dose, gtt. J to gtt. ij. Oleum Vitri / oli. Sulphuric acid. Oleum Wvum. Bitumen. O'leyl. The hypothetical radicle of oleic acid. Olfaction (olf actus). The faculty of smell- ing. The sense of smell. Olfac'tory (olfactorius ; from olf actus, the smell). Belonging or relating to the apparatus of smelling. Olfactory Foramina. The holes or foramina in the cribriform plate of the ethmoid bone. Olfactory Gan'glion. The olfactory nerves reaching the ethmoid fossa expand and form a triangular ganglion, called the olfactory gimglion. Olfactory Nerves (ncrvi olfactorii). The first pair of encephalic nerves, distributed on the pituitary or Schneiderian membrane of the nose. Olfactory Tu'bercle. Olfactory ganglion. Olfac'tus. The sense of smell. Oliba'num. A gum-resin of a bitterish flavor, agreeable odor, and of a yellowish- white color, the product of the Boswellia ser- rata or of the J uniperus lycia. OIig=, 01igo= (from o/uyog, little, few). A prefix denoting paucity, or that the number of a thing is small. Oligemia (from oAtyog, little, and at/ia, blood). Deficiency of blood ; anaemia. Oligaesthe'sia (from oliyog, little, and aiadricia, feeling). A dulness of sensibility, not an absolute annihilation of it, like anaes- thesia. Oligoblen'nia (from o?ayoc, few, and jiAevva, mucus). Deficiency of mucus. Oligocholia (from o/uyog, few, and x°?-V, bile). Deficiency of bile. Oligochromaemia. The state in which the haemoglobin of the blood is below the nor- mal amount. Oligocholia (from oXiyog, few, and %v?u>g, juice, chyle). A deficiency of chyle. Oligocop'ria (from oliyoc, little, and Korrpoc, excrement). Deficiency of the alvine evacua- tion. Oligocythemia (from v/nyoc, want of, and Kvrog, a cell). A deficiency of red corpus- cles in the blood. Oligodac'rya (from oltyog, little, and Saapv, a tear). Deficiency of the lachrymal secre- tion. Oligogalactia (oligogalia ; agalactia ; from o7,iyoc, little, and ya?,a, milk). Deficiency of the mammary secretion. Oligohae'mia (from o7.iyog, little, and ai/xa t blood). Anaemia. Deficiency or poverty of the blood. Oligosialia (from o/uync, little, and cia/ov, saliva). Deficiency of salivary secretions. Oligospermia (from o7ayoc, little, and oTrepfia, seed). Deficiency of the seminal secre- tion. 01igospond / ylus (from oliyog, small, and orrovdvTioc, a vertebra). A term applied by Gault to a monster with defective vertebrae. Oligotrichia (from oliyog, little, and ify*f, hair). Deficiency of hair. Oligotrophia (from o/Uyoc, few, and rpe^u, to nourish). Deficiency of nourishment. Oligure'sia (oliguria; from ofayog, little, and ovpijoig, act of discharging urine). Morbid deficiency of urine. Olisthe'ma. A luxation. Ol'iva. The olive. See Olka Eukopjea. Oliva'ceous. Olive-colored ; olive green ; green mixed with brown. Olivzefor'mis. Olive-shaped. Oliva'ris (from oliva, the olive). Olivary. Resembling an olive. Olive-shaped. OLI 441 ONI Olivary Bodies. The oval-shaped bodies behind the anterior pyramids of the medulla oblongata. Ol'ive. See Olea EuROPiEA. Olive Oil. Olivse oleum or salad oil. A fixed oil expressed from the ripe fruit of the Olea europsea. It is demulcent, emollient, and laxative. 01 / ivile. A substance crystallizing in white needles, obtained from the resin of the olive tree. Also a substance obtained from the leaves of the olive tree. It occurs in colorless, bitter crystals, which emit aromatic vapors when burning. Olivine. A mineral of an olive-green color containing oxide of iron. Olophlyc'tis. An eruption of small, hot pustules over the skin. Olopho'nia. Congenital defect of the organs of voice. Omagra (from upog, the shoulder, and aypa, . a seizure). Gout in the shoulder. Omal'gia (from o/iog, scapula, and akyog, pain). Neuralgia of the shoulder. Omarthritis (from ufiog, the shoulder, apfipov, a joint, and irig t inflammation). In- flammation of the scapulo-humeral articula- tion. Omenta'lis. Pertaining to the omentum ; omental. Omentitis. Inflammation of the omentum. Omen'tocele. Same as Epiplocele. Omen 'tula. A term applied in Anatomy to the prolongation of the peritoneum beyond the surface of the large intestine. Omen'tum. The caul or epiploon. A duplicature of the peritoneum, with more or less fat interposed. Omi / tis (w,MOf, shoulder). Inflammation of or in the shoulder. Omniv / orous (omnivorus ; from omnis, all, and voro, to devour). Animals which feed indiscriminately on vegetable and animal sub- stances. Omo= (from w y «of, the shoulder). A prefix signifying the shoulder. Omoco'tyle. The glenoid cavity of the scapula. Omohyoide / us. A muscle arising from the superior costa of the scapula and inserted into the inferior margin of the os hyoides. Omophagia (from ufiog, raw, and a/.og, the navel, and nrjl7j, hernia). Umbilical hernia. Om'phaloid (oiida/iog, navel, and eidog, a form). Eesembling the navel. Omphalomanti'a (from o/npaMg, the navel, and /mi'TEia, prophecy). The divination prac- tised by credulous mid wives, who pretend to foretell the number of children a woman will have by the knots in the umbilical cord. Omphalo=mesenter / ic {omphato-mesenteri- cus ; from ofiqalog, the navel, and mesenterium, the mesentery). Eelating to the navel and mesentery. Omphalo-mesenteric Vessels. A name given by Haller to an artery and vein of the um- bilical vesicles of the fcetus which terminate in the superior mesenteric artery and vein. Omphalophy'ma {omphaloncus ; from o/i- (palog, and «poc, a dream, and o(5i>i7/, anxiety). Morbid, disturbed, and troubled dreams. Oneirog'mos. A lascivious dream ; noc- turnal pollution. On 'ion. A plant of the genus Allium, and particularly its bulbous root. ONI 442 OPH Onion, Sea. See SciLLA Maeitima. Ono'ma. A name. Onomatolog'ia. Nomenclature. Onos'ma. A genus of plants of the order Boraginaceae. Onosma Echioi'des. A European plant, the root of which affords a red dye, sometimes used as a substitute for alkanet. Ontogen'esis (from uv, existence, and yevao>, to beget). The development of the indi- vidual cell into the mature being. Ontol'ogist. One who treats of the nature and qualities of beings in general. Ontol'Ogy [ontologia ; from uv, gen. ov-oc, a being, and /.oyog). That department of science which investigates the nature of beings. Onychia (froniowf, the nail). Paronychia at the side of the finger nail. An abscess near the nail ; whitlow. Onychitis. Inflammation of the nails. Onychogrypho'sis. Curvature of the nails ; a phenomenon of frequent occurrence in hectic fever. Onychon'osi (from ovv!-, and voaoc, dis- ease). Diseases of the nails. Onychoptosis (from ovuf, and tttuoic, fall- ing). Falling off of the nails. Onyx {owz, a nail). In Surgery, a collection of purulent matter between the lamellse of the cornea, so called from its resemblance to a nail. In Mineralogy, a species of agate consist- ing of parallel layers of different shades of color, used in making cameos. Onyx'is. A sinking or immersion of the nails into the flesh. Ooblast. A cell of the germinal epithelium which develops into an ovum. Oocyesis. Ovarian pregnancy. Ooei'des. The aqueous humor of the eye. O'olite (from uov, an egg, and 7u-Qoq, a stone). A granular variety of carbonate of lime, like the roe or eggs of a fish. 06Iog / ia (ovology ; from uov 1 an egg, and /0 '/"C, a discourse). In Ornithology, a treatise on the eggs of birds. 06 n. An ovum, egg. Oophoritis (from uoopog, that which bears or produces eggs, and inr, inflammation). In- flammation of the ovary. Oosperm. A fertilized ovum; the cell formed by the combination of an ovum and spermatozoon. Opacity (opacilas). Incapability of trans mitting light. The quality of an opaque body which obstructs the rays of light. Opacity of the Cornea. Defect in the trans- parency of the cornea, from a slight film to an intense whiteness. Opake. Opaque. Impermeable to the rays of light ; not transparent. / pal. A beautiful and rare mineral, con- sisting of silex and about ten per cent, of water. Opalescence. A reflected milky light exhibited by some minerals. / paline. Having a milky or bluish tint, with the reflection of light, of the opal. Open Circuit. See Circuit. Operation (operatio ; from opus, work). In Surgery, the application of instruments to the human body for the cure of disease. In Therapeutics, the action of medicine, as that of a purgative, etc. Opera'tive. Active ; efficacious ; practical ; effective. Operative Den'tistry. That department of dentistry which pertains to the surgical treat- ment of diseases of the teeth and surrounding parts. Operator. One who performs a manual process. In Surgery, a surgeon. In Dentistry, a dentist. Oper'cula Ocu / li. The eyelids. Opercular. That which closes a cavity similar to a lid. Oper'culate (operculatus). Having a lid- like cover. Operculated. Operculars. Operculated ; closed by opercula. Operculifor / mis. Operculiform ; resem- bling an operculum or lid. Operculum. A lid or cover. Applied in Denial Physiology to the lips of the follicle of a tooth-germ, which, coming together, close the mouth of it and form a tooth-sac. In Mastozoology, to the tragus of the ear when suf- ficiently elongated to close the auricular cavity. In Ichthyology, to the gill-cover which protects the branchiae of many fishes. In Botany, to the epiphragma (which see). Ophia'sis. A species of porrigo decalvans, or partial baldness, which progresses in a ser- pentine form. Ophios'toma. A genus of intestinal worms which have two lips. Ophi / tes (from otpig, a serpent). The ser- pentine or black porphyry ; a rock formerly worn as an amulet for the cure of diseases of the head. Oph / rys. The eyebrow. OPH 443 OPH Ophthalmalgia (from o(pda/,[iog : the eye, ?}, a description). A description of the eye. Ophthalmology (from o^-&a7.fioc, the eye, and Aoyoc, a discourse). A treatise on the eye. Ophthalmometer (from oty&a/Moc, the eye, and /uerpov, a measure). An instrument for measuring the capacity of the chambers of the eye. Ophthalmon / cus. Tumefaction of the eye. Ophthalmoplegia (from op&aA/uog, the eye, and TrAecffw, to strike). Paralysis of one or more of the muscles of the globe of the eye. Ophthalmopto'sis (from oq-Qalfioc, the eye, and iTTuaic, a falling down). Protrusion and prolapsus of the globe of the eye. Ophthalmorrha'gia. Haemorrhage from the conjunctiva. OphthaI'mos. The eye. Ophthalmoscope (o(j)&a?^oc, eye, and ano- 7rfw ) to examine). An instrument used in ex- amining the eye. Ophthalmoscopy (from o0#a//ioc, the eye, and (tmo-£w, to examine). Ophthalmoscopy. The art of distinguishing the temperament of an individual by examination of his eyes. Used also as a means of diagnosis in diseases of the eyes. Ophthalmosta'tum (from oc, the eye, and fuw, to scratch). Scarification of the eye, or rather of the conjunctiva, practised in cases of inflammation of this membrane. OPH 444 ORA Ophthalmoxys'trum. An instrument for scarifying the eye. Opiace'. Opiate. OpiarrPmon. A yellow powder obtained by treating opianic acid with ammonia and evaporating the alkali. O'piane. Xarcotine. An active nitrogen- ous principle derived from opium. Opian / ic Acid. An acid obtained by the decomposition of narcotine. O'pianine. Opiania. An alkaloid discov- ered in opium, which resembles morphia both in properties and doses. O'piate (opiatum). A medicine containing opium ; an anodyne ; any preparation which causes sleep. / pii. The genitive of opium. O'pion. Opium. Opis / thenar. The back of the hand. Opisthot/onous (from oiuofisv, backward, and teivu, to bend). A variety of tetanus in which the body is bent backward. O'pium [ottlov). The inspissated juice of the Papaver somniferum, or poppy. A stim- ulant narcotic. As an antispasmodic it is used in tetanus, colic, violent cough, and con- vulsive affections. Its power of checking secretions renders it a valuable remedy in diarrhoea, catarrh, diabetes, etc. It allays restlessness, assuages pain, and produces sleep. The Smyrna variety is the best. Dose, gr. j. The effects of opium upon the teeth when it is recklessly administered to infants or its em- ployment upon the nipples of indolent nurses when nursing children may be such as to cause a degenerate organization, the type of which has not yet been determined. The habitual use of opium produces physical degeneracy, which is transmitted to the offspring. Opium, Camphorated Tincture of. Opii camphorata tinctura. Dose, 3.j to £iv. Opium, Extract of. Opii extractum. Dose, gr. 2- Opium, Tinc / ture of. Laudanum. Dose, gtt. xx to gtt. xxv. The tincture of opium in hot water is useful in inflammation of the peri- dental membrane. Combined with lead-water it is a useful application to inflamed gums and after tooth extraction. Opium, Vinegar of. Opii acetum. Dose, gtt. x. Opium, Wine of. Opii vinum. Dose, gtt. xx to gtt. xxv. Opodeldoc. Opodeldoch. Camphorated soap liniment. Opop'anax. The fetid gum-resin of Opop- anax chironum. Also a genus of plants of the order Apiacse. OppiIa / tion (from oppilo, to close up). Obstruction, as the closing of a cavity by the adhesion of its walls. Oppila'tivus. In Pharmacy, a medicine which closes the pores of the skin. Oppo'nens. Opposing. An epithet ap- plied to two muscles of the hand. Opponens Min'imi Dig'iti. A small muscle of the hand situated on the hypotbenar eminence. Opponens PoPlicis. The flexor ossis meta- carpi pollicis muscle. It brings the thumb inward, thus opposing it to the fingers. Oppres'sio Cerebri. Catalepsy. Oppression (o})pressio). A sense of weight, especially about the chest, which seems to impede respiration. Opsigo / nus (from oips, late, and yivo/uai, to be born). A term sometimes applied in Den- tal Anatomy to a wisdom tooth or a tooth erupted late in life. Opsiom'eter (from oipic, sight, and fierpov, a measure). An instrument for measuring the limits of distinct vision in different individ- uals and for determining the refraction of the eye, and the lenses necessary for the correction of imperfections of the eye. Opsionu'si (from o-i/xc, vision, and vovoiq, a disease). Diseases of vision. Op'sis. Pupil. Vision. Op'tic {opticus; from oirrofiai,, to see). Re- lating to vision. Optic Fora / men. A foramen in the sphenoid bone through which the optic nerve passes. Optic Gan'glia. Quadrigemina tubercula. Optic Lobes. Quadrigemina tubercula. Optic Nerve (nervus opticus). The second pair of cerebral nerves, forming the communica- tion between the brain and the eye. Optic ThaPamus (thalamus opticus). Each of two eminences in the anterior and internal part of the lateral ventricles of the brain. Op / tics. That branch of physics which relates to vision and the phenomena of light. Ora. Plural of os, a mouth. Ora Ser'rata. The posterior serrated margin of the ciliary processes. / raI (o.s, oris, a mouth). Relating to the mouth or uttered by the mouth ; verbal. Oral Sur / gery. Surgery of the mouth. Oral Teeth. The incisors and cuspid at i are so called because they are situated behind the lips at the entrance of the mouth. ORA 445 ORG Oral Whiff. A peculiar, intermittent, expir- atory noise of the breath, supposed to be an indication of intrathoracic aneurism. Or / angeade. Orange sherbet. A drink made of orange-juice and water sweetened with sugar, often used as an antiphlogistic in acute diseases. Orbic'ular (orbicularis; from orbis, a circle). Eound ; a circle. Orbicular Bone. The smallest of the four bones of the ear. Orbicularis Oculi. Same as Orbicula- ris Palpebrarum. Orbicularis O'ris. The circular muscle which surrounds the mouth. It has no bony attach- ment and consists of two planes of fibres, — one for the upper, the other for the lower lip, — which meet at the angles of the mouth. Its use is to draw the lips together and shut the mouth. Orbicularis Palpebrarum. A muscle com- mon to both eyelids, in the substance of which it is seated. Its use is to shut the eye by drawing both lids together. Orbic'ulate (orbiculatus). Round and flat. Orbic'ulus. A little circle. Orbiculus Cilia'ris. The ciliary ring or circle. Or / bit (orbit um). The name of the two cavities which lodge the organs of sight. Or'bital. Pertaining to the orbit of the eye. Orbital Arch. The superior edge of the orbit of the eye. Orbital Fis'sures. The sphenoidal and spheno- maxillary fissures situated in the orbit. The first is called the superior, and the other the inferior. Orbital Nerve. A branch of the superior maxillary which enters the orbit by the spheno-maxillary fissure. Or'bitar. Relating to the orbit of the eye. Orbitar Foramina. The foramina entering the orbit, which are the anterior and poste- rior ethmoid orbitar, the optic, the foramen lacerum superius, and the supra- and infra- orbital' foramina. Orchei'tis (opxea, from ooxeov, the scrotum). Inflammation of the scrotum. Orcheot/omy. Castration. Orchialgia {orchidalgia ; from op%ig, the testicle, and a/.yog, pain). Pain in the testicles. Orchidatroph'ia. Atrophy of the testicles. Orchidoctab'asis (from op%ig, a testicle, and naTafiaatc, descent). The descent of the testicles into the scrotum. Orchioce / le (from opxic, a testicle, and «////, a swelling). Hernia of the scrotum ; also swell- ing of the testicles. Or'chis (opxyog, a discourse). The doc- trine of the diseases of the sense of smell. Osmose (oouog, impulse). Osmosis. The force by which fluids are impelled through moist membrane and other porous septa in endosmotic and exosmotic actions. The diffu- sion of a dissolved substance in a solvent to equalize the concentration ; the passage of solutions or liquids through a porous parti- tion. Osmosis, Electrical. See Cataphoresis. Osmot'ic. Osmoticus. Kelating or be- longing to osmose ; as osmotic force, the force which induces osmose. OsphaPgia (from oo(f>vc, the loins or hips, and a/} «f, pain). A synonym of coxalgia (which see). Osphre / sis. Olfaction ; the sense of smell. Os'phys. The loins, haunch, lumbi. Osphy'tis (from oatyvq, the hips or loins, and irir^ inflammation). Inflammation of the parts in and about the coxo-femoral ar- ticulation or of the cellular membrane of the loins. Os'sa (gen. 088ium). Plural of os, a bone. Ossa Alba. Tartar. Ossa Breg / matis. The parietal bones. Ossa Inciso'ria. Ossa intermaxillaria. Ossa Intermaxilla'ria. Ossa labialia. Two bones situated between the superior maxillary in quadrupeds, but not in man, which receive tin- roots of the incisor teeth of animals that have these teeth. Ossa Labia'lia. Ossa intermaxillaria. Ossa Us / ta Al'ba. Ossa calcinata. Bones calcined into white powder. Os'sein (from os, a bone). A combination proteid, chiefly collagen and an albuminoid composing the organic structure of bone. Os'seous. Bony ; formed of or resembling bone. A term applied in Anatomy to the whole assemblage of the bones of the body, as the osseous system ; in Pathology to morbid affec- tions or alterations of bones. Osseous Bases for Artificial Teeth. Pre- viously to the employment of metallic bases, osseous attachments for artificial teeth were much used. They were generally carved from the ivory of the tusk of the elephant or the tooth of the hippopotamus, and, indeed, the entire substitute — the teeth as well as the base ' — was formerly wholly constructed of it ; but since the introduction of the metallic bases it has been less frequently employed for this purpose. See Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Osseous Union of Teeth. See Teeth, OSSE- OUS Union of ; also Geminous Teeth. Os'sicle. A small bone. Ossic / ula. The plural of ossiculum. Ossicula Audi / tus. Ossicula auris. The four small bones of the internal ear — viz., the mal- leus, incus, stapes, and os orbiculare. Ossicula Bertini. Cornua sphenoidalia. The triangular process of the sphenoid bone, ossa triangularia. Ossic'ulum (diminutive of os, a bone). A small bone. Ossiferous (from os, bone, and fero, to bear). Producing or forming bone tissue. Ossif / ic (os, a bone, and facio, to make). Forming bone. Ossification (ossificatio ; from os, a bone, and facere, to make). The formation of bone. Ossification, Points of or Centres of. The points where the formation of bone com- mences. In the teeth, the edges of the in- cisors, the points of the cuspidati, cusps of the bicuspids, and protuberances upon the grinding surfaces of the molars are the points where ossification commences on these or- gans. Os'sium Fragil'itas. Brittleness of the bones. Ossiv'orus (from os, a bone, and voro, to devour). A particular kind of tumor men- tioned by Ruysch, occurring in the thigh, which causes the destruction of the bone. Ostae'mia (ooteov, a bone, and ai./xa, blood). Morbid fullness of blood in a bone. Os'tagra (from ooteov, a bone, and ay pa, seizure). In Surf/cry, an instrument for remov- ing portions of bone ; bone forceps. OstaFgia (from ooteov, a bone, and akyog, pain). Pain in a bone. OST 449 OST OstalgPtis (from ooreov, a bone, and trig, inflammation). Ostitis. Inflammation of bone, accompanied by sharp, lancinating pains. Osteal Cells. Bone cells. Osteanaph'ysis (ooreov, and avafvu, to pro- duce). Reproduction of bone. Osteectomy. Excision of bone. Os / tein (from ooreov, bone). Ossein. The animal matter or organic constituents of bone. Ostei'tis, or Ostitis. Inflammation of the substance of a bone. Ostempye / sis (from ooreov, a bone, and EftTrw/oig, effusion of pus). The occurrence of suppuration in the interior of a bone. Os / teo=. A Greek Avoid derived from oo- reov, bone, and which denotes connection with or relation to bone. Osteoagene'sis. The regeneration or re- production of bone. Osteoblast (from ooreov, and [iAaoravu, to bud). Young cells in the development of bone which assist in the formation of the osseous tissue ; bone cells. Osteocarcinoma. A carcinoma of bone ; an ossified carcinoma ; a combined carcinoma and an osteoma. Osteoce / le (from ooreov, a bone, and ktiItj, a tumor). A term applied in Pathology to the cartilaginous or bony induration which some- times occurs in a hernial sac. Osteoclasts (from ooreov, bone, and K/,aw, to break). Cells that absorb bone. OsteocoHa (from ooreov, a bone, and Ko/.?,a, glue). Glue-bone; bone-binder. Petrified carbonate of lime ; so called from the sup- position that it promoted the formation of a callus between the extremities of a fractured bone. Osteoc / ope. Osteocopus. Osteoc'opus (from ooreov, a bone, and norrru, to strike). Osteocopic ; osteodynia ; dolor osteocosus. A severe lancinating or tearing pain in the bones. Ostealgia. It or- dinarily occurs in syphilitic constitutions. Osteocystoma. A cyst springing from bone. Osteodentine. A term applied in Denial Anatomy, by Professor Owen, to a hard sub- stance partaking both of the nature of bone and dentine, but more analogous to the former than the latter, deposited within the pulp- chamber, usually after the age of twenty, and designated by Mr. Tomes by the name of sec- ondary dentine. The entire pulp is sometimes •29 converted into this substance, especially when it becomes the seat of slight irritation. This substance is very analogous in structure to cementum, and is termed by Blumenbach horny substance. Later writers separate osteodentine from secondary dentine by de- scribing the former as an osseous formation within the pulp-chamber. These formations are rare in human teeth, but common in those of animals. Osteodynia. Osteocopus. Pain in bone. Osteofibroma. A tumor consisting of bony and fibrous tissue. Osteogen. The soft substance from which bone is developed in the process of ossification. Osteogenesis. The development of bone. Osteogen 'ia (osteogeny: from ooreov, a bone, and yevvau, to generate). Ossification ; formation of bone. Osteography (osteographia ; from ooreov, a bone, and ypa«0/;, suture). The operation of uniting by suture the cleft palate ; synonymous with staphylor- rhaphy (which see). Palatoschisis (from palatum, and o^s", to split). Cleft or split palate. Palatostaphyli'ni. The azygos muscle. Palatum. The palate or roof of the mouth or forepart of the roof of the mouth. Palatum Du'rum, The hard palate. Palatum Fis / sum. Fissure of the palate. Palatum MoFle, or Ve'lum Pala'ti. The soft palate. The soft, movable, fleshy mem- brane attached to the posterior part of the palate, between the mouth and the pharynx. Palatum Pen'dulum. Velum pendulum pal- ati. Pale. Deficient in color ; white or whitish ; not of a ruddy color. Paleaceous (from palea, straw, chaff). Chaffy ; covered with or consisting of or re- sembling chaff. Pale / ness. Pallor. Want of freshness or ruddiness of color. Whiteness of complexion arising from diminution or alteration of the blood in the capillary vessels. It is sometimes a sign of disease. Palindrom'ia (from izaliv, again, and dpofiog, a course). In Pathology, a reflux of fluids from the exterior to the interior; also the return or growing worse of a disease. Palladium. Symbol, Pd. Atomic weight, l()f). 5. A metal resembling platinum in color and lustre, but harder. It occurs as a natural congener of platinum in its ores, and is also found in some specimens of gold and in some selenium ores. Its melting-point is 1600° C, the same as that of pure iron. Before it ar- rives at the melting-point it softens and may be welded. It is ductile and malleable, and has been used by some dentists as a base for PAL 461 PAN artificial teeth and also as an ingredient of an amalgam filling. Palliative (palliativus ; from pallio, to dis- semble). In Medicine, anything which relieves a disease without curing it. PaPlor (from jxtlleo, to be pale). Paleness. Pallor Vir / ginum. Chlorosis. Palm. Palma. The inside of the hand. Palm Oil. The produce of the palm called Elaisguineensis and several other species. It is of a solid consistence and fragrant odor. Palma. The palm of the hand. Also a palm tree. Palma Christi. The castor-oil plant. PaPmar (palmaris; from palma, the palm of the hand). Pertaining or relating to the palm of the hand. Palmar Aponeurosis. A strong expansion formed by the tendon of the palmaris brevis and the anterior annular ligament of the carpus, and covering the palm of the hand. Palmar Arches. Two arches formed in the palm of the hand, one by the radial artery, which is called the deep-seated, and the other by the ulnar artery, called the superficial pal- mar arch. Palma / ris Bre / vis. A small flexor muscle of the hand situated between the wrist and little finger. Palmaris Lon'gus. A small muscle of the forearm which arises from the inner condyle of the os humeri and is inserted into the an- nular ligament of the carpus and palmar fascia. Palmaris Mag / nus. A muscle arising from the internal condyle of the humerus and in- serted into the second metacarpal bone. It bends the hand and forearm. PaPmate (palmatus). Shaped like a hand. PaPmistry (from palma, the palm of the band). The pretended art of foretelling future events by the lines on the palms of the hands. Palmos. Palmus. Palpitation of the heart. Palmos'copy. Investigation of the beat- ing of the heart. Prognosis from the beating of the heart. PaPmula. A date ; also the flat, broad end of a rib. Palpa'tion (from palper, to feel). The sense of touch. Also manual exploration of disease 1>3 T slight pressure with the fingers. PaPpebra (from palpitate, to palpitate : from its frequent motion). The eyelid. Palpebral. Pertaining or relating to the palpebrse. Palpebral Ar'teries. The arteries distributed to the eyelids. Palpebral Nerves. The nerves, of the eye- lids. Palpebrals. The orbicularis palpebra- rum. Palpebrarum Ape'riens Rec'tus, Lev- ator palpebral superioris. Palpitation (palpitatio ; from palpito, to beat, leap, or throb). Preteruaturally strong or frequent pulsations of the heart. PaPpus. Palpitation of the heart. PaPsy. Paralysis (which see). Palsy, Lead. Paralysis of the hands caused by lead poison. Palsy, Mercu / rial. Mercurial erethism. Pampiniform (pampiniformis ; from pam- pinus, a tendril, and forma, a likeness). In Anatomy, applied to the spermatic cord. Pample'gia (from -ai>, all, and KAyyu, to strike). Panplegia. Paralysis of the whole body. Pan (from ~av, neuter of -ac, all). A prefix denoting all, every one, everything. Panace'a (from -xar, all, and aKeouai, to cure). A pretended universal remedy. Pana'da. Bread boiled in water to the consistence of pap. A bread poultice. Panaris. Paronychia. Whitlow. Pan'ary. Pertaining to bread. Panax Quinquefo'lium. Ginseng, a mild and agreeable stimulant. Pan'creas (from irav, all, and Kpeac, flesh). A glandular organ situated in the epigastric region of the abdomen under the stomach. Pancreatalgia. Neuralgia of the pan- creas. Pancreatemphrax'is. Obstruction of the pancreas. Pancreathelco sis. Ulceration of the pan- creas. Pancreat'ic (pancrcalicus). Pertaining or relating to the pancreas. Pancreatic Duct. A small, white duct pass- ing through the pancreas to the duodenum, into which it discharges its contents. Pancreatic Juice. A fluid secreted by the pancreas, resembling the saliva and conveyed by the pancreatic duct to the duodenum, to be mixed with the chyle. It converts starch into sugar, and has been supposed by Ber- PAN 462 PAP nard to be the chief agent in the digestion of fats. Pancreatic Sarco'ma. A tumor occurring in the lymphatic glands and in the cellular sub- stance of the pancreas. Pancreatico=duode / nal. A name applied to an artery and a vein distributed to both pancreas and duodenum. Pancre'atin. The ferment of the juice of the pancreas. Pancreatitis. Inflammation of the pan- creas. Pancreaton / cus (from iravnpeas, and oyuog, a tumor). A tumor or swelling of the pan- creas. Pancreatorrha'gia. Haemorrhage from the pancreas. Pan'crene. The pancreas. Pandali'tium. A whitlow. Pandemic (from nav, all, and Se/nog, peo- ple). An epidemic which attacks the entire population of a place. Pandiculation ( pandiculatio ; from pan- dere, to stretch out). Stretching, such as occurs at the commencement of certain paroxysms of fever. Panhidrosis (from nav, all, and idpuaig, sweating). Sweating of the entire body. Paniv'orous (from pants, bread, and voro, to devour). Panivorus. Bread-eating. Sub- sisting on bread. Panneuritis. A synonym of multiple neu- ritis. Pan'nicle (diminutive of pannus, a web). Membrane. Pannic'ulus (from pannus, cloth). A term in A natomy applied to adipose membrane ; also applied to a disease of the eye. Pannus. A piece of cloth. In Surgery, a tent for a wound. In Pathology, pterygium. The term is sometimes also applied to an irreg- ular najvus or mark upon the skin ; or to a membrane over the cornea. Pannus Hepat / icus. Diffused ephelis fol- lowed by desquamation of the skin. Pannus Lenticula'ris. Ephelis. Pannus Vesicatorius. Blistering cloth. Pano'chia. Bubo. Panophthalmitis (from rtav, all, and oph- thalmitis, inflammation of the eye). Inflam- mation of the whole eye. Pan'sy. The Viola tricolor, or garden vio- let. Pan'tagogue. That which expels all mor- bid humors. Pantamorphic (from ttov, and a/mp(.>v>i, sound). Change of voice ; impaired articula- tion of sounds. Parapho'ra. Slight delirium. Paraphrene'sis. Delirium ; also para- phrenitis. Paraphrenias (from napa, near, and (bpe- rsc, the diaphragm). Diaphragmatitis. Paraphro'nia. Delirium. Paraph'thaline. A substance which ac- companies naphthaline in coal-tar. Paraplasm. An abnormal formation. Paraplas'ma. In Biology, Kupffer's term for the more fluid matrix of cell protoplasm. Paraplegia. Paralysis of the half of the body, either upper or lower, usually the lower. Parapleuritis. Pleurodynia. Parap'oplexy (from irapa, diminution, and anonle^ta, apoplexy). Parapoplexia. False or slight apoplexy. Parap / sis (from napa, defective, and anro- pai, to touch). A vitiated or impaired sense of touch. Pararrhyth'mus (from napa, wrong, and pv&poc, rhythm). An epithet applied in Pathology to the pulse when the rhythm is not suited to the age and constitution of the indi- vidual . Parasceu / e. In Surgery, apparatus ; pre- paration. Paras / chides. In Pathological Surgery, fragments or splinters of a fractured bone. Par / asite (parasitus ; from napa, near, and airog, corn, food). A vegetable or animal that lives upon or infests the body. Parasit'ic (parasiticus ; from napaoiroc, a parasite). A term applied to animals which live in or on the bodies of other animals, as worms, polypi, etc. ; also to vegetables that derive their nourishment from the body ; hav- ing the characteristics of a parasite. Parasiticide. An agent for destroying all parasites. Paraspa / dia (from napa, near, and anau, to draw). An opening of the urethra at the side of the penis. Paras / phagis (from napa, near, and aij>ayrj, the throat). The part of the neck contiguous to the clavicles. Paras / tates (from napiar^pi, to stand near). Situated near together. Formerly ap- plied to the epididymis, to the prostate gland, and to the commencement of the vas deferens. Parastati'tis. Inflammation of the epi- didymis. Parastrem / ma (from napa, arpec/xo, to dis- tort or pervert). Convulsive distortion of the lace or mouth. Parasynan'che. Cynanche parotidsea, or mumps. PAR 465 PAR Parasystole {irapa, amiss, and gvgtoai/, a contracting). An unusual interval between the pulsations or between the systole and diastole of the heart and arteries. Parath / enar (from Trapa, near, and tievap, the sole of the foot). Applied by Winslow to a portion of the abductor of the little toe and to the flexor brevis of the same. The first he called parathenar major and the other parathe- n ar minor. Parathrem / a. A partial luxation. Paratroph / ia (from napa, and rpopri, nour- ishment). Paratrophy. Malnutrition ; imper- fect nutrition. Parecta / ma (from irapa, beyond, ek, out of, and reifUj to stretch). Parectasis. Preternatu- ral dilatation or extension of a part. Paregoric ( paregoricus ; from Tvapajopeu, to mitigate). Opii tinct. camphorata. An anodyne. Paregoric Elix / ir. A camphorated aromatic tincture of opium. See Tinctura Opii Cam- phorata. PareFa (irapei.a). The cheek. Pareira Brava. A plant, native of South America and the West Indies, having a sweet- ish, slightly rough and bitter taste. It is recommended in nephritic and calculous affec- tions. Dose, gr. xx to 3j. See Cissabipelos Pareira. Parenceph / alis. The cerebellum. Paren'chyma (from napeyxvu, to suffuse). The texture of glandular organs, as that of the liver, kidney, etc., and the spongy tissue which connects parts ; the essential part of an organ as distinguished from the supporting structures or stroma. Parenchymatous. Inflammation of the substance of an organ. Pare / sis. A slight paralysis ; incomplete motor paralysis. This affection has been re- lieved by the extraction of diseased teeth. Paretic. Of or pertaining to paresis. Par'ia Nervo'rum. Pairs of nerves. A term applied to the cranial or encephalic nerves. Paridrosis. Abnormal secretion of sweat. Pa'ries (plural, parietes). The sides or walls of any cavity or organ are called its parietes. Pari'etal (parietalis; from paries, a wall). A name given to two of the bones of the cra- nium. Parietal Bones. Two flat quadrangular bones, concave below and convex above, 30 forming the sides and upper part of the cra- nium. Pari / etes (the plural of ixtries, a wall). Applied to parts which form enclosures. See Paries. Paris White. Prepared chalk. Paristhe / mia (from napa, and icdjioc, the throat). The parts forming the fauces; also inflammation of the fauces. Paristhmiot'omus. Name of an instru- ment formerly used for scarifying the tonsils. ParisthmFtis. Inflammation of the fauces ; cynanche or angina. Parodon 'tides (from Tnzpa, near, and oSovg, a tooth). Parulis ; tumors of the gums. See Jaws, Morbid Growths of. Parodyn'ia. Morbid parturition ; difficult labor. Parodynia Perversa. Unnatural presenta- tion. Paromphaloce'Ie (from frapa, near, opfa/.oc, the umbilicus, and ktjItj^ rupture). Hernia near the navel. Paronir'ia (from, n-apa, near, and oveipov, a dream). Depraved or morbid dreaming. Paronychia (from napa, near, and ovvij, the nail). A whitlow or felon of the finger. An abscess in the fingers. Parop'sis (from irapa, badly, and otpic, sight). A generic term employed by Dr. Good for disorders of the vision. Paropsis Illuso / ria. False sight ; perverted vision. Paropsis Lateralis. Lateral vision ; skew- sightedness. Parora'sis (from -apa, and opau } to see). Weak or depraved vision. Parorchid'ium (from -apa, near, and op \ic 7 gen. opxuhc, a testicle). Malposition of one or both testicles. Paror / chido=enteroce / Ie. Sauvages has given this name to intestinal hernia with dis- placement of the testicle. Paros'mia. Perverted smell. Paros'tia. Defective or imperfect ossifica- tion. Parostia Flex'ilis. Softening of the bones. Parostia Frag'ilis. Brittleness of the bones. Parosto'sis (from napa, and oareor, bone). The abnormal production of bone outside of the periosteum or in the surrounding connective tissue. Parot'id Fascia. A portion of the deep cervical fascia which closely encases the parotid gland. PAR 466 PAR Parotid Gland. Glaudula parotides ; parotis. The largest of the salivary glands, situated near the ear. It is of an irregular form and fills all that space between the ramus of the inferior maxilla and the mastoid process of the temporal bone, and as deep back as, and even behind, the styloid process of the same bone. Its extent of surface is from the zygoma above, the angle of the lower jaw below, and from the mastoid process and meatus extern us behind to the masseter muscle in front, over- lapping its posterior portion. This gland is one of the conglomerate order, and consists of numerous small granular bodies connected by cellular tissue, each of which may be considered a small gland in miniature, as each is supplied with an artery, veins, and secretory duct. The gland thus formed presents on its external surface a pale, flat, and somewhat convex appearance. It is covered by a dense strong fascia extend- ing from the neck, attached to the meatus externus of the ear, and sends countless pro- cesses into every part of the gland, separating its lobules and conducting the vessels through its substance. The use of this gland is to secrete or separate from the blood the greater part of the saliva furnished to the mouth. As the parotid is, however, on the outside, and at some little distance from the mouth, it is furnished with a duct to convey its fluid into this cavity. The duct is called the duct of Steno, or the parotid duct. It is formed of the excretory ducts of all the granules composing this gland, which, suc- cessively uniting together, at last form one common duct. The duct of Steno commences at the anterior part of the gland and passes over the masseter muscle, on a line drawn from the lobe of the ear to the middle part of the upper lip, then passes through a quantity of soft adipose mat- ter, and finally enters the mouth by passing through the buccinator muscle and mucous membrane opposite the second molar of the upper jaw. Parotide'us. The parotid gland. Parotidon'cus (from itapung, the parotid, and oyKog, a tumor) . Tumefaction of the parotid gland. Parentis (napwrig). The parotid gland ; also inflammatory swelling of the parenchyma of the parotid gland or of the parts which sur- round it. Two varieties of parotis are recog- nized by French pathologists, viz., idiopathic, as in cynanche parotidrea, and symptomatic, which is frequently developed in the progress of tj^phus and other acute diseases. Parotitis (from parotis, the parotid gland, andfY/s, inflammation;. Cynanche parotidsea, or mumps. Inflammation of the parotid gland. Parovarium (from napa, near, and uapi.ov, the ovary). Kobelt has given this name to a body very analogous in structure to the epidid- ymis, situated in the broad ligament, between the ovary and Fallopian tube. Par'oxysm (paroxysmus; from napo^wu, to irritate). The occurrence at regular inter- vals of au obvious increase in the symptoms of a disease. Also a periodical attack or fit of a disease, as in intermittent fevers, neuralgia, etc. Paroxys'mal. Applied in Pathology to diseases attended with paroxysms. Parr Crown. An artificial crown of por- celain for which a plain plate tooth may be used, in the insertion of which the natural root is prepared, capped, and banded without a post or pin, the same as for a gold collar crown. The root is capped independently of the crown, which can be removed without disturbing the cap on the root. The cap on the root is se- cured with oxyphosphate and the post of the canal and the cap on the crown with gutta percha. Parr's Flux. A finely pulverized vitrified preparation of borax, which can be conve- niently kept in the form of a saturated solu- tion which is applied with a brush or stick or is combined with wax ; in the melting out of which, when the heat is applied, the flux is carried into the interstices. Used in fine soldering, such as for crown- or bridge-work. Parr's System of Bridge-work. See BRIDGE- work, Systems of. Par / ticle (diminutive of pars, a part). An atom ; a corpuscle ; the minutest part into which a body can be divided. Part/ing. In Chemistry, the separating of gold and silver from each other. There are two methods of parting, the dry and thehumid. The former is accomplished by fusing the alloy of the two metals with sulphur or a sulphide, which forms sulphide of silver but does not act upon gold. The latter is accomplished by dissolving out the silver with nitric or sul- phuric acid or, when that metal is in small PAR 467 PEA quantity, as in gold coin, by dissolving the gold in aqua regia, the silver being left behind as chloride. Parturient. Bringing forth or about to bring forth ; pertaining to the lying-in state. Parturifacient. In Obstetrics, that which promotes or causes parturition. Parturition. The expulsion of the foetus and its appendages from the uterus. Par'tus (from j)ario, to bring forth). Par- turition. Paru'lis (from napa, near, and ov7,ov, the gum). Inflammation, swelling, or abscess in the gum. See Alveolar Abscess. Paru'ria (from irapa, defectively, and ovpeu, to pass urine). A morbid secretion or dis- charge of urine. Pas'sa. A whitlow. See Paronychia. Pas'sio. In Medicine, a disease or affec- tion. Passio Hysterica. Hysteria. Passio Ili / aca. Ileac passion. Pas'sion (passio; from patior, to suffer). In Pathology, an emotion of the mind, as de- sire, hope, fear, joy, grief, anger, love, hatred, etc. Pas / sive. Passivus. A term applied to disease in which there is no apparent reac- tion, or which seems to be dependent on a diminution of the vital energy ; the opposite of active. Passive Motion. Motion of the limbs made by the surgeon and not by the patient. Pas / ta. A lozenge. Paste. A soft compound medicine. In Dental Surgery, a term applied to a number of preparations employed in a soft state for filling teeth. Paste, Mineral. See AMALGAM. Pastil'lum (pasfillus; from pasta, a loz- enge). A pastil or compound medicine com- posed of sugar and mucilage, with essential oil or some other ingredient. Patchouli. See Pogostemon Patchouli. Patel / la (diminutive of patina, a dish). The knee-pan. A small, flat bone situated at the forepart of the knee-joint. Pathe / ma. Emotion ; morbid affection ; disease. Pathetic ( pathcticus ; from wa&og, an affec- tion). Pertaining to the passions ; expressive of suffering. Pathetic Nerves. The fourth pair of nerves. Pathic. Diseased ; pertaining to a morbid condition. Pathoge'nic. Pathogenetic. Disease-pro- ducing. Pathogeny (from 7ra&og, a disease, and yevecug, generation). Pathogenia. That part of pathology which relates to the origin and development of disease. Pathognomonic (paihognomonicus ; from iraftog, a disease, and yivuonu, to know). Applied to the signs which characterize a dis- ease. Pathograph'ic (pathographicus). Pertain- ing to pathography. Pathog / raphy (from Kadog, disease, and ypa?, the leg). The parts surrounding the tibia ; the tibia itself. PER 472 PER Pericra'nium (from Kepi, around, and upa- vtov, the cranium). The external periosteum of the cranium. Periden'tal (from irepi, around, and dens, a tooth). Periosteum dentium. A term applied in Denial Anatomy to the peridental membrane — the investing membrane of the roots of the teeth, a thin membrane which serves to unite them with their alveolar cavities. Peridental Membrane. The membranous covering of the roots of the teeth, which unites them to their alveolar cavities. It differs in both structure and functions from the periosteum of bone, although it has com- monly been designated the dental periosteum. The fibres of the peridental membrane radiate from above downward to the end of the root, and outward toward the walls of the alveolar cavity, and permit of a slight motion. On the apex of the root and near to the neck of the tooth the course of the fibres is different. In the apical space the fibres radiate from the apex to the root of the alveolar wall in various directions, but approaching a fan-like radiation. At the neck of the tooth the fibres form a thick mass immediately over the rim of the alveolar cavity, where they merge into the periosteum covering the outer surface of the alveolar process, which forms what has been called the dental ligament. The vessels supplying this membrane with blood enter the apical space, and there divide into a number of branches, one of which enters the apical foramen of the root of the tooth while the others are distributed to the structure of the peridental membrane. At the rim or margin of the alveolus the union of the arteries of the peridental membrane and gum form a rich plexus, known as the gingival plexus, so that this membrane receives its sup- ply of blood from two sources ; and in the con- dition known as alveolar abscess, when the vessels in the apical space are destroyed, a supply of blood is still furnished to the mem- brane by the vessels from the gums. The nerve supply is also furnished from two sources, which correspond with those of the blood supply. The peridental membrane is the organ of touch of the tooth, while the pulp of tin- tool li conveys painful sensations alone, such as are, under normal conditions, caused by thermal changes. The peridental membrane is subject to various diseases, such as periodontitis or pericementitis (inflamma- tion), alveolar abscess (suppuration), and which follow the death of the dental pulp and begin in the apical space. Its physical function is to give stability to the teeth in their alveolar cavities and to protect them from shock or sudden and forcible occlusion. Periden / teum (from tte/ji : around, and dens, a tooth). The periosteum ; this term has also been applied to Nasmyth's membrane, cuticula dentis, and external layer of cementum on the roots. Perides / mium (from Kepi, around, and deafiog, ligament) . The delicate areolar invest- ment of a ligament. Peridias / toIe. The almost imperceptible period or interval that succeeds the diastole of the heart. Peridid / ymus (from irepi, around, and diSv/wg, twins). The serous coat of the testes. Periglot/tis. The epiglottic gland. Perig / raphe. The linese transversse of the rectus abdominis muscle. Perim'eter. The line which bounds any plane figure. Perimysium. The cellular membrane that covers a muscle or its fasciculi. Perineocele. Hernia in the perineum. Perinae'us Transver'sus. The trausversus perimei muscle. Perineal. Pertaining or relating to the perineum. Perineal Artery. A branch of the internal pudic distributed to the perineum. Perineal Nerve. A branch of the internal pudic nerve distributed upon the perineum and scrotum in the male and upon the peri- neum and vulva in the female. Perineum, or Perineum. The space between the anus and genital organs. Perineu / rum (from nepi, around, and vevpov, a nerve). The neurilemma. Perinyc'tides (from irepi, and wt;, night). An epithet applied in Pathology to a cutaneous eruption which appears at night and disap- pears during the day. Pe / riod (periodus; from mpi, about, and orSoc, way). A stated time ; the time of the exacerbation and remission or of the paroxysm and intermission of a disease. The different phases of a disease are called periods, as the invasion, augmentation, height, decline, and termination. Periodic Acid. An acid consisting of iodine and oxygen. Periodical Diseases. Diseases the parox- ysms of which, as those of intermittent fever PER 473 PER and certain cerebral and neuralgic affections, occur at stated intervals. Periodicity. The tendency of certain physiological and pathological phenomena to occur after longer or shorter intervals. Periodol'ogy (from irepiofioc, a course or circuit, or the act of going round, and Aoyof, a discourse). The doctrine of periodicity in health and disease. Periodontitis (from irspc, about, odovg, a tooth, and nig, inflammation). Inflammation of the peridental membrane, the lining mem- brane of the cavity of a tooth. See Peri- cementitis. Periods, Monthly. The menstrual periods. Periodyn / ia (from nepi, around, and odvvjj, pain). An acute, circumscribed pain. Periorbita (from tte/m, around, and orbita, the orbit). The periosteum of the orbit. Periorbi / tis. Inflammation of the perios- teum of the orbit. Periosteal. Of or pertaining to the perios- teum. Periosteophyte. A morbid osseous for- mation upon or from the periosteum. Periosteum (from wept, around, and ooreov, a bone I. Peristeon. A white fibrous membrane which surrounds all the bones of the body except the crowns of the teeth. The external surface is united to the neighboring parts by areolar tissue. Its internal surface covers the bone and accurately follows its de- pressions. It is joined to the bones by small fibrous prolongations and by a great number of vessels which penetrate their substance. At the attachment of the tendons the perios- teum blends with the fibers of the tendons. The periosteum consists of two layers, an outer one composed of one or more lamelke of dense white fibrous tissues, the direction of the fibres being parallel to the surface of the bone, and among which is a number of fine yellow elastic fibres, and also cellular elements in the lymph spaces formed by the apposition of the bundles of white fibrous structure. In the external or fibrous layer the blood- vessels and lymph-vessels ramify and form net- works. The inner layer of the periosteum con- sists of very loose fibrous tissue, in the meshes of which are many cells similar to osteoblasts existing upon the trabeculse of spongy bone ; among these are many elements which possess characters similar to those of lymph-corpuscles. This inner layer is very vascular, the blood- vessels passing among the cells occupying the meshes. Beneath the periosteum there is a bony network covering the surface of the bone, in the meshes of which are numerous cells, which are contiguous with those which fill the interfibrillar spaces of the inner layer. At different points sharp curved spiculse of bone penetrate the inner layer of the periosteum. The periosteum is found under mucous mem- branes (submucous tissue), under serous mem- branes, and about the blood-vessels it forms a continuous sheath or investment, and thus fur- nishes support and protection. It also invests nerves (neurilemma), gives to each muscle a distinct sheath (myolemma), and, passing in between the muscular fibres, surrounds each one (sarcolemma) and connects them with their tendons or with the periosteum. It also in- vests the glands, holdiug their lobes in position, and, following the ducts into the substance of the gland, invests each lobule, and within this substance the blood-vessels of the gland ramify. It supports the peritoneum and pleura, invests the brain (dura mater, arachnoid membrane), and becomes the investment for its function- ing cells (neuroglia). In the form of fascia it binds down the mus- cles and holds them in position ; it invests the bones (periosteum) and attaches the teeth to their alveolar cavities (peridental membrane). It also forms the tendons which connect the muscles with the bones and the ligaments which hold the bones together. It also invests the eye (sclerotica). Periosteum Den'tium. The periosteum or peridental membrane of the teeth. See PERI- DENTAL Membrane. Periostitis. Inflammation of the perios- teum. Periostitis, Den'tal, or Periodontitis. Inflam- mation of the investing membrane of the roots of the teeth. Systemic and local treatment are necessary — the first to remove or counteract the predisposition and abate the determination of blood to the part by allaying the excitement and inducing an equal circulation ; and the second to relieve the congestion by counter- irritation or by depletion from the gum oppo- site the seat of the affection. Cantharidal collodion ; tincture of iodine and tincture of aconite root, equal parts ; creasote ; creasote and iodine ; continual application of cold, etc., are some of the agents employed in the local treatment. Perios'toma. Any morbid osseous growth on or about a bone. PER 474 PER Periosto'sis. A tumor of the periosteum. Periph'eral. Relating to the periphery or cirenmfereuce. Peripheric. See Peripheral. Periphery (from irept, around, and apvy^, the phar- ynx, and ypafyti, a description). Pharyngogra- phia. An anatomical description of the phar- ynx. Pharyngopal'atine. Pertaining to the pharynx and velum palati. Pharyngople'gia (from Qapvy!;, the phar- ynx, and -n/.rjoou, to strike). Paralysis of the pharynx. Pharyngorrhag'ia. Hemorrhage from the pharynx. Pharyngospas'mus. Spasm of the phar- ynx. Pharyngostaphyli / nus. The palato- pharyngeus muscle. Pharyngoto'me (pharyngotomus ; from oapvyi, the pharynx, and reuvu, to cut). An instrument for scarifying the tonsils. Pharyngot'omy. Pharyngotomia. The operation of cutting into the pharynx. Also of scarifying the tonsils. Phar'ynx. The musculo-membranous sac at the back part of the mouth, which termi- nates in the oesophagus. It is invested with a strong fascia, which serves to connect it to the basilar process of the occipital and the petrous portions of the temporal bones. There are seven foramina which open into it — namely, the two posterior nares, the two Eustachian tubes, the mouth, larynx, and oesophagus. Phat / nion {(parviov). Phatnium. The socket of a tooth. Phatnorrha'gia (from (parviov, an alveolus, and pr/ywfu, to break forth). Hemorrhage from the socket of a tooth. See Hemorrhage AFTER THE EXTRACTIOX OF TEETH. Phena'cetine. An antipyretic analgesic, C 10 H I3 NO 2 = C 6 H 4 (OC 2 H 5 )NH(C 2 H 3 0). Its great insolubility renders it non-toxic. Given in capsules, gr. vij or gr. viiiss, once or twice a day as a remedy for neuralgia. It is devoid of odor or taste. Phenig'mus (from foivit;, red). A cuta- neous disease characterized by redness of the skin without fever. Phe'nol. Carbolic acid. Phenol Sodique. Phenate of soda. An anti- septic, haemostatic, aud disinfectant. Used as an astringent and styptic application to check excessive bleeding after extraction of teeth, and to prevent subsequent soreness of the gums. It is made by neutralizing phenic acid with soda, and is manufactured directly from wood, peat, aud coal-tars. Phenomenon (from ai.vo/mi , to appear). A remarkable and unusual appearance. In Medicine, any appreciable change in au organ or function. The phenomena of a disease are its symptoms. PHE 479 PHL Pheno=resor / cin. A mixture containing carbolic acid, sixty-seven, resorcin, thirty-three per cent. Phe'nyl. The hypothetical radicle of phenol, or carbolic acid. Formula, C 6 H 5 . Phenyl Salicyl. See Salol. Phi'ala, or Vi'al. A small bottle or phial. Phil'ter, or Philtre (from oikeu, to love). In A natomy, the vertical depression between the nose and upper lip. Phimo'sicus. Relating to phimosis. Phimosis (from teij>, a vein, and /*i9oc, a stone). A calculous concre- tion in a vein. Phlebophthalmotom'ia (from o/ei/>, a vein, ootfa/.^of, the eye, rep'w, to cut). The abstraction of blood from the eye. Phleborrhagia (from pAt'V, a vein, and p?/yrv l ui, to break out) . Hemorrhage from a vein or veins. Phleborrhex'is (from 6/.uv?/, the voice). The production of the voice. Phone. The voice. Phonet'ic. Pertaining to the voice or representing articulate sounds. Pho'nica. Diseases affecting the organs of tin- voice. Pho'nics. Acoustics ; the doctrine of sounds. Pho'nicus (from tmj, the voice). Relating to the voice. Phonochor'dai. The chordae vocales, or vocal chords. Phonon'osi (from our;/, the voice, and vogoq, disease). Diseases of the voice. Pho'ra. Gestation. Phoronom / ia (from (popa, motion, and voftog, law). In Physiology, the laws of muscular action . Phos. Light. Phos'gene Gas. Chloro-carbonic acid gas. Phos / phas. Phosphate. Phosphate. Phosphas. A salt resulting from the combination of phosphoric acid with a salifiable base. Phosphate of Lime (calcis phosphas). A combination of phosphoric acid and lime, forming the solid or earthy portion of bones. Phosphate of Soda {sodse phosphas). A mild, saline cathartic, in the form of colorless, transparent crystals, with a taste like common salt. Phosphate of Zinc. See Zinc PHOSPHATE. Phos / phated. A base converted into a phosphate by combinatiou with phosphoric acid. Phosphat / ic. Relating to the phosphates ; containing a phosphate. Phosphatic Diath / esis. A habit of body favoring the formation of calculi or phos- phates. Phosphine. Phosphuretted hydrogen. Phosphite. A salt formed by the union of phosphorous acid and a salifiable base. Phospho=caffein. A compound of caffein, acid phosphorici, aa gr. ss ; antipyriu, ext. opii grav. dulc. (celery), aa gr. j ; and sodium bro- mide, gr. v. Dose, one or two teaspoonfnls in water. Used 'for headache, neuralgia, insom- nia, and general nervous debility. Phospho=mesit / ic Acid. An acid ob- tained by the action of chloride of phosphorus upon acetone. Phosphorat'ed. Combined with or con- taining phosphorus. Phosphorescence. The luminous appear- ance exhibited by phosphorescent bodies. Phosphoric Acid {acidvm phosphorieum) . An acid composed of one part phosphorus and five of oxygen. It has been used in medicine, in the form of lemonade, in passive haemor- rhage, typhus, phthisis, and as an injection in cancer of the uterus. Dose, diluted, n\ x to t\ xx. It is a serviceable application in caries of the bones of the jaws and in abscess of antrum, 1 part of the dilute acid to 20 of water. PHO 481 PHT Phos'phorous Acid (acidumphosphorosum). (H 3 P0 3 ). A very sour, volatile, white powder, obtained by the slow combustion of phospho- rus. It reddens vegetable blues and neutral- izes bases. Phosphoru'ria. Phosphorus in the urine. Phos'phorus (from our, light, and qepu, to carry). An'undecomposed substance, of a yel- lowish color, semi-transparent, and burning in common air with great rapidity. In the dark it exhibits a luminous or phosphorescent appearance, and emits a white smoke in the air. It should be kept under water and pro- tected from light. In small doses it acts as a powerful general stimulant, and in large doses is an irritant poison. It is also indicated in all diseases in which there exists defective de- velopment of the boues and teeth. Dose, gr. i to gr. T V Phos / phorus=necro'sis. Necrosis of the jawbone from exposure to the fumes of phos- phorus. Phos'phuret {phosphurelum). A combi- nation of phosphorus with a metal. Phosphuret'ted Hy'drogen. A gaseous body formed by the combination of phosphorus with hydrogen, inflammable in the air and soluble in ether. Photal'gia (owe, owroc, light, and alyog t pain). Pain from too much light; photalgy. Pho'togene Gas. See Phosgexe. Photogenic (from owe, light, and yewaa, to generate). Producing light. Applied to drawings made by the action of light on a chemically prepared ground. Photoma'nia. Delirium produced by the action of intense light. Photom'eter (from owe, light, and uerpor, measure). An instrument for ascertaining the intensity of light. Photon 'osos (owe, light, and voaoc, disease). Disease from exposure to a glare of light, as snow-blindness, etc. Photopho'bia (from owe, light, and ouSeu. to dread). Intolerance of light. Pho'tophore. Au instrument for examin- ing cavities of the body by means of the elec- tric light. Photop'sia (from owe, light, and o vision). Lucid vision, or perception of sparks, flashes of tire, etc. Photox'ylin. Derived from wood-pulp and employed as a substitute for collodion. Photu'ria (from owe, light, and ovpov, urine). Luminous urine. 31 Phrag'mos (from -> ".; «w, to enclose). A row of teeth. Phra'sis. Articulated voice. Phre'nes. The fore part of the thorax. Also the diaphragm. Phrene'sis. Phrenitis. Phrenetic (phreneticus). Connected with or suffering from phrenitis. Phrenic ( phrenicus). Diaphragmatic. Ee- lating or belonging to the diaphragm. Phrenic Arteries. The diaphragmatic ar- teries. Phrenic Nerve. The diaphragmatic nerve. Phre'nica (from vyu, to broil). In- flammation of the superficial lymphatic glands. Phylaxin. A defensive proteid occurring in animals which have received artificial im- munity against disease. Phy'ma (from vu } to produce). A tubercle or phlegmon. Phymatoid'. Eesembling a tumor. Phymato'ses. Tuberculous diseases. Phymato'sis. An excrescence ; the forma- tion or progress of tubercular disease. Phymo'sis. Phimosis. » Physco'nia (from fyvonji, a bladder). Any tumor developed in the abdomen which is neither sonorous nor fluctuating. Eight species are enumerated : (1) Physconia hepatica, en- larged liver ; (2) physconia peritonei, tumefied peritoneum ; (3) physconia splenica, enlarged spleen ; (4) physconia omenialis, enlarged omen- tum ; (5) physconia renalis, enlarged kidney ; (6) physconia uterina, enlargement of the uterus and its appendages ; (7) physconia mesenterica , en- largement of the mesentery ; and (8) physconia intestinalis, laxity of the intestinal canal, pro- ducing enlargement of the abdomen. Physe'ma (from fvaau, to inflate). Phy- sesis. A tumor caused by an accumulation of air in the cellular texture. Also tympanites. Phys'ic. The art of healing diseases ; medicine. Physical. Pertaining to the tangible properties or effects of material things. Physician. One who has received the degree of doctor of medicine from a regularly incorporated institution. In France, a profes- sor or student of natural philosophy. Phys'ics (from vcng, nature). The science of nature ; but in the usual and more restricted acceptation of the term, the movements, press- ure, and sensible properties of things. Natural philosophy. Physics, Medical (physica medicalis). Phys- ics applied directly to medicine, whether for the explanation of the vital phenomena of the functions of the body, the preservation of in- dividuals, or the treatment of disease. Physiog'nomy (from yvoic, nature, and yLvuoau, to know). Physiognomia. The art of judging of the character and dispositions of men by their countenances, gestures, and ex- ternal appearance, as taught by Lavater. Physiological. Of or pertaining to physi- ology. PhysioPogy (from (f>vcic, nature, and aojoq, a discourse). Physiologia. By the ancients this term was used in the same sense as that of physics, but at present it is limited to the science which treats of the laws of life and the functions of living beings. Physiology is di- vided into human and comparative. The former relates to man and the latter to animals and vegetables. It is also divided into general and special, the one relating to the general laws of life, and the other to the functions of individ- ual organs. Phy'sis. Nature ; life. Physobleph'aron (from yvaau, to inflate, and pAetpapov, eyelid). Emphysematous swell- ing of the eyelids. Physoce'le. Pneumatocele. An emphy- sematous tumor of the scrotum. Physoceph'alus (from vtov, a plant, and XV/Mia, chemistry). Vegetable chemistry. Phy / topIasm. The vegetable analogue of protoplasm. Pia Mater. The highly vascular membrane which immediately invests the convolutions of the cerebrum, cerebellum, medulla oblongata, and medulla spinalis. Pian. Frambcesia, or yaws. Piar. Fat. Piarha3 / mia (from map, fat, and at/ia, blood). Fat in the blood. Pi'ca. Depraved appetite. Pic'amar. The bitter principle of tar. Pickling Pan. A copper or Wedgwood vessel for dissolving, by the action of sulphuric acid, the fused borax and oxide of copper which darkens the surface of gold or silver during the soldering process. Pic'olin. A volatile, acid, oily liquid ob- tained by the distillation of animal substances. Pi'cria. Bitterness. Picric Acid. Carbazotic acid ; a yellow crystalline substance with an extremely bitter taste. PPcrin, Pic'rine. A bitter substance obtained from Digitalis purpurea ; said to be identical with digitaliu. Picrocarmine. A preparation for staining microscopical specimens. Pic / romel. A mixture of salts of soda and different biliary products. A peculiar sub- stance, of a sweetish-bitter taste, which exists in bile. Picrotox'in, or Picrotox'ic Acid (from TitKpoq, bitter, and rot-iicov, poison). Picrotox- ina ; picrotoxine. A vegetable alkali, w r hich crystallizes in w r hite, brilliant, four-sided transparent prisms. It is this principle which gives to the Cocculus indicus its poisonous properties. Pig'ment (from pingo, to paint). Any color used by painters. Pigment Cells. Cells for the secretion of a black or dark-brown matter which gives color to the parts over which they are spread. They are found in the epidermis of the negro and other dark races of mankind and on the inner surface of the choroid membrane of the eye. Pigmen turn (from pingo, to paint). A pigment or paint. An epithet applied in Anat- omy to a black mucous substance found in the eye — namely, the pigment of the iris, called the uvea; and the pigment of the choroid membrane, called the pigmentum nit/rum. Pigmentum In'dicum. Indigo. Pigmentum Nigrum. The dark-brown sub- stance lining the choroid membrane of the eye and covering the posterior surface of the iris. Pila're Ma'lum. Trichiasis. Hair disease. Pila'tio (from pilus, a hair). A hair-like fracture of the skull. Pile, Galvanic. A galvanic apparatus con- sisting of a pile or column of zinc or copper plates and discs of wet card, placed in succes- sion to one another in the same regular oi'der throughout the series. PiPeous. Eelating to the hair. Piles. Hemorrhoids (which see). PPline. A kind of cloth of sponge and wool, used as a substitute for poultices and fomentation cloths. Pill. See Pilula. Pilocarpus. Jaborandi. The leaves of the Pilocarpus pennatifolius. It increases the action of the heart, but lowers arterial tension. It is a powerful diaphoretic and very much augments the secretion of the salivary glands. Efficacious in colds. Dose of the fluid extract, ttlxtofsj. Pilo'rum Arrecto'res. The minute mus- cles of the skin, which cause the appearance called cutis anserina, or goose-skin. They are thought to raise the hairs when one is fright- ened. Pilo / sus. Hairy. Pilu'Ia (diminutive of pila, a ball). A simple or compound medicine of a firm consist- ence, spherical in shape, and rarely exceeding five or six grains in weight. PFIum. An instrument for breaking sub- stances in a mortar ; a pestle. PPIus. The short hair on the surface of the body. Pimel'aden (irifieh/, fat, and adrjv, gland). A sebaceous gland. Pirn ele. Fat. Pim'elite (from Ki/xeXn, fatness). A green mineral of a greasy feel, containing silica. alumina, and nickel. PimelPtis (from Ki/ieXij, fat, and trig, de- noting inflammation). Inflammation of the adipose tissue. Pimelo'des. Full of fat, or fatty. Pimelo'sis (from -ate/.//, fat). The con- version of any texture into fat. Pimelosis Hepat'ica. The degeneration of the liver into fat. Pimen'ta. Pimento. Jamaica pepper; allspice ; the fruit of the Myrtns pimenta. PIM 484 PIV PimpineFla Saxif raga. Burnet saxifrage. The root is astringent, and has been employed as a masticatory in toothache. Pim'ple (papula). A small, acuminated elevation of the cuticle with an inflamed base, hut not tending to suppuration. Pin. A small instrument, pointed at one extremity, made of brass, iron, silver, or gold, and used in Surgery to fix dressings, and some- times in sutures. Pin'cers. Forceps ; volsella. Pinch 'beck. Dutch gold ; an alloy of cop- per, brass, and zinc. Pine'al (pinealis; from pinus, a pine). Resembling the pineapple. Pineal Gland (gland ula pinealis). A small gland about the size of a pea, of a conical shape, situated between the fornix and tuber- cola quadrigemina in the brain. Pinguecula (from pinguis, fat). A form of pterygium, consisting of a small, whitish- yellow granule between the margin of the cornea and the outer or inner angle of the eye under the conjunctiva. Pingue'do. Fat. PFnic Acid. An acid obtained from rosin. Pin'na. In Anatomy, a portion of the external ear, representing a kind of funnel, and called the pinna auricula?. Also the ala, or lower cartilage of either side of the nose. Pinnac'ulum. A summit or pinnacle. Pint. The eighth of a gallon, or sixteen fluid ounces. Pinus Canadensis. Abies canadensis. Hem- lock. Pix canadensis. Canada pitch, a yel- lowish-green, transparent, viscid liquid when fresh. A topical astringent. It is also em- ployed to make rubefacient plasters. Pi'per. Pepper. A genus of plants of the order Piperacese. Piper Album. White pepper, or the black freed from its cuticle. Piper Angustifo'lium. The matico plant. Piper Aromat'icum. The piper nigrum. Piper Cubeb'a. Cubeb pepper. The plant which yields cuhehs. Piper Nigrum. Black pepper. Piperi'na. Piperin. A white, fatty, resinoid substance, obtained from black pep- per, containing the active principle of pepper. Piscid'ia Erythri'na. Jamaica dogwood, a small tree, native of the West Indies. It has .■in acrid, narcotic fruit, which is used to poison fish. \ tincture of the bark and roothasbeen used as a remedy for toothache. Pisiform'e, Os. The fourth bone of the first row of the carpus. Piso. A mortar. Pissasphal'tum. Mineral pitch ; an indu- rated bitumen. Pisselas'um. Petroleum. Pistacia Vera. The tree which affords the pistachio nut, which yields a large quantity of fixed oil, used as an emulsion in irritation of the urethra. Pit of the Stomach. The epigastrium. Pitch. Inspissated tar. Pitch, Burgundy. A concrete resinous exuda- tion from the Pinus abies. Pitch=blend. A mineral of a brownish color and semi-metallic lustre, consisting of the oxides of uranium and iron. Pitui'ta. Phlegm ; viscid mucus. Pitu'itary (pituitarius ; from pituita, phlegm). A name applied to parts which are supposed to be connected with the secretion of phlegm or mucus. Pituitary Body. See Pituitary Gland. Pituitary Fossa. The depression in the sphe- noid bone (sella turcica) which gives ' lodg- ment to the pituitary gland. Pituitary Gland (glandula pituitaria). A small body situated in the sella turcica. It is com- posed of two lobes — an anterior and a poste- rior. The anterior is of a yellowish-gray color, and the posterior grayish-white. Its functions are unknown. Pituitary Mem'brane (membrana pituitaria). The mucous membrane that lines the nostrils and the sinuses which communicate with them. Pitu'itous (pituitosus; from pituita, phlegm or mucus). Consisting of, filled with, or resembling mucus or phlegm. Pityriasis (from wirvpov, bran). A genus of scaly diseases, characterized by irregular patches of small scales, which repeatedly ex- foliate and recur, but never form crusts. It occurs under several different forms : (1) Pityriasis capitis, dandruff; (2) pityriasis rubra, which consists in the cuticle becoming first red, then scurfy, and exfoliating, which pro- cess is frequently repeated ; (3) pityriasis ver- sicolor, which is principally confined to the anus, chest, and abdomen, and consists of ex- foliations of scurfy cuticle, irregularly diffused and of a brown color. Pityris'ma. Pityriasis. Pit'yron. Furfur or bran. Pivot Bur. An instrument used for coun- PIV 485 PLA tersinking the root, in preparing it for a pivot or cap-crown, having a centre-point to fit into the hole in the root, and thus guide the instru- ment. Pivot Extractor, Elliot's. An instrument invented by Dr. Elliot for removing a pivot from the root of a tooth after the crown has been displaced. Pivot Gauge. An instrument constructed by Dr. G. F. J. Colburn, for determining the proper size and length of the projecting por- tion of a pivot in an artificial tooth previous to the introduction of the pivot into the canal of the root. Pivot, Perforated. A pivot, tenon, or dowel, perforated through the centre, and extending through the artificial tooth, to give egress to any matter which may be secreted at the ex- tremity of the root and accumulate in the canal. This method of affording egress to purulent matter was first employed in the United States by Dr. Elliot ; but it had been previously resorted to in France, a fact of which Dr. Elliot was iguorant at the time he adopted it. Pivot Tooth. An artificial crown, designed to be applied to the root of a natural tooth, by means of what is usually termed a pivot, but more properly a dowel or tenon. Also a tooth thus applied. For the manner of in- serting, see Harris' " Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Pivot/ihg. Crown setting. A term applied in Dental Surgery to the operation of fitting aud securing an artificial crown to the root of a natural tooth by means of a wood, gold, or some other pivot or tenon. See Pivot Tooth, Manner of Inserting, in Harris' "Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Pix (gen., }>icis). Pitch. Pix Abietis. Burgundy pitch. Pix Arida. Pitch from various species of Pinus abies. Pix Burgun'dica. Burgundy pitch. A con- crete resinous exudation from the Abies ex- , celsa. Pix Canadensis. Canada pitch. Concrete juice of the Abies canadensis. Pix Liq'uida. Tar. Dose, % ss to ^j. Pix Ni'gra. Black pitch ; inspissated tar. Place'bo (placeo, to please or soothe). A term applied to a medicine intended rather to please than benefit the patient. Placen'ta (from -/.aKovs, a cake). The after-birth ; a spongy, semicircular, and lobu- lated organ in the pregnant female formed of the capillary extremities of the hypogastric arteries and umbilical vein and the decidua and chorion. Placenta Febri'lis. The ague cake. Placenta Prae'via. Presentation of the pla- centa, a condition which always gives rise to uterine hemorrhage. Placenta Sanguinis. The coagulum of the blood. Placenta, Veg'etable. The cellular substance in the carpels of plants from which the ovules originate. Placentitis. Inflammation of the pla- centa. Placentu'Ia. A little cake. A rudimen- tary placenta. PIadoro / sis (pladarotes; from Tv/,adapoc, soft). A soft tumor within the eyelid. Pla'ga. In Surgical Pathology, a wound in- flicted by a mechanical agent. Plague (from -/->/} '/, plaga, a stroke). Pestis. An exceedingly malignant febrile disease, en- demic and sometimes epidemic in Egypt, Syria, and Turkey. It has prevailed several times in the larger cities of Europe with frightful mortality. Plague, Black. Pestis nigra. Plague, Cold. A severe form of congestive fever, occurring in the Southern States, in which there is little or no reaction. Bilious pneumonia. Plagu'Ia. A compress, pledget, or splint. Plane (from planus, smooth or plane). A surface without elevation or depression. Plane'tes. An epithet applied in Pathology to diseases which return at irregular periods, as is sometimes the case in intermittent fever. Plano=. A Latin prefix signifying flat. Plano-con'cave. Flat on one side and con- cave on the other. Applied to leaves. Plano-convex. Flat on one side and convex on the other. Plano'dia {-'/.avouai, to wander, aud odoc, a way). A false passage, as is sometimes made iu stricture of the urethra by a bougie, sound, or catheter. Plant. An organized body belonging to the vegetable kingdom. Planta. In Anatomy, the sole of the foot. Plan'tar (jylantaris; from planta, the sole of the foot). Pertaining to the sole of the foot. Plantar Aponeurosis. The thick, dense PLA 486 PLA aponeurosis situated under the integuments of the sole of the foot. Plantar Arteries. Two arteries, an external and an internal, arising from the extremity of the posterior tibial. Plantar Ligaments. The inferior ligaments of the tarsus and metatarsus. Plantar Mus / cle. The extensor tarsi minor. The plantaris. Plantar Nerves. Two nerves, an internal and an external, proceeding from the posterior tib- ial ; the internal to the first three toes, and the external to the outer side of the fourth and fifth and to the muscles situated on the outer side of the foot. Planta ris. The plantar muscle. Pla'num, Os. A name formerly given to the orbital plate of the ethmoid bone. Planu'ria (from ttJmvoc, wanderiug, false). A term applied in Pathology to the discharge of urine through some other passage than the urethra. Planus. Soft ; smooth ; flat. PIas / ma (from ^aaau, to form). The liquor sanguinis. The fluid part of the blood in which the corpuscles float ; it is a tenacious, plastic liquid, forming the coagulating portion of the blood. Plasmodium (from nAaoau, to form). Tissue formed by the coalescing of amoeboid cells. Plas / ter. In Pharmacy, a solid and glutin- ous compound for external application. See Emplastrum. Plaster of Paris. Gypsum or sulphate of lime. A white powder obtained by the cal- cination of gypsum, and so named from its abounding at Mont Martre, near Paris. See Gypsum. Plas'tic {plaaticus; from TrAaaau, to form). That which forms ; also capable of being formed or moulded, as clay. Plastic Element. That from which growth takes place ; elements of food which go to the formation of organized tissue. Plastic Force. The formative power of or- ganized bodies. Plastic Lymph. Liquor sanguinis (which see). Plastic Operations of the Mouth. These con- sist of measures for the restoration of parts con- genially at fault through excess or deficiency ; for those deficient through accident or disease ; for those deformed by cicatricial contraction. The treatment consists of obtaining a piece of tissue to lill the vacancy and preparing the place of reception ; putting it in position and keeping up its nourishment ; filling the va- cancy resulting from the transfer, and the ultimate result as regards usefulness and appearance. Plastic Sur / gery. Morioplastice. The restora- tion of a lost part by means of a surgical operation, as of the nose by the transfer of integument from the forehead or arm. Plasticity. The quality of being plastic. Pla'ta. The scapula. Plate. A dental term applied to the metal or other base of artificial dentures. Plate Forceps. Forceps employed in Mechani- cal Dentistry for the partial adaptation of a metallic base to a model previous to being struck up between metallic dies. They are usually constructed with an oval bulb at the extremity of the jaw. Plate Line. The outline of the dental plate or base of artificial sets of teeth as marked upon the niodel or die. Plate Metal with Rubber or Celluloid Attachment. A gold, silver, aluminium, or fusible alloy base-plate to which the teeth are attached by rubber or celluloid, which forms the artificial alveolar ridge. Platias / mus (from irlarve, broad). Defec- tive articulation from excessive development of the lips. Platina, Black. Black platinum. A black powder obtained by decomposing a weak solu- tion of the chloride of platinum by galvanism. Platina Foil. Platina foil coated with pure gold has been successfully used as a substitute for gold in filling teeth. Platina Sponge. Spongy platinum. Porous platina, obtained by dissolving the metal in filings in a mixture of one part nitric and two parts muriatic acid ; then dilute with an equal quantity of water ; by adding to this liquor ammonias, a yellow precipitate will be formed, which, on being separated by filtering through paper, and exposed to a red heat in a crucible, will leave fine platinum in the form of a dark, lead-colored, spongy mass. It has the remarkable property of being ignited by contact with hydrogen gas. Good fillings can be made of properly prepared platinum sponge, and when used in connec- tion with gold it serves in some respects a good purpose. PIat / inate. A combination in which pla- tinic oxide acts the part of an acid. PIatin / ic. Pertaining to platinum. PLA 487 PLE Platinum (from plata, silver). Platina ; aurum album, or white gold. Symbol, Pt. Atomic weight, 197.6. A metal nearly of the color of silver, very malleable and ductile, harder than iron, resisting the action of acids and alkalies, and fusible only at a very high temperature. In France it has been exten- sively used as a base for artificial teeth and also for filling teeth, but its employment for the latter purpose in the United States is very limited, on account of its stiffness and harsh- ness. It is, however, used extensively, both pure and alloyed with iridium, as a base for continuous-gum work (which see). It is not soluble in any of the pure acids. It may be dissolved by nitromuriatic acid. Its specific gravity is 21.5. It is the heaviest sub- stance known, and its preparations resemble in their therapeutical properties those of gold. They are not frequently prescribed. PIatyceph / alus (from irTiarvg, broad, and Ktfalq, the head). Broad-headed. Platycor'ia. Platycoriasis mydriasis. Mor- bid enlargement of the pupil. Platyglos'sus (from izlarvg, broad, and yluooa, the tongue). Broad-tongued. Platypros / opus (from irharvg, broad, and ■xpocumoc, a face). Broad-faced. Platyr'ris (from irlarvg, broad, and pig, the nose). Broad-nosed. Platys'ma (from irlarvg, broad). Anything widened or spread out ; a flat piece. Platysma Myoi'des. A broad, thin muscle, situated on the side of the neck. Its fibres arise from the areolar tissue of the anterior and superior part of the chest, pass before the clavicle, and attach themselves at the interior part of the symphysis menti, at the external oblique line of the jaw and the commissure of the lips. Platysto'mus (from ir^arvg, and aro/ia, the mouth). Broad-mouthed. Plec'trum. The styloid process of the tem- poral bone ; also the uvula. Pledg'et. A small compress of lint, to be applied to wounds, ulcers, etc. As now used, a pledget consists of a piece of patent lint, shaped to the wound, and on which ointments are applied. Pleg'ma (from nvle/cw, to wind). Anything twined, as the. tendril of a vine, or interlaced, as a plexus of blood-vessels. Plero'sis. Plethora. Plesiomorph'ism (from -'/tjaiog, near, and "<>/W, form). The state of crystallized sub- stances which nearly resemble one another in their angles, but are not absolutely identical. Plesiomorph'ous. Nearly alike in form. Pleth'ora. A condition in which the entire quantity of the blood is too great. The same condition has also been designated "general hypersemia." See HypeR/EMIA. Plethoric (plethoricus). Full of blood. Relating to or affected with plethora. Pleumo'nia. Pneumonia. Pleu / ra (rr'Asvpa, the side, or a rib). The serous membrane which lines the right and left cavities of the chest and is reflected upon each lung. It is divided into two portions by the mediastinum. Pleura Costa / lis. Pleura parietalis. That portion of the pleura which lines the ribs or parietes of the thorax. Pleura Pulmona / lis. Pleura of the lungs. That portion of the pleura which invests the lungs. Pleuralgia (from rfievpa, the side, and alyog, pain). Pleurodynia. Pleuraposte'ma. Abscess in the pleura. Pleurarthroc'ace (from n?,evpa, a rib, np-dpov, a joint, and nanog, bad). Caries of the ribs. Pleurar'thron (n/ievpa, rib, and apdpov, a joint). The articulation of a rib. Pleu'risy. Pleuritis (which see). Pleurisy, False. Pleurodynia. Pleurisy, Rheumatic. Pleurodynia. Pleurisy, Root. Common name of Asclepias tuberosa. Pleurit'ic. Relating or appertaining to pleurisy. Pleuri'tis (from Trlevpa, the pleura, and ing, a terminal denoting inflammation). In- flammation of the pleura. Pleurisy. Pleuritis Bronchia'lis. Bronchitis. Pleuritis Spu'ria. False pleurisy. Pleuroce'le. Hernia of the pleura. PleurocoIIe'sis (from ir?.evpa, the pleura, and Ko?.?.au, to glue). Adhesion of the pleura. Pleurodynia (from nvleupa, the pleura, and odvvijj pain). Rheumatic pain over the intercostal muscles ; a stitch in the side. Pleuropathi / a (from irlevpa, the pleura, and -at?of, a disease). A disease of the pleura. Pleuropneumonia. Inflammation of the pleura and lungs at the same time. Pleurorrhoe'a. An accumulation of fluid in the sacs of the pleura. Pleurorthopnoe'a (from n-Aei/pa, the pleura, PLE 488 PLU opdoc, upright, and -re«, to respire). A pleurisy in -which the patient can not breathe except in an upright position. Pleurosto / sis (from irhevpa, the pleura, and ogtsov, a bone). Ossification of the pleura. Pleurotet'anus. Pleurothotonos. Pleurothol/onos (from -fcvpodev, laterally, and rovoc, tension). A form of tetanus in ■which the body is drawn to one side. Plexim'eter (from -/j/^tg, percussion, and jitrpov, a measure). Plexometer. An ivory plate used in percussion. Plex'us (from plecto, to intertwine, to inter- lace). Plegma. A network of blood-vessels or nerves. Plexus Axillaris. See Axillary Plexus. Plexus Cardia / cus. A plexus formed by a union of the eighth pair of nerves with the great sympathetic. Plexus Choroi / des. The choroid plexus ; a plexus of blood-vessels found in the fourth ventricle of the brain. Plexus Glandulo'si Peyeri. Peyer's glands. Plexus, Median. The cceliac or solar plexus. Plexus Pampinifor'mis. A plexus of blood- vessels about the spermatic cord. Plexus Pulmoni / cus. The pulmonic plexus, formed by the union of the eighth pair of nerves with the great sympathetic. Plexus Reticularis. The network of vessels under the fornix. Plexus Retifor'mis. The corpus cavernosum vaginae. Plexus Solaris. A plexus formed by numer- ous nervous filaments from the semi-lunar ganglia of the great sympathetic nerve. Pli / ca (from plicari, to be knit together). A disease characterized by a matting, inter- lacing, and agglutination of the hair. Plica Polon'ica. Plaited hair. Plica Semilunaris. A slight folding of the conjunctive membrane on the outer side of the caruncle. Pli'cae (from plica, a fold). Applied in Anatomy to folds of mucous membrane. Plica'ria. The club moss, a plant of the genus Lycopodium. Pli'cate (plicatus; from plico, to fold). Plicated ; folded like a fan. Plica'tio. Plica. Pliciden'tine {plica, a fold, and dens, a tooth). A modification of the fundamental tissue of teeth, in which, on a transverse sec- tion, the dentine exhibits sinuous wavings diverging from the central pulp-cavity. PIFers. A kind of pincers for seizing, holding, or binding any small body. Those used in the laboratory of the dentist and by jewelers have long slim jaws, the inner sur- faces of which are rough like a file and will meet each other wheu closed. See Plugging Pliers. Plin'thium {nJuvdiov). An instrument for- merly used iu the reduction of fractures and dislocations. Ploca'ria Candida. Ceylon moss. This species and the Plocaria tenax are supposed to be the materials of which the edible nests, so much esteemed in China, are composed. The Ceylon moss is a light and nutritive arti- cle of diet. It is much used in England and France. Plocaria Helmintho / chorton. Corsican moss,' formerly supposed to possess anthelmintic properties, and said to be a remedy for cancer. Plomb. The French designation of a nox- ious gas, the sulphuretted hydrogen disen- gaged from privies during the process of emptying, which sometimes induces dangerous and fatal asphyxia in the workmen exposed to its influence. Plug ger, Automatic. See Automatic Plugger. Plugger, Electro-magnetic. An instrument for condensing gold, etc., in filling teeth, in which the motive power is electricity. Plug'ging. In Surgery, the introduction of lint or pieces of rag into a wound, the socket of a recently extracted tooth, the vagina, etc., to arrest hemorrhage and sustain the parts. In Dental Surgery, an operation to arrest the progress of caries in a tooth. Plugging Forceps. A form of forceps used for consolidating fillings upon the approximal surfaces of teeth. See Harris' "Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry." Plugging Instruments. Dental instruments for introducing and consolidating fillings. Plugging Pliers. Introducing pliers. A den- tal instrument used for picking up pieces of gold in some of the forms in which it is em- ployed and placing them in the proper posi- tion in the cavity. The points of some forms are so shaped as to answer as condensing points. Other forms of pliers are employed in operative dentistry, such as annealing pliers, college pliers, and dressing pliers, for apply- ing drying materials, medicinal applications, withdrawing ligatures and wedges, and cut- ting wedges, etc. PLU 489 PNE Plugging Teeth. See Filling Teeth. Plum. The fruit of a tree belonging to the genus Primus. Plum, Malabar. The fruit of the Eugenia jambas, used as a mild astringent ; also the tree. Plumba'gO. Graphite. Black lead. One of the purest native forms of carbon, with the exception of the diamond. In popular language, black lead. Also a genus of plants of the order Plumbaginacese. Plumbago Europae / a. Toothwort, the root of which was formerly used as a remedy for toothache. Plum'bate (plumias, atis). A combination of plumbic oxide with another oxide, acting the part of an acid. PIurrTbi Ac'etas. Acetate of lead. Sugar of lead. It is prepared by dissolving, with the assistance of heat, protoxide of lead ob- tained by calcination in an excess of distilled vinegar contained in leaden boilers. It is a white salt, crystallized in brilliant needles, which have the shape of long prisms, and hav- ing a taste at first sweet and afterward astrin- gent. Acetate of lead is astringent and seda- tive, and is one of the few astringents admissi- ble during the presence of inflammation. Dose, gr. j to gr. iij, in the form of pill. Lead water, liquor plumbi, subacetatis dilutus, is a very useful lotion in many cases of superficial in- flammation. In Dental Practice, lead water is applied to inflamed gums and mucous mem- brane, indolent and foul ulcers, and is a sooth- ing application where there is a tendency to periodontitis and in the treatment of the pain and inflammation following tooth extraction. See Gorgas' " Dental Medicine." Plumbi Carbo'nas. Carbonate of lead. Plumbi Chlo'ridum. Chloride of lead. Plumbi Diaceta / tis Solu'tio. Solution of subacetate of lead. Plumbi Iod / idum. Iodide of lead. Plumbi Ni'tras. Nitrate of lead. Plumbi Oxidum Hydrat'um. Hydrated ox- ide of lead. Plumbi Ox / idum Ru'brum. Red oxide of lead. Plumbi Oxidum Semivit/reum. Semivitrified oxide of lead. Plumbi Subaceta'tis Liq'uor Compos'itus. Diluted solution of subacetate of lead. Lead water. Plum'bic. Pertaining to lead. Plumbic Acid. Peroxide of lead. Plum'bum. Lead. Plumbum Candi'dum. Tin. Plumbum Cine'reum. Bismuth. Plumbum Nigrum. Plumbago. Plumbum Us'tura. Burnt lead. Plu'mose. Plumosus. Feathered. Pneu'ma {-vevua, KVEV/iaroc). "Wind, air, life. Pneumaposte / ma (from nvevfiav^ the lung, and a-oan/ua, abscess). Pneumonapostema. Abscess of the lungs. Pneumarthro'sis (from -nvua, air, and ap&pov, a joint). A collection of air in the joints. Pneumat'ic (pneumaiicus ; from -rev/ja, air). Of or belonging to air or gas. Pneumatic Mallet. An instrument for con- densing fillings, the motive power being compressed air. Pneumatic Trough. A vessel made of wood or metal, used for the purpose of making experiments with gases. Pneumat'ica. A term applied in Pathology to diseases of the air-passages. Pneumat/ics (from irvevjia, air). The science which treats of the physical properties of elastic fluids, and especially of atmospheric air. Pneumatocele (from nvevua, air, and tof/jj, a tumor). Physcocele ; hernia ventosa ; a tumor distended with air. Pneumatoses (from nvevfia, wind, and eahc, resemblance). A term applied in Path- ology to one distended with air, or who respires with difficulty owing to an accumulation of gas in the digestive canal, or, according to others, owing to emphysema. Pneumatom'eter. An instrument by which the quantity of inspired air can be as- certained. Pneumatosis (from TrvEvftarou, to isflate). Distention of the abdomen with flatus. Emphysema. Four varieties are mentioned : (1) Pneumatosis spontanea, without any obvious or apparent cause ; (2) pneumatosis traumatica, from a wound ; (3) pni umatosis vt i>< nata, from ■poison ; (4) })ncumafosis hysterica, from hys- teria. Pneumatosis Abdom'inis. Tympanites. Pneumatosis Enter'ica. Flatulence. Pneumatotho'rax. Pneumothorax which see). Pneumogas'tric (pneumoffastricus ; from -)'(iin„i\ the lung, and jac-rijp, the stomach). Pertaining to the pneumogastric nerve, or lungs and stomach. PNE 490 POI Pneumogastric Nerve (from vrvevfuov, the lung, and yaaTijp, the stomach). The eighth pair of nerves, parvagum, have been so named because they are distributed to the organs con- tained in the thorax and abdomen, especially to the lungs and stomach. Pneumography (from kvev/iuv, the lung, and ypaoy, a description). Pueumographia. A description of the lungs. Pneumo=haemorrhag'ica. Haemorrhage from the lungs. Pneumolithia'sis (from nvevfiuv, the lungs, and ?u.&iaatc, formation of stone). A disease characterized by the formation of coucretions in the lungs. Pneu'mon. The lungs. Pneumonae'mia (wvuviiuv, lungs, and ai/ua, blood). Congestion of blood in the lungs. Pneumonal'gy (from nvev/iuv, the lungs, and alyog, pain). Pneumonalgia. Literally, pain in the lungs. Pneumonemphrax'is. Obstruction of the lungs, as by an accumulation of mucus. Pneumo'nia (inflammatio pneumonica ; pulmonis inflammatio). Pneumonitis. Inflam- mation of the lungs, characterized by difficult respiration, cough, fever, pain, more or less acute in the thorax, and usually a quick, hard pulse. The disease is sometimes chronic, and this may occur accidentally. Pneumonia, Typhoid. Inflammation of the lungs accompanied by gastric fever and typhoid symptoms ; bilious pneumonia. Pneumon'ic. Pulmonic. A medicine for diseases of the lungs. Pneumon'ica. Diseases affecting the lungs. Pneumonit/ic. Belonging or relating to pneumonitis. Pneumonitis (from irvevfj.ov, the lungs, and trig, a terminal, denoting inflammation). Pneumonia. Pneumonoscir'rhus. Scirrhus or indura- tion of the lungs. Pneumono'ses. Diseases of the lungs. Pneumo-pericard'ium ( pneumopericardi- um ; from nvevfia, air, and irepucapdiov, peri- cardium). Effusion of air into the cavity of the pericardium. Pneumo=pleuri / tis. Pleuro-pneumonia. Pneumorrhag'ia. Haemoptysis. Pneumothorax (from 7rvev/ia, air, and ■<><.,ini _-', the thorax). Effusion of air in the cavity of the pleura. Pneumot'omy (from Trvevfiuv, the lungs, and re/iuu, to cut). Pneumotomia. Dissection of the lungs. Pneu'sis. Respiration. Pnix. Strangulation ; a sense of suffoca- tion. Pock. A small-pox or vaccine pustule of the skin. Pod'agra (from -novc, the foot, and ay pa, seizure). Pain in the feet. Gout in the feet. Podarthri / tis (ttouc, foot, and arthritis, inflammation of joints). Inflammation of the joints of the foot. Podarthroc'ace. Disease or caries in the articulations of the feet. Podeci'um. In Botany, the foot-stalk of the lobed frond of lichens. Podol'ogy (from ttovc, the foot, and ^oyoc, a discourse). Podologia. A treatise on the feet. PodophyPlin. A resinous principle of a yellow color found in the root of the Podo- phyllum peltatum. Used as a drastic purga- tive in doses of from two to five grains. In smaller doses it is an alterative and chola- gogue. Podophyllum. A genus of plants of the order Ranunculaceae. Podophyllum Pelta / tum. Mandrake. May- apple. The root is purgative and acts like jalap. Dose of powder, gr. xx ; of extract, gr. v to gr. xv ; of the resin (podo- phyllin), gr. \ to gr. j. Podothe'ca (from ttovc, the foot, and ■Qtjutj, a sheath, a receptacle). An anatomical pre- paration of the cuticle of the foot. Pogoni'asis (pogonia; from iruyuv, the beard). Female beard. Poikilo'blasts. Corpuscles of the blood which are of irregular shape and size. See Corpuscle. PoikiFocyte. An irregular red blood-cor- puscle. Point. Punctum. In Electricity, the acute termination of a body, which facilitates the passage of the electric fluid to or from the body. Point, Blistering. Dr. Rush has given this name to the intermediate period between the stages of high excitement and collapse in the course of continued fever, when he believes blisters are productive of good effects. Poi / son. [ME., poisoun, poison.] Any agent which, when introduced into the body or applied externally, uniformly exerts a noxious or dangerous effect. Such agents exist in the POI 491 POI animal, vegetable, and mineral kingdoms. Orfila arranges them into four classes: (1) Irritant; (2) narcotic; (3) narcotico-acrid ; (4) septic. Christison reduces them into three classes : (1) Irritant; (2) narcotic; (3) narcotico- acrid, which are thus arranged : 1. Irritant Poisons. — The mineral acids, phos- phorus, sulphur, chlorine, iodine, hydriodate of potash, bromine, oxalic acid, the fixed alka- lies, nitre, alkaline and earthy chlorides, lime, ammonia and its salts, alkaline sulphur- ets, the compounds of arsenic, the compounds of mercury, the compounds of copper, trollius, mezereon, arum, gamboge, daffodil, jalap, savin ; the compounds of antimony ; the com- pounds of tin, silver, gold, platinum, bismuth, chrome, and zinc ; the compounds of lead and baryta ; euphorbia, castor-oil seeds, physic-nut, bitter cassada, manchineel, croton oil, bryony, colocynth, elaterium, ranunculus, anemone, caltha, clematis, cantharides, poisonous fish, venomous serpents and insects, diseased and decayed animal matter, mechanical irritants. 2. Narcotic Poisons. — Opium, hyoscyamus, lactuca, solanum, hydrocyanic acid. The vegetable substances which contain hy- drocyanic acid are bitter almonds, cherry- laurel, peach, cluster cherry, mountain-ash. Nitric oxide gas, chlorine gas, ammoniacal gas, muriatic acid gas, sulphuretted hydrogen, carbnretted hydrogen, carbonic acid, carbonic oxide, nitrous oxide, cyanogen, oxygen. 3. Narcotico-acrid Poisons. — Night -shade, thorn-apple, tobacco, lobelia, hemlock, water hemlock, hemlock dropwort, fool's parsley, monk's-hood, black hellebore, ipecacuanha, squill, white hellebore, meadow saffron, fox- glove, strychnia, nux vomica, St. Ignatius' bean, false angustura, camphor, cocculus in- dicus, upas antiar, coriaria myrtifolia, poison- ous fungi, poisonous mosses, secale coruutum, mouldy bread, darnel grass, seeds of lathyrus cicera, seeds of the bitter vetch, seeds of the common laburnum, alcohol, ether, some empy- reumatic oils. Viewed, however, with reference to their effect on the animal system, Dr. J. Thomas arranges them under the four following heads : 1. Irritant poisons, or those which produce Irritation or inflammation, as the mineral acids, oxalic acid, the caustic alkalies, anti- mony, arsenic, baryta, the salts of copper, some of the compounds of lead, nitrate of sil- ver, the salts of zinc, cantharides, iodine, phos- phorus, etc. A distinction is sometimes drawn between irritant and corrosive poisons ; but the differ- ence appears to be, at least in some cases, one of degree rather than of kind. Thus, one of the more powerful mineral acids in a concentrated form would be a corrosive poison, but in a diluted form only an irritant poison. 2. Narcotic poisons, or such as produce stupor or delirium, as opium, hyoscyamus, etc. 3. Sedaiire poisons, or those which directly reduce the vital powers, as hydrocyanic acid, cyanide of potassium, sulphuretted hydrogen, and other of the poisonous gases. 4. Acro-narcotic and acro-sedative poisons, in- cluding those which produce sometimes irri- tation, sometimes narcotism or sedation, or both together. They are chiefly derived from the vegetable kingdom. Stramonium or bella- donna will furnish an example of the acro- narcotic, and aconite of the acro-sedative poisons. Treatment. — It is not deemed necessary to enter here into a minute consideration of the symptoms caused by the various kinds of poisons. In fact, the symptoms produced by many different substances so nearly resemble one another that, without other data, they would be wholly insufficient for determining the character of the poison. But some assistance toward forming a cor- rect diagnosis will undoubtedly be furnished by a knowledge even of the general properties of the various poisons. With respect, however, to the more important articles of this class, such as the mineral acids, the caustic alkalies, arsenic, and several of the other metals, it has been deemed important to describe the most usual and characteristic symptoms. Acids. — Most of the mineral acids, as well as oxalic acid, are corrosive poisons ; if taken into the stomach they cause an extremely sour, acrid taste, with a sense of burning pain in the throat and an excruciating burning pain in the stomach. The matter vomited causes effervescence with chalk or other forms of carbonate of lime. The proper treatment in such cases is to administer chalk or magne- sia, made into a thin paste with water. In case these substances are not at hand, the plaster of the apartment may be beaten to powder and made into paste. As antidotes for nitric and oxalic acids, lime and magnesia only are admissible ; for acetic, citric, muriatic, sulphuric, and tartaric arid-. POI 492 POI the carbonates of potash arid soda may also be used. The effects of hydrocyanic or prussic acid are usually so rapid as to render medical treat- ment of no avail. When death does not follow instantaneously, cold affusions or a cold douche on the head will often prove extremely bene- ficial. Ammonia may also be administered with advantage. Alkalies. — In cases of poisoning with the caustic alkalies there is an extremely harsh, acrid taste, with intense burning or smarting in the throat, caused by the destruction of its lining membrane, accompanied with great difficulty or pain in swallowing. The matter vomited will turn vegetable blues to green or turmeric to brown. The proper antidotes are the fluid fixed oils, as sweet-oil, linseed-oil, castor-oil, etc., or the mild vegetable acids, as vinegar, lemon juice, etc. Antimony. — In cases of poisoning with the preparations of antimony there is usually vomiting, which should be facilitated and rendered as free as possible by copious draughts of warm or tepid water or by tickling the fauces with one's finger or with a feather, etc. This is to be followed by astringent drinks, such as the infusions of galls, oak bark, Peru- vian bark, dogwood (Cornus florida), etc. Arsenic. — When any of the soluble com- pounds of arsenic have been taken, there is an intense burning pain in the stomach and bowels, accompanied by violent vomiting, a sense of dryness and tightness in the throat, with an incessant desire for drink. The eyes are red and sparkling and the countenance expresses extreme suffering and anxiety. Fre- quently there are nervous tremors, and other symptoms showing that the nervous system is powerfully affected. In rare instances arsenic has been known to produce coma and other symptoms closely re- sembling narcotic poisoning. For treatment of <:iscs of poisoning with arsenious acid, the bydrated sesquioxide or peroxide of iron, made into a paste with water, is the best, if Dot the only efficient, antidote. But even this remedy has been found to be of little avail when fche arsenic has been swallowed in a SOlid state. Hydrate of magnesia has also been found useful, it is said, when the poison has been taken in solution. For Fowler's solution (liquor arseniealis), lime-water is a good antidote. In case the other preparations of arsenic have been taken, an emetic of sulphate of zinc should be admin- istered, followed by a copious use of demulcent drinks, such as flaxseed or slippery-elm tea, milk, farinaceous decoctions, etc. Baryta. — The symptoms are similar to those produced by the corrosive metals. The sulphates of soda and magnesia are effi- cacious antidotes for the salts of baryta. Copper. — In cases of poisoning with the salts of copper, which are corrosive poisons, the best antidotes are the whites of eggs and metal- lic iron (in the form of filings or raspings). Vinegar should be carefully avoided, as likely to dissolve the solid or insoluble com- pounds that may have been formed by the salts of copper with animal or vegetable substances. Iron. — For poisoning with the sulphate of iron or copperas, carbonate of soda and muci- laginous drinks are the proper remedies. Lead. — For the soluble salts of lead, such as the acetate (sugar of lead), the best antidotes are sulphate of magnesia (Epsom salts) and phosphate of soda. For lead in any form insoluble in water, — white lead, for example, — very dilute sulphuric acid should be administered. Strychnia has been recommended for par- alysis resulting from lead. Mercury. — For the poisonous compounds of mercury, such as corrosive sublimate, the cyanide and nitrate of mercury, red and white precipitates, etc., the whites of eggs beaten up with water or milk, should be promptly and freely given ; or if these articles should not be at hand, flour made into a paste may be used as a substitute. Silver. — For nitrate of silver or lunar caus- tic, common salt is an excellent antidote. Tin and Zinc. — For the poisonous compounds of tin and zinc, milk and the whites of eggs will serve as antidotes. When the sulphate or acetate of zinc has been taken, vomiting should be promoted by plentiful draughts of warm water. (Jases. — Among the other most important inorganic poisons may be numbered the pois- onous gases, including carbonic acid gas, car- bonic oxide, carburetted and sulphuretted hydrogen, the vapor of ether, and chlorine. In cases of poisoning with these, the best remedy is fresh air ; if there should be stupor, cold affusions may be applied to the head and the vital powers quickened by artificial respira- tion and by the use of a galvanic apparatus. POI 493 POI For the poisonous effects of carbonic acid gas, the inhalation of oxygen is the best antidote. A cautious inhalation of ammonia may prove useful in cases of poisoning with chlorine. For iodine, the best antidote is starch ; when this is not at hand, flour, which contains starch, may be substituted. The poisonous effects of creasote may be counteracted or mitigated by the prompt ad- ministration of albumen in some form. In cases of poisoning with phosphorus, the chief re- liance must be placed on some prompt emetic, which should be followed by mucilaginous drinks. If the phosphorus should have been taken in a solid form, the fluid oils should be care- fully avoided, on accouut of their solvent property. Organic Poisons. — Those found in the vege- table kingdom are to be treated according to their character. If vomiting has been pro- duced by their action, this may be facilitated or rendered more free by plentiful draughts of warm water. But if the taking of the poison has been followed by insensibility, some active emetic, such as sulphate of zinc, should be administered, or, in extreme cases, recourse must be had to the stomach-pump. In the case of opium and similar narcotics, copious affusions of cold water to the head have some- times proved of great advantage. A strong infusion of coffee has been found beneficial in counteracting the subsequent effects of an overdose of opium. The remarkable antagonism existing between belladonna and opium has sometimes, it is stated, beeu used with the greatest advantage, each having, in its turn, been made to act as an antidote to the other. In like manner, it is said, opium and stramonium may be used mutually to counteract each other. Tannin is the proper antidote for strychnia, but, to be successful, it should be greatly in excess, in the proportion of not less than 25 or 30 of the antidote to 1 of the poison. Animal poisons may be properly ranked under two heads : 1. Those taken into the stomach by mis- take as food ; such are the various kinds of poisonous fish, which should be treated on the same principle as the vegetable poisons ; that is, by emetics, copious draughts of warm water, etc., followed, perhaps, by an active purgative, in order to remove any deleterious matter which may have lodged in the intestines. If cantharides should have been taken, vomiting should be excited by copious draughts of sweet-oil, linseed-tea, milk, etc. 2. The poisonous secretions of the various venomous animals, used by them as a weapon of defense. As such poisons are not taken into the stom- ach, but introduced into the system through a wound, an altogether different plan of treat- ment is l-equired. A cupping-glass should be promptly placed over the wound, and the air exhausted, for the purpose of extracting the venom. At the same time, if practicable, a moderately tight ligature should be applied above the bite or sting, in order to prevent the virus from diffusing itself through the system. If a cupping-glass can not be procured, the poison may be extracted by sucking, in which case, it is scarcely necessary to remark, care should be taken not to swallow the saliva. In cases of poisoning from venomous serpents, the alkalies, especially ammonia, applied to the wound and taken internally, are said, in some instances, to have proved extremely beneficial. The application of clay or mud to the part, by excluding the air, tends to obstruct the activ- ity of the poison. From several cases recently reported it would appear that by far the most efficient antidote for the venom of serpents is the compound known as Bibron's antidote. A common formula for its preparation is the fol- lowing : Take of bromine two drachms and a half; iodide of potassium, two grains ; corro- sive sublimate, one grain ; dilute alcohol, thirty fluid drachms. Mix. Dose, one fluid drachm, diluted with a tablespoonful of wine or brandy, to be repeated pro re natd. See Poison of Serpents. For hj'drophobia, after the poison has once been received into the system, there is no anti- dote known. As soon as possible after the wound has been inflicted the bitten part should be completely cut out, and free bleeding promoted by immersing the w r ound in warm water; the surface should afterward be burned with the actual cautery or with some efficient caustic. Pois'oned. Infected with or destroyed by poison. Pois'oning. Infecting with poison ; the administration or the application of poison- ous substances to any of the textures in a sufficiently large quantit}- to produce serious effects. Pois'onous. Having the qualities of poison. POL 494 POL Po'lar. Relating to poles or polarity. Polar'ity. That property of bodies which causes them, when free, to tend or point to certain determinate directions, as the magnetic needle. Polariza'tion. The state of a body which causes it to. exhibit polarity; act of polariz- ing or of giving polarity to a body ; thus, light, when changed by the action of certain media, by which it is caused to exhibit the appearance of having polarity, or poles pos- sessing different properties, is said to be polar- ized. Poles. In Astronomy, the extremities of the axis on which a sphere revolves. In Electricity and Galvanism, the poles. or parts of a magnet which exhibit the phenomena of attraction. Polioplas'ma. The grayish, granular part of a cell. See Protoplasm. Polishing Brush. An instrument em- ployed in the laboratory of the dentist for pol- ishing the metallic portions of any appliance or piece of mechanism intended to be placed in the mouth. It sometimes consists of a simple brush, like that used for cleaning the teeth, except that it is longer and a little wider, and at other times of a brush-wheel. Polishing Rouge. Jewelers' rouge. A pol- ishing powder made by dissolving copperas in water, filtering the solution, aud adding a filtered solution of pearlash or subcarbouate of soda as long as any sediment falls. The liquor is then filtered again, and the sediment left on the filter, washed by running clean water through it, and then calcined until it is of a scarlet color. Polishing Wheel. A small wheel with the peripheral surface covered with buckskin or other soft leather and made to revolve on the mandrel of a lathe. Pol 'lex. The thumb. Also the great toe. Pollinctu'ra. Embalming. Pollod'ic (pollodicus ; from noAvg, many, and odog, a way). A term applied by Dr. .Mar- shall Hall to a course of nervous action pro- ceeding from one point to another in many directions. Poly= (from no'Avg). A prefix signifying many. Polyai'mia (from noAvg^ many, and m/ia, blood). Plethora. Abnormal increase of blood. Polycho'lia (from noAvg, much, and X'^'i, bile). Excess of bile. Polychromatic (from -o'/vc, many, and Xpoua, color). A term applied to minerals which exhibit a play of colors ; also of various colors ; many-colored. Polychrom ic Acid. Aloetic acid. Arti- ficial bitter principle of aloes. With different ingredients it dyes silk a great variety of colors ; hence its name. Polychy'lia. Excess of chyle. Polycrot'ic. A pulse that appears to have more than two rhythms for each cardiac im- pulse. Polycythemia. Excess of red blood- corpuscles. Polydac'ria (from no/.vc, many, and daupva, tears). Excessive secretion of tears. Polydac'tylus (from nolvg, many, and 6aK.-vA.og, a finger). One who has one or more supernumerary fingers or toes. Polydipsia (from tto/.vc, much, and dn/07, thirst). Excessive thirst. Polygala Sen'ega. Rattlesnake milk- wort. Seneca suakeroot, a plant found in all parts of the United States. The bark of the root is the active part of the plant. It is stimulant, expectorant, and diuretic. In large doses it is emetic and cathartic. It is sometimes diaphoretic and emmena- gogue. Polygala Virginia'na. Polygala senega. PoFygon. A plane figure having more than four angles, and, consequently, more than four sides. If the sides are equal, it is called a regular polygon. Polygu'ria. Polyuria. Poly'halite. A mineral or salt of a bright red color, containing sulphates of lime, mag- nesia, soda, aud potash. Polyhe'dron (from irolvg, many, and e6pa, side). A solid bounded by many sides or planes. Polyid'ria (from wolvg, many, and idpog, sweat). Excessive sweating. Polylymph'ia. Anasarca. Polymeric (from -o'/vc, many, and uepng, a part). A term applied in Chemistry to com- pounds in which the ratio of the elements is the same with other compounds, but the total number of atoms is greater in one than in the others. Polymeris'mus (from txo'/mc, much, and uepog, a part). A monstrosity in which there is an excess or multiplicity of organs or parts of the body. Polymorphous. Having many forms. POL 495 POP Poly nucleate. Having more than one nucleus. Polyopia (from iroXvg, much, and ottto/ici, to see). Vision in which a person sees more objects than are present. Polyorex'ia (from iroAvg, much, and opeijig, appetite). Excessive hunger. Polype'ria (from nolvg, much, and rrr/pog, mutilated). Congenital misconstruction. Polyphagia (from tto/U/c, much, and ayo; oc, a discourse). Posologia. That part of thera- peutics which treats of the indications of the doses in which different medicines should be prescribed. Pos'set (jmsctum). Milk curdled with wine, treacle, or any acid. POS 500 POT Poste'rior Annula'ris. An external in- terosseal muscle of the hand. Posterior Auris. The retrahens auris muscle. Posterior In'dicis Manus. An internal in- terosseal muscle of the hand. Posterior Indicis Pedis. An external inter- osseal muscle of the foot. Posterior Medii Dig'iti Manus. An external interosseal muscle, of the hand. Posterior Medii Digiti Pedis. An external interosseal muscle of the foot. Posterior Ter'tii Digiti. The adductor tertii digiti muscle. Posthe. The prepuce. Posthet/omist (posthetomus ; from noa-dr/, the foreskin, and tou?j, incision). One who performs the operation of circumcision. Posthi'a (noctiia). A sty on the eyelid ; hordeolum. Posthioplas'tic (from nood-iov, the prepuce, and nXaaou, to form). Posthioplasticus. A plastic operation for the restoration of the pre- puce. Posthitis. Inflammation of the prepuce. Posthon'cus. Swelliug of the prepuce. Post/humous (from post, after, and humus, the ground). Occurring after death, as the publication of a work after the death of the author. Posticus. Situated behind. Post=mortem. After death ; applied to an examination of the body after death for the de- tection of the changes of structure produced by disease. Post=par'tum. After childbirth ; also hem- orrhage or any other occurrence ensuing after parturition. Postposition {poslpositio). State of being put back or out of the regular place. In Path- ology, delay in the return of a paroxysm. Po / tabIe (potabilis). Drinkable. Fit to be drunk. Potash. Vegetable alkali ; potassa ; gas- trinum ; a hyd rated protoxide of potassium. Potash of Commerce. Potassae carbonas im- purus. Impure carbonate of potassa ; pearl- ash. Potas'sa. Potash. Potassa caustica. Potassa Caustica. Caustic potassa. See Po- tassa Fusa. Potassa cum Calce. Potassa with lime, me- chanically mixed. Potassa Fu'sa. Fused potash. Caustic pot- ash. The hydrate of potash, prepared by evaporating a solution of potash to dryness. It is a powerful caustic and is used for forming issues, etc. Potassa Impura. Potash of commerce. Potassa=aIum. See Potassium Sulphate OF Alum. Potassa-alum is employed in prosthetic dentistry for hardening plaster casts or models, to prevent the plaster from adhering to the rubber during the vulcanizing process, and also to prevent the plaster from shrinking. It may be prepared for such use by adding two or three teaspoonfuls of the potassa-alum to six ounces of fresh water. Potassa? Ace'tas. Acetate of potassa. Mildly cathartic and diuretic. Dose as a diuretic, |T)j to 3j ; as a cathaitic, 3 i j to Potassse Aqua Effervescens. Effervescing solution of potassa. Potassae Bicar'bonas. Bicarbonate of potash. Its use is the same as that of the carbonate, but it is less acrid. Potassae Bichro / mas. Bichromate of potash. In small doses it is an alterative ; in large doses, an irritant poison. Externally it is used as a caustic. Potassae BisuPphas. Bisulphate of potassa. Potassae Bitar'tras. Bitartrate of potassa, or cream of tartar. It is cathartic, diuretic, and refrigerant. Dose, £ss to 3.] as a purge. Potassae Car / bonas. Carbonate of potash, formerly called salt of tartar. Potassae Carbonas Impu'rus. Impure car- bonate of potassa. Potash of commerce. Known in commerce by the name of pearl- ash. Potassae Carbonas Purus. Pure carbonate of potassa. Carbonate of potassa from crystals of tartar. Salt of tartar. Diuretic, antacid, auddeobstruent. Dose, gr. xto gss, properly diluted. Potassae Chloras. Chlorate of potash. Pre- pared by passing an excess of chlorine through a solution of carbonate of potassa. It is a white salt of a cooling and slightly astringent taste. A refrigerant and diuretic, resolvent and detergent. Dose of chlorate of potash, gr. x to gr. xxx. In Dental Practice it is used in the treatment of mercurial and gangrenous stomatitis, and in erysipelatous inflammation of the mouth and fauces, especially in cancrum oris, inflammation of the gums, aphtha?, ulcers of tongue, both externally and internally. It is also very effectual in foetor of the breath. A mouth-wash of it is made by dissolving a tea- spoonful of the salt in four ounces of water. POT 50 1 POT For other dental uses see Gorgas' "Dental Medicine." Potassae et Sodae Tartras. Tartrate of po- tassa and soda. Tartarized soda. Rochelle salt. Potassae Hydras. Hydrate of potassa. Caus- tic potash. Potassse Hydri'odas. Iodide of potassium. Hydriodate of potassa. See Iodide of Po- tassium. Potassae, Liq / uor of. Solution of potash. Made by boiling potash in lime. Dose, gtt. x to gtt. xxx. Potassae Nitras. Nitrate of potassa ; nitre. Saltpetre. It is refrigerant, diuretic, and dia- phoretic. Dose, gr. x to g ss. It is employed in febrile and inflammatory affections, acute rheu- matism, scurvy, purpura, haemoptysis, dropsy, and inflammatory sore throat ; and, in Den- ial Practice, in threatened alveolar abscess is introduced into the pulp-cavity in the form of powder, and is used in the form of a gargle for inflammatory conditions of mucous mem- brane. Potassae Nitras Purifica'tum. Purified ni- trate of potassa. Potassae Perman'ganas. Permanganate of potash. The metal manganese combined with potassa. A substance in needle-shaped crystals of a deep purple color. It is used as an es- charotic, and is a powerful disinfectant for de- stroying foetid odors from organic sources, and hence is useful in the treatment of diseases of the antrum, gangrenous ulcers, abscesses, car- ious bone, ulceration of mucous membrane, for correcting foetor of the breath, abscess of an- trum, putrescent pulps, and pyorrhoea -alveo- laris. Potas'sae SuFphas. Sulphate of potassa. Purgative and deobstruent. Dose as a purge, 5ss to 3 vj ; as a deobstruent, gr. x to 3J. Potassae Tar'tras. Tartrate of potassa. Pur- gative. Dose, gj to 5J, in solution. Potas'sii Bro'midum. Bromide of potas- sium. Formula, KBr. It occurs in white crystals freely soluble in water and slightly soluble in alcohol. Is composed of bromine, iron filings, carbonate of potash, and water. Same use as iodide of potassium, but slower in effect. Dose, T)j to gij. It is alterative and resolvent, stimulant and antispasmodic. In Denial Practice, bromide of potassium is inter- nally used in convulsions from teething, neu- ralgia where there is a syphilitic taint, and locally applied for diseases of dental pulp and periosteum. It is also employed to lessen irritability of the fauces in obtaining impres- sions of the parts for the construction of an artificial velum in cleft palate. It has also been used for bleaching discolored teeth, but is not so effective as chlorine. Potassii Cyanure'tum. See Cyanuket of Potassium. Potassii Ferrocyanure'tum. Ferrocyanuret of potassium. It is chiefly used in the pre- paration of hydrocyanic acid, Prussian blue, etc. Potassii Iodi / dum. Iodide of potassium. Hydriodate of potassa. Formed by decompos- ing the iodide of iron by carbonate of potassa. Its use is the same as that of iodine in goitre, scrofulous affections, etc., but the iodide of po- tassium is considered a valuable remedy in sec- ondary syphilis, rheumatism, and lepra. Dose of the saturated solution, from tt\yj to vtlxx ; of the dry salt, from gr. ij to gr. x. Being less irritant, it possesses many advantages over iodine for internal use. It is also more soluble than iodine and is absorbed more rap- idly. In Dental Practice, iodide of potassium is employed in mercurial stomatitis, dental exostosis, facial neuralgia, convulsions of teething, caries and necrosis of bones of the jaws, diseases of the periosteum, etc. For dental application see Gorgas' " Dental Medi- cine." Potassii Sulphuret'um. Snlphuret of potas- sium. Potassium. Symbol. K. Atomic weight, 39. The metallic base of potassa. It has the low specific gravity of 0.865, it being the light- est known solid. It has a remarkable affinity for oxygen, igniting when thrown into water. Potassium Sulphate of Alum. K._,A1.,(S0 4 ) 4 . The alum of commerce, a valuable astringent used as a five per cent, solution for a lotion. Po'telot. Sulphuret of molybdenum. Po'tency (potcntia). Force; physical power. Po'tent {potent. Powerful ; physically strong. Potential (from pot ens, able). Potentialis. Opposed to actual. Potential cautery is a term applied to those therapeutic agents which are capable of destroying vital tissue by estab- lishing a condition incompatible with vitality. See Cautery. Po'tio. A potion. Potio Cal'cis Carbona'tis. Chalk mixture. Po'tion (potio; from poto, to drink). A POT 502 PRE liquid compound ; the same as mixture ; a medicated drink. Potion, Pectoral. Fifteen drops of dilute hydrocyanic acid, mixed with two fluid ounces of infusion of ground ivy and one of syrup of althsea. Potion, Rive / rius'. Potio effervescens anti- emetica dicta riverii of the Parisian codex. A mixture of lemon juice and subcarbonate of potassa ; an effervescing beverage. Pott's Disease. Caries of the bodies of the vertebra?, causing an angular curvature of the spine forward. Po / tuS. Drink. Pouch. A small bag. In Pathology, a morbid dilatation of any part of a canal. PouLtice. A cataplasm (which see). Pounce. Pulverized gum sandarach. Pound. A weight consisting of twelve ounces troy, or sixteen avoirdupois. See Weights and Measures. Poupart's Ligament (ligamentum Pou- partii). The lower border of the aponeurosis of the external oblique muscle of the abdomen, extending from the anterior spinous process of the ilium to the spine of the pubis. Pow / der. In Pharmacy, a substance re- duced to minute particles by pulverization. Powder, Compound, of Chalk with Opium. Cretse opiatus. An anodyne astringent com- posed of a mixture of compound powder of chalk, ^ viss, and opium, £)iv. Pox. Syphilis. Pox, Chicken. Varicella. Pox, Small. Variola. Prsecor'dia (from prse, before, and cor, gen. cordis, the heart). The forepart of the thoracic region. Praecor'dial. Pertaining to the prsecordia. Praedor'sal ( prsedorsalis ; from prte, be- fore, and dorsum, the back). Pertaining to the anterior surface of the dorsal region. Prae'morse. Truncated. Prae'via. See Placenta Previa. Prax / is (from wpaaaw, to perform). Prac- tice. Action, the practice of anything, as of medicine or any of its branches. Pre=. A prefix meaning before. Precipitant. A reagent causing precipita- tion. Precipitate. A solid substance which, after having been dissolved, is separated from its solvent and thrown to the bottom of the vessel by adding a reagent; separation of a solid from a fluid. Precipitate of Cassius, Purple. See CASSIUS' Precipitate. Precipitate, Red. Hydrargyri nitrico-oxidum. The red oxide or protoxide of mercurj'. Precipitate, White. Hydrargyrum precipita- tum album. Ammoniated mercury. Precipitation (prsecipitatio ; from prse- cipito, to cast down) . The act by which any body separates from a liquid in which it is held in solution and falls to the bottom of the vessel. Precocity . Premature development of any faculty. Precordial. Precordial. Precursory Symp'toms. The symptoms which indicate the approach of disease. Predisposing. Acting under a slight exciting cause. Predisposing Cause. That which creates a susceptibility to disease. Predisposition (prsedispositio ; from prse, before, and disponere, to dispose). That con- stitution or condition of body which disposes it to take on a certain form or kind of diseased action. Preforma / tive Membrane. Membrana preformativa. A membrane covering develop- ing enamel, and which can be raised from the surface of the enamel by means of an acid capable of dissolving calcium carbonate and phosphate. See Membrana Preformativa. Preg'nancy. Utero-gestation. The state of a female from the moment of fecundation to parturition. Preg / nant. With young or with child. Prehensile. Adapted to seize or grasp, as the hand or teeth. Prehen / sio. Catalepsy ; epilepsy. Prehension (from prehendere, to lay hold of). The act of seizing or taking hold. The prehension of food is accomplished by the mouth and its appendages, the teeth, lips, and tongue. It is chiefly confined to the infant in the act of sucking, as this stage of the diges- tive process is but slightly employed in the adult. Premature Labor. Labor occurring dur- ing the last three months of the natural term, but before its completion. Premax'illary. Intermaxillary. Premaxillary Bones. The small bones be- tween the superior maxillary bones of the foetus containing the incisor teeth. Premolar ( prie, before, and molaris, molar). A term sometimes applied to the bicuspid teeth. PRE 503 PRI Premon'itory. The initial symptoms which indicate an on-corning disease. Preparation (prseparatio). That which is prepared by some process, as a pharmaceutical or anatomical preparation. Prepared Chalk (creta praeparata). Chalk reduced to an impalpable powder bylevigatiou and elutriation. It possesses antacid and absorbent properties, and is given in cases of acidity of the stomach, and sometimes in diar- rhoea. See Creta Praeparata. Prepared Sponge. Spongia prreparata (which see). Prep / uce (prseputium). The integuments that cover the glans penis. Presbyon'osi (from -peapvr, old, and vococ, disease). The diseases of advanced life or old age. Presbyo'pia (from ^peajivQ, old, and uib, the eye). Long-sightedness. A defect of vision, common in old persons, by which ob- jects near by are seen confusedly, whilst at remoter distances they are seen distinctly. Presbyt/ia. Presbyopia. Prescription (prseseriptio ; from prss, be- fore, and scribere, to write). The formula of a physician for the composition of medicine. A compound prescription is divided into: (1) The basis, or active ingredient ; (2) the adju- vants, which assists the operation of the former ; (3) the corrigens, which is to correct anything injurious in the operation of the active ingre- dient ; and (4) the constituens, or mixture which is intended to give to the whole a con- venient and agreeable form. But, ordinarily, prescriptions are more simple. The following is the usual mode of making a prescription : R . — Potassse nitratis, % ij ; mellis rosa-, f^iv ; infusi rosse, f^vss. Misce. Presentation. In Obstetrics, the part of the foetus over the os uteri which is felt on examination per vaginam during the first stage of parturition. It is called natural when the vertex of the head, the feet, knees, or breech presents, and preternatural when any other part presents. In the latter case the operation of turning is necessary. Prespi'nal ( prxspinalis ; from prse, before, and spina, the spine). The anterior surface of the spine. Pressure (pressura). The act of pressing ; state of beiug pressed. Pressure, Abdom'inal. A means of diagnosis in some diseases of the abdominal and thora- cic organs. Pretib'ial [prsetibialis; from prse, before, and tibia, the tibia). Before or in front of the tibia. Priapis'cus (from npianoc, the penis). A tent or bougie shaped like the penis. Priapism. Priapismus. Constant and painful erection of the penis, occasioned by morbific causes. Pria / pus. The penis. Prickly Ash. Xanthoxylum. A shrub in- digenous to the Northern, Middle, and West- ern States. The bark, root, and berries possess medicinal properties. The bark has an aro- matic odor and an acrid, bitter, pungent taste. An infusion of the recent root is said to be emetic and cathartic. In Dental Practice, the powder is often efficacious for the relief of odontalgia, and a tincture relieves soreness after the extirpation of the dental pulp. A decoction of the bark is useful as a wash for foul ulcers. Another species of prickly ash — Aralia spinosa, angelica tree — is found in the Southern States, and sometimes called " tooth- ache tree," as a tincture of the bark affords relief in odontalgia. Prickly Heat. Lichen tropicus. A cutaneous affection, consisting of an eruption of numer- ous elevated papula?, about the size of a pin's head, of a bright red color and of an irregu- lar shape, attended by an itching, stinging sensation. It is produced by the high tem- perature of summer, and occurs on the neck, various parts of the body, arms, and some- times on the backs of the hands. Pri'mae Vi'as. The first passages. The stom- ach and intestinal canal, as distinguished from the lacteals, which are called the secundre viae. Prima / lia (primus, first). A term applied to a division or kingdom of organized bodies, including those of which the structure is alto- gether cellular without vascularity, and which simply possess the power of reproduction with- out organs appropriated to respiration or circu- lation. Primary (primarius). First in order of time. A term applied in Pathology to the first symptoms, causes, etc., of disease. Primary Cell. Elementary, primordial, or parent cell. The first cell developed in the formation of an organism, organ, or tissue ; the cell developed from a germ or germinal granule. Primary Teeth. The teeth of first dentition. Pri'mine. In Botany, the outermost cover- ing <>f the ovule of plants. PRI 504 PRO Primip'ara (from primus, first, and parere, to bring forth). A female who brings forth for the first time. Primit'iae. The part of the liquor amnii discharged in parturition, which occurs pre- vious to the extrusion of the foetus. Primitive Earths. Ten in number : Baryta, strontia, lime, magnesia, alumina or clay, silica, glucina, zirconia, yttria, and florina. Prince's Metal or Prince Ru / pert's Metal. An alloy of copper and zinc. Prin'ciple {principium). In a general sense, that from which a thing proceeds ; the begin- ning. In Medicine, that which serves as a basis for a system of practice. In Chemistry, a com- ponent part ; also a substance on the presence of which certain qualities, common to a num- ber of bodies, depend. Thus, oxygen is an acidifying principle. In Physiology, the proxi- mate principles of animal and vegetable bodies are the peculiar substances which result from particular modes of combination of ordinary matter, called organic elements or compounds of organization. Principle, Coloring, of the Blood. A solid, insipid, inodorous substance of a red color ; a constituent of definite composition which imparts to the blood its red color. It has been found, on analysis, to contain iron, and it is to the presence of this agent that the red color of the blood is ascribed. Principle, Digest'ive. Pepsin. Principle, Imme'diate. A name given in Chemistry to substances obtained, in some measure, immediately from animals and veg- etables by simple processes, composed of three or more elements, as the fatty principles, which are stearin, elain, cholesterin, etc. Principle, Vital. See Vital Principle. Principles, Prox'imate. Immediate prin- ciples; organic elements ; compounds of organi- zation. Priono'des (from npiuv, a saw, and euhc, shape). Serrated. A term applied in Anatomy to the sutures of the cranium. Pri'or. The first; anterior; applied in Anatomy to certain muscles and parts, from their situation. Prior Annularis. An internal interosseous muscle of the hand. Prior In'dicis. A muscle of the hand which diaws tin- forefinger outward. Prior Indicis Pe'dis. The adductor indicia pedis, an external interosseous muscle of the foot. Prior Me / dii. An external interosseous mus- cle of the hand. Prior Medii Dig / iti. The prior medii. Prior Medii Digiti Pedis. The adductor medii digiti pedis, an internal interosseous muscle of the foot. Prior Min / imi Digiti. The adductor minimi digiti, an internal interosseous muscle of the foot. Prior Ter'tii Digiti Pedis. The adductor tertii digiti pedis ; also an interosseous mus- cle of the foot. Pri / sis. Grinding of the teeth, a symptom of disease ; also trepanning. Prism. A solid whose bases or ends are any similar, equal, and parallel plane poly- gons, and whose sides are parallelograms. Prismatic. Prism-shaped ; applied also to the colors resulting from the action of a transparent prism on the solar beams. Prismatic Spectrum. See Spectrum. Prisma / toid. Resembling a prism. Pris'mos. Stridor dentium. Private Parts. The genital organs. Pro=. Before ; a prefix signifying in front or in advance of. Pro re nata. A term employed .in Prescrip- tions, signifying occasionally, as circumstances may demand. Pro'bang. A small rod of whalebone, with a piece of sponge or ivory at one of its ex- tremities, used to push extraneous bodies which have lodged in the oesophagus down into the stomach. Probe (from probo, to try). A long, slender instrument employed by surgeons to explore and ascertain the depth of wounds. Procar'dium. The pit of the stomach. Procatarc'tic {procatarcticus ; from irpoKa- rapxo>, to go before). A term applied in Path- ology to the remote or predisposing causes of disease. Proc / ess (from proccdo, to go before). Pro- cessus. Applied in Anatomy to parts which are prolonged beyond others with which they are connected; an elevation, projection, or promi- nence on a bone ; in Chemistry, the series of operations necessary for the attainment of any given result. Processus. A process. Prochei'lon (from trpo, before, and xeihog, a lip). Prolabium antilabium. The project- ing margin of the lips. Procidentia (from proeido, to fall). A prolapsus, or falling of any part. PRO so.: PRO Procon / dylus (from -rrpo, before, and kov- " aoq, a condyle). The first joint of the finger next the metacarpus. Procreation (procreniio). The act of be- getting ; fecundation ; generation. Proctalgia (from rrpoKroc, anus, and a/yo£, pain). Pain in the anus. Proctatre'sia (from irpaicroQ, auus, and arpijata, imperforation). Imperforated anus. Proc'tica (from rrpuKToc, anus). Disease of the anus without primary inflammation. Proctitis. Inflammation of the anus. Proctoc'ace (from rrpw/crof, anus, and /ca«of, had). A name given by Fuchs to an adynamic, inflammatory coudition of the Tectum, fre- quently terminating in gangrene, and said to he common in Peru and in many other parts of South America and in some parts of Africa. The Portuguese call it bicho, and bicho de cula, and the people of Quito, mal de valle. In Africa it is called bitios de kis. Proctocele (from x-punToc, anus, and Krfa}, hernia). Prolapsus ani, or, more properly, a hernia-like protrusion of the rectum through the anus. Proctocystotomy (from ~pun-oc, anus, kootic, a pouch, and refivo, to cut). The opera- tion of lithotomy by cutting into the bladder through the septum tying between it and the rectum . Proctoleucorrhoe'a. Proctorrhcea (which see). Procton'CUS (from Trpw/crof, anus, and oyicoc, swelling). Tumefaction of the anus. Proctoparal'ysis. Paralysis of the mus- cular coat of the rectum. Proctopto'sis (from irpunToq, auus, and 77-ru<7ig t a falling down). Prolapsus ani. Proctorrha'gia (from 7ipuK-oc, anus, and pTf) vvfit, to burst forth). Hemorrhoidal flux. Proctorrhoe'a (from ttpuktoq, anus, and peu } to flow). A discharge of mucus from the anus. Proc'tos. The anus. Procto'sis. Proctocele. Proctotomy (irpuicros, the anus, and repvu, to cut). The operation for fistula in ano, etc. Procum'bent {procumbens). Lying down flat on the face. Procynodon'tos (from -po, and KiawWrof, a canine or cuspid tooth). The projection of a cuspid tooth in the front of the dental arch — a common variety of irregularity. Prod'romus (from vpo, before, and Spopoc, course). Prodromic. The period which im- mediately precedes the attack of disease. Precursory. Prod'uct (from produco, to produce). The tangible result of a chemical or pharmaceutical operation. Produc'tio. An apophysis. Production. A prolongation ; a process ; that which is produced. Proe / Hum. A press ; a tourniquet. Proeo'tia. Premature development of the sexual organs : genital precocity. Proflu'via. A term applied in Pathology to all morbid discharges or fluxes. Proflu'vium (from profluo, to run down). A discharge of flux. Profundus. Deep-seated ; also the flexor profundus perforaus muscle. Profu'sio. A flow of fluids, as that of blood, without fever. Proglos'sis (from ~po, before, and y/wooa, the tongue). The tip of the tongue. Prognathism. Protrusion of the jaw. Prog'nathous (from 77/30, before, and yva- #oc, the jaw). Having a projecting jaw, as in the case where the teeth of the inferior maxil- lary shut in front of those of the superior. Progno'sis (from -po, before, and ynuGKo, to know). The art of foretelling the future progress and termination of a disease from the symptoms. Prognostic. The prediction of the ter- mination of a disease. Pertaining to progno- sis. Prola'bium. Procheilum. The extreme prominent part of the lip. Prolap'sus (from prolabar, to slip down). The falling down of a part of a viscus from its natural position. Prolapsus Ani. The inversion and falling down of the lower part of the rectum. Prolapsus Ir'idis. Protrusion of the iris through a wound in the cornea. Prolapsus U / teri. A falling down of the uterus from relaxation. Prolapsus U'vulse. Relongation and elonga- tion of the uvula. Staphyledema. Prolapsus Vagi'nae. Protrusion of the upper part of the vagina into the lower. Prolecta'tion (prolectatio). The act of separating the finer parts of a body from the grosser. Prolep'tic (from -pn, before, and %ap(5avct, to seize hold of). In Medicine, anticipating the PRO 506 PRO usual time ; applied to a periodical disease, the paroxysms of which return at an earlier period at every repetition. Proliferous. Proliferating ; producing new tissue iu abundance. Prolific (from proles, offspring, and facio, to make). Proliferation ; fruitful. A term applied to man and animals which possess the faculty of procreating their species. Prolig'erous (from proles, offspring, and gero, to carry). Bearing the off-spring. A germ of proliferation. Prome'topis (prometopidium ; from npo, before, and /ietuttov, the forehead) . The skin of the forehead. Prominent (prominens). Projecting. Prominentia. Protuberance. Prom'ontory. Promontorium. In Anat- omy, a projection of the inner ear. Promontory of the Sa'crum. The superior or projecting portion of the sacrum when in situ in the pelvis. Pronate, Pronation (pronatio ; from pro- mts, inclined forward). The turning of the palm of the hand or arm downward or back- ward. Prona'tor. That which produces prona- tion ; a name applied to two muscles of the forearm and hand. Pronator Ra'dii Quadra'tus. A small fleshy muscle situated at the lower and inner part of the forearm. Pronator Radii Teres. A muscle situated at the upper and anterior part of the forearm. Prone. Having the face down ; palm of hand turned downward. Pronerva / tio. An aponeurosis or tendon. Pronucleus. The female and male ele- ments which unite in the process of impregna- tion to form the oosperm or fertilized ovum. Pro'nus. Inclined forward ; leaning, hang- ing, stooping, or bending downward. Proof=spirit. A mixture of equal weights of absolute alcohol and water, the specific gravity of which is 0.93. Propeptone. A product of proteid diges- tion preceding the formation of peptone. Prophylac'tic f prophylactieus). A pre- servative; a preventive. Prophylactic Medicine. Hygiene. Prophylaxy's. Preventive treatment. Proportions, Definite. The propor- tions in which chemical substances which have a strong affinity for one another mutually com- bine. Pro'prius. Proper. Applied in Anatomy to a muscle of the ear. Propto'sis (from -npo, and tttugic, falling). A falling or downward movement ; prolapse. Pro'ra. The occiput. Prosec / tor (from proseco, to cut). One who dissects a subject for anatomical demon- stration. Prosopalgia (from irpoounov, the face, and alyoc, pain). Facial neuralgia ; neuralgia of the fifth pair. Prosopan'tra. The frontal sinus. Prosopantri'tis. Inflammation of the frontal sinus. Pro'sopon (npoauirov). The face. ProsoponeuraPgia (from ■Kpoaunov, neu- ralgia). Neuralgia of the face. Pros'physis. Adhesion ; applied in a limited sense to adhesion of the eyelids. Pros / tasis. Abundance of excremeutitious humors. Pros' tate (prostatus; from Trpo, before, and iOTriy.1., to stand). Standing before ; jutting out. Prostate Gland. A glandular, cordiform body, situated before the neck of the bladder and behind the bulb of the urethra. Prostatelco'sis (from Trpoarara, prostate, and eA/coc, an ulcer). Ulceration of the pros- tate gland. Prostatic. Pertaining to the prostate gland. Prostatic Concretions. Calculi of the pros- tate gland. Prostatic Ure'thra. That portion of the urethra occupied by the prostate gland. Prostat/icus Supe'rior. The compressor prostatas ; a muscle embracing the prostate gland and formed of the anterior fibres of the levator ani. Prostatitis. Inflammation of the prostate gland. Prostatoce'le. Prostatoncus. Prostaton'cus (from Tvpoarara, prostate, and oyicuc, a tumor). Swelling of the prostate gland. Prosthesis. In Surgery, the replacement of a lost organ or part with an artificial sub- stitute. In Medicine, an overlapping, as of one febrile paroxysm upon another. Prosthesis, Denial. The replacement of the loss of one or more teeth with an artificial substitute. See Artificial Teeth. Prosthetic. Pertaining to prosthesis. Prosthetic Dentistry. The science and art, PRO 50' PRO of the replacement of natural teeth by artifi- cial substitutes, or the replacement of other parts pertaining to the mouth by such substi- tutes. Commonly known as Mechanical Den- tistry. Prostom / ia (from npo, before, and aroua, mouth). The commissure of the lips. Prostration (prostratio). Depression of strength and partial loss of voluntary power over the muscles. Protagon (from npwroc, first). A nitro- genous glucoside containing phosphorus, and obtained from nerve- tissue ; a crystalline sub- stance forming a large part of the brain sub- stance. Protective. In Medicine, applied to a substance which protects the surface from ex- traneous irritation ; for example, lead plaster for bed sores. Proteid (from npu-oc, first). A general term used to denote a series of complex nitro- genous substances forming the important and characteristic constituent of solids and circu- lating fluids of the animal body, and also found in seeds and other parts of plants. They are precipitated from solutions by alcohol and different metallic salts, coagulated by heat and mineral acids. Prote / iform. Having various forms. Protein (from ttputevu, to be first). Pro- teine. A nitrogenous substance analogous to fibrin, and formed by the action of an alkaline hydrate on albumen, fibrin, or casein. This organic compound was described by Mulder as the basis of albumen, fibrin, casein, and gluten ; it is now identified with alkali- albumin. Proteina / ceous Principles. Albuminous alimentary principles which yield protein, their composition being identical with that of the constituents of the blood. Pro'teinous. Proteinaceous. Of or be- longing to protein. Proteose. A generic term including the album oses and other substances formed in the primary stage of the digestion of proteids. Proth/esis. Prosthesis (which see). Proto= (from npuroc, first). A prefix de- noting, in Chemistry, the lowest degree in which one body unites with another ; and in Botany and Zoology, the lowest or earliest form of a plant or animal. Proto-compound. A binary compound of single equivalents of salt-radicle and baryl. Pro'toblast (from -puroc, and fi?iaorog, a cell). A cell without a distinct cell-wall. Prot'omus. A dissector. Protopath'ic {jirotopnthicus ; from irpuToc, first, and -attoc, a disease). Idiopathic : prim- ary disease. Pro / tophyte (from -purac, first, and ipvTov, a plant). A vegetable production of the low- est organization, as a cryptogamic plant ; a fungus. Protoplasm (tvputoc, first, and Tr'/.aoou, to form). Sarcode : blastema ; protoplast ; bio- plasm ; germinal matter. The mucilaginous, granular matter of the cell, which has the power of reproducing itself and forming new cells. The physical basis of life. The nitro- genous substance from which the cell-nucleus is formed. Pro'toplast. Protoplasm. A primary formation. See Protoplasm. Pro / tosaIt. In Chemistry, the salt of a protoxide. ProtosuFphate. In Chemistry, a compound of sulphuric acid with a protoxide. Protoxide (from -n-purog, first, and oxide). The first or lowest degree of oxidation of a body capable of combining with oxygen in several different proportions. The oxide which has the smallest quantity of oxygen when there are several different oxides of the same substance. Protozo'a (from irpurog, first, and ^uor, animal). The lowest class of animals, or those which have only the first step of organi- zation. Protractor. In Surgery, an instrument for the removal of extraneous bodies from wounds. Protu'berance (protuberantia ; from pro, before, and tuber, a puff, bunch, or projection). In Anatomy, irregularly-rounded eminences on the surface of the bones, as the occipital and parietal protuberances. In Pathology, a swell- ing or tumor on the body. Protuberan'tia. A protuberance. Proud Flesh. Fungus. Any redundant growth of healthy granulation. Proventric'ulus (from »rpo, before, and ventriculus, the stomach). In Ornithology, tin' bulbous expansion at the termination of the oesophagus above the gizzard of birds. Proximal Surface. The surface of a tooth next to the median line. The sur- face or end of a bone next to the centre of the bodv. PRO 508 PSO Prox'imate (prosdmus). Nearest ; next in order. Immediate. Proximate Analysis. In Chemistry, the res- olution of a substance into the secondary com- pounds of which it is composed ; opposed to ultimate analysis, which consists of the res- olution of a substance into its absolute ele- ments. Proximate Cause. That which immediately precedes and produces the effect. Proximate Principles. The distinct com- pounds which exist ready formed in animals and vegetables, as albumen, fat, etc. The ele- ments of which proximate principles are composed are called ultimate principles. See Principles. Pru'na. An anthrax. Pruri'go (from prurio, to itch). Pruritus. A term employed by Willan and Bateman to designate a genus of cutaneous diseases, char- acterized by a troublesome itching and accom- panied by an eruption of papula? of nearly the same color as the adjoining cuticle, compre- hending three species : (1) Prurigo mitis, which affects young persons, and is characterized by soft and smooth elevations of the cuticle, but without redness or much inflammation, except from violent friction, and attended with an itching sensation. When neglected it termi- nates in the itch. (2) Prurigo formieans usu- ally affects adults, and the papulae are some- times larger and sometimes not so distinct as the first species, but attended with incessant and intolerable itching. The eruption is dif- fused over the whole body, except the face, feet, and palms of the hands, and sometimes terminates in a non-contagious pustular erup- tion. (3) Prurigo senilis, a disease somewhat similar to the second species of prurigo, though generally of a more permanent and aggravated form. Pruritus. Itching ; prurigo. Prus'sian Blue. Ferri ferrosesquicyani- dum. Ferrocyanide of iron ; ferroscsquicyanide of iron. A beautiful deep blue compound, much used as a pigment. The composition of the pure anhydrous Prussian blue is 3FeCy + 2Fe,,Cy.,. In Pliarmacy, this salt is used in the preparation of hydrocyanic acid and the cyan- nret of mercury. In Medicine it is sometimes used as a ionic and febrifuge. Prus'siate. A combination of prussic acid with a base. Prussiate of Iron. Prussian blue. Prussiate of Pot'ash. Ferrocyanide or fer- rocyanuret of potassium, in the form of yellow crystals. It is much used as a test of the presence of metals, especially of iron, the peroxide of which it throws down from its solutions in the state of Prussian blue. Prus'sic Acid. Hydrocyanic acid. It is a nervous sedative and the most deadly poison known. A single drop may cause death. Minute doses of the diluted acid are sometimes administered in pulmonary affections. Prus'sin. Cyanogen. Psalloi'des. See Corpus Psalloides. Psalte / rium. See Lyra. Psellis / mus (from ipe/il^o, to stutter). Imperfect articulation of speech. Pseudaesthe'sia (from TpEvdr/c, false, and aioxavo/iai, to feel). Depraved feeling ; imag- inary sense of touch in parts which have long been removed, often experienced after the amputation of a limb. Pseudarthro / sis (from i'evdyc, false, and aptipov, a joint). A false joint. Pseudo= (from \pevdqg, false). A prefix de- noting spuriousness. Pseudo-croup. Laryngismus stridulus (which see). Pseudo-mem'brane. A false membrane, consisting of an organized layer of effused lymph. Pseudo-phthises. Emaciation resulting from other causes than tuberclulosis of the lungs. Pseudo-pleuri'tis. Pleurodynia. Pseudo-rhon / chus. A sound heard during respiration like the ordinary rhonchi in the air-passages, but which is exterior to these, as in the case of pleural pseudo-rhonchi. Pseudoblep / sis (from i}>ev£f, sight). Perverted vision ; depraved sight, in which objects appear different from what they are. Pseudocye'sis. False conception. Pseudodos'mia. False or perverted sense of smell. Pseu'dopods (pseudopoda ; from ipevSyc, false, and -kovc, foot). A tribe of polygastric infusoria in which the body, by various con- tractions and changes of form, produces pedi- form processes. Pseudorex'ia. False or perverted appe- tite. Pseudy'men. False membrane. Psilo'thra. Depilatory application. Pso'ae. The loins ; also the name of two pairs of muscles of the loins. Pso'as (from i/w«, the loins). Pertaining PSO 509 PTE to the loins. Applied to two muscles of each loin, the psoas magnus and psoas parvus. Psoas Abscess. Lumbar abscess. Psoas Mag / nus. A long, thick muscle, situ- ated on the anterior and lateral parts of the lumbar vertebra?. Psoas Par'vus. A muscle situated anterior to the psoas magnus. Psoitis. Inflammation of the psoas muscles. Psolon'cus. Swelling of the penis or glans penis. Pso'ra. Scabies ; itch. Psora Lepro'sa. Psoriasis. Psorelco'ma (ipupa, the itch, and e/nu/ia, an ulcer). A scabious ulcer. Psorelco'sis. Scabious ulceration. Psoriasis (fupa, the itch). A cutaneous eruption, consisting of patches of rough amor- phous scales, sometimes continuous and some- times in separate patches, varying in size, of an irregular figure, and attended with chaps in the skin. It has, according to Dr. Willan, the following varieties : (1) Psoriasis guttata, which consists of irregular patches of lami- nated scales, with little or no inflammation. (2) Psoriasis diffusa, consisting of large, irregularly circumscribed, reddish patches upon the skin, which are rough, fissured, with scales inter- spersed, and wrinkled. It appears most fre- quently on the cheeks, temples, upper eyelids, corners of the eyes, neck, chin, external ear, the back of the forearm, hand, and fingers, sometimes causing the nails to crack and ex- foliate. It also affects the fleshy part of the lower extremities. (3) Psoriasis gyrata, charac- terized by slight cutaneous scales, distributed in narrow patches of a circular or semicircular form, with vermiform appendages. (4) Psor- iasis palmaria, an obstinate species of tetter, mostly confined to the palms of the hands. (5) Psoriasis tabiatis, characterized by scaliness of the skin, intermixed with fissures and chaps, and is often wholly confined to the lip. (6) Psoriasis scrotalis, consisting of scaliness of the scrotum, attended with heat, redness, tension, and itching. (7) Psoriasis infantilis, character- ized by scaly patches of various sizes, on the cheeks, chin, breast, back, nates, and thighs, occurring between the ages of two months and two years. (8) Psoriasis inveterata, consisting of scaliness of the skin generally, which be- comes harsh, dry, thickened, red, and deeply furrowed. Pso'ricus. Pertaining to psora. PsorophthaPmia (from ipupa, the itch, and oyda'Auog, the eye). Ophthalmia tarsi. In- flammation of the eyelids, attended with itch- ing and ulceration. Psycha'gogues (from ipv X v, life, soul, and ayu, to move). Medicines which resuscitate, as in cases of syncope. Psy'che. The mind or soul. PsychiatrPa (from ipvxv, mind, and iarpna y healing). Treatment of mental disease. Psy'chical. Relating to the mind or men- tal endowments. Also sometimes applied to analogous phenomena in the lower animals. Psychology (from fvxv, the mind, and Zoyog, a discourse). Psychologia. A treatise on the moral or intellectual faculties. Mental philosophy. Psydra'cium (from ipvdpaKia, a pustule). A small, irregularly circumscribed pustule, which terminates in a laminated scab. Ptar / mic (-raipu, to sneeze). Causing to sneeze ; sternutatory. Ptar'micus (from -raipu, to sneeze). An errhine ; a sternutatory. Pterygium (from Trrepv^ a wing). Pteryg- ion. An excrescence of a triangular shape occurring in the inner canthus of the eye, and thence extending over the cornea. Pter'ygoid (from Trrepvf, a wing, and «&>f r resemblance). Pterygoidei ; pterygoideus. Resembling the wing of a bird. Pterygoid Artery. The superior pharyngeal artery ; also the branches furnished to the pterygoid muscle. Pterygoid Bone. The sphenoid bone. Pterygoid Canal. The narrow channel which traverses the base of the pterygoid process. Pterygoid Fossa. The depression between the alse of the pterygoid process. Pterygoid Muscles. The pterygoideus ex- ternus and the pterygoideus internus (which see). Pterygoid Nerves. The Vidian nerves ; also the branches of the inferior maxillary, dis- tributed to the pterygoid muscles. Pterygoid Processes. The descending pro- cesses of the sphenoid bone. Pterygoide us. Pterygoid. Pterygoideus Exter'nus. A muscle arising from the outward surface of the external plate of the pterygoid process of the sphenoid bone, from the tuberosity of the superior maxilla and from the ridge on the sphenoid bone, separating the zygomatic from the pterygoid fossa, and inserted into the inner side of the neck of the lower jaw. PTE 510 PUB Pterygoideus Inter'nus. A muscle arising tendinous and fleshy from the internal surface of the pterygoid plate, filling up the greater part of the pterygoid fossa, and inserted ten- dinous and fleshy in the inner face of the angle of the lower jaw and capsular ligaments of the articulation. The pterygoideus externus and interims are the great agents concerned in producing the grind- ing motion of the jaws, and this they do hy acting alternately. The external one is triangular, having its base at the pterygoid process and running outward and backward to the neck of the condyle. When the pair act together the lower jaw is thrown forward. The internal is strong and thick, placed on the inside of the ramus of the jaw, and running downward and backward to the angle. When it and its fellow act to- gether, the jaw is drawn forward and closed. Dr. T. B. Gunning believed these muscles to be concerned in opening the jaws. Pterygoideus Major. The pterygoideus in- terims muscle. Pterygoideus Minor. The pterygoideus ex- ternus muscle. Pterygo'ma. A wing ; a pendulous body. Pter / ygo=pal , atine. Belonging or relat- ing to the pterygoid process and palate. Pterygo=pharynge / us. The constrictor pharyngeus superior. Pter'yx. A wing ; ala. Ptilo'sis (from 7rr4/loc, bald). Madarosis. Loss of the eyelashes, caused by chronic in- flammation. Pti'san. Mucilaginous pectoral drinks. Ptomaines. Putrefactive alkaloids, of both animal and vegetable origin, which are formed during the putrefaction of organic matter. Some are poisonous, but the greater number not so. Pto'sis (from irtivTu, to fall). Prolapsus or falling of the upper eyelids. This affection has been relieved by the extraction of carious teeth. Ptosis Ir'idis. A prolapsus of the iris through a wound in the cornea. Ptosis PaPpebrae. Inability to raise the upper eyelid. Ptyal'agogue. A sialagogue. Pty'alin. Ptyaline. An albuminous con- stituent of the saliva, but in such a state of change as to act the part of an unorganized ferment. It has the property of changing starch into dextrine and a suyar known as ptyalose. Upon its presence the peculiar properties of this liquid appear to depend. Without being identical with albumen and casein, according to Professor Lehmann, it closely resembles both. Pty / alism (from ivTvaA^o, to spit). Ptyal- isrnus. Salivation ; an increased secretion of saliva, arising either from the use of masti- catories, sialagogues, or from constitutional causes. Ptyalism, Mercu'rial. Mercurial salivation. See Salivation, Mercurial. Ptyaloph / thisis ( nTvalov, spittle, and dicrtc, a wasting). Wasting from excessive salivation. Pty'alore. See Ptyalin. Pty'alum. Saliva ; mucous spittle. Pty'alun {tctvoImv). Saliva. Ptys / ma (-rvofia, spittle). Sputum (which see). Ptys'magogue (from Trrva/ua, saliva, and oj'u, to drive). Expectorant ; a sialagogue. Puber / tas. The age of puberty. Pu / berty. The period of life when an in- dividual becomes capable of propagation. The stage of puberty occasions such a degree of nervous change or aberration as to affect the quality of such of the permanent teeth — the third molars, for example — as have not com- pleted their formation at this age. The in- ferior quality of the third molars has been ascribed by some to the disturbances of pu- berty affecting the nervous centers concerned in the development of such teeth. Pu'bes. The lower part of the hypogastric region, which, after the age of puberty, is cov- ered with hair. Pubescence. The state of a youth who has arrived at puberty, or the state of puberty. In Botany, the short hairs or down which par- tially covers the cuticle of leaves. Pubes'cent. Covered with soft wool or hair. Pu'bic (pubiveus). Pertaining to or con- cerning the pubis. Pubic Arch. The arch at the anterior part of the inferior circumference of the pelvis, formed by the union of the two ossa pubis. Pubic Articulation. The symphysis pubis. Pubic Lig'aments. The two ligaments, called the anterior and inferior pubic, by which the two ossa pubis are connected. Pubic Re / gion (regio pubis). The centre of the hypogastric region. Pu / bis Os. The anterior portion of the os PUD ,11 PUL innominatum, but a separate bone in the foetal pelvis. Puden / da. The genital organs. Pudenda Viro'rum [yir, man). Male organs of generation. Pudend'agra. Pain or any disease in the genital parts. Pudendum (from pudere, to be ashamed). Pudenda. Tbe parts of generation. Pudendum Muliebre. Tbe female parts of generation ; the vulva. PudibiPia (from pudere, to be ashamed). The genital organs of the male. Pudic (pudicus). That which causes shame. Pertaining to the pudenda. Pudic Ar / teries. The arteries distributed to the parts of generation. Pudic Nerve. A branch derived from the sacral plexus and distributed to the genital organs. Pu / erile (puerilis; from puer, a child). A term applied to loud respiration when heard through the stethoscope, as in healthy chil- dren. Pueril'itas. Dotage ; senile delirium or imbecility. Puer'pera (from puer, a child, and parere, to bring forth). A lying-in woman ; one re- cently delivered. Puer'peral. Pertaining to child-birth, as puerperal convulsions. Puerperal ConvuPsions. Convulsions of par- turient women. Puerperal Fever. Any fever occurring during the puerperal state, but generally restricted to a malignant form of peritonitis occurring usually about the third day after child- birth. Puf / finess. Inflation of the integuments, caused by an effusion of air, extravasation of blood, or accumulation of serum. PugiPlus (from pugnus, the fist). The eighth part of a handful. Pulica'ris. A cutaneous eruption resem- bling gnat-bites ; applied also to diseases attended by such eruptions. PuPmo. The lung (which see). PulmorrPeter. An instrument for measur- ing the capacity of the lungs. PuPmonary (pulmonalis). Belonging or relating to the lungs. Pulmonary Ar'tery. The artery which carries the blood from the right ventricle of the heart to the lungs. Pulmonary Circulation. See CIRCULATION. Pulmonary Consumption. Phthisis pulnio- nalis. Pulmonary Plexus. The bronchial plexus. Pulmonary Transpiration. The aqueous vapor thrown out in expiration. Pulmonary Veins. The veins which receive the blood from the minute extremities of the pulmonary artery, unite into lour trunks, and empty themselves into the left auricle of the heart. Pulmonic. Belonging or relating to the lungs ; applied to individuals suffering from pulmonary disease. PulmonFtis. See Pneumonitis. Pulp (pulpa). In Anatomy the soft and vascular part of a tooth situated in the central chamber of the organ ; also the rudiment of a tooth. Pulp Capping. See Capping Pulps of Teeth. Pulp Cavity. The cavity in a tooth contain- ing the pulp. Pulp, Dental. See Dental Pulp ; also Teeth, Development of. Pulp Nodule. A deposit of calcareous mat- ter originating in the veins of the dental pulp as a result of venous congestion or hyperemia. These nodules are of an irregular form, and are made up of an aggregation of smaller nodules. They are more abundant in the teeth in the middle-aged and the old, and especially in teeth subject to abrasion. Pulp of the Fingers. The fleshy ends of the fingers. Pulp of Tooth. See Dental Pulp. PuPpa Dennis. A dental pulp. PulpaPgia (from pulpa, and aXyog, pain). Pain in tooth pulp. Pulp'amen. A pulp. PulpPtis (from pulpa, and trig). Inflamma- tion of dental pulp. The causes of pulpitis are exposure' of the pulp by decay, abrasions of the teeth, mechanical violence, carelessness in the use of the burr in the preparation of cavities in teeth for filling, etc. The pulp will recover from a restricted form of inflammation if placed in a good hygienic condition. PuPsatile (pulso, to beat, to throb). Beat- ing ; pulsating. Pulsation (pulsaiio). The beating of the heart and arteries ; also the beating of an inflamed part. Pulse (from pulso, to beat). Pulsus. The pulse is produced by the action of the heart, this organ taking the blood from the large PUL >12 PUN veins and forcing it into the arteries. The pulse is generally felt at the wrist by pressing the fingers upon the radial artery. A great number of characters of pulse have been enu- merated ; as a strong pulse, a hard pulse, a soft pulse, a tense pulse, a weak pulse, a quick pulse, a natural pulse, with numerous other varieties. By a strong pulse is meant one which resists compression by the finger — in inflammatory affections, especially of the parenchyma of solid viscera, as lungs and liver, in the active haemorrhages. In plethoric and strong indi- viduals any derangement of the circulation will cause it. By a weak pulse is meant one easily compressible — disease with prostration, nervous and chronic affections, diseases of old men, children, and women. A full or large pulse, where the volume of artery seems in- creased — natural pulse of plethoric and tall persons, cerebral congestion and apoplexy, cardiac disease. A small or low pulse is the opposite of full — peritonitis, pericarditis, in- flammation of stomach, intestines, bladder, etc., in nervous affections, in chlorosis, etc. By a slow pulse, less than the standard. By tense or corded, a pulse which is hard, sharp, or contracted, giving a vibratory sensation to the fingers — in sanguine congestions, active hem- orrhages, neurosis, lead colic, etc. By a soft pulse is meant one compressible or liquid, yielding readily to pressure — in adynamic affections. By a quick pulse, one where there is rapidity of each stroke. A natural pulse is one that is equal and regular in strength and frequency. The pulse is more frequent in persons of an excitable temperament than in those of an opposite character, and usually more frequent in women than in men. The pulse of an adult at rest and in perfect health is from 65 to 75 beats a minute. An infant at birth has from 120 to 140 pulsations a minute ; a child a year old, from 110 to 120 ; at three years old, from UO to 100 ; at ten years, from 80 to 90 ; at puberty, about 80. There is a frequent pulse in febrile and in- flammatory disease, haemorrhages, etc.; slow or infrequent in apoplexy, acute tubercular men- ingitis, some adynamic affections, sometimes in diseases of the heart; unequal, double in beat, or dicrotous in convalescence. Pulse'lessness. Failure of the pulse. Pulsile'gium. Pulsimeter. An instrument for measuring tin- frequency and force of the pnlse. Pulsiman'tia. Prognosis by the pulse. Pulsim'eter. Pulsilegium. PuPsus. The pulse. Pulsus Cordis. The impulse of the heart. Pulsus Di / crotus. A pulse which conveys to the fingers the impression of a double pul- sation ; a rebounding pulse. Pulsus Serri / nus. A pulse in which some of the beats are strong and others weak. Pulsus Sudora / lis. A pulse indicating the approach of perspiration. Pulsus Tar / dus. A slow pulse. Pulsus Vac'uus. A pulse which conveys the sensation of emptiness of the artery. Pulsus Veno / sus. Pulsus venarum. The pulsation sometimes felt in the jugular vein, occasioned by the regurgitation of some of the blood from the right ventricle to the right auricle, indicating obstruction of the pulmon- ary arteries. PuIta / ceous. Macerated ; nearly fluid ; having the consistence of porridge. PuPtice. A poultice. Pulver. A medicinal substance in a state of very fine division. Pulverization { pulver izalio). The opera- tion of reducing hard substances to powder. Pulver'ulent. In the state of a powder. PuIvPnar (pulvinarium). A medicated pillow. Pulvinar Hu / muli. A pillow of hops, some- times employed in mania. PuPvis. A powder ; a substance reduced by pulverization into a powder. Pulvis APoes Compos / itus. (Ph. L.) Com- pound powder of aloes. PiPmex. Pumice. PunPice. A porous, volcanic substance, consisting chiefly of silica and alumina. It is sometimes used in a finely pulverized state, in connection with other ingredients, as a denti- frice. It is also used in the process of finishing pieces of mechanical dentistry. PumiPio. Pumilus. A dwarf (which see). Punch (from pungere, to prick). Ehizagra. An instrument sometimes employed in the ex- traction of teeth. It is called by the French pied-de-biche (hind's foot), and consists of a steel shaft fixed in a bulbous handle, parallel to its length ; the extremity bent a little down- ward, bifurcated, and grooved upon its upper surface. Also a steel instrument with a small hardened point used for making holes through thin plates of softer metal, as the backings of mineral teeth, for the platina rivets. Also an PUN 513 PUR alcoholic drink composed of spirit, lemon-juice, and sugar. Punch Forceps. In Mechanical Dentistry, an instrument, resembling a pair of forceps, em- ployed for punching holes through the metal- lic backings lor the pins of mineral plate- teeth. Punc / ta (plural of punctwm, a point). Points. Puncta Lachryma'lia. Lachrymal points. Two small orifices at the edges of the eyelids near the inner angle of the eye. Puncta Ossificatio / nis. Points of ossifica- tion. Punc'tate. Dotted ; punctured. Punctic'ulse. Petechias Punc'tum (from pungere, to prick). A point ; a stitch. Punctum Cse'cum. A spot in the centre of the retina where the central artery enters the eye. Also called porus opticus. Punctum Sapiens. The first point developed after the fecundation of the germ. Punctu / ra. A puncture ; also paracen- tesis. Punc'ture (punctura). A, wound or hole made by a small pointed instrument. Also the act of perforating with a small pointed instru- ment. Puncture, Electro- and Galvano-. An opera- tion to introduce electricity and galvanism to deep tissues. Needles are used which have a small ring to which the wire of the pole of the battery is attached. In their application two needles are introduced, one at either extrem- ity of the organ, and the two are then con- nected with the poles of the battery. Punctured Wound. A wound made by a long pointed instrument, penetrating to a considerable depth. Punc'turing. Piercing with a small pointed instrument. Pun'gent. Sharp ; stinging ; biting ; acrid ; applied to odors and tastes. Punk. A species of fungus, the Boletus igniarius, used as a tinder. Prepared punk is also used in Dentistry for drying cavities pre- paratory to introducing the filling. See Bole- tus Igniarius. Pu'pa. An insect in the third or last state but one of its existence. Pu'pil ( papilla). The opening of the iris, through which the rays of light pass. Pupil, Artificial. An opening formed through the iris after it is closed. 33 Pupil, Closure of the. See Synezizis. PupiFIae Velum. The pupillary mem- brane. Pupilla'ris. Pupillary. Pupillaris Membra'na. The pupillary mem- brane. Pu / pillary (from papilla, the pupil). Pupillaris. Pertaining to the pupil. Pupillary Mem'brane. Membraua pupil- laris (which see). Pur'blindness. Dimness of sight. See Myopia. Purgamen'tum. A purge. Purga'tion (purgatio). Catharsis ; the action of purgative medicine. Purgatio / nes. The menses. Purg'ative (from purgare, to cleanse). A medicine which increases very considerably the alvine evacuations ; less active than a cathartic, but more potent than a laxative. Purge. A purgative. Purging. A diarrhoea ; preternatural evacuation of the intestines. Purif'icans. Purifying. Purifican'tia. A term applied in Thera- peutics to medicines that cleanse or purify the blood. Pu'riform (puriformis; from pus, and forma, resemblance). That which resembles or has the character of pus. Purple Powder of Cassius (aurum stanno puratum). See Cassius' Precipitate. Pur / ples. Purpura hemorrhagica (which see). Purpura. A purple color. Livid spots upon the skin, occasioned by an extravasation of blood and attended by debility and pains in the limbs ; miliary or spotted fevers. Purpura APba. A term applied by some writers to miliary fever when the pustules are white. When the pustules are red it is termed purpura rubra. Purpura Contagiosa. The occurrence of petechia? in typhoid fevers. Purpura Haemorrhag'ica. Land scurvy. In this species the spots are of different sizes, irregular shape, of a livid color, and inter- spersed with marks resembling those left by the strokes of a whip ; appearing on the thighs, arms, and truuk of the body, with a ten- dency to haemorrhage from the gums, nostrils, throat, tongue, and inside of the cheeks and lips, and sometimes from the external ear, inside of the eyelids, and from the viscera. The disease is attended with great debility PUR 514 PYE and languor, and may continue for months or years. Purpura Nau'tica. Sea scurvy. See SCOR- BUTUS. Purpura Senilis. A kind of purpura which affects elderly women, characterized hy the appearance of purple spots of an irregular form and varying in size on the outside of the forearm. Purpura Sim'plex. This consists of numerous petechia?, without much constitutional dis- turbance. At times it is accompanied by languor, pain in the limbs, and sallowness of complexion. Purpura Urticans. This consists of circular elevations of the cuticle, which gradually dilate and in a short time subside, assum- ing a darker and ultimately a livid appear- ance. Purpu'rate. A combination of purpuric acid with a salifiable base. Purpu'reus. Purple. Purpuric Acid. An acid obtained from uric or lithic acid, having a remarkable ten- dency to form red or purple-colored salts with alkaline bases. Purpu / rin, Pur'purine. A red pigment of urine. Purging Trem / or. A peculiar vibration which is compared to the purring of the cat, communicated to the hand in those states of the heart and arteries in which the bellows or rasp sound is detected by auscultation, Pursiness. Obesity. Pu / rulent (purulentus ; from pus). A term applied to all collections of matter which consist of pus and to diseases characterized by its formation ; consisting of pus ; of the nature of pus. Purulent Infiltration. Gray hepatization of the lungs. Pus. Matter. Depraved white blood-cor- puscles. A yellowish-white, opaque, creamy lii|uid of morbid origin, the product of suppu- ration ; consisting of innumerable nucleated cells floating in a clear liquid. Pus is classed as healthy or laudable, and bad or offensive, the former being inodorous, non-irritating to the tissues, or at least tolerated by them ; the latter offensive, ichorous, sanious, irritating ; probably a more depraved condition of the first, or a condition in which not only molecular change has taken place, but partial decompo- sition set in. Pus, Diagno'sis of. Fluctuation on digital examination. In the antrum a sense of weight, fullness, etc. Pus from dead bone is always offensive. Pus, Laudable. Healthy pus. That dis- charged from wounds and ulcers in the heal- ing state ; or from abscesses, the result of phlegmonous inflammation. Push. A pustule. Pusilla / tum (pusulatum; from pusillus, small). A coarse powder. Pus'tula O'ris. Aphthae. Pustular. A condition characterized by the formation and development of pus- tules. Pus / tule {pusiula; from pus, matter). An elevation of the cuticle, sometimes of a glob- ate and sometimes of a conical form, with an inflamed base, containing pus or lymph. Putre / do. Hospital gangrene ; putrefac- tion. Putref action ( pulref actio ; from pufrefacio, to make rotten). The decomposition of organ- ized matter, attended with a foetid exhalation. Putrefactive fermentation. Putrefac'tive Fermentation. Decom- position evolving ammonia. Putrescent ( putrescents). Becoming pu- trid or pertaining to the process of putrefac- tion. Putrescent Pulp. A putrid or gangrenous condition of the dental pulp, demanding an- tiseptic treatment. Putrescen'tia. Putrefaction. Pu / trescine. A thin, watery, clear fluid which is closely related to dead matter — cadav- erine. Pu'trid. An epithet applied to some affec- tions, as typhus fever, which exhibit the char- acteristics of putridity. Putrid Fever. See Typhus. Putrid / itas. Putridity. Putridity. Putrefaction. Pu'trilage (putrilago). The pultaceous matter thrown off from certain gangrenous and other ulcers. Pyae'mia or Pyohae'mia (ttvov, pus, and ai/ia, blood). An infectious disease caused by the absorption of septic products, with the formation of secondary or embolic abscesses. Purulent blood, or a state of the blood in which pus globules are found floating among the blood discs. Pyaem'ic, Pyemic. Eclating to py- aemia. Pyec'chysis. An effusion of pus. PYE 515 PYR Pyelitis (from irveXog, pelvis, and trig, signifying inflammation). Inflammation of the pelvis of the kidney. Pyemia, Pyemic. See Pyemia, Pyemic. Pye'sis. Suppuration. Pyg'my. A dwarf. Py / icus. Belonging to pus. Py / in. A peculiar substance derived from pus and resembling mucin. Pylemphraxis (from wv?L7/, a gate, and eftQpai-ic, obstruction). Obstruction of the vena porta?. Pyloric (pyJoricvs). Belonging or relating to the pylorus. Pyloric Artery. A branch of the hepatic, distributed to the pylorus and lesser curva- ture of the stomach. PyIo / rus (from irvfaj, an entrance, and wpew, to guard). The lower orifice of the stomach is so called because it closes the entrance into the intestinal canal. Pyo=. A prefix meaning of or pertaining to pus. Pyoblen'nic. Same as muco-purulent. Pyoblennorrhce'a. A flow of purulent mucus. Pyochez'ia (from nw, pus, and x £ i u , to go to stool). Purulent diarrhoea. Pyocoe'lia (from irvov, pus, and KoQaa, the belly). An accumulation of pus in the ab- dominal cavity. Pyoctanin. Methyl-violet. An aniline color and dye. Germicide. Pyocys'tis (from iruov, pus, and nvong, a cyst). A cyst containing purulent matter, es- pecially in the lungs. See Vomica. Pyocyte. A pus corpuscle. Pyo'des. Purulent. Pyoem / esis (from miov, pus, and epr/ag, vomiting). Vomiting pus. Pyogen / ia (from irvov, pus, and yeveaig, gen- eration). Pyogenesis. The elaboration of pus ; the theory of the manner of its formation. Pyogen'ic (pyogenicus). Connected with the formation of or producing pus. Pyogenic Cocci. Pus-producing micro-organ- isms of the coccus form. Pyohae'mia (from iruov, pus, and ai/ia, blood). Pyaemia. Alteration of the blood by pus. Py'oid (from kvov). Of the nature of pus. Pyome'tra (from -uov, pus, and pv^pa, womb). A collection of pus in the womb. Pyon (iruov). Pus. Pyophthal'mia. Pyophthalmy. Purulent ophthalmia. Pyophylac'tic. Preventing the access of pus. Pyophylactic Membrane. The lining of an abscess cavity, which prevents the burrowing of pus into adjacent tissues. Pyop / tysis (from -vov, pus, and -rvu, to spit). Spitting of pus. Pyorrhag / ia (from irvov, pus, and pj/yi-vm, to burst out). A sudden aud copious discharge of pus or purulent matter. Pyorrhoe / a (from aw, pus, and peu, to flow). A discharge of purulent matter or pus. Pyorrhcea Alveolaris. See Alveolar Py- orrhcea. Pyo'sis. Suppuration ; the formation of pus. Pyotu'ria. Pyuria. Pyou'ria. Pyuria (which see). PyraPlolite. A white or greenish mineral consisting essentially of silica. It undergoes various changes of color when exposed to heat. Pyr / amid In Anatomy, a small bony protuberance in the cavity of the tympa- num. Pyramidal (pyramidalis). Having the form of a pyramid. Pyramida'le Os. The cuneiform bone. Pyramida'lis Abdominis. A small mus- cle of a pyramidal shape, situated in front of the abdomen. Pyramidalis Faciei. Levator labii superioris alaeque nasi. Pyramidalis Fem'oris. See Pyrifokmis. Pyramidalis Na / si. A thin triangular pro- longation of the occipito-frontalis, situated over the nose. Pyra'mids of Malpig'hi. The papillae of the kidney. Py'retic (from irvperog, fever). Pertaining to or affected with fever. Pyrec'tica (from irvpEtog, fever). Fevers. The first order in the class Hsematica of Dr. Good. Py'ren, Py'rene. A colorless crystalline substance obtained from pitch. Pyrene'ite. A mineral found in limestone, supposed to be a variety of garnet. Pyre / thrin. A resinous substance found in the root of the pellitory of Spain. Pyre'thrum. Pellitory. The pharmaco- pceial name for the root of the Anaeyclus pyre- thrum. It is a sialagogue aud an energetic PYR 516 PYR local irritant. Dose as a masticatory, gr. xxx to 3J. Applied to the skin, it acts as a rube- facient. It is used in the form of tincture for the relief of toothache, and also chewed for the relief of neuralgic affections of the face. Com- bined with other remedies, it has been used as a stimulant to the gums and mucous mem- brane. An alcoholic extract has been used as a local application to carious teeth before fill- ing, with a view to its benumbing effect. It is an ingredient of Harris' gum wash. An ethereal oil of pyrethrum is both pleasant and efficacious in odontalgia. Pyrethrum Parthe / nium. Feverfew. It is tonic. Dose, gr. iij to gr. x. Pyret'ic (pyreticus ; from nvp, fire). Per- taining to or affected with fever. Pyretico / sis. A febrile disease. Pyre'tine. An antipyretic and analgesic ; pitch. Pyretog'raphy (from irvperoc, fever, and ypaQV, a description). Pyretographia. A de- scription of fevers. Pyre / tos. Fever. Pyrexia (from nvp, fire). Fever. Pyrexiae. Febrile diseases. Pyrex'ial (pyrexialis). Febrile. Pyr / iform (from, pyrum, a pear, and forma, resemblance). Pyriformis. Pear-shaped. Pyrifor'mis. In Anatomy, a small muscle of the pelvis, situated under the glutaeus maxi- mus. Pyrites. Minerals presenting a whitish or yellowish metallic lustre, and consisting of a combination of sulphur with iron, copper, co- balt, or nickel. Py / ro= (from nvp, fire). A prefix denoting the presence of fire or heat. Pyro-acetic Spirit. Acetone; pyro-acetic ether, obtained with acetic acid by the de- structive distillation of the acetates. Pyro-mu'cic Acid. An acid obtained by the distillation of mucic acid. Pyro-u / ric Acid. Cyanuric acid, obtained by the dry distillation of uric acid. Pyrocat/echin. Catechol. An antipyretic obtained from coal tar. Pyridine. A white, sparingly soluble powder, an active antipyretic. Dose, gr. ss to gr. iv. It is also called phenacethydro- zine. Pyrogallic Acid. While soluble product obtained by action of heat on gallic acid ; used externally in some forms of cutaneous affec- tions. Pyrogen (~vp, fire, and jevvau, to produce). The electric fluid. Pyrog'enous. Produced by fire ; igneous. Pyrola Umbella / ta. Chimaphila ; pipsis- sewa. Wintergreen. It has tonic and diuretic properties. Pyrolig / neous Acid. Acetic acid obtained by distillation from wood, coal, etc. It is used for preserving animal substances and as an antiseptic in gangrene and foul ulcers. Pyroligneous Ether. Methylic ether. Pyroligneous Spirit. Pyroxylic spirit. Pyroll. The product of the dry distillation of ammonium saccharate and mucate. Pyrolusite. Black oxide of manganese. Pyroma'lic Acid. Malic acid. Pyroma'nia (from imp, fire, and fiavia, mania). A form of monomania in which there is an irresistible desire to destroy by fire. PyronVeter. An instrument for ascertain- ing higher degrees of temperature than the mercurial thermometer is capable of indicat- ing. Pyron'omy (from nvp, fire, and vo/joc, a rule). Pyronomia. The instruction for regu- lating the fire in chemical processes and in the laboratory of the dentist. Pyr / ope. A fire-red garnet. Pyropb/orus (wp, fire, and (pepu, to bear, to produce). An artificial substance which ignites on exposure to air ; also an instrument for striking fire. Pyrophosphy'ra. An instrument like a hammer, heated and employed as a cautery to cause irritation or vesication. Pyro'sis (from nvpou, to burn). Water- brash. Heartburn. A burning sensation in the stomach, with eructations of an acrid, burn- ing liquid. Pyr / otechny (from nvp, fire, and rexv?/, art). Pyrotechnia. The science of the management and application of fire in its various operations, particularly to the art of making fireworks, etc. The term was formerly applied to chem- istry. In Surgery, the art of applying fire as a topical agent. Pyroth / onide. Empyreumaticoil obtained by the combustion of paper or rags. Pyrot/ic. Caustic. Pyrot'icus. Pyrotic. PyroxyPic Spirit. One of the products of the destructive distillation of wood. Pyrox'ylin. Gun-cotton or a like sub- stance. See Celluloid. PYR 517 QUA Pyrox / ylous Acid. Acid obtained in the distillation of wood, and not so strong as the pyroxylic. Pyr'ozone. H.,0._,. Presented in the form •of solution only. Various percentages of its solutions are as follows : Medicinal, 3 percent., an aqueous solution, is a harmless antiseptic externally or internally ; the ethereal 5 per cent, solution is a powerful antiseptic and acts on pus with great energy ; the ethereal 25 per cent, is caustic and the most powerful. All of these solutions are bleaches ; the 25 per cent, acts more rapidly than the others. The 3 per cent, solution is effective as an injection in ab- scess pockets, and is also employed as a mouth- wash in certain conditions ; the 5 per cent, is employed in abscess pockets, alveolar pyor- rhoea, fistulous roots, putrescent pulps, etc. Pythogen. Causing putrefaction. Pyul'ca. Medicines drawing pus. PyuPcon (from irvov, pus, and s/nci, to ex- tract). An instrument for extracting pus from any sinuous ulcer. A syringe. Pyur / ia (from tvvov, pus, and ovpov, urine). The discharge of purulent urine, occurring in renal calculi. Pyx'is. A box ; a pill-box ; also the ace- tabulum . Q. Q. L. Abbreviation for quantum libet, as much as is desired. Q. P. An abbreviation for quantum placet, as much as you please, or as much as is proper ■or necessary. Q. S. Abbreviation for quantum sufficit, as much as suffices. Quabebe. Piper cubeba. Quack. An empiric ; a charlatan ; an ig- norant pretender to medical skill, Quack / ery. Empiricism. Quadran'gular. Quadrangularis. Four- sided. Having four angles. Quad'rans. A quarter of a pound. Three troy ounces. Quadrant. The fourth part of a circle, or ninety degrees. Also an instrument used in practical geometry. Quadra / tus (from quadra, a square). Hav- ing a square shape ; square-figured. Quadratus Fem'oris. A flat, thin, and fleshy muscle extending from the ischium to the great trochanter of the femur. Quadratus Ge / nae. The platysma myoides. Quadratus Lumbo'rum. A muscle situated in the loins at the side of the lower part of the spine. Quadratus Menti. Depressor labii inferioris. Quadridenta'tus. Quadridentate. Four- toothed. Quad'rifid. Cleft in four parts. Quadrigem'ina Tuber'cula. The four medullary tubercles situated at the posterior surface of the tuber annulare, called the cor- pora quadrigemina, or nates and testes of the brain. Quadrigem'inus. Four-double, or consist- ing of four nearly equal parts. Quadrigeminus Primus. The pyramidalis muscle. Quadrilat'eral. A plane figure bounded by four straight lines ; having four sides. Quadrivalent. Having a quantivalence of 4 ; replacing or combining with four atoms of hydrogen. Quadroon'. Quateron. An offspring of a mulatto woman by a white man ; quarter- blooded. Quad'ruped. Four-footed. A term ap- plied in Zoology to an animal that has four feet. Quadru'plici. Fourfold. Qualitative. Eelating to quality. Qualitative Analysis. In Chemistry, that kind of analysis which obtains the component parts of a compound without reference to their relative proportions. Quantitative. Relating to quantity. Quantitative Analysis. In Chemistry, that kind of analysis which not only determines the component parts of a compound, hut also their relative proportions. Quantiv'alence. The chemical strength of an element or radicle expressed in terms of the QUA 518 QUE number of monad atoms with •which it will unite. Quarantine (from Italian quarantina; which is from quaranta, forty, because forty days are its usual duration). The period dur- ing which travelers or goods coming from countries where the plague or other infectious disease prevails are required to remain on shipboard or iu a lazaretto. The period of restraint is not always forty days. The length of it is determined by health officers appointed for the purpose. Quarantined. The prohibition of all in- tercourse between a ship and its crew with the shore for a limited period. Quart (quart ar ius). The fourth part of a gallon. Quar / tan. A term applied to intermittent fever, the paroxysms of which occur every fourth day. Quartan Ague. Intermittent fever in which the paroxysms occur every fourth day, leav- ing an intermission of two days. In a double quartan the paroxysms of one set occur in the intermissions of the other, leaving only one day of intermission and two of paroxysms in succession. The paroxysms of one differ in duration and violence from those of the other. A triple quartan consists of a single quartan with regularly returning paroxysms, which, on every third day correspond, the interven- ing ones being marked with a slighter or separate attack. A duplicate or repeating quartan consists of a single quartan with two paroxysms on the regular day of attack. A triplicate quartan consists of a single quartan with three paroxysms on the regular day of attack. Quarta / rius. A quart. Quarta / tion. A term applied in Metal- lurgy to the fusiug of silver and gold in the proportion of 3 to 1 prior to the separation of the former from the latter by means of nitric acid. Commonly, though incorrectly, this term is applied to the entire process of parting. Quartister'nal (quarlisfernalis). A name given by Beclard to the fourth piece of the sternum, corresponding with the fourth inter- costal space. Quartz. Silica. A German name applied in Mineralogy to the purer varieties of silex (silica), occurring in pellucid glass crystals of the form of a six-sided prism, each having a pyramidal shape, it is also found in masses, varying in color from transparent to opaque. Silicic oxide is a compound of silicon and oxy- gen, and forms a large proportion of the mate- rial composing the body of porcelain teeth. Boze quartz is a rose-colored variety ; amethyst, a violet ; smoky quartz, a smoky brown ; chal- cedony, an uncrystallized variety, nearly white, with a waxy lustre ; cornelian, a red or flesh- colored chalcedony ; agate, a chalcedony in concentric or parallel layers of different colors ; flint, a brown or black variety ; jasper, an opaque, yellow, brown, or red variety. Crys- tals of quartz are found, sometimes, inclosing a larger or smaller quantity of water. One of this sort was presented to the author by Dr. Andrews, of North Carolina. See Silica. Quartzif'erous. A term applied by Dana to minerals which consist chiefly of quartz. Quartz'ite. A term applied by Dana to granular quartz. Quart / zose. Resembling or containing quartz. Quas'sia. The bitter wood of the Quassia excelsa. Also a genus of plants of the order Simarubacese. Quassia Ama / ra. The Surinam quassia tree. It possesses tonic, stomachic, antiseptic, and febrifuge properties. Quassia Excel'sa. The Jamaica or West India quassia. Bitter wood ; bitter ash. The wood possesses an intense and permanent bit- ter taste, and is much used by brewers to give additional bitterness to malt liquors. In moderate doses it acts as a tonic, and is used in dyspepsia and other disorders of the stom- ach and bowels. It is sometimes given in intermittent and malignant fevers. Doses of the extract, gr. ij to gr. v ; of the tincture, 3J to 3ij- Quas / sin. The bitter principle of quassia. Quaternary. Consisting of four elements or compounds ; fourth in order. Quat'rio. The astragalus. Quea'siness. Nausea. Quea / sy. Affected with nausea. Quercit'rin. Quercitrou. The coloring principle of the bark of Quercus tinctoria, some- times called quercitric acid. A dye. Quercus. Oak. Also a genus of trees of the order Cupuliferaj. Quercus Al'ba. The white oak. The bark is powerfully astringent and tonic. Commonly used in decoction of ,|j to Oj of water, See White: Oak Bark. Quercus Infecto'ria. The gall oak, called QUE 519 QUI also dyer's oak, is a small shrub rarely ex- ceeding five or six feet in height. The morbid excrescences called galls (gallae) originate from punctures made in the young boughs and shoots of this species of oak by a hymen- opterous insect. Quercus Phel'los. The willow-leaved oak. The bark of this species has properties similar to those of white oak bark. Quercus Su'ber. The cork tree, a native of the south of France, Spain, Portugal, and Barbary. The bark, known under the name of cork, was formerly used as a styptic. Quercus Tinctc/ria. The black oak. The bark is astringent, but is inferior to the white oak as a therapeutic agent. There are many other species of quercus which possess more or less valuable medicinal properties. Quickening. The period of gestation when the motion of the foetus first becomes perceptible to the mother. Quick/lime (cplx viva). Lime freshly burned ; protoxide of calcium. Quicksilver. Mercury ; a metal found both native and in the state of ore in the mines. Quiescent. At rest ; silent. Quiila ia. A genus of plants of the order Quillagese. Quillaia Sapona'ria. Soap-quillaia ; a South American plant the bark of which is used as a substitute for soap. It imparts, when ap- plied in form of a wash, a beautiful gloss to the hair, and in mouth- washes is excellent for the teeth and mucous membrane and for removing impurities from the mouth. When bruised and macerated in water it imparts to that liquid the property of frothing like soap when agitated. This is owing to the " sapo- naria " in the bark. Quilled Suture. A suture in which the ends of the threads are made into a loop and drawn tight over a quill, a piece of rubber, or a roll of plaster ; used in deep wounds. Qui'na. Quiuine. Quin'ae Disul'phas. Disulphate of quinia. The commercial sulphate of quinine. Quinae Sulphas. Sulphate of quinia. See Quinia. Quin aquina. See Cinchona. Quindec agon. A plane figure having fif- teen sides and angles. Quin'etine. A violet-colored substance obtained from the sulphate of quinia. Quin 'ia. Quiniua ; quinine ; quina. An alkaloid obtained from the bark of the differ- ent species of cinchona. The principal salts of quinine are the sulphate, bisulphate, vale- rianate, hydrobromate, and the double salt, hydrochlorate of quinine and urea. See Quinia, Sulphate of. Quinia, Amorphous. A bark-colored sub- stance, having the appearance of an extract formed by the evaporation of the liquor left after the crystallization of sulphate of quinine, called impure sulphate of quinia. It has properties similar to the sulphate, though only about half as strong. Quinia, Ki / nate of. An opaque or semi- transparent mammillated crystalline salt formed by the mutual decomposition of sul- phate of quinia and kinate of lime. It has the properties of the other salts of quinia. Quinia, Sulphate of. Quina? disulphas. Com- posed of cinchona (yellow bark), muriatic acid, sulphuric acid, lime, alcohol, animal charcoal, and water. It is used with great success in the treatment of intermittents, being available in many cases where the bark can not be used. Dose, as a tonic, from 3 to 10 grains in twenty-four hours ; as an anti- periodic it may be carried much further. In large doses its action is sedative. In Dental Practice quinine is employed for inflammation of the peridental membrane, especially in the early stages ; in neuralgias of the fifth nerve when malaria is the cause ; and in hypersen- sitiveness of tooth-structure. As an internal remedy, three- or four-grain doses every four hours until thirty grains have been taken. See Quinine. Qui'niae Ace / tas. Acetate of quinine, a salt formed by saturating quinine with diluted acetic acid. Its properties are similar to the sulphate of quinine. Quiniae Arse / nias. Arseniate of quinia, or quinia formed by the union of arsenic acid and quinine. It is employed in intermittent fever. Quiniae Ar'senis. Arsenite of quinia. A salt resulting from the double decomposition of arsenite of potassa and sulphate of quinia. It is used in chronic cutaneous diseases ; and, as an autiperiodic, in ague, neuralgia, etc. Dose, one-third of a grain, three times a day. Quiniae Citras. Formed of citric acid and quinia. Same properties as the sulphate. Quiniae Ferrocy / anas. Ferrocyanate of qui- nine, a salt formed by the decomposition of sulphate of quinine by a solution of ferrocy- QUI 520 QUO anide of potassium. Its properties are the same as those of the other salts of quinia. Quiniae Hydri / odas. Hydriodate of quinia. Formed by precipitating sulphate of quinia by means of iodide of potassium. Used in scrofulous affections. Dose, gr. ss to gr. j, three times a day, to a child. Quiniae Iod / idum. Quinise hydriodas. Quiniae Valeria'nas. A salt which combines the medicinal properties of quinia ■with those of valerian. Quin / ic. Salts that have quinine for their base. Quinic Acid. See KlNIC AciD. QuinidFna. A derivative of quinia, cor- responding with it in therapeutic effects, but causing less unpleasant symptoms in the head. Quinidina Sulphas. An excellent antipyretic and antiperiodic. Dose, gr. j to gr. xx or more. Quin / idine. An alkaloid found in cin- chonas. See Quinidina. Qui / nine. Quinia ; quinia ; quinia? disul- phas ; disulphate of quinine ; sulphate of qui- nine. An alkaloid obtained from the different species of cinchona. This is the only officinal preparation of quinia. It occurs in slightly flexible, fine, silky, needle-shaped crystals. It consists of two atoms of quinine, -+- S0 3 + SHO. It has an intensely bitter taste, and produces the same effects upon the system as the cinchona bark, without being so apt to nauseate the stomach. It is given in doses of from three to ten grains, and in intermittent fevers has been given in much larger quan- tities. In very large doses its action is sedative. Quinin / ism. Cinchonism. The aggregate cerebral phenomena produced by an overdose or prolonged use of quinine. Quinoi / dine. Chinioidine. Amorphous quinia. See Quinia, Amorphous. Quinoline. Chinoline. Formula, C 6 H 5 N. It is in the form of an oily, colorless, volatile liquid, of a pungent odor, soluble in alcohol, and but sparingly soluble in water ; obtained by distilling quinine with caustic alkali. It is a powerful antipyretic. Dose, gr. vij to gr. x. Quinoline Salicylate. Used locally in puru- lent otitis. Quinoline Tartrate. An antiseptic and anti- pyretic. Quinol'ogy. A treatise on quinia. Quinquina. Cinchona. Quin'sy. Cyanche tonsillaris. Inflam- mation of the throat or parts adjacent to it. Sore throat. Quin'ta Essentia. Quintessence. Quint/an. In Pathology, a fever in which the paroxysms recur every fifth day. Quintessence. In Pharmacy, an extract which contains all the virtues of a substance in a small quantity ; an essential oil dissolved in alcohol. Quintister / nal. The fifth osseous portion of the sternum. Quintuple. Five-fold. Quiz. An informal recitation by which the student becomes familiar with his medical or dental studies. Quotidian. An intermittent the parox- ysms of which occur every day. Quotidian Ague. An intermittent fever in which the paroxysms occur every twenty-four hours. It is siwip/e, double, or triple, where there are two or three paroxysms every day ; and, according to Dr. Good, partial when the febrile attack is confined to a particular organ or part ; catenating, when there are associated with it symptoms of other diseases ; antici- pating, when the paroxysm precedes its ante- cedent by about three hours ; protracted, when the intermission is unusually short ; and re- tarding, when forming a direct counterpart to the anticipating. 521 RAD R. R . In Medical Prescriptions this letter is the abbreviation of recipe, take. R. Symbol for rhodium ; also abbreviation for "resistance," in Electrotherapeutics; also for "right." Rabdoi'des. The sagittal suture. Rabies. Lyssa. Canine madness ; mad- ness occurring after the bite of a rabid animal ; hydrophobia. Race. A term employed in Zoology as synonymous with family, genus, species, vari- ety ; and applied in the human species to the aggregate of individuals whose particular char- acteristics differ perceptibly from neighboring varieties. Blumenbach distinguishes the races into: (1) The Caucasian; (2) the Mongolian ; (3) the American ; (4) the Ethiopian; (5) the Malay. Each of these varieties is distinguished by the shape of the head, the features of the face, color of the skin, and texture of the hair, from the others. Race'mic Acid. Paratartaric acid. An acid found along with tartaric acid in the grapes of certain vineyards along the Rhine. Formula, C 4 H 2 5 HO. Ra'cemose (from racemus, a bunch of grapes). Having a shape like that of a bunch of grapes. Rachial'gia. Acute pain in the spine. Rachidian. Pertaining to, emanating from, or distributed on the spine. Rachidian Arteries. The arteries of the spine. Rachidian Canal. The vertebral canal. Rachiphy / ma (from pax ic , the spine, and fvfia, a tumor). A term sometimes applied in Pathology to a tumor on the spine or back. Ra'chis. Rhachis. In Anatomy, the ver- tebral column. Rachis'agra (from paxig, the spine, and aypa, seizure). A gouty or rheumatic pain in the spine. Rachit/ic. Affected with or pertaining to rachitis. Rachi'tis (from piov, dim. of park?, a needle). A pin. Rapid Breathing. A method of producing transient anaesthesia or analgesic influence suggested by Dr. Bon will. It consists of rap- idly breathing common air at the rate of one hundred respirations a minute, the inhalation to be vigorously kept up during the whole operation without for an instant stopping. The effect is unconsciousness to pain, with such symptoms as suffused face, darkened vi- sion, and giddiness. The heart's action is not increased more than from seventy to eighty, and sometimes ninety beats, and is much en- feebled, the quantity of blood being decreased. Rappee / . A coarse kind of snuff. Rap / tus (from rapio, to seize violently). A sudden and violent seizure. Raptus Nervorum. The cramp. Raptus Supi / nus. Opisthotonos. Rarefaction (from rarus, rare, and factio, to make). The decreasing density or tension of a gaseous substance, especially air. Rarefy. To make less dense or more porous. Raricos / tus. Having a small number of ribs. Ra'ritas. Rarity ; fewness ; looseness of texture, distance apart. Raritas Den'tium. Fewness of teeth ; less than the usual number of teeth, with or with- out interspaces between them. Rash. An eruption or redness of the skin, with little or no elevation of the cuticle. Rash Fever. Scarlatina. Rash, Nettle. Urticaria. Rash, Rose. Roseola. Rash, Summer. Lichen tropicus. Rash, Tooth. Strophulus. Rasp Sound (bruit de rape). An auscul- tatory sound resembling that produced by rasping wood. Raspato'rium (from radere, to scrape). Raspatory. An instrument for rasping bones. Rasu'ra (from radere, to scrape). A rasure, scratch, or erosion. Also the raspings or shav- ings of any substance. Ratafi'a. Ardent spirits flavored with various kinds of fruit and sugar. Ra'tio. Proportion. Also reason or ex- planation. Rational (rationalis). Conformable to rea- son. In Medicine, the treatment of disease ac- cording to reason and ratiocination, and not by routine or in accordance with experience, which is empirical. Raf/tle. In Pathology, the noise produced by the air in passing through the mucus, of which the lungs and air-passages are unable to free themselves. It is often heard in dying persons. Rauce / do (raucitas; from mucus, hoarse). Hoarseness : roughness of voice. Raucedo Catarrha / lis. Hoarseness occasioned by a cold. Raucedo Paralytica. Loss of voice. Ray. A line of light ; a straight line supposed to be described by a particle of light. Reaching (vomituritio). See Retch- ing. Reaction (react io ; from re, again, and agere, actum, to act). The effort made in re- sisting other action or power. In Medicine, the vital action which follows depression, from whatever cause produced. Ready Method, Marshall Hall's. See Resuscitation. Rea'gent. In Chemistry, a test ; a substance employed to detect the presence of other bodies. A test, Real'gar. Protosulphuret of arsenic. Rea'son. The faculty of the mind which distinguishes truth from falsehood, good from evil, and which deduces inferences from facts. Reaumur's Thermometrical Scale. A scale where zero is at the freezing-point of water and 80 degrees is the boiling-point. To reduce these degrees to those of Fahrenheit, multiply by 9, divide by 4, and add 32. Receiv'er. A chemical vessel for the re- ception of the product of distillation. Receptac'ulum (from rccipio, to receive). Receptacle. In Anatomy, a part of the thoracic- duct. Receptaculum Chyli. A dilatation of the thoracic duct in front of the lumbar vertebra. Rec'ipe. R . Take. Always used in the abbreviated form as the commencement of a medical prescription. Reclina'tion (reclinatio ; from reclinare, to bend back). In Surgery, a name given to one REC 524 RED of the operations for cataract, which consists of turning it so as to change its anterior and posterior surfaces. Rec'rement. A term applied to those secretions -which, after having been separated from the blood, are again employed in the op- erations of the economy, as the saliva, bile, and gastric juice. Such secretions are called recremental humors. Recrudescence (recrudescentia). The ag- gravation of a disease after a temporary remis- sion. Recrystallization. The act or process of again crystallizing. Rectan'gle. A right-angled parallelogram. Rectangular. Having right angles. Rectification. Redistillation of an oil or liquid to purify it. Making straight. Rectified. Made more pure or stronger. Rectified Spirit. See Spirit, RECTIFIED. Rectilin'ear. Relating to or bounded by straight lines. Rec'tor Spir / itus. The aromatic principle of plants. RectO=urethral (recto-urethra! is). An epi- thet desiguative in Surgery of a fistula which implicates both the rectum and urethra. Rec / to=vaginal. Belonging or relating to the rectum and vagina. Rectovesical (recto-vesicalis). An epithet applied in Surgery to Sanson's operation for the extraction of stone from the bladder through the rectum. Rec / tum. So called because it was thought to be straight. The third and last portion of the large intestine, terminating at the anus. Rec / tus. Straight. A term applied in Anatomy to certain muscles, from their direc- tion. Rectus Abdom/inis. A long, flat muscle sit- uated at the anterior part of the abdomen and separated from its fellow by the linea alba. Rectus Abducens Oc'uli. See Rectus Ex- TKIi.N'IS OCULI. Rectus Adducens Oculi. Sec RECTUS INTER- NUS OCULI. Rectus Anterior Bre'vis. See RECTUS Cap- itis [nterntjs Minor. Rectus Anterior Lon'gus. See Rectus Cap- itis [nternus Major. Rectus AttolKens Oculi. See RECTUS SU- PERIOR OCULT, Rectus Capitis Inter'nus Major. A muscle situated at the anterior and lateral part of the neck. Rectus Capitis Internus Minor. A muscle of the neck situated deeper than the rectus major. Rectus Capitis Lateralis. A muscle situated immediately behind the internal jugular vein as it emerges from the cranium. Rectus Capitis Posticus Major. A muscle situated between the occiput and second cer- vical vertebra. Rectus Capitis Posticus Minor. A muscle situated beneath the rectus capitis posticus major. Rectus Exter'nus Oc / uli. The outer muscle of the eye. Rectus Fem'oris. A muscle situated at the forepart of the thigh. Rectus Inferior Oculi. The inferior straight muscle of the eye. Rectus Inter / nus Fem / oris. The gracilis. A long, slender muscle, situated under the integuments of the inner part of the thigh. Rectus Internus Oculi. The internal muscle of the eye. Rectus Superior Oculi. The upper muscle of the eye. Recurrent (recurrens ; from recurrere, to run back). Running back. A name given to branches of arteries and nerves which reascend toward the origin of the trunk from which they emanated. Recurrent Ar / teries. Several arteries of the forearm and one of the leg are so called. Recurrent Nerve. A branch given off by the par vagum on each side of the cavity of the thorax. Red Chalk. An argillaceous iron ore, used for marking or drawing. Red Fire. A pyrotechnical compound of nitrate of strontia, sulphur, antimony, and chlorate of potash, which burns with a red flame. Red Gum. See STROPHULUS. Red Lead. Minium, or red oxide of lead. A preparation of lead of a fine red color, used in painting. Red Precipitate. The red oxide of mer- cury. Red Silver. A variety of silver ore, so called because of its ruby-red or reddish-black color. Red i integrate (re, again, and integer, en- tire). Restored to soundness ; renovated. Redoub'Iement. A French word applied RED 525 REG in Pathology to augmentation of the intensity or exacerbation of the symptoms of a disease. Reducine. A leucomain of the urine. Reduction. In Surgery, an operation for the restoration of a dislocated or luxated bone to its original situation. Refining. The act of purifying ; separating from alloy or any extraneous matter ; applied particularly to the purifying of gold and silver. In Pharmacy and Chemistry, the separation of a substance from the extraneous matter with which it is mixed. See Gold, Refining of. Reflection (from reflecto, to bend back). In Anatomy, a duplicature or fold of membrane. In Optics, the bending back of a ray of light from a surface that neither absorbs, transmits, or distributes it. In Pathology the bending back of an organ or part from its normal posi- tion. Reflection, An'gle of. The angle made by the line of direction of the reflected body or ray with a line which is perpendicular to the reflecting surface. Reflect'ors, Dental. Small mirrors for throwing light upon dark points. Some are adjusted upon the fingers of the operator, others on rubber-dam clamps. Re'flex (from refleclo, to bend). The bend- ing or bounding back or return of an impulse or body. Reflex Ac / tion or Movement. The propagation of an impression made on the extremity of one nerve, to the extremity of another, through the intervention of the nervous centres. Reflex Function. Certain functions of living beings performed through the medium of the reflex nerves. Reflex Spi / nal Nerves. Those of the spinal system of nerves which convey motor im- pulses from the spinal marrow in consequence of impressions made upon the surface of the body. Reflex'ed (reflexus). Bent backward ; ap- plied in Botany to leaves and organs of plants thus disposed. Re'flux (from re, and fluo, to flow). The return of a current by reversal along its former course. Refrac'tion (from refract us, broken back). In Physics, the change of direction which a ray of light experiences in passing from a dense to a rare medium, or the reverse, or by passing obliquely from one medium into another of different density. Refraction, Double. The refraction of light in two directions and the consequent produc- tion of two images — a property possessed by Iceland spar and other minerals. Ref racture. The act of breaking over again a bone which has already been broken and united. Refrangible. Susceptible of refraction. Refresh. In Surgery, to make raw by re- moving the epithelial covering ; to denude ; as in the operation for cleft-palate or in refresh- ing the edges of a wound. Refrigerant (refrigerans ; from refrigero, to cool). A term applied in Pharmacy to a medicine which has the property of reducing the heat of the body or blood. Refusion. The operation of returning to the vessels blood which has been taken from them, as in asphyxia. Regeneration. Reproduction of a lost or destroyed part or its renewal. Re'gia A'qua. Royal water. See Nitko- muriatic Acid. Regime (from regere, to govern). Regimen. In Hygiene, the systematic regulation of the diet and habits of an individual, with a view to the preservation of health and the cure of disease. Re'gio. Region. A portion of the body marked out by definite outlines. Regio Auricula / ris. The region of the ear. Regio Buccals. The region of the cheeks. Regio Epigas / trica. The epigastric region (which see). Regio Facia'lis. The facial region. Regio Gas'trica. The umbilical region. Regio Hypochondri'aca. The hypochon- driuni (which see). Regio Hypogas'trica. The hypogastrium (which see). Regio Ili / aca. The ileac region (which see). Regio Lumba'lis. The lumbar region, or region of the loins. Regio Menta'lis. The mental region, or re- gion of the chin. Regio Nasa / lis. The nasal region. Re / gion (regio). In Anatomy, a certain determinate space of the surface of the body. Re'gional (from regio, a region). Pertain- ing to a region. Re'gius (from rex, a king). Royal. Ap- plied in Chemistry to the noble metals, espe- cially gold, and aqua regia, which has the power of dissolving it. Regressive. Retiring, abating ; marked by abatement, as the regressive stage of a disease. REG 526 REM Reg'ular (regularis; from regula, a rule). Regular ; comforniable to rule ; applied in Pathology to the pulse when the intervals between each two pulsations of the artery are equal, aud to the paroxysms of a disease, as those of an intermittent fever, when they occur at the proper or usual time. The term is also applied to a practitioner of medicine or dentistry who practises according to estab- lished rules. Regelating Appliances. "Simple ma- chines," such as the inclined plane, wedge, and screw, with such adjuncts as ligatures, supports, etc., which are employed in correct- ing irregularity in the arrangement of the teeth. Reg / ulus. A term applied to several of the inferior metals when freed from their im- purities and obtained in a metallic state. Regurgitation (regurgitatio). The flowing back of the contents of a canal or reservoir of the body ; usually applied to the vomiting of infants. Vomiting at pleasure. Eructation. Reimplantation. The act of putting back into its alveolar cavity a tooth which by any means has come out or been extracted. Reinsch's Test. A test for arsenic ; per- formed by acidulating the suspected liquid with hydrochloric acid, immersing in it a slip of copper or copper-gauze, and boiling. Ar- senic is deposited on the copper as a grayish film, which, on heating in a tube, sublimes, forming a ring of crystals. Relapsed The return of a disease soon after its cessation. Relation of the Upper to the Lower Teeth when the Mouth is Closed. The crowns of the teeth of the upper jaw gener- ally describe a rather larger arch than those of the lower. The upper incisors and cuspidati usually shut over and in front of the lower, but sometimes they strike plumb upon them, and at other times, though rarely, they strike on the inside. The outer tubercles of the upper bicuspids aud molars generally strike outside of those of the corresponding lower teeth. Jiy this beautiful adaptation of the tubercles of the teeth of one jaw to the de- pressions of those of the other, every part of the grinding surfaces of the organs is brought in immediate contact in the act of mastica- tion, which operation of the teeth, in conse- 'j ii'-m-r-, is rendered more perfect than it would be if the teeth came together in any other manner. The incisors and cuspidati of the upper jaw are broader than the corresponding teeth in the lower ; in consequence of this difference in the lateral diameter of the teeth of the two jaws, the central incisors of the upper cover the centrals and about half of the laterals in the lower, while the superior laterals cover the remaining half of the inferior and the anterior half of the adjoining cuspidati. Continuing this peculiar relationship, the upper cuspidati close over the remaining half of the lower and the anterior half of the first inferior bi- cuspids, while the first superior bicuspids cover the remaining half of the first inferior and the anterior half of the second. In like manner the second bicuspids of the upper jaw close over the posterior half of the second in the lower and the anterior third of the first molars. The first superior molars cover the remaining two-thirds of the first inferior and the an- terior third of the second, while the uncovered two-thirds of this last and anterior third of the lower dentes sapientise are covered by the second upper molars. The dentes sapientise of the superior maxillary, being usually about one-third less in their antero-posterior diam- eter, cover the remaining two-thirds of the corresponding teeth in the inferior. Thus from this arrangement of the teeth it will be seen that when the mouth is closed each tooth is opposed to two, and hence, in biting hard substances and in mastication, by extending this mutual aid a power of resist- ance is given to these organs which they would not otherwise possess. Moreover, if one, or even two. adjoining teeth should be lost, the corresponding teeth in the other jaw would, to some extent, still act against the contiguous organs, and thus in some degree counteract a process — first noticed by that eminent dentist, the late Dr. L. Koecker — which nature some- times sets up for the expulsion of such teeth as have lost their antagonists. Relax'ans (from re, and laxare, to loose). Relaxants. Applied in "therapeutics to medi- cines which diminish the tension or erethism of organs. Relaxation. In Pathology, looseness or diminution of the natural tone of parts. Relief Incision. A division of over-tense parts to relieve tension. Remedial. Medicinal. Reme / dium. Remedy ; cure. Remedium Divi'num. The roots of Impera- toria, or mastei wort, were formerly so called REM 527 REP because they were supposed to posses divine virtues. Remedy (remedium). A medicine em- ployed for the prevention, alleviation, or cure of a disease. Remis'sion {remissio). In Pathology, the temporary cessation of the paroxysms or symp- toms of a disease. Remit/tent (remittens ; from remitto, to assuage or lessen). Any disease charac- terized by periods of increment and ces- sation, but without periods of complete re- covery. Remittent Fever. A fever which increases and diminishes, but without intermission, as the bilious fever of the United States. Rem / ora. In Surgery, the name of a band- age intended to retain displaced parts or organs in their natural situation. In Pathology, re- tardation, especially of the circulation. Remote 7 . In Pathology, the more distant causes of diseases. Ren. The kidney. Re'nal {renalis; from ren, the kidney). Pertaining to the kidney. Renal Ap'oplexy. Another name for ischuria renalis. Renal Ar'tery. An artery sent off by the abdominal aorta to the kidney. See Emul- gent. Renal CaPculus. A concretion of the kid- ney. Renal Capsule. Suprarenal capsule. The ductless glandular body at the apex of each kidney. See Renal Gland. Renal Gland. Renal capsule ; suprarenal gland. A hollow glandular body of a some- what triangular shape on each kidney, filled with a reddish-brown liquor, and smaller in the adult than in the foetus. The use of it is unknown. The atrabiliary capsules is an- other name for these glands. See Atrabili- ary. Renal Vein. A large vein the root of which follows the same course as the artery in the substance of the kidney. Ren / chus. Snoring ; stertor. Ren'culus. The name of each distinct lobe of the kidney in the embryo of the mam- malia. Re / nes Succenturia'ti. The renal cap- sules. Ren'iform (reniformis). Kidney-shaped. Ren'net (from Ger. gerinnen, to coagulate). Runnet. The dried, salted stomach of a sucking calf. When soaked in water, it pos- sesses the property of coagulating milk. Rennet Whey. Composed of milk two pints, rennet half an ounce, infused in a little hot water ; mix and keep in gentle heat for a few hours and strain. Ren'nin. The ferment found in the gastric juice, capable of curdling milk by coagulating the casein. Reophore, Reopore (from peu, to flow, and epu, to carry). Any conducting sub- stance leading from the poles of a galvanic battery coil or dynamo ; the practical electrodes which the patient grasps in his hands or that are applied to his body when he is receiving the current. Repan'dus. Waved ; serpentine. Reparative. Reinstating or restoring to the normal condition. Repel / lants (repellens; from re, and pellere, to drive). In Therapeutics, medicines which, when applied to an inflamed part, cause the fluids, as it were, to recede from it. Repercolation. Percolation performed a second time on the same material with the percolate from the first percolation. Repercussion (rejyercussio). The disap- pearance of a tumor, abscess, or eruption in consequence of the application of a repellant. Repercus / sive. Repellant. Repercu'ticus. Repercussive. Replantation of Teeth. The replace- ment of teeth which have been extracted or otherwise removed from their cavities ; wdien diseased, the thickened periosteum is scraped off before returning such teeth to their sockets. Repletion {repletio). Plethora ; super- abundant fulness. Reprimen'tia (reprimo, to repress). Re- pressing medicines. Remedies for fluxes, as astringents, etc. Rep / riments. Same as Reprimenti \. Reproduc'tion (from reproducere, to pro- duce again). The function by which living bodies perpetuate their species. Generation. Rep'tant [repto, to creep). Creeping. Repta'tion (reptatio). The act of creeping or crawling. Repul'sion (repulsio ; from repello, to repel I. In Physics, the power by which bodies or particles of matter are caused to recede from one another. Also the effect resulting from the operation of this power. Repulso'rium. In Dental Surgery, a REP 528 RES punch ; an instrument employed in the ex- traction of roots of teeth. Repurgan'tia. Medicines which produce repurgation. Repurga'tion (repurgatio). A term applied by Cattelli to purgation by cutaneous trans- piration or expectoration. Res Natura'les. The naturals ; the union of the elements, temperaments, humors, spirits, etc., which were supposed to constitute the nature of man. Res Non Naturales. See NoN-NATURALS. Res Vene'rea. Sexual intercourse, coition. Resec'tion (resectio ; from resecare, to cut off). In Surgery, an operation for the removal of carious extremities of long bones or false joints ; also the excision of bones with the design of preserving limbs in more or less in- tegrity and avoiding amputation. Residen / tia. Sediment. Resid'uum. Residue. In Chemistry, that which remains after any process of separation or purification. Resilience. The act or power of rebound- ing or recoiling ; or returning by elastic force to the original state after stretching or com- pression. Res / in (resina). A brittle, semi-translucent, inflammable vegetable product, insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol and oils, and com- posed of oxygen, hydrogen, and carbon. It forms an ingredient in ointments and plasters, but is never given internally. Resin of Bile. Biliary resin. Resin of Copper. Protochloride of copper. Resin, Elastic. Caoutchouc. ResPna APba. The inspissated juice of the Pinus sylvestris, etc. Resina Fla / va. Yellow resin. The resin which remains in the still after distilling oil of turpentine mixed with water. Resina Ni / gra. The most common resin which remains in the retort after distilling oil of turpentine from common turpentine. Res / inoid. Resembling resin. Resist/ance. In Mechanics, a force acting in opposition to another force. When it cor- responds to the useful effect produced by the machine it is called active, and when it be- longs to the inertia of the machine it is pas- sive. Resolu'tio Nervorum. Paralysis. Resolution (resolutio ; from resolvere, to loosen). A termination of inflammation with- out suppuration or mortification. ResoPvent (resolvens). A term applied to substances which have the power of dispersing inflammation and preventing suppuration. A discutient ; an agent producing resolution. Res'onance (from re, again, and sono, to sound). A return or reverberation of sound. A peculiar thrilling of the voice, or the exist- ence of it in a part where it is not heard in health, as discovered by auscultation. Resor'bens. Absorbent. Resorcin (resorcinum). Formula, C 6 H 6 0. 2 = C 6 H i (OH) 2 . This agent differs from car- bolic acid or phenol, which it resembles, in the substitution of one molecule of hydroxyl (HO) for one atom of hydrogen. It is an artificial product in the form of colorless, odorless crys- tals of a sweet taste, soluble in water and alcohol. It is employed as a substitute for carbolic acid, being less irritating and not objec- tionable on account of odor. In doses of 30 to 60 grains it causes profuse perspiration and weakness. Large doses cause convulsions and tetanic rigidity. Its uses in Dental Practice are the same as those of carbolic acid. See Gorgas' "Dental Medicine." Resorption. The absorption by the vessels of material which they have once contained but which has been exuded into the tissue or upon a free surface. Res'pirable (respirdbilis). Capable of being respired without danger. Respiration (respiratio; from respiro, to take breath). The inhalation and expiration of air ; the act of breathing. Respiration, Artificial. The establishment of a process resembling respiration in persons laboring under asphyxia. Dr. Marshall Hall's ready method consists of placing the body in a prone position, making gentle pressure on the back, then removing the pressure and turning the body on its side and a little be- yond, executing these movements sixteen times in a minute. Dr. Sylvester's method consists of placing the patient on his back, pulling the tongue for- ward, and then drawing the arms slowly over the head, by which means the ribs are elevated by the pectoral muscles and the chest is en- larged. The arms are now to be brought down to the side of the chest, which they must be made to compress slightly. These movements must be repeated so as to stimu- late respiration. Respiration, Bron'chial. A kind of respira- tion in which there is a sound of air passing RES 529 RET through the hronchial tubes without entering the minute air-cells. Respiration, Cav'ernous. That in which there is a sound of air passing from the bronchia into large morbid cavities instead of into the air-cells. Respiration, Jerk'ing. The interruption of the murmur of respiration so that, instead of being continuous, it is, as it were, by starts. It occurs in spasmodic asthma, pleurodynia, and tubercular affections of the lungs. Respiration, Pu'erile. That in which there is a sound like the respiration of infants. Respirator. An instrument to be ad- justed before the mouth to warm the inspired air, inteuded for persons subject to bronchitis and pulmonary affections. Respiratory. Pertaining to respiration. Respiratory Mur'mur. A sound heard by auscultation in a healthy adult during in- spiration and expiration, occasioned by the passage of the air into and from the cells of the lungs. Respiratory Tract. The middle column of the spinal marrow. Rest/if orm (restiformis; from rest's, a cord, and forma, likeness). A term applied in Anatomy to two cord -like processes of the medulla oblongata, the corpora restiforma. Resu / pinate. Having the lower surface turned upward. Resurrec / tionist. One who violates the sanctity of the grave to obtain bodies for dis- section. Resuscitation (resuscitalio ; from resuscito, to move up, to raise up anew). The restora- tion to life of a person apparently dead. When asphyxia results from the administra- tion of anaesthetic agents, such efforts should be made for resuscitation as the following. The napkin or inhaler being removed, the patient's tongue should be drawn forward with forceps or a tenaculum, fresh air admitted from the door or windows or induced by a fan, and artificial respiration instituted. Stim- ulating applications to the surface and cold water to the face and head. The main reli- ance, however, is on artificial respiration, and this is best kept up by Marshall Hall's "ready method," as follows : " Turn the body gently and completely on the side and a little beyond, and then on the face, alternately ; repeating these measures deliberately, efficiently, and perseveringly, fifteen times in a minute." When the patient reposes on the thorax this 34 cavity is compressed by the weight of the body and expiration takes place ; when he is turned on the side this pressure is removed and in- spiration occurs. When the prone position is resumed, make equable but efficient pressure along the spine, removing it immediately before rotation on the side (the first measure augments the expiration, the second com- mences inspiration). As soon as the patient can swallow, give brandy and ammonia. Efforts at resuscitation should not cease until death is evident. A method of producing artificial respiration is known as Sylvester's. It consists of laying the patient on his back, drawing the tongue forward, then carrying the arms slowly up- ward over the head, thus elevating the ribs by means of the pectoral muscles and inducing respiration ; the arms are then brought down to the side of the chest and slightly compressed against it ; these movements are to be repeated slowly, as by the other method. If a galvanic battery is at hand it should be resorted to among other possible means of restoring ani- mation. Another method is to elevate the feet and lower the head, which can be accomplished by means of a cask or by grasping the lower ex- tremities at the ankles and elevating them with the head hanging down. Retaining Appliances. Appliances for holding malposed teeth after they have been moved into their proper positions until they have become firm and preventing their tendency to return to the positions from which they have been moved. Retaining Screws. See SCREW. Retardation. A stopping or hindering. Retching. Ineffectual efforts to vomit. Re'te. A net. A term applied in Anatomy to cellular membrane and to the interlacing of nerves, blood-vessels, etc., when they form a sort of network. Rete Malpighii. The rete mucosum. Rete Mirab'ile. The anastomoses of the in- ternal carotid and vertebral arteries at the base of the brain. Rete Muco'sum. A term applied to a sup- posed mucous substance situated between the cuticle and true skin. It is really only the lower cells of the epidermis which have not been dried to scales. Rete Vasculo'sum. The plexus retiformisor corpus cavernosum vagina?. Rete Vasculosum Tes'tis. The network RET 530 REV formed by the vasa recta at the upper part of the testicle. Reten'tion (retentio; from retinere, to hold back). The accumulation of a solid or liquid substance in a canal or cavity intended to contain it only for a short time. Retention of the Menses. Amenorrhoea. Retention of Urine. Accumulation of urine in the bladder from inability to expel it. Retic / ular (reticularis; from rele, a net). A term applied in Anatomy to structures which have the appearance of a net or web. Reticular Sub / stance. The cellular tissue. Reticulum (diminutive of rete, a net). A small net or web. Reticulum Cuta'neum. The rete mucosum. Ret'iform. Reticular. Ret'ina (from rete, a net). Two almost inseparable layers of membrane, extending from the optic nerve to the crystalline lens, embracing the vitreous humor, and lining the choroid coat without adhering to either. It is formed by an expansion of the optic nerve and constitutes the true organ of vision. Retinaculum. A halter, band, or cord keeping anything in place. Retinaculum Ten / dinum Perone'orum. The ligamentous sheaths that retain in place at the outer ankle the tendons of the peroneal muscles. Retinitis (from retina, the name of the part, and itis, a terminal denoting inflamma- tion). Inflammation of the retina. Retinol. A hydrocarbon produced by the dry distillation of resin ; used as a solvent. Retort/. A chemical vessel with a long neck employed in distillation. For the genera- tion of nitrons oxide gas for dental purposes the retort should be made of glass ; one with- out a stopper answers best. Retort, Tabulated. A retort with a small hole in the top. Retraction (retractio ; from retrahere, to draw back). The state of a part when drawn toward the center of the body or backward ; also the state of being drawn up. Retrac'tor. In Anatomy, a muscle the function of which is to draw back the part into which it is inserted. In Surgery, a piece of linen used in amputation for drawing the divided muscles upward, to prevent injury from the saw. In l>< ulal. Surgrry, an instrument for drawing the commissure of the lips back for the purpose of exposing the molar teeth while separating them with a file or disk. The file is seldom used. Retractor An / guli Or'is. The buccinator muscle. Ret / rahens (from retraho, to draw back). Drawing back. Applied in Anatomy to a muscle of the ear. Retrahens Auris. Two small bundles of muscular fibers situated behind the ear. Retroce'dent. A term applied in Pathology to a disease which moves from one part of the body to another, as sometimes happens in cases of gout. Retrocession. The act of going back. The transfer of a disease from the surface to the interior. Retroclusion. Compression of an artery by the passing of a pin through the tissues alongside of it. Re / troflex (from retro, back, and flecto, to turn). Turning back abruptly or suddenly. Retroflexion. An abrupt displacement, or changing of the normal direction. Retrograde (from retro, and gradus, a step). Receding, or going backward. Retroversion (retroversio). Turning back ; applied to the uterus and other organs. Retroversion of the Uterus {retroversio uteri). A deviation of the natural position of the uterus wherein the fundus of the organ is turned back into the concavity of the sacrum while the neck is directed toward the sym- physis pubis. Reu / nion. In Surgery, the union of parts separated by a wound. When this takes place without suppuration the reunion is said to be by the first intention, but if not until after sup- puration occurs it is said to be by the second intention. Reuss's Test. A test for atropine made by heating the suspected substance with sul- phuric acid and oxidizing agents, when, if atropine is present, an odor of blossoms is developed. Revel'Ient. Derivative ; applied to that which draws inflammation or other diseased action from a part. Reverberation (re, again or back, and m'- bero, to strike). Reflection of light, heat, or sound. Reverb'eratory Fur / nace. A furnace in which the flame is made to play over an arched surface. Revivification. Resuscitation ; restoration of life. In Chemistry, the reduction of a metal REV 531 RHE from a state of composition to its metallic con- dition. Revul'sant (from revello, to push away). A medicine that draws the Mood from a dis tant part of the body by irritation. Revul'sion (remlsio; from revellere, to pluck). The act of drawing a disease from the organ in which it appears to have taken its seat. Revulsive. Derivative. Eevellent (which seel. Rhabar'baric Acid. Ehabarbarin. The yellow crystalline coloring matter of rhubarb, supposed by Brande to be the active principle of the drug. Rhabar / barum. Ehubarb. Rhachia us (pa%ig, the spine). Belonging to the spine. Rhachial gia (rachialgitis ; from paxic, the spine, and alyoc, pain). Spinal irritation ; pain in the spine. Rhachias mus. The first symptoms of epilepsy. Rhachiot/ome. An instrument for open- ing the spinal canal. Rhachiot'omy. Dissection of the spine. Rhachipararysis. See Paraplegia. Rhachiphy / ma. A tumor of the spine. Rhachirrheu'ma. Lumbago. Rha'chis. The spine or vertebral column. Rhachisa'gra (from pa^ic, the spine, and aypa, a seizure). Suddeu seizure of the spine with pain. A gouty or rheumatic affection of the spine. Rhachi'tas. The muscles of the spine. Rhaco'des. Wrinkled. Rhaco / ma. A rent or chapped portion of the skin. Also a lax condition of the scrotum. Rha'gades. A fissure, chap, or cleft. Rhagoi'des. A term employed in Anatomy to desiguate a membrane of the eye, the tunica rhagoides, or uvea, from its resemblance in color to a grape. Rhaphe (Gr. = a seam). A ridge or raised line, especially one in the median line of a part. Rhat/any. Ehatania. Krameria triandra. Astringent, diuretic, and detergent. Dose, J} ss to 5J, in powder. Rheg'ma. A laceration or fracture. Rhe'ic Acid (rheum, rhubarb). The yel- low, crystalline, granular matter of rhubarb, procured from the plant by means of ether. Rheochord. See Eheostat. Rheom'eter (from peu : to flow, and pe-rpov, a measure). An instrument for arresting and reestablishing the electric current of an electro- magnetic machine ; a galvanometer. Also an apparatus for measuring the rapidity of the blood-current. Rhe / oscope (from ptoq, current, and gko-eu, to examine). An instrument for testing the existence of an electric current ; a galvano- scope. Rhe'ostat (from peoc, and tarr/ui t to stand). An instrument for the measurement or com- parison of resistance of an electric current. Rhe'otome (from peoc, current, and re/n>w, to cut). An instrument for breaking a gal- vanic current or circuit. Rheotrope. An appliance for reversing a current. Rhe'um. Ehubarb. Eheuma. A genus of plants of the order Polygonacea?. There are numerous species of rheum, but the commer- cial varieties most esteemed are the Eussian, Turkish, and Chinese. The English, French, and German are of inferior quality. Ehu- barb root is purgative, stomachic, and astrin- gent. Dose, gr. x to ^ss of the powder to open the bowels ; gr. vj to gr. x as a stom- achic. Dose of the syrup and of the spiced syrup, for an infant, 3 j ; of the fluid extract the dose is 5 ss. Rheum, Salt. A common name for several cutaneous affections of the eczematous and herpetic forms. Rheu'ma (from peu, to flow). The dis charge from the nostrils and air-passages. It is also applied to any mucous discharge. Rheumarthrosis (from pev/ua, a defluxion, and apdpor, a joint). Acute rheumatism. RheumataFgia. Chronic rheumatism. Rheumat'ic (rheumaticus). Pertaining or relating to rheumatism. Rheu'matism (from pevua, a defluxion. a catarrh). A more or less painful affection occupying the muscles or parts surrounding the joints. It is sometimes acute and some- times chronic. Rheumatism, Acute (rheumatismus acutus). A disease usually ushered in by fever. Excru- ciating pain in different parts of the body, but more particularly in the larger joints, which soon become red and swollen. Several joints are usually affected at the same time, and the pain shifts from one to another. Rheumatism, Arthritic. Eheumarthrosis. Acute rheumatism, having the appearance of gout. RHE 532 RHO Rheumatism, Cap'sular. Rheumatism af- fecting the lining membrane of the joints and bursas of the tendons. Rheumatism, Chron'ic. Pain in one or more of the joints, unaccompanied by inflammation, redness, or fever. Rheumatism, Gouty. Arthritis ; inflamma- tion of the synovial membrane. Rheumatism, Preabdom / inal. Rheumatism of the muscles of the anterior and lateral parts of the abdomen. Rheumatophy / ra. Acute rheumatism. Rheumatic fever. Rheumato'sis. Rheumatism. Rheumic Acid. Oxalic acid. ■ Rhex / is. A rupture of any part. A spon- taneous opening of an abscess. Rhigo'Iene (from piyoc, extreme cold). A petroleum naphtha boiling at 70° F. ; one of the most volatile liquids obtained by the distilla- tion of petroleum, and which has been applied to the production of cold by evaporation. Used in Dentistry and Surgery as a local anaesthetic, applied by means of Richardson's spray appa- ratus. Freezing by rhigolene is considered by some far more effective than by absolute ether, and also more convenient and more easily con- trolled than the freezing mixtures previously employed. Rhi'gos. Rigor. Rhin. The nose. RhinaPgia (from ptv, the nose, and a?iyog, pain). Pain in the nose. Rhinen / chysis (from p, the nose, ev t in, and x vu , to pour). An injection into the nos- trils made with a syringe. Rhinenchy'tes. A nose syringe. Rhini / tis (ptv, nose). Nasitis. Inflamma- tion of the nose. Coryza. RhinodyrPia. Pain in the nose. Rhinopho'nia. Nasal voice. Rhinophyma (from ipv/m, growth). Nodular swelling of the nose caused by hypertrophy and congestion. Rhinoplas'tic (from pcv, the nose, and TrTiaffoa, to form). A surgical operation for forming a new nose. RhinopoPypus (from piv, nose, and poly- pus). Polypus of the nose or nostrils. Rhinorrha'gia. Epistaxis. Rhinor'rhaphy (from piv, the nose, and I"""/, a suture). Rhinorrhaphia. An opera- lion for the removal of epicanthus, or a por- tion of the skin of the nose. Rhinorrhce'a (from /">', a nose, and peo>, to flow). A discharge of limpid mucus from the nose without inflammation of the Schneiderian membrane. Rhinoscopy. Examination of the nasal cavity. Rhi / za. A root. Rhi / zagra. A punch ; an instrument much used by ancient dentists in the extraction of roots of teeth, and occasionally employed at the present day. Rhizoph'agous (from pt£a, a root, and (payu, to eat) . Feeding on roots. Rho / dium. A hard, white metal found in crude platina. Specific gravity is about 11. Rhodium Lig / num. Rosewood. RhodizoiPic Acid. An acid obtained from carbonic oxide. Rhodo'meli. Honey of roses. Rho / donite. A variety of maguesian spar. Rhoet/izite. A variety of kyanite. Rhomb (rhombus; from pe/^Sw, to turn or whirl round, to wander). Literally, a deviat- ing square. An oblique-angled, equilateral parallelogram or a quadrilateral figure the planes of which are equal, the opposite ones parallel, with unequal angles, two being obtuse and two acute. Rhombohe'dron. A solid having six equal rhombic planes or sides. Rhomboid. Rhomboidal. A figure hav- ing the form of a rhomb, with sides and angles equal, but which is neither equilateral nor equiangular. Rhomboide / us. A muscle of the scapula, which is sometimes described as two muscles, the rhomboideus major and rhomboideus minor. Rhomb=spar. A crystalline mineral re- sembling calc spar, consisting of carbonates of lime and magnesia with some traces of carbon- ate of iron. Rhon / chal. Relating or appertaining to rhonchus. Rhon / chus. Rale. A rattling or wheezing sound in the air-passages, generally arising from certain morbid states of respiration. Five species of rhonchus or rattle are enumerated by writers: (1) The crepitous, rale crepitant, re- sembling the decrepitation of salt over a gentle fire or rubbing a lock of hair between the fin- gers ; (2) the mucous, rate muqueux, consisting of unequal, irregular bubbles, like the sound heard in the windpipe of a dying person ; (3) the sonorous, rale sonore, resembling the sound of snoring, except when slight, then somewhat RHO 533 RIM like that of the cooing of a dove ; (4) the sibilant, rale sabilant, a whistling or clicking, as of a small valve ; (5) the crackling, consisting during inspiration of two, three, or four dry, sharp sounds. Rhopalo / sis. See Plica. Rhubarb (rhei radix). The root of several species of rheum, a very valuable drug. It is a mild purgative, slightly astringent and tonic. See Rheum. Rhy'as. A decrease or defect of the lachry- mal caruncle of the eye. Rhythm (from pv&fiog, regular movement). Applied in Medicine to the pulsations of the heart and the arteries, which, when equal in force, are said to be in rhythm. Rhyth'mical. Pertaining to or having the quality of rhythm. Rhytido'sis (from pvnSou, to grow wrin- kled). Atrophy or collapse of the cornea, without impairing its transparency ; corruga- tion of any part. Rib. Costa. Ribbon or Tape of Gold Foil. A form of gold foil for filling teeth made by foldiug any portion of a sheet of foil over and over again uutil the desired width and thickness is produced. Rice Water. The evacuations of persons affected with cholera are so termed from their resemblance to it. Rich'ardson's Spray Apparatus. In- vented by Dr. Benjamin W. Richardson, of London, consists of a spray tube and bottle worked by a hand bellows. The tube differs from all other spray tubes in that the volatile fluid, absolute ether, or rhigolene is brought up for dispersion by air pressure, produced by the same motion as that which causes the dis- persion. Dr. Richardson says that the effect of his apparatus is due entirely to the cold generated by the rapid evaporation of the ether. In effecting local anaesthesia by this process the entire blanching of the surface to be operated on may be produced or, short of this extreme result, a superficial anaesthesia only may be in- duced. To produce insensibility of a part with absolute ether, the application of the spray from thirty to sixty seconds only is necessary. For the extraction of a tooth, before applying the spray the parts to be acted upon should be carefully dried, otherwise a film of ice will be formed and the anaesthesia be obstructed and imperfect. There is little or no difficulty in extracting the superior front teeth by this pro- cess, without causing pain, but in the case of the back and inferior teeth there is difficulty, owing to the saliva freezing. Richmond Crown. An all-porcelain crown having a base V-shaped from the mesial to the distal side. The pin or post is first pushed through a thin perforated disk of gutta percha and the crown warmed and pressed into place ; when cool it is removed and the gutta percha trimmed away close to the crown-neck. The crown is then warmed, a little oxyphos- phate cement put on the post, and the crown pressed into its proper place. Ricin'ic Acid. One of the three acids produced by the saponification of castor- oil. Ric'inus. A genus of plants of the order Euphorbiacese. Ricinus Commu'nis. The castor-oil plant, or Palma christi. The oil obtained from the seeds is a mild cathartic. Rick / ets. An affection of early childhood characterized by excessive deposition of carti- lage in and about bones, causing undue flexi- bility, enlargement, and deformity of the bones. It is a constitutional disease of child- hood, characterized by increased cell-growth of the bones. The bones are deficient in earthy matter, resulting in deformities, muscular pains, sweating upon the head, and later, excessive calcification occurs in the dis- torted bones and their cartilaginous enlarge- ments. There are also abnormal changes in the spleen and liver. Treatment : Nourish- ing food, cod-liver oil, the iodide of iron, the hypophosphites and phosphates, bathing, and open-air exercise. Ridge, Crest, or Line. A prominent bor- der of a bone. Riga BaLsam. The resinous juice from the young twigs of the Pinns cembra. Rig'id (rigidus). Hard; stiff; not pliant. Rigid'itas. Rigidity. Rigiditas Articulo'rum. False anchylosis. Rigid'ity (from rigere, to be stiff). Rigid- itas. Stiffness ; want of pliability. Ri / gor (from piyeu, to shiver). A sensation of cold, with involuntary shivering. Rigor Mortis. The rigidity which takes place after death. Rigor Nervo'sus. Tetanus. Ri'ma. A fissure, cleft, or opening. Rima Cana'lis Suborbita'rii. The suborbi- tal fissure. RIM 534 ROS Rima Glot'tidis. The opening of the glottis, or, rather, of the larynx. Rima Mag'na. The vulva. Rimo'sus. Full of cracks. RinVula. A small fissure or crack. Ring (annulus). In Anatomy, a circular orifice which serves for the passage of a vessel or other organs, as the inguinal ring, the db- dominal ring, etc. Ring, Exter'nal Abdominal. An opening formed by the separation of the fibres of the aponeurosis of the obliquus externus. Ring, Fem'oral. An opening between Pou- part's ligament and the pubes. Ring, Internal Abdono/inal. An opening in the fascia transversalis, a little above Pou- part's ligament. Ring'worm. Herpes circinatus. Any par- asitic affection of the skin spreading in the form of a ring, with healthy skin inside of it. Ringworm of the Scalp. Porrigo scutulata. Ri'sing. Regurgitation. Riso / rius. A name given by Santorini to a portion of the platysma myoides muscle. Risus (from ridere, risum, to laugh). Laugh- ter. Riv / et. A term applied in Mechanical Dentistry to the small platina pins baked in the backs of porcelain teeth to serve as a means of attachment to narrow strips of gold, silver, or platina plate, which are afterward soldered to the base designed to sustain the teeth in the mouth. Rivin'ian Ducts. The excretory ducts of the sublingual glands, first discovered by Ri- vinus. Roast'ing. In Chemistry, a process em- ployed lor the separation of mineral sub- stances, consisting in the volatilization of some of their principles and in changing others so as to prepare them for other operations. Robertson's Alloy. An amalgam for fill- ing teeth, consisting of 1 part of gold, 3 of sil- ver, and 2 of tin, the gold and silver being first melted and the tin added at the moment of fusion. When cold, the alloy is finely pulver- Lzed, and equal quantities of the powder and mercury are kneaded together, Robinson's Metal. A textile metallic fill- ing material, introduced as a substitute for amalgam. Robinson's Remedy. Carbolized potash, eon sisting of equal parts of caustic potash and carbolic acid. Employed as an obtundent for sensitive dentine and as an application in alveolar pyorrhoea. Rob / orant. Corroborant ; a strengthening medicine. Roboran'tia. Tonics. Roche Alum. Native alum. Rochelle Salt. Tartrate of potassa and soda (which see). Rock Oil. Petroleum. Rock Salt. Common salt found in masses or beds. Rodent Ulcer. A superficial, sluggish, but spreading ulcer, usually on the face ; a form of epithelioma of the skin. Roden / tia (from rodo, to gnaw). An order of mammalia having two incisor teeth in each jaw with an empty space between them and the molars ; comprehending the rat and mouse, the squirrel, rabbit, musk-rat, beaver, and other gnawing animals. Roller. A term applied in Surgery to a long, narrow bandage. Roll'ing Mill. An apparatus for reducing metal to thin plates or laminae, consisting of two iron rollers, mounted in a strong iron frame, so adjusted as to be separated or brought near together by means of two screws, and made to revolve by means of a crank. It is used in the laboratories of dentists for reducing gold and silver into plates to serve as a basis for artificial teeth. Roof of the Mouth. The palate. Root Fillings. Fillings of different ma- terials inserted into the pulp canals of the teeth. Root Trimmer. An instrument for shaping and reducing the roots of natural teeth in crown- and bridge-work. Rorif'erous (ros, dew, and fero, to bear). In Anatomy, vessels which pour exhaled fluids on the surface of organs. Rosa Aqua. Rose water. Pale rose, 40 ; water, 200 parts ; mixed and distilled. Rosa Aqua Unguentum. Cold cream. Oil of almond, 50 ; spermaceti, white wax, aa 10 ; rose-water, 30 parts. A useful emollient. Rosa Centifo / lia. The damask, cabbage, or hundred-leaved rose. The petals of this spe- cies have properties similar to those of the rosa alba. The oil of roses (oleum rosa;) and rose-water are obtained chiefly from them. Rosa Mellis. Honey of roses. Red rose, 8; honey, '.r.l ; alcohol ad., 100 parts. Rosa / ceous. Rose-like. Rosa'cic Acid. A peculiar acid supposed ROS 53r RUB to exist in the lateritious sediment of arine in gout and in inflammatory and intermittent fevers. Rosalia. Scarlatina, Rose, Cam'phor. A solid oil of roses. Rose Pearl. See Celluloid. Rose Pink. Chalk or whiting dyed in a de- coction of Brazil wood and alum. Rose Rash. Roseola. Rose Red. A red pigment used by the manu- facturers of porcelain teeth in gum-enamel. Rose'ola (from rosa, a rose). Rose rash. An efflorescence of a rose color, appearing in patches of various shapes, without papulae, alternately deepening and fading, and usually occurring as a symptom of dentition, dyspep- sia, and often in connection with different febrile affections. The following are the prin- cipal varieties : (1) Roseola asstiva, which gener- ally occurs in the summer, first appearing on the face and neck, but afterward distributed over the body, accompanied by an itching and tingling sensation ; (2) roseola autumnalis appears on children in the autumn in the form of circular or oval patches, which gradually increase in size and assume the hue of a dark damask rose ; (3) roseola annulata appears in rose-colored rings on almost every part of the body ; (4) roseola infantilis occurs in infants as a symptom of the irritation of dentition in fevers, etc. ; (5) roseola variolosa appears previous to the eruption of small- pox, whether occurring in the natural way or from inoculation, though seldom before the former ; (6) roseola vaccina occurs generally in small patches, about the ninth or tenth day after vaccination ; (7) roseola miliaris fre- quently occurs during the eruption of miliary vesicles. Rose'olae. Rosellina ; false measles ; French measles. A name sometimes given to an acute exanthem, an eruptive disease intermediate between measles and scarlatina, but affording no protection against either. Rose's Fusible Metal. Composed of lead, 1 part ; tin, 1 part ; bismuth, 2 parts ; and fuses at 94° C, or 210.2° F. Ro'seus. Of a rose-red color. Ros'in. The residuum after the distillation of the volatile oil from the turpentine of pines. Colophony. See RESIN. Ros'trate (rostratus). Having a beak or bill. Ros'triform. Having the form of a beak. Ros'trum. A beak. A name given to several old forceps, from their resemblance to the beaks of different birds. Rosy=drop. The acne rosacea?, or carbun- cled face. Rota'ceous. Wheel-like. Rotacis'mus. A faulty pronunciation of the letter r. Rot/ate. Wheel-shaped. In Dentistry, the term rotation denotes the turning of a tooth on its axis. Rotating Devices. Appliances, either sin- gle or double, for correcting torsion of single- rooted teeth. Rota'tor (from rota, a wheel). A name ap- plied in Anatomy to several muscles the office of which is to rotate the parts upon which they act. Rot / ten Stone. An earthy mineral, con- sisting of alumina, carbon, and silica, used for polishing metals, etc. Rot'ula. The patella ; also a lozenge, called a drop. Rotun'dus. Round. Rouge. A species of lake prepared from the dried flowers of the Carthamus tinctorius. A cosmetic or dye. Rouge, PoFishing. See Polishing Rouge. Round (rotundus). Applied in Anatomy to foramina and parts which have this figure, as the foramen rotundum, and ligamenta ro- tuuda, etc. Round Ligaments {I ig amentum rotunda). Two cords composed of condensed cellular or fibrous tissue, blood-vessels, and nerves. They pro- ceed, one from each side of the uterus, through the abdominal ring, to be lost in the mons veneris. Routi'nist. In Medicine, a physician who practises in accordance to fixed rules, without regard to circumstances. Roy'al Min'eral Succeda'neum. A name given by the Crawcours to amalgam for filling teeth (which see). Rubber, Indian. Caoutchouc (which see). Also see Vulcanite Base. Rubber Sore Mouth. A characteristic inflam- mation of the mucous membrane of the mouth, due to vulcanite plates being insuffi- ciently hardened, and as a consequence porous, or to the want of a smoothly finished surface ; also (according to Dr. Black) to the presence in great numbers of a certain fungi (strepto- coccus magnus), which elaborate an irritating arid secretion, and which are found in greater numbers on vulcanite plates ; also to the non- RUB 536 RUC conducting quality of vulcanite, which pro- duces inflammatory action. Celluloid den- tures are also regarded as producing this inflammatory action, but to a less degree if moulded upon tin dies or on plaster casts covered with tin foil. Rubber=dam, or Coffer Dam, Barnum's. Consists of a small piece of sheet rubber or rubber cloth, about six inches wide and from six to ten inches long, used for preventing the saliva and breath from interfering with the operation of filling teeth. If the tooth to be filled stands alone, a single hole may be cut near the centre of the rubber, in diameter about one-third that of the tooth, and through which the crown of the tooth is to pass. With a small, flat burnisher or rubber-dam applier the edge of the rubber is worked around the neck of the tooth toward the alveolus as far as is possible. If the tooth does not stand alone, several holes are cut in the rubber sufficient to allow several to pass through, the holes to be from y 1 ^ to \ of an inch apart, according to the proximity of the teeth, al- lowing sufficient margin for working it well under the gum. The shape of the piece of rubber is not material, some operators pre- ferring the square form, others the parallelo- gram or a piece of a triangular form. It is secured by ligatures and clamps. Rubber-dam Applier. An instrument of a fork shape, across the two ends of which a cord is stretched to force the rubber down be- tween back teeth, as far as the necks, without tearing it. Rubber-dam Clamps. Flexible steel clamps to prevent the rubber-dam from being forced off the tooth by movements of the lips and tongue, and also useful in forcing the rubber higher up on the tooth and in pressing it aside to improve access to the cavity. See Clamp. Rubber-dam, Depressed. A form of dam which contains in some part of the sheet an arched depression, which isolates the crown of the tooth to be operated on, and also admits light, especially when used with a mirror com- bination ; the small mirrors are |, f, and \ of an inch, both plane and concave. Rubber-dam Holder. This consists of an elastic ribbon attached to two oval plates, upon which spring catches are adjusted to hold the rubber. One end of the ribbon, which passes around the head, is drawn through two rings, by which it is tightened or loosened, and the rubber is thus held aside to open the tooth to access or light. Rubber-dam Punch. An instrument used for perforating the rubber dam for the reception of the teeth. Three sizes are generally re- quired for the different classes of teeth, so that the holes made may be half a line, one line, and one line and a half in diameter. Rubber-dam Weights. Small weights of metal intended to be suspended from the free ends or borders of the dam to keep it out of the way of the operator. Rube'do (from rubere, to be red). Redness. A uniformly diffused redness on any part of the skin, as that arising from blushing. Rubefacient (?-ubefaciens ; from rubens, red, and facio, to make). A term applied to substances which, when placed upon the skin, cause redness by exciting the action of the capillaries and giving occasion to an afflux of vascular and nervous power to the part on which they are applied. Rube / ola (from rubere, to be red). Measles ; an exanthematous disease consisting of crim- son stigmata arranged in semi-circles. See Measles. Ru'ber. Red. Ru / bidium. Symbol, Rb. Atomic weight, 85.2. An alkali metal prepared in the same manner as that used for potassium. It is silver- white in color and melts at 38.5° C. It forms, like potassium, an explosive compound with carbon monoxide. Rubiginous (rubiginosis; from rubigo, rust). Of the color of rust. Rubi'go. Rust. Rubigo Cu'pri. The subacetate of copper. Verdigris. Rubigo Fer'ri. Sesquioxide of iron. Rubi / nus Ve / rus. Anthrax. RubrFca Fabrics. Red chalk ; a heavy argillaceous substance. Ru'brin. Hcematosin. k u 'hula. Framboesia, or yaws. Ru'by (from rubeo, to be red). A mineral of a color intermediate between carmine and hyacinth red. It is next in hardness and value to the diamond. Ruby of Arsenic. The protosulphuret of arsenic. Ruby of Zinc. Red blend, or protosulphuret of zinc. Ruby, Rock. A beautiful red variety of gar- net. Ruc / tus. Eructation ; belching. RUD 537 SAC Rud'dle. A kind of red chalk. Rudiment (rudis, raw). The first princi- ple in science. The origin of anything. Ru'ga (plural, rugse). Folds or wrinkles in the anterior part of the mucous membrane of the hard palate in the roof of the mouth. Ru'gine (from ruga, a wrinkle). In Sur- gery, an instrument for removing the diseased portions of bones. Rugose {rugosus). Wrinkled. In folds. Rugosity. Roughness. Rum. Jamaica spirit. A spirituous liquor distilled from sugar-cane. Ruminan tia. Ruminants. Animals which chew the cud, as the ox, deer, etc. Rumina tion (ruminatio). A function pe- culiar to ruminating animals, consisting of chewing a second time the food they have swallowed. Run / ning. Applied to a continual flow of pus or mucus. Ru'pia (from pvnog, sordes). A disease characterized by an eruption of large, flat vesicles with a slightly inflamed base and containing a fluid, at first serous, but afterward puriform, and often bloody, which concretes into a hard crust. The disease appears under the following forms, viz. : (1) Rupia simplex, which consists of slight vesications, leaving a surface of a livid or blackish color after they pass away ; (2) rupia prominens, which is char- acterized by the formation of elevated conical scabs upon the vesicated bases ; (3) rupia escharotica, which is confined to infants and children of a cachectic habit ; the vesicles occur on the loins, thighs, and lower extremi- ties. Rup'ture (ruptura). Hernia, or the pro- trusion of some part of the viscera of the ab- domen. Rup'turing. In Botany, bursting ; a mode of dehiscence in which the pericarp is sponta- neously perforated by holes. Rust. The oxides, hydrates, and carbon- ates which form on metals when exposed to moist air, especially iron. Ruthe'nium. A metal resembling iridium and rhodium, found in the ores of platinum. Specific gravity about 8.5. Rutido sis (from pvridou, to wrinkle). Rytidosis. Act of wrinkling : applied in Path- ology to atrophy of the eye attended by subsi- dence and corrugation of the cornea. Ru'tilant (from rutilo, to shine). Shining. Ru'tilite. Native oxide of titanium. Ruyschia'na Membrana. Membrane of Ruysch. The internal layer of the choroid coat of the eye. Called also ruyschiana tu- nica. Ruyschiana Tu'nica. The inner surface or coat of the choroid membrane, supposed by Ruysch, after whom it is named, to be a lam- ina distinct from the external surface. Ryac'olite (from prof, a stream, and ^f&og, a tone). Glassy feldspar. Rye, Ergot of. See Secale Cornutum. Rye, Spurred. Ergot ; horned rye. See Secale Cornutum. Rytido'sis. Rutidosis (which see). Ry / tis (from pvrig). Wrinkle. s. S. Symbol for sulphur ; also for signa in prescriptions. S. A. In Medical Prescriptions, the con- traction of secundum artem, prepared according to art ; or secundum artisleges, according to the rules of art. Sa is also the symbol for salicyL Sabadilla. The veratrum sabadilla (which see). Sabadill'in. A new principle obtained from the veratrum sabadilla. See Veratria. Sabi'na. Savine. Sab'ulous (sdbulosus). Gritty. Applied in Pathology to the sandy deposit sometimes seen in urine. Sabur'ra. Sordes ; filth ; coarse sand ; but according to the common acceptation of the term, foulness of stomach. Sac (from saeeus, a bag). In Anatomy, a small natural cavity : in Pathology, a morbid cavity. Sac, Her'nial. The peritoneal covering of a hernia ; the sac of a hernia. SAC 538 SAI Sac of a Tooth. See Dental Sac. Sac'cate, Sac'catus. Saccated ; inclosed in a cyst or bag. Sac'charate, Sac / charated (saccharum, sugar). Having or containing sugar. Saccha'ric Acid (from mccharum, sugar)." An acid produced by the action of nitric acid on sugar. Saccharifica'tion. Sugar-forming. The conversion of starch into sugar. Sac'charin. A benzol-sulphouicimide de- rived from coal-tar. It is used in diabetes. Sac'charine. Belonging to or having the properties of sugar. Sac'charoid. Having the appearance of sugar. Applied to minerals. Sac'charum or Saccharose. Cane sugar. The soluble, crystalline substance, C l2 H 22 11 , occurring in the juice of sugar-cane. Saccharum Aceri'num. Maple sugar. It is employed as an aliment and a demulcent. Saccharum Al'bum. Refined sugar ; white sugar ; loaf sugar. See Sugar. Saccharum Lac'tis. Sugar of milk. A crys- talline substance obtained from whey in hard white masses of a sweet taste. Used as a bland and nutritious article of diet in certain diseases. Saccharum Satur / ni. Acetate of lead. Sugar of lead. Saccholac'tic Acid. An acid obtained by digesting the sugar of milk in nitric acid. It is identical with mucic acid. Sac'ciform. Formed like a sac. Sacculated. Composed of small sacs. Sac / culus, Sac'cule. A little sac or pouch. Sacculus ChyliFerous. The receptaculum chyli. Sacculus Cor'dis. The pericardium. Sacculus Lachrymals. The lachrymal sac. Sac / cus. A bag. Sachsse's Test. A test for sugar made by heating with a solution of potassium and mer- curic iodide and caustic- potash. Glucose de- composes this compound so that it no longer is tunieil black by the addition of ammonium sulphhydrate. Sack. See Sac. Sa'cral. Belonging or relating to the sa- crum. Sacral Arteries. These are distinguished into the anterior or middle sacral and the lateral sacral arteries. Sacral Nerves. The sacral nerves arise from the termination of the spinal marrow, and are six in number. Sacro=coccyg£e / us. A muscle arising from the sacrum and inserted into the coc- cygis. Sacro=coxaI / gia. A rheumatic affection of the sacro-iliac symphysis. Sacroiliac. Relating to the sacrum and ilium. Sacro=ischiat / ic. Relating to the sacrum and ischium. Sacro=lumba / lis. A long muscle, seated at the posterior part of the trunk, arising from the sacrum and extending to the lower part of the neck. Sacro=sciat / ic. Pertaining to the sacrum and ischium. Sacro-sciatic Ligaments. Two ligaments which assist in securing the sacro-iliac articu- lation. Sacro=ver / tebral. Pertaining to the sac- rum and vertebra. Sa / crum (from sacer, sacred). Os sacrum. The bone forming the posterior part of the pelvis. It is a continuation of, and forms the base of, the vertebral column. It is articulated above with the last lumbar vertebra, laterally with the ossa innominata, and below with the coccyx. Saf / fron. The prepared stigmata of the Crocus sativus (which see). Saffron, Meadow. Common name of Colchi- cum autumnale. Saffron of Steel. Red oxide of iron. Safrene. An ingredient of the oil of sas- safras. Saf'rol. The liquid stearoptene of oil of sassafras ; used in headache and sciatica. Sage. Common name of Salvia officin- alis. Sagit / tal (sagittalis; from sagitta, an arrow). Arrow-shaped, applied to a suture of the cra- nium. Sagittal Suture. The suture which unites the two parietal bones. Sagittate (from sagitta, an arrow). Arrow- shaped. Sa / go. The prepared fecula of the pith of Sagus rumphii. When boiled in milk or water it forms a light and nutritious food for invalids. It is necessary, however, to add to it a little sugar and wine or lemon juice to render it palatable. Saim. Adeps suillus, or hog's lard. Saint Anthony's Fire. Erysipelas. SAI 539 SAL Saint Vitus' Dance. Common name of chorea. Sal (salts). A salt. The following are a few of the designations of this extensive class of compounds : Sal Ammo'niac. Muriate of ammonia. Sal Ammoni'acum, Volatile salt of am- monia. Sal Ammoniacum Aceto'sum. Solution of acetate of ammonia. Sal Antimo / nii. Tartarized antimony ; tartar emetic. Sal Argen'ti. Nitrate of silver. Sal Ben / zoin. Benzoic acid. Acid urn ben- zoicum. Sal ChaPybis. Sulphate of iron. Sal Commu'nis. Common salt. Chloride of sodium. Sal Satur'ni. Acetate of lead. Sal Sc/dae. Subcarbonate of soda ; salt of soda. Sal Tar'tari. Tartaric acid. Sal Vit'rioli. Sulphate of zinc ; salt of vitriol. Sal Volatile. Volatile salt ; subcarbonate of ammonia. Salaam Convulsion. Convulsions at- tended with bowings of the head. They some- times occur in children. Salacity (from salax, salacious). Lust ; propensity for sexual indulgence. Salera'tus. See Sodium. Sal'icin, Sal'icine. A bitter febrifuge substance obtained from the bark of most of the species of willow. Formula, C 42 H 22 16 -f- HO. Dose, gr. ij to gr. viij or x. See Sali- cylic Acid. Salicor'nia. A genus of plants of the order Chenopodiacese. Salicornia Europae'a. The jointed glass wort. It is eaten as a salad or pickle under the name of marsh samphire. SaPicyl. A hypothetical radicle of a series of compounds. Formula, C u H 5 2 . Symbol, Sa. See Salol. Salicylamide. A substance forming yellow tasteless crystals. C 7 H 7 N0 2 = H 4 ( 1 1 ) I C( > , X H, | . Germicidal, and used as a substitute for sali- cylic acid in smaller doses. Salicylic Acid. Formula, HC 7 H 5 :j . Salicylic acid is a derivative of salicin, the vegetable principle existing in various species of the willow, poplar, etc. Prof. Kolbe, of the University of Leipsic, recognizing the tact that phenol or carbolic acid mighl he so prepared as to produce, among other substances, salicylic acid, devised a process for its manufacture* Phenate of sodium is first prepared by double decomposition of phenol of soda, and dried carbonic anhydride is then passed through the dry powder at a temperature of 110° to 250° 0. The carbonic anhydride combines di- rectly with the metallic derivative of phenol, and alkaline salts of acids of a higher series are formed ; among these, salicylate of sodium is dissolved in water and treated with hydro- chloric acid, which, by double decomposition, sets salicylic acid free in small crystals. These crystals are washed, dissolved in hot water, and, by recrystallization, obtained in the form of a crystalline powder of a light brown color. The product thus obtained is then bleached either to light cream color with a reddish tinge or quite white. Sali- cylic acid is odorless and nearly tasteless, with a sweetish and astringent after-taste, with slight acridity in the fauces but none in the mouth. It has a tendency to pro- duce expectoration. Salicylic acid is a pow- erful antiseptic, and is said to be far more ef- fective in smaller quantities than any other preparation of the same class, and is devoid of any irritating, inflammatory, or caustic action on the living tissue. It also has no poisonous effect in any reasonable quantity. In Dental Practice, salicylic acid is employed in the treat- ment of suppurating, gangrenous pulps of teeth in the form of an ethereal solution, acting as a deodorizer ; it may also be employed in the form of the dry powder. It is also useful in inflamed conditions of mucous membrane, such as stomatitis, and in scorbutic inflammations, and in every form of inflammation caused by dead teeth and roots of teeth. For a disinfect- ing mouth-wash, one part of salicylic acid is added to 300 parts of water ; or a stronger so- lution may be made by adding 3 parts of phos- phate of soda and 30 parts of distilled water to one of salicylic acid. It is also useful as an in- gredient of tooth powders. SalicyPous Acid. Hydruret of salicyl. A compound forming the chief ingredient in the essential oil of Spiraea ulmaria. or meadow- sweet. Salifiable. Capable of combining with an acid to form a salt. Salig'enin. A substance which, together with sugar, contains the elements of salicin. from which it is obtained. Saline' (salinus; from sa?, salt). Contain- ing a salt or of the nature of salt. SAL 540 SAL Salipyrine. Antipyrine salicylate. A crystalline substance used as an anodyne anti- pyretic in rheumatism, hectic fever, and neu- ralgia. Salire'tin. A resinous substance obtained by the action of sulphuric acid on salicin. Sali'va (ata/.ov). Sialon ; spittle. The fluid secreted by the parotid, submaxillary, and sublingual glands. It is inodorous, trans- parent, insipid, and slightly •viscid. Its use is to lubricate the mouth, mix with the alimen- tary bolus, and assist in the process of diges- tion. From fourteen to twenty ounces are secreted every twenty-four hours. Its chemical constituents, according to Berzelius,are : Water, 992.2 ; a peculiar animal matter, soluble in water and insoluble in alcohol, 2.9 ; mucus, 1.14 ; chlorides of potassium and sodium, 1.7 ; lactate of soda and animal matter, 0.9 ; soda, 0.2. The chemical composition of human saliva, according to Bidder and Schmidt, is as follows : Water 995.16 Epithelium, 1.62 Soluble organic matter, 1.34 Potassium sulphocyanide, .... 0.06 Sodium, calcium, and magnesium phosphates, 0.98 Sodium and potassium chloride, . 0.84 1000.00 The proportion of water is about 95 per eent.,and results from a transudation from the blood-vessels during the functional activity of the salivary glands. It holds the other con- stituents of the saliva in solution, and also as- sists in the solution of the different varieties of food. The organic matter consists chiefly of mucin, globulin, serum, albumen, and ptyalin. The function of the saliva is to soften and moisten the food during mastication, and to exert a chemical influence upon its starchy elements, transforming them into glucose or grape-sugar. The secretion of saliva is a re- flex act. controlled largely by the medulla ob. Longata, from the impressions made by the food upon the peripheral terminations of the nerves of the mucous membrane of the mouth, and upward along the afferent nerves, such as the lingual branch of the fifth pair and the glossopharyngeal, to the medulla oblongata. Parotid saliva contains a diastasic ferment (ptyalin) and a small quantity of urea. Sub- maxillary saliva contains a less proportion of ptyalin, mucin, and sulpho-cyanide of potas- sium. Sublingual saliva contains mucin, sul- pho-cyanide of potassium, and numerous sali- vary corpuscles. Saliva has no action on pro- teids or fat. Mixed saliva is more potent than the saliva from a single gland. In certain states of the general health, the acetic, lactic, oxalic, muriatic, and uric acids have been de- tected in it, but it is not improbable that these acids may have been derived from the mucous secretions of the mouth, which are always more or less abundantly mixed with it. Donne and others have detected acid in the saliva of persons affected with gastritis. Saliva, Characteristics of the. See FLUIDS of the Mouth, Chaeacteeistics of. Saliva Ejector. A saliva instrument em- ployed to evacuate the mouth, and connected with a fountain-spittoon for the purpose of disposing of the saliva during operations on the teeth and at the same time maintaining the cleanliness of the cuspidor. Saliva Pump. A dental instrument used to facilitate the filling of teeth in the lower jaw by keeping the mouth free from saliva. A number of these instruments are in use, known by the names of their inventors. Some, besides keeping the mouth free from saliva, hold the tongue away from the teeth and support the upper jaw, thus assisting the muscles which keep the mouth open. Sali'val. Salivaris ; salivary. Of or be- longing to the saliva. Salival Ducts. The excretory ducts of the salivary glands. They are the Stenonian, the Wharionian, and the Bivinian. The first belongs to the parotid, the second to the submaxillary, and the third to the sublin- gual. Salival Glands. The salivary glands (which see). Salivaris. Salivary. Salivary. Salivaris ; salival. Of or be- longing to the saliva. Salivary Calculus. Odontolithos ; odontia incrnstans ; tartar of the teeth. An earthy concretion found upon the teeth and in the mouths of the salivary ducts. It sometimes accumulates upon the teeth in a very large quantity, giving to the mouth an exceedingly disagreeable appearance, and often imparting to the breath an almost insufferably offensive odor. Salivary calculus is composed princi- pally of phosphate of lime and animal mat- ter, differing, however, in their relative pro- SAL 541 SAL portions according as it is hard or soft, and hence scarcely any two analyses furnish the same results. According to Mr. Pepys, fifty parts yield : Phosphate of lime, 35.00 Fibrine, or cartilage, 9.00 Animal fat, or oil, 3.00 Loss, 3.00 50.00 In an analysis made by Berzelius, 100 parts were found to contain : Phosphate of lime and magnesia, . 79.00 Salivary mucus and salivine, . . . 13.50 Animal matter, 7.50 100.00 The following is the result of an analysis made by Dr. Dwindle, a dentist of New York : Phosphate of lime, 60.00 Carbonate of lime, 14.00 Animal matter and mucus, . . . .16.00 Water and loss, 10.00 100.00 Hard, dry calculus contains more earthy and less animal matter than soft humid calculus, and hence the variations in the results of dif- ferent analyses. M. Mandl says it is composed of infusoria (micro-organisms), and that they are thickly distributed throughout its substance, but it is not wholly composed of them, and such as are found in it evidently have their origin in the mucous secretions of the mouth, which mix with it during its deposition. Hence they are more or less numerous as the calcu- lus is hard or soft or in proportion to the quantity of mucus mixed with it.* English and American writers on dental surgerj 7 con- cur in the belief that salivary calculus is a deposit from the saliva. Jourdain believed it to be secreted by certain glands scattered over the dental periosteum. Gariot contended that it comes from the gums, and Serres claimed to have discovered glands upon the mucous membrane of this structure, the peculiar * Dr. YV. II. Dwindle has given a minute descrip- tion of the microscopic appearance of the infusoria found in salivary calculus in the fifth volume of the "American Journal of Dental Science." function of which is to secrete this substance ; but the absurdity of this theorj' has been fully exposed by M. Delabarre. But while this author exposed one error in regard to the origin of this substance, he fell into another equally great. He was of the opinion that it is an exhalation from the mucous membrane of the gums, and that this results as a conse- quence of inflammation or of an increase of vascular action in the tissue. Of the existence of the elements of its compo- sition in the saliva there can be no question. Chemical analyses of this fluid, direct from the glands that secrete it, place all doubt upon the subject at rest. Turner, in enumerating its chemical constituents, mentions as one bone earth,* and Tiedemaun, Gmelin,t and Scherer,J have detected phosphate of lime, as have also Enderlin? and other chemists who have analyzed this fluid. Thus it is seen that its chief earthy constituent is contained in the saliva. It may also exist in solution in the mucous -fluid of the mouth. It is precipitated from the saliva, as this fluid enters the mouth, on the surfaces of the teeth, opposite the openings into the ducts from which it is discharged. To these its particles become agglutinated by the mucus always found, in greater or less quantity, upon them. Particle after particle is afterward deposited, until it sometimes accumulates in such quan- tities that nearly all the teeth are almost entirely enveloped in it. It is always, how- ever, found in greatest abundance on the outer surfaces of the superior molars and the inner surfaces of the inferior incisors, and it is oppo- site to these that the mouths of the salivary ducts open. The presence of salivary calculus upon the teeth is always productive of injury, though sometimes more so than others. An altered condition of the fluids of the mouth, diseased gums, and not infrequently the gradual de- struction of the alveolar processes, and the loosening aud loss of the teeth, are among the local consequences that result from it. But besides these, other effects are sometimes pro- duced, among which may be enumerated : Tumors and spongy excrescences of the gums : necrosis and exfoliation of the alveolar pro- * Turner's " Chemistry." p. 757. ■f Midler's " Physiology," vol. i. p. 651. X French " Lancet," April, 1S45. jf Liebig, " Auualen," 1844. pt. ■"> :ind 4. SAL 542 SAL cesses and of portions of the maxillary bones ; hemorrhages of the gums ; anorexia and de- rangement of the whole digestive apparatus ; foul breath, catarrh, cough, diarrhoea, diseases of various kinds in the maxillary antra and nose, pain in the ear, headache, melancholy, hypochondriasis, etc. When it is permitted to accumulate for any great length of time, the gums become so morbidly sensitive that a tooth-brush can not be used without producing pain ; consequently the cleanliness of the mouth is not attempted, and thus, no means being taken to prevent its formation, it accumulates with increased rap- idity. In the removal of this substance injury to the peridental membrane of the necks of the teeth should be carefully avoided, and it is impor- tant, too, that not a particle be left, as it would serve as a nucleus for its redeposition. When it has accumulated in large quantities, several sittings are sometimes necessary for its com- plete removal. It should be taken first from between the edges of the gums and the necks of the teeth, affording opportunity, between the respective sittings of the patient, for the gums to heal, and for any of the teeth that are loosened to become firm. The mouth, in the meantime, should be gargled four or five times a day with some astringent or detergent lotion, such as dilute tincture of myrrh and nutgalls. But for more particular directions on this sub- ject see Harris' " Priu. and Pract. of Den- tistry." Salivary Calculus, Characteristics of. It has already been remarked that salivary calculus is very variable in its density, and its color and quantity on the teeth of different indi- viduals are equally so, and these differences furnish diagnostics valuable both to the gen- eral and dental practitioner. They are less equivocal than the appearances of any of the other parts of the mouth. The relative pro- portions of the constituents of salivary calcu- lus, as has been before stated, vary, according as it is hard or soft. There are two kinds of black calculus. The first never accumulates in large quantities, and is most frequently found on the lingual surfaces of the lower incisors and cuspidati. It is very hard, adhering firmly to the teeth, and is indicative of a good innate constitu- tion. The second accumulates in much larger quantities, is often found on all the teeth, has an uneven surface, is covered with a glairy mucous fluid, is very hard, and adheres to the teeth with such great tenacity that it can only be removed, as it were, particle by particle. This variety is found on the teeth of individ- uals of good innate constitution, but whose physical powers have become enervated from privation or disease, or intemperance and de- bauchery, and particularly the last. The teeth on which both of these varieties of calculus are found are, as a general rule, of the best quality, and seldom affected with caries. The dark brown calculus is not so hard as either of the preceding descriptions. It some- times collects in large quantities on the lower front teeth and on the first and second supe- rior molars ; is often found on all the teeth, though not in so great abundance as on these. It does not adhere to the teeth with so much tenacity as either of the black varieties. It exhales a more foetid odor than the first, but is less offensive than the second. The persons most subject to this kind of cal- culus are of mixed temperaments— the san- guineous, however, almost always predomina- ting. They may, perhaps, be denominated sanguineo-serous and bilious. Their physical organization, though not the strongest and most perfect, may, nevertheless, be considered very good ; but, being more susceptible to morbid impressions, their general health is less uniform. Calculus of a light or yellow-brown color is of a softer consistence than any of the pre- ceding varieties, and is seldom found upon the teeth of persons except those of bilious tem- peraments or those in whom this disposition predominates. It has a rough and, for the most part, a dry surface ; it is found in large quantities on the teeth opposite the mouths of the salivary ducts, and it sometimes happens that every tooth in the mouth is completely incrusted with it. It contains less of the earthy salts and more of the fibrine and ani- mal fat than that of any of the foregoing de- scriptions, and, from the quantity of vitiated mucus mixed with and adhering to it, has an exceedingly offensive smell. It is sometimes, though not always, so soft that it can be crumbled between the thumb and finger. Inflammation, turgescence, and suppuration of the gums, inflammation of the alveolo-den- tal periosteum, the destruction of the sockets and loss of the teeth, an altered condition of SAL 543 SAL the fluids of the mouth, aud foetid breath are among the local effects produced by the loug- continued presence of large quantities of this kind of calculus on the teeth. The constitu- tional effects are not much less pernicious. Indigestion and general derangement of all the assimilative functions are among the most common. White calculus rarely accumulates in very large quantities, and consists almost wholly of hard ened mucus. It resembles somewhat cheese curd, aud seldom exceeds it in hardness. This variety is usually found on the teeth of per- sons particularly subject to disease of the mu- cous membrane. It is very irritating to the gums, aud corrodes the teeth. Another accumulation on the teeth is a green deposit which stains the teeth, and is usually confined to the labial surfaces of the upper incisors, cuspidati, and bicuspids. It is met with more frequently iu children than adults, generally about the tenth to thirteenth year, and is exceedingly acrid, irritating the gums and decomposing the enamel of the teeth. This description of deposit is indicative of an irritable condition of the mucous membrane and of viscidity of the fluids of the mouth. See Green Stain. See Serumal or San- guinary Calculus. Salivary Fistulae. Such as are caused by an abnormal opening into the excretory ducts of the salivary glands. They are most common to the duct of Steno. Salivary Glands. The organs which secrete the saliva. They are six in number, three on each side — namely, the parotid, the submax- illary, and the sublingual. Dunglison makes the number on each side of the face four, by the addition of a gland which he designates as the intralingual or lingual, seated at the inferior surface of the tongue, where the mu- cous membrane forms a fringed fold. Saliva'tio. Salivation. Saliva'tion (salivatio; from saliva, the spit- tle). Ptyalism. A superabundant secretion of saliva, occasioned either by the use of stimu- lating masticatories or by some cause which acts upon the whole economy. Salivation, Mercurial. Salivation resulting from the use of mercury. It is attended with profuse salivation, a coppery taste, and often by looseness of the teeth and inflammation and ulceration of the gums. Sa'Iix. A genus of plants of the order Amentacese. Salix Frag'ilis. The common crack willow. The bark is bitter, astringent, and tonic, and has been recommended as a substitute for cin- chona. The other species are said to possess similar properties. Salicin, or salicine, is the active neutral principle, and acts like quinia. Dose of the powder, from ►) j to gj. Dose of salicin, from gr. iv to gr. vj. See Salicylic Acid. SaFlow. Paleness tinged with yellow. Also a name of certain shrubs of the genus Salix. Sal'miax. A contraction of sal ammoniac. Ammonias murias. Sal'ol. Phenyl salicylate. An antiseptic considered to be superior to iodoform for local use as a dressing for wounds. Also a decided antipyretic. Dose, gr. xx to^j. Useful in in- testinal catarrhs, cystitis, and in typhoid fever. Salophene. A crystalline substance, acetyl- paramidosalol. Used in acute articular rheu- matism. Salpingitis. Inflammation of the Eusta- chian tube. SaIpin / go= (from calmy^ a tube). A pre- fix applied in Anatomy to a muscle arising from the Eustachian tube. Salpingo-pharynge / us. A bundle of mus- cular fibres which assist in dilating the mouth of the Eustachian tube. Pertaining conjointly to the Eustachian tube and the pharynx. Salpingo-staphyli'nus. A term applied by some writers to the levator palati muscle. Sal'pinx {palmy!;). A tube or trumpet. A name also for the Eustachian and Fallopian tubes. Salt (sal). A compound of an acid with an alkali, earth, or metallic oxide, or of a metal with a halogen, or a substance formed by the union of a base with an acid. A salt is called neutral when the acid and base reciprocally saturate each other. The term super- is prefixed when the acid is in excess ; sub- denotes excess of the base ; bi-, two equivalents of acid to one of the base ; quadri-, four equivalents of acid : sesqui-, one and a half equivalents of acid ; and oxy-, a salt of an oxide. Deliquescent salts are those which attract moisture from the air and become fluid. Efflorescent salts are those which lose a portion of their water on crystallization by exposure to air, and fall into powder. Per- manent salts do not undergo any change on ex- posure. Decrepitating salts, when heated, burst into smaller pieces with a crackling noise. Double salts are those which consist of one acid SAL 544 SAN and two bases, or two acids and one base, or of two acids and two bases, tbougb most of tbem consist of tbe same acids and two different bases. Salt, Common. Muriate of soda ; or, more cor- rectly, cbloride of sodium. Salt, Neu / tral. A combination of an acid witb an alkali, earth, or metallic oxide, in which the salt has neither acid nor alkaline properties. Salt of Lem / ons. A combination of oxalic acid with a small portion of potash, as found in wood-sorrel. Also crystallized citric acid. Salt of Tar'tar. A very pure carbonate of potassa, or cream of tartar. Salta'tion (salto, to dance). A dancing or leaping. Chorea. Saltpe'tre. Common name of nitrate of potassa (which see). Salts. Popular name for Epsom salts. See Magnesium. Salts, Secondary. See SALT, NEUTRAL. Salu'brious (salubrius). Salutary ; healthy. Salu / brity (from salus, health). Anything which contributes to health. Salus. Health. Safety. Sal'utary. Favorable to health. Salvatel'la. A vein situated on the back of the hand near its inner margin. Salve. An ointment. Salve, Blistering. Common name for cerate of Spanish flies. Sal'via. A genus of plants of the order Salviaceae. Sage. Salvia Horten / sis Minor. The small sage or sage of virtue. It is aromatic, slightly tonic and astringent, and has a bitterish taste. It is used as a carminative in the form of tea, and as a gargle. Salvia Officinalis. The common garden sage. It is aromatic, slightly astringent, and tonic. It is applied, in infusion with honey and alum or subborate of soda, in inflammation of the mouth and fauces and for relaxation of the uvula. Sa'mius La'pis. Samian stone. A stone found in the Island of Samos, used as a polish- ing material by goldsmiths and in the labora- tory of the dentist. The ancients believed it to be astringent and refrigerant. Sanab'ilis. Sanabile. Curable. Sana'tio. (Juration. San'ative (from sano, to cure). Curative ; having the power to cure. Promoting the health. Sana'tory. Healing ; applied also to that which tends to guard public health. Sand. Finely granulated silicious matter, but it often has particles of other substances mixed with it. It is used in Mechanical Den- tistry in making moulds for metallic castings or dies for striking up a base for artificial teeth. Sand Bath. In Pharmacy, a bath in which sand is interposed between the fire and the vessel to be heated. San / darach. Sandarac ; gum sandarach. An inodorous gum-resin in white tears, sup- posed to be the product of the Callitris quad- rivalvis ; used in the preparation of a varnish employed in the arts, and in Mechanical Dentis- try for varnishing plaster models ; also, in Operative Dentistry, a temporary stopping for teeth, in which case it is made available by saturating a pellet of cotton in a thick solution of the gum in alcohol, and using this as a fill- ing. Not soluble in saliva. The formula for sandarach varnish is as follows : Gum sanda- rach, 5 oz. avoir. ; alcohol, 1 pint. Sand / ix. An inferior kind of red lead, technically termed plumbi oxidum rubrum. Sanguiferous (sanguis, blood, and fero, to bear). Containing or conveying blood. Sanguification (sanguificatio ; from san- guis, blood, and facio, to make). That func- tion of the body by which the chyle is changed into blood. Blood-making. Sanguiflux / us. Haemorrhage. Sanguinary Calculus. See Serumal Calculus. Sanguine. Sanguineous. Eelating to or containing blood. Bloody. Plethoric. Sanguineous. Pertaining to the blood. Bloody. Sanguine. In Physiology, a tempera- ment. Sanguin / olent (sanguinolentus). Tinged with or of the color of blood ; as, in Pathology, bloody expectoration, bloody urine, etc. San / guis. Blood. Sanguisu'ga. The blood-sucking leech. Sanguisu'gum. Congestion of blood in the heart. Sanido / des (from aavitiog, a board, and euhg, resemblance). Saniodes. One with a contracted or narrow flat chest. Sa'nies. A thin, foetid, greenish, un- healthy, serous discharge from a fistula or ulcer, and most commonly mixed with blood and pus. SAN 545 SAR Sa'nious (from sanies). Pertaining to sanies. Sanitarium (from sanitas, health). Sana- torium. A health station or institution. Also a place selected on account of its health- and vigor-pronioting conditions. San'itary. Pertaining to or designed to secure health. San / itas. A highly ozonized preparation of turpentine. The oil of sanitas is an anti- septic, disinfectant, and oxidizer. San / ity (sanitas ; from sanus, sound, whole). Soundness of body ; health ; or that condition of organized bodies in which all the functions essential to life are regularly per- formed. The term, however, is more frequently used for soundness of mind. SantorFni Fissu'rae. The fissures at the upper and back part of the cartilaginous por- tion of the external ear. Santorini Tuber'cula. The cartilaginous projections on the top of the arytenoid carti- lages, which support the ligaments of the glottis. Santori'ni's Duct. An accessory pan- creatic duct. Saphe'nous (from <7«, to wink). Winking; nictitation. Scarf 'skin. The epidermis, or cuticle. Scarification (scarificatio ; from cKapicpa- ofiat, to make a slight scratch). Small, super- ficial incisions made with a lancet or scarifica- tor for local depletion. SCA 548 SCI Scarificator (scarificatorium). An in- strument composed of a number of lancets, operated by a spring, and so contrived as to be made to inflict a number of slight incisions synchronously. See Cupping. Scarlati'na (from Italian scarlatto, a deep red). The scarlet fever. There are two vari- eties of this disease : (1) Scarlatina simplex, or scarlatina benigna, which is of a mild charac- ter ; and (2) scarlatina anginosa, or scarlatina cynanchica, which is attended with ulcerated sore throat. Scarlatina maligna is regarded as a stage of the last-mentioned variety. Scarla- tina interferes with the development of the teeth, and the eruption characteristic of this disease has its effect upon the enamel in the form of distinct markings, etc. Osseous, neural, and epithelial lesions follow as sequela?, and the developing teeth are impressed. Scar'let Fever. Scarlatina. Scarred (cicatrisatus). Marked with a scar. Scelal'gia (from cr/ceAof, the leg, and a'Ayoc, pain). Pain in the leg. SceIon / cus (from okeIoc, the leg, and oy/coc, a tumor). A tumefied or swelled leg. Sce'los (ffK£?iOf). The leg. Scelotyr'be (from ckeIoc, the leg, and rvpft)], disorder). Dragging the lower limb. Also chorea. Schala' stein. Table spar. It occurs in laminated gray masses. Scheele's Green. A green pigment ob- tained by mixing arsenite of potassa with sul- phate of copper. Sche'lium. A synonym of tungsten. Schero'ma. Dry inflammation of the eye. Schindylesis. An immovable articulation. A variety of synarthrosis in which one bone is received into a slit in another, as the vomer into the sphenoid. Schinelae / on. Oil of mastich. Schist. A variety of slate ; also a species of rock, such as gneiss. Schistocyte. A blood-corpuscle under- going division. Schistoproso'pia (from ax'arvr^ cloven, and Kpooonov, face). A cavity — "cleft-face" — instead of the middle of the face ; a want of development of the first branchial arch and nasal process of the frontal. Schmidt's Test. A test for sugar made by adding acetate of lead and precipitating with ammonia ; on heating, the white precipi- tate remains unchanged with cane or milk sugar, but turns an orange-red if glucose is present. Schneide / rian Mem'brane. The mucous membrane which lines the cavities and secretes the mucus of the nose ; so named from Schnei- der, who first described it. Schorl. A black, brittle mineral, usually occurring in prismatic crystals, aud becoming electric by heat and friction. Schorl'ite. A mineral of a greenish-white and sometimes of a yellowish color ; a variety of topaz. Schwann, White Substance of. A hol- low cylinder of white nervous matter, differ- ing in composition from that which occupies the centre, the latter being of a fibrous char- acter. Sciafic (sciaticus ; from ivx iov , the haunch). Ischiatic. A word contracted from and synon- ymous with ischiatic. Sciatic Artery. The ischiatic artery ; a branch of the hypogastric, which escapes from the pelvis through the sciatic notch ; then, divid- ing into a number of branches to supply the posterior pelvic muscles. Sciatic Nerves. Two nerves, distinguished into greater and less. The former is a continu- ation of the sacral or sciatic plexus, and es- capes from the pelvis between the pyramid- alis and superior gemellus muscle. The latter is formed by the second and third sacral nerves, and escapes from the pelvis below the pyramidalis muscle. Sciatic Notch. A large notch at the posterior edge of each os innominatum, converted into a foramen by the sacrum and sacro-sciatic ligament. Sciatica. Neuralgia of the sacro-sciatic nerve. Sciero'pia (from muepoc, shady, and utjj, the eye). A defect of vision in which all objects assume a color darker than natural. Scilla. The squill or sea-onion. Scilla Hispan / ica. Spanish squills. Scilla Marit / ima. The officinal squill, or sea- onion. The fresh bulb is very acrid and poi- sonous. The dried root is bitter and slightly acrid. It is diuretic, expectorant, emetic, and cathartic. Dose, gr. j to gr. v of the dried root, with or without mercury. Scillitin. Scillitine. The active, bitter principle of the bulb of Scilla maritima. Squills. SCI 549 SCO Scintilla'tion (sciniillo, to sparkle). A sparkling, as of fire. Scirrhogas'tria (from aiuppog, hard, and yacT7)p, stomach). Scirrhus of the stomach. Scir / rhoid (ontppog, a hard tumor, and ec6oc, form). See Keloid. Scirrhq'ma. Scirrhus. Scirrhous. Indurated ; hard. Of or be- longing to scirrhus, as a scirrhous disease. Scirrhous Sarco / ma. A hard, smooth, vascu- lar tumor of a glaudular structure. Scir / rhus (from omppog, hard, indurated). Scirrhoma, scirrhosis. A hard tumor, gener- ally occurring in glandular structures, usually preceding carcinoma, and of which it may he regarded as the first stage. Scis / sel. The clippings of metals ; applied in Slechanical Dentistry to small pieces of gold, platina, or silver clipped from a plate in cut- ting out a base for artificial teeth or any appli- ance formed from plate of any of these metals. Scis'sors. An instrument composed of two cutting blades which move upon an axis and are variously shaped to suit the purposes for which they are designed. In Dental Surgery they are used principally for cutting gold. Sclerectasia. See Staphyloma. Sclerecto'mia. An operation which con- sists of the removal of a portion of the sclerot- ica to form an artificial pupil. Sclerema. A disease of infants, usually fatal, in which the skin turns cold, hard, rigid, and oedematous, with great depression of pulse and respiration. Sclere'mus. Sclerema. Induration of the cellular tissue. Sclerencepha / Iia (from ovc/b/poc, hard, and eyK£(pa/.oi' y the brain). Induration of the brain. Scleri'asis (from GKAnpoc, hard). Scleroma. Act of becoming hard, or a state of induration. The term, however, is usually applied to in- duration of the edges of the palpebral, and, in females, of the labia pudendi. Sclero= (from CK?,t]pog y hard). A prefix sig- nifying hardness. Scleroderma (from ovcA//poc, hard, and depua, cutis). Induration of the skin. Sclerophthal'mia (from an^npoq, hard, and o$a?i/.ioc, the eye). Pain, swelling, and hard- ness of the eye and eyelids. Sclerosarco'ma. A hard, fleshy tumor or excrescence, resembling the comb of a cock, attached to the gums. Sclerose (oK/.npoc, hard). Affected with sclerosis. Sclero'sis. Thickening with condensa- tion. Sclerotic Coat. See Sclerotic. Sclerotica (from oidtfipoa, to harden). Sclerotic. A term applied in Anatomy to the dense, opaque, fibrous membrane, situated im- mediately under the conjunctiva, investing nearly four-fifths of the posterior part of the globe of the e} T e. Scleroticonyx'is (from dyca^/joc, hard, and vv£ig, puncturing). Scleronyxis. Perforation of the sclerotic coat of the eye in the operation for cataract by depression. Sclerotitis . Sclerotic. In Materia Med- ica, medicines which are supposed to have the effect of increasing the density of animal tissues. Sclerosis. Sclerotic. Sclerotitis. Inflammation of the sclerotic coat of the eye. This affection has been re- lieved by the devitalization of the exposed pulps of teeth. Sclerys'ma. Induration. Scobs. The filings, scales, or shavings of any metal or wood. Also the scoria of any metal. Scolio'ma (rmo'/.iou, to crook). A morbid curvature of the spine. Scoliosis (from ckomoc, crooked). A dis- tortion of the spine ; rickets. Scope (oko-7] ; from gho-eu, to examine) . A suffix denoting ocular examination. Scoracra / sia (from ff/iwp, excrement, and anpaoia, want of control). Scoraeratia. Invol- untary evacuation of the faeces. Scorbu / tic (scorbutieus). Belonging or re- lating to scorbutus or scurvy. Affected with scurvy. Scorbutic Teeth. Characterized by the de- fective character of the phosphate of lime de- posited in the cells of the dentine and enamel membrane in their development, rendering the cells imperfect in shape and number. Scorbu'tus. Scurvy. Purpura nautica. A disease characterized by spongy gums, offen- sive breath, livid spots on the skin, great gen- eral debility, and a pale, bloated countenance. Vegetable acids are the best antiscorbutics in sea scurvy, with a change of food and locality, especially the use of green vegetables. There are other forms of scorbutus, known as purpura simplex and purpura hemorrhagica, in which the use of the miueral acids are indicated. Scorbutus is aggravated by want of cleanli- ness and by a diet of fat, salt-meat, etc SCO 550 SCU Sco'riae (from onup, excrement). The dross of purified metals or the refuse of any sub- stance. Volcanic cinders. Scotas'ma (from gkotoc, darkness). Sco- toma. A term applied in Pathology to obscurity of vision. Also to scotodynia. Scotch=stone. A stone cut into a proper shape, used by dentists for removing file- marks from gold, platina, silver, or vulcanized rubber. Scotodyn'ia (from ckotoc, darkness, and diveu, to turn round). Scotoma ; scotasma ; scotosis. Giddiness, with impaired vision. Scoto'ma. Scotodynia. Scoto'sis. Scotodynia. Scraper. A useful instrument for cutting down the surface of vulcanized rubber plates, preparatory to the use of the Scotch-stone, in the process of polishing. Scratch Brush. A brush of brass wire for cleaning burs, files, and the serrations of pluggers. Screw. In 3Iec7ianics, a spiral ridge or groove winding round a cylinder with every furrow or thread parallel to the axis at the same angle. When formed on the outside of the cylinder, it is called the male screw, and on the inside, the female screw. Screw, Conical. An instrument sometimes employed in Dental Surgery for the extraction of the roots of the upper incisors and cuspi- dati. Screw Elevator, Elliot's. An instrument in- vented by Dr. W. H. Elliot for removing fangs of teeth by means of a screw which is inserted into a universal joint upon the end of the instrument. This instrument can be ap- plied with equal facility to the roots of the molar and those of the front teeth. Screw Forceps. See FORCEPS, COMPOUND Screw, Huleihen's. Screw Pivot. A pivot with a screw cut on it for the retention of an artificial tooth to a natural root. Introduced by Bourdet. Screw Plate. A plate of steel pierced with two or more rows of holes, gradually decreas- ing in size from the first to the last, with a spiral thread cut on the inner wall of each. Accompanying this plate is a tap or steel screw for each hole. This instrument is used in the laboratory of the dentist. Screws, Retaining. Small screws made of twenty- karat gold, used for securing fillings in shallow anil difficult cavities. Different forms are in use, devised by Drs. Dwinelle, Mack, and Osmond. Osmond screws are split about half-way once or twice. These are opened or bent down, as may be necessary, after the screw is inserted by means of a small screwdriver. See Jacksckews. Scrobic'ulate. Scrobiculated ; pitted ; having numerous small depressions or hol- lows. Scrobiculus Cordis. The pit of the stom- ach ; the hollow part near the region of the heart. Scrofula (from scrofa, a sow, because hogs were supposed to be affected with it). A dis- ease characterized by hard, glandular tumors in various parts of the body, but occurring most commonly in the neck, behind the ears, and under the chin, suppurating slowly, and discharging, instead of pus, a white curdled matter. It is popularly termed king's evil. Dr. Cullen mentions four species of the dis- ease : (1) Scrofula vulgaris, when it is not com- plicated with other disorders, is external and permanent ; (2) scrofula mesenterica, when in- ternal and accompanied by swelling of the abdomen, pale countenance, loss of appetite, and peculiar foetor of the faeces ; (3) scrofula fugax, when it is seated in the neck, which is the simplest form of the disease ; (4) scrofula Americana, when complicated with the yaws. Scrofulous. Affected with or relating to scrofula. Scrofulous Teeth. Teeth similar in some respects to those of syphilis, but distinguished by a muddy-white color, large, rough, and irregular, lingual surfaces indented, arch broad, and teeth regular in arrangement. Milk-white or dark-brown spots often charac- terize such teeth. Scrophulo / sis. Scrophulosus. Scrofulous. Scro'tal (scrotalis). Relating to the scro- tum. Scrotal Hernia. A protrusion of any of the contents of the abdomen into the scrotum. Scro'tiform. Purse-like. Scrotoce / le. Scrotal hernia. Scro / tum (from scorteum, skin or leather). The integuments which cover the testicles. Scrotum Cordis. The pericardium. Scru / ple. A weight of twenty grains. Scull. Skull. Scurf. Furfura. Small exfoliations of the cuticle. Scurvy. Scorbutus (which see). Scurvy of the Gums. See GUMS, INFLAM- MATION, TUBGESCENCE, ULCERATION, AND scu 551 SEC Recession of ; also, Gums, Prurient Growth of. Scutel'Ia. A small cup. Scu / tiform (scutiformis ; from scutum, a shield, and forma, likeness). Having the form or resemblance of a shield. Scutiform Car'tilage. The thyroid carti- lage. Scyb'ala. Hard excrement, discharged in round lumps or balls. Scyph / us Audito'rius. The infundibu- lum of the cochlea. Scyphus Cerebri. The infundibulum of the brain. Scyth'ica Ra / dix. Glycyrrhiza ; liquorice root. Scythropas'mus. Scythropasmos. Sad- ness of countenance, often a bad augury in disease. Scytoblaste / ma (gkotoc, a skin, and /3/.aaTT//iia, a growth). The organic growth or development of the skin ; also of the exanthe- mata. Scytodep'sic Acid. Tannic acid (which see). Scytodep'sium. Tannin. Se. Symbol for selenium. Seal, Golden. The Hydrastis canadensis, or yellow root. Seal Pivot. A method, practised by Fau- chard, of securing the retention of a pivot or tenon of an artificial tooth in the canal of the natural root, consisting of first filling it with cement and then introducing the pivot. Searcb/ing. Sounding ; the introduction of a metallic instrument into the bladder for the purpose of ascertaining whether there be a stone in it or not. Seba'ceous (from sebum, suet). Of the nature of suet or lard. Sebaceous Glands. Follicles or crypts of a round or pyriform shape, situated in the sub- stance of the skin and opening on its surface by small excretory dtiets. Similar glands are situated about the prepuce and labia majora, which secrete sebaceous matter of a mucous or oily nature. Seba'cic (from sebum, suet). Pertaining to or obtained from suet or fat-like sub- stances. Sebacic Acid. A crystalline substance re- sembling benzoic acid, obtained from oil or fat, containing oleiue or oleic acid. Formula, C 20 H ]6 O fi , 2HO. Sebadil'la. See Yeratrum Sabadilla. Se'bate (sebas). In Chemistry, a salt re- sulting from the combination of sebacic acid with a salifiable base. Seca'le. Rye. Secale Cerea'le. The rye plant. Secale Cornu'tum. Ergot. Spurred rye ; a black, morbid excrescence occupying the place of the seeds of the Secale cereale, which, from its resemblance to the spur of a cock, is named ergot. It is given internally to excite the action of the uterus during parturition and for other purposes. Dose of the powder, gr. xv to gr. xx ; of the fluid extract, which is the best, gssto ,"j. Se / cant. Literally, cutting. A line that cuts another ; especially a straight line cutting a curve in two or more points. Secer'nents (from secemo, to separate). Vessels which deposit matters separated from the blood and nutritious fluids for the repara- tion and reproduction of the several parts of the body. Secern'ing (from secemo, to hide). Secret- ing ; the function of a gland or follicle. Sec'ond Inten'tion. The healing or clos- ing of wounds by suppuration, granulation, and cicatrization. See First Intention. Second Pair of Nerves. See Optic Nerves. Sec'ondary (from secundus, the - second). Something which acts subordinately to another, not primary, as secondary symptoms. Secondary Amputation. Amputation after the immediate effects produced on the system by the injury have subsided and suppuration has taken place. Secondary Dentine. Dentine formed at a later period than the rest of the dentine, where the pulp, for example, is converted into solid material and no pulp-cavity remains ; the material so formed is called "secondarv dentine." Secondary dentine is the result of a new growth of dentine produced by abra- sion, caries, or other injury, by which the dentinal fibrils are irritated at their distal ends. Deposited upon the walls of the pulp- chamber it reduces its size, and is different from the normal growth of the dentine ; and there is generally a marked difference in the color of the new structure, as compared with normal dentine, in the form of a yellowish spot on teeth worn by abrasion, which spot designates the original pulp-chamber. There is also a marked diminution in the number of the tubules of the dentine called " secon- dary."' and in some cases a sharp curve or SEC 552 SEM change in the direction of the tubules. See Dextine. Secondary Fever. The occurrence of fever after the crisis of a disease, as after the declen- sion of small-pox or measles. Secondary Haemorrhage. The occurrence of haemorrhage from wounds or operations at a time when, if the state of the parts were healthy, it would not have happened. Secre'ting (secretorius). Secernent. A term applied in Anatomy to organs which secrete. Secre'tion (secretio ; from secemere, to sep- arate). A function of the animal economy, consisting of the separation of the materials of the hlood at the extremities of the arteries, or of the vascular secretory system, and which differs in each organ, and hence the formation of bile, urine, saliva, milk, etc. There are, according to Magendie, three kinds of secre- tions — exhalent, follicular, and glandular. Secretorius. Secreting. Se / cretory. An epithet applied in Anatomy to organs which perform the functions of secre- tion. See Seceknents. Sec / tile (seco, to cut). Capable of being cut. Sec'tio. A section ; an incision. Sectio Anatom / ica. Dissection. Sectio Nympha / rum. Nymphotomy. Sectio Rena'lis. Nephrotomy. Sec / tion (sectio). The act of cutting or of separating by cutting ; also a part separated from the rest, as a thin piece of dentine, for examination under the microscope. Sec'undines. All that remains in the uterus after birth, as the placenta, membranes of the ovum, etc. Secun'dum Artem. According to art. Seda / tion. Calming ; the action of a seda- tive. Sedative (sedativus ; from sedo, to settle or assuage). A medicine which depresses the vital forces and allays irritability and irrita- tion. Sedative Salt. A name sometimes given to boracic acid. Sedenta'ria Ossa. The bones on which one sits ; the coccygis and ischia. Sed / entary (who, to sit). Habitual sit- ting. Se / des. The amis ; also the faeces. Sediment (sedimentmn). A deposit of substances held in solution or suspension by a liquid. Sed'Iitz Pow'der. A compound of Ro- chelle salt, carbonate of soda, and tartaric acid, which, dissolved in water, forms an effervescing aperient liquid. The Rochelle salt and carbon- ate of soda are prepared in the blue paper and the tartaric aciaVin the white paper. Employed as a gentle purgative. See / ing. Vision. The perception of exter- nal objects by means of the organs of vision. Seg'ment (segmentum ; from seco, to cut off). A part cut off or divided ; a section. Seg / moid Valves. The valves of the pul- monary artery have been so called from their resemblance to the segments of a circle. Segni'tia (segnities ; from segnis, sluggish). Sluggishness ; applied in Pathology to torpidity of a function, as that of the bowels. Seid / Iitz Pow / der. A cooling, efferves- cent, and aperient draught. See Sedlitz Powdek. Sele / niate. A salt resulting from the com- bination of selenic acid with a salifiable base. Sele'nic Acid. A volatile, crystallizable acid, consisting of one equivalent of selenium and three of oxygen. Sele / nious (seleniosus). Applied to an acid, the second degree of oxidation of sele- nium. Sel'enite. Transparent sulphate of lime. Lapis specularis. Sele'nium. An elementary substance re- sembling sulphur, found in pyrites, and the basis of selenic acid. It is brittle, opaque, tasteless, insoluble in water, and unaltered by air. Sel'enodont. Those ungulates in which the masticating surfaces of the molar teeth present crescentic ridges. Seli'bra, or Semili / bra. Half a pound. Serine. White spots found on the nails. Sel'Ia Turcica. So called from its sup- posed resemblance to a Turkish saddle. A cavity in the sphenoid bone, bounded anteri- orly and posteriorly by the clinoid processes, and containing the pituitary gland. Selt/zer Water, Artificial. R. Hydro- chloric acid, gr. xxxv; water, Oj ; white marble, gr. iij. Seltzer is an abbreviated name for an acid-soda mineral water. The term "seltzer " is also applied to artificial seltzer water. Sembel'la. Selibra (which see). Semeiog / raphy (from oqpeiov, a symptom, and ypn-fi, a description). Semeiographia. A description of the symptoms or signs ol disease. SEM 553 SEN Semeiol'ogy (from aqpeiov, a symptom, and Aoyog, a discourse). Semeioties ; semi- ology ; semeiologia. The doctrine of the symptoms or signs of disease. Semeiot/ic (scmeioticus, semeiosis). Relat- ing to the signs of disease. Se / men (from sero, to sow). A seed. Also the fecundating fluid secreted by the testicles, and carried by the epididymis and vas deferens to the vesiculae seminales, to be ejected into the vagina during coition. Semi=. A prefix from the Latin semis, half. Semi-orbic'ular {semi-orbicular is). Of the shape of a half globe. Semi-orbicula'ris Oris. The orbicularis oris muscle. Semi-spina / lis Colli. A muscle situated at the posterior part of the neck. Semi-spinalis Dorsi. A muscle of the back. Semi-tendino'sus. A muscle situated ob- liquely on the back part of the thigh. Semicircular Canals. Three canals in the petrous portion of the temporal bone which open into the vestibule of the ear. Semicu / pium, Semicu'bium. A half bath, or one that receives only the lower ex- tremities and hips. Semilunar (from semi, half, and luna,'the moon). Half-moon shaped. Semilunar Cartilages. The two falciform fibro-cartilages between the condyles of the os femoris and the articular surfaces of the tibia. Semilunar Gang'lion. A ganglion of the great sympathetic nerve, situated in the ab- domen and behind the suprarenal capsules. Semilunar Notch. The indentation between the coracoid process and the upper border of the scapula. Semilunar Valves. The three valves at the beginning of the pulmonary artery and aorta. Semimembranosus. A muscle of the thigh, situated at its posterior part. It bends the legs. Sem'inal. Pertaining to seed or semen, or the elements of production. Seminal Air [aura scminalis). The supposed vivifying principle of the semen virile, be- lieved to ascend through the Fallopian tubes, thus impregnating the ovum in the ovarium. Sem'inale Mem'brum. The penis. Scminalis. Seminal. Spermatic. Semina'tion. The emission of the semen in the uterus. Semiog'raphy. Semeiography. Semiology. Symptomatology. Semei- ology (which see). Semiple'gia. Hemiplegia (which see). Semis, or Semis / sis. The half of any- thing. Sen / eca Oil. A variety of petroleum found near Seneca Lake, New York. Senec / tus (senecta; from senere, to be old). Old age ; senility. Senectus Ultima. Decrepitude. Se'nile (senilis). Pertaining or peculiar to old age. Sen / na. The dried leaves of several plants of the genus Cassia. The kinds of senna known in commerce are designated by the names of the places where they are grown or from which they are imported, as the East India senna, the Tripoli senna, the Aleppo or Italian senna, etc. Senna is an active purga- tive, but does not produce a violent impression on the bowels. It has a tendency to produce griping, in consequence of which it is usually combined with some aromatic. The purgative principle of senna is called cathartine. Dose of senna, in powder, 3 ss to 3 ij ; of the infu- sion, §iv ; of the confection, gj to ^ij ; of the fluid extract, f 3 j to f^ss. Sensa'tion (sensatio; from sentire, sensum, to feel). An impression caused by external bodies on the organs of the senses and trans- mitted to the brain. Sense (sensus; sensio). The faculty whereby animals receive impressions of the qualities of external bodies. Man is endowed with five senses — namely, sight, hearing, smell, taste, and touch. Sensibil'itas. Sensibility. Sensibil'ity (sensibililas). Susceptibility of sensation, or faculty of receiving impres- sions. Sensif'erous. Producing sense. Sensitive. Endowed with feeling ; easily affected. Sensitive Dentine. Hypersensitive dentine. A hypersensitive condition of the dentinal structure of the teeth, due to distal irritation of the tubular fibrils. The most important remedies are warmed air, carbolic acid, chloride of zinc, cocaine, nitrate of silver, combinations of carbolic acid and acetate of morphine or tannic acid, tannic acid in com- bination with glycerin and veratrin : also an- aesthesia by the administration of sulphuric ether and the application of the spray of ab- SEN 554 SEQ solute ether or rhigolene cataphoresis. See Hypersensitive Dentine. Senso'rial. Pertaining to the sensorium. Senso'rium. The common seat or centre of sensations ; the brain. Sensorium Commu'ne. Common sensorium. Applied to the brain. Sen'sory. Sentient. Pertaining to sense or sensation. Nerves which convey impres- sions to the neural axis, as distinguished from the motory nerves. Sentient (sentiens). Sensory. Suscepti- bility of feeling, as the sentient extremities of the nerves. Separating Teeth. The materials in com- mon use for this purpose are India-rubber, cotton, wood, tape, sea-tangle, and ligatures, by which gradual and constant or rapid pres- sure is made. The object is to gain space for rilling, etc. Upon the removal of the material used for separating, the teeth readily return to their former position. When the file or disk is used to separate teeth, a portiou of the crown of each tooth operated on is necessarily sacrificed. Files, chisels, and corundum disks are used for per- manent separations, in which case a part of the proximal wall of the tooth is necessarily re- moved. Temporary separations are made : immediate, with wooden wedges and instru- ments made for the purpose, etc. ; gradual, by substances, as wood, cotton, rubber, etc. See Separators. Separato / rium (from separo, to separate). An instrument for separating the pericranium from the skull. Also a pharmaceutical vessel for separating fluids of different densities from one another. Separators. Instruments employed for making temporary spaces between teeth for purposes of inspection and filling, and con- sisting of two wedges capable of being forced apart by means of a thumb screw when placed between teeth ; or instruments called separa- tors. Sepedonogen'esis (from orjiretiuv, putres- cency, and yeveoig, generation). Sepedogenesis. In Pathology, a septic tendency, as in typhus fever and putrid diseases. Se'pia. A genus of ecphaloporious mol- lusca. Also pigment from the black juice of the cuttle-fish. Sepia Officinalis. Cuttle-fish. The internal shell of this animal is sometimes employed as a dentifrice. Se'pium. The internal shell or bone of the cuttle-fish. Sep / sis. Putrefaction. Septae'mia. A morbid state of the blood from putrid matters. Sep'tan. Septana. A term applied in Pathology to a fever which recurs every seventh day. Sep'tic {septieus ; from ff?;7ru, to putrefy). Eelating to or producing putrefaction. Septicaemia (from o>/nu, to putrefy, and aijia, blood). An infective disease caused by the absorption of septic matters or products. Pyaemia is septicaemia with the formation of embolic or secondary abscesses. Septici'dal. That form of dehiscence which takes place between the laminae of the dissepiment. Septicine. A mixture of hexylamine and amylamine found in putrid matter. Septif 'ragal. That form of dehiscence in which the dissepiments adhere to the axis and separate from the valves. Sep'tine. A poisonous product of the putrid formation of organic matter. Septivalent. Able to combine with or replace seven atoms of hydrogen. SeptochynVia (from oqrpic, putrefaction, and x v F°£i juice). An epithet applied in Path- ology to putrescency of the humors. Sep'tum (from septo, to separate). A partition ; a part separating two cavities. Septum Auricula / rum. The partition be- tween the auricles of the heart. Septum CerebePli. The falx cerebelli. Septum Cor / dis. Septum ventriculornm. The partition between the ventricles of the heart. Septum Enceph / ali. The tentorium (which see). Septum Lu / cidum. Septum pellucidum. The thin portion of the brain which separates the lateral ventricles from each other. Septum Na / rium. The partition between the nares. Septum Pectiniform / e. The pectinated par- tition passing along the middle of the corpus cavernosum penis. Septum Scro / ti. A partition formed by the dartos, dividing the scrotum into two unequal parts. Septum Thoracis. The mediastinum. Septum Transver'sum. Diaphragm. Seque / Ia (from sequor, to follow). In Path- ology, any secondary affection following upon a disease. SEQ 555 SES Sequestrum (from sequeslro, to separate). A dead portion of bone separated from the living, and in a cavity, abscess, or wound. Sera / pium. Syrup. Sericeous. Silky. Seric / ic Acid. Myristic acid. Ser / icin. A white, crystalline fat, com- posed of sericic acid and glycerine, obtained from tbe butter of nutmegs. Sericte'ria. The glands which secrete the silk in tbe silk-worm. Ser / icum. Silk. It is used by surgeons and dentists for ligatures. See Silk, Dentists' Floss. Also the fine pubescence of plants. Sericum An / glicum. Court-plaster. Se'ries Den'tium. A row of teeth. Ser'olin (from serum, whey). A peculiar non-saponifiable fatty matter detected in the blood. Seros'ity. That liquid which remains after the albumen of serum has been coagulated by heat. Se / rous (serosus, watery). Of the charac- ter or nature of serum ; relating to the watery portion of animal fluids. Serous Membranes. Thin, transparent lam- inae, arranged in the form of a closed sac, and moistened by a thin serous fluid. The pleura, peritoneum, arachnoid, etc., are of this kind. Serpe'do (from serpere, to creep). Psoria- sis. Serpenta / ria. Virginia snake-root ; a spe- cies of Aristolochia. It is a stimulant tonic, sometimes acting as a diaphoretic and diuretic. Dose of powder, gr. xx to gr. xxx ; of infusion, f5ss to f£ ij ; of tincture, fgj to f 3 ij. . Serpentine. In Mineralogy, a species of stone of various colors and often speckled like a serpent. Serpiginous (from serpere, to creep). A term applied to certain affections which creep, as it were, from one part to another, as a tetter or ulceration. Serpi'go (from serpere, to creep). A ring- worm or tetter ; spreading herpes. Ser'ra. A saw. Ser'rate (ser rains). Serrated. Having teeth on the edge or margin like those of a saw. Serration. A cut like that between two teeth of a saw, as the serrations on the points of certain deutal instruments. Serra'tus (from serra, a saw). Serrated. In Anatomy, applied to muscles and other parts from their serrated appearance. Serratus An'ticus. Pectoralis minor. Serratus Mag'nus. Serratus major anticus. A broad, fleshy, irregular quadrilateral mus- cle, situated at the side of the thorax. Serratus Posti'cus Inferior. A broad, thin muscle, situated at the lower part of the back. Serratus Posticus Superior. A small, flat, quadrilateral muscle, situated at the upper part of the back. Serre=artere. French name of au instru- ment invented by Deschamps for compressing an artery. Serre=fine. [French.] A spring forceps made of wire, with two branches curved like the letter S, used for uniting wounds ; by pressure on the sides the teeth of the forceps separate, and may be made to fix themselves upon both lips of the wound, and when the pressure is removed they close with sufficient firmness to bring the edges of the wound together, and maintain them in apposition. Ser'rulate. Minutely serrated or notched. Se'rum. The yellowish watery fluid which separates from the blood when cold or after its coagulation. Serum Alumino / sum. Alum whey. Serum of the Blood. It is of a greenish- yellow color, viscid, and slightly coagnlable by heat, acids, and alcohol. It consists of water, chloride of sodium, certain phosphates, and albumen, constantly united to soda almost in a saponaceous combination. Serum Globulin. Paraglobulin. Serum Lac'tis. The serum of milk. Whey. Serum Sina'pinum. Mustard whey. Se'rumal Calculus. Sanguinary calculus. A variety of calculus found principally upon the roots of teeth affected by phagedenic ulcer- ation, pericementitis, alveolar ulceration, and alveolar pyorrhcea. This form of calculus is supposed to be deposited directly from the blood as a result of inflammation. It appeal's on the surface of the root in the form of small nodules, and is firmly adherent and very irri- tating in its effects. Such deposits are usually dark colored or light brown or greenish, with a glossy appearance ; sometimes they are gran- ular, and consist of aggregations the size of a small piu"s head. Ses'amoid (from o^catu,. a grain of sesa- mnm, and eitfoc, likeness). Like the sesamum seed. Sesamoid Bones. The small bones at the articulations of the great toes, sometimes at SES 556 SHO the joints of the thumbs, and occasionally at the condyles of the os fernoris and at the ex- tremity of the fibula under the os cuboides of the tarsus. Sesqui. One and a half. This word is frequently joined to some number, weight, measure,, etc., as sesquigranum, signifying a grain and a half. Sesquichloride of Chromium. Obtained by heating a mixture of chromic oxide and carbon in a stream of dry chlorine. Used in Dental Practice for obtuuding sensitive dentine. Sesquichloride of Iron, Crystallized. See Iron. . Sequiox / ide. A compound of one and a half proportions of oxygen with one pro- portion of some other body, or three equiva- lents of oxygen and two equivalents of another body. Sesquioxide of Iron. Peroxide of iron, made by adding water of ammonia to a solution of sulphate of iron. The precipitate deposited is the hydrated oxide or peroxide of iron, the best antidote for poisoning with arsenic. By exposure to heat in a covered vessel it becomes the simple sesquioxide or peroxide of iron. Sesunc (sesuncia). An ounce and a half. Seta'ceous. Set with bristles ; bristly. Seta'ceum. A seton. Se'ton (setaceum). A strip of linen or portion of silk or thread passed through the skin and cellular membrane to keep up a con- stant irritation and suppuration. Also the issue itself. A seton is applied by laying hold of a fold of skin and passing a seton-needle through it with the thread attached. Daily a fresh portion of the thread is drawn through the wound. Seventh Pair of Nerves {par seplimum). The encephalic nerves, called the facial, or portio dura, and also the portio mollis. Se'vum. Suet ; fat of the omentum. Sevum Ce / ti. Spermaceti. Sevum Ovi'le. Sevum ovillum. Mutton suet. Sevum Prsepara'tum. Prepared suet. Suet melted and strained through linen. Sex (nexus). The physical difference which exists between the male and female of organ- ized beings. Sex / tans. Sextant. The sixth part of a pound. Sexta / rius. An ancient measure equal to a pint and a half. Sex / tula. The sixth part of an ounce. Sex / ual (sexualis). Pertaining to or that which characterizes the sexes. Sexual Functions. The functions by which the species are propagated. Sexual Intercourse. Coition. Sexual Or'gans. The organs of generation. Sex / valent. Able to combine with or re- place six atoms of hydrogen. Shaddock. The fruit of the Citrus decu- mana. Shaking PaFsy. Paralysis agitans. A disease occurring in advanced life and consist- ing of great weakness, trembling, and ulti- mately constant vehement agitation. Shale. A variety of slate ; indurated clay. Sharpey's Fibers. Calcified fibers of white fibrous tissue holding together the peripheric lamella? of bone. Shears, Foil. For cutting the gold- and tin-foil used in filling teeth. They have blades six inches long and broad handles. Sheath. Vagina ; theca. Applied in Anat- omy to the fascia enveloping the limbs, to cel- lular membranes enveloping the muscles and to those which surround blood-vessels, to syno- vial membranes surrounding tendons, etc. Shed'ding. Caducus. Falling off ; applied in Dental Physiology to the temporary teeth. Shedding Teeth. The teeth of first dentition. The term is also applied to the loss of the first or temporary set. Shell. The external hard covering of testa- ceous and crustaceous animals and insects. Shellac. A resinous substance which exudes from punctures of several East Indian trees. Dissolved in alcohol it is used as a varnish for plaster models in Mechanical Dentistry. The formula for shellac varnish is as follows : Gum shellac, 5 oz.', avoir. ; alcohol, 1 pint. Sherbet. A cooling drink prepared with the juice of fruits, water, and sugar, variously flavored. Sher / ry. A deep amber-colored wine, having an aromatic flavor and fragrance with- out acidity. Shield, Coffer=dam. A small rubber cup which is drawn over the crown of a tooth and held in place by means of a clamp. Shin. The anterior part of the leg. Ship Fever. Putrid fever ; typhus gravior. Shiv / ering. Shaking with cold or fear. Shock. A sudden and marked depression of the vital powers resulting from an injury more or less severe or from an impression SHO 557 SIG made on the nervous system through the me- dium of the sensorium, as by fright, etc. Col- lapse is also an overpowering of the nervous system. In Electricity, the effect on the animal system of a discharge of the fluid from a charged body. Short Circuit or Current. See Circuit. Short=sight / edness. Myopia. Near- sightedness ; inability to see distinctly above twenty inches or to exercise vision at the usual distances. Shoul / der=bIade. The scapula. Show'er Bath. The falling of water through apertures, from a greater or less height, upon the head and body. Shuddering. A peculiar sensation accom- panied by an involuntary spasmodic movement, and sometimes by a sensation of cold. It is sometimes the precursor of shivering and sometimes the result of mental operations. Si. Symbol for silicon. Siagantri / tis (from aiaynrv, the jaw, avrpov, a cavity, and ctiq, inflammation). Inflamma- tion of the lining membrane of the maxillary sinus. Si 'agon (criayuv). The jaw-bone ; maxillary bone. Siago'nagra (from ciayuv, the jaw, and aypa, a seizure). Gout in the jaw. SiaFaden (aia'/ov, spittle, and ad//v, gland). A salivary gland. Sial'agogue {sialagogus; froni c^a/lov, saliva, and ayu, to expel). A medicine which excites a preternatural flow of saliva, as pyrethrum, mercurial preparations, etc. Si'alin. Sialine. Belonging to saliva. Siali'na (oiaAov, spittle). A peculiar prin- ciple contained in the saliva ; sialin. Sialis'ma (sialismus). Salivation. Si aloid. Resembling saliva. Sialolithiasis. Formation or presence of salivary calculus. Sialol ithus (from ota/.ov, saliva, and ?a&oc } a stone). Salivary calculus. Si'alon. The saliva. Sialon'cus. A tumor under the tongue, caused by the obstruction of the flow of the saliva owing to the presence of a salivary cal- culus. Sialorrhea. Salivation. Excessive flow of saliva. Sialoschesis (from Gi.a7.ov, saliva, and °~X Ea n; a wedge, SPH 568 SPI and eidog, resemblance). Wedge-like ; applied to a bone of the cranium. Sphenoid Bone (sphenoides os). A bone sit- uated in the middle of the base of the cra- nium, extending underneath from one temple to the other, wedged in, as it were, amid the other bones. Sphenoidal (sphenoidalis). Pertaining to or connected with the sphenoid bone. Sphenoidal Spine. A projecting crest at the lower surface of the sphenoid bone which articulates with the vomer. Spheno=max'illary. Relating to the sphe- noid and maxillary bones. Spheno-maxillary Fissure. The inferior or. bitar fissure. Foramen lacerum inferius. Spheno-maxillary Fossa. A depression at the union of the spheno-maxillary and pterygo- maxillary fissures. Spheno-or'bitar (spheno-orhitalis). An epi- thet applied by Beclard to the anterior or orbitar portion of the sphenoid bone. Spheno=pal / atine. Relating to the sphe- noid and palate bones. Spheno-palatine Artery. The termination of the internal maxillary artery, which enters the back part of the nose through the spheno- palatine foramen, to be distributed upon the pituitary membrane. Spheno-palatine For'amen. A foramen formed by the vertical portion of the os palati and sphenoid bone, establishing a communi- cation between the nasal fossae and the zygo- matic fossa. Spheno-palatine Gan'glion. A small gan- glion situated without the spheno-palatine foramen in the pterygo-maxillary fissure. Spheno-palatine Nerves. The lateral nasal nerves, which arise from the ganglion of Meckel, and enter the nose through the spheno-palatine foramen, to be distributed to the outer and inner parietes of the nasal fossae. Spheno=pari / etal. Belonging or relating to the sphenoid and parietal bones. Spheno^staphylPnus. The levator palati muscle. SphenO'tem'poral. Belonging or relating to the sphenoid and temporal bones. Spher'ule. A little sphere. Spher'ulite. Pearl-stone ; a variety of obsidian, occurring in rounded grains. Sphinc'ter (from otyiyyw, to constrict). A name given to certain muscles the office of which is to close openings around which they are situated. Sphincter A'ni. A muscle situated around the anus. Sphincter Ani Inter'nus. The circular fibres of the muscular coat of the rectum at its extremity. Sphincter Cu'lae. The superior coustrictor pharyngis. Sphincter Labio'rum. The orbicularis oris. Sphincter Oc / uli. The orbicularis palpebra- rum. Sphincter / ris. The orbicularis oris. Sphincter Vaginae. A muscle situated on the side of the vagina, near its external ori- fice, opposite the nymphae, covering the cor- pus cavernosum. Sphincter Ve / sicae. A name given by some anatomists to a few fibres which surround the neck of the bladder. Sphyg'ma (oQvy/ja). Sphygmos (which see). Sphyg'mic' Art (sphygmica ctrs). The knowledge or doctrine of the pulse ; art of judging by the pulse. Sphyg'micus. Of or belonging to the pulse. SphygmoPogy (from cfvy/xog, the pulse, and Aoyof, a discourse). Sphygmologia. A treatise on the pulse. Sphyg'mos (from acpv^so, to leap or re- bound). The pulse ; pulsation. Sphyg'mous. Having the nature of a pulse. Sphyx'is. Pulsation. SpPca. A spike. In Surgery, a spiral bandage, the turns of which cross each other like the letter V. Spica Du'plex. A double spica or double spiral bandage. Spica Inguina'lis. A bandage for inguinal ruptures. Spices. Agreeable, warm, aromatic drugs, such as nutmeg, cinnamon, etc. Spic'ula. In Pathology, pointed pieces or fragments of hone. SpPder (aranea). Common name of the animals belonging to the class Arachnida. Spigelian Lobe. See LOBDLUS Spi- GELII. Spilanthus Olera'ceus. The spear-leaved spilanthns. A tincture of this plant has been recommended as a cure for toothache. Spilo'ma. A spot or discoloration of the skin. A variety of naevus. Spilo'sis. A synonym of Epicrosis. SpPIus. A spot on the skin. SPI 569 SPI Spi'na. A thorn. In Anatomy, a process on the surface of a hone ; the backbone. Spina BiFida. A congenital malformation or defect of the spinal column. Spina Vento / sa. A rarefying form of osteitis in which the hone is eroded or destroyed, and the subperiosteal tissue and osseous marrow contain numerous small cells with transuded red blood -corpuscles. It is often a result of syphilis. Spina Vertebra'lis. The vertebral column. Spi'nal (spinalis; from spina, the spine). In Anatomy, belonging or relating to the spinal column. Spinal Accessory Nerve. The eleventh pair of the cranial nerves, which are endowed with the function of motion. It is divided into two roots, one of which arises from the lower portion of the medulla oblongata, and the other from the cervical portion of the spinal cord. Spinal Arteries. Two arteries, descending one on the anterior and one on the posterior surface of the spinal cord. Spinal Centre. Applied to the spinal mar- row, regarded as distinct from the nerves pro- ceeding from it. Spinal Col'umn. See Vertebral Column. Spinal Cord (medulla spinalis). The spinal marrow, which is a continuation of the me- dulla oblongata. Spinal Diseases. The diseases which affect the spinal cord and its membranes. Spinal Foram'ina. The foramina of the vertebra?, which give egress to the spinal nerves. Spinal Irritation. A term applied to subin- flammatory affections of the spinal cord and its membranes. Spinal Mar'row. The spinal cord. Spinal Meningitis. Inflammation of the meninges, or membranes which enclose the spinal marrow. Spinal Nerve. The accessory of the pneumo- gastric, or accessory nerve of Willis. Spinal Nerves. The vertebral nerves. Spinal System of Nerves. Tlie nerves which issue from the spinal marrow, in- dependently of the ganglionic or cerebral systems. Spinalis. Spinal muscles of vertebra?. Spinalis Cer'vicis. Semi-spinalis colli, a muscle of the posterior part of the neck and upper part of the back. Spinalis Colli. The semi spinalis colli. Spinalis Dorsi. A muscle situated on the lateral surfaces of the spinous processes of the back and the inner side of the longissimus dorsi . Spina'tus. Spinal. Spin / dle. In Mechanics, the axis of a wheel or roller. Spindle Tree. A shrub of the genus Euony- mus. Spine. In Anatomy, the vertebral column. Spines'cent (sjrinescens). Becoming hard and thorny. Spino'sus. Spiual. Spi'nous (spinosus). Having the shape of or beset with spines or thorns. Spinous Process. A narrow and tapering prominence or elevation on a bone. Spinous Process'es of the Ver'tebrae. The processes situated one on the back part of each vertebra. SpintheronVeter (airird//p, a spark, and jierpov, measure). An instrument for deter- mining the size, power, etc., of electrical sparks. Spinthero'pia (airivd^p, and u>i>, o-oc, the eye). A morbid state of vision, in which there is an appearance of sparks or scintillations be- fore the eyes. Spirac'ula (from spiro, to breathe). Spira- cles. The breathing- pores of insects. Applied also to the pores of the skin. Spi'ral (spiralis; from spira, a spire). Winding round a cylinder or other round body in a circular form, and at the same time rising or advancing forward ; winding like a screw. Spiral Band'age. The common bandage or roller, wound spirally around a limb. Spiral Springs. In Dental Prosthesis, the coiled wires employed for the retention of a double set of artificial teeth in the mouth. The simplest method of winding the wire is to secure it between two blocks of wood held between the jaws of a small bench-vise. Then the upper end of the wire, iu connection with a spindle or steel wire the size of a small knit- ting-needle, six or eight inches in length, is grasped by a hand-vise or pair of sliding- tongs ; the spindle resting on the blocks of wood is made to revolve by turning the hand- vise or sliding tongs, according as the one or the other may be used. In this way the wire is wound firmly and closely around the steel rod or spindle. Spirillum (from spirillum, a curled hair). SPI 570 SPL A genus of bacteria of the family Baeteria- cese, whose elements are curved, often form- ing a spiral of several turns. Spir'it (spirilus ; from spiro, to breathed This term was formerly applied to all volatile substances obtained by distillation. They were formerly distinguished into inflammable or ar- dent spirits, acid spirits, and alkaline spirits, but at present the term is restricted to alcoholic liquors and ether. Spirit of Alum. The acrid liquid distilled from alum. Spirit of Bone. Spirit of hartshorn, or im- pure ammonia. Spirit of Mindere'rus. Liquid acetate of ammonia. See Mindererus, Spirit of. Spirit of Salt. Hydrochloric acid. Spirit of Tin. Perchloride of tin. Spirit of Turpentine. Oil of turpentine. Spirit of Wine, Rectified. Alcohol. Spirit of Wine, Weaker (spiritus tenuior). Proof spirit half the strength of rectified spirit. Spirit, Rectified. Alcohol in a high state of concentration, commonly called spirit of wine. Alcohol fifty-six per cent, over proof, or con- taining eighty-five per cent, of spirit. Spir'itus. Spirit. Also breath. Spiritus ^th'eris Aromat / icus. (Ph. L.) Aromatic spirit of ether. Spiritus Athens Ni'trici. (U.S.) Sweet spirit of nitre. Spirit of nitric ether. Spiritus Athens Sulphu / rici. (U.S.) Spirit of sulphuric ether. Sweet spirit of vitriol. Spiritus /Etheris Sulphurici Compos / itus. (Ph. L., U. S.) Compound spirit of sulphuric ether. Hoffman's anodyne. A stimulant and antispasmodic. Dose, f.^ssto f.^ij. Spiritus Ammo'niae. (Ph. L.) Spirit of am- monia. Stimulant and antispasmodic. Dose, f-jss to f,5,j. Spiritus Ammoniae Aromat / icus. Aromatic spirit of ammonia. Stimulant. Dose, f 3j ss to fjjj. Spiritus Ammoniae Succina'tus. Succinated spirit of ammonia. Stimulant and antispas- modic. Dose, gtt. x to f.^ss or f.^j. Spiritus Camph'orae. (U.S.) Spirit of cam- phor. Stimulant, anodyne, and discutient. Used only externally. Spiritus Chlorofor'mi. Spirit of chloroform. Spiritus Cinnamo'mi. (Ph. L.) Spirit of cinnamon. Dose, fgj to f.^ss. Spiritus Cor'nu Cer'vi. Subcarbonate of am- monia. Spiritus Frumen'ti. Spirits distilled from rye and corn, as whiskey, etc. Spiritus GaPlicus. French brandy. Spiritus Jamaicen'sis. Jamaica spirit ; rum. Spiritus Limo / nis. Spirit of lemon. Essence of lemon. Spiritus Men / thae Piper / itae. (Ph. L.) Spirit of peppermint. Dose, gtt. v to gtt. xx. Spiritus Mindere'ri. See MlNDERERUS's Spirit. Spiritus Ni / tri Sim / plex. Dilute nitrous acid. Spiritus Rectifica'tus. Dilute alcohol con- taining sixteen per cent, of water. Spiritus Sa / lis Ammonia / ci Caus / ticus. Aqua ammonia?. Water of ammonia. Spiritus Tenu'ior. Dilute alcohol containing forty-nine per cent, of pure alcohol. Spiritus Wni GaFlici. French brandy. Spiritus Vitrioli. Sulphuric acid. Spirom'eter (from spiro, to breathe, and /lerpov, a measure). An instrument for meas- uring the air inhaled. Spiru'lidae. A family of dibranchiate cephalopods characterized by a spiral dis- coid chambered shell in the substance of the mantle. Spissan / tia. Incrassantia. That which inspissates or thickens. Spis'situde (spissus, thick). Thickness or density. Spit'ting. Exspuition ; ejecting spittle from the mouth. Spitting of Blood. Haemoptysis (which see). Spit/tie. The salivary and mucous secre- tions ejected from the mouth in the act of spitting. Spittoon', Dentists'. A vase or other vessel used by dentists while operating, to receive the saliva or blood from the mouths of patients. Splanch'na. The entrails. Splanch'nic (splanchnicus ; from onlay xvov, an entrail). Relating to the entrails. Splanchnic Cavities. The cavities of the abdomen, chest, and head. Splanchnic Nerves. These are two in num- ber, the greater and lesser; the first arises from the sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, and sometimes the tenth thoracic ganglia ; the second from the tenth and eleventh thoracic ganglia. Splanch'nica. The order of diseases which affect the abdominal organs, without primary inflammation. SPL 571 SPO Splanchnod'yne (from oKAayxvov, a viscus, and odwq, pain). Pain in the bowels. Splanchnog'raphy (from a-'/.ayxvov, a vis- cus, and ypa, performed the operation upon Dr. Stephens, a young American physician. In 18:20 it was performed for the first time in the United States by Dr. J. C. Warren, of Boston, and in 1822 in England, by Mr. Alcock.* Now « Vide Jtr. Reese's Appendix to Cooper's "Surgi- cal Dictionary." it is classed among the regular operations of surgery. When the loss of substance is very considerable, the operation of sewing up a cleft is doubtful, and an artificial palate is neces- sary. Staphylo'sis. Staphyloma. Staphylotomy (from oTafyvlri, the uvula, and roii7], incision). Excision of the uvula. Starch (amylum). A proximate principle of vegetables, characterized by its insipidity, and by insolubility in cold water, in alcohol, and in ether. In boiling water it forms an almost transparent jelly. It constitutes the largest portion of all farinaceous substances, and is the principal ingredient in bread. Starch, Iodide of. An ounce of starch mixed with twenty-four grains of iodine, previously triturated in a little water. The iodide is dried by a gentle heat and kept in a well- stoppered bottle for use. In this way iodine may be given in very large doses without irri- tating the stomach. Starch, Potato. The fecula of Solanum tube- rosum. Star=like. Stellate. Starr's Method of Bridge=work. See Bridge-wokk, System of. Sta'sis (from arau, to stop). In Pathology, a stagnant condition of the fluids, which con- dition indicates an early stage of inflamma- tion. Static. In Physics, pertaining to or the state of a body at rest, or in equilibrium. Statics. That part of physical science which treats of the forces that keep bodies at rest, or in equilibrium. It is the converse of dynamics, which treats of bodies in motion. Sta'tion (statio ; from stare, to stand). In Physiology, the act of standing. In Zoology and Botany, the habitation of animals and plants. Stationary (stationarius ; from stare, to stand). A name given by Sydenham to certain diseases which prevail in a place for a number of years. Statistics, Medical. Vital statistics. The detail of facts connected with the deaths, births, salubrity, etc., of different places. Stat'ure (statura; from sto, statum, to stand). The natural height of an animal body, but usually applied to that of man. Status. A state or condition ; applied synonymously, in Physiology, with temperament and diathesis, and in Pathology with acme. Status Nervo'sus. Nervous diathesis. STA 575 STE Stau'rolite (from OTavpog,a cross, and ?.i&og, a stone). Cross stone ; harmotome ; a silicate of baryta and alumina with traces of lime and potash. It occurs in small quadrangular prisms crossing one another. Stau'rotide (from aravpog, a cross, and «c5oc, form). Prismatic garnet, or grenatite. It forms four- or six-sided prisms, which some- times cross one another at right angles. Steam. The vapor of water at a high temperature. A cubic inch of water forms about 1700 cubic inches of steam. When generated under the common atmospheric pressure its elasticity is equivalent to the pressure of the atmosphere, and it is des- ignated low steam ; but when heated in a con- fined state its elastic force is rapidly aug- mented, and it is then known as high steam. On the application of cold, steam instantly re- turns to the state of water, a sudden vacuum being formed. Steam, Elastic Force of. As the dental vul- canizer is subject to the same laws and condi- tions as a steam boiler, the following table — from French Academy experiments — will show the elastic force of steam : Degrees of Tern- Elastic Force in perature. lbs. per sq. inch. 212.0 14.7 250.52 29.4 300.28 66.12 314.24 80.85 320.36 88.2 341.78 117.6 350.78 132.3 380.66 191.3 403.82 249.0 418.46 294.0 Steapsin (orea/o, fat). A diastasic ferment of the gastric juice, capable of saponifying fats. Ste'ar. Sevum ; fat. Stear'ic Acid. An acid obtained from animal and vegetable fats. Ste'arine. The solid component of fats. See Elaine. Stearocono'tom (oreap, fat, and kovig, dust, or powder). A peculiar yellow fat found in the brain mass, and said to contain phos- phorus and sulphur. Stearop'tene. A crystalline substance contained in many volatile oils ; the solid (often oxygenated) constituent of a volatile oil ; often called a camphor. Ste'atine. Same as stearine. Also con- sisting of fat. Ste'atite (from oreap, fat). A soft mineral of an unctuous feel, called soapstone. Powdered soapstone or talc in the dry form is employed for vulcanizing rubber dentures without using wax plates or flasks ; the plate when ready for vulcanizing is placed in a tin box filled with the soapstone powder, the powdered soapstone being pressed in lightly until the box is quite full, and covered with a lid secured by wire ; the case is then vulcanized. Steato-. Prefix signifying fatty. Steatoce'le (from oreap, fat, and «?/>/, a tumor). A fatty tumor of the scrotum. Steatocono'tum. See Stearocoxotum. Steatoses. Fatty, or full of fat. Steato'ma i steatosis; from oreap, fat). An encysted tumor, the contents of which are of a fatty nature. Steatom'atous (ateatomatodes). Of the na- ture of or resembling steatoma. Steato'sis. Steatoma. Steatosis Cordis. Fatty heart ; a preter- natural deposition of the fat on the heart, or fatty degeneration of this organ. Steel (chalybs). Iron combined with car- bon. Carburetted iron, or iron chemically combined with carbon to a certain proportion. The best, finest, and closest- grained forged iron, combined with carbon by a particular process. It is less malleable than iron, but harder and more elastic. The best steel is fine-grained, elastic, and tough. Steel Mixture. Same as MlSTURA Ferri COMPOSITA. Stegno'sis (from GTeyvou, to constrict). In Pathology, constriction ; constipation ; sup- pression of the natural evacuations. Stegnot'ica (are-) vuriKog). Steguotics. As- tringents. Steiro'sis (from aTeipog, barren). Barren- ness ; sterility. Stelen'gis. Stridor deutium. Stel'late or SteHated. Star shaped. Stellular Verhey'nii. A term applied to the stellated plexuses of veins on the surface of the kidney. Stel'ochite. Osteocolla. Ste'ma. The penis. Stenag'mus. Sighing ; groaning : often a consequence of disease. Stenocar'dia (from vfia : a swelling). A swelling in the mouth. Stomatoplas / tic (from oro/ia, the mouth, and TT/loffffw, to form). The operation of form- ing a mouth, as in cases where the aperture is closed or contracted. Stomatoplasty (from cro/na, and irXaoou, to form). Plastic operations upon or about the mouth. Stomatorrhagia (from crro/m, the mouth, and prjyvvfiL, to break out). Hemorrhage from the mouth. Stom / atoscope (from arofia, the mouth, and (7/io~£(j, to view). A speculum oris ; an instrument for keeping the mouth open so as to permit an examination of the parts within. Stomato / sis. Stomatorrhagia. Stomoda? / um. The mouth of the embryo, formed by a pushing in of the epiblast. Stone in the Bladder. Urinary calculi. Stool (dejectio alvi). The evacuation or dis- charge from the bowels. Stopping Process. A term applied to filling carious cavities in teeth after proper preparation. Storage Battery. A special form of gal- vanic battery in which electricity, generated by an ordinary galvanic battery or by a dynamo, can be stored for a long time and used as required. See BATTERY. Sto'rax. Styrax. A fragrant resin which STO 579 STR exudes from the Styrax officinalis in the form of small globules of a reddish color, but usually imported in large reddish-brown flat masses. Stimulant and expectorant. Dose, gr. x to 3 ss. Storax Liq'uida. Liquid storax ; a fragrant, bitterish resin, of about the consistence of turpentine. It exudes from the Liquidambar styraciflua and some other species. Stout. A cant name sometimes given to strong beer. , Stove. In Pharmacy, a chamber or confined place raised to a certain temperature by artifi- cial means for the dessication of vegetable sub- stances. In Hygiene, for the immersion of the animal body in hot air or vapor. In the former case it is called the dry stove, in the latter the humid. Strabis / mus (strabismos; from arpafic^u, to squint). Squinting. An affection of the eyes characterized by a defect of parallelism in the axis of vision, occasioned by a shortness of one of the muscles of the eyeball. Strabos'itas. Strabismus. Strabot'omy (from a-pajioe, one who squints, and to/i?i, incision). Strabotomia. The operation of dividing the muscle or muscles that distort the eye for the correction of strabis- mus. Strain. In Pharmacy, to pass a decoction or infusion forcibly through linen, flannel, or some porous substance, for the purpose of sepa- rating the liquid from extraneous matters. Also to exert with great effort ; to stretch vio- lently ; to put forth the utmost strength. In Pathology, injury from excessive exertion, drawing, or stretching. A sprain. Straining (nisus). Making a great effort by voluntas retention of the breath, so as to force down the diaphragm and cause a forcible contraction of the abdominal muscles, with a view to compress the contents of the abdomen and effect an evacuation of faeces or urine. Straits of the Pelvis. The upper opening of the pelvis, extending to the horizontal cir- cle, and separating the internal surface into two parts, is called the superior or abdominal strait. The inferior opening, formed by the coccyx, the edges of the sacro-sciatic ligaments, the tuberosities of the ischium, and the ischio- pubal rami, is called the inferior, lesser, or pi ri neal strait. Stramo'nii Fo'lium. The leaves of the Datura stramonium. Dose of powdered leaves, gr. i.i. Stramonii Semen. The seeds of the Datura stramonium. Dose, gr. j. Stramoni / na. An alkaloid of stramonium. Stramo nium. Thorn apple ; the officinal name of Datura stramonium. See Stramonii Folium and Semen. Stranga'lis. A small, hard tumor in the breast, arising from obstruction of the flow of milk. Strangulat'ed Hernia. See Hernia. Strangulation (strangulatio). Constric- tion ; obstruction of the air-passages ; suffoca- tion. Also contraction of an opening which has given passage to a portion of intestine, so as to prevent its return. Strangulation, Uterine. Hysteria. Strangury (stranguria; from crpa-;. a drop, and ovpov, urine). Difficulty, accompa- nied by heat aud pain, in passing the urine, which escapes drop by drop. Stra / tum. A layer or lamina. Strem / ma (from arpetpu, to turn). A sprain ; a luxation. Strength. Vigor ; a tonic state of the tis- sues of the body. Strepitus Au / rium. Tinnitus aurium (which see). Streptobacteria. Bacteria forming twisted chains ; corresponding to leptothrix. Streptococcus. Micrococci arranged in strings. Streptococcus Pyogenes. Micrococcus found in acute abscess. Streptococcus Septopyae'micus. Micrococ- cus found in human saliva. Streptothrix. A genus of schizomycetes with hair-like filaments. Stretching. Pandiculation (which see). Stri'a (plural, striae). A streak or line. Stri'ate (strialus). In Natural History, scored ; grooved ; marked with long parallel lines ; striped. Stri'ated. Striate ; striped. Strictu'ra. Stricture. Stric'ture (strictura ; from stringere, stric- lum, to tie hard). A contracted state of some tube or duct of the body, as the urethra, oesophagus, or intestines. Stric'tus. Stiff and straight. Stridor. A harsh, high-pitched sound, like the whistling of wind. Stridor Den'tium (grinccment desdents). Brygmus. Grinding of the teeth ; a common symptom of children affected with worms or gastric derangement. It occurs during sleep. STR 580 STU It is also a symptom of some cerebral affec- tions. Strid'ulous (strideo, to crack). Creaking ; crashing ; -whistling, shrill, harsh sound. Strig'il (strigilis). A flesh-brush. Stroke, Apoplec'tic. A seizure of apo- plexy. Stroke, Paralytic. A sudden attack of cere- brospinal paralysis. Stro'ma. In Physiology, the foundation texture of an organ. In Pathology, the bed or base in -which the essential parts of an organ or tissue are imbedded ; the framework of in- terstitial tissue. Stron'gylus. In Helminthology, a genus of entozoa, or intestinal worms, belonging to the order Nematoidea of Rudolphi. Strongylus Gi'gas. A long worm -with a flat, obtuse head, sometimes found in the human kidney. Stron'tia. An earth composed of oxygen and a base called strontium. "When dry it is white, and resembles baryta in many of its properties. Stron / tianite. Native carbonate of strontia. Stron'tium. The metallic base of strontia. It is very similar to barium. Strophanthus. A genus of plants contain- ing a crystalline glucoside, strophanthin. Used, like digitalis, in cardiac disease. Strophos. Tormina, Strophulus. Eed gum or red gown ; white gum ; tooth-rash. A disease peculiar to in- fants, characterized by a .cutaneous eruption of red and sometimes whitish pimples, occurring most commonly about the face, neck, and arms. It is distinguished by Dr. Willan into five species : (1) Strophulus interlinctus, red gum or red gown ; (2) strophulus albidus, or white gum ; (3) strophulus confertus, denomi- nated tooth-rash, or rank red gum ; (4) stroph- ulus volalicus, characterized by clusters of pap- ula? appearing successively on different parts of the body, and of a deep red color ; (5) strophulus candidus, consisting of large, shin- ing papula:, which appear whiter than the ad- jacent cuticle. Structu'ra. Structure. Structural. Pertaining to structure. Structure (structura ; from struere, or siruetum, to build). The arrangement of the organic elements of animals and plants. The molecular arrangement of the materials that compose tissue. Also a texture, organ, or part. Stru'ma. In Pathology, a term generally applied to scrofula. Also to bronchocele. Goitre. Struma Adipo / sa. Prominence of the neck from an accumulation of adipose matter. Struma Tyrolen / sium. Cretinism (which see). Strumous. Scrofulous. Strych'nate {strychnas). A combination of strychnic acid with a base. Strych'nia. Strychnine. Strychnine (strychnina). An inodorous, bitter, solid, crystalline alkaloid, obtained from strychnos nux vomica (St. Ignatius' bean) and from the poison called upas Heidi. Formula, C 44 H 23 N 2 8 . Strychnine and its salts are ac- tive poisons. The eighth of a grain given to a dog has been known to cause the death of the animal. It has been found useful in paralysis, given in very small doses, and it has been highly recommended in some nervous diseases. It acts as a tonic, and increases the secretion of urine, and sometimes it produces a diaphoretic effect. Applied internally, it acts as an irri- tant, and has been used in this way with ad- vantage in amaurosis. The usual dose is from ^5 to T : 2 or \ of a gr. in acid solution. Strychnine combines with various acids, forming salts, the most important of which are the hydrochlorate, the nitrate, and the sul- phate, and are given in the same cases as the alkaloid. Strychnoma'nia (from orpvxvog, night- shade, and fiavia, madness). Madness pro- duced by eating Atropa belladonna. Strych / nos. A genus of plants of the order Loganiacese. Strychnos Colubri / na. A tree of the East Indies. It yields the Lignum colubrinum, which contains strychnine. Strychnos Nux VonVica. Ratsbane. The tree which yields the poison nut called nux vomica. The bark is known under the name of false angustura. The seeds are the officinal part, which, as well as their alkaloids, are powerful poisons. It is tonic and stimulant ; when taken in large doses it causes tetanic spasms. Dose, gr. j to gr. v. Strychnos Sanc / ti Igna / tii. Ignatia amara ; bean of St. Ignatius. The seeds contain strychnine, and are employed in the cases in which nux vomica is required. Dose of fluid extract, gtt. v to gtt. x. Stryph / nos (orpvQvog). Astringent. Stu'ma (gtv/m). Priapism (which see). STU 581 SUB Stunned. The state of an individual who, from a fall or blow, has suffered concussion of the brain. Stupe. Stuppa. Stupefa / cient (stupefacicns ; from stupe- facio, to stupefy). That which stupefies; a narcotic. Stu'por (from stupeo, to be senseless). Di- minished sensibility to external impressions, often amounting to lethargy. Stup'pa, Stupa. A stupe ; a piece of cloth or tow soaked in a warm liquid and applied to a part of the body ; a fomentation. Stu / prum. Rape. Stuttering. Defective speech ; a high degree of stammering. Stye. Hordeolum. A small inflammatory tumor on the eyelid. Stylet 7 . In Surgery, a probe, a small silver or steel instrument used in the examination of wounds, ulcers, and fistula?. Sty / liform (styliformis). Style- or rod- shaped. A term applied in Anatomy to pro- cesses of bone. Stylis'cus (stylus, a style). A tent in the form of a bodkin. Sty / Io=. A prefix signifying or pertaining to muscles attached to the styloid process of the temporal bone. Stylo-cera / to-hyoide / us. The stylo-hyoideus. Stylo -chon'dro-hyoideus. Stylo-hyoideus. Stylo-glos / sus. A muscle situated between the lower jaw and the os hyoides, at the anterior and upper part of the neck. Its use is to raise the tongue and draw it back- ward. Stylo-hyoide'us. A muscle situated at the anterior, lateral, and superior part of the neck. Its use is to raise the os hyoides and carry it backward and to one side. Stylo-mastoid For'amen. A foramen be- tween the styloid and mastoid processes of the temporal bone. It gives passage to the portio dura of the auditory nerve and to the stylo-mastoid artery. Stylo-maxil'lary Lig'ament. A ligament extending from the styloid process of the temporal bone to the angle of the lower jaw. Stylo-pharyn'geus. A muscle situated at the anterior and lateral part of the neck. Its use is to dilate and raise the pharynx and to carry it backward. Sty Moid ( from orv/.o^, a peg, shaft, or column, and «(5of, shape). Styliform. Shaped like a peg, shaft, or column. Styloid Proc'ess. A long, slender process of the temporal bone, which gives attachment to the stylo-glossus, stylo-pharyngeus, and stylo- hyoideus muscles. Stylus. A stylet (which see). Stym'ma. The chief ingredient of unguent or ointment. Styp'sis. Constriction ; constipation. Stypte'ria. Alum. Styp / tic (stypticus ; from arv-u, to as- tringe). A remedy which possesses the prop- erty of astringing the animal tissues and of arresting haemorrhage ; haemostatic. Styptic Colloid, Richardson's. Styptic col- lodion ; xylostyptic ether. "A styptic and adhesive fluid for instant and ready use in the dressing of wounded surfaces ; a compound which is at one and the same time a styptic, an- antiseptic, and a protective." It is com- posed of xyloidine, a substance resembling guncotton, and of tannin, formed into a solution with ether. It can be applied di- rectly with a brush, or, mixed with equal quantities of ether, it can be applied in the form of spray by means of the spray appa- ratus. It has been successfully used in severe cases of haemorrhage after tooth extraction, etc. Sty / roIe. The essential oil of storax. Sty'rone. A derivative of storax. Chem- ically it is an amyl alcohol, and highly anti- septic. Cinnamic alcohol ; antiseptic. Sub=. A Latin preposition, used as a pre- fix, signifying under, beneath. Subace'tas Cupri. Subacetate of copper. Subacetate. A basic acetate. Subacid. Slightly acid. Subacute (from sub, under, and acute). Applied to inflammation, fever, etc., which is of but moderate activity. SubaItoi / deus. A name given by Chaussier to the second pair of cervical nerves. Subarachnoide'an Fluid. The serous fluid between the arachnoid membrane and pia mater. Subaxoide'us. A name given by Chaus- sier to the third pair of cervical nerves. Sub'boras Natricum. Borax. Subcar'bonas Potassae. Carbonate of potash. Subcar'bonate (subcarbonas). Combination of carbonic acid with a base, in which the latter is in excess. Subcarbonate of Ammo'nia or Carbonate of Ammonia. A white, translucent salt, with a SUB 582 SUB pungent odor, sometimes called smelling salts, or salts of hartshorn. SubchIor / ide. The one of two or more chlorides which contains the least chlorine. Subchloride of Mercury. Calomel. Subclavian (subclaviculus; from sub, under, and clavicula, the clavicle). That which is under the clavicle. Subclavian Arteries. The arteries which pass under the clavicle to the axilla. There is a right and a left. The right arises from the arteria innominata, and the left from the arch of the aorta. Subclavian Veins. These veins are two in number, one on each side ; they are continua- tions of the axillary, and terminate in the vena cava superior. Subclaviculars. Subclavian. Subclav / ius. A muscle on the anterior part of the thorax. See Muscles. Subcruen'tus (from sub, and cruentus, bloody). Having somewhat the appearance of blood. A term applied to certain excretions which are mixed with or have the appearance of blood. Subcrurae'i. Two small muscular slips sometimes found under the crurseus. Subcutaneous (from sub, under, and cutis, the skin). That which is situated imme- diately under the skin ; performed beneath the skin. Subcutaneous Glands (glandulae subcutanse). The sebaceous and sudoriparous glands, the excretory ducts of which perforate the skin. Subcutaneous Injection. See HYPODERMIC. Subdiaphragmatic Plex'us. A plexus formed by the solar plexus ; it distributes its branches to the diaphragm. Suber'ic Pivot. A pivot or tenon furnished with cork for attaching an artificial crown to the root of a natural tooth ; recommended by M. Ricci. Subinflamma'tion. A very mild degree of inflammation, or slight arterial excitation. Broussais defines it as an augmentation of the vital phenomenon of the lymphatic system. Subintran'tes Febres (from sub, under, and intrure, to enter). Intermittents the par- oxysms of which are so near together that one begins before that which has preceded it has completed its stages. Subliga'men (subligo, to underbind). A hernia truss. Sublimate. The product of sublimation. Sublimate, Corrosive. Bichloride of mercury. Sublimation (mblimatio ; from sublimo, to raise up). The operation by which solid mat- ters are volatilized by heat and again condensed into a solid form. Subli'mis. A name given to certain mus- cles from their being more superficially situ- ated than their kindred muscles. Sublingual [sublingualis; from sub, under, and lingua, the tongue). Applied to parts situated under the tongue. Sublingual Artery. An artery, a branch of the lingual, traversing the anterior border of the hyo-glossus muscle, to be distributed to the sublingual gland and to the muscles of the tongue. It also sends a branch to the frsenum lingua?. Sublingual Glands. These are the smallest of the salivary glands ; they are situated in the substance of the inferior paries of the mouth, beneath the anterior and lateral parts of the tongue, resting on the mylo-hyoid mus- cle and covered by the mucous membraue. They are oblong, flattened, amygdaloid, and are covered by the mucous membrane of the mouth, beneath which they project. These glands have each ten or twelve excretory ducts. Subluxation (subluxatio). A sprain ; in- jury to the ligaments of a joint without actual luxation or displacement of the articular sur- faces or extremities of the bones. Submas / toid. A branch of the seventh pair of nerves at the stylo-mastoid foramen. Submaxillary {submaxillaris ; from sub, under, and maxilla, the jaw). Situated beneath the jaw. Submaxillary Gan'glion. A small nervous ganglion formed of the Vidian nerve and situated at the posterior part of the submax- illary gland. Submaxillary Gland. The salivary gland which is situated on the inner side of the ramus of the lower jaw. Submental (submentalis ; from sub, under, and mentum, the chin). A term designative of an artery and a vein situated under the chin. Submental Artery. A small artery given off by the facial near the base of the jaw. It divides near the median line, and is distrib- uted to the muscles of the chin. Submental Vein. The vein which accom- panies the submental artery. Submersion (submersio ; from sub, under, and mergere, mersum, to plunge). The act of plunging under water ; drowning. Submucous. A term designative in Anal- SUB 583 sue omy of parts situated under the mucous mem- brane, as the submucous areolar tissue. Submucous Tissue. The periosteal tissue found under mucous membranes. Submu'rias. A submuriate ; a chloride. Submurias Hydrargyri. Hydrargyri chlori- dum mite. Calomel. Submu'riate. A combination of muriatic acid with a base having a deficiency of the acid. Submus'cular (submuscularis). A term applied to parts situated beneath the muscles. Suboccipital. Situated beneath the occi- put, as the suboccipital nerve. Subor'bitar (from sub, under, and orbita, the orbit). Infra-orbitar. That which is situ- ated beneath the orbit of the eye. Suborbitar Artery. The infra-orbitar artery. Suborbitar Foramen. The infra-orbitar fora- men. Suborbitar Nerve. The infra-orbitar nerve ; a branch of the fifth pair. Submarine. Modified hsernatine. Sub'salt. A salt in which there is less than one atom of acid to each atom of base ; a basic salt. Subscapular (subscajmlaris ; from sub, under, and scapula, the shoulder-blade). That which is situated beneath the scapula. Subscapular Muscle. A muscle situated under the scapula. Subserous Tissue. The periosteal tissue found under serous membranes. Subsiden'tia. Sediment. Substance. The principal basis or sub- stratum of a tissue or an organ. Substantia. A substance. Substantia Adamanti'na Den / tium. The enamel of the teeth. Substantia Filamento'sa Dentium. A name given by Malpighi to the enamel of the teeth. Substantia Ossea Dentium. A name given by Malpighi to dentine. Substantia Ostoi'dea. A name given by Purkinje and Fr'ankel to the crusta petrosa, or cemeutum of the teeth. Substantia Vit'rea Dentium. The enamel of the teeth. Substantive (substantivus). A term applied in Materia Medica, by Dr. Paris, to remedial agents which possess an inherent and inde- pendent activity, in contradistinction to ad- jective agents, which, in themselves, are inert, but are capable, when combined with the former, of imparting to them increased energy of action. Subsul'phate of Iron Powder. See Iron. Subsul'tus. In Pathology, convulsive mo- tions or twitchings. Subsultus Ten'dinum. Slight convulsive motions or twitchings of the tendons. It occurs in extreme debility at an advanced stage of nervous and typhus fevers, and is generally'indicative of a fatal termination. Subsur / ditas. Deafness. Subtense'. A right line connecting the extremities of an arc ; a cord of an arc. Subtep'id. Lukewarm. Subungual {unguis, nail). Beneath the nail. Succa'go (from succus, juice). The inspis- sated juice of fruits. Succedaneous. Eeplacing ; substituting ; vicarious. Succedaneous Teeth. Permanent teeth hav- ing temporary predecessors. Succeda / neum (from succedere, to go un- der, to come in the place of another). That which is used for something else ; a substitute. Applied to medicines, etc. Succedaneum, Royal Mineral. The name given by the Crawcours to amalgam, the use of which, for filling teeth, they introduced into the United States about the year 1833. Succenturia / tus (from suecenturiare, to fill up or supply)- An epithet sometimes applied in Anatomy to the renal capsules, succenturiati renes, regarding them as supplementary kid- neys. Succidan'eum. Succedaneum. Succinic (succinicus ; from succinum, am- ber). Of or belonging to amber. Succinic Acid (acidum succinicum). An acid which exists in amber, and is obtained from it by distillation. It is also produced by the action of nitric acid on margaric acid. Suc'cinite. Amber-colored garnet. Suc'cinum. Amber ; a hard, brittle, resin- ous, tasteless substance, sometimes transpar- ent, but oftener semi-transparent or opaque, of a pale, golden yellow, found principally in Prussia. It has a shining lustre, and. when rubbed, becomes electric. Use : to afibrd its essential oil and acid. Succinum Cinere'um. Ambergris. Succinum Grise'um. Ambergris. Suc'culent (succulens). Juicy : full of juice. sue 584 SUL Suc'cus. Juice. The fluid obtained from plants by pressing them. The term is also applied to animal fluids. Succus Gas'tricus. The gastric juice. Succus'sion. A mode of exploring the chest for the purpose of ascertaining if there be an accumulation of water in it. It consists of shaking the body of the patient and listening to the sounds thus produced. Suck'ing. Drawing with the mouth or with an instrument. Sucking=bottle. A bottle so contrived that, when filled with milk, an infant may suck from it instead of from the breast. Suckle. To give suck to ; to nurse at the breast. Suck'Iing. Lactation ; nursing at the breast. Suc'tion Power. In Physiology, the force supposed to be exerted on the veins by the dilatation of the heart. Suc'tus. Sucking. SudarrPina (from sudor, sweat). The small vesicles, resembling millet seed, which appear on the skin, especially in the summer, after profuse sweating. Suda'tio (from sudor, sweat). Sweating. Sudato'rium. A sweating-room. Su'dor. Sweat. A fluid resulting from visible cutaneous transpiration. See Perspira- tion. Sudor An'glicus. Sweating sickness. Sudor Cruen / tus. Sudor sanguineus. Bloody sweat ; perspiration intermixed with blood. Sudoriferous (from sudor, sweat, and fero, to carry). A term applied in Anatomy to the ducts which carry sweat. Sudorific (from sudor, sweat, and facio, to make). A diaphoretic ; a medicine which provokes sweating. Sudoriparous FoFlicles. The follicles Which secrete the perspirable fluid. Suet. Sevuni (which see). Suffiment/um. A perfume ; a fumigation. Suf'fitus. A fumigation. Suffla'tio. Puffiness. Suffoca'tio. Suffocation. Suffocatio Strid'ula. Cynanche tracbealis. Suffocation (suffocatio). The state of an animal in which respiration is arrested or im- peded, from whatever cause produced. Suffocation, Hysterical. Globus hystericus (which see). Suffumiga'tion (from suh, under, and fumir/o. to smoke). The burning of odorous substances. Suffu'sio. An overspreading ; a suffusion (which see). Suffusio Aurigino'sa. Jaundice. Suffusio Ni / gra. Amaurosis. Suffusio Viscus. False vision. Suffusion. The act or state of being overspread, as with a fluid. In Pathology, an extravasation of some humor, as the blood. The term is sometimes applied to cataract and to amaurosis. Su / gar. Saccharum. The sweet constitu- ent of vegetable and animal products, obtained by inspissating the juice of the plants from which it is usually obtained, as that of the sugar-cane, the maple, the beet, etc., and allow- ing the sugar to crystallize. Sugar of Lead. Plumbi acetas. Sugar of Milk. Lactin. Sugilla'tion (sugillatio ; from sugillo, to bruise). A bruise ; an ecchymosis. Also a spot made by a leech-bite or a cupping-glass. Su'icide {suicidium ; from suiciedes, murder of one's self). Self-murder. SuPcate or Sulfated (sulcatus) . Grooved ; furrowed. Sulcus. A furrow ; a groove. SulprPamid. A compound of sulphurous acid and amidogen. SuFphas. A salt formed by the union of sulphuric acid with a salifiable base. Sulphas Antimo / nii. Sulphate of antimony. Sulphas Atrop / iae. See Atropia. Sulphas CaFcis. Sulphate of lime, gypsum, or plaster of Paris. Sulphas Cupri. Sulphate of copper, or blue vitriol. Sulphas Ferri. Sulphate of iron or copperas. See Iron. Sulphas Magne / siae. Sulphate of magnesia, or Epsom salts. Sulphas Natricus. Sulphate of soda. Sulphas Quinae. Sulphate of quinine. Sulphas Sodae. Sulphate of soda, or Glauber's salt. Sulphas Zinci. Sulphate of zinc, or white vitriol. SuPphate. Sulphas. Sulphate of Copper (sulphas cupri). Sul- phate of copper, or blue vitriol. In small doses it has been used for diarrhoea, but it is chiefly employed as an external appli- cation for foul ulcers and as a styptic. It is tonic, emetic, astringent, and escharotic. Dose, as a tonic, gr. ] to gr. ij in pill ; as an emetic, gr. ij to gr. x in water. A weak so- SUL 585 SUL lutiou is used in ophthalmia and gleet. In Dental Practice sulphate of copper is employed for fungous growths of gum and dental pulp, aphthous ulcerations, ulcerous stomatitis, cancrum oris, etc. Sulphate of Lime. Gypsum. Sulphate of Magnesia (magnesii sulphas). Formula, MgSO* + 7H 2 0. It occurs in small colorless prisms, very soluble in water, and of a bitter saliue taste. It is the most powerful of the saline cathartics. It is fre- quently combined with a few drops of aro- matic or dilute sulphuric acid. In Dental Practice Epsom salts is employed in acute inflammation of the peridental membrane and in pulpitis. Dose, .5 i j to .^viij. Sulphate of Nick'el (niccoli sulphas). A salt in the form of emerald-green crystals, recom- mended as a tonic in obstinate periodic head- ache. Sulphate of Quinine. Quinine. Sul'phated. Converted into salts by com- bination with sulphuric acid. SuFphide. Sulphuret. A combination of sulphur with a metal or other body. Sul'phis. Sulphite. A salt formed by the union of sulphurous acid with a salifiable base. Sulphite. A salt of sulphurous acid. Sulphite of Aluminium (ahiminii sulphis). A sulphurous salt of aluminum. An antiseptic. Sulphite of Soda (sodee sulphis). An effect- ive antiseptic. Together with the hyposul- phite and the bisulphite, these preparations of soda are very efficacious in destroying the germs of organic poisons or ferments. The sulphite is the most active of them, and has the least taste. Dose of the sulphite in pow- der is gr. viij to gr. xxx. The sulphites of soda are employed in Dental Practice for aphthous sore mouth aud for diphtheritic conditions of mouth and fauces, in the form of a gargle. The hypophosphite has been used as a solvent for calculi. Sulpho=. A prefix denoting the presence of sulphur or sulphuric acid. Sulpho-carbolic Acid. A mixture of twenty- five per cent, of crude carbolic acid with an equal quantity of concentrated crude sul- phuric acid. An effective and cheap disin- fectant. Sulphc-cyanate. A salt formed from thio- cyanic acid. Sulpho-cyanide. A compound of sulpho- cyanogen. Sulpho-cyan'ogen. Bisulphuret of cyanogen. Sulpho-gly / ceric Acid. A compound of gly- cerine with sulphuric acid. Sulpho-methyl'ic Acid. Bisulphate of oxide of methyl. Sulpho-naphthal'ic Acid. An acid obtained by dissolving naphthaline in sulphuric acid. Sulpho-phenol. Sulpho-carbolic acid. Pro- duced by the action of sulphuric acid on phenol. Sulpho-prote / ic Acid. A compound of sul- phuric acid and protein. Sulpho-salt. A salt the two ingredients of which are sulphurets. Sulpho-vi / nic Acid. Bisuljdiate of ethyl. Sulphole'ic Acid. An acid obtained by the action of sulphuric acid on oleine. Sulphonal. Formula, (CH 3 ) 2 = C= (C,H-- S0. 2 ) 2 . A prompt and reliable hypnotic, without narcotic effects or unfavorable results. Sparingly soluble in cold water, but soluble in hot water and alcohol. Dose, gr. v to gr. xxx. It is a complex organic compound, with the structure diethyl-sulphon-dimethyl-methane. SuFphur. Brimstone. A combustible, brittle body, of a pale yellow color, and with an unpleasant odor when rubbed or heated. It is rendered electric by friction, volatilizes when heated, and condenses unchanged. It occurs as a mineral production in a massive state, particularly near volcanoes, and it exists in combination with several of the metals, such as copper, silver, mercury, antimony, zinc, lead, and iron. It sometimes occurs in a crys- tallized form. Native sulphur is obtained in great abundance from Solfatara in the kingdom of Naples. Sulphur possesses laxative, diaphoretic, and resolvent properties. It is employed both ex- ternally and internally in cutaneous affections, and is sometimes applied in cases of chronic rheumatism as a hot-air bath. Sulphur, Alcohol of. Old name of bisul- phuret of carbon. Sulphur Antimonia'tum Fuscum {antimonii sulphuretum prsecipitatum). Precipitated sul- phuret of antimony ; oxysulphuret of anti- mony. Sulphur Aura'tum Antimo'nii. Golden sul- phuret of antimony. Sulphur, Chlor'ide of. Protochloride of sul- phur, obtained by passing chlorine gas over washed, dried, and sublimed sulphur until it is nearly all dissolved, and distilling the de- canted fluid from the excess of dissolved sul phur. SUL 586 SUL Sulphur, Crude (sulphur crudum). The sul- phur obtained by the distillation of native sulphur. Sulphur, Flow'ers of (sulphur sublimatum). Sublimed sulphur. It occurs in the form of an impalpable crystalline powder of a pale yellow color. The sulphur of commerce. Sulphur, Iodide of (sulphuris iodidum). A crystalline substance of a grayish-black color, directed by the Pharmacopoeia to be made by rubbing together four ounces of iodine and one of sulphur in a marble mortar until thor- oughly mixed. The mixture is then placed in a matrass, the orifice loosely closed, and sufficient heat applied to darken but not to melt the mass ; when it has become uniformly dark throughout, the heat is increased so as to melt the iodide ; the matrass is then inclined in different directions, to return into the mass any portion of iodine which may have con- densed on the inner surface of the vessel. The matrass, after being allowed to cool, is broken, and the iodide put into bottles, which must be well corked. Sulphur Lotum. Washed sulphur ; sublimated sulphur freed from acid by washing in boiling water. Sulphur, Milk of (lac sulphuris); Sulphur prsecipitatum. Sulphur, Native. Sulphur as it occurs in nature, before it has been freed from impuri- ties. Sulphur Praecipita'tum. Milk of sulphur ; precipitated sulphur. Sulphur, Roll (sulphur rotundum). Cane brim- stone. Refined sulphur cast into cylindrical wooden moulds. Sulphur Sublima'tum. Sublimed sulphur. Flowers of sulphur. Sulphur Vi / vum. The dregs which remain after the purification of sulphur. Sulphur, Washed. Sulphur lotum. Sulphur Waters. Mineral springs impreg- nated with sulphurated hydrogen. Sulphurated. Combined or impregnated with sulphur. Sulphurated Oil (oleum sulphur •alum). Balsam of sulphur ; sublimed sulphur dissolved in boiling olive-oil. An exceedingly foetid, acrid, viscid, reddish-brown liquid, formerly sup- posed to be useful in bronchial and pulmon- ary affections, and as a stimulating application i n full] ulcers. Sulphureous (sulphur oms). Of or belong- ing tu sulphur. Sul'phuret. A compound of sulphur with metal or earth, etc. Sulphuret of Antimony (antimonii sulphu- retum). Native sesquisulphuret of antimony, purified by fusion. Sulphuret of Carbon. Bisulphuret of carbon. Sulphuretted. Having sulphur in com- bination ; possessing the properties of or con- taining sulphur. Sulphuretted Hydrogen. A compound of sulphur and hydrogen, an extremely foetid and inflammable gas. Sulphure'tum. A sulphuret. A com- pound formed by the union of sulphur with an alkali, earth, or metal. Sulphuretum Ammo'niae. Sulphuret of am- monia. Sulphuretum CaFcii. Sulphuret of cal- cium. Sulphuretum Hydrar / gyri Nigrum. Black sulphuret of mercury. Sulphuretum So'dii. Sulphuret of sodium. Sulphuretum StFbii NatFvum. Native sul- phuret of antimony. Sulphu / ric (sulplmricus). Pertaining to sulphur. Sulphuric Acid (acidum sulphuricum ; acidum vitriolicum). A dense, oily, liquid, colorless acid, of a very caustic nature, consisting of one equivalent of sulphur with three of oxy- gen. Specific gravity, 1.845. It possesses tonic, refrigerant, and antiseptic properties, but is never administered except in a very dilute state. It is used more extensively in the arts than as a medicinal agent. Dose, gtt. x to gtt. xxx, diluted. See Sulphuric Acid, Diluted, which is the preparation for inter- nal use. Sulphuric Acid, Aromatic (acidum sulphuri- cum aromaticum). Aromatic sulphuric acid ; elixir of vitriol ; a valuable medicinal prepa- ration possessing tonic and astringent proper- ties. It is composed of sulphuric acid, ginger, cinnamon, and alcohol. Dose, gtt. x to gtt. xxx. In Denial Practice, a diluted form is used as a gargle in mercurial stomatitis, ulcers of mouth, necrosis and caries of the maxillary bones, cancrum oris, pyorrhoea alveolaris, and as an injection in chronic alveolar abscess. The teeth should be protected by alkaline washes. For dental uses see Gorgas' "Dental Medicine." Sulphuric Acid, Diluted (acidum sulphuricum diluium). One fluidounce of sulphuric acid mixed with thirteen fluidounces of distilled SUL 587 SUP water. It is used as a refrigerant, tonic, and astringent. Sulphuric Ether. See Ether, Sclphubic. Sulph / uris Flores. Flowers of sulphur (which see). Sulphuris Io / didum. Iodide of sulphur. Sulphuris Lac. Sulphur pnecipitatum. Sulphuro'sa. A class of resolvent spanse- mics, including sulphur, the alkaline sul- phurets, etc. Sulphu / rous (from sulphur). A technical name applied to acids and anhydrides derived from sulphur dioxide, S0 2 . Sulphurous Acid. A pungent gaseous acid, obtained by burning sulphur in air. Sulphydrate. A hydrate iu which sulphur replaces oxygen. Sulphyd / ric Acid. Sulphurated hydro- gen. Sumac. A plant or shrub of the genus Rhus, of many species. Both the leaves and berries have been used as astringents and tonics. An infusion of the inner bark of the root is useful in mercurial stomatitis, and the powder for ulceration of the gums. Sum'mer Complaint. The popular desig- nation of diarrhoea occurring in the summer ; also of cholera infantum. Summer Rash. Lichen tropicus. Sun'burn. Ephelis (which see). Sunstroke. Coup de soleil (which see). Super=. A common prefix signifying above, over, excess. Superarse / nias Potas'sae. Superarsen- iate of potash ; Macquer's arsenical salt. Super / bus. The rectus superior oculi mus- cle. Supercil'iary (superciliaris ; from super, above, and cilium, the edge of the eyelid). Belonging or relating to the eyebrows, as the superciliary arches. Superciliary Arches. The projecting apophy- ses at the anterior surface of the frontal bone. Superciliary Ridges. The superciliary arches. SuperciPium (from super, above, and cilium, the eyelid). The eyebrow ; the pro- jecting arch of integument, covered with short hairs, forming the upper boundary of the orbit. Superficia'Iis (from super, upon, and facies, the face or outer surface). Superficial. Being on the surface ; not deep. Superficialis Volae. A name sometimes given to a branch of the radial artery distributed to the integuments and muscles of the palm, or vola. Superficies. The surface : the exterior part of a thing. Superficies Planta'ris Pedis. The sole or under part of the foot. Superfoeta'tion (superfcetatio ; from super, upon, and fcetare, to bring forth young). The impregnation of a woman already pregnant. Supergenua / lis. The patella. Supergermina'lis. The epididymis. Superimpregna / tion (superimpregnatio). Superfoetation. Superior. Upper ; higher. A term ap- plied in Anaiomy to certain parts from their relative situation, and in Botany to the fruit when it has no cohesion with the calyx, the latter being then termed the inferior. When the calyx coheres, it is termed superior ; other- wise the fruit is called inferior. Superior Auris. The attollens aurem, a mus- cle of the external ear. Superior Stone. A fine stone resembling Arkansas stone, and used by dentists to smooth the surfaces of metallic fillings, plates, etc. Superla'bia. The clitoris. Superlig'ula. The epiglottis. Superna'tant {super, above, and nato, to swim). Floating above or on the surface. Superphosphate. An acid phosphate. Superpurga / tion (superpurgatio). Exces- sive evacuation by stool. Supersalt. A salt containing more atoms of acid than of base ; an acid salt. Supersaturate. To more than saturate ; to add to a liquid more of an ingredient than it can take up. Superscapula'ris. The supra-spinatus and iufra-spinatus muscles are so called. Su'perus. Above. Supination (supinatio ; from supinas, lying on the back). Turning the palm of the hand upward by rotating the forearm. Supinator. A term applied to muscles which turn the hand upward. Supinator Brevis. Supinator radii brevis. Supinator Longus. Supinator radii longus. Supinator Radii Brevis. A small tendinous muscle situated at the upper part of the fore- arm. Supinator Radii Longus. A long muscle, enveloped in a tendinous fascia, situated along the outer surface of the radius, imme- diate! v under the integuments. SUP 588 sus Supplemental Teeth. Teeth above the normal number ; not belonging to the regular or normal set, as a third lateral incisor in the same jaw : additional teeth. Support'er, Abdom'inal. A belly-band. A broad belt, capable of being so applied as to support and exert methodical pressure upon the abdomen. Supports. Appliances made of compressed carbon, charcoal, clay_ graphite and fire-clay, or asbestos, for holding the work during the process of soldering. Clay supports are also used in the burning of porcelain teeth, com- posed of kaolin, 1 part ; pulverized quartz, 2 parts ; mixed with sufficient water to form a mass plastic enough to mould into shapes. See Soldering Support. Supposito'rium. Suppository (which see). Suppositorium Uterinum. A pessary. Suppository (suppositorium; from sub, under, and ponere, to put). A solid medicine intended to be introduced into the rectum, either for the purpose of favoring an intestinal evacuation or to act as an anodyne. Suppression (from supprimo, to withhold). In Pathology, the stoppage of a natural, con- tinued, periodic, or critical evacuation, as a suppression of urine, etc. Suppression of the Menses. Amenorrhoea. Sup'purant. Suppurative ; producing pus- tulation. Suppura'tion (suppuratio; from suppuro, to suppurate). The formation or secretion of pus, a frequent termination of inflammation. The separation from the organism of the pro- ducts of inflammation. Suppurative (suppurans). That which promotes or produces suppuration. Supra=. A common prefix signifying above. Supra-costa / les. The intercostal muscles. Supra-maxillary. Above the jaws ; of or per- taining to the upper jaw. Supra-or'bitar (supra-orbitaris). That which is situated above the orbit. Supra-pu / bian (supra-pubianns) . A name given by Chanssier to parts situated above the pubis ; as the supra-pubian artery and supra-pubian nerve. Supra-pubio Femora'lis. A name given by Chanssier to the pectineus muscle. Supra-spina / tus. Supra-scapularis. A mus- cle of the arm. Supra-tar'sal. A name given by Chanssier to a ramification of the tibial artery on the dor- sal region of the foot. Su'ra. The calf of the leg. Also the fibula. Sur'dent (from supra, above, and dens, a tooth). A temporary tooth forced to one side by the eruption of the tooth of replacement. Surd itas. Deafness. Sur'dus. Wholly or in part deaf. Sur / feit. A sense of fulness, oppression, nausea, and sickness occasioned by eating to excess. Sur'geon (from x EL P, the hand, and epyov, work). Chirurgeon. One who practises sur- gery. Surgeon=apothecary. One who unites the practice of surgery with that of an apothe- cary. Surgeon =dentist. Dental surgeon (which see). Surgeon's Case. An apparatus devised by Johnston & Bros, for the administration of liquid nitrous oxide gas. It comprises an iron cylinder, 12J by 3 inches, containing one hun- dred gallons of gas, a morocco-covered case provided with an iron ring and set screw to hold the cylinder in place during use, and a delicate valve at one extremity of the cylin- der ; also a rubber bag, with rubber tube at one end for the admission of gas, and an in- haling tube at the other end, to which is at- tached a metallic inhaler having two spring valves, which are affected by the slightest breath either of inspiration or exhalation. This inhaler has also a two-way stop-cock or ground-valve, so arranged that, the gas being shut off, the patient may be allowed to breathe air until all alarm is dissipated, and then, by an imperceptible movement of the fingers, and without previous notice, the air may be ex- cluded and the gas admitted. This entire case and contents weighs about fifteen pounds, rendering it very portable and convenient. See Gasometer for Liquid Nitrous Oxide. Sur'gery. Chirurgia. That part of the curative art which has for its object the treat- ment of external diseases, injuries, and mal- formations. Surgery, Dental. See DENTAL SURGERY. Sur'gical (chirurgicua). Belonging or re- lating to surgery. Surgical Anat'omy. That branch of surgery which treats of the relative situation of parts or organs. Susceptibility. Impressibility ; capability of receiving impressions ; great sensibility. Suspended Animation. Asphyxia. sus 589 SWA Suspension. Hanging. Also temporary cessation. Also the state of a solid body, the particles of which remain undissolved in water aud may be separated by filtration. The solid in this case is said to be suspended in the liquid. Suspensc/rium (from suspendo, to hang). A suspensory ; that which sustains or suspends any part, as a bag or bandage. Suspensorium Hep'atis. The broad liga- ment, a process of the peritoneum which con- nects the liver with the diaphragm. Suspenso'rius Tes'tis. The cremaster muscle. Suspensory. Suspensorium. Suspensory Bandage. Suspensorium. A bandage for supporting the scrotum, used in cases of scrotal hernia and diseases of the testicles. Suspensory Ligament of the Liver. Suspen- sorium hepatis (which see). Suspensory Ligament of the Penis. A fibro- cellular band which extends from the sym- physis pubis to the corpus cavernosum of the penis. Suspir / ium (from sus, under, and spiro, to breathe). Short breathing. A sigh. Sustenta / tor Clitori'dis. The erector clitoris. Sustentator Penis. The erector penis. Susur'ration. A murmur. Susur'rus (from susurro, to murmur). The low buzzing noise frequently heard by those under the influence of disease. Susurrus Au / rium. Tinnitus aurium (which see). Sutu'ra (suo, sutum, to sew together). A suture or seam. In Anatomy, the junction of the bones of the cranium by a serrated line ; the stitches of a seam. Sutura Corona'lis. The suture passing trans- versely over the skull. See Coronal Suture. Sutura Denta / ta. Dentate suture. "With long and tooth-like processes. Sutura Frontalis. Frontal suture. The sag- ittal suture when it is continued down the frontal bone to the nose — the extension takes the name of the frontal suture. Sutura Lambdoida'lis. Lambdoidal suture. The suture which begins at the termination of the sagittal suture and extends on each side to the base of the cranium. Named from its resemblance to the Greek letter A [lambda). Sutura Limbo'sa. Bordered suture. Where, besides the dentated margins, there is a degree of beveling of one, so that one bone rests on tbe other. Sutura Sagita'lis. Sagittal suture. The suture which passes from the middle of the superior margin of the frontal bone to the angle of the occipital bone, and so called from its straight course. Sutura Serra'ta. Processes small and fine, like the teeth of a saw. Sutura Squamosa. Squamous suture. The suture which joins the squamous portion of the temporal bone to the parietal. Sutu'ral (suturalis). Pertaining to a suture or seam. Su'ture (sutura; from suo, to join to- gether). A union. In Anatomy, the union of bones by means of serrated or dentated edges. In Entomology, the straight line which divides the elj'tra of coleopterous insects. In Surgery, the stitching of the lips of a wound for the purpose of procuring their union. Several kinds of sutures have been recommended by surgeons, but the four principal are the inter- rupted, the continued, the quilled, and the twisted. The interrupted suture consists in passing a needle, armed with a ligature, through the lips of a wound, previously brought together, and then tying the extremities. The continued suture consists in passing the needle, as in the interrupted suture, diagonally, and leaving the thread uninterrupted ; it is used in wounds of the intestines. The quilled suture consists in passing the double ligature through the lips of the wound, as in the interrupted suture, but at greater distances, and the ends are tied over quills or pieces of bougie ; it is used to close deep wounds. The twisted suture consists in passing a needle or pin through the lips of the wound, so as to keep them accu- rately in contact, and then passing a waxed ligature around it, from one side to the other, in the form of a figure 8. This latter suture is chiefly employed in the operation for hare- lip aud to unite wounds in the face. Glover's suture consists in the introduction of a needle aud thread into one lip of the wound from within outward ; then into the other in the same way. Harelip suture, or figure of 8. is a suture about a pin thrust through the pared edges of the cleft in the lip. Gely's suture is so applied as to invest the edges of the wound. Swab. A term applied in Medicine to a piece of rag or sponge made fast to the end of a rod of wood or whalebone ; used For cleansing SWA 590 SYM the mouths of the sick or for the application of remedial agents to deep-seated parts. Swage. In Mechanical Dentistry, the male model or casting used as a die for striking a metallic base for artificial teeth ; also to strike upon a base. Swaging. The process of forming a metal plate by the use of a die and counter-die, be- tween which the plate is swaged. Swaging with Shot. The die is placed in a cylinder to which a plunger is adapted, and the die covered to the depth of an inch or more above the alveolar ridges with fine bird- shot ; the plunger is placed in position and its cylindrical head is struck several times with a heavy hammer. Dr. Parker recom- mends using the plaster model instead of the die, after the plate is well adapted to the die by ordinary swaging. The pressure of the shot, evenly distributed over the entire plate area, drives the plate into accurate ap- position with the plaster model. Sweat (sudor). Sensible moisture upon the skin, excreted from it. Sensible perspiration. Sweat, Bloody. Sudor cruentus (which see). Sweat/ing. Excretion of moisture from the skin. Sweating Bath (sudatorium). A bath for pro- ducing sensible sweat ; a hot-air room ; a steam-bath. See Stove. Sweating Sickness (sudor anglicus). An epi- demic which prevailed in England and some other countries in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, characterized by profuse sweating, great prostration of strength, palpitation of the heart, and variable pulse. The disease usually runs its course in a few hours, ter- minating favorably or in the death of the patient. Sweet Spirit of Nitre. Spiritus setheris nitrici (which see). Sweet=bread. A name for the pancreas. Swelling. A morbid increase in the bulk of the whole or any part of the body. Swelling, White. See IiYDRARTHRUS. Swoon. Syncope (which see). Syaladeni'tis (properly, sialadenitis ; from ffiahov, saliva, aSijv, a gland, and trig, in- flammation). Inflammation of the salivary glands. Syco / ma. "Warty excrescences on the tongue, eyelids, genitals, or other soft tissues of the body. Syco'sis. Sycorna. A tumor resembling a lig in shape. Also a fungous ulcer. Dr. Bateman describes it as an eruption of in- flamed, but not very hard, tubercles, occurring, in adults, on the bearded portion of the face and on the scalp, in irregular patches or clus- ters. The tubercles are red and nearly the size of a pea. Symbleph'arum (symblepJiarosis ; from aw, with, and fiXetyapov, the eyelid). Adhesion of the eyelids occasioned by concretion-ulcers of the cornea, scarification, and burns. Sym'bol. A sign or representation of something else. For symbols used in medical prescriptions see Abbreviation. Symbolo'gica. Symptomatology. Symbols, Chemical. See Equivalents, Table of. Symmetrical (symmetricus ; from sw, with, and /nerpov, a measure). In Anatomy, constructed with symmetry ; susceptible of being divided into two equal and perfectly similar parts. Sym'metry (symmetria ; from aw, with, and fierpov, a measure). Regularity of figure ; correspondence in size and shape of the several parts of the body to one another. Sympathetic (sympatheticus ; from aw, with, and rra&oc, suffering). Depending on or relating to sympathy ; associated in function, action, or condition. Sympathetic Action. See Reflex ACTION. Sympathetic Bu / bo. Inflammation of a gland from mere irritation, not from venereal disease. Sympathetic Nerve. The trisplanchnic nerve (which see). Sympatheticus. Sympathetic (which see). Sympatheticus Minor. The facial nerve. Sympathy (sympathia ; from aw, with, and Tvaftoq, affection). The relation that exists between two or more organs or parts, contig- uously or remotely situated, whereby an action or affection in one is participated in by the others. Symphore'ma. Congestion. Symphore / sis (aw, together, and yopeu to carry). Synonymous with congestion. Symphyocepha'lus (from a(j>vo, to grow, and imj>a'Aii, the head). A monstrosity con- sisting of twins united by the head. Symphyseotomy (from av/ifua/c, natural union, and re/xveo, to cut). Symphysotomy ; symphysiotomia. The operation of section of the symphysis pubis, called the Sigaultian operation. It is performed with a view of SYM 591 SYN increasing the diameter of the pelvis, to facili- tate parturition. Symphys / ia. A species of malformation occasioned by the union of parts naturally divided. Sym'physis (from av/uva, to grow to- gether). The connection of bones by means of intervening cartilages or other texture. The vertical ridge in the median line of the inferior maxillary bone. Symphysis of the Pu / bes. The pubic articu- lation, or union of the pubic bones. Sympi'esis (uw, together, and irieaig, a pressing). A pressing or squeezing together ; compression. Symptom (symptoma ; from avfiirrafia, a coincidence). A sign of disease ; a perceptible change or alteration in the appearance or func- tions of one or more of the organs of the body during the progress of disease. Symptomat/ic {symptomaticus). That which is a symptom of some other affection. Symptomatol'ogist. A physician who treats the symptoms of disease instead of in- vestigating their cause. Symptomatology (from avfiirru/xa, a symptom, and ^oyog, a discourse). Symptom- atologia. That part of pathology which treats of the symptoms of disease. Sympto / sis. Emaciation ; atrophj 7 . Syn=. A prefix signifying union, similar- ity, etc. Synesthesia (from bw, together, and ataOr/aig, sensation) . A sensation of a part re- sulting from irritation in a distant part. Synalgia. Pain produced in one part by stimulation or lesion of another part. Syn'aptase. Amygdalin. Synarthrodia. Same as Synarthrosis (which see). Synarthrosis (from awap&pou, to articu- late). That mode of articulation which does not admit of motion. There are three varie- ties — namely, suture, harmony, and gompho- sis. Syncan'thus (from uw, with, and Kav&oq, the cornea of the eye). Morbid adhesion between the globe of the eye and the orbit. Synchondrosis (from cm', with, and x ov - tipog, a cartilage). The union of bones by means of an intervening cartilage. Sy nchondrot'omy . S y n c h o n d rotomia. Symphyseotomy. Synchronous (from aw, with, and XP 0V0 S, time). Occurring at the same time. SynchySis (from ovyxva, to confound or dissolve). A term applied in Pathology to con- fusion of the humors of the eye, from injury or other cause, or to the conversion of the vit- reous humor into a fluid state. Syncli'nal (aw, and clino, to bend). In- clining or bending together. Syn / clonus (from aw, with, and />/ agitation). A genus of disease in Dr. Good's "Nosology" comprehending those affections characterized by tremulous and clonic agitation of the muscles, particularly when excited by the will. Simultaneous clonic contraction of a number of different muscles. Synclonus Ballis / mus. Shaking palsy. Syncomis'tu (from aw, together, and ho/lu^o), to carry or bring). Bread of unbolted meal. Also a cataplasm made of such meal. Synco / pal (syncopalis). A term applied to a variety of intermittent fever characterized by frequent attacks of syncope. Syn / cope (from avynoirru, to fall down). Fainting ; swooning. A partial or complete temporary suspension of the functions of respi- ration and circulation. Treatment : Lowering of the head, elevation of extremities, strict maintenance of the recumbent position or posture, and diffusible stimulants, such as ammonia, ether, and alcohol. Syncope Angino'sa. Angina pectoris. Syndesmi'tis (awdeafiog, a ligament). In- flammation of the ligaments. Syndesmol'ogy (from cwAea.uoc, a liga- ment, and Zoyoc, a discourse). Syndesmologia. That part of Anatomy which treats of the ligaments. Syndes'mo-pharynge'us. The constric- tor pharyngis medius. Syndesmos. A ligament. Syndesmosis (from owd? auoc, a ligament). The union of bones by a ligament. Syndesmot'omy (from awdeayog, ligament, and TEfivu, to cut). Syndesmotomia. Dissec- tion of the ligaments. Syndes'mus. A ligament. Synechia (from aw, with, and eys/v, to have, or to hold). Adhesion of the iris with the cornea or with the capsule of the crystal- line lens. Syne'ma or Synne'ma (on\ together, and vrifia, thread). A column of filaments. Syn'ergy {aw, and epyov, work). The combined action of several organs directed to one end, as in digestion. SyneziSis (from avv, with, and yeveaiq, SYN 592 SYP generation). Synizesis. Closure or obliteration of the pupil of the eye. It may he congenital or accidental, simple or complicated, according to the time of its occurrence or the nature of the affection. Syngene'sia (from avv t together, and yevemc, generation, growth). A term applied in Botany to a class in the sexual system of Linnaeus comprehending plants in which the stamens are united by anthers. Synneuro'sis. A synonym of syndes- mosis. Syn'ocha (from awexu, to continue). In- flammatory fever. Syn'ochal (synochqlis) . Pertaining to or having the characteristics of synocha. Syn'ochus (from awexu, to continue). Continued fever, or a fever which is inflamma- tory at first, but which ultimately becomes typhoid. Synochus Pu / tris. Typhus gravior. Synonym, Syn'onyme. One of two words in the same language which have the same or a similar signification. An equivalent or superseded name. Synop'sis. A collection of matter so ar- ranged as to present the principal parts in a general view. Synosteog'raphy (from aw, with, oareov, a bone, and ypau, to describe). Synostegra- phia. An anatomical description of the artic- ulation of bones. Synosteol'ogy (from aw, with, oareov, a bone, and Zoyoe, a discourse). Synosteologia. That part of Anatomy which treats of the joints. Synosteo / sis. Union by means of bones or ossific deposit. Synosteot/omy (from aw, with, oareov, a bone, and re^vetv, to cut). Synosteotomia. The dissection of the joints. Synostosis (from aw, and oareov, bone). The union of fractured bones by osseous material. Syno'via. The unctuous and serous fluid exhaled by the synovial membranes of the movable articulations to lubricate the joints. Syno'vial {synovialia). Belonging or relat- ing to the synovia. Synovial Glands. The fatty fimbriae found within the synovial capsules of some of the joints. Synovial Membrane. The membrane sur- rounding the movable articulations, which secretes the synovia. Synovitis. A term sometimes applied to inflammation of a synovial membrane. Synta / sis. Tension of parts. Syntaxes. Articulation. Synteno'sis (from aw, with, and revuv, a tendon). The articulation of bones by ten- dons. Syntex'is. Marasmus ; consumption. Synther'mal (synlJiermalum ; aw, together, and Oep/ir/, heat). Of equal heat or tempera- ture. Syn'thesis (from awrtdr/ui, to compose). In Chemistry, the combination of several bodies for the formation of a new compound, or the reunion of the elements of a compound pre- viously separated by analysis. In Surgery, the reunion of parts which have been divided. Synthet'ic. Relating to synthesis. Syn- thetic operations in Chemistry are those in which compounds are formed by the union of elements or component substances. Synthetis'mus (from aw, together, and Tt&n/Lti, to place). In Surgery, the reduction of a fracture. Syn / tonin, Syn / tonine. A peculiar sub- stance obtained from muscular fibre by the action of dilute muriatic acid ; a proteid iden- tical with acid albumin produced by the action of acids upon myosin. Synulot / ica. Remedies which promote the healing of a wound. Synyme / nesis (from aw, with, and v/xtjv, a membrane). Synimeuesis. The connection of bones by a membrane. Syphil'ides (from syphilis). Skin diseases arising from syphilis. Syphilion / thus. Copper-colored, scaly eruptions or patches from syphilis. ' Syphilis. (The origin of this word is ob- scure. Some derive it from aupTioq, filthy.) A constitutional contagious, infectious, and in- oculable venereal disease, which consists of cer- tain morbid phenomena produced in various textures of the body by the action of a specific poison, commencing with chancre and followed by bubo, ulcers in the throat, copper-colored blotches on the skin, pains in the bones, nodes, etc. Congenital or hereditary is derived from one or both parents during foetal life. Primary is the stage of the chancre and bubo. Secondary is the stage of secondary affections, and of or- gans not directly inoculated. Tertiary is the reappearance of syphilitic lesions after the secondary symptoms have subsided. Syphilis Ind'ica. See FBAMBCESIA. SYP 593 SYS Syphilis, Secondary. The form of syphilis after the morbific matter has been absorbed and diffused through the system. The symp- toms — called secondary symptoms — are ulcers in the throat, blotches on the skin, pain in the bones, etc. Syphilis'mus. Syphilis. Syphilitic. Pertaining to syphilis. Syphilitic Teeth. Teeth presenting the mal- formation diagnostic of the disease, such as dwarfing and notching of the upper centrals of the permanent set ; also typically narrow, in the centre of cutting edge a deep vertical groove or notch, prolonged upward by a shal- low groove in the middle of the labial sur- face ; lower front teeth, especially the cen- trals, narrow, peg-like, and notched. Cases of epilepsy are reported with a syphilitic his- tory and characteristic teeth. Syphiliza'tion. Inoculation with the pus of a chancre. Also immunity against fresh inoculations of syphilis. Syphiloid (from syphilis, and eidoc, re- semblance). Pseudo-syphilis. A term ap- plied to ulcers and other affections which resemble syphilis. Syphiloma. See Gumma. Syrigmopho'nia (from avpry/uog, -whistling, and gww/, voice). A shrill whistling voice. Syrig / mus. Tinnitus aurium. Syrin'ga. A syringe, tube, or fistula. Syr'inge. Au instrument into which any liquid niay be drawn, and afterward ejected with violence. Used for cleansing cavities. Syringe, Air, or Chip-blower. A syringe used to clean out cuttings from the cavity of a tooth during its preparation for filling. Syringe, Electric Warm-air. In -which the air, before passing through the nozzle, is heated by electricity, thus maintaining an even degree of heat. Syringe, Hot-air. An instrument for intro- ducing hot air into cavities of teeth. Em- ployed in the treatment of pulpless teeth, hyper-sensitive dentine, and for drying cavi- ties in the operation of filling them ; the me- tallic bulb is heated over a lamp or Buusen burner, when a continuous stream of heated air is forced through the nozzle into the cavity. Syringe, Hot-air, Improved. An instrument for drying cavities, consisting of a rubber bulb with a metal guard and a metal turret with valve, this turret being heated over a spirit-lamp to such a degree as to warm the 38 air injected through it by means of the rub- ber bulb. Syringe, Hypodermic. An instrument em- ployed for hypodermic injection, with a grad- uated piston-rod and jam-nut to set for the exact quantity of fluid to be discharged. Syringe, Tooth. See Tooth-SYRIXGE. SyriiPgotome. A knife used in the opera- tion for fistula iu ano. Syringot'omy (from ovpiy^ a pipe, and -e/uvo, to cut). Syringotomia. The operation of cutting for fistula in ano. Syr'inx. A fistula. A syringe. A pipe. Syrinx Hiera. The spinal column. Syrmais'mos. A gentle evacuation by vomiting or stool. Syr / up. Sirup. Syrupus. Syr / upus. A term employed in Pharmacy to designate a liquid conserve made by dissolv- ing sugar with some plant, or in water, either with or without medicinal impregnation. Syspa'sia (from avairau, to contract). A genus of disease comprehending convulsions, epileps} r , and hysteria. Syssarco / sis (from aw, with, and cap!;, flesh). The union of bones by means of mus- cles, as the os hyoides with the sternum and other parts. SystaPsis. Systole (which see). Systal'tic. Capable of contracting. A term applied to the movement of parts, as the heart and arteries, which alternately contract and dilate. Systat/ica (from awiar/;ut, to associate). Nervous diseases which affect several or all the sensorial powers at one time. The fourth order in the class Neurotica of Dr. Good. Sys'tem (systema; from aw, with, and larijin, to place). In Anatomy, an association of organs which — as the bones, arteries, veins, or nerves — are destined to execute analogous functions, and hence the osseous, arterial, venous, and nervous systems. In Physics, the arrangement of bodies, as of the planets, around a common centre, exhibited in the sys- tem of the uuiverse. In Natural History, the methodical arrangement of beings, with a view to facilitating their study. System, Animal. The general system. Systematic. Of or pertaining to a system intended to carry out some special function ; methodic. Sys'tematism. In Medicine, the collec- tion of all the facts pertaining to au opinion, whether correct or erroneous. SYS 594 TJE SystematoI'Ogy (from avary/ia, a system, arid /o}Of, a discourse). Systematologia. A treatise or discourse ou systems. System / ic. Pertaiuiug to the general sys- tem or whole orgauism. Systemic Circulation. The circulation throughout the whole system, as distinguished from that through the lungs, which is called the pulmonic or pulmonary circulation. Sys'tole (from avareXXu, to contract). The contraction of the heart to give impulse to the blood and carry on the circulation. See Diastole. Systolic. Pertaining to systole. Draw- ing together or contracting. Systrem'ma (ovorpstpu, to twist or roll to- gether). Cramp in the muscles or calf of the leg. Same as Coxarius Morbus. T. T. Abbreviation of tension and tempera- ture. Ta. The symbol of columbium. Tab'aci Folia (tabacum). The dried leaves of Nicotiana tabacum. Tab / acum. Nicotiana tabacum. Tobacco. Tabed. Emaciated. TabePla (diminutive of tabula, a table). A tablette. A lozenge or troche, consisting of one or more medicinal agents incorporated with sugar and mucilage ; usually of a flattened, oval shape. See Trochiscus. Ta'bes (from tabere, to consume). Maras- mus tabes. Wasting of the whole body, at- tended by languor and fever. Tabes Cox'aria. A wasting of the thigh and leg from abscess in the hip. Tabes Dorsa / lis. Locomotor ataxy. A dis- ease characterized by great prostration of strength, dyspeptic symptoms, pain and weakness in the back and loins, gleet and impotence, hectic fever, and general emacia- tion ; due to atrophy and degeneration of the nerve-fibres, with hypertrophy of the connec- tive tissue. Tabes Glandularis. Tabes mesenterica. Tabes Mesenterica. Tabes scrofulosa ; tabes glandularis. Engorgement and tubercular degeneration of the mesenteric glands, at- tended with irritability and derangement of the nutritive functions. It begins with loss of appetite, languor, and pain in the back, followed by tenderness of the abdomen and chalky appearance of the alvine evacuations, which are sometimes mixed with blood and mucus. Tabes Pulmona / lis. Phthisis pulmonalis. Tabes Saturni / na. "Wasting from lead poison. Tabes Urina / lis. Diabetes. Tabes / cent (tabesco, to waste away). Wast- ing or shriveling. Ta / bid (tabidus). Consumptive ; emaciated ; waste by disease. Tab'idness. State of being wasted by dis- ease. Tab'itude. The state of one affected with tabes. Ta / ble (tabula). An extended surface ; ap- plied in Anatomy to either one of the two plates or layers forming the bones of the cranium, one external and one internal ; the inner is called the vitreous table. Tablespoon. A measure approximately equivalent to four fiuidrachms. Tablet. A lozenge or troche. Tab'ula. A table. Tabula Vi / trea. The glassy table ; a term applied in Anatomy to the internal table of the skull, on account of its brittleness. Taciturnity (taciturnitas ; from tacere, to be silent). The condition of a person who does not speak. It is often a symptom of nervous affections, particularly of melancholy. Tact (tactm ; from tango, to touch). Pas- sive sensation, or the faculty by which the cutaneous membrane is made sensible of the presence of a body without being able to see it. Tac'tile (lactilis ; from tango, to touch). Susceptible to touch ; that which may be felt ; tangible. Taction (laclio ; from tango, to touch). The act of touching. Tac'tus. Tact. Sense of touch. Taenia. Tapeworm. T^ 595 TAP Taenia Hippocampi [corpora fimbriata). The plaited edges of the processes of the fornix, which pass into the inferior cornu of the ven- tricles of the brain. Taenia La'ta. The broad tapeworm, Bothrio- cephalus latus. Taenia Semicircula'ris. A grayish semi- transparent layer running in the groove that separates the thalamus opticus from the cor- pus striatum in the lateral ventricle of the brain. Taenia Solium. The long tapeworm, varying from three or four to thirty or forty feet in length, and it is said to have attained a growth of 600 feet. Taenia Tari'ni. A band of a yellowish color passing over the vena corpora striata of the brain. Tae'nioid (from raivia, a ribbon, and eidoc, likeness). Ribbon-shaped, like the taenia, or tapeworm. Tag / ma. One of the ultimate solid parti- cles of which the essential living substance of a cell is supposed to consist. Talbot's Combined Surgical and Me= chanical Method. To avoid the delay caused by the slow absorption of the alveolar process while a tooth is moved in correcting its irreg- ular position, Dr. Talbot advocates the re- moval of a portion of the process in the path of the advancing tooth. Talbot's Method of Regulating Teeth. A method which consists of the use of coiled- wire elastic springs. Talc. A silicate of magnesium. A white unctuous powder, used in Denial Practice for hastening the setting of plastic fillings of zinc materials, and also used in sand-moulding. Talc Earth. Magnesia. Taliaco'tian Operation. An operation to restore lost or defective parts, so called because first introduced by Caspar Taliacotius. This operation is called rhiuoplastic, cheiloplastic, etc., according to the part restored. Tal'ipes (from talus, the ankle, and pes, foot). Club-foot. Talipes Equinus, or Horse-foot. Club-foot from simple retraction of the heel. Talipes Valgus. Club-foot with distortion outward, or eversiou. Talipes Va'rus. Club-foot with distortion inward. Tallow (semim). A fat obtained from the suet of the ox and sheep. Tal'pa (talparia). A mole. A wen. The term has also been applied to a kind of tumor situated on the head, from its seeming to bur- row, like a mole, under the scalp. Ta / lus (from iaxillus, a small die). The astragalus, a bone of the ankle. Tam'arac. The bark of Larix americana. Tonic and mildly astringent. Used on mucous membranes. Tam / pon. A French word, meaning plug. A portion of rag or sponge used in plugging. See Plugging. Tam'ponnement. Plugging. Tange (rayyjj). Rancidity. In Pathology, a kind of putrid tumor or abscess. Tan'gent (from tango, to touch). Touch- ing. Tan / nate. Combiuation of tannic acid with a base ; a salt of tannic acid. Tannic Acid (acidum tannicum). Tannin ; a vegetable acid found in most astringent barks, especially in the gall-nuts, sumach, kino, and catechu. It occurs in pale yellow scales of a very astringent taste and an acid re- action. It is soluble in water, alcohol, and glycerine. Formula, C u H 10 O 9 . It is a valu- able astringent, and in Dental Practice it has been employed for allaying the undue sensi- bility of teeth preparatory to forming a cavity for filling ; and also for reducing inflammation of an exposed dental pulp, for alveolar hrern- orrhage, diseases of mucous membrane, such as mercurial stomatitis, recession of gums, ulcera- tion and hypertrophy of gums, fungous growth of gums and of pulp, relief of odontalgia, sen- sitiveness of teeth following the removal of salivary calculus, etc. For internal use the dose is gr. ij to gr. iv. Tan'nicum Purum. Tannin. Tan'nin. Tannic acid. Tannin, Artificial. A dark substance pro- duced by the action of nitric acid on charcoal or any substance containing charcoal. Tanno=gel / atin. A yellow, flocculent pre- cipitate, caused by a mixture of tannic acid with a solution of gelatin. It is the basis of leather. Tan'talum. Columbium. Symbol, Ta. Atomic weight, 182. It is in the form of a black powder which assumes a gray metallic lustre under the burnisher. Tape of Gold Foil. See Ribkox of Gold Foil. Tape=carrier. A dental instrument in- tended to facilitate the use of corundum tape, and made upon the principle of a file-carrier. TAP 596 TAR Ta'pering. Acuminate ; attenuate ; be- coming gradually smaller in diameter toward one end. Tape'tum. A shining spot in the eye of certain animals, which is said to add to the intensity of the vision. Tapetum Alve / oli (membrana externa dentium). The peridental membrane or inner lamina of the peridental membrane. Tape 'worm. The popular name of two species of intestinal worms, Taenia lata or Bothriocepbalus latus, called the broad tapeworm, and Taenia solium, or long tape- worm. Tapio'ca. The popular name of a fecula obtained from the root of the Jatropha niani- hot. There are two kinds of tapioca. One is in the form of irregular, hard, white grains ; this is called granular tapioca. The other is tapioca meal, sometimes called Brazilian arrow- root. A food for invalids. Tap 'ping. In Surgery, paracentesis (which see). Tar. The impure turpentine procured, by burning, from the wood of Pinus palustris and other species of Pinus. Tar, Barbadoes. Petroleum. Tar Water. Water impregnated with tar. Tar'ache [rapaxn)- Tarexis. A disordered state of the bowels ; diarrhoea. Tarax'is. Tarache. Bowel complaint ; diarrhoea. Also slight inflammation of the eyes or disordered sight. Tari. Palm or cocoa wine, formerly used as a tonic. Tari'ni, Pons. See Pons Tarini. Tar'sal (tarscus). Relating to the tarsus. Tarsal Articulations. The union of the tarsal bones. Tarsal Cartilages. The thin elastic plates which give shape to the eyelids. Tar / sea Lata. Name given by Winslow to what he conceived to be three ligaments extending from the edge of the orbit to the tarsi, forming, as he supposed, a complete layer of the eyelid, but said by other anatomists to be areolar substance. Tar'seus. Tarsal. Tar'si Exten / sor Mi'nor. The plantaris muscle. Tarso=metatar'sal. An epithet desigua- tive, in Anatomy, of the articulations which connect the second row of the bones of the tarsus and the metatarsal bones ; also the liga- ments — distinguished into the dorsal and plantar — by which these articulations are se- cured . Tarsorphy / ma (from tarseus, and v/ia, a tumor). Tumefaction of the tarsus. Tarsorrhaphy (from tarsus, the tarsal car- tilage, and pa7), suture). In Surgery, an op- eration for diminishing the opening between the eyelids when enlarged by surrounding cicatrices. Tarsot/omy (from tarsus, the tarsal carti- lages, and toui], incision) . In Surgery, an opera- tion for the removal of the tarsal cartilages. Tar / sus. In Anatomy, the instep, which, in man, is composed of seven bones — viz., the astragalus, os calcis, os naviculare, and three ossa cuneiformia. Also two thin cartilaginous layers situated in the substance of the edge of each eyelid. Tartar {tartarum). The deposit attached to the inside of wine casks. Also the popular but erroneous name for the calcareous deposit which forms on the teeth. See Salivary Calculus. Tartar, Cream of. Supertartrate of potash. Tartar Emet / ic (antimonii el potassse tartras ; antimonium tartar izatum). Tartrate of anti- mony and potassa. It is, according to the dose, an alterative, diaphoretic, diuretic, ex- pectorant, purgative, and emetic. Externally it is used as a counter-irritant. Dose, as an alterative, from -fa to T V of a grain. As an emetic, the dose is from gr. ij to gr. iij. See Vinum Antimonii. Tartar, Green. A green or brown stain is so called which is common to the teeth of young persons, and due to an acid condition of the mucus. Tartar, Salt of. Carbonate of potash. Tartar, SoPuble. Tartrate of potash. Tartar, VitrioPated. Sulphate of potassa. Tartaric Acid (acidum tarlaricum). For- mula, H 2 C 4 H 4 6 . The vegetable acid existing in cream of tartar, which, after being extracted, is a white crystallized solid, in the form of irregular six-sided prisms, having a strong acid taste, refrigerant and antiseptic. Dose, gr. x to^ss; found in grapes and other fruit. In Dental Practice it is employed, in combination with an equal quantity of chloride of lime, to bleach discolored teeth. It has also been employed in inflammation of the gums from scurvy, in cancrum oris, and for fungous growths of gum and the dental pulp. Tar'tarum. Tartar. Tartarum Emet'icum. Tartar emetic. TAR 597 TEE Tartarum Regenera'tum. Acetate of potassa. Tar'tarus Ammo'niae. Tartras animoniae (which see). Tartarus Den / tium. Tartar of the teeth. Tar'tras. Tartrate. A salt formed by the union of tartaric acid -with a salifiable base. Tartras Ammon'iae. Tartrate of ammonia. Tartras Potas / sae. Tartrate of potassa. Tartras Potassae Acid'ulus. Bitartrate of potassa. Tartras So / dae. Potassio-tartrate of soda. Tartrate. A salt of tartaric acid. Ta / sis. Extension ; tension. Taste (guslus). That sense by which the flavor of sapid bodies is perceived. The tongue is the principal organ of taste. Taste=bulbs or Taste=buds. The end- organs of the gustatory nerves. Tasteless Salt. Phosphate of soda. Taurocholic Acid. A crystalline biliary acid composed of taurin and cholic acid. Its salts (taurocholates), especially that of so- dium, form the chief biliary salt of human bile. TaurocoPIa (from ravpoc, a bull, and no?^la, glue). Glue made from the genitals and ears of the bull. Tax / is (from raaau, to order, to arrange). The replacement with the hand, without the aid of instruments, of parts which have left their natural situation, as in the reduction of hernia. T=bandage. A bandage so named from its beiug shaped like the letter T. It is used for supporting dressings after the operation for fistula in ano, and in diseases of the perinaeuin, anus, etc. There is also a double T-bandage, consisting of a transverse piece with two per- pendicular pieces sewed to it. Te. Symbol of Tellurium. Tea. The dried leaves of Thea, a genus of plants of the order Ternstrcemiaceoe, of which there are several kinds. See Thea. Also a refreshing beverage, consisting of a decoction, in boiling water, of tea leaves. The term is applied, too, to any decoction or infusion of vegetables, and sometimes of animal sub- stances, as sage tea, chamomile tea, beef tea, etc. Tear (lachryma). The limpid, saline, in- odorous, and colorless humor secreted by the lachrymal glands, and poured out between the eyelids and globe of the eye. Teaspoon. A measure approximately equal to one fluidrachm. Teat. The nipple or projecting part of the female breast. Te'cedon. Phthisis. Tech'nical (tedmicus; from reppy, art). Pertaining to art ; an epithet designative of words and phrases belonging exclusively to an art or to a particular profession. Technique. Technics. The learning that relates to the arts. Techniques, Dental. The preliminary teaching of dental students by a technical method, which includes ideas of practical den- tistry, the regional anatomy of the teeth, for- mation of cavities, manipulation of fillings, study of the forms of root canals, shaping cavities, studying character of tooth ; bone, enamel, cement, dentine, description of instru- ments, forming and tempering instruments, training the eye, judgment, and fingers ; causes of decay, reparative treatment, filling mate- rials, treatment of diseased teeth, making of silhouette prints of sections of teeth, surface markings of teeth ; also orthodontia technics, histological technics, prosthetic technics, etc., the object of this preliminary teaching being the instruction of students by the use of dummies, etc., so that they may commence their practical work on patients in the infirm- ary with a degree of confidence which will insure the safety of the patient and result in a total absence of all hesitancy and uncertainty on the part of the operator and also in more rapid advance of his progress. Technocau'sis (rexvq, art, and icavoig, a burning). Irritation by means of the applica- tion of hot iron, etc. Technology (from tex v V, art, and /oyoc, a discourse). Technologia. A description of or treatise on the arts. Also an explanation of the terms and phrases belonging to the arts. Tecnocton'ia. Infanticide. Teeth (dentes). In man, the small bones which occupy the alveolar cavities of the upper and lower jaws. They are the hardest calcare- ous portions of the body and the principal organs of mastication. They are distinguished into milk, temporary, or deciduous teeth, and permanent or adult teeth. The first division consists of three classes — namely: (1) Incisors ; (2) cuspidati ; (3) molars. The second division consists of four classes — namely : (1) Incisors ; (2) cuspidati ; (3) bicuspids ; (4) molars. The temporary teeth are twenty in number, ten iu each jaw — namely, four incisors, two cuspidati, and four molars. There are thirty- TEE 598 TEE two in the permanent set, sixteen to each jaw, which are designated as follows : Incisors, four ; cuspidati, two : bicuspids, four ; molars, six. The third or last molar is sometimes called the dens sapientise, or wisdom tooth. For a de- scription of the classes belonging to each divi- sion, see the articles respectively relating to them. In speaking of the teeth in general, Mr. Alexander Nasmyth says they "may be re- garded in the first place as the armory of the mouth, and in the second as the instruments by which the process of assimilation is com- menced. They assist in seizing, dividing, tearing, and masticating the substances which the diversified surface of the earth, the fath- omless depths of the oceau, and the boundless expanse of atmosphere afford, in infinite vari- ety, as materials for building up the physical framework of animated existence. They pre- sent themselves as appendages of the skin, to the products of which, in some of their modi- fications, they bear a great resemblance, while in others they resemble true bone. The varie- ties which they present, throughout the rauge of the animal kingdom, correspond to the in- finite diversities in the functions they are required to perform ; and wonderful are the minute and perfect adaptations which they present in various animals to the wants and instincts of the latter. Indeed, from their peculiar conformation they indicate so exactly the type of animal to which they belong that they are found to furnish the best characteris- tic marks by which to classify the members of the animal kingdom. Their importance, there- fore, from a scientific point of view, is very great, the aid which they afford to the naturalist being precise and definite ; they have held a prominent place in all classifications of animals, and Brisson adopted them exclusively as his guide in this department of his labors. Such is the beautiful harmony of nature that the information acquired by means of these organs puts as at once in possession of a knowledge of many of the peculiarities and distinguishing habits of the animals to which they respectively belong. Moreover, the enduring nature of the materials which enter into their structure can not but give them additional value in the eyes of the geologist. "Cuvier, whose scientific research was at once remarkable for its elevation and the grandeur and breadth of contemplation which it displayed, has widened, 1 >y his profound labors, the field of physical philosophy ; he has lit torches in the abyss of time, to guide us iu our inquiries into the past, which, were they zealously prosecuted, ' man, to whom only a temporary sojourn on earth has been accorded, would have the glory of unfolding the history of the thousands of centuries which have preceded his existence, and of the mil- lions of beings who were not his contempora- ries. ' " * Teeth, Abra / sion of. See ABRASION OF THE Teeth. Teeth, Apposition of the. The arrangement is such that the greatest effectiveness of mas- tication is secured, two teeth receiving the impact of the half of two of the opposite jaw, thus distributing the force of occlusion, and in case of the loss of a tooth, the oppos- ing teeth will still have antagonistic teeth. Teeth, Articulation of. The teeth are united to the maxillary bones by a species of articu- lation called gomphosis (which see). Those having but one root depend greatly upon their nice adaptation to the alveoli for the strength of their union. Those having three or four often receive support from their divergence. But the peridental membrane lining the alve- olar cavities and investing the roots forms another bond of union, as do also the vessels entering the extremities of the roots, as well as the gums around their necks. Teeth, Artificial. See Artificial Teeth and Porcelain Teeth. Teeth, At / rophy of. See Erosion of the Teeth. Teeth, Block. See Block Teeth. Teeth, Caries of. See Caries of the Teeth. Teeth, Characteristics of. The teeth present marked and striking differences in their ap- pearance. They vary in volume, color, length, and arrangement, and all of these are indica- tive of the differences that exist in the sus- ceptibility of these organs to disease. Apart from the anatomical divisions into which these organs have been arranged, there are five principal classes or descriptions of teeth, each differing in some respects from the others. There are also a vast number of intermediary classes, the peculiarities of all of which it is impossible to describe. Class First. — The teeth belonging to this class are of a medium size, and those of each class * " Cuvier sur les Ossemens Fossiles." Discours. Prelim., \>. cl.x. TEE 599 TEE of uniform dimensions. They are of a dull white color, faintly tinged with yellow near the gum, which becomes more and more ap- parent as the subject advances in age, the enamel presenting a firm, glossy appearance. Teeth of this description are rarely affected with caries, and are most frequently met with in persons of a sanguineous temperament, or at least in those in whom this predominates. They are indicative of a good innate constitu- tion, and of the most perfect health during the time they were undergoing ossification. Such teeth are occasionally possessed by per- sons of all nations and classes, but far more generally by laboring people in healthy north- ern latitudes. Among the inhabitants of Eng- land, Ireland, and Scotland, and more espe- cially the middle and poorer classes, they are very common. They are also frequently met with in the northern part of the United States, the Canadas, the mountainous districts of Mexico, and, so far as the author has had op- portunity of informing himself, in France, Russia, Germany, and Switzerland. Those who have them generally enjoy excellent health, and are seldom troubled with dyspep- sia or any of its concomitants. Class Second. — The teeth of this class, though often very white, usually have a faint azure appearance near the coronal extremity. They are rather long than short ; the incisors are generally thin and narrow ; the cuspidati very pointed ; and the bicuspids and molars small in circumference, with prominent cusps and protuberances upon their grinding sur- faces. The lateral incisors are sometimes very small and slight] y pointed. Teeth of this description are generally very sensitive, and easily acted on by corrosive agents. They are also frequently affected with erosion, or have upon their surfaces white, brown, or opaque spots, varying in size and number. Several are sometimes found upon a single tooth, and in some instances every tooth in the mouth is more or less marked with them. Teeth possessing these characteristics are in- dicative of a weakly innate constitution and of blood too serous to furnish the materials necessary for teeth of the best quality. They are more common to females than males. though many of the latter have them. They are met with among people of all countries, but far more frequently among those who re- side in sickly, southern latitudes, or whose systems have become enervated by luxurious modes of living. Among the inhabitants of Great Britain they are more rare than among those of the United States, and those who have them seldom attain to a great age. Class Third. — The teeth belonging to this class, though differing in many respects from those last noticed, are, nevertheless, not unlike them in their texture and in their suscepti- bility to the action of deleterious agents. The crowns of such teeth are much larger than those of the first class, their surfaces are rough and irregular, with protuberances ris- ing not only from the grinding surfaces of the bicuspids and molars, but also not infre- quently from their sides, with correspondingly deep indentations. They usually have a dull white color. The crowns of the incisors are broad, long, and thick. This description of teeth decay readily, and in some instances appear to set at defiance the resources of the dentist. They are liable to be attacked at almost every point, but more particularly iu their indentations and on their approximal surfaces. Class Fourth. — The teeth of this class generally have a white, chalky appearance, are un- equally developed, and have a very soft tex- ture. They are easily acted upon by corrosive agents, and, like the teeth last noticed, when attacked by caries usually fall speedy victims to the ravages of the disease. The teeth belonging to classes three and four are usually met with among persons of lyra- phatico-serous constitutions . Class Fifth. — The enamel of the teeth belong- ing to this class usually has a white, pearly gloss. The crowns are long, generally rather small in circumference, though often well de- veloped. Teeth of this description are gen- erally regarded by medical writers as indica- tive of a tendency to phthisis pulmonalis, and they are supposed by some to be very durable. But this opinion is not well founded. The occurrence of febrile or other forms of consti- tutional disease which cause an alteration of the fluids of the body is usually followed by rapid decay of the teeth. The author has been led to believe, from the frequent observ- ance of this fact, that the buccal fluids iu strumous and consumptive individuals are less prejudicial to the teeth than in other con- stitutions, and that it is chiefly owing to this that the kind of teeth under consideration are so seldom attacked by caries. TEE 600 TEE There are many other characteristics which the teeth present in shape, size, density, and color, from "which valuable inductions might be made, both with regard to the innate con- stitution and the means necessary to their preservation ; but as the limits we have pre- scribed to this article will not admit of their consideration, we shall conclude by observ- ing that the appearances of these organs vary almost to infinity. Each is indicative of the state of the general health at the time of their formation, and of their own physical condition and susceptibility to injury. Teeth, Denuding of. See Denuding of the Teeth. Teeth, Development of. In the development of the dental follicles of the human teeth is exhibited one of the most curious and inter- esting operations of the animal economy. From small mucous papilla?, observable at a very early period of intra-uterine existence, they, in obedience to certain developmental laws, gradually increase until they attain the size of the crowns of the teeth they are re- spectively destined to form. They then begin to calcify, and this process, commencing on the cutting edges of the incisors, the points of the cusps of the cuspidati, bicuspids, and emi- nences of the molars, extends over the whole surface of their crowns, until they are invested in a complete layer of bone, and so layer after layer is formed, one within the other, until nothing remains but a small cavity in each tooth, which contains the residuum of the pulp. In the meantime the enamel and roots of the teeth begin to form. In the earliest stages of development a slight longitudinal depression is seen in the epithe- lium covering the borders of the jaws, which is increased in depth by the addition of a ridge on either side of it. At the bottom of this groove the deepest layer of the epithelium (Malpighian) dips down into the corium as a continuous fold or lamina, with a downward and slightly inward course. The continuity of the fold is then broken up, and the enamel organ appears as a process of the epithelium having a club-shape. The outer layer of the enamel organ is composed of cells, columnar in shape, which yet maintain their connection with the Malpighian layer of the epithelium above, and from which they originate, while the interior of the organ — the most expanded portion — is made up of polygonal cells. The edges of the enlarged extremity of the enamel organ develop more rapidly than the centre, which gives to it a hood- or bell-shape with the concavity downward. At the same time, or in accordance with this development of the enamel organ, a papilla arises from the corium beneath, and is closely invested by the enamel organ, and this ap- pearance of the papilla denotes the earliest stage of development of the dentine. The surface of this papilla is then covered by a layer of cells known as odontoblasts, which change into a gelatinous matrix, and they are next calcined from the outer surface in- ward in the form of a cap of dentine over the entire bulb of the papilla. The central portions of the odontoblasts, which remain uncalcified, form the dentinal fibrils, while the lateral processes produce the numerous anastomoses of the dentinal tubuli and fibrils of the adult tooth. During this evolution of the dentinal papilla the enamel organ — which at the last stage noticed consisted of an outer layer of columnar epithelium, covering the convex portion and connected to the Malpighian layer above by a slender cord, and was also made up of an internal portion consisting of polygonal cells — has developed (coincidentally with the change of the dentinal papilla into a club- or bell- shape, and the formation of the odontoblasts) a peripheral layer of cells in juxtaposition with the dentinal papilla, which cells undergo great elongation and enlargement, forming regular six-sided prismatic enamel cells. In the interior of the enamel organ, coincident with this formation of enamel cells, the polyg- onal cells are transformed into stellate cells, which compose a stellate reticulum, these stellate cells having elongated processes, which pass through a series of unchanged cells, known as the stratum intermedium, into the enamel cells. Before the enamel is fully formed the external epithelium, the stellate reticulum, and the stratum interme- dium atrophy and completely disappear. Before this disappearance the epithelial cords of the enamel organs of the deciduous teeth give origin to the germs of the permanent teeth which have deciduous predecessors, and which are developed in the same manner as the germs of the deciduous teeth. Each dental follicle consists of the enamel organ and dental papilla, enclosed by a sac wall, — dental sacculus, — the latter arising from the corium at the base of the dentinal papilla, in TEE 601 TEE the form of processes which grow upward on the outside of both the dentinal papilla and enamel organ, so as to enclose them in a shut sac, known as the "dental sacculus." The permanent teeth, having no deciduous predecessors, are developed directly from the epithelium and corium, in the same manner as the deciduous teeth. The cementum of the tooth is developed from the fully formed dental sacculus, which con- sists of an outer and an inner wall, both highly vascular, the inner wall containing osteoblasts which calcify into cementum in the same manner as ordinary bone, while the outer wall becomes the peridental membrane which invests the root. The close application of the inner wall of the dental sacculus to the sur- face of the enamel, and its partial or incom- plete calcification, give origin to the mem- brane of Nasmyth. The last molar follicle is completed during the thirteenth week, and the different papilla}, instead of remaining simple rounded masses of granular matter, assume the shape of the future teeth they are respectively destined to form. During this period the papillae grow faster than the follicles, and, consequently, protrude from them. In the meantime the sides of the follicles are becoming more devel- oped, "so as to form opercula, which corre- spond in some measure to the shape of the crowns of the future teeth." The incisor follicles have two — one anterior and one pos- terior, the first larger than the latter ; the cuspidati follicles have three — one external and two internal ; the molar follicles, as many as there are protuberances upon their grinding surfaces. By the fourteenth week the lips of the follicle have increased so much as to meet or apply themselves together in a " valvular manner," giving to the papilla? the appearance of hav- ing receded back into their follicles, so that they are almost completely hidden by their opercula. The development of the germs and follicles of the teeth of the lower jaw is al- most precisely similar to those of the upper, though these teeth are rather more tardy in making their appearance. At the last-mentioned period "the dental groove " occupies a higher level than it did at first, and it is at this time that provision is made for the production of the ten anterior permanent teeth. It consists of the appear ance of crescent-shaped depressions behind the inner opercula of the follicles ; first of the central incisors, then of the laterals, next of the cuspidati, and, lastly, of the first and second temporary molars. This occurs about the fourteenth or fifteenth week, and about the same time the edges or margins of the follicle approach each other, and close the mouths of the follicles, beginning with the central incisors, next with the lateral, then the cuspidati, and ending with the second molars. Commencing from behind and proceeding for- ward, the lips and walls of the secondary follicles now begin to adhere ; the follicles have become closed sacs. From the time the follicles of the temporary teeth close, thej r "become gradually moulded into their pecu- liar human shape. The molar pulps begin to be perforated by three canals, which, proceed- ing from the surface to the centre, gradually divide their primary base into three secondary bases, which become developed into the roots of the future teeth." The sacs, in the mean- time, "grow more rapidly than the pulps," leaving an intervening space, "in which is deposited a gelatinous granular substance, at first in small quantity, and adherent only to the proximal surfaces of the sacs, but ulti- mately, about the fifth month," becomes "closely and intimately attached to the whole interior of these organs, except for a small space of equal breadth, all around the base of ' the pulp, which space retains the original gray color of the inner membrane of the follicle, and, as the primary base of the pulp becomes perforated by the canals formerly mentioned, the granular matter sends pro- cesses into them, which, adhering to the sac, reserve the narrow space, described above, between themselves and the secondary base. These processes of granular matter do not meet across the canals, but disappear near their point of junction. The granular matter is closely applied, but does not adhere to the surface of the pulp," but is exactly moulded to all of its eminences and depressions. At the fundus of the sac each branch of the dental artery sends off small branches to the outer membrane of the sac, and the " true " or inner membrane is supplied from arteries from the gums, after having inosculated with the twigs sent off by the dental artery, but none of these are sent to the granular sub- stances. "The dental branch, after giving off these saccular twigs, divides into a num- ber of contorted ramifications between the TEE 602 TEE base of the pulp and the sac, from which smaller rarnusculi are transmitted into the pulp itself. In the case of the molars, the main branches divide into three secondary branches, one for each of the secondary bases. ' ' From these the sacs and pulps are supplied with blood. During these changes in the sacs of the tempo- rary teeth "the follicle of the first permanent molar closes, and granular matter is deposited in its sac." Below the sac of this tooth, or between it and the gum, there is a cavity of reserve "of delicate mucous membrane," formed by the union of the edges of the sec- ondary groove, from which the materials for the formation of the second and third perma- nent molars are derived. But, previous to this period, a "raised border and zone-like vascularity ' ' has formed around the apices and eminences of the pulps of the temporary teeth, almost simultaneously with which the process of ossification commences. The inner surface of the granular matter is at the same time absorbed, and ultimately be- comes so thin as to render the subjacent vas- cularity apparent. The absorption continues, and by the time the surface of the crown has become covered with a layer of bone, no re- mains of it are perceptible. As yet little change has taken place in the cavities of reserve for the teeth of replacement, or those for the two posterior molars. The former, however, "have been gradually receding from the surface of the gum, so as to be posterior instead of inferior to the milk sacs. The two or four anterior, about the fifth month, begin to dilate at their distal extremities, across which a fold appears, which is the germ of the future pulp, lying in the direction of the cut- ting edge of the future tooth ; and at the proximal or acute extremities of the cavities two other folds, an anterior and a posterior, appear." These are analogous to the opercula of the follicles of the temporary teeth. The bulgings at the distal extremities of the cavi- ties of reserve soon assume the appearance of dental pulps, and the mouths of the cavities are gradually closed. "The cavities of reserve have now become tooth-sacs, and under this form they continue to recede from the surface of the gum, imbed- ding themselves in the sebaceous cellular tissue, which has all along constituted the external layer of the milk-sacs, and in which the larger saccular vessels ramify before arriving at the true mucous membrane of the sacs. This implantation of the permanent in the walls of the temporary tooth-sacs gives the former the appearance of being produced by a gemmiparous process from the latter." By the sixth month they have formed across the alveolar groove, and niches are now seen on the "posterior walls of the alveoli " for the sacs of the permanent teeth. Up to the eighth, and even to the ninth, mouth the sac of the first permanent molar is imbedded in the maxillary tuberosity. At or a little before birth the roots of the temporary incisors begin to be formed, and, "in the accomplishment of which," says Mr. Goodsir, " three contempo- raneous actions are employed — viz., the length- ening of the pulp, the deposition of tooth- substance upon it, and the adhesion to the latter of that portion of the inner surface of the sac which is opposite to it." By the time the central incisors begin to appear through the gum the jaw has lengthened sufficiently for the first permanent molar to assume its "proper position in the posterior part of the alveolar arch." During the advance of the temporary teeth the sacs or follicles of the per- manent continue to recede, and to "insinuate themselves between the sacs of the former." About the seventh or eight month after birth the cavity of reserve behind the first perma- nent molar "begins to lengthen, to bulge out, and to curve backward and upward at its pos- terior extremity, under the form of a sac, into the mass of the maxillary tuberosity ; a papilla soon appears in its fundus, a process of con- traction separating it from the remainder of the cavity. This new follicle, which is that of the second permanent molar, now occupies the position in the maxillary tuberosity which the first permanent molar did before it." As the jaw lengthens, it leaves this position and drops downward and forward on a level with the other teeth. In the meantime the follicle of the third molar, or dens sapientise, is de- veloping, and this, as the other molars had done, takes a position in the maxillary tuber- osity, where it remains until the jaw lengthens sufficiently for it to take its place behind the second molar, which it does at from the sev- enteenth to the twentieth year. The gelatinous granular substance described by Goodsir, situated between the sac and tooth-germ, investing the latter, at first loosely, but afterward moulding itself accu- rately to it, is the enamel organ. It is said TEE 603 TEE by Easchkow to form a "globular nucleus" between the follicle and dental germ at a very early period of the growth of the latter, pre- senting a parenchymatous appearance inter- nally ; but it gradually exhibits angular gran- ulations, held together by "filaments of cellu- lar tissue," resembling "a kind of actinen- chyma, such as may be seen in plants." At first it has no connection with the germ of the tooth, and is surrounded by fluid resembling the liquor amnii, but it is gradually trans- formed into a membrane. When the pulp be- gins to ossify it attaches itself to it, and ad- heres with considerable tenacity. About this time a peculiar organ is seen on its inner sur- face, which the last-named author describes as ' ' consisting of short, uniform fibres, placed perpendicularly to the cavity, and forming, as it were, a silky lining " to it, which, in a trans- verse section, may be "clearly seen, and can be accurately distinguished from the stellated parenchyma of the substance" which Rasch- kow designates the enamel-pulp. Each of these fibres he regards as an excretory duct or gland, whose peculiar function is to secrete the ' ' enamel fibre corresponding to it. ' ' After the commencement of the calcification of the dental pulp, each one of these fibres, with its inner extremity placed on the now-forming subjacent dentine, begins to secrete the earthy salts of which this substance is chiefly com- posed. While this is going on, organic lymph, says the last-named writer, seems to be se- creted from the parenchyma of the enamel membrane which penetrates between the indi- vidual fibres, rendering their whole substance soft, and this, by means of a sort of " chemico- organic process," afterward combines with the earthy substance, forming the animal base of the enamel. Teeth, Deviation in the Growth and Form of. There are no organs of the body which are subject to more remarkable deviations in their form and growth than the teeth. Albi- nns mentions a case where two teeth, one on the right and the other on the left side, were found " enclosed in the roots of the processes which extend from the maxillary bones to the eminences of the nose." Mr. John Hunter mentions a case of a some- what similar character. Mr. G. Waite met with a case in which the crown of an upper cuspidatus was imbedded in the jaw, while the apex of the root pro- truded from it. In the museums of the colleges of dental surgery there are numbers of cuspid teeth, each having two well-developed roots. In a collection in the dental department of the University of Maryland there is a prepar- ation in which are displayed two inverted supernumerary teeth in the base of the max- illary bone, and several inverted teeth closely joined in the bifurcation to the roots of molars. Maury mentions a case in which the right central incisor pointed toward the wing of the nose. Fully developed teeth have also been found in the maxillary sinus. There is iu the upper jaw of an adult skull in the museum of the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, be- tween the central incisors in the substance of the bone, a supernumerary tooth, the crown of which points upward toward the crest of the nasal plates of the two bones. The whole tooth is about one inch in length, and the apex of the crown is nearly on a level with the floor of the nasal cavities. Teeth sometimes deviate as much in form as in growth. Mr. Fox gives a drawing of a tooth shaped like the letter S, and there is a central incisor in the museum of the Balti- more College of Dental Surgery, and also one in the dental department of the University of Maryland, which has its root bent up upon the labial surface of the crown ; also, in the former college, two teeth in which the roots, while in the pulp state, were reflected upon the crowns, and in this state were ossified. The teeth were presented by the late Dr. John Harris, who extracted them from the right side of the upper jaw of a young man about twenty-five years of age. The incisors and cuspidati sometimes, though very rarely, have two roots, the bicuspids three, and the molars four, five, and occasion- ally six. Teeth, Differences in the Liability of, to De- cay. See Caries of the Teeth. Teeth, Diseases of. See CARIES OF THE Teeth. Also Erosion, Exostosis, Necro- sis, Denudation of, etc. Teeth, Displacement of, by a Deposit of Bone in Their Sockets. Hypertrophy of cavities. The teeth are sometimes forced from their sockets by a deposition of osseous matter in the alveolar cavities. This occurs more frequently with the incisors than with any of the other teeth, and it rarely happens that more than one is affected by it at the same time. Although the deposition geuer- TEE 604 TEE ally commences at the bottom of the cavity, pushing the tooth from the socket, it some- times takes place on one side, forcing the tooth against the opposite wall, which suffers a corresponding loss of substance. In this way, one and sometimes two or more teeth are forced asunder, and caused to take an im- proper position. Sometimes the central in- cisors are forced apart a quarter of an inch ; at other times they are forced against each other, and caused to overlap. The cause of this affection is supposed to be irritation of the peridental membrane, occa- sioned, most probably, in the majority of cases, by pressure against the tooth, and it is doubtless favored by some peculiar constitu- tional diathesis. Teeth, Elongated or Extruded. See ELON- GATED Teeth. Teeth, English Tube. See under Porcelain Teeth. Teeth, Eruption of the. See Dentition. Teeth, Exostosis of. See EXOSTOSIS OF THE Teeth. Teeth, Extraction of. See EXTRACTION OF the Teeth. Teeth, Eye. The cuspidati of the upper jaw. Teeth, Filling of. See Filling Teeth. Teeth, Formation of. See Teeth, Develop- ment of Pulps and Sacs of. Teeth, Fractures of the. See FRACTURES OF the Teeth. Teeth, Functions of. The mechanical subdi- vision of food substances preparatory to their digestion. Teeth Functions, Elements of. Prehension, incising, crushing, masticating, and insali- vation. Teeth, Irregularity of. See IRREGULARITY of the Teeth. Teeth, Malformation of. See Teeth, DEVI- ATION in the Growth and Form of. Teeth, Mechanical Design of. From a sim- ple cone, the primitive typical form, to bicus- pid and quadricuspid forms. Teeth, Milk. The temporary teeth. Teeth, Molar. The last three teeth on each side, in each jaw. Teeth, Morbid Effects of Diseased. The morbid phenomena resulting from the irrita- tion of diseased teeth. See the various articles on the diseases of the teeth. Teeth Moulds. Matrices in plaster of Paris or metal employed in moulding porcelain teeth. See PORCELAIN TEETH. Teeth, Neck of the. Collum dentium. Teeth, Necrosis of. See NECROSIS OF THE Teeth. Teeth, Osseous Union of. Examples of osseous union of two or more teeth, though rare, are nevertheless occasionally met with. In 1835 the author was consulted, while on a visit to Richmond, Va., by two gentlemen who furnished similar examples. The crowns of the central incisors of the upper jaw of one were perfectly united, the posterior surface presenting the appearance of one broad tooth, while the anterior had a vertical groove in the center, indicating the crowns of two teeth. In the other case, the crowns of the right cen- tral and lateral incisors were united anteri- orly, so as to exhibit the appearance of but one tooth, but when viewed from behind a vertical groove was seen passing through the centre. There are also a number of examples of osseous union of the crowns of deciduous teeth in the museums of the different dental colleges, besides a large number of a union of the roots. One of the latter consists of the union of the roots of two superior molars by exostosis, and the other of the union of the three molars, also by exostosis. See Gemin- ous Teeth, Connate Teeth, Concres- cence of Teeth. Teeth, Permanent. The adult teeth. The teeth of second dentition. Teeth, Porcelain. See PORCELAIN TEETH. Teeth, Premolar. The bicuspids, or, as they are called by some French writers, the small molars. Teeth Set on Edge (ac/acement des dents). A peculiarly disagreeable sensation in the teeth resulting from the contact of acids. Teeth thus affected are sometimes so sensitive that the slightest touch is productive of pain, and they have, seemingly, a roughness on their cutting edges and grinding surfaces which is not felt at any other time. Teeth which have suffered considerable loss of substance from mechanical abrasion are more subject to this affection than those which have a perfect coating of enamel. There is one thing con- nected with it which is not easy to explain. It is this : Persons who have lost all their natural teeth and wear artificial substitutes are sometimes troubled with it. Several ex- amples of the kind have fallen under the observation of the author. Teeth, Succedaneous. Permanent teeth hav- ing temporary predecessors. TEE 605 TEM Teeth, Supernumerary. Teeth exceeding the usual number and not belonging properly to those of either dentition. They are rarely developed with the temporary teeth. When they do occur, it is almost always with the teeth of second dentition. They rarely resem- ble the teeth belonging to any of the classes. Their crowns are generally round and of a conical shape, though examples are occasion- ally met with in which it is impossible to de- tect any difference between the supernumerary and the adjacent teeth. They are sometimes developed in one part of the alveolar border and sometimes in another, but most frequently between or behind the central incisors of the upper jaw. Irregularity often results from their presence. Teeth, Tartar of. See SALIVARY CALCULUS. Teeth, Temporary. The teeth of first denti- tion ; milk teeth ; deciduous teeth. Teeth, Temporary and Permanent, Differ- ences Between. The temporary teeth differ from the permanent in many particulars. The former are smaller and of a less firm texture than the latter, " and their general character- istic forms and prominences," to use the lan- guage of Mr. Bell, ' ' are much less strongly marked. The incisors and cuspidati of the lower jaw are of the same general form as the adult, though much smaller ; the edges are more rounded and they are not much more than half the length of the latter. The molars of the child, on the contrary, are considerably larger than the bicuspids which succeed them, and resemble, very nearly, the permanent molars. "The roots of these teeth, the molars of the child, are similar in number to those of the adult molars ; but they are flatter and thinner in proportion, more hollowed on their inner surfaces, and diverge from the neck at a more abrupt angle, forming a sort of arch." Teeth, Temporary Shedding of. See SECOND Dentition. Teeth, Third Set of. See Dentition, Third. Teeth, To Elevate. See Elevating or Rais- ing Teeth in Their Cavities. Teeth, Transposition of. It sometimes hap- pens that a central incisor is situated between the lateral of the side to which it belongs and the cuspidatus, or that a right central is situ- ated in the place of the left and the left in the place of the right ; or that a lateral in- cisor is situated between the cuspidatus and first bicuspid, and at other times a cuspidatus is found between the first and second bicus- pids. This description of aberration in the position of the teeth is supposed by many to be the result of a transposition of the dental pulps. Teeth, Villiform. See Villiform Teeth. Teeth, Vitreous Substance of the. The enamel of the teeth. Teething. Dentition. Teething, Difficult. See DENTITION, MOR- BID. Teg / men. An integument. Teg'umen. An integument. Teg / ument (tegumenium ; from iego, to cover). A cover or covering ; an integument. In Anatomy, by the term integuments are comprehended the structures generally which cover and protect the animal body, as the cuticle, rete mucosum, skin, and adipose mem- brane. Tegument/ary. Pertaining to or consist- ing of teguments. Tegumen / tum. Integuments. Teines / mos. Tenesmus. Te'la (from texo, to weave). Applied in Anatomy to the cellular membrane, from its resemblance to a web of cloth. Tela Adipo'sa. The adipose tissue of ani- mals. Tela Aranea'rum. The spider's web, some- times employed as a styptic. Tela Cellulo / sa. The cellular tissue. Tela Choroi'dea. Velum interpositum. A membranous prolongation of the pia mater in the third ventricle. Tela Muco'sa. The cellular tissue of organ- ized bodies. Telamo'nes. In Surgery, bandages : dress- ings for wounds. Telangiectasis (from te'/.oq, far, a^^eiov, vessel, and earacuc, dilatation). The dilatation of vessels, as in noevus maternus and aneurism, acquired, not congenital. Telangio'sis (from re/.oc, end, and a^yeiov, a blood-vessel). Disease of the capillaries. Tel'Iurated. Applied to a gas which holds tellurium in solution. Telluric Acid. The peroxide of tellu- rium. Tellu'rium. A metal of a color between tin and silver, inclining to steel-gray. It is white, brilliant, brittle, and easily fusible, with a specific gravity of 6.25. It is found in the mines of Transylvania, and is rare. Tem'perament {temjteramentum ; from ton- TEM 606 TEM pero, to mix together). The constitution, as determined by the predominance of certain constituents of the body : constitutional pecu- liarity. Among the ancients it was supposed that the manifestations of the functions were tempered, or so determined by the predomi- nance of any one of the four humors then rec- ognized — namely, blood, lymph, bile, and atrabilis, or black bile — as to give rise to a san- guine, phlegmatic or lymphatic, choleric or bilious, and atrabilious or melancholic tem- perament. At present four temperaments are recognized as the basal temperaments — namely: (1) The sanguine or sanguineous ; (2) the bilious or choleric; (3) the phlegmatic or lymphatic ; and (4) the nervous temperament. The sanguineous or sanguine temperament is characterized by a fair and ruddy complexion, yellow, red, or light auburn hair, a full mus- cular development, large, full veins, and active pulse, all indicating an abundant supply of blood. The bilious temperament is characterized by a preponderance of bile, indicated by a dark or sallow complexion, black hair, and a slow or moderate circulation of the blood. The term choleric implies a certain combination of the bilious and sanguineous temperaments. The lymphatic or phlegmatic temperament is characterized, as it was thought by old phy- siologists, by a predominance of lymph or phlegm in the system, and persons possessing it have a fair but not ruddy complexion, light hair, and a general softness or laxity of the tissues. The nervous temperament is characterized by the predominance of the nervous element, and by great activity or susceptibility of the great nervous centre — the brain. Persons possessing it are distinguished by their impressibility — that is, susceptibility to intense feeling or intense excitement. A very small number of individ- uals can be regarded as possessing a purely sanguine, bilious, lymphatic, or nervous tem- perament, and the majority, therefore, exhibit the characteristics of two or more, all tem- peraments being in combination, the most frequent being the nervous and sanguine, the nervous and bilious, the lymphatic and san- guine, the lymphatic and bilious, the bilious and sanguine, the sanguine and lymphatic, and the nervous and lymphatic. Some persons have also peculiarities pertaining to three of the temperaments, — ternary combinations, — although the binary are the most common. Temperance. Habitual moderation in the indulgence of the natural appetites and passions. Tem / perants (temperantia) . Sedatives. Tem'perate (from tempero, to regulate). Moderate ; without excess. Temperatu / ra. Temperature. Temperature (temper atura). The degree of heat which exists in any given situation or body, as indicated by the thermometer. Temper / ies. Temperament. Tem'pering. An operation for rendering steel or iron more compact and hard, or soft and pliant, according to the purposes for which they are required. Surgical and dental instru- ments are required to be tempered in the most exact and best manner. If they are too hard or too soft they will not answer the purpose for which they are designed. A certain amount of elasticity can be imparted to steel by the process of hammering, independent of the hardening method in water ; but the highest degree of elasticity and toughness is obtained by suddenly chilling the metal from a highly heated state, which process also imparts the highest degree of hardness. The tempering process consists, however, of heating steel, thus hardened, to a proper point and stopping the operation at the moment the desired tem- per is obtained by suddenly chilling the metal in water. The following table from the " American System of Dentistry " shows the approximate temperatures corresponding to the various tints produced by heating the polished surface of a piece of steel after it has been heated to redness and chilled in water : Temperat're. Color. Tempeb. 430° to 450° F. Very faint yellow Lancets, razors, sur- to pale straw. gical instruments, enamel chisels. 470° Full yellow. Excavators, very small cold chisels. 490° Brown. Pluggers, scissors, penknives. 510° Brown with purple Axes, plane-irons, spots. saws, cold chisels, etc. 530° Purple. Table-knives, etc. 550° Bright blue. Watch-springs and swords. 560° Full blue. Fine saws, augers. 600° I )ark blue. Hand and pit-saws. Tem'ple (from tempus, time, because the hair first begins to turn gray here). In Anat- omy, the lateral parts of the forehead, covered by the temporal muscles. TEM 607 TEM Tem'pora. The temples. Tem'poral {temporalis). Belonging or re- lating to the temple. Temporal Aponeurosis. A strong aponeu- rosis attached to the whole of the curved line of the temporal bone and to the malar and zygomatic arch. Temporal Ar / tery (arteria temporalis). A branch of the external carotid which passes up on the temple. Temporal Bone (os temporis). A bone situ- ated on the lateral and inferior part of the cranium, usually divided into three parts : (1) The squamous; (2) the mastoid; and (3) the petrous portion. Temporal Fos / sa. An excavation on each side of the head in which the temporal mus- cle is situated. Temporal Mus / cle. A muscle situated on the temple, arising from the semicircular ridge, commencing at the external angular process of the os frontis, and extending along this and the parietal bones ; also from the surfaces below this ridge formed by the frontal and squamous portion of the temporal and sphe- noid bones ; likewise from the under surface of the temporal aponeurosis, and inserted, after converging and passing under the zygoma, into the coronoid process of the lower jaw, which surrounds it on every side by a dense, strong tendon. The office of this muscle is to draw the lower jaw upward, as in the cutting and rending of food. Temporal Nerves. The nerves distributed to the temporal region, furnished by the infe- rior maxillary branch of the fifth pair. The name has also been given by Summering to the division of the seventh pair distributed to the temporal region. Tempora'rii Dentes. The temporary or milk teeth. Temporary Teeth (temporarii dentes). The teeth of first dentition. Deciduous teeth. Tem / poro=fa / cial {temporo-facialis). Be- longing to the temple and the face. Temporo-facial Nerve. A branch of the facial nerve distributed to the face and tem- ple. Temporo=maxiI / lary (temporo-maxillaris). That which belongs to the temporal bone and inferior maxillary bone; as the temporo maxil- lary articulation (which see). Temporo-maxillary Articulation. The artic- ulation of the lower jaw on each side to the glenoid cavity of the temporal bone. This cavity is situated at the base of the zygomatic process, is of an irregular oval shape, and divided into two portions, an anterior and a posterior. The anterior, which is the articular, is smooth, and in the living subject covered with cartilage, but the posterior does not enter into the formation of the joint. The two are separated by the fissure of Glasserius {fissura Glasseri), which gives passage to the chorda tympani nerve, the laxator tympani muscle, and the internal auditory vessels. The depth of this cavity is increased by the eminences which surround it. Its size is much greater than is necessary for the reception of the con- dyle of the lower jaw, but this disproportion only exists in man and ruminating animals. This cavity is placed nearly transverse ; the outer extremity comes a little more forward than the internal. It is bounded on the inside by the spine of the sphenoid bone, posteriorly by the styloid and vaginal processes, and an- teriorly by the eminentia articularis, situated immediately at the root of the zygomatic pro- cess, which contributes, in mastication, to modify the motions of the jaw. For a description of the condyles of the lower jaw, see Maxilla, Inferior. They, how- ever, as well as the glenoid cavities, are covered with a smooth layer of cartilage. There is interposed between the condyle and the cavity an interarticular cartilage, some- times perlbrated in the center, and so moulded as to fit the articular surfaces. Except where it adheres to the external lateral ligament, and gives attachment to a few fibres of the external pterygoid muscle, the circumference of this cartilage is free, a circumstance which greatly facilitates the movements of the joint. The union of this articulation is maintained : 1. By the external lateral ligament, which has a broad attachment to the tubercle situated at the junctiou of the roots of the zygomatic process, extending thence to the neck of the condyle, covering the whole of the outside of the articulation. Externally it comes in contact with the skin, and internally with the interarticular cartilage and synovial capsules. 2. By the internal lateral or sphenomaxillarv ligament, extending from the spinous process of the sphenoid bone to the spine on the in- side of the orifice of the inferior dental canal, forming an aponeurotic baud which protects the dental vessels and nerves from the pres- TEM 608 TEN sure of the internal pterygoid muscle. This ligament can not be regarded as contributing to the strength of the articulation. 3. By the stylo-maxillary ligament, which ex- tends from the styloid process of the temporal bone to the inferior angle of the lower jaw, and to give attachment to the stylo-glossus muscle. Belonging to this articulation are two synovial capsules, one on each side of the interarticular cartilage, which sometimes, by an opening in the cartilage, communicate with each other. Temporo-maxillary Nerves. The divisions of the facial nerve distributed to the temporal maxillary regions. Temporo=oric / ulaire (temporo-orieularis). A name given by Chaussier to the superior auris muscle. Dumas calls it temporo-con- chinien. Tem / ulent (temulentus). Intoxicated. Temulen / tia. Temulence. Drunkenness. Tena / cious (from tenax, tough). Possessing the quality of toughness, or resistance to frac- ture or dissolution. Tenacity (tenacitas ; from leneo, to hold). That property of bodies which prevents them from parting without considerable force. Cohe- siveness. Tenac / ula. In Surgery, bone-nippers (which see). Tenaculum (from teneo, to hold). A firm, sharp-pointed book, attached to a handle, used to seize and draw out the mouths of wounded arteries. Tenaculum, Assali / ni's. A pair of small for- ceps, invented by Assalini, furnished with fine bifurcated sharp points, received into each other when closed, and held together by a spring between the handles. It is used for seizing and holding small arteries while a ligature is being applied. Tendency. The inclination toward a given state or condition. TeiPderness. Abnormal sensitiveness to touch. Soreness. Ten / dinous. Pertaining to tendons, or like tendons. TerPdo. A tendon. Tendo AchiFlis. The strong tendon of the heel, formed by the junction of the gastroc- nemius and soleus muscles. Ten / don [tendo; from reiva f to stretch). A white fibrous cord, serving for the attach- ment of a muscle or muscles to bones. The tendons, with few exceptions, are composed of bundles of white fibrous connective tissue, bound together by fasciculi from the deep fascia, which form their sheaths. TeiPdons, Twitching of the. Subsultus tendinum. Teneoto'mia. Tenotomy. Tenes'mus (from rm«, to stretch). Fre- quent desire to go to stool, without a discharge, accompanied by straining and pain. Ten / nantite. A mineral compound of ar- senical sulphuret of copper and iron, so named in honor of the late Mr. Tennant, the dis- coverer. TenPnysin. An alkaloid in brain-tissue. TeiPon (from teneo, to hold). A term applied in Dental Prosthesis to what is com- monly called the pivot in the crown of an ar- tificial tooth, which is received into a hole cor- responding in size to the one in the root of a natural tooth, and by means of which the two are held together. Tenont/agra (from revup, tendon, and aypa, a seizure). Gouty or rheumatic pains in the tendons. Tenot/omy (from tevuv, tendon, and rofj.rf t incision). Tenotomia ; teneotomia. The opera- tion of dividing a tendon, as in club-foot. Tension [tensio ; from tendere, to stretch). The state of a part when extended or stretched. Ten'sive (tendo, to stretch). Tending to stretch or make tense ; a feeling of tension. TeiPsor. A term applied to muscles the office of which is to extend the parts to which they are attached. Tensor PaPati. The circumflexus palati muscle. Tensor Tar / si. A small muscle situated at the inner commissure of the eyelids. Tensor TynPpani. A muscle of the internal ear. Tensor VagPnae FenPoris. The fascia lata muscle, situated on the outside of the thigh. Tensu'ra. Tension. Tent. In Surgery, an instrument made of compressed sponge or laminaria, tupelo, or other material, used for dilating wounds, sinu- ses, etc., to prevent them from closing before they are filled up at the bottom ; also in- troduced into fistulous passages to prevent adhesion. Tentac'ulum. A feeler. A mobile ap- pendage, belonging to many invertebratae, and serving as an organ of touch or as the means of attachment. Tento'rium. The process of the dura TEN 609 TES mater which separates the cerebrum from the cerebellum. Ten'uate. To make thin. Tenuity (tenuitas). Thinness; also small- ness of diameter. Tep'id (from tepidus, lukewarm). Slightly warm. About blood-heat. Tepida'rium (tepidus, lukewarm). A warm or tepid bath. Ter=. Thrice. A prefix to names of salts, denoting that three atoms of acid are combined with one atom of base. Ter'binum. A metal discovered by M. Mosander. TerchIo / ride of For'myle. Chloroform. Terchloride of Gold. AuCl 3 . Prepared by dissolving gold in aqua regia, hastening the solution by gentle heat, and evaporating the solution to dryness, the result being ruby-red, prismatic crystals of the terchloride of gold. It is escharotic and disinfectant. The ethereal solution is employed, in Dental Practice, to obtund the sensibility of dentine. Terebene. A colorless liquid obtained by the action of sulphuric acid on turpentine. It is analogous to turpentine in its physiological properties, but is less irritating. Dose, tr^v to tt\,xx. Terebinthene. (C [0 H 16 ). A hydrocarbon formed by the distillation of turpentine with an alkali. An antiseptic, disinfectant, and sterilizer. Terebin'thina (from TEpE(3ivi)og, the turpen- tine tree). A resinous substance of the con- sistence of hone}', which flows from pine and fir trees. Turpentine. Terebinthina America / na. An oleoresin from the Pinus palustris and Pinus tseda. Terebinthina Canadensis. Canada balsam. Terebinthina Commu'nis. Common turpen- tine. Terebinthina Vene / ta. Venice turpentine. Terebin'thinae CKIeum. Oil of turpen- tine. Ter'ebra, Terebel'la. A trepan. Te'res. Round, cylindrical ; applied to muscles and ligaments, from their shape. Teres Ligamen'tum. The round ligament attached to the head of the os femoris and to the bottom of the cotyloid cavity of the os iunominatum. Teres Ma'jor. A muscle situated along the inferior and posterior part of the shoulder. Teres Minor. A thin, fleshy muscle, situated at the posterior and inferior part of the 39 shoulder, and partially covered by the back part of the deltoides. Ter / gal (from tergum, the back). Belonging to the back. Tergem'inus. A term applied in Botany to a leaf-stalk which has two leaflets at the end of each branch and two at the division of the fork. Ter'gum. The back. In Entomology, the upper surface of the abdomen. Termina'lis. Terminal ; forming the end or extremity. Terminology (from refj/iuv, a term, and Zoyoc, a discourse). Terminologia. A treatise on terms. A catalogue or list of the more im- portant and usual terms in a language, science, or art, with their definitions. A nomencla- ture. Ter'nary (ternarim). Consisting of threes ; pertaining to the number three. Applied by Dalton to any chemical compound formed by the union of three atoms. Ternitrate. A trinitrate. Teroxide. A trioxide. Terpene. A hydrocarbon constituting pure oil of turpentine. Terpin. Turpentine camphor. Terpine. A crystalline body produced by the hydration of terebinthene ; antiseptic, dis- infectant, and sterilizer. Terpin ol. Obtained by the action of an acid on terpine. Ter'ra. Earth. Terra Absor / bens. An absorbent earth. Terre=verte. French name for a species of olive-green earth, used by painters, and said to be a hydrated silicate of oxide of iron and potash, with a little magnesia and alumina. Tersulphide. A trisulphide. Ter'tian Ague. Tertian fever. An inter- mittent whose paroxysms return every forty- eight hours, or every third day. Tertian Fever. Tertian ague (which see). Tertiary (from tertius, third). Third iu order. Tertiary Syphilis. The reappearance of lesions after the subsidence of the secondary symp- toms of syphilis. Tes / sera. A square ; cuboid ; sometimes applied in Anatomy to the os cuboides, a bone of the tarsus. Test. In Chemistry, a substance employed to discover an unknown constituent of a com- pound by causing it to exhibit some known property ; a reagent. In Metallurgy, a cupel or TES 610 TET vessel in which metals are melted for trial and refinement ; refining gold or silver by means of lead, in a test, by the Titrification, scarifica- tion, etc., of all foreign matter. Test, Lung. Docimasia pulmonum (which see). Test Paper or Lit / mus Paper. Paper stained with litmus or any reagent. It is used as a test of the presence of free acids or alkalies. Tes / ta. The shell of a molluscous animal. Also the smooth and scaly covering which in- vests the exterior of seeds. Testa Ovi. Shell of- egg. Testa'ceans (testacese ; from testa, a shell). Animals provided with a calcareous shell. Testa'ceous (from testa, a shell). A pow- der made of burnt shells. Also of the nature of or having a shell. Testa? Prepara'ta?. Prepared oyster shells. Free oyster shells from extraneous matter, wash with boiling water, reduce to powder, then put into a vessel nearly filled with water ; stir briskly, and after waiting a few minutes pour the turbid liquid into another vessel ; repeat the process with the powdered shells in the first vessel ; again pour off the turbid liquid, and after the powder has sub- sided pour off the water and dry it. This is given as an antacid in diarrhoea. Tes'tes (testis). The testicles. Testes Cerebri. The inferior tubercles of the tubercula quadrigemina. Tes'ticle (from testis, a witness, because the testes are evidences of virility). The testicles are two oval, glandular organs, situ- ated within the scrotum, covered by the tunica albuginea. Testicle, Swelled. Orchitis (which see). Testicular Cord. See Spermatic Coed. Test/ing. In Metallurgy, the operation of refining gold and silver by means of lead in a vessel called a test or cupel. Testis Femin'eus or Testis Mulie / bris. The ovary. Testu'do. The turtle. Also an encysted tumor of the scalp. Testudo Cerebri. The fornix. Tetan / ic. Relating to tetanus. Also a medicine which increases the irritability of the muscular fibre, as nux vomica, strychnia, etc., and, when taken in large doses, produces convulsions. Tetan'ica. See Tetanic. Tet'anine. Strychnine. Tetanoid. Resembling tetanus. Tet'anus (from reivu, to stretch). Spasms accompanied by rigidity. A disease charac- terized by general and permanent spasmodic rigidity of the muscles. There are four varie- ties : (1) Trismus, the lockjaw ; (2) opistlioto- nos, in which the body is drawn back ; (3) emprosthotonos, in which it is drawn forward ; and (4) pleurosthotonos, where it is drawn to one side. Tetanus Maxil'lae Inferio / ris. Trismus, or lockjaw. Tetanus Tris'mus. See TETANUS. Tetartae'us. A quartan ague. Tetartophy / ia (from reraprof, the fourth, and oi'w, to arise). A name given by Sauvages to quartan intermittent fever. Tet / ra=. A prefix denoting the number four. Tetrabasic. An acid containing four atoms of hydrogen replaceable by bases. Tetrachloride of Carbon. Bichloride of carbon ; chlorocarbon. Discovered by Reg- nault in 1839, but did not come into general use until 1865, when it was suggested as an anaesthetic by Prof. J. Y. Simpson. To pre- pare it, dry chlorine is first passed through a bottle containing sulphuret of carbon, and then through a porcelain tube filled with pieces of porcelain and kept at a bright red heat. The vapors are condensed in the form of a yellowish-red liquid, from which the chloride of sulphur is removed by an excess of lye of potash or milk of lime. Tetrachloride of car- bon is a transparent, colorless liquid of the sp. gr. 1.599, boiling at 172° F., with a vapor density of 5.33 and an agreeable aromatic flavor. Its effects are said to be nearer those of chloroform than any other similar agent, but it requires a longer time to produce the same degree of anaesthesia, and its depressing influence on the heart is far greater ; hence its employment is more dangerous. Injected sub- cutaneously, in the dose of 10 to 20 drops, it relieves pains in the chest and abdomen with- out subsequent nausea. Tetracid. Capable of replacing four atoms of hydrogen in an acid. Tetrad. A group of four micrococci. An element having a combined power of four. Tetradrach / mon (from -erpa, four, and d/Mx/i??, a drachm). A weight of four drachms, or half an ounce. Tetrag'onus. Quadrangular; four-cornered. In Anatomy, the platysma myoides. Tetrahe'dron. A solid figure bounded by four equilateral and equal triangles. TET 611 THE Tetraphar / macum. An ointment com- posed of wax, resin, lard, and pitch. Tetroxide. A compound of a radicle with four atoms of oxygen. Tet/ter. Herpes (which see). Tetter, Crusted. Impetigo. Tetter, Milky. Porrigo larvalis. Tetter, Scaly. Psoriasis. Tex / ture (textura; from texere, to weave). The arrangement of the several parts of any body with one another. In Anatomy, the ar- rangement of the tissues of an organ. The textures of the body, according to Wilson, are : 1. Corpuscular tissue, found in the blood, lymph, and chyle. 2. Epidermoid tissue ; example, epithelium, cuticle, hair, nails. 3. Pigmentary tissue, found in the choroid coat of the eye, lung, etc. 4. Adipose tissue, as fat. 5. Cellular tissue. 6. Fibrous tissue. 7. Elastic tissue, ligamenta flava, middle coat of the arteries. 8. Cartilaginous tissue, including fibro- cartilage. 9. Osseous tissue. 10. Muscular tissue. 11. Nervous tissue. 12. Vascular tissue, arteries, veins, and lymphatics. 13. Serous tissue, including synovial. 14. Mucous tissue. 15. Dermoid tissue. 16. Glandular tissue. 17. Eefracting tissue, lens of the eye, cornea. 18. Petrous tissue, enamel of the teeth. Tex / tus. A tissue. Th. Symbol for thorium. Thal'ami Nervorum Optico'rum. Two rounded irregular surfaces, with a thin coating of white substance, seen exposed in the lateral ventricles of the brain. They form the prin- cipal origin of the optic nerve, a circum- stance which gave rise to their name, optic thalami. Thalamus. A room or chamber. In Anatomy, the part of the brain from which the optic nerve derives one of its branches. In Botany, the part on which the ovary is situ- ated ; the receptacle of the fruit. Thai lin. Thalline. Formula, C 10 H u O. A syuthetic chemical product in the form of large, colorless, bitter crystals. It is a power- ful antipyretic. Dose, gr. iij. On account of its toxic properties it is rarely employed. Thanato'des (tiavaroc, death). Deadly ; causing death. Than'atoid. Eesembling death. Than'atos. Death. The'a. The dried leaves of the tea-shrub. Also a genus of plants of the order Ternstrom- iacefe ; but whether it contains more than one species is a question which botanists have not, as yet, been able to decide. Linnaeus, who es- tablished the genus, enumerates two species — the Thea bohea and the Thea viridis, the black tea and the green. Other species — as the Thea oleosa, Thea cantoniensis, and Thea cochinchinensis— have been recognized, but it is believed by others that all of these are only varieties of one species, the Thea sinensis, and any one of them will afford the black or green tea, the difference being solely attributable to the mode of preparation. Thebaine. An alkaloid of opium ; para- morphia. Thebe'sii Foramina. Orifices of Thebe- sius. Small orifices on the right auricle of the heart. Thebolactic Acid. A variety of lactic acid found in opium. The'ca (dqia/). A case or sheath ; fibrous membrane. See Sheath. Theca Vertebra / lis. A prolongation of dura mater lining the canal of the vertebral col- umn and investing the spinal cord as far down as the third lumbar vertebra. It sends off a tubular process to each of the spinal nerves. Theci'tis (theca, a sheath). Inflammation of the sheath of a tendon. The'in. Theina. The peculiar principle on which the properties of tea depend. It has the same composition as caffein. Thela'sis. Lactation. The'le. The nipple ; a papilla. Theli'tis (from drf/ii, the nipple, and inc, a terminal signifying inflammation). Inflam- mation of the nipples. The'lium (from dr/Tir/, a papilla). A papilla. Also a layer of cells. Thelyblast. The passive element of a male generative cell and the active element of a female generative cell. The'nal (devap). Toward the palm of the hand. The'nar (from tferw, to strike). The palm THE 612 THI of the hand and the sole of the foot. Also a muscle extending the thumb. Thenar Em'inence. The projection on the superior and outer part of the hand. Then'ardite. Anhydrous sulphate of soda. Theobro'mine. A neutral crystalline principle analogous to thein and caffein, ob- tained from the cacao. Theoretical (theoreticus: from i?£wp£w, to contemplate). Pertaining to theory ; depend- ing on theory ; not practical ; speculative. The'ory {theoria ; from deopeu, to contem- plate). The speculative part of a science ; in- ferences drawn from facts ; an exposition of the principles of a science. Also science distin- guished from art, as the theory and practice of dental surgery or general medicine. It differs from hypothesis in being founded on infer- ences drawn from established facts, while a hypothesis attempts to explain certain phe- nomena by assuming propositions altogether speculative. Theory of Medicine. A philosophical expo- sition of the phenomena of health and dis- ease, embracing physiology, pathology, hy- giene, and therapeutics. Therapei / a. Therapeutics ; the healing art. Therapeu'tics (therapeutice ; from depciTrevu, to cure). That branch of medical science which considers the application of the reme- dies employed as a means of cure. Ther'apy. See Therapeutics. Theriocatar / rhus (tfepof, summer, and ca- tarrhus, a catarrh). Summer catarrh, or hay fever ; hay asthma. Therio'ma. Therion. A malignant ulcer. Ther'mae (i?e/jyua, heat). Warm baths or springs. Thermaesthe'sia. The sensation of heat or the temperature of bodies. Thermal. Warm ; of or pertaining to heat. Ther'me. Thermic. Heat, especially fever- ish heat. Ther / mo=. A Greek prefix denoting rela- tion to heat. Thermo-cautery. See CAUTERY. Thermo-chemistry. The branch of chemistry comprising the mutual relations of heat and atomic changes. Thermo-electricity. Electricity produced by heat. It is effected by heating the junction of two metals of different conducting powers, which have been soldered together. This at once sets in motion a current of electricity, which passes along the wires. Thermogen 'esis. The production of heat. Thermolysis. Chemical disintegration by heat. Dissipation of the animal heat. Thermometer (thermometrum ; from dep^n, heat, and fierpov, a measure). An instrument for measuring the temperature of bodies or the degrees of heat. The following are in use : Fahrenheit's thermometer, the scale of which, between the freezing- and boiling-points of water under a medium pressure of the atmo- sphere, is divided into 180 parts or degrees, the freezing-point being marked 32° and the boiling-point 212°. This scale is the one most used in this country and in England. The Centigrade thermometer has a scale in which there are just 100 degrees between the freezing- and boiling-points of water, the former being marked 0°, or zero, and the lat- ter 100°. This scale is used in France and other parts of the Continent. Reaumur's thermometer has a scale on which the freezing-point is marked 0°, and the boiling-point 80°. In this, and also in the Centigrade, the degrees are continued of the same size below and above these points, those below being reckoned the negative. The scale of Centigrade is reduced to that of Fahrenheit by multiplying by nine and dividing by five ; that of Reaumur to Fahrenheit by dividing by four instead of five ; or that of Fahrenheit to either of these by reversing these processes. Thermometer, Differential. An instrument for measuring very small differences of tem- perature. Ther / moscope. A modification of the air thermometer, which exhibits to the eye the changes of heat. Thermostat (from 3ep/iog, warm, and cTaTOQ, standing). A self-acting apparatus for regulating temperature by the unequal expan- sion of different metals. The'sis. A position or proposition ; a dis- sertation on any subject. In medical and den- tal colleges, an essay composed by a student who is a candidate for graduation. Thibaudia Que'reme. An aromatic tinc- ture is made from the flowers of this species, which is used in Peru as a cure for toothache. Thigh. Femur. That part of the lower limb situated between the pelvis and the leg. Thigh=bone. Os femoris. Thiocyanic Acid. A monobasic acid ; THI 613 THR also called sulphocyanic acid. It forms salts called thiocyanates. Thioform. The basic bismuth salt of dithiosalicylic acid in the form of an odorless powder, which is non-toxic. Antiseptic, ger- micidal, and desiccative ; also styptic and ano- dyne. Thiol. A substance obtained by treating coal-tar oil with sulphur. Used in skin dis- eases and chronic ulcers. Thionur'ic Acid. A bibasic crystallizable acid, a product of the decomposition of thio- nurate of lead with sulphuric acid. Thirst. In Physiology, the sensation of a desire to drink or to introduce liquids into the stomach. Thirst, Excessive. A constant desire to drink, with a sense of dryness of the mouth and fauces. It is often a symptom of disease. Thirst, Morbid. Excessive thirst. Thirst/y. Having a sensation in the fauces for want of water. Affected with thirst. Thla / sis. Thlasma. A contusion. Thlaspi Campes'tre. Mithridate mustard. The seeds are similar in their properties to common mustard ; slightly astringent. Thoracentesis (from &upa!j, the thorax, and KevTrjas, perforation). Tapping the thorax. ThoracTc (thoracicus). Pertaining to the thorax. Thoracic Aor'ta. That portion of the aorta between the heart and diaphragm. Thoracic Ar'tery, Infe'rior. The external mammary artery. Thoracic Duct (ductus thoracicus). Alimentary duct. The trunk or duct of the absorbents, in which the lymphatics of the lower ex- tremities, left side of the head, neck, and thorax terminate. It commences at the re- ceptaculum chyli, is about the size of a goose-quill, passes up into the chest through the pillars of the diaphragm and by the side of the aorta and vena azygos. It opens at the posterior part of the subclavian vein of the same side. Thoracic Re'gions. The different regions of the chest. Thoracofa'cial. A name given by Chaus- sier to the platysma myoides muscle. Thoracocentesis (from thorax, and Kevrt/aic, a pricking). Piercing of the thorax. Thoracys'tis. Encysted dropsy of the thorax. Tho'rax (from tfupaf, a breastplate). The chest, or that portion of the body situated be- tween the neck and abdomen. It is one of the splanchnic cavities, and contains the pleura, lungs, heart, oesophagus, thoracic duct, thymus gland, arch of the aorta, part of the vena cava, the vena azygos, the eighth pair of nerves, and part of the intercostal nerve. It is. bounded anteriorly by the sternum, posteriorly by the vertebrae, laterally by the ribs and scapula, above by the clavicle, and below by the dia- phragm. Tho'ria. Thorina. Oxide of thorium ; an earthy substance discovered by Berzelius in thorite. Tho'rite. A massive and compact mineral found in Norway. It has a blackish color and the appearance of vitreous lava. It contains 58 per cent, of thoria. Tho'rium. Thorinum. The metallic base of thoria. It is in the form of a gray pow- der. Thread'worm. The Oxyuris or Ascaris vermicularis. A species of small worm about half an inch in length. It is usually found in the rectum, and causes an intolerable itching. Injections containing oil of turpentine prove serviceable. Threp'sis (dpefic). Nutrition; assimila- tion. Thrid'ace (i?/wJaf, the lettuce). A substance obtained from lettuce, supposed to be identical with lactucarium. Thrix. A hair. Throat. The anterior part of the neck ; also the pharynx. Throb. To beat, as the heart or pulse, with more than ordinary force and rapidity. Throb'bing. Beating ; pulsating, as of the heart or of an artery ; palpitating. Throe. Anguish ; agony ; extreme pain ; applied particularly to the pain of parturi- tion. Throm'boid (from thrombus, a clot). Ee- lating to or having the appearance or nature of a thrombus. Thrombo'sis. The formation or progress of a thrombus (which see). Throm'bus (from dpou3ow, to clot). A small tumor formed by an effusion of blood into the cellular substance in the vicinity of a vein which has been opened. A blood-clot that forms in the vessels or the heart while the blood is actively circulating. The clot which closes the divided end of an arterv ; also the THR 614 THY clots which form after the ligation of an artery are sometimes called " thrombi." Throt/tle. The trachea, Thrush. A form of stomatitis due to a spe- cific fungus, — oideum albicans, or saccharomy- ces albicans, — and characterized by the presence of diffuse -white patches. It occurs especially in weakly children, but may affect adults de- pressed by some form of wasting disease. It is also called parasitic stomatitis, and also aphtha?, but aphtha? is generally a vesicular form of stomatitis. Thryp'sis. Comminution. Thu / lite. A mineral found in Norway, of a peach-blossom color, consisting of silica, alumina, and lime, with a small portion of soda, potash, and the oxide of iron and man- ganese. Thumb. The first, or greatest, of the fin- gers. Thumb-sucking. A pernicious habit in- dulged in by some children, which causes certain forms of irregularity of the teeth and malformation of the jaws. The upper front teeth are pressed forward and the lower teeth backward, carrying with them the alveolus, and thus deforming the arch. It lengthens the upper and shortens the lower jaw. Thyme. The common name of thymus. Thy'mic Acid. See Thymol. Thymio / sis. Frarnboesia. Thymines. Wine impregnated with thyme. Thymi'tis. Inflammation of the thymus gland. Thym / ium. A small wart upon the skin, resembling thyme buds. Thy'mol. Thymic acid. It is obtained by treating the oil of thyme with an aqueous solution of potassa and soda, which separate it from a principle called thymene, with which it is mixed in the oil. It is not affected by the alkalies. The thymate thus formed is decomposed by an acid, and the liberated thymol is purified by repeated washings and finally by distillation. In a concentrated state it has an acrid and caustic taste, but when very much diluted the taste is that of thyme. It is only slightly soluble in water, but very soluble in alcohol and ether. Like creasote, it has the property of combining with animal tissues, thus preventing putrefaction, and is said to have the important properties of car- bolic acid without a disagreeable smell ; as that it is also efficient as an antiseptic. In Dental Practice it is employed in diseases of the den- tal pulp. Combined with glycerine — the pre- paration being known as "glycerole of thymol " — it is useful in cases of putrid pulps, acting as an antiseptic ; also in chronic inflammation and abscess. Thy'mos (dv/iog). The soul ; life ; anger. Also thyme. In Anatomy, the name of a gland. Thy / mus. A genus of plants of the order Labiatse. Thymus Citra'tus. Thymus serpyllum. Wild thyme ; mother of thyme. Thymus Gland. A conglomerate gland in the foetus, composed of lobules and a central cavity, situated in a duplicature of the me- diastinum under the upper part of the ster- num. Thymus Vulga'ris. Common thyme. This is said to be stomachic, tonic, and emmena- gogue. Thyremphrax'is. Thyrocele. Swelling of the thyroid gland. Bronchocele. Thyreoid. Thyroid. Thyreon'cus. Swelling or hernia-like protrusion of the mucous membrane of the larynx. Thyro=, Thyreo= (from tivpsog, a shield). A prefix denoting a connection with the thy- roid, or shield-like cartilage of the larynx. Thyro-aryt/enoid. Eelating to the thyroid and arytenoid cartilages. Thyro-arytenoid Lig / aments. The inferior ligaments of the larynx. The vocal cords. Thyro-arytenoid Muscle (thyro-arytaenoideus) . A thin muscle situated about the glottis. It arises from the lower part of the poste- rior surface of the thyroid cartrilage, and is inserted into the outer part of the base of the arytenoid cartilage. Its use is to draw the arytenoid cartilage forward nearer to the thy- roid, and as it does this it relaxes the liga- ments of the larynx. Thyro-epiglot / tic (thyro-ej)igloltideus). A name given by Sabatier to the outer portion of the thyro-arytenoid muscle. Thyro-hyoide / us. Thyro-hyoid. A muscle arising from the thyroid cartilage and in- serted into the inferior border of the cornu of the os hyoides. Thyro-pharynge'us. The constrictor pharyn- gis inferior. Thyro-pharyngo-staphyli / nus. The palato- pharyngeus. Thyro-staphyli'nus. The palato-pharyngeus muscle. THY 615 TIN Thyroce'le. Bronchocele. Thy'roid (thyroides ; from tivpeoc, a shield, and eidoc, resemblance). Thyreoid. Resem- bling a shield. Thyroid Car'tilage [cartilago scufiformis). The largest cartilage of the larynx. It is composed of two lateral aloe, which unite in front and form a projection called the pomum adami. Each of these ahe, posteriorly, ter- minates above in the superior cornu, and below in the inferior cornu. An oblong ridge is observed on the side of each ala, which gives attachment to the sterno-hyoid muscle and origin to the thyro-hyoid and constrictor mus- cles. On the inner side, near the union of the alae, the epiglottis, the chordae vocales, the thyro-an r tenoid, and the fchyro-epiglottidean muscles are attached. This cartilage consti- tutes the anterior, superior, and largest part of the larynx. Thyroid Gland (glandula thyroides). A duct- less, gland-like body, situated on the an- terior aspect of the trachea, consisting of two lateral lobes, oue upon either side, connected centrally by an isthmus. Its functions are unknown. Thyroid'eal (thyroideus). Relating to the thyroid gland or cartilage. Thyroideal Arteries. Two arteries, distin- guished by the names of superior and inferior. The superior arises from the external carotid artery, and the inferior from the subclavian, and both, after giving off several branches, are distributed to the thyroid gland. Thyroideal Veins. These veins are classi- fied as: (1) A superior and several mid- dle thyroideal veins, which open into the in- ternal jugular vein ; (2) two inferior, a right and a left, and sometimes more. The right opens into the right vena innominata, and the left into the left vena innominata. Thyrophrax'ia. Bronchocele. Ti. The symbol of Titanium. Tib'ia. The large bone of the leg. Tib'iad. Toward the tibial aspect. Tib ial (tibialis). Pertaining to the tibia. Tibial Aponeurosis. A continuation of the femoral aponeurosis over the leg. Tibial Arteries (arteri.x tibiales). The two principal branches of the popliteal artery. They are called the anterior aud posterior tibial arteries. Tibial Aspect. Name given by Barclay to the aspect toward the side on which the tibia is situated. Tibial Nerves. Two nerves, an anterior and a posterior. The anterior commences at the bifurcation of the peroneal and descends with the tibial artery. The posterior is a continu- ation of the popliteal nerve, and passes down , the posterior part of the leg to the back part of the inner ankle. Tibial Veins. Two veins, an anterior and a posterior, which have the same arrangement as the tibial arteries. Tibialis. Tibial. Tibialis Anti'cus. A muscle situated on the anterior part of the leg. Tibialis Gracilis. The plantar muscle. Tibialis Posticus. A muscle situated at the posterior part of the leg. Tibio=calca / nien. Name given by Chaus- sier to the soleus muscle. Tibio=tar'saI. Relating to the tibia and tarsus. Tibio-tarsal Articula'tion. The articulation of the foot with the leg. Tic. In Pathology, the contraction of certain muscles, especially of some of those of the face, designated by some French authors tic convul- sif, in order to distinguish it from tic douloureux, or neuralgia faciei. It appears to be a sort of local chorea. Tic Douloureux. A French term signifying a painful spasm, usually applied to neuralgia of the face, the infra-orbitary branches of the fifth pair being the nerves usually affected. Tick/ling. A peculiar sensation resulting from excitation of the cutaneous nerve. T. i. d. The abbreviation for ter in die, three times a day. Tig'lia. Tiglii grana. The seeds of Croton tiglium. Tig'lii Oleum. Croton oil. Til'mos (from n'/./.u, to pull). Evulsion ; a pulling ; teasing. Til'mus. Picking of the bed-clothes. Tim'idus. The rectus inferior oculi muscle. Tin. Staunum. Symbol, Sn. Atomic weight, 118. A whitish, brilliant metal, of an intermediate hardness between zinc and lead. It is very malleable aud is readily beat into thin leaves or foil, in which state it is used for filling teeth, aud is, perhaps, for this purpose the best substitute for gold that has ever beeu employed. Its conductive property is not so great as that of gold. In certain conditions of the oral secretions, however, tin is rapidly acted upon, and on this account is less reliable as a filling. It enters largely into most of TIN 616 TIN the amalgams in common use as fillings. It possesses less tenacity and ductility than most of the other malleable metals. It is also used by dentists, both for dies and counter-dies, for -which, in most cases, it answers an excel- lent purpose. It is extensively employed in the arts, and its filings are sometimes used as a mechanical vermifuge. The chloride or but- ter of tin is a violent cathartic. Tin Foil (stannum foliatum). This was very generally used, until about 1820, for filling teeth, and even at the present day is employed for this purpose by many dentists. See Fill- ing Teeth, in Harris' "Prin. and Pract. of Dentistry. " Tin, Muriate of. Chloride of tin. Bntteroftin. Tin, Sul'phuret of. See Aurum MusiVUM. Tinag'mus. Swinging ; shaking. Tinas'mus. Tenesmus. Tin'cae Os. The mouth of the uterus is so called from its resemblance to the mouth of the tench fish. Tinc'al. The commercial name for crude borax ; impure biborate of soda, consisting of crystals of a yellowish color and unctuous feel. Tincto'rial. That which dyes ; applied to matter used in dyeing ; pertaining to colors or dyes. Tinctu'ra (from tingere, tinctum, to dye). A tincture. Tinctura Aconiti Rad'icis. Tincture of aco- nite root. Dose, rr\j to n\y, gradually in- creased. Combined with tincture of iodine, it is a useful application for periodontitis and the earlier stages of alveolar abscess ; and alone, for inflamed pulps and to mitigate the pain following the extraction of teeth, in neu- ralgia, etc. Combined with an equal quan- tity of chloroform, it forms a useful local anaesthetic. Tinctura Ammo'niae Compos'ita. (Ph. L.) Compound tincture of ammonia. Tinctura Ar / nicae. Tincture of arnica. Ap- plied to bruises with good effect. For internal use, dose, rr^viij to n^xxx. See Arnica. Tinctura Belladon'nae. (U.S.) Tincture of belladonna. Dose, TTLviij to rti^xv. Tinctura Benzo / ini Compos / ita. (U. S.) Compound tincture of benzoin. Dose, f.^ss to f3 i.j. Tinctura Cam'phorae. (U. S.) Tincture of camphor. Tinctura Camphorae Compos'ita. (TJ. S.) Camphorated tincture of opium. Paregoric elixir. Tinctura Canthar'idis. (U.S.) Tincture of Spanish flies. Dose, ffl.viij to rr^xv. Tinctura Cap / sici. (U. S.) Tincture of cayenne pepper. Dose, tr^viij to rr^xv, or more. Tinctura Catechu. (U. S.) Tincture of catechu. Dose, f.^ss to f 3 ij. Tinctura Cincho'nae. (U. S.) Tincture of Peruvian bark. Dose, f 3 j to f^iij. Tinctura Cinchonae Compos'ita. (U. S. ) Compound tincture of Peruvian bark. Dose, foJ tofoi'J- Tinctura Cinnamo'mi. (U. S.) Tincture of cinnamon. Dose, fgj to f 3 ij. Tinctura Cinnamomi Composita. (U. S.) Compound tincture of cinnamon. Dose, f 3 j to f^ij. Tinctura Digitals. (Ph. U. S. and L.) Tincture of foxglove. Dose, TTlvj to tt\,xv. Tinctura Fer'ri Aceta'tis. (Ph. D.) Tinc- ture of acetate of iron. Tinctura Ferri Ammo'nio-chlo'ridi. (Ph.L.) Tincture of ammonio-chloride of iron. Tinctura Ferri Chloridi. (U. S.) Tincture of chloride of iron. Tincture of muriate of iron. See Tinctura Ferri Muriatis. Tinctura Ferri Muriatis. Tincture of muri- ate of iron. Made of subcarbonate of iron, muriatic acid, and alcohol. Tonic and styptic. It is used in erysipelas and scarlatina in the dose of ten to twenty drops every two or three hours. Tinctura GaFke. (U. S.) Tincture of galls. Dose, fgj to f.^ij. Tinctura Gentia / nse Composita. (U. S.) Compound tincture of gentian. Dose, f£j to Tinctura Hamuli. Tincture of hops. Dose, f.^j tof^iij. Tinctura Io / dini. (U.S.) Tincture of iodine. Take of iodine, f^j ; alcohol, Oj ; dissolve. It spoils by keeping, or at least deposits the iodine. Used in Dentistry as an application to sensitive dentine, as a gargle in mercurial stomatitis, as an injection in alveolar abscesses, and generally combined with carbolic acid and glycerine ; also as an external application for dental periodontitis when it is combined with an equal quantity of tincture of aconite root ; also in dentigerous and other cysts of the jaws, putrescent pulps of teeth, and pulp- canals in a septic condition ; also in pyorrhoea alveolaris and fungous growths of dental pulps and hypertrophy of gums. It has been much used in goitre, etc. Dose, ttlv to rt\,xv, three times a day. TIN 611 TIS Tinctura Iodin'ii Composita. Compound tincture of iodine. Made of iodine, f 5 ss ; iodide of potassium, fgi ; rectified spirit, Oj. Dose, rt\v to rtlxv. In Dental Practice it is used for the same purposes as the officinal tincture. An ethereal and a chloroform tinc- ture of iodine have been used to affect the system with iodine by inhalation. Tinctura Iodinii DecoPorat. Colorless tinc- ture of iodine. Designed only for local use, and possesses the properties of the officinal tincture, without leaving the usual unpleasant stain upon the surface. It is also useful for removing the stains of nitrate of silver. Tinctura Krame / riae. (U. S.) Tincture of rhatany. Tinctura Myr'rhae. (TJ. S.) Tincture of myrrh. It is tonic, deobstruent, antiseptic, detergent. The tincture of mj r rrh is a very valuable application in the treatment of diseases of the mucous membrane of the mouth. Dose, f.^ss to f^j. See Mykrha. Tinctura O'lei Men'thae Piper'itae. (U. S.) Tincture of peppermint. Essence of pepper- mint. Dose, gtt. x to gtt. xx. Tinctura O'pii. (U. S.) Tincture of opium. Laudanum. Dose, rrtx to ttLxxx. It has the same dental uses as vinum opii (which see). Tinctura Opii Aceta'ta. (TJ. S.) Acetated tincture of opium. Dose, rt^x, equal to one gr. of opium. Tinctura Opii Ammonia'ta. (Ph. E.) Am- moniated tincture of opium. Tinctura Opii Camphora / ta. (TJ. S.) Cam- phorated tincture of opium. Paregoric elixir. Dose, f 3,j to f^iij. Tinctura Rhei et Gentia'nae. (TJ. S.) Tinc- ture of rhubarb and gentian. Dose, f £j to Tinctura Rhei et Sennas. (TJ. S.) Tincture of rhubarb and senna. Dose, f5ss to f5 ij. Tinctura Sanguina / riae. (TJ. S.) Tincture of blood-root. Dose, rr^x to fgss. Tinctura Sapo'nis Camphorata. (TJ. S.) Camphorated tincture of soap. Tinctura Scil'ke. (U.S.) Tincture of squill. Dose, rr^x to f 3j. Tinctura Sennas et Jala'pae. (TJ. S.) Tinc- ture of senna and jalap. Dose, f 3 ij to f5J. Tinctura Serpenta'riae. (TJ. S.) Tincture of Virginia snake-root. Dose, f.^ss to fsjij. Tinctura Stramo / nii. (TJ. S.) Tincture of stramonium. Dose, tr^x to rr^xx. Tinctura Theba'ica. Laudanum. Tinctura Toluta'ni. Tincture of tolu. Dose, f,5 ss to f 3 j or more. Tinctura Valerianae. (TJ. S.) Tincture of valerian. Dose, f^ss to f gij. Tinctura Valerianae Ammonia'ta. (TJ. S.) Ammoniated tincture of valerian. Dose, f£ ss to f.^ij. Tinctura Vera'tri Vir / idis. Tincture of American hellebore. Tinctura Zingib'eris. (TJ. S.) Tincture of ginger. Dose, f£j to fsjiij. Tinc / ture (tinctura). A pharmaceutical preparation, consisting of an alcoholic solution of the active portions of any medicine. A tincture is called simple when it holds only one substance in solution, and compound when two or more ingredients are submitted to the solvent. The strength of tinctures varies from 0.4 per cent, to 65 per cent, of the active prin- ciples of the agent. Tin'der. Touchwood ; punk. The pro- duct of different species of Boletus. See Bole- tus Igniaritjs. Also anything inflammable, used for kindling fire from a spark, as scorched linen, etc. At one time it was used by sur- geons as a styptic. Tin'ea (tinea capitis). Scald-head, porrigo (which see). Tin'gle. To have a thrilling, sharp, and slightly penetrating sensation, or to feel a sharp, thrilling pain. Tinnimen'tum Metal'licum (tintement me'taUique). Metallic respiration ; metallic voice ; metallic tinkling. TinnPtus Au'rium. Ringing in the ears. Tir'toirs. A name applied by Laforgue to a kind of lever used for the extraction of teeth. It consists of a punch with a long hook at- tached to the upper surface. The principle upon which it operates is similar to that of the key of Garengeot. The instrument, we believe, was invented by Fouchard, but afterward very greatly improved by Laforgue. Ti'sane. Ptisaua. A decoction of barley ; a weak diet drink. Tis'ic. Phthisic. Tis'ical. Phthisical ; consumptive. Tis'sue (textus). A French term, applied in Anatomy to the textures which form the differ- ent organs of the body. The organic elements of a pai't or an organ ; an aggregation of cells, fibres, etc., forming a structure of definite and uniform auatomical and chemical character's. Connective tissue is derived from the mesoblast, and comprises embryonic connective tissue. TIT 618 TON Epithelial tissue is derived from the epiblast and hypoblast, constituting epithelium and glandular tissue. See Textuke. Tissue, Accidental. An organized substance, foreign to the natural tissues of the body, developed in the interior or at the surface of organs, as the membrane of croup, fungous and cancerous tumors, tubercles, etc. Tissue, Ad'ipose. See Adipose Tissue. Tissue, Areo'lar. The cellular tissue (which see). Tissue, Vascular. See Vascular Tissue. Tita'nic Acid (acidum titanicum). Per- oxide of titanium. It does not act on test paper, but combines 'with metallic oxides. Ti'tanite. Native oxide of titanium. Titanium. Symbol, Ti. Atomic weight, -18. A rare, very hard, copper-colored, and extremely infusible metal, obtained from menachanite, etc. The principal ores of titan- ium are sphene, common and foliated, rutile, iserine, menachanite, and octahedrite, pyra- midal titanium ore. Titanium is a valuable coloring ingredient in porcelain teeth. Tithon / ic. Pertaining to tithonicity. Tithonic'ity. A term applied to a chemi- cal effect produced by a property of light, sup- posed to be a distinct, independent, imponder- able agent. Tithonom / eter. An instrument for meas- uring the force of the chemical rays of light. Titillamen'tum. A gargarism. Titilla'tion (titillatio). Tickling, or the state of being tickled. Tit/the (tit&tj). The nipple. Tituba'tion (titubatio ; from tittibare, to stagger). Staggering ; restlessness. The fid- gets. Tobac'co. The dried leaves of the Nico- tiana tabacum. Tobacco, besides being a seda- tive narcotic, acts as an emetic and a diuretic. In moderate doses it calms restlessness and produces general languor and repose to those accustomed to its use. In larger doses it causes vertigo, stupor, faintness, nausea, vomiting, and general debility of the nervous and circu- latory functions. A fatal termination has fol- lowed its use in large quantities. Tobacco induces a vitiated condition of the constitution, a physical degeneracy which has a direct or indirect effect upon the teeth. Nicotine, the alkaloid of tobacco, causes derangement of various organs and alteration of tissues, and the transmitted vice is supposed to atfect the dental tissues by retarding development and normal growth of the teeth, and causing con- gestion, recession, and absorption of the gums and alveoli. Tobacco, Indian. Lobelia inflata. Tobacco, Virginian. The Nicotiana tabacum. Toce'tos. Parturition. Tocol'ogy (from tokoc, parturition, and hoyoc, a discourse). A treatise on parturition ; the science of obstetrics. Tocos. Parturition. Tola. The tonsil. Toe. Digitus pedis. Tokay. Wine made at Tokay, in Upper Hungary, of white grapes, having a rich aro- matic flavor. Tokology. See Tocology. Tolerance (from tolero, to bear). Tolerant. In Medicine, ability to bear any medicine or agent. Tolu Bal'sam. Tolutanum. The resinous juice of Myroxylon toluiferum. Toluta / num. Balsam of tolu. Tombac / . An alloy of copper and arsenic, called white copper. Tomei'um (tomeion). A knife. Tomentose / . Downy ; woolly. Tomen'tum. A lock of wool. In Anat- omy, the small vessels on the surface of the brain are so called from their woolly appear- ance. Tomes' (Mr. John) Method for the Immediate Movement of Teeth. Consists of the forcible rotation of a tooth by the for- ceps ; an operation which requires great care to prevent injury to pulp and peridental mem- brane. Tone (tonus; from reivu, to stretch). The tension proper to the healthy condition of each organic tissue. The normal activity, strength, and excitability of the different or- gans and functions as displayed in a condition of health. Tongue {lingua). The essential organ of taste, situated in the mouth and extending from the os hyoides and epiglottis to the in- cisor teeth. It also assists the performance of many other functions, as sucking, mastication, deglutition, speech, etc., and is composed of a great variety of parts. It is anatomically divided into its apex, body, and root. The apex is the free anterior portion ; the body occupies the centre and is thick and broad ; the root is the posterior portion and is attached to the os hyoides. The tongue is covered by a reflec- tion of mucous membrane. TON 619 TON The ripper surface of the tongue is rough, and is covered by numerous eminences, called the papillae, which are distinguished into : (1) The lenticular ; (2) the fungiform ; (3) the conical ; and (4) the filiform papillae. The lenticular, which are the largest, are nine or more in number, and are situated near the root of the tongue. They are of a spherical shape, arranged in the form of the letter N, and consist of mucous follicles. Behind them is a depression called the foramen caecum. The fungiform papillae are more numerous, and are situated near the borders of the tongue. These are smaller than the lenticular, and have a rounded head supported on a thin pedicle. The conical are still more numerous, and are scattered over the whole surface of the tongue. They are smaller than the fungiform and are of a conical shape. The filiform are smaller than the last-named papillae, and occupy the intervals between the others. All of these papillae, except the lentic- ular, belong essentially to the function of taste. The greater portion of the substance of the tongue is composed of the stylo-glossus, hyo- glossus, genio-hyo-glossus, and lingualis mus- cles. But, besides these, the digastricus, mylo- hyoideus, and genio-hyoideus act more or less indirectly upon this organ. By the separate and combined action of these muscles the tongue is made to assume almost every variety of position. They elevate and depress it, move it to one side, or protrude it from the mouth, draw it back to the pharynx, make its dorsum or upper surface concave or convex, and turn its apex or tip upward or downward, laterally or backward. Tongue, Black. The popular designation of an epidemic erysipelas of the Western States, which commenced in the winter of 1842-43. It was of a typhoid character. Tongue, Characteristics of the. The appear- ance of the tongue is supposed to indicate more accurately the state of the general health than any other part of the body, and hence, both in diagnosis and prognosis, it is always consulted. But whether it reports more cor- rectly the state of the general health than other parts of the buccal cavity is somewhat questionable. The quality of the blood and temperament of the individual are certainly as clearly indicated by the appearance of the lips and gums as by that of this organ. The effects produced on the mucous membrane of the tongue by disease in other parts are said, by Professor Schill, to be analogous to those produced on the general integument, and so are the changes of its color, consistence, hu- midity, and temperature similar to those of the skin. The changes of its coating are also said to agree with analogous changes of the perspiration, and that these phenomena are more decided in acute than in chronic affec- tions. See Harris' "Priu. and Pract. of Den- tistry." Tongue Compressor. A dental instrument invented by Dr. George E. Hawes for clamp- ing down the tongue to prevent its interfering with the filling of the inferior teeth. Tongue Holder. An instrument for confining the tongue to the floor of the mouth. It is sometimes used by the dentist while filling teeth in the lower jaw. A number of con- trivances for this purpose have been invented. Tongue, Inflammation of the. Glossitis. Tongue Scraper. Cure-langue. An instru- ment invented by Dr. L. S. Parmly to remove clammy and hardened mucous secretions from the upper surface of the tongue. It consists of a thin piece of whalebone or steel, about six inches long and f of an inch in width. In using it, the two ends are brought to- gether, and the curved part introduced into the back part of the mouth ; then, by press- ing the lower edge upon the top of the tongue and drawing it forward, the clammy mucus and fur are removed. Tongue=shaped. Lingulate. Tongue=tied. Ankyloglossurn. A con- genital shortening of the fraenum of the tongue, which prevents free movement. Ton'ic (tonicus). In Pathology, a continu- ous, spastic, muscular contraction, as in teta- nus. Also increasing the tone of muscular fibre ; applied to certain medicines. See Toxics. Tonic Power. Irritability. Tonic Spasm. A rigid contraction of the muscles, lasting for some time without relaxa- tion. Tonicity (tonicitas). The faculty which determines the tone of the solids ; the elasticity of living parts. Ton'ics (from rovow, to strengthen). A term applied to medicines which, when intro- duced into the system, impart tone and vigor to the whole animal economy. They are ob- tained both from the mineral and vegetable kingdoms. TON 620 TOO To'nos. Tonic spasm. Tonsil'la? Pestilen'tes. Cynanche maligna (which see). Tonsiila'rum Gangra^'na. See Cynanche Maligna. Tonsillatome. An instrument for abscis- sion of the tonsils. Tonsillit'ic. Tonsilliticus. Relating to, distributed upon, or implicating the tonsils ; as, the tonsillitic branches of the glossophar- yngeal nerve, tonsillitic inflammation, etc. Tonsilli'tis. .Inflammation of the tonsils. Cynanche tonsillaris. Mr. Charles Tomes ascribes a V-shaped arch and the consequent irregularity of the teeth to mouth-breathing from enlargement of the tonsils. Caries of a peculiar form is also ascribed to constant ex- posure of the teeth to the atmosphere. Tonsillitis Malig'na. Cynanche maligna. Putrid or gangrenous sore throat. Tonsillitis Phlegmonoi'des. Cynanche ton- sillaris. Inflammation of the tonsils. Simple inflammatory sore throat. Ton'sils (tonsilla, or amygdale). Two ovoid, almond-shaped glands, each about f of an inch long, \ of an inch wide, and about the same in thickness, their extremities being rounded, and situated on either side within the fauces, between the anterior and posterior pillars of the soft palate. They consist of an assemblage of mucous follicles, which open ex- teriorly. They vary greatly in size in different persons, and often in the same person. Twelve to twenty indentations on their free or proxi- mal surface give small recesses or crypts within the gland, and produce a perforated appear- ance. The secretion from these mucous glands or tonsils is discharged into the crypts, and its retention causes a foetid breath. Sometimes it is discharged in the form of small balls of yel- lowish-gray matter having a very offensive odor, and its retention causes the tonsils to become highly inflamed. The natural secre- tion of the tonsils lubricates the isthmus fau- cium and facilitates the deglutition of alimen- tary substances. To'nus. The tension or tonicity of an organ. Tooth {pdovg ; dens; plural, dentca). A tooth is anatomically divided into three parts — namely : (1) The crown or corona, which is the part situated without the alveolus, and covered by a hard vitreous substance called the enamel ; (2) the cervix or neck, which is situated between the crown and the alveolus, and surrounded by the gum ; (3) the root or fang, which is the part situated within the alveolus. See Teeth. A tooth is composed of four distinct parts — namely : (1) The pulp; (2) the hone or dentine ; (3) the enamel; and (4) the crusta petrosa, or cementum. For a description of these tissues, see name of each. A tooth has also a central cavity, which encloses the pulp. See Dental Cavity. Tooth'ache. Odontalgia (which see). Toothache Tree. The popular name of the species of plants which form the genus Xan- thoxylum, but applied more particularly to Xanthoxylum fraxineum, the bark and fruit of which have been used as a remedy for toothache. Tooth=bone. Dentine. Toothbrush. An instrument composed of small bundles of prepared hogs' bristles, se- . cured to a long narrow piece of bone or ivory, by means of sealing-wax or some other cement, or by wire, and employed for cleaning the teeth. It is a valuable dental hygienic agent, and the toilet of no one can be regarded as complete without it. Tooth=edge (agacement des dents). Teeth set on edge (which see). Tooth=paste. A dentifrice made in the form of a paste. See Dentifrice. Toothpick. A flexible and elastic sharp- pointed instrument, employed for the removal of extraneous matters from between the teeth. It is made of metal, whalebone, wood, or the quill of a goose or other fowl. A toothpick made from the quill of a goose is better than either a metallic or wooden pick. Tooth=polisher, Argillaceous. An in- strument invented by Dr. L. S. Parmly for the removal of stains and discolorations from the teeth. It consists of a cylindrical piece of baked clay, about five inches long and J of an inch in diameter, flattened, and bent at each end to an angle of nearly 90°. In using it, one of the flattened extremities is first moist- ened in water, and then rubbed upon the tooth until the stain or discoloration is re- moved. Tooth-rash. Strophulus (which see). Tooth =shape. Dentate. Tooth-shaping, Truing Up. The process of removing by grinding or of building up with gold portions of teeth — generally the cutting edges — to make them uniform in length with adjacent teeth and to give them a normal ap- TOO 621 TOU pearance. Also removing overlapping portions of teeth for the same purpose. Tooth=syringe. Odonenchytes. A small instrument — made of gold, silver, glass, or rub- ber — in the form of a pump, with a nozzle about an inch long, curved so as to form nearly a right angle, and used to draw in any fluid, which is done by means of a piston, and then to expel it into the cavity of a tooth. It is used principally for cleansing cavities in teeth, preparatory to filling ; also for inject- ing pulp-canals, etc. To'paz. A hard, crystallized, yellow min- eral, composed of alumina, silica, and fluoric acid. Topaz / oIite. A sub variety of garnet of a pale-yellow color. Tophaceous. Gritty ; sandy ; resembling a soft stone. To / phus. An accumulation of calcareous matter in the joints. Also gravel. Topical (topictis; from towoc, a place). Limited ; local. In Therapeutics, the applica- tion of a remedy to a particular part ; hence topical remedies are those which act upon the part to which they are applied, and are divided into several classes : Those which produce some local irritation or stimulation without ab- sorption ; those which act destructively or corrosively upon the tissues ; and those which destroy parasitic or microscopic growths, to which class belong what are known as germi- cides. Top'icus. Local. Tor / cuIar (from iorqueo, to twist). A tour- niquet. Also a press. Torcular Heroph / ili. The press of Herophi- lus ; a smooth and polished cavity of the dura mater, of irregular shape, called the fourth sinus. • Tor'culum. Tourniquet. Tormen'tum. The ileac passion ; intus- susceptio. Tor / mina. Severe colicky pains. Dysen- tery. Tornac'ulum. A tourniquet. Toros'itas (from torosus, full of muscle, brawny). Muscular strength. Torosus. Full of muscle; muscular; brawny ; fleshy. Tor / pid (torpidus ; from torpeo, to be stiff, numb). Loss of the power of motion or exertion ; loss of feeling ; numb. Tor'por (from torpere, to be numbed). Deficiency of sensation ; numbness ; inactivity ; a sluggish condition of a part or of the whole body. Torpor Intestino'rum. Constipation. Torrefac'tion {torrefactio ; from torridus, drj r , parched, and facio, to make). In PJiar- macy, the drying of drugs on a metalline plate, placed over or before a fire. In Metal- lurgy, the operation of roasting ores. Torricel'lion Vac'uum. The vacuum at the top of the column of mercury in a barom- eter, so called from Torricelli, the inventor of the instrument. Torsion (lorsio). Twisting. The torsion of a divided artery is sometimes resorted to for the purpose of arresting haemorrhage. Torsion of Teeth. The forcible turning of teeth in their cavities for the purpose of correcting irregularity in position. Some French writers have applied this term to a species of malformation of the jaws, in which the upper teeth on one side of the mouth from the median line shut on the outside of the lower jaw on the same side, and on the other side they fall on the inside of the lower teeth. Torticol'Iis (from torqueo, to twist, and collum, the neck). Wry-neck (which see). Tor'tilis. Tortile ; twisted. Tor / tuaIis (torquero, to twist). Tormented, suffering. Also the countenance of the sick. Tortuo'sus. Twisted ; tortuous. Tortu'ra Oris. Risus sardonicus. A wry mouth ; convulsive grin. Touch (tactus). In Physiology, the sense by which we are enabled to know the palpable qualities of bodies by feeling them ; one of the five senses. Touch'er. Act of touching, or examina- tion by touch. Uterine examination through the vagina with the fingers. Touch'stone. A compact variety of sili- cious schist used for the purpose of ascertain- ing the purity of gold and silver by the streak left on it. Touch'wood. Common name of Boletus igniarius, the agaric of the oak. Also decayed wood ; it will take fire from a spark. Tour'maline. A mineral of various colors, occurring in three- or six-sided prisms, termi- nated by three-sided pyramids. The finer varieties of schorl are kuown by this name. Tourni'quet (from Fr. tourner, to turn). A surgical instrument, or a bandage, tightened by a screw, employed to suspend the circula- tion of blood in a limb by compressing the TOX 622 TRA principal artery during the performance of an operation involving the division of large ar- teries. Toxaemia (from roijiKov, a poison, and aifia } blood). A poisoning of the blood. Toxana?'mia (from toS-mov, and aniemia, want of blood"). An anoemic abnormalism of the blood, caused by gases and mineral poisons. Toxic, Toxical (from to^ikov, poison). Pois- onous. Toxicodermia. Disease of the skin from poisonous substances. Toxicohas'mia (from to^ikov, a poison, and atua, blood). Poisoning of the blood. Toxicol'ogy (from rotjucov, a poison, and /.o/of, a discourse). Toxicologia. A treatise on poisons. Toxico'ses. A generic term applied by Fuchs to diseases caused by the introduction of poison into the system. Tox'icum. A poison. Toxif'erous (from toxicum, poison, and fero, to bear). Bearing or containing poi- son. Tox'ine. A poisonous base produced by the action of bacteria upon organic substances ; a poisonous ptomaine. Trabec'ula. The thread-like processes of the dura mater, and the medullary fibres of the brain, constituting the commissures. Tra'chea (from rpaxvc, rough). The wind- pipe. A cylindrical, fibro-cartilaginous, and membranous tube, through which the air passes to the lungs. Commencing with the larynx, it extends to the fourth or fifth dorsal vertebra, where it divides into the right and left bronchial tubes, one going to each lung. It is composed of cartilaginous rings, fibrous and mucous membrane, muscular fibres, vessels, and nerves. Tracheal (trachealis). Pertaining to the trachea. Tracheal Glands. The small, flattened, ovoid bodies, which are mucous follicles, on the pos- terior surface of the trachea. Trachea'lia. Croup. Tracheitis. Trachitis. Cynanche tra- chealis. Inflammation of the trachea. Trache'Iagra. Rheumatism in the neck ; wry -neck ; stiff-neck. Trache'Iian (trachelianus). Pertaining to the neck ; cervical. Trachelis'mus. A term applied by Dr. Marshall Hall to a supposed spasmodic con- traction of the muscles of the neck, which, by compressing the veins and impeding the return of the blood from the head, is, as he believed, the cause of many morbid phenomena. Tra'chelocele. Bronchocele. Trache / lo=cer'vical. Name given by Chaussier to an artery of the neck, the arteria cervicalis profunda. Trachelo=diaphragma'tic Nerves. Name given by Chaussier to the fourth pair of cervi- cal nerves. Trachelo=mastoide / us. A muscle of the neck. Tracheios (rpaxif/.og). The neck. Tracheorrhag'ia (from rpaxrjAog, the neck, and pyyvvfii, to burst forth). Haemorrhage from the trachea, or from the wound made in the operation of tracheotomy. Tracheotome (trachea, windpipe, and tehvu, to cut). An instrument for performing tracheotomy. Tracheot'omy (from rpaxeia, the trachea, and teuvu, to cut). Tracheotomia. The opera- tion of cutting into or opening the trachea, performed for a mechanical obstruction to the passage of air through the larynx, or when a foreign body has entered the windpipe. Bronchotomy. Trachi'tis (from rpaxeta, the trachea, and ltlc, a terminal denoting inflammation). In- flammation of the trachea. Cynanche tra- chealis. Tracho'ma (from rpaxvc, rough). A variety of ophthalmia, characterized bj r roughness of the inner surface of the eyelid and severe pain whenever it is moved. Trachypho'nia (rpaxvc, rough, and uvt/, the voice). Roughness of the voice. Trachys'ma. Same as Trachoma (which see). Trachyt / ic. A group of plutonic earths having a rough appearance. Tract. Tractus (which see). Trac / tion (tractus; from traho, to draw). The act of drawing, or the state of being drawn ; as the force used in moving teeth. Tractus (from traho, to draw). A drawing in length ; a region ; a tract or space. Tractus Moto / rius. The motor tract ; a pro- longation of the corpora pyramidalia through the pons Varolii into the crura cerebri. Tractus Opticus. The optic tract. A soft white band which winds around the crura cerebri and then converges to meet its fellow of the opposite side in the optic commissure TRA 623 TRA in front of the sella turcica. It arises from the thalamus opticus. Tractus Respirato'rius. The respiratory tract ; a narrow white band descending along the side of the medulla oblongata at the bot- tom of the lateral sulcus. Tragacan'tha. Tragacanth ; the concrete juice of the Astragalus tragacantha. A natu- ral mixture of gum Arabic and bassorin. A demulcent mainly employed as a vehicle for resins and insoluble powders. Powdered gum tragacantha, when applied or sprinkled over the moistened surface of an artificial denture, will naturally assist the atmospheric power of retention. Tragacan'thin. A substance composing the whole gum of tragacanth. Also called adraganthin. Trag'icus. A small flat muscle which nearly covers the outer surface of the tragus of the ear. Trag'us. In Anatomy, a small, triangular eminence situated before the meatus auditorius externus. Trailing. Procumbent. Train=oil. The oil obtained from the blub- ber of whales and from the fat of various other fishes by boiling. Trait. Any natural characteristic or feature that is peculiar to an organ or individual. Tra'mis. The perinseum. Trance. Catalepsy ; a total suspension of mental power and voluntary motion, while breathing and pulsation continue and the muscles remain flexible. Also ecstasy. See Ecstasis. Trans= (from trans, across). A Latin pre- fix denoting across. Transcendental Anat'omy. A branch which teaches the plan, mode, or model upon which the different organs are formed. Transference (from trans, and fero, to bear). Supposed telepathic communication of thought or the clairvoyant vision of events occurring at a wide distance. Transforation (from trans, and foro, to pierce). Perforation. Transformation. In Pathology, the con- version of the texture of a part into one natural to some other part. Transfu'sion (transfusio ; from transfun- dcre, to pour from one vessel into another). The transmission of the blood of one animal into the veins of another. Translation. In Pathology, metastasis. Translucent or Translu'cid (from trans, through, and luceo, to shine). Semitranspar- ent, pellucid. Transmigration {trans, and migro, to wan- der). The passage of cells or particles through a membranous septum. Transmutation (transmutatio). Trans- formation ; the change of anything into an- other substance or into something of a different nature. Transparent (from trans, through, and 2)areo, to appear). Admitting the passage of the rays of light ; diaphanous. Transpira'tio. Transpiration. Transpiration (tfanspiratio). The act of passing off through the excretories of the skin ; cutaneous exhalation ; perspiration. Transplanta'tio. Transplantation. Transplantatio Dentis. See TRANSPLANTA- TION. Transplantation. In Therapeutics, a pre- tended method of curing diseases by making them pass from one person to another. In Dental Surgery, the removal of a sound and health}- tooth from the mouth of one person and inserting it into an alveolus in the mouth of another, from which a tooth has just been extracted. Trans'port. In Pathology, delirium. Transposition [transpositio ; from trans, over, and jyonere, to put). Change of situa- tion ; the state of being reciprocally changed in place. In Anatomy, a congenital vice of conformation, consisting of the development of one organ in the place of another, as the heart on the right side and the liver on the left. Transposition of Teeth. See Teeth, Trans- position of THE. Transudation {transudaiio ; from trans, through, and sudare, sudatum, to sweat). The passage of a fluid through the pores of any- thing or through the tissue of any organ. Transversa'lis. A term applied in Anat- omy to muscles, vessels, etc., which have a transverse direction. Transversalis Abdominis. A muscle situated on the lateral and anterior parts of the abdo- men. Transversalis Anti'cus Pri'mus. The rectus capitis lateralis muscle. Transversalis Cervi'cis. The transversalis colli, which appears to be a continuation of the longissimus dorsi. Transversalis Col'li. A muscle situated on the lateral and back part of the neck. TRA 624 TRE Transversalis Dor / si. The multifidus spinse, consisting of numerous small, fleshy, and ten- dinous fasciculi, extending from the transverse to the spinous processes of the vertebra? the whole length of the spine. Transversalis Na / si. The compressor naris. Transversalis Pe'dis. A muscle of the foot. See Teaxsvebsus Pedis. Transversalis Perinae'i. A muscle extending from the inner side of the tuberosity of the ischium transversely, to be inserted into the central point of the perineum. Transverse 7 (transversus; from trans, over, and vertere, to turn). Running across ; having a cross direction. Applied in Anatomy to muscles, vessels, etc., which have a cross direc- tion ; and, in Botany, to the partition which crosses a pericarp at right angles. Transverse Fa'cial Ar / tery. An artery of the face, sometimes given off from the external carotid and sometimes from the temporal. Transverse Fis / sure. A broad fissure about two inches in length, crossing the umbilical fissure on the lower surface of the liver. Transverse Perineal Ar'tery. A branch of the internal pudic artery distributed upon the perineal space and scrotum. Transverse Su' ture (sutura transversalis). The suture which crosses the face, uniting the bones of the skull to the bones of the face. Transver'sus. Transverse. Transversus Au / ris. A muscle of the exter- nal ear. Transversus Pe / dis. Transverse muscle of the foot, arising from the metatarsal bone of the great toe and inserted into that of the little toe. Transversus Perinae'i. Transversalis perinsei (which see). Transversus Perinaei Alter. A small muscle sometimes accompanying the transverse perin- eal muscle. Trap Rock. Certain volcanic rocks, which are composed of feldspar, augite, and horn- blende. Trape'zium, Os. The first bone of the second row of the carpus, so called from its shape. Trapezius (from rpaTti(,iov, a geometrical figure). A muscle situated at the posterior part of the neck and back. Trapezoid 7 . A four-sided figure, of which two sides only arc parallel to each other. Trapezoi'des, Os. The second boneof the econd row of Hie carpus. Trau'ma (rpav/ua). A wound. Traumat/ic (traumaticus ; from rpav/ua, a wound). Relating to or caused by a wound. Adapted to the cure of a wound. Traumatic Fe / ver. Fever consecutive to a wound. Traumatic Haemorrhage. Haemorrhage from a wound. Traumatic Pleu'risy. Inflammation of the pleura produced by a wound, such as a frac- tured rib, etc. Traumatica. Detergents (which see). Traumat/icine. A ten per cent, solution of gutta percha in chloroform. Used for super- ficial wounds and skin affections. Traumatism (from rpav/ua, a wound). The condition following an injury. The systemic condition resulting from a wound. Traumatop / yra (from rpav/ua, a wound, and nvp, fire). Traumatic fever. Traumaty'phus (from rpav/ua, a wound, and typhus). Hospital gangrene. Travail. Parturition with pain. Trea / cle. Molasses. The spume of sugar in the sugar refinery ; the uncrystallized part of common sugar. Trem / bles. Mercurial tremor ; also milk sickness. Trem'bling. Tremor. Tre / mor (from tremere, to tremble). Trem- bling ; involuntary agitation of the body or some part of it. Tremor Cor / dis. Palpitation of the heart. Tremor MercuriaTis or Tremor MetaPlicus. Metallic tremor. A form of shaking palsy from mercurial vapors. Tremor Ten / dinum. Trembling of the ten- dons. A morbid, intermittent, spasmodic action. Trench / ant. Sharp-edged ; cutting. Trepan 7 (trepanum; from rpvrraw, to per- forate). An instrument resembling a wimble, employed by surgeons for the perforation and removal of depressed, fractured, or carious bone. Trepan'ning. The act of perforating with a trepan. Trephine 7 . A cylindrical saw, with a handle placed transversely, like that of a gim- let, and a perforator in the centre, which serves as an axis for the saw to rotate upon until it has formed a groove in the bone, when it may be removed. This is a more modern instrument than the trepan. Trephine, Antrum. An instrument for per- TRE 625 TRI forating the antrum through the socket of a tooth. Trephine, Elliot's Dental. An instrument invented by Dr. Elliot, of Montreal, for sepa- rating the palatine root of the superior molars from the buccal ones, when it is required, to render the removal of the tooth less difficult. This instrument has its centre thrust out by a spring, and the teeth occupy about one- third of a circle. When in use the centre of the instrument is introduced into the centre of the inner fang, and then, by a reciprocating motion, this fang may be separated from the others. Trepida'tio. Trepidation. Trepidatio Cordis. See TREMOR CORDIS. Trepidation (trepidatio ; from trepidare, to tremble). Involuntary trembling, particularly from fear or terror. Trepon'do. A weight of three pounds. Tre'sis (from rpeu, to bore). A perforation ; a wound. Tri=. A prefix denoting three. Triacid. A salt or alcohol containing three atoms of hydrogen replaceable by a base. Triad. An element capable of replacing or of combining with three atoms of hydrogen or other univalent element. Trian'gular (triangularis). A term applied in Anatomy to parts which have a triangular figure ; having three angles. Triangular Lig / ament. Ligament of Camper ; deep perineal fascia. A strong triangular aponeurosis situated below the symphysis pubis and attached to and filling up the space between the rami of the pubis and ischium. Triangularis Labio'rum. The depressor anguli oris. Triangularis Oris. The depressor anguli oris. Triangularis Sterni. Sternocostal is. A mus- cle of the shape of a lengthened triangle, sit- uated at the anterior part of the chest behind the cartilages of the ribs. Trias 'sic. A new red sandstone composed of three divisions. Triba'sic (from tri, three, and basis, a base). Salts having three equivalents of a base to one of an acid ; or an acid having three hydrogen atoms replaceable by basic atoms. Tribe. In Natural History, a division of animals or vegetables intermediate between order and genus. Tri=brom=phenol. See Bromol. Tri'ceps (from tres, three, and caput, a head). 40 Three-headed ; applied in Anatomy to muscles which arise by three heads. Triceps Adductor Fem'oris. An appella- tion comprehending three distinct muscles — namely, the adductor brevis, adductor longus, and adductor magnus. Triceps Au'ris. Retrahens auris. Triceps Brachials. Triceps extensor cubiti (which see). Triceps Cru'ris. A name given to the vastus externus, vastus internus, and crurams mus- cles. Triceps Exten / sor Cu / biti. A muscle situated at the posterior part of the os humeri. It is described by Douglas as two distinct muscles, and by Winslow as three. Trichangiecta'sia (from &pi^, r Pog»/). Nourishment ; used as a suffix ; as hypertrophy, excess of nourishment or nutrition ; atrophy, want of nourishment, etc. Troponu'si (from rpo-n-r/, the solstice or tropics, and voaoq , a disease). A term applied in Pathology to diseases peculiar to or which prevail in the tropics. Troy Weight. A weight chiefly used in weighing gold, silver, and articles of jewelry. The pound troy contains twelve ounces ; each ounce, twenty pennyweights ; and each penny- weight, twenty-four grains. See Weights. True Ribs. The seven superior or sternal ribs, attached to the sternum by distinct car- tilages. Truncated (truncatus). Cutoff: cut short, lopped ; appearing as if cut off. Trunk (truneus). In Anatomy, that portion of the body to which the limbs are articulated. It is divided into three parts — the thorax, ab- domen, and pelvis. Truss. A term derived from the French word trousse, to tie up, and applied to a hernial TUB 628 TUB bandage, which at the present day consists of a steel spring with two pads, one to be applied to the back as a point of support and the other over the hernia. Tu'ba (from tubus, any hollow vessel). A tube. Tube (tuba). A term applied in Anatomy to some parts which are hollow. Tube, Eustachian. A tube extending from the cavity of the tympanum to the posterior nares, between which it forms a communica- tion. Tube, Fallo'pian. A canal on each side of the uterus, extending from the superior angle to near the ovarium. Tu'ber (from tumere, to swell or grow big). A term applied in Anatomy to parts which are rounded. In Surgery, a knot or swelling in any part. Tuber Annulare. Pons Varolii. An emi- nence of the medulla oblongata. Tuber Cine'reum. A grayish tubercle form- ing part of the floor of the third ventricle of the brain. Tuber Is'chii. The tuberosity of the ischium. Tu'bercle (tuberculum ; from tuber, a bunch). A term applied in Anatomy to certain obtuse processes or projections on the surfaces of parts or in the structure of medullary organs, as the tubercle of a human rib. In Pathology, a pimple or tumor. The term, how- ever, is applied to a species of degeneration consisting of opaque matter, of a whitish, yel- lowish, or gray color, developed in different textures of the body, but most frequently in the lungs and mesentery. Tuber'cula. Small, hard, superficial, cir- cumscribed, and well-defined eminences at the middle part of the convex edge of the semi- lunar valves of the pulmonary artery and the aorta. Tubercula Aran'tii. The small eminences on the semilunar valves of the aorta and pul- monary artery. Tubercula QuadrigenVina. Two oval emi- nences situated on each side, at the posterior part of the third ventricle of the brain. Tuber'cular. Tuberculous. Relating to or affected with tubercles. Tubercular Diath / esis. Tuberculous consti- tution or habit of body which predisposes to tubercular phthisis. Tubercular Matter. A morbid production, consisting of yellowish, compact, calcareous, pultareous, or semi-fluid and curdy matter, contained in cysts or in the tissue of or- gans. Tubercular Phthises. Phthisis occasioned by the development of tubercles in the lungs. Tubercular Sore Throat. Follicular pharyn- gitis. Tuber'culate. Covered with tubercles. Tuberculosis. Tubercular diathesis. Tuberculous. Tubercular. Tuberculous Phthisis. A scrofulous affection of the lungs. Tuber'culum Annula're. Annular pro- tuberance. The pons Varolii. Tuberculum Loweri. An eminence where the two venae cavse meet in the right auricle of the heart, first described by Lower. Tuberosity (tuberositas; from tuber, a bunch). A rough projection or process on a bone which gives attachment to muscles or ligaments ; an obtuse prominence. Tuberosity, Maxillary. A rounded eminence at lower part of posterior surface of each supe- rior maxillary bone. Tub'ing, Rubber. Employed in Dental Practice for regulating and separating teeth. Tu'bular (tubularis). Having the form of a tube. Tubular Gestation. Extra-uterine feetation in the Fallopian tubes. Tu'bule (tubulus ; diminutive tuba, a tube). A small tube. Tu / buli (plural of tubulus). Several sets of minute vessels. See Tubulus. Tubuli BellFni. The uriniferous tubules. Tubuli Du'rae Maoris. The sinuses of the dura mater. Tubuli LactiFeri. The ducts in the nipple through which the milk passes. Tubuli of Dentine. Dentine tubes. See Dentinal Tubuli. Tubuli Rec'ti. Straight tubes. From twelve to twenty small tubes, which pass in parallel lines to the back and upper part of the testi- cle, forming the eminence called the High- moriau body, corpus Jlighmori. Tubuli SeminiFeri. The minute tubes which constitute the parenchyma of the testis. Tubuli UriniFeri. The minute excretory ducts of the tubular substance of the kidney. Tu'bulous. Tubular ; form of a tube. Tu'bulus. Tubule. A little tube. Tubus Acus'ticus. An ear-trumpet. Tubus Alimenta'ris. The alimentary canal. Tubus Nervo'rum. Neurilemma. TUL 629 TUR Tulipii Valva. The ileo-csecal valve. Tumefac'tion (tumef actio). Act of swell- ing into a tumor ; a swelling. Tu'mefied. Swelled ; enlarged. Tumes'cence (from tumesco, to swell). Swelling or enlargement caused by moisture. Tu'mid. Swollen. Tu'mor (from tameo, to swell). Tumour. A morbid enlargement of any part of the body ; a permanent swelling. Abernethy re- stricts the term tumor to such swellings as arise from new productions, including only the sarcomatous, which are of a firm and fleshy consistence, and the encysted, which are formed in a membranous sac. The former he divides into : (1) The common vascular or organized sarcoma ; (2) adipose sarcoma ; (3) pancreatic sarcoma, from its resemblance to the pancreas ; (4) mastoid or mammary sarcoma, from its resemblance to the structure of the mammary gland ; (5) tuberculated sarcoma, which is composed of small ovoid tumors, varying in size and color, and connected by cellular tis- sue ; (6) medullary sarcoma, from its resem- blance to the medullary substance of the brain ; this variety is commonly designated by the name of fungus hsematodes ; (7) the car- cinomatous sarcoma, constituting the cancerous tumor. Encysted tumors he divides into : (1) Steatomatous, which contain fatty matter ; (2) rnelicerous, the substance of which bears some resemblance to honey^ ; (3) atheromatous, which are of a paste-like consistence. The nature and malignancy of a tumor are determined not only by the causes which give rise to its development, but also by its seat and the state of the general health and constitu- tional diathesis of the individual. Tu'mor, Erec'tile. A tumor susceptible of elevation aud depression, as when developed in a soft vascular tissue. Tumor, Fi / brous. A morbid growth formed of fibrous tissue. Tumor, Varicose. A circumscribed morbid growth of a bluish color, caused by dilatation and development of capillary vessels. Tu'mors of the Gums and Alveolar Processes. See Jaws, Morbid Growths of. Tung'state. A salt formed of tungsticacid and a base. Tung'sten. Symbol, W. Atomic weight, 183.5. Heavystoue ; wolfram. A metallic calx composed of lime, iron, aud manganese. It is not a common metal, being found only in a few minerals. Tungsten is a brittle metal, nearly as hard as steel, of a grayish- white color, and has considerable lustre. When added to steel, it hardens it. Tung'stic Acid. An acid composed of one equivalent of tungsten aud three of oxygen. Tu'nic (tunica). In Anatomy, a membrane or covering to some part or organ, as the tunics of the eye, etc. Tu'nica. Tunic. An enveloping mem- brane. Tunica Aciniform'is. The uvea. Tunica Adna'ta. The conjunctiva. Tunica Albugin'ea Oc'uli. The fibrous mem- brane of the eye, situated immediately under the conjunctiva. Tunica Albuginea Testis. The albuginea testis. Tunica Arachnoi'dea. The arachnoid mem- brane. Tunica Choro'ides. The choroid mem- brane. Tunica Conjunctiva. The conjunctiva. Tunica Cor'nea. The cornea of the eye. Tunica Elytroi'des. The tunica vaginalis. Tunica Erythroi'des. The cremaster muscle. Tunica Granulo'sa. Name given by Dr. Barry to an investment of the ovum. Its existence, however, as distinct from the nieni- brana granulosa, is regarded by others as doubtful. Tunica Jaco'bi. An exceedingly delicate serous membrane, between the retina and choroid coat, consisting of minute prismatic bodies, placed close together and perpendic- ularly to the surface of the membrane. Tunica Ret'ina. The retina. Tunica Vasculo'sa Ret'inae. The inner lamina of the retina. It is of a fibro vascular structure, aud supports the outer medul lary lamina. Tunica Vasculosa Tes'tis. A delicate mem- brane on the inner surface of the tunica albu- ginea, enclosing the substance of the gland, formed of minute ramifications of the sper- matic vessels, aud constituting the membrane of the testis. Tunica Villo'sa. The inner coat of the in- testines. Tunica Vit'rea. The hyaloid membrane. Tunica'tus. Tunicated. Covered with a tunic. Tu'nicle. A natural covering ; an integu- ment. Tur'bid (turbidus; from turbo, to disturb). TUR 630 TYM In a general sense, muddy, not clear. Applied to liquids, as turbid water, turbid wine, etc. Tur'binated [turbinatus ; from turbo or tur- ben, a top). Shaped like a top or inverted cone. Turbinated Bones. Very thin convoluted plates of bone, situated in the nasal fossa?. They are distinguished into the superior and inferior. The spongy bones. Turbina'tum. Turbo cerebri. The pineal gland. Turbinatus. Turbinated. Turges'cence (turgescentia ; from turgescere, to swell). A preternatural accumulation of blood or other fluid in a part ; a state of dis- tention. Turgescence of the Gums. A swollen or distended condition of the margins of the gums. See Gums, Inflabimation, Tur- gescence, Ulceration, and Recession of. Tur / gid (turgidus ; from turgere, to swell or puff up). Swollen. Turgid'ity. Turgiduess. Turgescence. Tur / gor Vita'lis. Turgescence. Tur / key=stone. Novaculite ; razor-stone. A massive mineral of a yellowish, greenish, or brownish-gray color. It has been used both by the surgeon and dentist for sharpening instru- ments. Turme'ric Pa'per. White bibulous paper brushed over with tincture of turmeric. It is used as a test for the presence of free alkalies and their carbonates, by which its yellow color is changed to brown. Turning. A term applied in Obstetrics to the operation of bringing down the feet of the child in utero, for the purpose of facilitating delivery. Turpentine. Terebinthina. The resinous juice of pine trees. Turpentine, Oil of (oleum terebinthinse). The volatile oil distilled from the Pinus palustris. Dose, gtt. v to gtt. xx. Turpentine, Spirits of. Same as oil of tur- pentine. Tur'peth Mineral. Hydrargyri sulphas flavus. Yellow sulphate of mercury. An errhine. Dose, gr. j in four or five grains of starch. Turpethum Nigrum. The black oxide of mercury. Turquoise. A blue mineral consisting chiefly of hylraterl alumina, and formerly superstitiously supposed to change its color according as the wearer was in good or bad health. Turunda. A tent or suppository. Tussic'ular (tussicttlaris ; from tussis, a cough). Pertaining to a cough. Tus'sis. A cough. Tussis ConvulsPva. Whooping-cough. See Pertussis. Tus / sive (tussivus). Belonging or pertain- ing to a cough. Tutam / ina (tutamen; a defense, a protec- tion). A term applied in Anatomy to parts which seem to defend or protect certain organs. Tutamina Cer'ebri. The scalp and bones of the skull. Tu / tenag. An alloy of copper, zinc, and nickel ; Chinese copper. In India, a name given to zinc. Tu / tia. Tutty. The gray incrustation which forms on the chimneys of furnaces in which the ores of zinc are smelted. Also said to be found native in Persia. It is an impure oxide of zinc. Tut'ty. Tutia (which see). Twinge. In Pathology, a sudden, sharp, local pain of momentary duration. .Twinkling. Sparkling; shining brightly with intermitted light. Twinkling of the Eye. Nictation (which see). Twin. Gemellus. Twitching. In Pathology, short, spastic contractions. Tych'ica (from rvxn, accident). Fortuitous lesions. Tyloma. A callus. Tylo / sis. Tyloma. Induration of the mar- gins of the eyelids. Tylostere'sis (rv"koc, callus, and arspT/aig, privation). Extirpation or removal of a callus. Tympan'ic (lymjyanicus). Pertaining to or connected with the tympanum. Tympanites (from rv/uwavov, a drum). So called because the abdomen is distended with wind, and sounds like a drum when struck. Distention of the abdomen arising from an accumulation of air. There are two species : (1) Tympanites intestinalis, consisting of an ac- cumulation of gas in the intestines ; and (2) tympanites abdominalis, when the air is contained in the cavity of the peritoneum. Tympanites, Uterine. A windy swelling of the uterus. Tympanitis (from rv/nravov, a drum, and trig, inflammation). Inflammation of the tympanum of the ear. TYM 631 ULA Tym'panum. The drum or hollow part of the middle ear. containing: the ossicula. Tym'pany. Tympanites. Type [lypus; from rmog, a stamp, itself from the root of tap, tvtttu, to beat). In Path- ology, the order in which the symptoms of a disease occur and succeed one another ; the character which a disease assumes, especially one of an acute or febrile nature. In Natural History, that which combines most prominently the several characteristics of a group. Thus, an individual may be the type of a species, and a species the type of a genus, and a genus the type of a. family or an order. Type Met/al. An alloy of lead and antimony, with a small portion of tin. One part of an- timouy to three of lead are the usual propor- tions. Useful in Dental Mechanism as a die in swaging, as it contracts less on cooling than zinc, and gives a clear and sharp impression. Typh'Io=enteri / tis (from rvp/.oc, the cae- cum, and enteritis, inflammation of the intes- tines). Typhlitis. Inflammation of the cae- cum. Typho'des. Pertaining to typhus ; ty- phous. Typhohas'mia. A disorganized state of the blood. Ty'phoid (typhoides ; from typhus, and eitioc, resembling typhus). Typhodes. A low fever, resembling typhus. This form of fever is dis- tinguished from typhus by a lesion of the in- testines. It closely resembles typhus in other respects. Typhoma'nia i from rvfyoc, stupor, and uavia, madness). The low muttering delirium winch accompanies typhoid fevers. Ty'phous. Relating to typhus. Typhus Fe'ver (from rwpog, stupor). A fever characterized by extreme depression of strength ; small, weak, frequent, and unusual pulse, with much cerebral derangement. It is divided by most writers into typhus mitior, mild typhus, or nervous fever, and typhus gracior, a severe malignant typhus. Typhus Grav'ior. Malignant typhus fever. Typhus Ictero'des. The yellow fever. Typhus Mit'ior. Mild typhus fever. Typhus Nervo'sus. Typhus mitior. Ner- vous fever. Typhus Petechials. Typhus gravior. Typ'ical or Typ'ic (from typus, a type). Representing the type or plan ; figurative ; representative. Ty'rein. Coagulated casein. Tyrem'esis (from rvpoc. cheese, and eueaic, vomiting). Tyrotemesis. A vomiting of curdy matter. Tyria'sis. Tubercular elephantiasis. Tyro'ma. A tumor of a cheese-like struc- ture. Ty'ros. Cheese. Ty rosin, Tyr'osine (from rvpoc, cheese). The essential ingredient of cheese. See Caseix. Tyro'sis. Tyremesis (which see). Tyson's Glands (tysoni glandulee). The sebaceous glands around the corona penis. u. U. The symbol for Uranium. Ud'der. The breast of a female, but ap- plied to the glandular organ or bag of cows and other quadrupeds, in which the milk is secreted and retained for the nourishment of their young. Uffelmann's Test. A test for hydrochloric acid in the stomach ; performed by adding the blue pigment of the huckleberry, which is turned bright red by this acid. Ula (nv/.a, from or/'»;, solid). The gums. gingiva?. Ulacne'sis (from ov?.a, the gums, and atz/c/c, itching). Odaxismus. Itching of the gums. often a symptom of dentition, and sometimes of certain morbid conditions of this structure. Ulasmorrha'gia (from ovXov, the gum. and htemorrhagia). Ulorrhagia. Bleeding from the gums. Ulatroph'ia (from or/or, the gum, and atrophia, atrophy). A gradual shrinking or recession of the gums from the necks of the teeth. This affection may be produced by an accumulation of salivary calculus upon the ULC 632 ULO teeth, by irregularity in their arrangement, or by diminution or complete loss of the vitality of these organs. See Gums, Diseases of the. Ul'cer (ulcus). A solution of continuity in the soft parts, accompanied by a discharge of purulent matter, occasioned and kept up by some local or constitutional injury or defect. In popular language, a running sore. An ulcer is a coudition attended by a progressive destruction of tissue, accompanied by the for- mation of pus or ichor, and which is confined to the surface of the body or to natural cavities, as the mouth and other mucous surfaces. An ulcer is called healthy when it is progressing satisfactorily to a cure, and is marked by smooth, non-indurated edges, serous exudation; red, painless granulations which do not pro- trude above the skin, and by a pellicle of epi- dermis (cicatrix) spreading over the surface from the edges. An unhealthy ulcer is one marked by swollen, painful, and cedematous edges and granulations, and purulent se- cretion. A phagedenic or sloughing ulcer is marked by inflamed, irregular overhang- ing edges and sloughing masses in the dis- charge. A fungous or iveak ulcer is marked by pale, flabby, exuberant granulations pro- jecting above the level of the skin. A callotis, indolent, or chronic ulcer is marked by hardened, discolored edges, pale and scanty granulations, and foetid, purulent discharge. Ulcers are also divided into: (1) The simple ulcer, re- sulting from a superficial wound ; (2) the sinuous, in which the matter runs under integ- uments and escapes from a small but not cal- lous orifice ; (3) the fistulous, a deep ulcer with a small, callous orifice ; (4) the fungous, where the surface is covered with fungous flesh ; (5) the gangrenous ; (6) the scorbutic, depending upon a scorbutic diathesis of the general sys- tem ; (7) the venereal, resulting from ven- ereal disease ; (8) the cancerous ; (9) the car- ious, depending upon a carious bone ; (10) the inveterate, which is of long continuance ; and (11) the scrofulous. To the above may be added the scirrhous, epithelial, encephaloid, phagedenic, virulent, eaeoethic, surd id, varicose, etc. Per- verted nutrition is the immediate cause of an ulcer, and the proper treatment consists of re- moving the internal and local causes which keep up the ulceration, and in exciting the vessels of the pari by appropriate bandaging, etc. Ulcer, Malignant. A putrid ulcer ; hospital gangrene. Ulceration (ulceratio). The formation of an ulcer. Ulceration of the Gums. See Gums, INFLAM- MATION, TURGESCENCE, ULCERATION, and Secession of. Ulcerative. Pertaining to or causing ulcer- ation. Ulcerative Stomatitis. See Gums, Diseases of. Ulcerous. Having the character of an ulcer. Ul'cus. An ulcer. Ulcus / cule ( ulcusculum ; diminutive of ulcus, an ulcer). A small ulcer. Ulet / ic (from ovlov, gum). Pertaining to the gum. Uli / tis (from ovlov, the gum, and trie, a terminal denoting inflammation). Inflamma- tion of the gums. See Gums, Diseases of THE. Ulmus Ful'va. The slippery elm. The inner bark yields a large quantity of mucilage, which is used in coughs, dysentery, and as an external application in the form of poultice to tumors, wounds, etc. Ulmus Ru / bra. The Ulmus fulva (which see). Ul'na. The inner and larger bone of the forearm. Ul'nar. Belonging to the ulna. Ulnar Artery. The branch of the brachial artery which passes down the inner side of the forearm. Ulna / ris. Ulnar. Ulnaris Exter'nus. The extensor carpi ul- naris. Ulnaris Inter'nus. The flexor carpi ulnaris. Uloc'ace (from ovlov, the gum, and kukoq, bad). Caucrum oris, or gangrenous inflamma- tion of the mouth, particularly of the gums. Ulocarcinoma (from ovlov, gum, and carci- noma). Cancer of the gum. Uloid. Scar-like. Ulon / cus (from ovlov, the gum, and oynoc, a tumor). Swelling of the gums. A tumor of the gums. Epulis. See Jaws, Diseases of. Ulorrha'gia (from ovlov, the gums, and pjiyvv/u, to break forth). Haemorrhage from the gums. This may occur spontaneously or may result from the mechanical division of some of the vessels of the gums, but unless favored by a hseraorrhagic diathesis, it is never very considerable. But when thus favored, it is often difficult to control, and has, in some in- stances, terminated fatally. When spontaneous, the blood generally escapes from a number of ULO 633 UNG places, but more frequently from the apices than from any other part of the gums. See HEMORRHAGE FROM THE GUMS, SPONTA- NEOUS. Ulorrhoe'a (from ov'/ov, gum, and pnu, to flow). An oozing of blood from the gums. Ulot/ica. That which contributes to the healing of ulcers and wounds. Urtimate Analysis. In Chemistry, the resolution of a substance into its absolute ele- ments. Ultimate Elements or Principles. The last to which we can trace the constitution of sub- stances. Ultimi=sternal (ultimi-stemalis). Name given by Beclard to the ensisternal, or sixth and last portion of the sternum. Ultra=marine. The blue coloring matter of the lapis lazuli, which is unchangeable by exposure to the air. Um'ber. A variety of ochraceous iron ore used as a pigment ; also a variety of peat or brown coal used in the adulteration of snuff. UmbiPical {umbilical is; from umbilicus, the navel). Belonging to or relating to the navel. Umbilical Cord {funis umbilicalis). The navel string. Umbilical Her'nia. Hernia umbilicalis. Umbilical Re'gion. The middle portion of the abdomen about the navel. Umbilical Ring. A fibrous ring surrounding the aperture of the navel. Umbilical Vesicle. Vesicula umbilicalis (which see). Umbil icus. In Anatomy, the navel ; in Botany, the bilum, or scar by which a seed is attached to the placenta. Umbilicus Mari / nus. A submarine produc- tion found on rocks and on the shells of fishes, said to possess anthelmintic properties. Um'bo. A protuberance. Un'cia. An ounce. The twelfth part of a pound in troy and apothecaries' weights. A weight containing eight drachms. Unciform (undformis ; from uncus, a hook, and forma, shape). Having the shape of a hook ; hook-like. Unciform Bone. The fourth bone of the second row of the carpus. Unciform Process. The hamular process of the os sphenoides. Uncina'ted. Beset with bent spines like hooks ; bent like a hook ; hooked. Unc'tion (from unetio). The act of anoint- ing. Also an ointment. Unctuous. Greasy ; fatty ; having a greasy feel. Un'cus. A hook. Undula'ted {undid at us). Wavy. Uudula'tion. Undulatory. A waving mo- tion or vibration. In Pathology, fluctuation. Unguent/um (from ungere, to anoint). Un- guent ; an ointment ; a topical application of about the consistence of lard. An ointment is softer than a cerate, although the terms are often used indiscriminately. Unguentum Acidi Tan'nici. Ointment of tannic acid. Unguentum Adipis or Unguentum Simplex. Ointment of lard. Simple ointment. Unguentum Antimo'nii. (U.S.) Antimonial ointment ; tartar emetic ointment. Unguentum Aq'use Ro'sae. (U.S.) Ointment of rosewater. Unguentum Cantharidis. (U. S.) Ointment of Spanish flies. Unguentum Ceta'cei. (Ph. L.) Spermaceti ointment. Unguentum Creaso'ti. (U.S.) Ointment of creasote. Unguentum Cu'pri Subaceta'tis. (U. S.) Ointment of subacetate of copper. Unguentum GaPlae. (IT. S.) Ointment of galls. Unguentum Gallae Compositum. (Ph. L.) Compound ointment of galls. Unguentum Hydrargyri. (U. S.) Mercurial ointment ; strong mercurial ointment. Pre- pared by rubbing mercury with equal parts of suet and lard until the globules can no longer be seen. Unguentum Hydrargyri Ammonia'ti. (U.S.) Ointment of ammoniated mercury. Ointment of white precipitate. Unguentum Hydrargyri Binio / didi. (Ph. L.) Ointment of biniodide of mercury. Unguentum Hydrargyri Io'didi. (Ph. L.) Ointment of iodide of mercury. Unguentum Hydrargyri Mit'ius. (Ph. L.) Mild mercurial ointment. Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitra'tis. (U. S.) Ointment of nitrate of mercury ; citrine oint- ment. Unguentum Hydrargyri Ox'idi Rubri. (TJ.S ) Ointment of red oxide of mercury. Unguentum Io'dini. (U. S.) Ointment of iodine. Unguentum Iodini Compos'itum. (Ph. U.S. and L.) Compound ointment of iodine. Unguentum Pip'eris Nigri. Ointment of black pepper. UNG 634 URA Unguentum Plum'bi Aceta'tis. Ointment of acetate of lead. Unguentum Plumbi Carbona'tis. (Ph. U. S. and D.) Ointment of carbonate of lead. Unguentum Plumbi Compos / itum. (Ph. L.) Compound ointment of lead. Unguentum Plumbi Iodidi. (Ph. L.) Oint- ment of iodide of lead. Unguentum Simplex. (U. S.) Simple oint- ment. Unguentum Sulphuris. (TJ. S.) Sulphur ointment. Unguentum Sulphuris Compositum. (U. S.) Compound sulphur ointment. Unguentum Zin / ci Ox'idi. (TJ. S.) Oint- ment of oxide of zinc. Un / guinal (from unguis, a nail). Belong- ing to the nails. Un / guis (from ovuf, a hook). In Anatomy, the nail ; a horny lamina at the extremity of each finger and each toe. In Surgery, an accu- mulation of pus between the laminae of the cornea of the eye. Applied in Botany to the thin inferior part of the petal of a polypetalous corolla. Unguis, Os. The lachrymal bone of the orbit. Un / gulate. Nail-shaped ; hoof-shaped. Unhealthy. Sickly ; wanting health, habitually weak, indisposed, insalubrious ; having a tendency to generate diseases ; mor- bid. Uni= (from unus, one). A Latin prefix denoting one. Unicellular. One-celled. Composed of one cell. Uni'cus. Single. Unilaf/eral (unilateralis). Unilatent, On one side only. Unilocular. Having one cell or cavity. Uninucleated. Having a single nucleus. Un / ion. Act of uniting or joining two or more things into one ; state of being united.. Union by First Intension. In Surgery, the process by which the opposite surfaces of a recent wound, when kept in contact, grow together without suppuration or granulation. Union by Second Intention. See Second Intention. Unip'arous (from unis, one, and pario, to bear). Producing one at a birth ; having pro- duced young but once. U'nit (from unus, one). A single thing or value. Unit Jar. An apparatus for charging Leyden jars with known proportions of electricity, contrived by Mr. Harris. Unit Magnet Pole. A magnet having a strength of pole sufficient to repel a similar pole at a distance with a force of one degree. Unit of Current. A conductor one cm. long, which, if beat into an arc of one cm. radius, will act with the force of one degree on a unit magnet pole at the centre. Unit of Electric Quantity. The coulomb. Unit of Electro-motive Force. The volt. Unit of Resistance. The ohm. Unit of Work. The erg. Univalent (from unus, and valeo, to be able). An atom or radical molecule which can seize but one monad atom ; equivalent to, re- placing, or combining with one atom of hydro- gen. Univalve (from unus, one, and valva, a valve). One-valved. A shell composed of one piece. University. A collection of colleges, each having a special curriculum of studies, under one academic government. Unoc'ulus. Unioculus. One-eyed. Unorganized. Not organized ; not com- posed of or containing organs. U / rachus (from ovpov, urine). A liga- mentous cord extending from the base of the urinary bladder to the umbilical cord, which, in the foetus of certain animals, is hollow, and conveys the urine to the allantoid mem- brane. Uracra / sia (from ovpov, urine, and ciKpaaia, ill temperature). A bad quality of urine. Urae'mia (from urea, and aiua, blood). A term applied to diseases in which there is an excess of urea in the blood, causing poisoning. Urae'mic (ursemicus). Eelating or apper- taining to uraemia. U / ramiIe. A beautiful, feathery, crystal- line powder ; a product of the action of hydro- chloric acid on thionurate of ammonia. Uran / ic Acid. Peroxide of uranium. Uranisconi'tis (from vpaviaicog, the palate, and ing : inflammation). Inflammation of the palate. Uraniscoplas / tice (from uraniscus, palate, and n'Aaoow, to form). The artificial formation of a palate. UraniscopIas / ty (from vpavicnos, the roof of the mouth, and irlaaau, to form). Uranisco- plastice. An operation for the closure of a cleft in the hard palate ; a plastic operation. Uraniscorrhaphy. Staphylorrhaphy. URA 635 URI Uranis'cos (uraniscus). The palate. U'ranite. An ore of uranium, composed of phosphoric acid, oxide of uranium, lime, silica, oxide of iron, oxide of manganese, with small quantities of magnesia and barytes. Ura'nium. Symbol, U. Atomic weight, 240. A rare elementary metal of a grayish color, discovered by Klaproth, in 1789, in the mineral called pitchbleud. It is also contained in uranite, of which there are two varieties — lime uranite and chalcolite, or copper uranite. It has three oxides, one of which, the sesqui- oxide, is occasionally employed as a coloring ingredient in the manufacture of porcelain teeth. This " is obtained by dissolving the green oxide in nitric acid, evaporating to dry- ness, and fusiug it at a low heat to drive off the nitric acid. It is then digested in boiling water as long as anything soluble is taken up, and the pure oxide remains as a gold or orange-yellosv powder, becoming brick-red, from loss of water, by carefully heating, and, at a higher temperature, losing oxygen also. Its salts are yellow." * The oxide of uranium is used to give a yellow tint to porcelain teeth. U / rate. A compound of uric acid with a salifiable base. Urate of Soda. The principal ingredient in arthritic calculi. U / rea. CON 2 H 4 . A white pearly substance forming the chief solid, or nitrogenous, con- stituent of urine, and occurring also in the blood, lymph, and liver ; it is produced by the transformation of proteids. It is the principal nitrogenous end-product of tissue metamor- phosis ; a carbonide obtained mostly from the decomposition of uric acid. Urec'chysis (from ovpov, urine, and eitxvoig, effusion). Effusion of urine into the cellular membraue. Ure / do (from uro, to burn). A term applied to a burning or itching sensation attending many diseases. Also urticaria. Ureid. A compound urea ; urea in which the hydrogen is replaced by an acid radical. Ure'nium. Synonymous with urea (which see). Ure / sis (uriasis ; from ovpeiv, to void urine). The act of voiding the urine. Ure'ter (from ovpov, urine). The membra- nous canal extending from the pelvis of the kidney to the urinary bladder, which conveys the urine from the former to the latter organ. * Piggot's "Dcntnl Chemistry." Ureteral'gia (from ovprfrnp, the ureter, and a'/.yoc, pain) . Pain along the course of the ureter. Ureteritis (from ovpijT7/p, the ureter, and trig, a terminal denoting inflammation). In- flammation of the ureter. Uretero=thromboi / des (from ovpriT-qp, the ureter, i?/5o// ; 3oc, grumous blood, and eif, a tooth). Having yellow teeth ; a yellow dis- coloration of the teeth. Xan'thogen (from fartfof, yellow, and yev- n/i.i, to generate). A supposed basifying or acidifying compound principle, thought to be analogous to cyanogen, and to consist of sulphur and carbon. Xanthohzem'atine. Modified hsematineof a yellow color. , Xanthopathy (from tjav&og, yellow, and Tva&og, suffering). Yellowness of the skin from morbid conditions. Xanthoproteic Acid. An acid obtaiued from fibrine by nitric acid. Xanthopsia (from Sardoc, yellow, and oipis, vision). Yellow vision ; a defect of sight, some- 42 times occurring in jaundice, in which objects appear yellow. Xan / thos. Yellow. Also a precious stone of a golden color. Xanthosis. A term applied in Pathology, by Lebert, to the yellow discoloration some- times observed in cancerous tumors, particu- larly in encephaloid of the testicle. Xanthox'ylum. A genus of trees of the order Xanthoxylacese. A spirituous infusion of the bark has been found beneficial in cases of violent colic. The fresh juice is also used for the same purpose, and a decoction of the bark as a wash for foul ulcers. Xanthoxylum Carolinia'num. This has simi- lar properties, but is more acrid. Xanthoxylum Cla'va Her / culis. Prickly ash ; tooth-brush tree. The bark is a stimulant, and acts as a sialagogue. It is sometimes used as a remedy for toothache, and has been given internally in rheumatism. A neutral, very bitter, and astringent substance has been ob- tained from it, called xanthopicrin, xanthopi- crite, and xauthoxylin. Xanthoxylum Fraxin'eum. The shrubby prickly ash ; toothache bush. The bark is a stimulating sudorific. Xanthu'ria (from fayu } to eat). A carnivorous animal ; an ani- mal that subsists on flesh. Zoophyte (from fwov, an animal, and CO.'S DEAVER. Appendicitis. Its History, Anatomy, Etiology, Pathology, Symptoms. Diagnosis, Prognosis, Treatment, Complications, and Sequela. By John B Deaver, m.d., Assistant Professor of Applied Anatomy, University of Pennsyl- vania; Surgeon to the German Hospital, to the Children's Hospital, and to the Philadelphia Hospital ; Consulting Surgeon to St. Agnes', St. Timothy's, and Germantown Hospitals, etc. A Systematic Treatise, with Colored Illustrations of Methods of Procedure in Operating and Plates of Typical Pathological Condi- tions drawn specially for this work. 32 Full-Page Plates. 8vo. Cloth, $3.50 Surgical Anatomy. A Treatise upon Surgical Anatomy and the Anatomy of Surgery. Illustrated by upward of 200 Original Pictures drawn by special artists from dissections made for the purpose. Octavo. In Press. DUCKWORTH. On Gout. Illustrated. A treatise on Gout. By Sir Dyce Duckworth, m.d. (Edin.), f.r.c.p., Physician to, and Lecturer on Clinical Medicine at, St. Bartholomew's Hospital, London. With Chromo-lithograohs and Engravings. Octavo. Cloth, $6.00 DUHRSSEN. A Manual of Gynecological Practice. By Dr. A. Duhrssen, Privat-docent in Midwifery and Gynecology in the University of Berlin. Trans- lated from the Fourth German Edition and Edited by John W. Taylor, f.r.c.s., Surgeon to the Birmingham and Midlands Hospital for Women ; Vice-President of the British Gynecological Society; and Frederick Edge, m.d., m.r.c.p., f.r.c.s., Surgeon to the Wolverhampton and District Hospital for Women. With 105 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 DULLES. What to Do First In Accidents and Poisoning. By C. W. Dulles, m.d. Fifth Edition, Enlarged, with new Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth. $1.00 FENWICK. Guide to Medical Diagnosis. By Samuel Fenwick, m.d., f.r.c.p., Consulting Physician to the London Hospital; and W. S. Fenwick, m.d., M.R.C.p., Physician to the Out-Patients, Evelina Hospital for Children. Eighth Edition. In great part rewritten, with several new chapters. 135 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.50 FICK. Diseases of the Eye and Ophthalmoscopy. A Handbook for Physicians and Students. By Dr. Eugen Fick, University of Zurich. Authorized Transla- tion by A. B. Hale, m.d., Ophthalmic Surgeon, United Hebrew Charities ; Con- sulting Ophthalmic Surgeon, Charity Hospital, Chicago; late Vol. Assistant, Imperial Eye Clinic, University of Kiel. With a Glossary and 158 Illustrations, many of which are in colors. Octavo. Cloth, $4-5°; Sheep, $5.50; Half Russia, $6.50 FIELD. Evacuant Medication — Cathartics and Emetics. By Henry M. Field, m.d., Professor of Therapeutics, Dartmouth Medical College, Corporate Mem- ber Gynaecological Society of Boston, etc. i2mo. 288 pp. Cloth, $1.75 FILLEBROWN. A Text-Book of Operative Dentistry. Written by invitation of the National Association of Dental Faculties. By Thomas Fillebrown, m.d., d.m.d., Professor of Operative Dentistry in the Dental School of Harvard Uni- versity ; Member of the American Dental Assoc, etc. Illus. 8vo. Clo., $2.2 FOWLER'S Dictionary of Practical Medicine. By Various Writers. An Ency- clopedia of Medicine. Edited by James Kingston Fowler, m.a., m.d., f.r.c.p., ^s Senior Asst. Physician to, and Lecturer on Pathological Anatomy at, the Mid- dlesex Hospital, London. 8vo. Cloth, $3.00; Half Morocco, $4.00 FOX. Water, Air and Food. Sanitary Examinations of Water, Air and Food. By Cornelius B. Fox, m.d. iio Engravings. 2d Ed., Revised. Cloth, $3.50 GARDNER. The Brewer, Distiller and Wine Manufacturer. A Handbook for all Interested in the Manufacture and Trade of Alcohol and Its Compounds. Edited by John Gardner, f.c.s. Illustrated. Cloth, $1.50 Bleaching, Dyeing, and Calico Printing. With Formulae. Illustrated. $1.50 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLIC A TIONS. 11 FULLERTON. Obstetric Nursing. By Anna M. Fullerton, m.d., Demon- strator of Obstetrics in the Woman's Medical College ; Physician in charge of, and Obstetrician and Gynecologist to, the Woman's Hospital, Philadelphia, etc. 40 Illustrations. Fourth Edition. Revised and Enlarged. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 Nursing in Abdominal Surgery and Diseases of Women. Comprising the Regular Course of Instruction at the Training School of the Woman's Hospital, Philadelphia. Second Ed. 70 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 GARROD. On Rheumatism. A Treatise on Rheumatism and Rheumatic Arthritis. By Archibald Edward Garrod, m.a. (Oxon.), m.d., m.r.c.s. (Eng.), Asst. Physician, West London Hospital. Illustrated. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00 GILLIAM'S Pathology. The Essentials of Pathology; a Handbook for Students. By D. Tod Gilliam, m.d., Professor of Physiology, Starling Medical College, Columbus, O. With 47 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, .75 GOODALL and WASHBOURN. A Manual of Infectious Diseases. By Edward W. Goodall, m.d. (London), Medical Superintendent Eastern (Fever) Hospital, Homerton, London, etc., and J. W. Washbourn, f.r.c.p., Assistant Physician to Guy's Hospital and Physician to the London Fever Hospital. Illustrated with Charts, Diagrams, and Full-Page Plates. Cloth, $3.00 GORGAS'S Dental Medicine. A Manual of Materia Medica and Therapeutics. By Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, m.d., d.d.s., Professor of the Principles of Dental Science, Oral Surgery and Dental Mechanism in the Dental Dep. of the Univ. *^ of Maryland. Sixth Edition. Revised and Enlarged, with many Formulas. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00; Sheep, $5.00; Half Russia, $6.00 GOULD. The Illustrated Dictionary of Medicine, Biology, and Allied Sciences. Being an Exhaustive Lexicon of Medicine and those Sciences Collateral to it : Biology (Zoology and Botany), Chemistry, Dentistry, Pharmacology, Microscopy, etc. By George M. Gould, m.d., Formerly Editor of The Medical News ; President, 1893-94, American Academy of Medicine, etc. With many Useful Tables and numerous Fine Illustrations. Large, Square Octavo. 1633 pages. Third Edition now Ready. Full Sheep, or Half Dark-Green Leather, $10.00 ; With Thumb Index, $11.00; Half Russia, Thumb Index, $12.00 The Student's Medical Dictionary. Tenth Edition. Enlarged. Including all the Words and Phrases generally used in Medicine, with their proper \. Pronunciation and Definitions, based on Recent Medical Literature. With Tables of the Bacilli, Micrococci, Leucomains, Ptomains, etc., of the Arteries, Muscles, Nerves, Ganglia, and Plexuses; Mineral Springs of U. S., etc. Re- written, Enlarged, and set from new Type. Small octavo, 700 pages. Half Dark Leather, $3.25; Half Morocco, Thumb Index, $4.co The Pocket Pronouncing Medical Lexicon. (12,000 Medical Words Pronounced and Defined.) A Student's Pronouncing Medical Lexicon. Containing all the Words, their Definition and Pronunciation, that the Student generally comes in contact with ; also elaborate Tables of the Arteries, Muscles, Nerves, Bacilli, etc., etc.; a Dose List in both English and Metric System, etc., arranged in a most convenient form for reference and memorizing. Thin 64mo. (6 x 3^ inches.) The System of Pronunci- ation used in this book is very simple. Full Limp Leather, Gilt Edges, $1.00; Thumb Index, $1.25 *** Sample pages and descriptive circulars sent free upon application. See page 4. Borderland Studies. Miscellaneous Addresses and Essays Pertaining to Medi- cine and the Medical Profession, and Their Relations to General Science and Thought. By George M. Gould, m.d. 350 pages. 121110. Cloth, $2.00 Compend of Diseases of the Eye and Refraction. Including Treatment and Operations, with a Section on Local Therapeutics. By George M. Gould, m.d., and W. L. Pyle, m.d. With Formulae, Glossary, and several Tables. 11 1 Illustrations, several of which are Colored. Being No. 8 f Quiz- Compend? Series. Cloth, .80. Interleaved for Notes, 51.25 12 P. BLAKISTON'S SON 6- CO.'S GORDINIER. The Gross and Minute Anatomy of the Central Nervous System. By H. C. Gordinier, a.m., m.d., Professor of Physiology and Anatomy of the Nervous System in the Albany Medical College. With many original Illustrations. In Preparation. GRIFFITH'S Graphic Clinical Chart. Designed by J. P. Crozer Griffith, m.d., Instructor in Clinical Medicine in the University of Pennsylvania. Printed in three colors. Sample copies free. Put up in loose packages of 50, .50 Price to Hospitals, 500 copies, $4.00; 1000 copies, $7.50. With name of Hos- pital printed on, 50 cents extra. GROFF. Materia Medica for Nurses. By John E. Groff, Pharmacist Rhode Island Hospital, Providence. i2mo. 240 pages. Nearly Ready. GROVES AND THORP. Chemical Technology. A new and Complete Work. The Application of Chemistry to the Arts and Manufactures. Edited by Charles E. Groves, f.r.s., and Wm. Thorp, b.Sc, f.i.c, assisted by many experts. In about eight volumes, with numerous illustrations. Each volume sold separately . Vol. I. Fuel and Its Applications. 607 Illustrations and 4 Plates. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00 ; Half Morocco, $6.50 Vol.11. Lighting. Illustrated. Octavo. Cloth, $4.00; Half Morocco, $5.50 Vol. III. Lighting — Continued. In Press. GOWERS. Manual of Diseases of the Nervous System. A Complete Text-book. By William R. Gowers, m.d., f.r.s., Physician to National Hospital for the Paralyzed and Epileptic; Consulting Physician, University College Hospital; formerly Professor of Clinical Medicine, University College, etc. Second Edition. Revised, Enlarged and in many parts rewritten. With many new Illustrations. Two Volumes. Octavo. Vol. I. Diseases of the Nerves and Spinal Cord. 616 pages. Cloth, $3.00 ; Sheep, $4.00 ; Half Russia, $5.00 Vol. II. Diseases of the Brain and Cranial Nerves ; General and Functional Diseases. 1069 pages. Cloth, $4.00 ; Sheep, $5.00; Half Russia, $6.00 *#*This book has been translated into German, Italian, and Spanish. It is published in London, Milan, Bonn, Barcelona, and Philadelphia. Syphilis and the Nervous System. Being a revised reprint of the Lettso- mian Lectures for 1890, delivered before the Medical Society of London. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 Diagnosis of Diseases of the Brain. 8vo. Second Ed. Illus. Cloth, $1.50 Medical Ophthalmoscopy. A Manual and Atlas, with Colored Autotype and Lithographic Plates and Wood-cuts, comprising Original Illustrations of the changes of the Eye in Diseases of the Brain, Kidney, etc. Third Edition. Revised, with the assistance of R. Marcus Gunn, f.r.c.s., Surgeon, Royal London Ophthalmic Hospital, Moorfields. Octavo. Cloth, $4.00 The Dynamics of Life. nmo. Cloth, .75 Clinical Lectures. A new volume of Essays on the Diagnosis, Treatment, etc., of Diseases of the Nervous System. Cloth, $2.00 Epilepsy and Other Chronic Convulsive Diseases. Second Edition. In Press HAIG. Causation of Disease by Uric Acid. A Contribution to the Pathology of High Arterial Tension, Headache, Epilepsy, Mental Depression, Gout, Rheu- matism, Diabetes, Bright's Disease, Anaemia, etc. By Alex. Haig, m.a., m.d. (Oxon.), f.r.c.p., Physician to Metropolitan Hospital, London. 65 Illustrations. Fourth Edition. Cloth, $3.00 HALE. On the Management of Children in Health and Disease. Cloth, .50 HALL. Compend of General Pathology and Morbid Anatomy. By H. Newbery Hall, ph.g., m.d., Professor of Pathology, Post-Graduate Medical School, Chicago. 91 Illustrations. No. fj ? Quiz- Compend ? Series. New Edition Preparing. MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 13 HALL. Diseases of the Nose and Throat. By F. De Havilland Hall, m.d., f.r.c.p. (Lond.), Physician in charge Throat Department Westminster Hospital; Joint Lecturer on Principles and Practice of Medicine, Westminster Hospital Medical School, etc. Two Colored Plates and 59 Illus. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 HAMILTON. Lectures on Tumors from a Clinical Standpoint. By John B. Hamilton, m.d., ll.d., Professor of Principles and Practice of Surgery and Clinical Surgery in Rush Medical College, Chicago; Professor of Surgery, Chicago Polyclinic ; Surgeon Presbyterian Hospital, etc. Third Edition, Revised with new Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, Si. 25 HANSELL and BELL. Clinical Ophthalmology, Illustrated. A Manual for Students and Physicians. By Howard F. Hansell, a.m., m.d., Lecturer on Ophthalmology in the Jefferson College Hospital, Philadelphia, etc., and James H. Bell, m.d., Ophthalmic Surgeon, Southwestern Hospital, Phila. With Colored Plate of Normal Fundus and 120 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 HARE. Mediastinal Disease. The Pathology, Clinical History and Diagnosis of Affections of the Mediastinum other than those of the Heart and Aorta. By H. A. Hare, m.d., Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics in Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. 8vo. Illustrated by Six Plates. Cloth, $2.00 HABLAN. Eyesight, and How to Care for It. By George C. Harlan, m.d., Prof, of Diseases of the Eye, Philadelphia Polyclinic. Illustrated. Cloth, .40 HARRIS'S Principles and Practice of Dentistry. Including Anatomy, Physi- ology, Pathology, Therapeutics, Dental Surgery and Mechanism. By Chapin A. Harris, m.d., d.d.s., late President of the Baltimore Dental College, Author of " Dictionary of Medical Terminology and Dental Surgery." Thirteenth Edition. Revised and Edited by Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, a.m., m.d., d.d.s., Author of "Dental Medicine;" Professor of the Principles of Dental Science, Oral Surgery, and Dental Mechanism in the University of Maryland. 1250 Illustra- tions. 1 180 pages. 8vo. Cloth, $6.00 ; Leather, $7.00 ; Half Russia, $8.00 Dictionary of Dentistry. Including Definitions of such Words and Phrases of the Collateral Sciences as Pertain to the Art and Practice of Dentistry. Sixth Edition. Rewritten, Revised and Enlarged. By Ferdinand J. S. Gorgas, m.d., d.d.s., Author of "Dental Medicine;" Editor of Harris's "Principles and Practice of Dentistry;" Professor of Principles of Dental Science, Oral Surgery, and Prosthetic Dentistry in the University of Mary- land. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00 ; Leather, $6.00 HARRIS and BEALE. Treatment of Pulmonary Consumption. By Vincent Dormer Harris, m.d. (Lond.), f.r.c.p., Physician to the city of London Hospi- tal for Diseases of the Chest ; Examining Physician to the Royal National Hos- pital for Diseases of the Chest, Ventnor, etc., and E. Clifford Beale, m.a., m.b. (Cantab.), f.r.c.p., Physician to the City of London Hospital for Diseases of the Chest, etc. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 HARTRIDGE. Refraction. The Refraction of the Eye. A Manual for Students. By Gustavus Hartridge, f.r.c.s., Consulting Ophthalmic Surgeon to St. Bar- tholomew's Hospital, etc. 98 Illustrations and Test Types. Eighth Edition. Revised and Enlarged by the Author. Cloth, $1.50 On The Ophthalmoscope. A Manual for Physicians and Students. Third Edition. With Colored Plates and 68 Wood-cuts. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 HARTSHORNE. Our Homes. Their Situation, Construction, Drainage, etc. By Henry Hartshorne, m.d. Illustrated. Cloth, .40 HATFIELD. Diseases of Children. By Marcus P. Hatfield, Professor ot Diseases of Children, Chicago Medical College. With a Colored Plate. Second Edition. Being No. 14, ? Quiz-Compend ? Series. i2mo. Cloth, .80 Interleaved for the addition of notes, $1.25 HELLER. Essentials of Materia Medica, Pharmacy, and Prescription Writ- ing. By Edwin A. Heller, m.d., Quiz-Master in Materia Medica and Phar- macy at the Medical Institute, University of Pennsylvania. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 14 P. BLAKISTON'S SON &- CO.'S HEATH. Minor Surgery and Bandaging. By Christopher Heath, f.r.c.s., Holme Professor of Clinical Surgery in University College, London. Tenth Edition. Revised and Enlarged. With 158 Illustrations, 62 Formulae, Diet List, etc. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 Practical Anatomy. A Manual of Dissections. Eighth London Edition. 300 Illustrations. Cloth, $4.25 Injuries and Diseases of the Jaws. Fourth Edition. Edited by Henry Percy Dean, M.S., f.r.c.s., Assistant Surgeon London Hospital. With 187 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $4.50 Lectures on Certain Diseases of the Jaws, delivered at the Royal College of Surgeons of England, 1887. 64 Illustrations. 8vo. Boards, .50 HEMMETER. Diseases of the Stomach. Their Special Pathology, Diagnosis, and Treatment. With Sections on Anatomy, Analysis of Stomach Contents, Dietetics, Surgery of the Stomach, etc. By John C. Hemmeter, m.d., philos.d., Clinical Professor of Medicine in the University of Maryland ; Consultant to the University Hospital; Director of the Clinical Laboratory, etc.; formerly Clini- cal Professor of Medicine at the Baltimore Medical College, etc. With Colored and other Illustrations. Cloth, $6.00; Leather, $7.00; Half Russia, $8.00 HENRY. Anaemia. A Practical Treatise. By Fred'k P. Henry, m.d., Physician to Episcopal Hospital, Philadelphia. Half Cloth, .50 HEWLETT. Manual of Bacteriology. By R. T. Hewlett, m.d., m.r.c.p., Asst. Bacteriologist British Institute of Preventive Medicine, etc. With 75 Illustra- tions. Octavo. Cloth, $3.00 HOLLOPETER. Hay Fever and Its Successful Treatment. By W. C. Hollo- peter, a.m., m.d., Clinical Professor of Pediatrics in the Medico- Chirurgical Col- lege of Philadelphia, Physician to the Methodist Episcopal, Medico-Chirurgical, and St. Joseph Hospitals, etc. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 HOLDEN'S Anatomy. Sixth Edition. A Manual of the Dissections of the Human Body. By John Langton, f.r.c.s., Surgeon to, and Lecturer on Anatomy at, St. Bartholomew's Hospital. Carefully Revised by A. Hewson, m.d., Demonstra- tor of Anatomy, Jefferson Medical College, etc. 311 Illustrations, nmo. 800 pages. Cloth, $2.50; Oil-cloth, $2.50; Leather, $3.00 Human Osteology. Comprising a Description of the Bones, with Colored Delineations of the Attachments of the Muscles. The General and Micro- scopical Structure of Bone and its Development. 7th Ed., carefully Revised. With Lithographic Plates and Numerous Illustrations. Cloth, $5.25 Landmarks. Medical and Surgical. 4th Edition. 8vo. Cloth, $1.00 HOLLAND. The Urine, the Gastric Contents, the Common Poisons and the Milk. Memoranda, Chemical and Microscopical, for Laboratory Use. By J. W. Holland, m.d., Professor of Medical Chemistry and Toxicology in Jefferson Medical College, of Philadelphia. Fifth Edition, Enlarged. Illustrated and Interleaved. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 HORSLEY. The Brain and Spinal Cord. The Structure and Functions of. Being the Fullerian Lectures on Physiology for 1891. By Victor A. Horsley, m.b., F.R.S., etc., Assistant Surgeon, University College Hospital, Professor of Pathology, University College, London, etc. With numerous Illustrations. Cloth, $2.50 HORWITZ'S Compend of Surgery, including Minor Surgery, Amputations, Frac- tures, Dislocations, Surgical Diseases, and the Latest Antiseptic Rules, etc., with Differential Diagnosis and Treatment. By Orville Horwitz, b.s., m.d., Pro- fessor of Genito-Urinary Diseases, late Demonstrator of Surgery, Jefferson Medi- cal College. Fifth Edition. Very much Enlarged and Rearranged. Over 300 pages. 167 Illustrations and 98 Formulae. i2mo. No. g ? Quiz- Compend t Series. Cloth, .80. Interleaved for notes, $1.25 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLIC A TIONS. 15 HOVELL. Diseases of the Ear and Naso-Pharynx. A Treatise including Anatomy and Physiology of the Organ, together with the treatment of the affec- tions of the Nose and Pharynx which conduce to aural disease. By T. Mark Hovell, F.R.C.S. (Edin.), m.r.c.S. (Eng.), Aural Surgeon to the London Hospital, for Diseases of the Throat, etc. 122 Illus. Second Edition. Preparmg. HUMPHREY. A Manual for Nurses. Including general Anatomy and Physiology, management of the sick-room, etc. By Laurence Humphrey, m.a., m.b., m.r.c.S., Assistant Physician to, and Lecturer at, Addenbrook's Hospital, Cam- bridge, England. Sixteenth Edition. i2mo. Illustrated. Cloth, $1.00 HUGHES. Compend of the Practice of Medicine. Fifth Edition. Revised and Enlarged. By Daniel E. Hughes, m.d., Chief Resident Physician Philadelphia Hospital ; formerly Demonstrator of Clinical Medicine at Jefferson Medical Col- lege, Philadelphia. In two parts. Being Nos. 2 and 3, ? Quiz- Compend? Series. Part I. — Continued, Eruptive and Periodical Fevers, Diseases of the Stomach, Intestines, Peritoneum, Biliary Passages, Liver, Kidneys, etc., and General Diseases, etc. Part II. — Diseases of the Respiratory System, Circulatory System and Ner- vous System ; Diseases of the Blood, etc. Price of each Part, in Cloth, .80 ; interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 Physicians' Edition. — In one volume, including the above two parts, a sec- tion on Skin Diseases, and an index. Fifth revised, enlarged Edition. 568 pages. Full Morocco, Gilt Edge, $2.25 " Carefully and systematically compiled." — The London Lancet. HUTCHINSON. The Nose and Throat. A Manual of the Diseases of the Nose and Throat, including the Nose, Naso-Pharynx, Pharynx and Larynx. By Procter S. Hutchinson, m.r.c.S., Ass't Surgeon to the London Hospital for Diseases of the Throat. Illustrated by Lithograph Plates and 40 other Illus., many of which have been made from original drawings. 121110. 2d Ed. hi Press. IMPEY. A Handbook on Leprosy. By S. P. Impey, m.d., m.c, Late Chief and Medical Superintendent, Robben Island Leper and Lunatic Asylums, Cape Col- ony, South Africa. Illustrated by 37 Plates and a Map. Octavo. Cloth, $3.50 IRELAND. The Mental Affections of Children. Idiocy, Imbecility, Insanity, etc. By W. W. Ireland, m.d. (Edin.), of the Home and School for Imbeciles, Mavisbush, Scotland ; late Medical Supt. Scot. National Institute for Imbecile Children ; Author of " The Blot on the Brain," etc. 300 pages. In Press. JACOBSON. Operations of Surgery. By W. H. A. Jacobson, b.a. (Oxon.), F.R.c.s., (Eng.); Ass't Surgeon, Guy's Hospital; Surgeon at Royal Hospital for Children and Women, etc. With over 200 Illust. Cloth, $3.00 ; Leather, $4.00 Diseases of the Male Organs of Generation. 88 Illustrations. Cloth, $6.00 JELLETT. The Practice of Midwifery. Embodying the Treatment adopted in the Rotunda Hospital, Dublin. By Henry Jellett, b.a., m.d., Assistant Master, Rotunda Hospital, with a Preface by W. J. Smyly, m.d., f.r.c.p.l, Late Master. With many Illustrations and an Appendix containing Statistics of the Hospital. 121110. Cloth, $1.75 JONES. Medical Electricity. A Practical Handbook for Students and Prac- titioners of Medicine. By H. Lewis Jones, m.a., m.d., m.r.c.p., Medical Officer in Charge Electrical Department, St. Bartholomew's Hospital. Second Edition of Steavenson and Jones' Medical Electricity. Revised and Enlarged 112 Illus- trations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 KEEN. Clinical Charts. A series of seven Outline Drawings of the Human Body, on which may be marked the course of any Disease, Fractures, Operations, etc. By W. W. Keen, m.d., Professor of the Principles of Surgery and Clinical Sur- gery, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. Put up in pads of 50, with explanations. Each pad, $1.00. Each Drawing may also be had separately gummed on back for pasting in case book. 25 to the pad. Price, 25 cents. *#* Special Charts will be printed to order. Samples free. 16 P. BLAKISTON'S SON &* CO.'S KIRKE'S Physiology, {14th Authorized Edition. i2mo. Dark Red Cloth.) A Handbook of Physiology. Fourteenth London Edition, Revised and Enlarged. By W. D. Halliburton, m.d., f.r.s., Professor of Physiology King's College, London. Thoroughly Revised and in many parts Rewritten. 661 Illus., many of which are printed in Colors. 851 pages. i2mo. Cloth, $3.00 ; Leather, 5375 IMPORTANT NOTICE. This is the identical Fourteenth Edition of " Kirke's Physiology," as published in London by John Murray, the sole owner of the book. It is the only edition containing the revisions and additions of Dr. Halliburton, and the new and original illustrations included at his suggestion. It is the edition of which the London I,Rncet speaks in its issue of October 17, i8g6, as follows : " The book as now presented to the student may be regarded as a thoroughly reliable exposition of the present state of physiological science." KENWOOD. Public Health Laboratory Work. By H. R. Kenwood, m.b., d.p.h., F.c.s., Instructor in Hygienic Laboratory, University College, late Assistant Examiner in Hygiene, Science and Art Department, South Kensington, London, etc. With 116 Illustrations and 3 Plates. Cloth, $2.00 KLEEN. Handbook of Massage. By Emil Kleen, m.d., ph.d., Stockholm and Carlsbad. Authorized Translation from the Swedish, by Edward Mussey Hart- well, m.d., PH.D., Director of Physical Training in the Public Schools of Boston. With an Introduction by Dr. S. Weir Mitchell, of Philadelphia. Illustrated with a series of Photographs made specially by Dr. Kleen for the American Edition. 8vo. Cloth, $2.25 LANDIS' Compend of Obstetrics ; especially adapted to the Use of Students and Physicians. By Henry G. Landis, m.d. Fifth Edition. Revised by Wm. H. Wells, m.d., Ass' t Demonstrator of Clinical Obstetrics, Jefferson Medical College; Member Obstetrical Society of Philadelphia, etc. Enlarged. With Many -Illus- trations. No. 5 ? Quiz- Compend? Series. Cloth, .80; interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 LANDOIS. A Text-Book of Human Physiology ; including Histology and Micro- scopical Anatomy, with special reference to the requirements of Practical Medi- cine. By Dr. L. Landois, Professor of Physiology and Director of the Physio- logical Institute in the University of Greifswald. Fifth American, translated from the last German Edition, with additions, by Wm. Stirling, m.d., d.Sc, Brackenbury Professor of Physiology and Histology in Owen's College, and Pro- fessor in Victoria University, Manchester ; Examiner in Physiology in University of Oxford, England. With 845 Illustrations, many of which are printed in Colors. 8vo. In Press. LAZARUS-BARLOW. General Pathology. By W. S. Lazarus- Barlow, m.d., Demonstrator of Pathology at the University of Cambridge, England. 795 pages. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00 LEE. The Microtomist's Vade Mecum. Fourth Edition. A Handbook of Methods of Microscopic Anatomy. By Arthur Bolles Lee, formerly Ass't in the Russian Laboratory of Zoology, at Villefranche-sur-Mer (Nice). 887 Articles. Enlarged and Revised, and in many portions greatly extended. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00 LEFFMANN'S Compend of Medical Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic. In- cluding Urine Analysis. By Henry Leffmann, m.d., Prof, of Chemistry in the Woman's Medical College in the Penna. College of Dental Surgery and in the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia; Pathological Chemist Jefferson Medical College. No. 10 f Quiz- Compend ? Series. Fourth Edition. Rewritten. Cloth, .80. Interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 The Coal-Tar Colors, with Special Reference to their Injurious Qualities and the Restrictions of their Use. A Translation of Theodore Weyl's Mono- graph. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 Progressive Exercises in Practical Chemistry. A Laboratory Handbook. Illustrated. Third Edition, Revised and Enlarged. 121110. Cloth, $1.00 Examination of Water for Sanitary and Technical Purposes. Third Edition. Enlarged. Illustrated. 121110. Cloth, $1.25 Analysis of Milk and Milk Products. Arranged to suit the needs of Analyt- ical Chemists, Dairymen, and Milk Inspectors. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged, with Illustrations. 121110. Cloth, $1.25 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 17 LEFFMANN. Handbook of Structural Formulae for the Use of Students, con- taining 180 Structural and Stereo-chemic Formulae. i2mo. Interleaved. Cloth, $1.00 LEWERS. On the Diseases of Women. A Practical Treatise. By Dr. A. H. N. Lewers, Assistant Obstetric Physician to the London Hospital ; and Phy- sician to Out-patients, Queen Charlotte's Lying-in Hospital; Examiner in Mid- wifery and Diseases of Women to the Society of Apothecaries of London. With 146 Engravings. Fifth Edition, Revised. Cloth, $2.50 LINCOLN. School and Industrial Hygiene. By D. F. Lincoln, m.d. Cloth, .40 LEWIS (BE VAN). Mental Diseases. A text-book having special reference to the Pathological aspects of Insanity. By Bevan Lewis, l.h.c.p., m.r.c.s., Medi- cal Director, West Riding Asylum, Wakefield, England. 18 Lithographic Plates and other Illustrations. Second Edition. 8vo. fii Press. LIZARS (JOHN). On Tobacco. The Use and Abuse of Tobacco. Cloth, .40 LONGLEY'S Pocket Medical Dictionary for Students and Physicians. Giving the Correct Definition and Pronunciation of all Words and Terms in General Use in Medicine and the Collateral Sciences, with an Appendix, containing Poisons and their Antidotes, Abbreviations Used in Prescriptions, and a Metric Scale of Doses. By Elias Longley. Cloth, .75 ; Tucks and Pocket, $1.00 MACALISTER'S Human Anatomy. 800 Illustrations. A New Text-book for Students and Practitioners. Systematic and Topographical, including the Embryology, Histology and Morphology of Man. With special reference to the requirements of Practical Surgery and Medicine. By Alex. Macalister, m.d., f.r.s., Professor of Anatomy in the University of Cambridge, England. 816 Illus- trations. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00; Leather, $6. co MACDONALD'S Microscopical Examinations of Water and Air. With an Ap- pendix on the Microscopical Examination of Air. By J. D. Macdonald, m.d. 25 Lithographic Plates, Reference Tables, etc. Second Ed. 8vo. Cloth, #2.50 MACKENZIE. The Pharmacopoeia of the London Hospital for Diseases of the Throat. By Sir Morell Mackenzie, m.d. Fifth Edition. Revised and Improved by F. G. Harvey, Surgeon to the Hospital. Cloth, $1.00 M ACRE AD Y. A Treatise on Ruptures. By Jonathan F. C. H. Macready, f.r.c.S., Surgeon to the Great Northern Central Hospital ; to the City of London Hospital for Diseases of the Chest; to the City of London Truss Society, etc. With 24 full-page Plates and. numerous Wood-Engravings. Octavo. Cloth, $6.00 MANN. Forensic Medicine and Toxicology. A Text-Book by J. Dixon Mann, m.d., f.r.c.p., Professor of Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology in Owens Col- lege, Manchester; Examiner in Forensic Medicine in University of London, etc. Illustrated. Octavo. Cloth, $6.50 MANN'S Manual of Psychological Medicine and Allied Nervous Diseases. Their Diagnosis, Pathology, Prognosis and Treatment, including their Medico-Legal Aspects ; with chapter on Expert Testimony, and an abstract of the laws relating to the Insane in all the States of the Union. By Edward C. Mann, m.d. With Illustrations. Octavo. Cloth, $3.00 MARSHALL'S Physiological Diagrams, Life Size, Colored. Eleven Life-size Diagrams (each 7 feet by 3 feet 7 inches). Designed for Demonstration before the Class. By John Marshall, f.r.s., f.r.c.S., Professor of Anatomy to the Royal Academy; Professor of Surgery, University College, London, etc. In Sheets, $40.00 Backed with Muslin and Mounted on Rollers, $60.00 Ditto, Spring Rollers, in Handsome Walnut Wall Map Case (Send for Special Circular) $100.00 Single Plates, Sheets, $5.00; Mounted, $7.50; Explanatory Key, 50 cents. No. 1 — The Skeleton and Ligaments. No. 2 — The Muscles and Joints, with Animal Mechanics. No. 3 — The Viscera in Position. The Structure of the Lungs. No. 4 — The Heart and Principal Blood-vessels. No. 5 — The Lymphatics or Absorb- ents. No. 6 — The Digestive Organs. No. 7 — The Brain and Nerves. Nos. 8 and 9 The Organs of the Senses. Nos. 10 and 11 — The Microscopic Structure of the Textures and Organs. {Send for Special Circular.) 18 P. BLAKISTONS SON <5- CO.'S MARSHALL. The Woman's Medical College of Pennsylvania. An Historical Outline. By Clara Marshall, m.d., Dean of the College. 8vo. Cloth, $1.50 MASON'S Compend of Electricity, and its Medical and Surgical Uses. By Charles F. Mason, m.d., Assistant Surgeon U. S. Army. With an Intro- duction by Charles H. May, m.d., Instructor in the New York Polyclinic. Numerous Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, .75 MAXWELL. Terminologia Medica Polyglotta. By Dr. Theodore Maxwell, assisted by others in various countries. 8vo. Cloth, $3.00 The object of this work is to assist the medical men of any nationality in reading medical literature written in a language not their own. Each term is usually given in seven languages, viz. : English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Russian and Latin. MAYLARD. The Surgery of the Alimentary Canal. By Alfred Ernest Maylard, m.b., b.s., Senior Surgeon to the Victoria Infirmary, Glasgow. With 27 Full-Page Plates and 117 other Illustrations. Octavo. Cloth, $7.50 MAYS' Theine in the Treatment of Neuralgia. By Thomas J. Mays, m.d. i6mo. y^ bound, .50 McBRIDE. Diseases of the Throat, Nose and Ear. A Clinical Manual for Stu- dents and Practitioners. By P. McBride, m.d., f.r.c.p. (Edin.), Surgeon to the Ear and Throat Department of the Royal Infirmary; Lecturer on Diseases of Throat and Ear, Edinburgh School of Medicine, etc. With Colored Illustrations from Original Drawings. 2d Edition. Octavo. Handsome Cloth, Gilt top, $6.00 McNEILL. The Prevention of Epidemics and the Construction and Man- agement of Isolation Hospitals. By Dr. Roger McNeill, Medical Officer of Health for the County of Argyll. With numerous Plans and other Illustrations. Octavo. Cloth, $3.50 MEIGS. Milk Analysis and Infant Feeding. A Treatise on the Examination of Human and Cows' Milk, Cream, Condensed Milk, etc., and Directions as to the Diet of Young Infants. By Arthur V. Meigs, m.d. i2mo. Cloth, .50 MEMMINGER. Diagnosis by the Urine. The Practical Examination of Urine, with Special Reference to Diagnosis. By Allard Memminger, m.d., Professor of Chemistry and of Hygiene in the Medical College of the State of S. C. ; Visiting Physician in the City Hospital of Charleston, etc. 23 Illus. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 MONEY. On Children. Treatment of Disease in Children, including the Outlines of Diagnosis and the Chief Pathological Differences between Children and Adults. By Angel Money, m.d., m.r.c.p., Ass't Physician to the Hospital for Sick Children, Great Ormond St., London. 2d Edition. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 MORRIS. Text-Book of Anatomy. 791 Illustrations, many in Colors. A com- plete Text-book. Edited by Henry Morris, f.r.c.s., Surg, to, and Lect. on Anatomy at, Middlesex Hospital, assisted by J. Bland Sutton, f.r c.s., j. H. Davies-Colley, f.r.c.s., Wm. J. Walsham, f.r.c.s., H. St. John Brooks, m.d., R. Marcus Gunn, f.r.c.s., Arthur Hensman, f.r.c.s., Frederick Treves, f.r.c.s., William Anderson, f.r.c.s., and Prof. W. H. A. Jacobson. One Handsome Octavo Volume, with 791 Illustrations, 214 of which are printed in colors. Cloth, $6.00; Leather, $7.00 ; Half Russia, #8.00 "Taken as a whole, we have no hesitation in according very high praise to this work. It will rank, we believe, with the leading Anatomies. The illustrations are handsome and the printing is good." — Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. " The work as a whole is filled with practical ideas, and the salient points of the subject are properly emphasized. The surgeon will be particularly edified by the section on the topo- graphical anatomy, which is full to repletion of excellent and useful illustrations." — The Medical Record, New York. Handsome circular, with sample pages and colored illustrations, and list of schools where it has been recommended, will be sent free to any address. MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS. 19 MORTON on Refraction of the Eye. Its Diagnosis and the Correction of its Errors. With Chapter on Keratoscopy, and Test Types. By A. Morton, m.b. Sixth Edition, Revised and Enlarged. Cloth, 31.00 MOULLIN. Surgery. Third Edition, by Hamilton. A Complete Text-book. By C. W. Mansell Moullin, m.a., m.d. (Oxon.), f.r.c.s., Surgeon and Lec- turer on Physiology to the London Hospital ; formerly Radcliffe Traveling Fellow and Fellow of Pembroke College, Oxford. Third American Edition. Revised and edited by John B. Hamilton, m.d., ll.d., Professor of the Principles of Surgery and Clinical Surgery, Rush Medical College, Chicago ; Professor of Surgery, Chicago Polyclinic ; Surgeon, formerly Supervising Surgeon-General, U.S. Marine Hospital Service; Surgeon to Presbyterian Hospital; Consulting Surgeon to St. Joseph's Hospital and Central Free Dispensary, Chicago, etc. 600 Illustrations, over 200 of which are original, and many of which are printed in Colors. Royal Octavo. 1250 pages. Handsomely bound in Cloth, $6.00; Leather, $7.00; Half Russia, $8.00 " The aim to make this valuable treatise practical by giving special attention to questions of treatment has been admirably carried out. Many a reader will consult the work with a feeling of satisfaction that his wants have been understood, and that they have been intelligently met. He will not look in vain for details, without proper attention to which he well knows that the highest success is impossible." — The American Journal of Medical Sciences. Handsome circular, with sample pages and colored illustrations, will be sent to any address upon application. Enlargement of the Prostate. Its Treatment and Radical Cure. Illus- trated. Second Edition. Octavo. Preparing: Inflammation of the Bladder and Urinary Fever. Octavo. Cloth, $1.50 MURRELL. Massotherapeutics. Massage as a Mode of Treatment. By Wm, Murrell, m.d., F.R.c.P., Lecturer on Pharmacology and Therapeutics at West- minster Hospital. Sixth Edition. Revised. i2mo. Preparing. What To Do in Cases of Poisoning. Seventh Edition, Enlarged and Re- vised. 641x10. Cloth, $1.00 MUTER. Practical and Analytical Chemistry. By John Muter, f.r.s., f.c.s., etc. Fourth Edition. Revised, to meet the requirements of American Medical Colleges, by Claude C. Hamilton, m.d., Professor of Analytical Chemistry in University Med. Col. and Kansas City Col. of Pharmacy. 51 Illus. Cloth, $1.25 NAPHEYS' Modern Therapeutics. Ninth Revised Edition, Enlarged and Im- proved. In Two Handsome Volumes. Edited by Allen J. Smith, m.d., Pro- fessor of Pathology, University of Texas, Galveston, late Ass't Demonstrator of Morbid Anatomy and Pathological Histology, Lecturer on Urinology, University of Pennsylvania; and J. Aubrey Davis, m.d., Ass't Demonstrator of Obstetrics, University of Pennsylvania; Ass't Physician to Home for Crippled Children, etc. Vol. I.— General Medicine and Diseases of Children. Handsome Cloth binding, §4.00 Vol. II. — General Surgery, Obstetrics, and Diseases of Women. Handsome Cloth binding, $4.00 NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY Publications. Three to Six Volumes published each year. List of Volumes upo?i application. Per annum, 38. 00 NOTTER and FIRTH. The Theory and Practice of Hygiene. A Complete Treatise by J. Lane Notter, m.a., m.d., f.c.s., Fellow and Member of Council of the Sanitary Institute of Great Britain ; Professor of Hygiene, Army Medical School; Examiner in Hygiene, University of Cambridge, etc., and R. H. Firth, f.r.c.s., Assistant Professor of Hygiene, Army Medical School, Netty. Illustrated by 10 Lithographic Plates and 135 other Illustrations, and including many Useful Tables. Octavo. 1034 pages. Cloth, $7.00 *#*This volume is based upon Parkes' Practical Hygiene, which will not be pub- lished hereafter. 20 P. BLAKISTON'S SON &* CO.'S OBERSTEINER. The Anatomy of the Central Nervous Organs. A Guide to the study of their structure in Health and Disease. By Professor H. Obersteiner, of the University of Vienna. Translated and Edited by Alex. Hill, m.a., m.d., Master of Downing College, Cambridge. 198 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $5.50 OETTEL. Practical Exercises in Electro-Chemistry. By Dr. Felix Oettel. Authorized Translation by Edgar F. Smith, m.a., Professor of Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania. Illustrated. Cloth, .75 Introduction to Electro-Chemical Experiments. Illustrated. By same Author and Translator. Cloth, .75 OHLEMANN. Ocular Therapeutics for Physicians and Students. By M. Ohle- mann, m.d. Translated and Edited by Charles A. Oliver, a.m., m.d., Attend- ing Surgeon to Wills Eye Hospital, Ophthalmic Surgeon to the Philadelphia and to the Presbyterian Hospitals, Fellow of the College of Physicians of Phila- delphia, etc. In Press. 0RMER0D. Diseases of Nervous System, Student's Guide to. By J. A. Ormerod, m.d. (Oxon.), f.r.c.p. (Lond.), Mem. Path., Clin., Ophth., and Neurol. Societies, Physician to National Hospital for Paralyzed and Epileptic and to City of London Hospital for Diseases of the Chest, Dem. of Morbid Anatomy, St. Bartholo mew's Hospital, etc. With 66 Wood Engravings. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 OSGOOD. The Winter and Its Dangers. By Hamilton Osgood, m.d. Cloth, .40 OSLER. Cerebral Palsies of Children. A Clinical Study. By William Osler, m.d., f.r.c.p. (Lond.), Professor of Medicine, Johns Hopkins University, etc. 8vo. Cloth, $2.00 Chorea and Choreiform Affections. 8vo. Cloth, $2.00 0STR0M. Massage and the Original Swedish Movements. Their Application to Various Diseases of the Body. A Manual for Students, Nurses and Physicians. By Kurre W. Ostrom, from the Royal University of Upsala, Sweden ; Instructor in Massage and Swedish Movements in the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, and in the Philadelphia Polyclinic and College for Graduates in Medicine, etc. Third Edition. Enlarged. Illustrated by 94 Wood Engrav- ings, many of which were drawn especially for this purpose. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 PACKARD'S Sea Air and Sea Bathing. By John H. Packard, m.d. Cloth, .40 PARKES' Practical Hygiene. By Edward A. Parkes, m.d. Superseded by " Notter and Firth " Treatise on Hygiene. See previous page. PARKES. Hygiene and Public Health. A Practical Manual. By Louis C. Parkes, m.d., d.p.h. Lond. Univ., Lect. on Public Health at St. George's Hos- pital, Medical Officer of Health, Parish of Chelsea, London, etc. Fifth Edition, Enlarged and Revised. 80 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 The Elements of Health. An Introduction to the Study of Hygiene. Illustrated. Cloth, $1.25 PARRISH'S Alcoholic Inebriety. From a Medical Standpoint, with Illustrative Cases from the Clinical Records of the Author. By Joseph Parrish, m.d., President of the Amer. Assoc, for Cure of Inebriates. Cloth, $1.00 PEREIRA'S Prescription Book. Containing Lists of Terms, Phrases, Contrac- tions and Abbreviations used in Prescriptions, Explanatory Notes, Grammatical Construction of Prescriptions, Rules for the Pronunciation of Pharmaceutical Terms. By Jonathan Pereira, m.d. Sixteenth Edition. Cloth, .75; Tucks $1.00 PHILLIPS. Spectacles and Eyeglasses, Their Prescription and Adjustment. By R. J. Phillips, m.d., Instructor on Diseases of the Eye, Philadelphia Polyclinic, Ophthalmic Surgeon, Presbyterian Hospital. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged. 49 Illustrations. i2tno. Cloth, $1.00 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 21 PHYSICIAN'S VISITING LIST. Published Annually. Forty-seventh Year (1898) of its Publication. Hereafter all styles will contain the interleaf or special memoranda page, except the Monthly Edition, and the sizes for 75 and ico Patients will come in two volumes only. The Sale of this Visiting List increased over ten per cent, in 1896. REGULAR EDITION. For 25 Patients weekly. Tucks, pocket and pencil, Gilt Edges, #1.00 50 " " " " " 1.25 1, 1 I Jan. to Tune | ., ., ,, ,, ,, 5° "2 vols. }j ulyt0 J Dec .} 2.00 ., , f Jan. to Tune I ,, ,, ,, ,, ,. 7; " 2 vols. \ i , . -U V " 2.00 ' -> [ July to Dec. J , f Tan. to Tune ) ., „ ,, ,, ,, 2vols - J July to Dec.} ^ S Perpetual Edition, without Dates and with Special Memorandum Pages. For 25 Patients, interleaved, tucks, pocket and pencil, . . . $1.25 50 " " .«•««.... .... 1.50 Monthly Edition, without Dates. Can be commenced at any time and used until full. Requires only one writing of patient's name for the whole month. Plain binding, without Flap or Pencil, .75. Leather cover, Pocket and Pencil, $1.00 EXTRA Pencils will be sent, postpaid, for 25 cents per half dozen. JQ^* This List combines the several essential qualities of strength, compactness, durability and convenience. It is made in all sizes and styles to meet the wants of all physicians. It is not an elaborate, complicated system of keeping accounts, but a plain, simple record, that may be kept with the least expenditure of time and trouble — hence its popularity. A special circular, descriptive of contents will be sent upon application. POTTER. A Handbook of Materia Medica, Pharmacy, and Therapeutics, in- cluding the Action of Medicines, Special Therapeutics of Disease, Official and Practical Pharmacy, and Minute Directions for Prescription Writing, etc. In- cluding over 600 Prescriptions and Formulas. By Samuel O. L. Potter, m.a., m.d., m.r.c.p. (Lond.), Professor of the Principles and Practice of Medicine and Clinical Medicine in the College of Physicians and Surgeons, San Francisco; late A. A. Surgeon U. S. Army. Sixth Edition, Revised and Enlarged by 100 Pages. 8vo. With Thumb Index in each copy. Cloth, $4.50; Leather, $5.50; Half Russia $6.50 Compend of Anatomy, including Visceral Anatomy. Fifth Edition. Re- vised, and greatly Enlarged. With 16 Lithographed Plates and 117 other Illustrations. Being No. 1 f Quiz- Compend f Series. Cloth, .80; Interleaved for taking Notes, $1.25 Compend of Materia Medica, Therapeutics and Prescription Writing, with special reference to the Physiological Action of Drugs. Sixth Revised and Improved Edition, with Index, based upon U. S. P. 1890. Being No. 6 f Quiz- Compend? Series. Cloth, .80. Interleaved for taking Notes, $1.25 Speech and Its Defects. Considered Physiologically, Pathologically and Remedially ; being the Lea Prize Thesis of Jefferson Medical College, 1882. Revised and Corrected. i2ino. Cloth, $1.00 POWELL. Diseases of the Lungs and Pleurae, Including Consumption. . By R. Douglas Powell, m.d., f.r.c.p., Physician to the Middlesex Hospital, and Consulting Physician to the Hospital for Consumption and Diseases of the Chest at Brompton, Fourth Edition. With Colored Plates and Wood Engravings. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00 POWER. Surgical Diseases of Children and their Treatment by Modern Methods. By D'Arcy Power, m.a., f.r.c.s. (Eng.), Demonstrator of Operative Surgery, St. Bartholomew's Hospital ; Surgeon to the Victoria Hospital for Children. Illustrated. i:mo. Cloth, $2.50 22 P. BLAKISTON'S SON 6- CO. 'S PRESTON. Hysteria and Certain Allied Conditions. Their Nature and Treat- ment. With special reference to the application of the Rest Cure, Massage, Electro-therapy, Hypnotism, etc. By George J. Preston, m.d., Professor of Diseases of the Nervous System, College of Physicians and Surgeons, Balti- more ; Visiting Physician to the City Hospital ; Consulting Neurologist to Bay View Asylum and the Hebrew Hospital ; Member American Neurological Asso- ciation, etc. With Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 PRITCHARD. Handbook of Diseases of the Ear. By Urban Pritchard, m.d., f.r.c.s., Professor of Aural Surgery, King's College, London, Aural Sur- geon to King's College Hospital, Senior Surgeon to the Royal Ear Hospital, etc. Third Edition, Enlarged. Many Illustrations and Formulae, iamo. Cloth, $1.50 PROCTOR'S Practical Pharmacy. Lectures on Practical Pharmacy. With Wood Engravings and 32 Lithographic Fac-simile Prescriptions. By Barnard S. Proctor. Third Edition. Revised and with elaborate Tables of Chemical Solubilities, etc. Cloth, $3.00 REESE'S Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology. A Text-book for Medical and Legal Practitioners and Students. By John J. Reese, m.d., Editor of Taylor's Jurisprudence, Professor of the Principles and Practice of Medical Jurisprudence, including Toxicology, in the University of Pennsylvania Medical Department. Fifth Edition. Revised and Edited by Henry Leffmann, m.d., Pathological Chemist, Jefferson Medical College Hospital ; Chemist, State Board of Health ; Professor of Chemistry, Woman's Medical College of Penna., etc. i2mo. 645 pages. Cloth, $3.00; Leather, $3.50 " To the student of medical jurisprudence and toxicology it is invaluable, as it is concise, clear, and thorough in every respect." — The American Journal of the Medical Sciences. REEVES. Medical Microscopy. Illustrated. A Handbook for Physicians and Students, including Chapters on Bacteriology, Neoplasms, Urinary Examination, etc. By James E. Reeves, m.d., Ex-President American Public Health Associa- tion, Member Association American Physicians, etc. Numerous Illustrations, some of which are printed in colors. i2mo. Handsome Cloth, $2.50 REGIS. Mental Medicine. A Practical Manual. By Dr. E. Regis, formerly Chief of Clinique of Mental Diseases, Faculty of Medicine of Paris ; Physician of the Maison de Sante de Castel d'Andorte ; Professor of Mental Diseases, Faculty of Medicine, Bordeaux, etc. With a Preface by M. Benjamin Ball, Clinical Professor of Mental Diseases, Faculty of Medicine, Paris. Authorized Translation from the Second Edition by H. M. Bannister, m.d., late Senior Assistant Physician, Illinois Eastern Hospital for the Insane, etc. With an In- troduction by the Author. i2mo. 692 pages. Cloth, $2.00 RICHARDSON. Long Life, and How to Reach It. By J. G. Richardson, Prof, of Hygiene, University of Pennsylvania. Cloth, .40 RICHARDSON'S Mechanical Dentistry. A Practical Treatise on Mechanical Dentistry. By Joseph Richardson, d.d.s. Seventh Edition. Thoroughly Revised and in many parts Rewritten by Dr. Geo. W. Warren, Chief of the Clinical Staff, Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery, Philadelphia. With 691 Illustrations, many of which are from original Wood Engravings. Octavo. 675 pages. Cloth, $5.00; Leather, $6.00 ; Half Russia, $7.00 ROBERTS. Practice of Medicine. The Theory and Practice of Medicine. By Frederick Roberts, m.d., Professor of Therapeutics at University College, London. Ninth Edition, with Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $4.50; Leather, $5.50 ROBERTS. Fractures of the Radius. A Clinical, Pathological, and Experimental Study. By John B. Roberts, m.d., Professor of Anatomy and Surgery in the Philadelphia Polyclinic, etc. 33 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $1.00 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 23 RICHTER'S Inorganic Chemistry. A Text-book for Students. By Prof. Victor von Richter, University of Breslau. Fourth American, from Sixth German Edition. Authorized Translation by Edgar F. Smith, m.a., ph.d., Prof, of Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania, Member of the Chemical Societies of Berlin and Paris. 89 Illustrations and a Colored Plate. i2mo. Cloth, $1.75 Organic Chemistry. The Chemistry of the Carbon Compounds. Third American Edition, translated from the Last German by Edgar F. Smith, m.a., PH.D., Professor of Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania. Illustrated. 2 vols. i2mo. Vol. I. Aliphatic Series. 600 pages. In Press. Vol. II. Aromatic Series. 600 pages. Preparing. ROBINSON. Latin Grammar of Pharmacy and Medicine. By D. H. Robinson, PH.D., Professor of Latin Language and Literature, University of Kansas. Intro- duction by L. E. Sayre, ph.g., Professor of Pharmacy in, and Dean of the Dept. of Pharmacy, University of Kansas. Third Edition. Revised with the help of Prof. L. E. Sayre, of University of Kansas, and Dr. Charles Rice, of the College of Pharmacy of the city of New York. i2mo. Cloth, $1.75 ST. CLAIR. Medical Latin. Designed expressly for the Elementary Training of Medical Students. By W. T. St. Clair, Instructor in Latin in the Kentucky School of Medicine and in the Louisville Male High School. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 SANSOM. Diseases of The Heart. The Diagnosis and Pathology of Diseases of the Heart and Thoracic Aorta. By A. Ernest Sansom, m.d., f.r.c.p., Physician to the London Hospital, etc. With Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $6.00 SAYRE. Organic Materia Medica and Pharmacognosy. An Introduction to the Study of the Vegetable Kingdom and the Vegetable and Animal Drugs. Comprising the Botanical and Physical Characteristics, Source, Constituents, and Pharmacopceial Preparations. With Chapters on Synthetic Organic Remedies, Insects Injurious to Drugs, and Pharmacal Botany. By L. E. Sayre, ph.g., Professor of Pharmacy and Materia Medica in the University of Kansas, Mem- ber of the Committee of Revision of the U.S. Pharmacopoeia, 1890. A Glossary and 543 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00; Sheep, $5.00; Half Russia, $6.00 SCHAMBERG-. Compend of Diseases of the Skin. By Jay F. Schamberg, Associate in Skin Diseases, Philadelphia Polyclinic ; Quiz-Master at University of Pennsylvania. 99 Illustrations. Cloth, .80. Interleaved, $1.25 SCHREINER. Diet List. Arranged in the Form of a Chart on which Articles of Diet can be indicated for any Disease. By E. R. Schreiner, m.d., Ass't Dem. of Physiology, University of Penna. Put up in Pads of 50 with General Dietetic Directions on Wrapper. Per Pad, .75 SCHULTZE. Obstetrical Diagrams. Being a Series of 20 Colored Lithograph Charts, imperial map size, of Pregnancy and Midwifery, with accompanying explanatory (German) text, illustrated by wood-cuts. By Dr. B. S. Schultze, Professor of Obstetrics, University of Jena. Second Revised Edition. Price, in Sheets, $26.00 ; Mounted on Rollers, Muslin Backs, $36.00 SCOVILLE. The Art of Compounding. A Text-book for Students and a Refer- ence Book for Pharmacists. By Wilbur L. Scoville, ph.g., Professor of Ap- plied Pharmacy and Director of the Pharmaceutical Laboratory in the Massa- chusetts College of Pharmacy. Second Edition, Enlarged and Improved. Cloth, $2.50; Sheep, $3.50; Half Russia, $4.50 SEWELL. Dental Surgery, including Special Anatomy and Surgery. By Henry Sewell, m.r.c.s., l.d.s., President Odontological Society of Great Britain. 3d Edition, greatly enlarged, with about 200 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.00 SHAWE. Notes for Visiting Nurses, and all those interested in the working and organization of District, Visiting, or Parochial Nurse Societies. By Rosalind Gillette Shawe, District Nurse for the Brooklyn Red Cross Society. With an Appendix explaining the organization and working of various Visiting and Dis- trict Nurse Societies, by Helen C. Jenks, of Philadelphia. i2mo. Cloth, Si. 00 24 P. BLAKISTON'S SON 6- CO.'S SMITH. Abdominal Surgery. Being a Systematic Description of all the Princi- pal Operations. By J. Greig Smith, m.a., f.r.s.e., Surg, to British Royal In- firmary. 224 Illustrations. Sixth Edition. Enlarged and Thoroughly Revised by James Swain, m.d. (Lond.), f.r.c.s., Professor of Surgery, University College, Bristol, etc. 2 Volumes. Octavo. Cloth, $10.00 SMITH. Electro-Chemical Analysis. By Edgar F. Smith, Professor of Chem- istry, University of Pennsylvania. Second Edition, Revised and Enlarged. .27 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.25 *** See also Oettel and Ric liter. SMITH AND KELLER. Experiments. Arranged for Students in General Chem- istry. By Edgar F. Smith, Professor of Chemistry, University of Pennsylvania, and Dr. H. F. Keller, Professor of Chemistry, Philadelphia High School. Third Edition. 8vo. Illustrated. Cloth, .60 SMITH. Dental Metallurgy. A Manual. By Ernest A. Smith, f.c.s., Asst. Instructor in Metallurgy Royal College of Science, London. Illustrated. i2mo. Cloth, $1.75 STAMMER. Chemical Problems, with Explanations and Answers. By Karl Stammer. Translated from the Second German Edition, by Prof. W. S. Hos- kinson, a.m., Wittenberg College, Springfield, Ohio. i2mo. Cloth. .50 STARLING. Elements of Human Physiology. By Ernest H. Starling, m.d. Lond., m.r.c.p., Joint Lecturer on Physiology at Guy's Hospital, London, etc. With 100 Illustrations. 121110. 437 pages. Cloth, $1.00 STARR. The Digestive Organs in Childhood. Second Edition. The Diseases of the Digestive Organs in Infancy and Childhood. With Chapters on the Investigation of Disease and the Management of Children. By Louis Starr, m.d., late Clinical Prof, of Diseases of Children in the Hospital of the University of Penn'a; Physician to the Children's Hospital, Phila. Second Edition. Revised and Enlarged. Illustrated by two Colored Lithograph Plates and numerous Wood Engravings. Crown Octavo. Cloth, $2.00 The Hygiene of the Nursery, including the General Regimen and Feed- ing of Infants and Children, and the Domestic Management of the Ordinary Emergencies of Early Life, Massage, etc. Sixth Edition. Enlarged. 25 Illustrations. i2mo. 280 pages. Cloth, $1.00 STEARNS. Lectures on Mental Diseases. By Henry Putnam Stearns, m.d., Physician Superintendent at the Hartford Retreat, Lecturer on Mental Diseases in Yale University, Member of the American Medico-Psychological Ass'n, Hon- orary Member of the British Medico- Pyschological Society. With a Digest of Laws of the Various States Relating to Care of Insane. Illustrated. Cloth, $2.75 ; Sheep, $3.25 STEVENSON AND MURPHY. A Treatise on Hygiene. By Various Authors. Edited by Thomas Stevenson, m.d., f.r.c.p., Lecturer on Chemistry and Medi- cal Jurisprudence at Guy's Hospital, London, etc., and Shirley F. Murphy, Medical Officer of Health to the County of London. In Three Octavo Volumes. Vol. I. With Plates and Wood Engravings. Octavo. Cloth, $6.00 Vol. II. With Plates and Wood Engravings. Octavo. Cloth, $6.00 Vol. III. Sanitary Law. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00 *** Special Circular upon application. STEWART'S Compend of Pharmacy. Based upon " Remington's Text-Book of Pharmacy." By F. E. Stewart, m.d., ph. g., Quiz-Master in Chem. and Theoreti- cal Pharmacy, Phila. College of Pharmacy; Lect. in Pharmacology, Jefferson Medical College. Fifth Ed. Revised in accordance with U. S. P., 1890. Com- plete tables of Metric and English Weights and Measures. ? Quiz- Compend ? Series. Cloth, .80; Interleaved for the addition of notes, $1.25 STIRLING. Outlines of Practical Physiology. Including Chemical and Experi- mental Physiology, with Special Reference to Practical Medicine. By W. Stir- ling, m.d., Sc.d., Professor of Physiology and Histology, Owens College, Victoria University, Manchester. Examiner in Physiology, Universities of Edinburgh and London. Third Edition. 289 Illustrations. Cloth, $2.00 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 25 STIRLING. Outlines of Practical Histology. 368 Illustrations. Second Edi- tion. Revised and Enlarged, with new Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, £2.00 STOHR. Text-Book of Histology, Including the Microscopical Technique. By Dr. Philipp Stohk, University of Zurich. Authorized Translation by Emma L. Billstein, m.d., Demonstrator of Histology and Embryology, Woman's Medical College of Pennsylvania. Edited, with Additions, by Dr. Alfred Schaper, Demonstrator of Histology and Embryology, Harvard Medical School, Boston. Second Edition, Enlarged and Revised. 275 Illustra- tions. Octavo. Cloth, $3.00 STRAHAN. Extra-Uterine Pregnancy. The Diagnosis and Treatment of Extra- Uterine Pregnancy. Being the Jenks Prize Essay of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia. By John Strahan, m.d. (Univ. of Ireland), late Res. Surgeon Belfast Union Infirmary and Fever Hospital. Octavo. Cloth, .75 SUTTON'S Volumetric Analysis. A Systematic Handbook for the Quantitative Estimation of Chemical Substances by Measure, Applied to Liquids, Solids and Gases. Adapted to the Requirements of Pure Chemical Research, Pathological Chemistry, Pharmacy, Metallurgy, Photography, etc., and for the Valuation of Substances Used in Commerce, Agriculture, and the Arts. By Francis Sutton, F.C.S. Seventh Edition, Revised and Enlarged, with 112 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, 54.50 SWAIN. Surgical Emergencies, together with the Emergencies Attendant on Parturition and the Treatment of Poisoning. A Manual for the Use of Student, Practitioner, and Head Nurse. By William Paul Swain, f.r.c.s., Surgeon to the South Devon and East Cornwall Hospital, England. Fifth Edition. i2mo. 149 Illustrations. Cloth, $1.75 SWANZY. Diseases of the Eye and their Treatment. A Handbook for Physi- cians and Students. By Henry R. Swanzy, a.m., m.b., f.r.c.s. i., Surgeon to the National Eye and Ear Infirmary ; Ophthalmic Surgeon to the Adelaide Hos- pital, Dublin. Sixth Edition, Thoroughly Revised and Enlarged. 158 Illus- trations, one Plain Plate, and a Zephyr Test Card. i2mo. Cloth, 53.00 " Is without doubt the most satisfactory manual we have upon diseases of the eye. It occu- pies the middle ground between the students' manuals, which are too brief and concise, and the encyclopedic treatises, which are too extended and detailed to be of special use to the general practitioner." — Chicago Aledical Recorder. SYMONDS. Manual of Chemistry, for Medical Students. By Brandreth Symonds, A.m., m.d., Ass't Physician Roosevelt Hospital, Out-Patient Department ; Attending Physician Northwestern Dispensary, New York. Second Edition. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 TAFT. Index of Dental Periodical Literature. By Jonathan Taft, ™ r> c ~J 8vo. Cloth, 52.00/ TALBOT. Irregularities of the Teeth, and Their Treatment. By Eugene S. Talbot, m.d., Professor of Dental Surgery Woman's Medical College, and Lecturer on Dental Pathology in Rush Medical College, Chicago. Second Edi- tion, Revised. Octavo. 234 Illustrations. 261 pages. Cloth, 53.00 TANNER'S Memoranda of Poisons and their Antidotes and Tests. By Thos. Hawk.es Tanner, m.d., f.r.c.p. 7th American, from the Last London Edition. Revised by John J. Reese, m.d., Professor Medical Jurisprudence and Toxi- cology in the University of Pennsylvania. 121110. Cloth, .75 TAYLOR. Practice of Medicine. A Manual. By Frederick Taylor, m.d., Physician to, and Lecturer on Medicine at, Guy's Hospital, London ; Physician to Evelina Hospital for Sick Children, and Examiner in Materia Medica and Phar- maceutical Chemistry, University of London. Cloth, 52.00; Sheep, 52.50 26 P. BLAKISTON'S SON & CO.'S TAYLOR AND WELLS. Diseases of Children. A Manual for Students and Physicians. By John Madison Taylor, a.b., m.d., Professor of Diseases of Children, Philadelphia Polyclinic; Assistant Physician to the Children's Hospi- tal and to the Orthopedic Hospital; Consulting Physician to the Elwyn and the Vineland Training Schools for Feeble-Minded Children; Neurologist to the Howard Hospital, etc.; and William H. Wells, m.d., Adjunct- Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Infancy in the Philadelphia Polyclinic ; late Assistant Demonstrator of Clinical Obstetrics and Diseases of Infancy in Jefferson Medi- cal College. With 8 Plates and numerous other Illustrations. i2mo. 746 pages. Cloth, $4.00 Proposed Contents and Arrangement. — I. Clinical Investigation. II and III. Hygiene and Diet. IV. Care of Children of Feeble Resistance, including Sys- tematic Developmental Methods. V. Diseases Occurring At or Near Birth. VI. Acute Infectious Diseases. VII. General Diseases, Tuberculosis, Syphilis, Malaria, Rachitis, Rheumatism, etc. VIII. Diseases of Digestive Organs, including Parasites. IX. Diseases of the Liver, Cecum, and Appendix. X. Diseases of the Peritoneum, Intestinal Malformations and Obstructions. XI. Diseases of the Respiratory Organs. XII. Diseases of the Heart. XIII. Diseases of the Blood and Blood-making Organs. XIV. Nervous Diseases (including Diabetes). XV. Diseases of the Nose, Pharynx, and Naso-Pharynx. XVI. Genito-Urinary Diseases. XVII. Diseases of Degeneracy, Thyroid Thymus Glands, Dwarfs and Dwarfing, Cretins, Leprosy, Idiocy, Feeble- mindedness, and Insanity, etc. XVIII. Diseases of the Skin. XlX. Injuries and Shock. XX. Emergencies — Medical and Surgical. XXI. Diseases of the Bones and Joints. XXII. Curvatures of the Spine. XXlII. Pott's Disease. XXIV. Tumors. TEMPERATURE Charts for Recording Temperature, Respiration, Pulse, Day of Disease, Date, Age, Sex, Occupation, Name, etc. Put up in pads; each .50 THOMPSON. Urinary Organs. Diseases of the Urinary Organs. Containing 32 Lectures. By Sir Henry Thompson, f.r.c.S., Emeritus Professor of Clinical Sur- gery in University College. Eighth London Edition. 121 Illustrations. Octavo. 470 pages. Cloth, $3.00 THORINGTON. Retinoscopy (The Shadow Test) in the Determination of Refraction at One Metre Distance with the Plane Mirror. By James Thoring- ton, m.d., Adjunct Professor of Diseases of the Eye in the Philadelphia Poly- clinic ; Ophthalmologist to the Vineland Training School and to the M. E. Orphanage; Lecturer on the Anatomy, Physiology, and Care of the Eyes in the Philadelphia Manual Training Schools, etc. With 38 Illustrations, several of which are Colored. Second Edition, Enlarged. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 TOMES' Dental Anatomy. A Manual of Dental Anatomy, Human and Compara- tive. By C. S. Tomes, d.d.s. 263 Illustrations. 5th Ed. i2mo. Cloth, $4.00 Dental Surgery. A System of Dental Surgery. By John Tomes, f.r.s. Fourth Edition, Thoroughly Revised. By C. S. Tomes, d.d.s. With 289 Illustrations. i2mo. 717 pages. Cloth, $4.00 TREVES. German-English Medical Dictionary. By Frederick Treves, f.r.c.s., assisted by Dr. Hugo Lang, b.a. (Munich). i2mo. ^ Russia, $3.25 Physical Education, Its Effects, Value, Methods, etc. Cloth, .75 TITKE. Dictionary of Psychological Medicine. Giving the Definition, Ety- mology, and Synonyms of the Terms used in Medical Psychology, with the Symptoms, Pathology, and Treatment of the recognized forms of Mental Dis- orders, together with the Law of Lunacy in Great Britain and Ireland. Edited by D. Hack Tuke, M.D..LL.D., Examiner in Mental Physiology in the University of London. Two Volumes. Octavo. 1477 pages. Cloth, $10.00 "This is an elaborate and valuable contribution to the literature of medical psychology, and will be found a valuable work of reference. ... A comprehensive standard book." — The British Medical Journal. MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLICA TIONS. 27 TURNBULL'S Artificial Anaesthesia. A Manual of Anesthetic Agents in the Treatment of Diseases also their Employment in Dental Surgery ; Modes of Ad- ministration ; Considering their Relative Risks ; Tests of Purity ; Treatment of Asphyxia; Spasms of the Glottis; Syncope, etc. By Laurence Turnbull, m.d., ph.g., Aural Surgeon to Jefferson College Hospital, etc. Fourth Edition, Re- vised and Enlarged. 54 Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $2.50 TUSON. Veterinary Pharmacopoeia, including the outlines of Materia Medica and Therapeutics. By Richard V. Tuson, late Professor at the Royal Veter- inary College. Fifth Edition. Revised and Edited by James Bayne, f.c.s., Professor of Chemistry and Toxicology at the Royal Veterinary College. i2mo. Cloth, >2.25 TUSSEY. High Altitude Treatment for Consumption. The Principles or Guides for a Better Selection or Classification of Consumptives Amenable to High Altitude Treatment, and to the Selection of Patients who may be More Successfully Treated in the Environment to which They were Accustomed Previous to Their Illness. By A. Edgar Tussey, m.d., Adjunct Professor of Diseases of the Chest in the Philadelphia Polyclinic and School for Graduates in Medicine, etc. 121110. Cloth, $1.50 TYSON. The Practice of Medicine. A Text- Book for Physicians and Students, with Special Reference to Diagnosis and Treatment. By James Tyson, m.d., Professor of Clinical Medicine in the University of Pennsylvania, Physician to the University and to the Philadelphia Hospitals, etc. Illustrated. 8vo. Just Ready. Cloth, $5.50; Leather, $6.50; Half Russia, $7. 50 " Few teachers in the country can claim a longer apprenticeship in the laboratory and at the bedside, none a more intimate acquaintance with students, since in one capacity or another he has been associated with the University of Pennsylvania and the Philadelphia Hospital for nearly thirty years. Moreover, he entered medicine through the portal of pathology, a decided advantage in the writer of a textbook. . . . The typography is decidedly above works of this class issued from our publishing houses. There is no American Practice of the same attrac- tive appearance. The print is unusually sharp and clear, and the quality of the paper particu- larly good. . . . It is a piece of good, honest work, carefully conceived and conscientiously carried out." — University Medical Magazine. *%.* Sample Pages and Illustrations Sent Free upon Application. Guide to the Examination of Urine. Ninth Edition. For the Use of Physicians and Students. With Colored Plate and Numerous Illustrations Engraved on Wood. Ninth Edition. Revised. i2mo. 276 pages. Cloth, $1.25 *#* A French translation of this book has just appeared in Paris. Handbook of Physical Diagnosis. 3d Edition. Revised and Enlarged. With Colored and other Illustrations. i2mo. 278 pages. Cloth, $1.50 Cell Doctrine. Its History and Present State. Second Edition. Cloth, $1.50 UNITED STATES PHARMACOPEIA. 1890. Seventh Decennial Revision. Cloth, 52.50 (Postpaid, $2.77); Sheep, $3.00 (Postpaid, $3.27); Interleaved, $4.00 (Postpaid, $4.50); printed on one side of page only. Unbound, $3.50 (Post- paid, 53.90). Select Tables from the U. S. P. (1890). Being Nine of the Most Important and Useful Tables, printed on Separate Sheets. Carefully put up in Patent Envelope. --5 VAN HAEXINGEN on Skin Diseases. A Practical Manual of Diagnosis and Treatment with special reference to Differential Diagnosis. By Arthur Van Harlingen, m.d., Professor of Diseases of the Skin in the Philadelphia Poly- clinic ; Clinical Lecturer on Dermatology at Jefferson Medical College. Third Edition. Revised and Enlarged. With Formulae and Illustrations, several being in Colors. 580 pages. Cloth, $2.75 "As would naturally be expected from the author, his views are sound, his information extensive, and in matters of practical detail the hand of the experienced physician is everywhere visible." — The Medical A r ews. 2S P- BLAKISTON'S SON <&- CO.'S VAN NTJYS on The Urine. Chemical Analysis of Healthy and Diseased Urine, Qualitative and Quantitative. By T. C. Van Nuys, Professor of Chemistry Indiana University. 39 Illustrations. Octavo. Cloth, $1.00 VIRCHOW'S Post-mortem Examinations. A Description and Explanation of the Method of Performing them in the Dead-House of the Berlin Charite Hospital, with especial reference to Medico-legal Practice. By Prof. Virchow. Trans- lated by Dr. T. P. Smith. Illustrated. Third Edition, with Additions. Cloth, .75 VOSWINKEL. Surgical Nursing. A Manual for Nurses. By Bertha M. Vos- winkel, Graduate Episcopal Hospital, Philadelphia; Nurse in Charge Children's Hospital, Columbus, O. 11 1 Illustrations, iamo. 168 pages. Cloth, $1.00 WALKER. Students' Aid in Ophthalmology. By Gertrude A. Walker, A.B., m.d., Clinical Instructor in Diseases of the Eye at Woman's Medical College of Pennsylvania. 40 Illustrations and Colored Plate. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50 WALSHAM. Surgery ; its Theory and Practice. For Students and Physicians. By Wm. J. Walsham, m.d., f.r.c.s., Senior Ass't Surg, to, and Dem. of Practi- cal Surg, in, St. Bartholomew's Hospital, Surg, to Metropolitan Free Hospital, London. Fifth Edition, Revised and Enlarged. With 380 Engravings. 815 pages. Cloth, $2.00 ; Leather, $2.50 WARD. Notes on Massage; Including Elementary Anatomy and Physiology. By Jessie M. Ward, Instructor in Massage in the Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Jefferson, and Woman's Hospitals ; Clinical Lecturer at Philadelphia Polyclinic, etc. i2mo. Interleaved. Paper Cover, $1.00 WARING. Practical Therapeutics. A Manual for Physicians and Students. By Edward J. Waring, m.d. Fourth Edition. Revised, Rewritten, and Rearranged. Crown Octavo. Cloth, $2.00 ; Leather, $3.00 WARREN. Compend Dental Pathology and Dental Medicine. Containing all the most noteworthy points of interest to the Dental Student and a Chapter on Emergencies. By Geo. W. Warren, d.d.s., Clinical Chief, Penn'a College of Dental Surgery, Phila. Third Edition, Enlarged. Illustrated. Being No. T 3 ? Quiz- Compend? Series. i2mo. Cloth, .80 Interleaved for the addition of Notes, $1.25 Dental Prosthesis and Metallurgy. 129 Illustrations. Cloth, $1.25 WATSON on Amputations of the Extremities and Their Complications. By B.A.Watson, m.d. 250 Illustrations. Cloth, $5.50 Concussions. An Experimental Study of Lesions arising from Severe Con- cussions. 8vo. Paper cover, $1.00 WELLS. Compend of Gynecology. By Wm. H. Wells, m.d., Assistant Demon- strator of Obstetrics, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia ; Fellow of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia. 150 Illustrations. ? Quiz- Compend? Series No. 7. i2mo. Cloth, .80; Interleaved for Notes, $1.25 WESTLAND. The Wife and Mother. A Handbook for Mothers. By A. Westland, m.d., late Resident Physician, Aberdeen Royal Infirmary. Clo. $1.50 WETHERED. Medical Microscopy. A Guide to the Use of the Microscope in Practical Medicine. By Frank J. Wethered, m.d , m.r.c.p., Demonstrator of Practical Medicine, Middlesex Hospital Medical School; Assistant Physician, late Pathologist, City of London Hospital for Diseases of Chest, etc. With a Colored Plate and 101 Illustrations. 406 Pages. i2mo. Cloth, $2-.oo WEYL. Sanitary Relations of the Coal-Tar Colors. By Theodore Weyl. Authorized Translation by Henry Leffmann, m.d., ph.d. i2mo. 154 pages. Cloth, #1.25 WHITACRE. Laboratory Text-Book of Pathology. By Horace J. Whitacre, m.d., Demonstrator of Pathology, Medical CoUege of Ohio, Cincinnati. Illus- trated with 121 original Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, #1.50 WHITE. The Mouth and Teeth. By J. W. White, m.d., d.d.s. Cloth, .40 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PUBLIC A TIONS. 29 WHITE AND WILCOX. Materia Medica, Pharmacy, Pharmacology, and Therapeutics. A Handbook for Students. By W. Hale White, m.d., f.k.c.p., etc., Physician to and Lecturer on Materia Medica and Therapeutics, Guy's Hos- pital; Examiner in Materia Medica to the Conjoint Board, etc. Third American Edition. Revised by Reynold W. Wilcox, m.a., m.d., ll.d., Professor of Clin- ical Medicine and Therapeutics at the New York Post- Graduate Medical School and Hospital ; Visiting Physician St. Mark's Hospital; Assistant Visiting Physi- cian Bellevue Hospital. Third Edition, thoroughly Revised. i2mo. Cloth, $2.75; Leather, $3.25 WILSON. Handbook of Hygiene and Sanitary Science. By George Wilson, m.a., M.D., f.r.s.e., Medical Officer of Health for Mid- Warwickshire, England. With Illustrations. Eighth Edition. i2mo. Preparing: WILSON. The Summer and its Diseases. By James C. Wilson, m.d., Prof, of the Practice of Med. and Clinical Medicine, Jefferson Med. Coll., Phila. Cloth, .40 WILSON. System of Human Anatomy. 1 ith Revised Edition. Edited by Henry Edward Clark, m.d., m.r.c.s. 492 Illustrations, 26 Colored Plates, and a Glossary of Terms. Thick i2mo. Cloth, $5-°° WINCKEL. Text-Book of Obstetrics ; Including the Pathology and Therapeutics of the Puerperal State. By Dr. F. Winckel, Professor of Gynecology and Director of the Royal University Clinic for Women in Munich. Authorized Translation by J. Clifton Edgar, a.m., m.d., Adjunct Professor to the Chair of Obstetrics, Medical Department, University City of New York. With nearly 200 Handsome Illustrations, the majority of which are original with this work. Octavo. Cloth, $5.00; Leather, $6.00 WINDLE. Surface Anatomy and Landmarks. By B. C. A. Windle, d.sc.m.d., Professor of Anatomy in Mason College , Birmingham, etc. Second Edition, Revised by T. Manners Smith, m.r.c.s., with Colored and other Illustrations. i2mo. Cloth, $1.00 WOAKES. Deafness, Giddiness, and Noises in the Head. By Edward Woak.es, m.d., Senior Aural Surgeon, London Hospital; assisted by Claud Woak.es, m.r.c.s., Assistant Surgeon to the London Throat Hospital. Fourth Edition. Illustrated. i2mo. Cloth, $2.00 WOOD. Brain Work and Overwork. By Prof. H. C. Wood, Clinical Professor of Nervous Diseases, University of Pennsylvania. i2mo. Cloth, .40 WOODY. Essentials of Chemistry and Urinalysis. By Sam E. Woody, a.m., m.d., Professor of Chemistry and Public Hygiene, and Clinical Lecturer on Diseases of Children, in the Kentucky School of Medicine. Fourth Edition. Illustrated. i2mo. In Press. WYTHE. Dose and Symptom Book. The Physician's Pocket Dose and Symptom Book. Containing the Doses and Uses of all the Principal Articles of the Materia Medica, and Officinal Preparations. By Joseph H. Wythe, a.m., m.d. 17th Edition, Revised. Cloth, .75; Leather, with Tucks and Pocket, $1.00 YEO. Manual of Physiology. Sixth Edition. A Text-book for Students of Medicine. By Gerald F. Yeo., m.d., f.r.c.s., Professor of Physiology in King's College, London. Sixth Edition ; revised and enlarged by the author. With 254 Wood Engravings and a Glossary. Crown Octavo. Cloth, $2.50; Leather, 53.00 From the Southern Clinic. " We know of no series of books issued by any house that so fully meets our approval as these ? Quiz-Compends ?. They are' well arranged, full, and concise, and are really the best line of text- books that could be found for either student or practitioner." BLAKISTON'S ?QUIZ=COMPENDS? The Best Series of Manuals for the Use of Students. Price of each, Cloth, .80. Interleaved for taking Notes, $1.25. jgfg^" 3 These Compends are based on the most popular text-books and the lectures of promi- nent professors, and are kept constantly revised, so that they may thoroughly represent the present state of the subjects upon which they treat. The authors have had large experience as Quiz-Masters and attaches of colleges, and are well acquainted with the wants of students. They are arranged in the most approved form, thorough and concise, containing over 600 fine illustra- tions, inserted wherever they could be used to advantage. Can be used by students of any college, and contain information nowhere else collected in such a condensed, practical shape. ILLUSTRATED CIRCULAR FREE. No. 1. HUMAN ANATOMY. Fifth Revised and Enlarged Edition. Including Vis- ceral Anatomy. Can be used with either Morris's or Gray's Anatomy. 1 17 Illustrations and 16 Lithographic Plates of Nerves and Arteries, with Explanatory Tables, etc. By Samuel O. L. Potter, m.d. , Professor of the Practice of Medicine, College of Physicians and Surgeons, San Francisco; late A. A. Surgeon, U. S. Army. No. 2. PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. Parti. Fifth Edition, Revised, Enlarged, and Improved. By Dan'l E. Hughes, m.d., Physician-in Chief, Philadelphia Hospital, late Demonstrator of Clinical Medicine, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. No. 3. PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. Part II. Fifth Edition, Revised, Enlarged, and Improved. Same author as No. 2. No. 4. PHYSIOLOGY. Eighth Edition, with new Illustrations and a table of Physio- logical Constants. Enlarged and Revised. By A. P. Brubaker, M.d., Professor of Physiology and General Pathology in the Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery; Demon- strator of Physiology, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. No. 5. OBSTETRICS. Fifth Edition. By Henry G. Landis, m.d. Revised and Edited by Wm. H. Wells, m.d., Assistant Demonstrator of Obstetrics, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. Enlarged. 47 Illustrations. No. 6. MATERIA MEDICA, THERAPEUTICS, AND PRESCRIPTION WRITING. Sixth Revised Edition (U. S. P. 1890). By Samuel O. L. Potter, m.d., Professor of the Practice of Medicine, College of Physicians and Surgeons, San Francisco. No. 7. GYNECOLOGY. A New Book. By Wm. H. Wells, m.d., Assistant Demon- strator of Obstetrics, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. 150 Illustrations. No. 8. DISEASESOF THE EYE AND REFRACTION. A New Book. Includ- ing Treatment and Surgery and a Section on Local Therapeutics. By George M. Gould, m.d., and W. L. Pyi.e, m.d. With Formulae, Glossary, several useful Tables, and ill Illustrations, several of which are colored. No. 9. SURGERY, Minor Surgery, and Bandaging. Fifth Edition, Enlarged and Im- proved. By Orville Horwitz, B.S., M.D., Clinical Professor of Genito-Urinary Surgery and Venereal Diseases in Jefferson Medical College; Surgeon to Philadelphia Hospital, etc. With 98 Formulae and 71 Illustrations. No. 10. MEDICAL CHEMISTRY. Fourth Edition. Including Urinalysis, Animal Chemistry, Chemistry of Milk, Blood, Tissues, the Secretions, etc. By Henry Leffmann, m.d., Professor of Chemistry in Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery and in the Woman's Medical College, Philadelphia. No. 11. PHARMACY. Fifth Edition. Based upon Prof. Remington's Text-Book of Phar- macy. By F. E. Stewart, m.d., ph.G., late Quiz-Master in Pharmacy and Chemistry, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy; Lecturer at Jefferson Medical College. No. 12. VETERINARY ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Illustrated. By Wm. R. Bai.lou, M.d., Professor of Equine Anatomy at New York College of Veterinary Surgeons; Physician to Bellevue Dispensary, etc. With 29 graphic Illustrations. No. 13. DENTAL PATHOLOGY AND DENTAL MEDICINE. Second Edition, Illustrated. Containing all the most noteworthy points of interest to the Dental Student and a Section on Emergencies. By Geo. W. Warrkn, D.D.S., Chief of Clinical Staff, Pennsyl- vania College of Dental Surgery, Philadelphia. No. 14. DISEASES OF CHILDREN. Colored -Plate. By Marcus P. Hatfield, Professor of Diseases of Children, Chicago Medical College. Second Edition, Enlarged. No. 15. GENERAL PATHOLOGY AND MORBID ANATOMY. 91 Illustra- tions. By II. NEWBERRY HALL, PH.G., M.D., Professor of Pathology and Medical Chem- istry, Chicago Post-Graduate Medical School. No. 16. DISEASES OF THE SKIN. By Jay F. SCHAMBF.RG, m.d., Instructor at Philadelphia Polyclinic. 99 Illustrations. Price, each, strongly bound in cloth, .80. Interleaved for taking Notes, $1.25. Published Annually for 47 Years. The Physicians Visiting List. (LINDSAY & BLAKISTON'S.) Special Improved Edition for 1898. In order to improve and simplify this Visiting List we have done away with the two styles hitherto known as the " 25 and 50 Patients plain." We have allowed more space for writing the names, and added to the special memoranda page a column for the "Amount" of the weekly visits and a column for the "Ledger Page." To do this with- out increasing the bulk or the price, we have condensed the reading matter in the front of the book and rearranged and simplified the memoranda pages, etc., at the back. The Lists for 75 Patients and 100 Patients will also have special memoranda page as above, and hereafter will come in two volumes only, dated January to June, and July to December. While this makes a book better suited to the pocket, the chief advantage is that it does away with the risk of losing the accounts of a whole year should the book be mislaid. The changes and improvements made in 1896 met with such general favor that the sale increased more than ten per cent, over the previous year. CONTENTS. PRELIMINARY MATTER.— Calendar, 1896-1897 — Table of Signs, to be used in keeping records — The Metric or French Decimal System of Weights and Measures — Table for Converting Apothecaries' Weights and Measures into Grams — Dose Table, giving the doses of official and unofficial drugs in both the English and Metric Systems — Asphyxia and Apnea — Complete Table for Calculating the Period of Utero-Gestation — Comparison of Thermometers. VISITING LIST. — Ruled and dated pages for 25,50, 75, and 100 patients per day or week, with blank page opposite each on which is an amount column, column for ledger page, and space for special memoranda. SPECIAL RECORDS for Obstetric Engagements, Deaths, Births, etc., with special pages for Addresses of Patients, Nurses, etc., Accounts Due, Cash Account, and General Memoranda. SIZES AND PRICES. REGULAR EDITION, as Described Above. BOUND IN STRONG LEATHER COVERS, WITH POCKET AND PENCIL. For 25 Patients weekly, with Special Memoranda Page, i-i 00 50 " " " " " 1 25 , f Tanuary to Tune "I „ „ to " " " " " 2 vols. < i 1 * ' t» 1 ?• 2 °° -' ( July to December J ,, ,. , f Tanuary to Tune "| 75 " " " " " 2 vols. H, ,'p, J , )■ 200 ' J [July to December) 100 " « " " " 2 vols / J anuarv to J une X 2 2S ' \ July to December J J PERPETUAL EDITION, without Dates. No. 1. Containing space for over 1300 names, with blank page opposite each Visiting List page. Bound in Red Leather cover, with Pocket and Pencil, Si 25 No. 2. Same as No. 1. Containing space for 2600 names, with blank page opposite, 1 5° MONTHLY EDITION, without Dates. No. 1. Pjound, Seal leather, without Flap or Pencil, gilt edges, 75 No. 2. Bound, Seal leather, with Tucks, Pencil, etc., gilt edges, 1 00 8@°* All these prices are net. No discount can be allowed retail purchasers. Circular and sample pages upon application. P. BLAKISTON'S SON & CO., Publishers, Philadelphia. JUST PUBLISHED. Hemmeter. Diseases of the Stomach. Colored Illustrations. THEIR SPECIAL PATHOLOGY, DIAGNOSIS, AND TREATMENT. With Sections on Anatomy, Dietetics, Surgery of Stomach, etc. By John C. Hem- meter, m.d., philos.d., Clinical Professor of Medicine at the Baltimore Medical College, Consultant to the Maryland General Hospital, etc. With Colored and other Illustrations, many of which are original and have been specially prepared for this volume. Octavo, 778 pages. Cloth, $6.00; Leather, $7.00; Half Russia, $8.00 *,* This work has been prepared with great care and forms the only com- plete practical text-book in the English language. The author brings to his own large experience a vast knowledge of the literature of the subject. His chief effort has been to furnish the general practitioner with a work from which he can readily acquaint himself with all that has been done in this important branch of medicine, to fit himself to make examinations, to take advantage of new methods of diagnosis, and to treat this very difficult class of diseases rationally and successfully. The illustrations have been selected and engraved with great care. A num- ber of them are original; these have been drawn by the author or prepared by an artist under his immediate directions, and will, we believe, prove most satisfactory. Synopsis of Contents. — Anatomy and Histology of the Stomach and Intestines — Physiology of Digestion — Pepsinogen and Pepsin — The Bile — Formed or Organized Ferments (Bacteria) — Effects of Digestive Secretions — Qualitative and Quantitative Methods for Testing the Motor, Secretory, and Absorptive Functions — Absorption from the Stomach — Methods for Determin- ing the Location, Size, and Capacity of the Stomach — Gastrodiaphany of Ein- horn — The Stomach-Tube and Technics of Its Introduction— Examination of Stomach Contents — Test-Meals— Methods for Qualitative and Quantita- tive Analysis of Stomach Contents — Tests for Blood in Stomach Contents — Examinations of Portions of Mucosa or Tissue Found in the Washwater and Vomited Matter — The Diagnostic Significance of Fragments of Mucosa and of Gastric Exfoliations and Neoplastic Tissue Occurring in the Washwater and Vomited Matter — Occurrence of Secretions in the Empty Stomach- Stimulations to Secretions of Gastric Juice — Chemical Examination of Gastric juice — Quantitative Analysis of the Stomach Acids — Dietetics — Mechanical Methods of Treatment — Uses and Abuses of Mineral (Spring) Waters— Alcohol and Alcoholic Beverages, Effect on Digestion, etc. — Surgical Treatment of Gas- tric Diseases — Influence of Gastric Diseases on Other Organs and on Metabolism — The Influence of Diseases of Other Organs on the Stomach — Condition of the Urine in Gastric Diseases— Acute Gastritis — Chronic Gastritis — Gastric Ulcer — Carcinoma — Sarcoma of the Stomach — Syphilis of the Stomach — Tuberculosis of the Stomach — Ulcus Carcinomatosum, Cancerous Ulcer of the Stomach — Benign Tumors — Atony — Motor Insufficiency — Dilatation — Gas- troptosis, Prolapses of the Stomach — Nervous Affections of the Stomach — Neu- roses of Secretion — Neuroses of Motility. * # *The Sections on Dietetics are exhaustive and particularly valuable to the general practitioner. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES This book is due on the date indicated below, or at the expiration of a definite period after the date of borrowing, as provided by the rules of the Library or by special arrange- ment with the Librarian in charge. DATE BORROWED DATE DUE DATE BORROWED DATE DUE }!jV . . W ; Jr% j ,t si- N« * I C2e(U4l)M100 1 RK27 Karris K24 1898